Showing fragments matching your search for: <strong>""</strong>

No matching fragments found in this document.



                                     The

                             Technical Bulletins

                                     of

                          Dianetics and Scientology








                                     by

                               L. Ron Hubbard

                    FOUNDER OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY








                                   Volume

                                     XII

                                  1978-1979







_____________________________________________________________________


































           I will not always be here on guard.
                 The stars twinkle in the Milky Way
           And the wind sighs for songs
                 Across the empty fields of a planet
           A Galaxy away.


           You won't always be here.
                 But before you go,
           Whisper this to your sons
                 And their sons -
           "The work was free.
                 Keep it so. "


                                  L. RON HUBBARD
                                                                       [pic]


                                                              L. Ron Hubbard
                                        Founder of Dianetics and Scientology























EDITOR'S NOTE


This is Volume XII of The Technical Bulletins of Dianetics  and  Scientology
by L. Ron Hubbard. It contains the many  fantastic  technical  breakthroughs
achieved by Ron during the latter part of  1978  up  to  the  end  of  1979,
carrying on directly from where Volume XI ends.

As in other Technical Volumes, if an issue has been  revised,  replaced,  or
canceled, this has been indicated in the upper right-hand corner along  with
the date of the issue which should be referred to.

The Chronological Contents shows at what point on the time track each  issue
in this volume was released, and the Long Contents gives you a breakdown  of
the subject content of each separate HCOB or issue.

In the Subject Index at the back of this  volume.  main  entries  appear  in
boldface type to make it easy to find any subject.

If the title of a  bulletin  is  known  but  not  the  date  of  issue,  the
Alphabetical List of Titles may be consulted to locate the issue fast.

Lastly, the Cancellations and Revisions  lists  show  you  which  issues  in
previous  Technical  Volumes  have  been  canceled  or  revised  by   issues
presented in Volume XII.


                                             The Editor
                             TECHNICAL BULLETINS
                                  1978-1979



                                  CONTENTS


                                    1961

      8     June R     E-Meter Watching (revised 22 Feb. 1979)      1

                                    1965

      16    Nov. R     E-Meter Sensitivity Setting 4
                 (revised 22 Feb. 1979)

                                    1966

      10    Feb. R     Tech Recovery (HCO PL) (revised 22 Feb. 1979)      5
      11    Feb. R     Free Needles, How to Get Them on a Pc
                 (revised 22 Feb . 1979)     9

                                    1967

      12    Feb. The Responsibilities of Leaders
                 (corrected and reissued 4 Sept. 1979)   11

                                    1969

      19    May RB     Drug and Alcohol Cases-Prior Assessing
                 (re-revised 14 Nov. 1978)   22
      16    Aug. R     Handling Illness in Scientology
                 (revised 25 Sept. 1978)     24

                                    1970

      7     Apr. RB    Green Form (HCO PL) (revised 8 Dec. 1978)    27
      11    Apr. R     Auditing Past Exterior (Int. RD. Series 6)
                 (revised 23 Sept. 1978)     32
      6     May R      Blows-Auditing Past Exterior (Int. RD. Series 7)
                 (revised 24 Sept. 1978)     34
      27    May R      Unreading Questions and Items (revised 3  Dec.  1978)
36
      30     May  R       Interiorization  Intensive-2-Way  Comm  (Int.  RD.
Series 3)
                 (revised 23 Sept. 1978)     38

      20    Aug. R     Interiorization Rundown Musts (Int. RD. Series 8)
                 (revised 23 Sept. 1978)     40

                                    1971

      4     Jan.  R      Exteriorization  and  High  TA-The  Interiorization
Rundown
                 Revised  (Int.  RD.  Series  2)  (revised  24  Sept.  1978)
43

                                1971 (cont.)

      13    Jan. R     Exteriorization (Int. RD. Series 9)
                 (revised 24 Sept. 1978)     51
      7     Mar. R     Use of Quadruple Dianetics (C/S Series 28RA-1RA)
                 (revised 12 Dec. 1978) 53
      15    Mar. R     Data Series Auditing (HCO PL) (Data Series 21R)
                 (revised 6 Jan. 1979)  56
      4     Apr. R     Use of Quad Dianetics (C/S Series 32RA-1RC)
                 (revised 12 Dec. 1978) 57
      30    June RB    Expanded Green Form 40RD-EXGF 40RD
                 (revised 4 Dec. 1978)  60
      3     July R     Auditing by Lists (revised 22 Feb. 1979)     70
      15    July RC    Drug Handling (C/S Series 48RD) (NED Series 9RB)
                 (re-revised 31 Jan . 1979)  73
      24    Sept. R    Interiorization  Rundown-Correction  Drill:  Date  to
Blow/
                 Locate to Blow (Int.  RD.  Series  11)  (revised  24  Sept.
1978) 79
      29    Oct. RA    Int Rundown Correction List Revised (Int. RD.  Series
12)
                 (re-revised 24 Sept. 1978)  84
      9     Dec.  RC     PTS  Rundown,  Audited  (re-revised  8  Dec.  1978)
90
      16    Dec. RB    Interiorization Errors (C/S  Series  35RB,  Int.  RD.
Series 10)
                 (re-revised 24 Sept. 1978)  98
      17    Dec. RB    Interiorization Summary (Int. RD. Series 15,
                 C/S Series 23RB) (re-revised 24 Sept. 1978)  102

                                    1972

      1     Jan. RB    LIX Hi-Lo TA List  Revised  (revised  10  Feb.  1977)
107
      20    Jan. R     PTS RD Addition (revised 8 Dec. 1978)  124
      3     June RA    PTS Rundown, Final  Step  (re-revised  8  Dec.  1978)
126

                                    1973

      30    Jan. RC    Method 9 Word Clearing the Right Way
                 (W/C Series 46RC) (revised 19 Dec. 1979) 128
      7     Apr. RA    Gradients in TRs (revised 22 Feb. 1979)      142
      15    Oct. RB    Nulling and F/Ning Prepared Lists (C/S Series 87RB)
                 (re-revised 4 Dec. t978)    144
      24    Nov. RD    Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S (C/S Series 53RL SF)
                 (revised 30 Oct. 1978) 147
      24    Nov. RE    C/S Series 53RL  LF  (Long  Form)  (revised  30  Oct.
1978)       150

                                    1974

      18    Mar. R     E-Meters-Sensitivity Errors (revised  22  Feb.  1979)
154

                                    1975

      29    Mar. R     Antibiotics, Administering of (revised 23 Oct.  1978)
156
                                    1977
      14    June -1    Paid Comps Simplified-Addition I
                 -C/S Series 81RA-Auditor's Rights Modified-Addition I
                 (addition of 12 June 1979)  162

                                       1978
      6     Feb. RA    The Purification Rundown Replaces the Sweat Program
                 (re-revised 4 Dec. 1979)    163
      6     Feb.RA-1   The Purification Rundown-Errata and Additions
                 (addition of 20 Dec. 1979)  180
      23    Mar. RA    Clearing Words (W/C Series 59RA)
                 (revised 14 Dec. 1979) 182
      19    Sept. R    The End of Endless Drug RDs (revised  31  Jan.  1979)
185
      19    Sept. R    The End of Endless Drug Rundowns Repair List
                 (revised 31 Jan. 1979) 187
      24    Sept. RA   The End of  Endless  Int  Repair  Rundown  (Int.  RD.
Series 4RA)
                 (revised 21 Feb. 1979) 189
      24    Sept.      Preassessment, AESPs and Int  (Int.  RD.  Series  13)
199
      24    Sept.      Dianetic Clear   200
      25    Sept.      Quad Commands for Int Buttons  (Int.  RD.  Series  5)
201
      25    Sept.      Starrate Checkouts for Interiorization Rundown
                 (Int. RD. Series 14)   206
      29    Sept.      FESing of Folders and Full Flow Tables       209
      3     Oct. NED Rule    210
      4     Oct. Interiorization Handling Simplified  (Int.  RD.  Series  1)
211
      16    Oct. Repair Correction List      214
      16    Oct. C/S Checklist of Int Errors (Int. RD. Series 16,
                 C/S Series 102)  217
      30    Oct. C/S Series 53, Use of  220
      30    Oct. Courses-Their Ideal Scene   223
      10    Nov. R     Proclamation-Power to Forgive (revised 3  Dec.  1978)
225
      10    Nov. R-1   Proclamation: Power to Forgive Addition
                 (addition of 26 Nov. 1978)  227
      15    Nov. Dating and Locating    228
      19    Nov. L & N Lists-The Item "Me"   237
      27    Nov. Word Clearing Correction List (W/C Series 35RF)    238
      28    Nov. Auditors Who Miss Withholds, Penalty    242
      29    Nov. Dianetic Clear Attests (C/S Series 104)      243
      30    Nov. Confessional Procedure      245
            Dec. What Is Scientology?   251
      1     Dec. Programming the Dianetic Clear for His Next Step   252
      3     Dec. Unreading Flows  253
      4     Dec. How to Read through an F/N  254
      5     Dec. Dianetic Clear Attests-Additional  Data  (C/S  Series  105)
256
      6     Dec. Revivification   259
                                1978 (cont.)

      7     Dec. HCOB 1 October 1978, HCOB 6 October 1978 on
                 Bright Think Rundown Withdrawn    260
      8     Dec. Green Form and Expanded Green Form 40RDs Use of    261
      9     Dec. HCO PL 23 Oct. 76 and BPL 29 Nov. 1976 Canceled
                 (HCO PL)    263
      13    Dec. R     Pc  Set-Ups  and  C/S  53  (revised  24  Sept.  1979)
264
      17    Dec. Ron's Journal 30-1978-The Year of Lightning Fast
                 New Tech (LRH ED 301 INT)   265
      29    Dec. The Suppressed Person Rundown     276
      30    Dec. R     Suppressed Person Rundown Problems Processes
                 (revised 6 Jan. 1979)  279
      31    Dec. Outline of PTS Handling     290
      31    Dec. Educating the Potential Trouble Source, the First Step
                 Toward Handling: PTS C/S-1  293

                                    1979

      6     Jan. HCOB 24 July 1970 and HCOB 28 August 1970RA
                 Canceled (canceled-see  HCOB  28  Aug.  1970RB  Vol.  XIII)
300
      6     Jan. Correction to Ron's Journal 30-Requirements for
                 Super Power Auditors (LRH ED 301-1 INT) 301
      9     Jan. BTB Cancellation 302
      17    Jan. A New Type of Crime (HCO PL)      303
      19    Jan. Cancellation (HCO PL) (Data Series 47)  304
      28    Jan. C/S Qualifications     304
      31    Jan. Mood Drills 305
      3     Feb. Change the Civilization Eval (corrected and reissued
                 8 Feb. 1979)     307
      3     Feb. Confront Tech Has to Be Part of the TR Checksheet  311
      7     Feb. R     E-Meter Drill 5RA-Can Squeeze (revised 15 Feb.  1979)
312
      9     Feb. How to Defeat Verbal Tech   317
      15    Feb. Verbal Tech: Penalties 318
      21    Feb. E-Meter Essentials Errata Sheet (HCO PL)
                 (corrected and reissued 6 May 1979)     319
      22    Feb. Errata-P.A.B. No. 147 (HCO PL)    324
            Mar. Group Auditor's Handbook    325
      4     Mar. R     Art in Its Basics (Art Series 6)
                 (revised 30 Dec. 1979) 326
      5     Mar. R     Dianetic Clear False Declares (revised 6  Mar.  1979)
328
      26    Mar. RB     Misunderstood  Words  and  Cycles  of  Action  (Esto
Series
                 35RB, W/C Series 60RB, Product Debug Series 7R)
                 (revised 2 Sept. 1979) 329
      15     Apr.        Fine  Arts  versus  Illustrations  (Art  Series  7)
331
      30    Apr. Auditing the Dianetic Clear (C/S Series 106) 332
                                1979 (cont.)

      2     May  Dianetic Clear Special Intensive  333
      2     May  Dianetic Clear Special Intensive Assessment List   339
      3     May  Dianetic Clear Special Intensive-C/S and Auditor
                 Requirements     344
      10    June A Professional (Art Series 8)     346
      17    June Crashing Mis-Us: The Key to Completed Cycles of Action;
                 and Products  (W/C  Series  61,  Product  Debug  Series  3)
347
      18    June The Crashing Mis-U Repair List-LC1
                 (Product Debug Series 4, W/C Series 62) 357
      7     July Crashing Mis-U Definition   360
      16    July The "Elusive" Mis-U or Crashing Mis-U
                 (Product Debug Series 5, W/C Series 63) 361
      17    July The Misunderstood Word Defined (W/C Series 64)     363
      7     Aug. False Data Stripping (Product Debug Series 8,
                 Esto Series 36)  367
      19    Aug. High Crime-Addition-High Crime Checkouts and
                 Word Clearing    375
      21    Aug. Twinning    377
      23    Aug. Crashing Mu's Blocks to Finding Them
                 (W/C Series 659 Product Debug Series 6) 386
      23    Aug.  Product  Debug  Repair  List  (Product  Debug  Series  10)
391
      23    Aug. Debug Tech (HCO PL) (Product Debug Series 1,
                 Esto Series 37)  400
      23    Aug. Debug Tech Checklist (HCO PL) (Esto Series 389
                 Product Debug Series 2)     408
      23    Sept.      Cancellation of Destructive  BTBs  and  BPLs  on  TRs
417
      24    Sept.      Flying Ruds in Cramming (Cramming Series 19) 421
      13    Oct. Conceptual Understanding (W/C Series 66)     425
      29    Oct. SSO Responsibility for  Standard  Staff  Courses  (HCO  PL)
426
      21    Dec. Auditor Assignment Policies, Cramming Assignment
                 Policies (C/S Series 107, Cramming Series 20, Qual
                 Corrective Actions on OTs Series 1)     431
      24    Dec. TRs Basics Resurrected 433
      30    Dec. How to Build a Sauna   439

                 Subject Index    449
                 Alphabetical List of Titles 507
                 Cancellations and Revisions 509
                           CHRONOLOGICAL CONTENTS


    The  Chronological  Contents  is  a  full  contents  list  showing  the
chronology of the issues in this volume. It lists the issues under the  date
when each was last revised or reissued. If the issue has never been  revised
or reissued then it is simply listed under its original issue date.  Persons
who wish to  study  the  HCOBs  in  chronological  sequence  will  find  the
Chronological Contents especially useful.

                                    1977

      10 Feb.    LIX Hi-Lo TA List Revised (revision of HCOB  I  Jan.  1972)
107

                                    1978

      23 Sept.   Auditing Past Exterior (Int. RD. Series 6)
            (revision of HCOB 11 Apr. 1970)  32
      23 Sept.   Interiorization Intensive-2-Way Comm (Int. RD. Series 3)
            (revision of HCOB 30 May 1970)   38
      23 Sept.   Interiorization Rundown Musts (Int. RD. Series 8)
            (revision of HCOB 20 Aug. 1970)  40
      24 Sept.   Blows-Auditing Past Exterior (Int. RD. Series 7)
            (revision of HCOB 6 May 1970)    34
      24 Sept.   Exteriorization and High TA-The Interiorization
            Rundown Revised (Int. RD. Series 2)
            (revision of HCOB 4 Jan. 1971)   43
      24 Sept.   Exteriorization (Int. RD. Series 9)
            (revision of HCOB 13 Jan. 1971)  51
      24 Sept.   Interiorization Rundown-Correction Drill: Date to Blow/
            Locate to Blow (Int. RD. Series 11) (revision of HCOB
            24 Sept. 1971)   79
      24 Sept.   Int Rundown Correction List Revised (Int. RD. Series 12)
            (re-revision of HCOB 29 Oct. 1971)     84
      24 Sept.   Interiorization Errors (C/S Series 35RB, Int. RD.
            Series 10) (re-revision of HCOB 16 Dec. 1971)     98
      24 Sept.   Interiorization Summary (Int. RD. Series 15,
            C/S Series 23RB) (re-revision of HCOB 17 Dec. 1971)     102
      24 Sept.   Preassessment, AESPs and Int (Int. RD. Series 13)  199
      24 Sept.   Dianetic Clear   200
      25 Sept.   Handling Illness in Scientology (revision of HCOB
            16 Aug. 1969)    24
      25 Sept.   Quad Commands for Int Buttons (Int. RD. Series 5)  201
      25 Sept.   Starrate Checkouts for Interiorization Rundown
            (Int. RD. Series 14)  206
      29 Sept.   FESing of Folders and Full Flow Tables  209
      3 Oct.     NED Rule    210
      4 Oct.     Interiorization Handling Simplified  (Int.  RD.  Series  1)
211
      16 Oct.    Repair Correction List 214
      16 Oct.    C/S Checklist of Int Errors (Int. RD. Series 16,
            C/S Series 102)  217
                           CHRONOLOGICAL CONTENTS

      23 Oct.    Antibiotics, Administering of (revision of HCOB
            29 Mar. 1975)    156
      30 Oct.    Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S (C/S Series 53RL SF)
            (revision of HCOB 24 Nov. 1973)  147
      30 Oct.    C/S Series 53RL LF (Long Form) (revision of HCOB
            24 Nov. 1973)    150
      30 Oct.    C/S Series 53, Use of  220
      30 Oct.    Courses-Their Ideal Scene   223
      15 Nov.    Dating and Locating    228
      19 Nov.    L & N Lists-The Item "Me"   237
      26 Nov.    Proclamation: Power to Forgive Addition
            (addition to HCOB 10 Nov. 1978R) 227
      27 Nov.    Word Clearing Correction List (W/C Series 35RF)    238
      28 Nov.    Auditors Who Miss Withholds, Penalty    242
      29 Nov.    Dianetic Clear Attests (C/S Series 104) 243
      30 Nov.    Confessional Procedure 245
      Dec.  What Is Scientology?  251
      1 Dec.     Programming the Dianetic Clear for His Next Step   252
      3 Dec.     Unreading Questions and Items (revision of HCOB
            27 May 1970)     36
      3 Dec.     Proclamation-Power to Forgive (revision of HCOB
            10 Nov. 1978)    225
      3 Dec.     Unreading Flows  253
      4 Dec.     Expanded Green Form 40RD-EXGF 40RD (revision of
            HCOB 30 June 1971)    60
      4 Dec.     Nulling and F/Ning Prepared Lists (C/S Series 87RB)
            (re-revision of HCOB 15 Oct. 1973)     144
      4 Dec.     How to Read through an F/N  254
      5 Dec.     Dianetic Clear Attests-Additional  Data  (C/S  Series  105)
256
      6 Dec.     Revivification   259
      7 Dec.     HCOB 1 October 1978, HCOB 6 October 1978 on
            Bright Think Rundown Withdrawn   260
      8 Dec.     Green Form (HCO PL)  (revision  of  HCO  PL  7  Apr.  1970)
27
      8 Dec.     PTS Rundown, Audited (re-revision  of  HCOB  9  Dec.  1971)
90
      8 Dec.     PTS RD Addition (revision of HCOB 20 Jan. 1972)    124
      8 Dec.     PTS Rundown, Final Step (re-revision of HCOB 3  June  1972)
126
      8 Dec.     Green Form and Expanded Green Form 40RD, Use of    261
      9 Dec.     HCO PL 23 Oct. 76 and BPL 29 Nov. 1976 Canceled
            (HCO PL)   263
      12 Dec.    Use of Quadruple Dianetics (C/S Series 28RA-1RA)
            (revision of HCOB 7 Mar. 1971)   53
      12 Dec.    Use of Quad Dianetics (C/S Series 32RA-1RC)
            (revision of HCOB 4 Apr. 1971)   57
      17 Dec.    Ron's Journal 30-1978-The Year of Lightning Fast
            New Tech (LRH ED 301 Int)   265
                           CHRONOLOGICAL CONTENTS

      29 Dec.    The Suppressed Person Rundown     276
      31 Dec.    Outline of PTS Handling     290
      31 Dec.    Educating the Potential Trouble Source, The First Step
            Toward Handling: PTS C/S-1  293

                                    1979

      6 Jan.     Data Series Auditing (HCO PL) (Data Series 21R)
            (revision of HCO PL 15 Mar. 1971)      56
      6 Jan.     Suppressed Person Rundown Problems Processes
            (revision of HCOB 30 Dec. 1978)  279
      6 Jan.     HCOB 24 July 1970 and HCOB 28 August 1970RA Canceled
            (canceled-see HCOB 28 Aug. 1970RB Vol. XIII) 300
      6 Jan.     Correction to Ron's Journal 30-Requirements for Super
            Power Auditors (LRH ED 301-1 INT)      301
      9 Jan.     BTB Cancellation 302
      17 Jan.    A New Type of Crime (HCO PL)      303
      19 Jan.    Cancellation (HCO PL) (Data Series 47)  304
      28 Jan.    C/S Qualifications     304
      31 Jan.    Drug Handling (C/S Series 48RD, NED Series 9RB)
            (revision of HCOB 15 July 1971)  73
      31 Jan.    The End of Endless Drug RDs (revision of HCOB
            19 Sept. 1978)   185
      31 Jan.    The End of Endless Drug Rundowns Repair List
            (revision of HCOB 19 Sept. 1978) 187
      31 Jan.    Mood Drills 305
      3 Feb.     Confront Tech Has to Be Part of the TR Checksheet  311
      8 Feb.     Change the Civilization Eval (correction and reissue of
            HCOB 3 Feb. 1979)     307
      9 Feb.     How to Defeat Verbal Tech   317
      15 Feb.    E-Meter Drill 5RA-Can Squeeze (revision of HCOB
            7 Feb . 1979)    312
      15 Feb.    Verbal Tech: Penalties 318
      21 Feb.    The End of Endless Int Repair Rundown
            (Int. RD. Series 4RA) (revision of HCOB 24 Sept. 1978)  189
      22 Feb.    E-Meter Watching (revision of HCOB 8 June 1961)    1
      22 Feb.    E-Meter Sensitivity  Setting  (revision  of  HCOB  16  Nov.
1965) 4
      22 Feb.    Tech Recovery (HCO PL) (revision of HCO PL 10 Feb. 1966) 5
      22 Feb.    Free Needles, How to Get Them on a Pc (revision of
            HCOB 11 Feb . 1966)   9
      22 Feb.    Auditing by Lists (revision of HCOB 3 July 1971)   70
      22 Feb.    Gradients in TRs (revision of HCOB 7 Apr. 1973)    142
      22 Feb.    E-Meters-Sensitivity  Errors  (revision  of  HCOB  18  Mar.
1974) 154
      22 Feb.    Errata-P.A.B. No. 147 (HCO PL)    324
      Mar.  Group Auditor's Handbook    325
                           CHRONOLOGICAL CONTENTS

      6 Mar.     Dianetic Clear False Declares (revision of HCOB
            5 Mar. 1979)     328
      15 Apr.    Fine Arts versus Illustrations (Art Series 7)      331
      30 Apr.    Auditing the Dianetic Clear (C/S Series 106) 332
      2 May Dianetic Clear Special Intensive 333
      2 May Dianetic Clear Special Intensive Assessment List  339
      3 May Dianetic Clear Special Intensive-C/S and Auditor
            Requirements     344
      6 May E-Meter Essentials Errata Sheet (HCO PL) (correction
            and reissue of HCO PL 21 Feb. 1979)    319
      10 June    A Professional (Art Series 8)     346
      12 June    Paid Comps Simplified-Addition I
            -C/S Series 81 RA-Auditor's Rights Modified-Addition I
            (addition to HCOB 14 June 1977 and HCOB 16 June 1972RA) 162
      17 June    Crashing Mis-Us: The Key to Completed Cycles of Action
            and Products (W/C Series 61, Product Debug Series 3)    347
      18 June    The Crashing Mis-U Repair List-LC1 (Product Debug
            Series 4, W/C Series 62)    357
      7 July     Crashing Mis-U Definition   360
      16 July    The "Elusive" Mis-U or Crashing Mis-U (Product Debug
            Series 5, W/C Series 63)    361
      17 July    The Misunderstood Word Defined (W/C Series 64)     363
      7 Aug.     False Data Stripping (Product Debug Series 8,  Esto  Series
36)   367
      19 Aug.    High Crime-Addition-High Crime Checkouts and
            Word Clearing    375
      21 Aug.    Twinning    377
      23 Aug.    Crashing MUs, Blocks to Finding Them (W/C Series 65,
            Product Debug Series 6)     386
      23 Aug.     Product  Debug  Repair  List  (Product  Debug  Series  10)
391
      23 Aug.    Debug Tech (HCO PL) (Product Debug Series 1,
            Esto Series 37)  400
      23 Aug.    Debug Tech Checklist (HCO PL) (Esto Series 38,
            Product Debug Series 2)     408
      2 Sept.    Misunderstood Words and Cycles of Action (Esto Series
            35RB, W/C Series 60RB, Product Debug Series 7R)
            (revision of HCOB 26 Mar. 1979)  329
      4 Sept.    The Responsibilities of Leaders (correction and reissue
            of HCOB 12 Feb. 1967)  11
      23 Sept.   Cancellation of Destructive BTBs and BPLs on TRs   417
      24 Sept.   Pc Set-Ups and C/S 53  (revision  of  HCOB  13  Dec.  1978)
264
      24 Sept.   Flying Ruds in Cramming (Cramming Series 19) 421
      13 Oct.    Conceptual Understanding (W/C Series 66)     425
      29 Oct.    SSO Responsibility for  Standard  Staff  Courses  (HCO  PL)
426
      14 Nov.    Drug and Alcohol Cases-Prior Assessing (re-revision of
            HCOB 19 May 1969)     22
                           CHRONOLOGICAL CONTENTS

      14 Nov.    Clearing Words (W/C Series 59RA) (revision of HCOB
            23 Mar. 1978)    182
      4 Dec.     The Purification Rundown Replaces the Sweat Program
            (re-revision of HCOB 6 Feb. 1978)      163
      19 Dec.    Method 9 Word Clearing the Right Way (W/C Series
            46RC) (revision of HCOB 30 Jan. 1973)  128
      20 Dec.    The Purification Rundown-Errata and Additions
            (amendment to HCOB 6 Feb. 1978RA)      180
      21 Dec.    Auditor Assignment Policies, Cramming Assignment Policies
            (C/S Series 107, Cramming Series 20, Qual Corrective
            Actions on OTs Series 1)    431
      24 Dec.    TRs Basics Resurrected 433
      30 Dec.    Art in Its Basics (Art Series 6) (revision of HCOB
            4 Mar. 1979)     326
      30 Dec.    How to Build a Sauna   439

      Subject Index    449
      Alphabetical List of Titles 507
      Cancellations and Revisions 509
                                LONG CONTENTS

HCO B 8 June 1961R E-METER WATCHING, 1

      Reactive mind responds instantly, 1
      Pc response, analytical vs. reactive, 1
      Why assessments can be wrong, 1
      E-Meter responds instantly, 2
      How to assess Pre-Hav Scale, 2
      Don't think you have to wait for a needle response, 3

HCO B 16 Nov. 1965R E-METER SENSITIVITY SETTING, 4

      Setting up an E-Meter for session, 4
      Determining pc's sensitivity setting, 4

HCO PL 10 Feb. 1966R TECH RECOVERY, 5

      Rehabbing lower grades, 5
      Overrunning free needles, 5
      Rehab by rehab procedure, don't use another process, 6
      Don't use unusual solutions, 6
      When SP is discovered, give an S & D to his associates, 6
      After SP is removed, if stats are still down, look for another SP, 6
      Case Supervisor lives in an Ivory Tower, 7
      Primary indication of the presence of an SP, 8

HCO B 11 Feb. 1966R FREE NEEDLES, HOW TO GET THEM ON A PC, 9

      Rehabbing several overruns, 9
      Free needle and sensitivity setting, 9
      Pcs are most apt to go free needle after a big cog, 9
      Three causes of dirty needles, 10

HCO B 12 Feb. 1967 THE RESPONSIBILITIES OF LEADERS,      11

      Comments on power, 11
      Bolivar's errors, 11
      The tragedy of Manuela Saenz, 16
      Seven things about power, 19

HCO B 19 May 1969RB DRUG AND ALCOHOL CASES-PRIOR ASSESSING, 22

      Characteristics of drug cases, 22
      Prior assessment steps, 22
      Noting and handling reads, 22

HCO B 16 Aug. 1969R HANDLING ILLNESS IN SCIENTOLOGY, 24

      Sickness is the result of engram chains in restimulation, 24
      Illness handling steps, 24
      Life ruds, 25
      Procedure for three S & Ds, 25
      Handling a resistive illness situation, 26

HCO PL 7 Apr. 1970RB GREEN FORM, 27

Interiorization Rundown Series 6
HCO B 11 Apr. 1970R AUDITING PAST EXTERIOR, 32

      "Audited over exterior" symptoms, 32
      Clears, OTs, Dianetic Clears and the Int Rundown, 32
      Handling pcs who have exteriorized in auditing, 33
Interiorization Rundown Series 7
HCO B 6 May 1970R BLOWS-AUDITING PAST EXTERIOR, 34

      Causes of blows, 34
      Blow as an effort to exteriorize, 34

HCO B 27 May 1970R UNREADING QUESTIONS AND ITEMS,  36

      Never list a listing question that doesn't read, 36
      Never prepcheck an item that doesn't read, 36
      What is a read, 36
      Listing errors, 36
      Dianetic "list" is not a listing action, 36
      Things that don't read won't run, 37
      Suppress and Invalidate buttons, 37

Interiorization Rundown Series 3
HCO B 30 May 1970R INTERIORIZATION INTENSIVE-2-WAY COMM, 38

      Interiorization Rundown is always followed by a final session with "2-
           way comm
            on interiorization-exteriorization," 38
      Cognition on Int RD, 38

Interiorization Rundown Series 8
HCO B 20 Aug. 1970R INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN MUSTS, 40

      Interiorization Rundown rules, 40
      Completing the rundown on an intensive basis, 40
      Int Rundown must be flubless, 41
      Int Rundown must be followed by a two-way comm session, 41

Interiorization Rundown Series 2
HCO B 4 Jan. 1971R EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH TA-THE
INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN REVISED, 43

      Auditing trouble after exteriorization, 43
      Exteriorization defined, 44
      Engram behavior, 44
      The missed beginning of an exteriorization, 45
      Remedy is to audit out interiorizations, 45
      Int Rundown Revised by steps, 45
      Int buttons, 46
      Running Int with R3RA, 48
      Vital data on Int RD end phenomenon 48
      Future auditing, 49
      Warning, 49
      The end of endless Int repair, 49
      Summary, 50

Interiorization Rundown Series 9
HCO B 13 Jan. 1971R EXTERIORIZATION, 51

      Interiorization Rundown flubs, 51
      No auditor may audit materials or apply HCOBs on which he has not been
            starrated, 52

C/S Series 28RA-1RA
HCO B 7 Mar. 1971-1RA USE OF QUADRUPLE DIANETICS, 53

      How to C/S a case for Quad Dianetics, 53
      Dianetic Full Flow Table, 54
      Auditing the fourth flow on Int, 54
      Flubs, 54
      Requirements to audit Quad Dianetics, 55
      Dianetics is its own field of C/Sing, 55 Results of Quad Dianetics, 55

Data Series 21R
 HCO PL 15 Mar. 1971R DATA SERIES AUDITING, 56

      Handling a student who cannot grasp or retain the  data  of  the  Data
           Series
            policy letters, 56

C/S Series 32 RA-1 RC
HCO B 4 Apr. 1971-1RC USE OF QUAD DIANETICS, 57

      Triple Dianetics, 57
      Quad, 57
      Int RD, 57
      Run only flows that instant read when called, 57
      Full Flow Table, 58
      The four flows, 58
      Multiple somatic items, 58
      Repair, 58
      Result, 59
      Offering Full Flow Dianetics, 59
      Warning, 59

HCO B 30 June 1971RB
EXPANDED GREEN FORM 40RD- EXGF 40RD, 60

HCO B 3 July 1971R AUDITING BY LISTS, 70

      Auditing by Lists, Method 3, 70
      Going earlier similar in Auditing by Lists, 71
      Auditing by Lists procedure, 71
      Big win, 71
      GF and Method 3, 72
      GF is best done by Method 5, 72
      L1C, L3RF, L7 and other such lists are best done Method 3, 72

C/S Series 48RD
New Era Dianetics Series 9RB
HCO B 15 July 1971RC DRUG HANDLING, 73

      Person who has been on drugs is one of the "seven types  of  resistive
      cases," 73
      Effects of drugs, 73
      Drug engrams, 74
      Those on drugs, 74
      Drugs are done first, 75
      Full Drug Rundown steps, 75

Interiorization Rundown Series 11
HCO B 24 Sept. 1971R INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN-CORRECTION
DRILL: DATE TO BLOW/LOCATE TO BLOW, 79

      Unnecessary Int Rundowns, 79
      Flubbed R3RA, 79
      Overrun Int Rundown, 79
      Reason for errors on Int Rundown, 80
      Headaches and Int Rundown, 80
      Correction Drill for an Int Rundown, 80
      Auditor requirements to do Int RD correction, 80
      Failed Int/Ext RD repair, date to blow-locate to blow procedure, 81

Interiorization Rundown Series 12
HCO B 29 Oct. 1971RA INT RUNDOWN CORRECTION LIST REVISED, 84
HCO B 9 Dec. 1971RC PTS RUNDOWN, AUDITED, 90

      Cause of roller-coaster is PTS, 90
      Who does PTS handlings, 90
      Clears, OTs, Dianetic Clears and the PTS Rundown, 91
      The only PTS situation that is serious and lasting  and  can  cause  a
           roller-coaster comes from having known the  person  before  this
           life, 91
      Four points of breakdown of the PTS Rundown, 91
      Behavior of the PTS Rundown, 92
      PTS Rundown end phenomena, 92
      Description of flows on PTS Rundown, 92
      Re-dos on PTS Rundown, 93
      Commands and steps of the PTS Rundown, 93
      Do not run unreading flows, 96
      Repair, 96

C/S Series 35RB
Interiorization Series 10
HCO B 16 Dec. 1971RB INTERIORIZATION ERRORS, 98

      Correct an Int RD error as a first action, 98
      Int Rundown errors, 98
      Int Rundown auditor requirements, 99
      Repair of Int RD, 99
      Ext in session, 99
      Dianetic C/S- 1, 100

Interiorization Rundown Series 15
C/S Series 23RB
HCO B 17 Dec. 1971RB INTERIORIZATION SUMMARY, 102

      References covering the  subject  of  interiorization/exteriorization,
      102
      Unnecessary Int RD being done, 103
      Quads or Triples, 103
      Int RD overrun, 103
      Repair of Int RD, 104
      Two-way comm step of Int RD, 104
      Preassessments, AESPs not used on Int RDs 104
      C/Sing Int RD, 104
      Int RD is a remedy, 105
      C/S wins, 106

HCO B 1 Jan. 1972RB LIX HI-LO TA LIST REVISED, 107

HCO B 20 Jan. 1972R PTS RD ADDITION, 124

      The only reasons a PTS RD does not work, 124
      Rules of PTS, 124
      Remedies for PTS Rundown errors, 124

HCO B 3 June 1972RA PTS RUNDOWN, FINAL STEP, 126

      "Can't have" steps and commands, 126
      SPs are SPs because they deny Hav and enforce unwanted Hav, 127
      L & N questions and the PTS RD, 127

Word Clearing Series 46RC
HCO B 30 Jan. 1973RC METHOD 9 WORD CLEARING THE RIGHT WAY, 128

      History of Method 9 Word Clearing, 128
      How to learn Method 9, 129
      Misunderstood words, 129
      Why Method 9 works, 130
      The glib student, 131
      Method 9 on common reading materials, 132
      How to do Method 9, 132
      Method 9 caution, 134
      Examples of student reactions and their correct handling, 135
      TRs and M9, 140
      Quarrels or upsets, 140
      Worksheets, 140
      Teaching the student to do Method 0 140

HCO B 7 Apr. 1973RA GRADIENTS IN TRs, 142
[ CANCELED]

      Purpose of TRs, 142
      How to do TRs, 142
      Cycling through the TRs, 143

C/S Series 87RB
HCO B 15 Oct. 1973RB NULLING AND F/Ning PREPARED LISTS, 144

      To F/N a list, you do  it  Method  3,  144  "Non-reading,  non-F/Ning"
           lists, 144
      Reading through an F/N, 145
      The "rabbit buttons, " 145

C/S Series 53RL SF
HCO B 24 Nov. 1973RD SHORT HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT C/S, 147

C/S Series 53RL LF
HCO B 24 Nov. 1973RE C/S SERIES 53 RL LF (LONG FORM), 150

HCO B 18 Mar. 1974R E-METERS-SENSITIVITY ERRORS, 154

      An auditor must set the sensitivity of an E-Meter  exactly  right  for
           each pc and each session, 154
      Too low sensitivity, 154
      Too high sensitivity, 154
      Set the sensitivity for the pc for 1/3 of a dial drop on a correct can
           squeeze per E-Meter Drill 5RA, 155

HCO B 29 Mar. 1975R ANTIBIOTICS, ADMINISTERING OF, 156

      Definition of antibiotics, 156
      Germs and virus, 156
      Bringing down temperature with antibiotics, 156
      How to administer antibiotics, 157
      Antibiotics and temperature, 157
      The general rule when administering antibiotics, 158
      Antibiotics taking effect, 158 Past maladministration of  antibiotics,
      158
      Person on antibiotics is given vitamins before session, 158
      Key procedure, 159
      Side effects of antibiotics, 159
      Disease cycles, 159
      Sulfa drugs, 159
      Penicillin, 160
      Other antibiotics, 161
      Vitamins and antibiotics, 161
      Intestinal bacteria, 161

HCO B 14 June 1977-1   PAID COMPS SIMPLIFIED-ADDITION 1-  C/S  SERIES  81RA-
                    AUDITOR's RIGHTS MODIFIED-ADDITION 1, 162

      Paid Completion points for Dianetic Clear Special Intensives, 162
                      HCO B 6 Feb. 1978RA THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN  REPLACES
                      THE SWEAT PROGRAM, 163

      Biochemical factors, 164
      Why "Purification"? 164
      The Purification Rundown, 166
      Warning, 167
      Exercise and sauna, 167
      Personal schedule, 168
      Nutrition, 169
      Niacin, 172
      Minerals, 174
      Cal-Mag, 174
      Manifestations that turn up on the Purification Program, 175
      Having trips during the program, 176
      Administration of the Purification Rundown, 176
      End phenomena, 178
      Length of program, 179
      Summary, 179

HCO B 6 Feb. 1978RA-1  THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN-ERRATA AND ADDITIONS, 180

      When to wear a rubberized or vinyl-type sweat suit, 180
      The 5-hour period is NOT 50% exercising and 50% sauna, 180
      Getting too warm or feeling faint in the sauna, 180
      Steam baths, 181
      Eucalyptus oil, 181

Word Clearing Series 59RA
HCO B 23 Mar. 1978RA CLEARING WORDS, 182

      How to clear a word, 182
      Example of how to clear a word, 183
      Context unknown, 183
      "Word chains, " 183
      Cleared word defined, 183

HCO B 19 Sept. 1978R THE END OF ENDLESS DRUG RDs, 185

      Reason for endless Drug Rundowns, 185
      Data on the End of Endless Drug Rundowns Repair List, 185
      New Era Dianetics Drug Rundown a separate action, 186

HCO B 19 Sept. 1978R   THE END OF ENDLESS DRUG RUNDOWNS REPAIR LIST, 187

Interiorization Rundown Series BRA
HCO B 24 Sept. 1978RA THE END OF ENDLESS INT REPAIR RUNDOWN, 189

      When to run an End of Endless Int Rundown, 190
      Int Rundown Table, 191
      The End of Endless Int Rundown procedure, 192
      The Int buttons, 193
      Cautions and C/S tips, 194
      Vital data on Int RD end phenomena, 195
      Repairing repair, 196

Interiorization Rundown Series 13
HCO B 24 Sept. 1978 PREASSESSMENT, AESPs AND INT, 199

      When handling Int you address only Int, nothing else, 199
      You do not run preassessment or AESPs on Int, 199
HCO B 24 Sept. 1978 DIANETIC CLEAR, 200

      The state of Clear can be achieved on Dianetics, 200
      Definition of the state of Dianetic Clear, 200
      Auditing the Dianetic Clear, 200

Interiorization Rundown Series 5
HCO B 25 Sept. 1978 QUAD COMMANDS FOR INT BUTTONS, 201

      R3RA  Quad  Flows  commands  for  each  of  the  Int  buttons  on  the
           Interiorization Rundown Revised, 201
      Recall Quad Flows commands for each of the Int buttons on the  End  of
           Endless Int Repair Rundown, 203

Interiorization Rundown Series 14
HCO B 25 Sept. 1978    STARRATE CHECKOUTS FOR INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN, 206

      Int must be run flawlessly, 206
      Starrate checkouts for "Okay to Audit Int RD," 207

HCO B 29 Sept. 1978 FESing OF FOLDERS AND FULL FLOW TABLES, 209

      The name of the auditor should be clearly noted on the FFT as well  as
      the FES, 209
      Full Flow Table format, 209

HCO B 3 Oct. 1978 NED RULE, 210

      NED auditor must understand the function and purpose of  each  of  the
           R3RA commands in a Dianetic session, 210

Interiorization Rundown Series 1
HCO B 4 Oct. 1978 INTERIORIZATION HANDLING SIMPLIFIED, 211

      Definition of exteriorization, 211
      Two very effective new tools for handling Int, 211
      Further data on the subject of Int and flows, 212 More on Recalls, 213

HCO B 16 Oct. 1978 REPAIR CORRECTION LIST, 214

Interiorization Rundown Series 16
C/S Series 102
HCO B 16 Oct. 1978 C/S CHECKLIST OF INT ERRORS, 217

      Two major errors that occur most frequently on Int handling, 217
      C/S checklist for detecting errors on Int, 217

HCO B 30 Oct. 1978 C/S SERIES 53, USE OF, 220

      What the C/S Series 53 Short Form is, 220
      What the C/S Series 53 Long Form is, 220
      Two ways of using a C/S 53, 220
      Clears, OTs and the C/S 53, 221
      F/Ning a C/S 53, 221
      C/S 53 to F/Ning list, 221
      Pcs that have gotten bugged by C/S 53 being done on them, 222

HCO B 30 Oct. 1978 COURSES-THEIR IDEAL SCENE, 223

      An in-ethics vs. an out-ethics course, 223
      Out-ethics activities in course rooms, 223

HCO B 10 Nov. 1978R PROCLAMATION-POWER TO FORGIVE, 225

      The power to forgive sins, 225
      The purpose of any Confessional, 225
HCO B 10 Nov. 1978R PROCLAMATION: POWER TO FORGIVE ADDITION, 227

      Handling any adverse reaction to the proclamation of forgiveness, 227
      Errors that can cause an incomplete confession, 227

HCO B 15 Nov. 1978 DATING AND LOCATING, 228

      Definitions of dating and locating, 228
      Why you date and locate, 228
      Date/Locate not a rote procedure, 229
      Definition of blow, 229
      Metering during Dating/Locating, 229
      You can use any system of time measurement in dating, 230
      Implant dates vs. actual dates, 230
      Purpose of dating, 230
      Locations and distance, 231
      Purpose of locating, 231
      There are two separate drills for dating and locating, 232
      Preliminary step before dating and locating on  a  pc  for  the  first
      time, 232
      Dating to blow/locating to blow-procedure by steps, 233
      Liability, 236
      Summary, 236

HCO B 19 Nov. 1978 L & N LISTS-THE ITEM "ME," 237

      Rules regarding the item "Me" on an L & N list, 237

Word Clearing Series SERF
HCO B 27 Nov. 1978 WORD CLEARING CORRECTION LIST,  238

HCO B 28 Nov. 1978 AUDITORS WHO MISS WITHHOLDS, PENALTY, 242

      Penalty for missing a withhold on a pc, 242

C/S Series 104
HCO B 29 Nov. 1978 DIANETIC CLEAR ATTESTS, 243

      Warning to NED and Scn auditors, 243
      Note for C/Ses, 243
      Clear in last life, 243
      Inval/eval and the state of Clear, 244
      Comm-evable offense to coach the pc with data about Clear in any  way,
      244
      The power of auditing, 244

HCO B 30 Nov. 1978 CONFESSIONAL PROCEDURE, 245

      What withholds add up to, 245
      Basic procedure for a Confessional, 246
      Auditor attitude and TRs, 250

HCO B 1 Dec. 1978 PROGRAMMING THE DIANETIC CLEAR FOR HIS NEXT STEP, 252

      Guidelines for programming a Dianetic Clear, 252
      "Super Power" for Dianetic Clears, 252

HCO B 3 Dec. 1978 UNREADING FLOWS, 253

      Don't run unreading items or flows, 253

HCO B 4 Dec. 1978 HOW TO READ THROUGH AN F/N, 254

      When taking a list to F/Ning assessment an auditor must  know  how  to
           read through an F/N, 254
      Training an auditor to see a read through an F/N, 255

C/S Series 105
HCO B 5 Dec. 1978 DIANETIC CLEAR ATTESTS-ADDITIONAL DATA, 256

      Unacknowledged Dianetic Clears, 256
      Ethics, 256
      Meter phenomena, 257
      Prior Dianetic Clears and Keyed-Out Clears, 257
      The person who hasn't made it, 257
      Next step for Dianetic Clears, 258
      Summary, 258

HCO B 6 Dec. 1978 REVIVIFICATION, 259

      Definition of revivification, 259
      Revivification is apt to occur on the End of Endless Int Repair, 259

HCO B 7 Dec. 1978 HCOB 1 OCTOBER 1978, HCOB 6 OCTOBER 1978 ON  BRIGHT  THINK
RUNDOWN WITHDRAWN, 260

HCO B 8 Dec. 1978      GREEN FORM AND EXPANDED GREEN FORM 40RD, USE OF, 261

      How to use the Green Form, 261
      Resistive cases, 261
      Handling reads, 261
      Clears, OTs, and Dianetic Clears, 262
      Unhandled drugs reading on the EXGF 40RD, 262
      End phenomena of Green Form and EXGF 40RD, 262

HCO PL 9 Dec. 1978 HCO PL 23 OCT. 76 AND BPL 29 NOV. 1976 CANCELED, 263

HCO B 13 Dec. 1978R PC SET-UPS AND C/S 53, 264

      Every major action does not require a C/S 53 to F/Ning list as a  set-
      up, 264
      A pc must be set up before a major action, 264

LRH ED 301 INT RON'S JOURNAL 30-1978-THE YEAR OF LIGHTNING  FAST  NEW  TECH,
265

      Discoveries and advancements in tech in 1978, 266
      Training, 269
      Class IV auditing action that can be run, 269
      Services that are given at Saint Hill Orgs, 271
      Advanced Org services, 272
      Flag Ship Org services, 273
      Scientology in 1978, 274

HCO B 29 Dec. 1978 THE SUPPRESSED PERSON RUNDOWN, 276

      A magical new rundown, 276
      When the rundown is done, 277
      How the rundown is done, 277
      Who the rundown can be done on, 278
      Auditor and C/S note, 278

HCO B 30 Dec. 1978 SUPPRESSED PERSON RUNDOWN-PROBLEMS PROCESSES, 279

      Definition of problem, 279
      Problems Processes, 280
      End phenomena of the Suppressed Person Rundown, 280
      List of Problems Processes and commands, 280

HCO B 31 Dec. 1978 OUTLINE OF PTS HANDLING, 290

      Educating the PTS person, 290
      Use of the PTS C/S-1, 290
      PTS interview, 290
      Handling, 290
      The book What Is Scientology? is a very useful tool, 291
      Can We Ever Be Friends? cassette, 291
      PTS person is given a program to do, 291
      Flying ruds and  overts  Triple  or  Quad  Flow  on  the  antagonistic
terminal, 291
      When the PTS Rundown is done, 292
      Use and EP of the Suppressed Person Rundown, 292
      Rest, quiet and a safe environment, 292

HCO B 31 Dec. 1978     EDUCATING THE POTENTIAL  TROUBLE  SOURCE,  THE  FIRST
                  STEP TOWARD HANDLING: PTS C/S-1, 293

      PTS C/S- 1, 294
      PTS C/S-1 procedure, 295
      Issues to be read by the PTS student or pc, 295
      PTS C/S- 1 definitions sheet, 296

HCO B 6 Jan. 1979 HCOB 24 JULY 1970 AND HCOB  28  AUGUST  1970RA  [CANCELED)
CANCELED, 300

      Use of the HC Out-Point Plus-Point Lists, 300

LRH ED 301-1 INT CORRECTION  TO  RON'S  JOURNAL  30-REQUIREMENTS  FOR  SUPER
POWER AUDITORS, 301

      Requirements for Super Power auditors, 301

HCO B 9 Jan. 1979 BTB CANCELLATION, 302

      No auditor may audit in an HGC who has not done a Hard TRs Course, 302


      Once an auditor's TRs are "IN" they don't go out, 302

HCO PL 17 Jan. 1979 A NEW TYPE OF CRIME, 303

      Technical perversions, 303
      New type of crime: to alter and pervert tech or procedure  to  prevent
           discovery of withholds, 303

Data Series 47
HCO PL 19 Jan. 1979 CANCELLATION, 304

      BTB 2 Sept. 72R Issue II, Why Finding Drill-Two, is canceled, 304

HCO B 28 Jan. 1979 C/S QUALIFICATIONS, 304

      C/S must not C/S for a level for which he has not been trained, 304

HCO B 31 Jan. 1979 MOOD DRILLS, 305

      Beings can be fixed or stuck in a chronic mood, 305
      Why Mood Drills were developed, 305
      Patter for Mood Drills, 305
      50 Foot Mood Drills, 306

HCO B 3 Feb. 1979 CHANGE THE CIVILIZATION EVAL, 307

      Evaluation to handle TRs and tech being out internationally, 307

                 HCO B 3 Feb. 1979      CONFRONT TECH HAS TO BE PART OF  THE
                 TR CHECKSHEET, 311

      Inability to confront is basically caused by withholds, 311
      The world begins anew by regaining the ability to confront, 311

HCO B 7 Feb. 1979R E-METER DRILL 5RA-CAN SQUEEZE, 312

      Procedure for E-Meter Drill 5RA, 312
      How a can squeeze can be done incorrectly, 312
      What a correct can squeeze is, 313
      Setting the sensitivity for a 1/3 of a dial drop of the needle on  the
      can squeeze, 315
      Why one has to use a sensitivity setting that  gives  1/3  of  a  dial
      drop, 315

HCO B 9 Feb. 1979 HOW TO DEFEAT VERBAL TECH, 317

HCO B 15 Feb. 1979 VERBAL TECH PENALTIES, 318

      Penalty for verbal tech, 318
      What constitutes verbal tech, 318

HCO PL 21 Feb. 1979 E-METER ESSENTIALS ERRATA SHEET, 319

      Corrections to be made in E-Meter Essentials 319

HCO PL 22 Feb. 1979 ERRATA-P.A.B. No. 147, 324

      Typo in P.A.B. No. 147 in Technical Volume III, 324

Art Series 6
 HCO B 4 Mar. 1979R ART IN ITS BASICS, 326

      Every separate sector of artistic creations has its own  basic  rules,
      326
      The distance between amateured junk and an effective product, 326
      Be a professional in whatever you do, 327

HCO B 5 Mar. 1979R DIANETIC CLEAR FALSE DECLARES, 328

      Natural Clear, 328
      Falsely declaring a person a Dianetic Clear is actionable, 328
      Other practices do not produce Dianetic Clears, 328
      Any and all false declares are canceled, 328

Esto Series 35RB
Word Clearing Series 60RB Product Debug Series 7R
HCO B 25 Mar. 1979RB MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS AND CYCLES OF ACTION, 329

      Misunderstood words and no product, 329
      Misunderstoods and perception, 329
      Misunderstoods and complexity, 329
      Misunderstoods and total organize, 330
      Misunderstoods and no organize, 330
      References for handling Crashing Mis-Us, 330

Art Series 7
HCO B 15 Apr. 1979 FINE ARTS VERSUS ILLUSTRATIONS, 331

      The division between fine arts and illustrations, 331

C/S Series 106
 HCO B 30 Apr. 1979 AUDITING THE DIANETIC CLEAR, 332

      Giving Quad Grades to the Dianetic Clear without making  full  use  of
           the Expanded Grades, 332
      Ensuring that the Dianetic Clear has the opportunity to attain all the
           benefits of the grades, 332

HCO B 2 May 1979 DIANETIC CLEAR SPECIAL INTENSIVE, 333

      Situations the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive is  designed  to  sort
      out, 333
      Purchase of auditing for the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive, 334
      Use of the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive, 334
      FES and folder study, 334
      Alternative choices to handle certain pcs, 334
      Procedure, 335
      End phenomena, 337
       D/L caution, 338

HCO B 2 May 1979 DIANETIC CLEAR SPECIAL INTENSIVE ASSESSMENT, LIST, 339

HCO B 3 May 1979       DIANETIC  CLEAR  SPECIAL  INTENSIVE-C/S  AND  AUDITOR
                 REQUIREMENTS, 344

      List of  requirements  for  every  C/S  and  auditor  delivering  this
intensive, 344

Art Series 8
HCO B 10 June 1979 A PROFESSIONAL, 346

      What a professional is, 346
      What separates a member of the audience from a professional, 346

Word Clearing Series 61
Product Debug Series 3
HCO B 17 June 1979 CRASHING MIS-Us: THE KEY TO COMPLETED  CYCLES  OF  ACTION
                 AND PRODUCTS, 347

      Incomplete cycles and misunderstoods, 347
      Application of Crashing Mis-U tech, 347
      Theory, 348
      Crashing Mis-U finding, 348
      Procedure, 348
      End phenomena, 350
      Running into O/Ws when doing Crashing Mis-U finding, 350
      Defense mechanism, 351
      The Word Clearer's Mis-Us, 351
      Crashing Mis-U finding is an integral part of debug tech, 352
      When to stop debugging, 352
      Gradient approach, 352
      Examples, 352
      Case histories to show how Crashing Mis-U finding goes, 353
      Cautions, 356
      Repair, 356
      Effects of Crashing Mis-Us, 356
      Summary, 356

Product Debug Series 4
Word Clearing Series 62
HCO B 18 June 1979 THE CRASHING MIS-U REPAIR LIST-LC1, 357

HCO B 7 July 1979 CRASHING MIS-U DEFINITION, 360

Product Debug Series 5
Word Clearing Series 63
HCO B 16 July 1979 THE "ELUSIVE" MIS-U OR CRASHING MIS-U, 361

      M9 Word Clearing does not uncover false data, Crashing Mis-Us, overts,
           withholds or PTSness, 361
      Handling the Crashing Mis-U in  situations  where  M9  is  really  not
           getting much done, 361

Word Clearing Series 64
HCO B 17 July 1979 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED, 363

      "Mis-understood" and "not-understood," 363
      Types of misunderstood words, 363
      Product Debug Series 8
      Esto Series 36
      HCO B 7 Aug. 1979 FALSE DATA STRIPPING,      367

      Verbal hatting is the main source of false definitions and false data,
      367
      Primary reason people cannot be hatted, 368
      Sources of false data, 368
      Use of False Data Stripping, 368
      Socratic thesis-antithesis-synthesis philosophical equation, 369
      Anatomy of the "glib student," 369
      People prone to accepting false data, 370
      Procedure for False Data Stripping, 370
      Steps for False Data Stripping, 370
      EP of False Data Stripping, 373
      Misunderstoods can come up during False Data Stripping, 373
      Repeated use of False Data Stripping, 373
      Cautions, 374
      Summary, 374

HCO B 19  Aug.  1979  HIGH  CRIME-ADDITION-HIGH  CRIME  CHECKOUTS  AND  WORD
                   CLEARING, 375

      Consequences of no Word Clearing, 375
      Word Clearing requirements, 375
      Former High Crime checkouts, 376
      Technical results, 376
      HCO B 21 Aug. 1979 TWINNING, 377
      This HCOB reinstates twinning firmly and with emphasis, 377
      Background, 378
      Why twinning? 378
      Twinning versus modern permissiveness, 378
      Cause and effect, 379
      When to twin, 379
      Assigning twins, 380
      Twinning is done on a "turn-about" basis, 380
      The twin's responsibility, 381
      The Supervisor's responsibility, 382
      Emphasis on no verbal data, 382
      Handling bugs on twinning, 383
      Handling bogged students and their twins, 384

Word Clearing Series 65
Product Debug Series 6
HCO B 23 Aug. 1979 CRASHING MUs, BLOCKS TO FINDING THEM, 386

      What Crashing MUs can be buried by, 386
      References for full handling of a Crashing MU, 387
      Definition of Crashing MU, 387
      Other MUs obscuring the Crashing MU, 387
      Overts and withholds blocking Crashing MU finding, 387
      Person who justifies having a Crashing MU, 388
      Service facsimiles getting in the way of Crashing MU finding, 389
      Cautions, 389
      Summary, 389

Product Debug Series 10
HCO B 23 Aug. 1979 PRODUCT DEBUG REPAIR LIST, 391
Product Debug Series 1
Esto Series 37
HCO PL 23 Aug. 1979 DEBUG TECH, 400

      History, 400
      The tech, 401
      What to handle, 406
      The EP of debug, 407
      Evaluation and programming, 407

Esto Series 38
Product Debug Series 2
HCO PL 23 Aug. 1979 DEBUG TECH CHECKLIST, 408

      Production is the basis of morale, 408
      Use of the Debug Checklist, 408
      The EP of debug, 409
      The first action in debugging an area is an inspection, 409
      The checklist, 409

HCO B 23 Sept. 1979    CANCELLATION OF DESTRUCTIVE BTBs  AND  BPLs  ON  TRs,
                  417

      List of issues canceled and reasons for cancellation, 417
      Summary, 420

Cramming Series 19
HCO B 24 Sept. 1979 FLYING RUDS IN CRAMMING, 421

      How to fly ruds in cramming, 421
      Previously mis-done cramming, 421
      Cramming Officer qualifications, 422
      Worksheets, 422
      A C/S is not needed before flying ruds in cramming, 422
      Folder check before cramming, 423
      FESing, 423
      Use the tech, 423
      Attachment 1, 424
      Attachment 2, 424

Word Clearing Series 66
HCO B 13 Oct. 1979 CONCEPTUAL UNDERSTANDING, 425

      People who  have  no  idea  of  concept  get  bogged  into  terms  and
      mechanics, 425
      Understanding is conceptual, 425

HCO PL 29 Oct. 1979    SSO RESPONSIBILITY FOR STANDARD STAFF COURSES, 426

      Putting staff courses there, 426
      Getting staff courses attended, 427
      Executive support, 427
      People who don't study, 428
      SSO authority, 428
      Some advice for SSOs, 428

C/S Series 107
Cramming Series 20
Quay Corrective Actions on OTs Series 1
HCO B 21 Dec. 1979      AUDITOR  ASSIGNMENT  POLICIES,  CRAMMING  ASSIGNMENT
                  POLICIES, 431

      Rule that auditor-pc assignments  must  be  by  comparable  grade  and
      class, 431
      Policy not to assign non-OT Cramming Officers to OTs, 431
      Actions which are not OK and which are OK to do in Cramming, 432

HCO B 24 Dec. 1979 TRs BASICS RESURRECTED, 433

      Omitted checksheet and false data, 434
      The communication formula in clay, 435
      Use of the ARC triangle, 435
      TRs the Hard Way, 436
      End phenomenon of TRs, 437
      Prerequisite, 437
      Summary, 437

HCO B 30 Dec. 1979 HOW TO BUILD A SAUNA, 439

      Sauna: definition of, 439
      Building a sauna, 439
      Sources of heat, 441
      Sauna stones, 443
      Construction of the sauna, 445







































































































                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo     HCO BULLETIN OF 8 JUNE 1961R
Tech  REVISED 22 FEBRUARY 1979
Qual
                       (Revisions in this type style)


                              E-METER WATCHING

                ARE YOU WAITING FOR THE METER TO PLAY DIXIE?


    I have been a bit surprised by the length of time it is  taking  people
to do assessments on the Prehav, on Security Checks and goals.


    A query into this, which may reveal more, has discovered that  students
wait patiently for the meter to react, which Mary Sue has noticed.


    It dawns on me that auditors  believe  they  are  doing  an  analytical
assessment on the Prehav, etc. This is wrong.


    The Prehav Scale is not a picture of analytical thought. It is  in  the
order it is in because it is a picture of reactive thought. It  is  how  the
reactive mind is stacked up. (See Dianetics: The Modern  Science  of  Mental
Health for the chapter on the reactive mind. )


    Now an E-Meter reacts only on the reactive mind. A Clear doesn't  react
because he is able to be conscious.  An  aberree  reacts  because  he  can't
think without thought exciting the reactivity of the  reactive  mind.  This,
being composed of mass, energy, space, time and thought,  responds  to  tiny
electrical impulses.


    If your auditing was not aimed at reactivity it would not register on a
meter. Thus, you run what reacts because it reacts and is therefore part  of
the reactive mind.


    The reactive mind responds instantly on data a billion years  ago.  How
is this? Time in the reactive mind is out of  order.  So  is  space.  So  is
matter, so is energy. Pin a sign on the reactive mind: "Out  of  Order."  It
connects wrong connections. Hence, the E-Meter.


    What is wrong with the pc is not known to the pc.  Therefore  if  a  pc
knows all about it, it isn't wrong with him.


    That's why you never run what the pc says. You run only what the  meter
says. Example: pc is sure his current general Prehav Level  that  should  be
run now is "Order or Command." "Order" rapidly vanishes.  "Command"  follows
suit. CONQUER stays in. This is an actual example. I just assessed it a  few
minutes ago on a pc who is in pretty good shape. He didn't like CONQUER.  He
said Order and Command were long track. Somebody running a Q and  A  on  his
assessment would have said, perhaps, the pc knows best, so we'll run  Order.
Even if it doesn't fall. But when I said it was CONQUER that we  were  going
to run as only it now fell, the pc sighed and gave in. Finding  the  Conquer
level questions produced a very responsive meter needle. It was  wrong  with
the pc because he didn't know about it. It was part of  his  reactive  mind.
Order  and  Command  were  analytical  responses  prompted  by  an  entirely
different thing CONQUER. If Order or Command had been run the pc would  have
had a lot of auditing time wasted on him.


    Now, why are  assessments  wrong  sometimes?  Because  the  auditor  is
persuaded by the pc, not the meter. If the pc and the meter agree, so  what.
You can still run it. But only if the meter says so, for  only  then  is  it
reactive.
Now, what about slow assessments? Well,  the  auditor  thinks  the  pc  must
consider things before he answers, waits for the pc to answer and waits  for
the question to sink in so the meter will react.

    This is entirely wrong. Based on a misunderstanding of assessment,  the
meter and the reactive mind.

    1.      The pc does not have to be given a chance to think  before  the
        needle responds.


    2.      The pc does not have to answer or say  one  word  to  make  the
        needle respond.


    3.      All needle response is reactive.


    4.      There is no time in the reactive mind.


    5.      If the pc knew what was wrong with him it wouldn't be wrong.


    6.      Only the meter knows.


    7.      The auditor has more control over the pc's reactive  mind  than
        the pc since the pc is influenced by the  reactive  mind  responses
        and the auditor is not so influenced.

    The meter responds instantly. The reaction you will get on  the  needle
starts to occur on the needle instantly after you utter it.


    There is no need to sit there afterwards  waiting  for  the  needle  to
respond again, for it won't until you push that button again.


    The only wait is caused by letting the needle come back at the end of a
fall. This may take one second.


    Therefore: TO WAIT MORE THAN ONE SECOND BEFORE UTTERING THE  NEXT  WORD
ON THE LIST IS A COMPLETE WASTE OF AUDITING TIME.


    All the response you want will begin to occur instantly after you utter
a goal, terminal, level or security question. Thus the maximum time  between
questions on the Prehav Level is at most a three-second interval of  silence
while you digest the data.


    Further, on an assessment for a Prehav run on the General Scale (as  in
Routine 2, HCOB 5 June 1961), you do not now say, "Do you  .  .  ."  or  any
other dunnage. You just say the level itself, note response,  put  a  pencil
point down on the level if it responds, say the next word, etc., etc.  Takes
about 5 minutes to run the Primary Scale up and down to find its level.  You
start at the bottom. You just say the word.  If  it  responds  you  dot  the
sheet (using different symbols to tell them apart like  dots,  X's,  lines).
Then go back down the scale touching only those you  marked  going  up.  Add
another dot if they still fall or  react.  Then  play  off  those  left  one
against the other, saying a level only once each time. The  remaining  level
is now the only one that reacts. So you  assemble  your  5-way  bracket  and
carry on with auditing.


    The pc doesn't have to say a word throughout the whole assessment.  You
can even ask him politely not to, as breath going in and out in  speech  can
vibrate the needle.


    When you assess over into the Secondary Scale of the level  you  found,
you do exactly the same as above. You read them  all  off  once,  then  only
those that reacted, eliminate them and you've got it. (And, by the  way,  if
you go over the Secondary Scale, you then don't  only  run  levels  on  that
Secondary forever; in each new assessment you use the  Primary  Scale  again
to find a new Secondary Level to assess.)
This is also true of a Joburg. If you're going to  get  a  reaction  on  the
needle, it will come fast. No waiting. If you get a reaction you clear  that
reaction, not the pc's whole life. The moment the needle is null, you go  on
to the next question. Of course, in a Joburg, the pc talks. He better!


    All auditing actions except the CCHs are now done in Model Session.


    And all auditing actions and questions are  done  effectively,  neither
frantically rushed nor slowly.


    So it boils down to this. Weeks can be added to Joburgs and assessments
if you think you have to wait for a needle response.


    What are you waiting for? The whole action only requires a second.


    Don't wait for the E-Meter to play Dixie. It was made in the Nawth.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:imj.rd.jk
Copyright � 1961, 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 16 NOVEMBER 1965R
Remimeo     REVISED 22 FEBRUARY 1979
Tech  (Revisions in this type style)
Qual  (Ellipsis indicates deletion)
All Auditors
E-Meter
Checksheets

                         E-METER SENSITIVITY SETTING

    (Ref:   HCOB 4 Dec 77    CHECKLIST  FOR  SETTING  UP  SESSIONS  AND  AN
      E-METER
      HCOB 24 Jan 77   TECH CORRECTION ROUND-UP
      HCOB 7 Feb 79R   E-METER DRILL 5RA-CAN SQUEEZE)


    When preparing for a session, an auditor sets up his E-Meter as per  E-
Meter Drill 4.


    The sensitivity is set for 1/3 of a dial drop on a correct can  squeeze
per HCOB 7 Feb 79R E-METER DRILL 5RA CAN SQUEEZE.  This  is  done  for  each
individual pc and at the beginning  of  each  session  before  starting  the
session, and with the pc on the cans,  per  HCOB  4  Dec  77  CHECKLIST  FOR
SETTING UP SESSIONS AND AN E-METER.


    There is no set sensitivity setting for a pc at any grade level. It  is
determined by the pays can squeeze at each session.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:kim
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                   HCO POLICY LETTER OF l0 FEBRUARY 1966R
Remimeo     ISSUE II
Tech Hats   REVISED 22 FEBRUARY 1979
Qual Hats   (Revisions in this type style)
Ethics Hats

                                TECH RECOVERY

            (Ref: HCOB 7 Feb 79R, E-METER DRILL 5RA-CAN SQUEEZE)


    My study of a Nov 1965 plummeting HGC  Completion  Statistic  indicates
certain policies are necessary in all HGCs and Qual Divisions.


    The following errors were found:

    1.       The  HGC  ceased  to  look  for  former  release   grades   to
rehabilitate and ignored opportunities to do so on  the  basis  that  "outer
orgs have rehabbed them already." This came out in the Comm Ev held on  a  D
of P of that period. Of course, if the HGC failed to  rehab  earlier  grades
(or earlier life overruns) it could achieve no  later  grades  or  Grade  V.
This alone would have ended completions promptly on  all  grades  and  wiped
out the graph.


    2.       Invalidation  of  the  appearance  of  a   free   needle   and
invalidating any auditor who "thought  he  saw  one."  This  wiped  out  all
Release attainments and made for total overrun of all  pcs  of  all  grades.
This error existed for 15 years so it is not surprising that it got back  in
again.


    3.      Whenever an overrun occurred, "rehabilitation of it"  was  done
by running different new processes instead of standard rehab routine  as  in
HCOBs, i.e. doing ARC break PPS, rudiments anything  but  a  real  rehab  of
that process that was overrun.


    4.      Abandonment of standard tech in  favor  of  unusual  solutions.
This is always present when a collapse of tech occurs.


    5.      One SP was found in the  middle  of  all  this  but  after  his
departure the statistic did not recover so one can assume another SP was  in
the middle of it still or that the HGC  remained  PTS  and  didn't  separate
from the SP found because  he  was  so  convincing,  so  reasonable  and  so
persuasive as to why a tech statistic must remain down.

    It is interesting that (1) above-Ceasing to rehab lower grades-would be
absolutely fatal to any upper grades. Therefore this becomes policy:


    NO UPPER GRADE OF RELEASE MAY BE BEGUN NEWLY ON A PC  UNTIL  ALL  LOWER
GRADES ARE FULLY REHABBED TO FREE NEEDLE. THIS APPLIES TO ALL  GRADES  0  TO
VII.


    Regarding (2)-Invalidation of what a free needle  is-and  thus  running
past all free needless let it be noted that this is an Auditor's Code break-
continuing a process that has ceased to produce change-and  is  therefore  a
crime. This was wrong too long to be allowed to go wrong again. Thus we  get
the policy:


    AN AUDITOR WHO HAS BEEN FOUND TO  HAVE  OVERRUN  A  FREE  NEEDLE  ON  A
PERCALE MUST BE GIVEN AN ETHICS CHIT; AND IF THE  ACTION  IS  SEVERAL  TIMES
REPEATED, ETHICS MUST ORDER A FULL REVIEW OF THE  AUDITOR'S  CASE  INCLUDING
AN EYESIGHT TEST AND CONDUCT A THOROUGH ETHICS INVESTIGATION AND HEARING.



Note that a meter run with too high a sensitivity setting does  not  give  a
marked change when the needle floats. A meter cranked up to 128  sensitivity
looks like a floating needle all of the time at  a  casual  glance  on  most
pcs. On the other hand, if the sensitivity is set  too  low  then  the  free
needle may not be seen. Thus the sensitivity must be set for 1/3 of  a  dial
drop on the can squeeze for  each  session.  Then  a  free  needle  will  be
plainly visible.


    Also. meters go out of 5,000 ohm calibration and don't read  on  the  M
and F "Clear" reads and change of electrodes can  change  M  and  F  "Clear"
reads.


    A free needle, if a process is overrun, vanishes with  just  one  extra
command so an auditor must be alert.


    Please also note that this has been part of the Auditor's Code for ages-
running past a flat point of a process has been forbidden  since  the  first
formulations of the Auditor's Code.


    Regarding (3)-Rehabilitation by  using  other  processes-the  HCOBs  on
rehabs are very explicit. To run another process would clobber the pc.  Thus
we get the policy:


    REHABILITATIONS MUST BE DONE BY  REHABILITATING  THE  PC  ONLY  ON  THE
PROCESS OVERRUN AND ONLY BY STANDARD HCOBs ON REHAB PROCEDURE.


    Re (4)-Unusual solutions-we get the policy:


    ANY  AUDITOR  ACCEPTING  AN  UNUSUAL  SOLUTION  WITHOUT  FILING  A  JOB
ENDANGERMENT CHIT OR FOUND USING AN UNUSUAL SOLUTION MUST BE CHARGED WITH  A
CRIME AND GIVEN AN ETHICS HEARING. FAILING TO  REPORT  AN  UNUSUAL  SOLUTION
ADVISED OR USED IS ALSO SO HANDLED. AN UNUSUAL SOLUTION IS  ONE  EVOLVED  TO
REMEDY AN ABUSE OF EXISTING TECHNOLOGY.


    On (5)-Statistic failing to  recover  after  an  SP  is  spotted  in  a
department gives us the 2 policies:


    WHENEVER AN SP IS DISCOVERED AND DECLARED IN AN  ORGANIZATION  ALL  HIS
ASSOCIATES IN THAT PORTION OF THE ORG MUST BE CHECKED OUT FOR OR GIVEN AN  S
& D.


                                     And


    WHEN AN SP IS DISCOVERED IN AN ORGANIZATION, IS  DISMISSED  OR  REMOVED
AND THE STATISTIC DOES NOT RECOVER, ANOTHER SP MUST BE LOOKED FOR.


    It is noted that the general condition of the Completion  Statistic  of
Dec 65 to Jan 66 could be attributed to the above gross errors.


    It is now certain that (l) rehabilitation of earlier grades,  (2)  free
needle and (3) rehabilitation by standard practice are  primary  targets  in
our technology  for  anyone  seeking  to  mess  it  up  and  that  unwitting
tampering with these three things and lack of HCO enforcement on  them  will
reduce HGC statistics and prevent their recovery.


    Of  course  one  could  also  go  mad  in  the  opposite  direction-(1)
rehabilitate earlier grades endlessly on a pc regardless of how  many  times
a free needle had been obtained, (2) call any loosening up  of  a  needle  a
free needle and (3) refuse to even 2-way comm with a  pc  under  repair  for
overrun for fear it violates standard procedure for rehab.


    The middle course is the correct course in this case. Relax and just be
very sure the pc has been properly rehabbed to free needle on each grade  up
to the one one is going to start by demanding the  awards  of  Release  that
were granted and if these
weren't ever awarded, then do the rehabs necessary grade by grade. The  only
sticky point in this is that if a pc had ever been run  on  a  higher  grade
without rehab of a lower, one must rehab  "from  the  top  down"  at  times,
tackling the highest overrun first, but nevertheless doing all of them  that
were bypassed eventually.


    The way to recognize a free needle is watch for one.  When  it  happens
you will see one. Then you will never afterwards wonder.  The  free  needles
available on a case can all be swallowed  up  by  a  failure  to  rehab  all
grades ever bypassed or overrun. If no free needles show up  on  a  case  at
all then partially rehab any grade available for rehab back and forth  until
one has one of them go free needle  and  then  get  a  free  needle  on  the
remainder. Life can also be an overrun and a pc never audited  will  respond
to a rehab of "something overdone." This doesn't mean the  pc  went  release
before Scientology-it means that purpose overrun  then  jams-rehab  of  life
situations of overrun consists of hitting the purpose that was  overrun  and
when this is hit, the pc goes Release in PT and was not  a  Release  in  the
past. An example is an overrun located in 20 AD when the  person,  alert  to
Christianity, decided to be good, made it  and  then  overran  it  for  1945
years. When the purpose was found (to be good) and  dated  and  the  overrun
spotted the needle went free. Rough  auditing,  bad  TRs,  "letting  the  pc
itsa," etc., can swallow up free needles. Also a  totally  ARC  Broke  meter
that won't read at all with bad indicators all over the place  won't  record
a read, looks sometimes like a floating needle, the difference being the  pc
has total bad indicators-sour, mean, sad, etc. A  free  needle  occurs  most
often after a big cognition and the unskilled auditor looks at  the  pc  who
is being bright and interesting and just doesn't see the needle float,  asks
more questions and overruns. and the  free  needle  vanishes-when  a  pc  is
cogniting, look at the meter not the pc. And the instant the  TA  starts  up
and the needle goes sticky suspect an overrun and check.


    As for doing something else rather than standard procedure  for  rehab,
plain ignorance can cause it.  The  auditor's  desire  to  help  the  pc  if
unaccompanied by solid tech background leads to wild efforts, new  processes
and anything but cool standard procedure.


    When the person checking out pcs is also the Case  Supervisor,  unusual
solutions creep in. The most errors I've seen  made  by  a  Case  Supervisor
were made after he had seen the pc or talked with the  auditor.  Cases  have
to be run by report only and  auditors  have  to  be  supervised  and  their
sessions listened to by somebody else besides the Case Supervisor.  Tech  is
tech. There is such a thing as standard tech. Pc wild tales and hollow  eyes
and auditor hobbyhorses have to be kept off Case Supervisor lines. So  there
must be a person who checks  out  pcs  and  supervises  auditors  and  their
auditing performance but  who  never  opens  his  or  her  face  to  suggest
instructions about the pc and only writes down that the auditor is rough  or
the process is flat or the process is overrun. The Case Supervisor lives  in
an Ivory  Tower.  Sounds  strange  but  unless  it's  done  that  way,  wild
departures from standard rehab procedure and from standard tech  in  general
will occur. Hell,  all  psychiatry  went  down  that  drain-  the  desperate
patient, the desperate measures. Squirreling stems from the Case  Supervisor
being the auditor supervisor and the pc interviewer. Oil,  water,  being  in
two divisions, Commies and Fascists, dogs and cats. won't mix. Neither  will
the personal contacter of auditors and pcs  and  the  Case  Supervisor  ever
successfully stay crossed. The  individual  practitioner  breaks  down  only
because  he  does  both  auditing  and  case  supervision.  Auditing  is  an
organization action which is why today  we  have  field  staff  members  and
HGCs.


    Additional notes of things  discovered  in  the  investigation  of  the
plummeted statistic on completions were:


    1.      Auditors rabbiting out of uncertainty and so stumbling past end
        phenomena and floating needles.


    2.      Case Supervisor getting auditors to ask leading questions on Pr
        Pr 2- "Ask the pc if he is interested in Medical Practices."


    3.      D of P: "Find out what the needle is floating on."



        4.       Case Supervisor: Told auditor that a floating  needle  was
        not the end phenomenon of a process in which "the TA had to be  run
        out."


    5.      Lack of knowledge and understanding of the technology  and  not
        knowing the difference between such things as  anaten,  secondaries
        and engrams by Case Supervisor, D of P. and so confusing auditors.

    Of course the one thing one can't technically overcome is an SP keeping
an area messed up. His case doesn't improve because of  his  intentions  and
overts and fear of people getting better or being bigger than  he.  When  an
SP dominates an area, only ethics actions can handle.


    The primary indicator of  the  presence  of  an  SP  in  an  org  is  a
plummeting statistic immediately after he starts handling a portion of it.


    Indifferent leadership, even inaction, can't drive  a  statistic  down.
Only active suppression can.


    So watch the statistics and don't get reasonable when they fall. Either
outside the org suppression has been brought down on  that  portion  of  the
org. making it PTS or there is  an  SP  there.  The  final  answer  is  what
happened just before the statistic fell. If a new appointment was  made  and
it fell, unappoint it fast. If nothing cures the down statistic find the  SP
or handle the PTS situation because one or the other is there.


    Completions stayed down for 15 years.  Then  we  found  auditors  never
noticed free needles. Now for heaven's sakes, 15  years  was  enough.  Don't
repeat the error!


    It does work you know.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH: ml.rd.jh.jk
Copyright � 1966, 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 11 FEBRUARY 1966R
Remimeo     REVISED 22 FEBRUARY 1979
Qual  (Revisions in this type style)
All Auditors     (Ellipsis indicates deletion)


                            FREE NEEDLES, HOW TO
                              GET THEM ON A PC

      (Ref: HCOB 7 Feb 79R   E-METER DRILL 5RA-CAN SQUEEZE
            Rev. 15.2.79
            HCOB 4 Dec 77    CHECKLIST FOR SETTING UP SESSIONS
                 AND AN E-METER
            HCOB 3 Sep 78    DEFINITION OF A ROCK SLAM)


    Free needles can be obscured only by overruns and auditor goofs in  the
rehab session and ARC breaks in past auditing.


    When a TA goes up or is up it means an overrun in life or on a  process
or grade of release.


    The only place you can't get an overrun is at  Grade  VII.  All  grades
below that are subject to overrun.


    Life subjects are subject to overrun before Scientology. The  mechanism
is this: one conceived a purpose. He or she succeeded in it,  then  kept  on
and overran it. In auditing one hits the purpose and the overrun of  it  and
gets a free needle on it. That doesn't mean the person was a  Release  then.
It means that the spotting of  the  purpose  and  the  overrun  by  auditing
produces a free needle today.


    It may be necessary to  find  whole  track  overruns  on  some  pcs  in
rehabilitation of grades. If a lot of levels have been run past free  needle
it may be necessary to take apart the mess like a bundle of yarn to get  the
first free needle. In such a case one rehabs any grade the pc has  been  run
on that the pc can remember. One handles this briefly until the pc is  happy
but not necessarily to free needle. One then  finds  another  overrun,  does
the same. One goes on and on looking for moments  the  pc  felt  good  about
processing at one or another time. If you keep this up,  suddenly  you  will
see a free needle on the pc! Establish  what  grade  it  is  free  on,  then
quickly get the needle free on the remaining overrun grades (but not  grades
pc was never run on). It may be necessary  to  take  into  account  a  whole
track overrun of a purpose or even the purpose to get Release, Clear or OT.


    It is all very quick, deft  auditing,  very  much  on  procedure  using
standard rehab tech-but no repetitive grind.


    If you set the sensitivity too  low  you  won't  see  the  free  needle
(floating needle) and if you set the sensitivity too high  it  will  obscure
every free needle as the needle is too loose already for the auditor to  see
any change. So you always set the sensitivity for each session for a 1/3  of
a dial drop when the pc squeezes the cans and you will  be  able  to  easily
recognize free needles when they appear.


    Pcs are most apt to go free needle after a big  cog.  So  don't  be  so
engrossed in looking at the pc  during  cognitions.  Keep  an  eye  on  that
needle. And if it goes free, don't ask anything else. Just gently  give  the
pc a "That's it" and without a chop of comm, ease the pc off  to  "Declare?"
in Qual. (Or if a field auditor, start the next grade. )


    Gently, gently. smooth TRs get you free needles.
A dirty needle is caused by one of three things: 1. The  auditor's  TRs  are
bad. 2. The auditor is breaking the Auditor's Code. 3. The pc has  withholds
he does not wish known. If a needle goes dirty in a  rehab  session,  do  an
L1C right now and quickly find why.


    Rehabs are not a substitute for processes. If a grade hasn't been  run.
you can't rehab it of course.


    In rehab, never use a new process to cure an overrun. Rehab the process
that was overrun, not new ruds.


    And see HCO Pol Ltr 10 Feb 1966 on this subject.


    You can get free  needles  on  pcs.  It  just  requires  standard  TRs,
standard tech. standard rehab and wanting to get one and letting a  pc  have
one.


                                            L. RON HUBBARD
                                            Founder

LRH: ml.rd.jk
Copyright � 1966, 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 12 FEBRUARY 1967
Org Exec    REISSUED 22 JULY 1979
Course      CORRECTED & REISSUED 4 SEPTEMBER 1979

                      (HCO PL 12 Feb 67 Admin Know-How
                       THE RESPONSIBILITIES OF LEADERS
                       reissued as an HCOB; as well as
                          existing in HCO PL form.)


                               ADMIN KNOW-HOW

                       THE RESPONSIBILITIES OF LEADERS


    A few comments on POWER, being or working close to or  under  a  power,
which is to say a leader or one who exerts wide  primary  influence  on  the
affairs of men.


    I have written it this way, using two actual people to give an  example
of magnitude enough to interest and to furnish some pleasant reading. And  I
used a military sphere so it could be seen clearly without restimulation  of
admin problems.


    The book referenced is a fantastically able book by the way.

                        THE MISTAKES OF SIMON BOLIVAR
                              AND MANUELA SAENZ

    Reference: The book entitled:

                       The Four Seasons of Manuela by
                      Victor W. von Hagen, a biography.
                  A Mayflower Dell Paperback. Oct 1966. 6/-

    Simon Bolivar was the liberator of  South  America  from  the  yoke  of
Spain.


    Manuela Saenz was the liberatress and consort.


    Their acts and fates are well recorded in this moving biography.


    But aside from any  purely  dramatic  value  the  book  lays  bare  and
motivates various actions of great interest to those who lead,  who  support
or are near leaders.


    Simon Bolivar was a very strong character. He was one  of  the  richest
men in South America. He had real personal ability given to only  a  handful
on the planet. He was a military commander without peer in history.  Why  he
would fail and die an exile to be later deified is thus of  great  interest.
What mistakes did he make?


    Manuela Saenz was a brilliant, beautiful and able woman. She was loyal,
devoted,  quite  comparable  to  Bolivar,  far  above  the  cut  of  average
humanoids. Why then did she live a vilified outcast,  receive  such  violent
social rejection and die of poverty and  remain  unknown  to  history?  What
mistakes did she make?


                              BOLIVAR'S ERRORS

    The freeing of  things  is  the  reverse  unstated  dramatization  (the
opposite side of the coin) to the slavery enjoined by the mechanisms of  the
mind.
Unless there is something to free men into, the act of freeing is  simply  a
protest of slavery. And as no humanoid is free while aberrated in  the  body
cycle, it is of course a gesture to free him politically  as  it  frees  him
only into the  anarchy  of  dramatizing  his  aberrations  with  NO  control
whatever  and  without   something   to   fight   exterior   and   with   no
exteriorization of his interest he simply goes mad noisily or quietly.


    Once as great a wrong as depraving beings has been  done  there  is  of
course no freedom short of freeing one  from  the  depravity  itself  or  at
least from its most obvious influences in the society. In  short  one  would
have to de-aberrate a man before his whole social  structure  could  be  de-
aberrated.


    If one lacked the whole ability to free man wholly  from  his  reactive
patterns, then one could free man from their restimulators  in  the  society
at least. If one had the whole of  the  data  (but  lacked  the  Scientology
tech), one would simply use reactive patterns to blow the old society  apart
and then pick up the pieces neatly in a new pattern. If one had  no  inkling
of how reactive one  can  get  (and  Bolivar  of  course  had  no  knowledge
whatever in  that  field),  there  yet  remained  a  workable  formula  used
"instinctively" by most successful practical political leaders.


    If you free a society from those things you see wrong with it  and  use
force to demand it do what is right, and if you carry forward with  decision
and  thoroughness,  and  without  continual  temporizing  you  can,  in  the
applications of your charm and gifts, bring about a great  political  reform
or improve a failing country.


    So Bolivar's first error, most consistent it was, too, was contained in
the vital words "you see" in the above paragraph.  He  didn't  look  and  he
didn't even listen to sound intelligence reports. He was so  sure  he  could
glow things right or fight things right or charm things right that he  never
looked for anything wrong to correct until it was too late. This is the  ne-
plus-ultra of personal confidence, amounting to  supreme  vanity.  "When  he
appeared it would all come right" was not only  his  belief  but  his  basic
philosophy. So the first time it didn't work, he collapsed. All  his  skills
and charm were channeled into this one test. Only that could he observe.


    Not to compare with Boliver but to show my understanding of this:


    I once had a similar one. "I would keep going as long as  I  could  and
when I was stopped I would then die." This was a  solution  mild  enough  to
state and really hard to understand until you  had  an  inkling  of  what  I
meant by keeping going. Meteors keep going-very, very fast. And  so  did  I.
Then one day  ages  back  I  finally  was  stopped  after  countless  little
stoppings by social contacts and family to prepare me culminating in a  navy
more devoted to braid than dead enemies and literally I quit. For a while  I
couldn't get a clue  of  what  was  wrong  with  me.  Life  went  completely
unlivable until I found a new solution. So  I  know  the  frailty  of  these
single solutions. Not to compare myself but just to show it  happens  to  us
all, not just Bolivars.


    Bolivar had no personal insight at all. He could  only  "outsight"  and
even then he did not look or listen. He glowed things  right.  Pitifully  it
was his undoing that he could. Until he no longer could.  When  he  couldn't
glow he roared and when he couldn't roar he  fought  a  battle.  Then  civic
enemies were not military enemies so he had no solution left at all.


    It never occurred to him to do more than  personally  magnetize  things
into being right and victorious.


    His downfall was that he made far too  heavy  use  of  a  skill  simply
because it was easy. He was too good at this one thing. So he  never  looked
to any other skill and he never even dreamed there was any other way.


    He had no view of any situation and no idea of  the  organizational  or
preparatory steps necessary to political and personal victory. He only  knew
military organization which is where his organizational insight ceased.
He was  taught  on  the  high  wine  of  French  revolt,  notorious  in  its
organizational inability to form cultures, and that fatally by  a  childhood
teacher who was  intensely  impractical  in  his  own  private  life  (Simon
Rodriguez, an unfrocked priest turned tutor).


    Bolivar had no personal financial skill. He started wealthy  and  wound
up a pauper, a statistic descending from one of the,  if  not  the,  richest
man in South America down to a borrowed nightshirt to be  buried  in  as  an
exile. And this while the property of Royalists was wide open, the  greatest
land and mine valuables of South America wide open to his  hand  and  that's
not believable! But true. He never  collected  his  own  debt  of  loans  to
governments even when the head of those governments.


    So it is no wonder we find two more very real  errors  leading  to  his
downfall. He did not get his troops or officers rewarded and he did not  aim
for any solvency of the states he controlled. It  was  all  right  if  there
were long years of battle ahead for them to be  unpaid  as  no  real  riches
were yet won, but not to reward  them  when  the  whole  place  was  at  his
disposal! Well!


    The limit of his ability consisted of  demanding  a  bit  of  cash  for
current pay from churches-which were not actively against him at  first  but
which annoyed them no end-and a few household expenses.


    He could have (and should have) set aside  all  Royalist  property  and
estates for division amongst all officers, their men and his supporters.  It
had no owners now. And this failure cost the economy of the country the  tax
loss of all those productive estates (the whole wealth of the land).  So  it
is no wonder his government, its taxable estates now inoperative or at  best
lorded by a profiteer or looted by Indians, was insolvent. Also, by  failing
to do such an obvious act he delivered  property  into  the  hands  of  more
provident enemies and left his officers and men  penniless  to  finance  any
support for their own stability in the new society and so for his own.


    As for state  finance  the  great  mines  of  South  America,  suddenly
ownerless, were overlooked and were  then  grabbed  and  worked  by  foreign
adventurers who simply came in and took them without payment.


    Spain had run the country on the finance of  mine  tithes  and  general
taxes. Bolivar not only didn't collect the tithes, he let  the  land  become
so worthless as to be untaxable. He should have gotten the estates going  by
any shifts and should have state operated all Royalist  mines  once  he  had
them. To not do these things was complete, but typically humanoid, folly.


    In doing this property division he  should  have  left  it  all  up  to
officers' committees operating as courts of claim without staining  his  own
hands in the natural corruption. He was left doubly open as he not only  did
not attend to it, he also got the name of corruption when anybody  did  grab
something.


    He failed as well to recognize the distant  widespread  nature  of  his
countries despite all his riding  and  fighting  over  them  and  so  sought
tightly centralized  government,  not  only  centralizing  states  but  also
centralizing the various nations into a federal state. And this over a  huge
land mass full of insurmountable ranges, impassable jungles and deserts  and
without mail, telegraph, relay stages, roads, railroads,  river  vessels  or
even foot bridges repaired after a war of attrition.


    A step echelon from a pueblo (village) to a state, from a  state  to  a
country and a country to a federal state was  only  possible  in  such  huge
spaces of country where candidates could never be known personally over  any
wide area and whose opinions could not even be circulated more  than  a  few
miles of burro trail, where only the pueblo was democratic and the rest  all
appointive from pueblo on up, himself the ratifier  of  titles  if  he  even
needed that. With his own  officers  and  armies  controlling  the  land  as
owners of all wrested from Royalists and the crown of Spain, he  would  have
had no revolts. There would have been little civil  wars  of  course  but  a
court to settle their final claims could have existed at federal  level  and
kept them traveling  so  much  over  those  vast  distances  it  would  have
crippled their enthusiasm for litigation on the one hand and on  the  other,
by dog eat dog settlements, would have given him the strongest rulers-if  he
took neither side.


    He did not step out and abdicate a  dictatorial  position.  He  mistook
military acclaim and  ability  for  the  tool  of  peace.  War  only  brings
anarchy, so he had anarchy. Peace is more than a "command  for  unity,"  his
favorite phrase. A productive peace is getting  men  busy  and  giving  them
something to make something of that they  want  to  make  something  of  and
telling them to get on with it.


    He never began to recognize a suppressive and never  considered  anyone
needed killing except on a battlefield. There it was glorious. But  somebody
destroying his very name and soul, and the security of every  supporter  and
friend, the SP Santander, his vice-president, who could have  been  arrested
and executed by  a  corporal's  guard  on  one  one-hundredth  of  available
evidence, could suborn  the  whole  treasury  and  population  against  him,
without  Bolivar,  continually  warned,  loaded  with  evidence,  ever  even
reprimanding him. And this brought about his  loss  of  popularity  and  his
eventual exile .


    He also failed in the same  way  to  protect  his  military  family  or
Manuela Saenz from other enemies. So he weakened  his  friends  and  ignored
his enemies just by oversight.


    His greatest error lay in  that  while  dismissing  Spain  he  did  not
dismiss that nation's most powerful minion, the Church,  and  did  not  even
localize it or reward a South American separate  branch  to  loyalty  or  do
anything at all (except extort money  from  it)  to  an  organization  which
continually worked for Spain as only it could work- on every person  in  the
land in a direct anti-Bolivar reign of terror behind the scenes. You  either
suborn such a group or you take them out when they  cease  to  be  universal
and become or are an enemy's partner.


    As the  Church  held  huge  properties  and  as  Bolivar's  troops  and
supporters went unpaid even of the penny soldiers' pay, if one was going  to
overlook the Royalist estates, one could at least  have  seized  the  Church
property and given it to the soldiers. General Vallejo did this in  1835  in
California, a nearly contemporary act, with no  catastrophe  from  Rome.  Or
the penniless countries could have taken  them  over.  You  don't  leave  an
enemy financed and solvent while you let your friends starve in a game  like
South American politics. Oh no.


    He wasted his enemies. He exported the  "godos"  or  defeated  Royalist
soldiers. They  mostly  had  no  homes  but  South  America.  He  issued  no
amnesties they could count on. They were shipped off or left to die  in  the
"ditch"-the best artisan in the country among them.


    When one (General Rodil) would not surrender Calloa fortress after Peru
was won, Bolivar after great gestures of amnesty failed to obtain  surrender
and then  fought  the  fort.  Four  thousand  political  refugees  and  four
thousand Royalist troops died over  many  months  in  full  sight  of  Lima,
fought heavily by Bolivar only because the fort was  fighting.  But  Bolivar
had to straighten up Peru urgently not fight a  defeated  enemy.  The  right
answer to such a foolish commander as Rodil as Bolivar did have  the  troops
to do it,  was  to  cover  the  roads  with  cannon  enfilade  potential  to
discourage any sortie from the fort, put a large number of  his  own  troops
in a distant position of offense but ease and comfort and  say,  "We're  not
going to fight. The war's over, silly man. Look  at  the  silly  fellows  in
there, living on rats when they can just walk out and sleep home  nights  or
go to Spain or enlist with me or just go camping," and let anybody  walk  in
and out who pleased, making the fort Commander (Rodil)  the  prey  of  every
pleading wife and mother without and would-be deserter  or  mutineer  within
until he did indeed sheepishly give  up  the  pretense-a  man  cannot  fight
alone. But battle was glory to Bolivar. And  he  became  intensely  disliked
because the incessant cannonade which got nowhere was annoying.


    Honors meant a great deal to Bolivar. To be liked was his life. And  it
probably meant more to him  than  to  see  things  really  right.  He  never
compromised his principles
but he lived on admiration, a rather sickening  diet  since  it  demands  in
turn continuous "theatre." One is what one is, not what one  is  admired  or
hated for. To judge oneself by one's successes is  simply  to  observe  that
one's postulates worked and breeds confidence in one's ability. To  have  to
be told it worked only criticizes one's own eyesight and hands  a  spear  to
the enemy to make his wound of vanity at his will. Applause  is  nice.  It's
great to be thanked and admired. But to work only for that? And his  craving
for that, his addiction to the most unstable drug  in  history-fame-  killed
Bolivar. That self offered spear. He told the world continually how to  kill
him- reduce its esteem. So as  money  and  land  can  buy  any  quantity  of
cabals, he could be killed by curdling the esteem,  the  easiest  thing  you
can get a mob to do.


    He had all the power. He did not use it for good or  evil.  One  cannot
hold power and not use it. It  violates  the  power  formula.  For  it  then
prevents others from doing things if they had some  of  the  power  so  they
then see as their only solution the destruction of the holder of  the  power
as he, not using power or delegating it,  is  the  unwitting  block  to  all
their plans. So even many of his friends and armies finally  agreed  he  had
to go. They were not able men. They were in a mess. But  bad  or  good  they
had to do something. Things were desperate, broken down and  starving  after
14 years of civil war. Therefore they  either  had  to  have  some  of  that
absolute power or else nothing could be done at all.  They  were  not  great
minds. He did not need  any  "great  minds,"  he  thought,  even  though  he
invited them verbally. He saw their petty, often murderous solutions and  he
rebuked them. And so held the power and didn't use it.


    He could not stand another personality threat.


    The trouble in Peru came when he bested its real  conqueror  (from  the
Argentine), La Mar, in a petty triumph over adding  Guayaquil  to  Columbia.
Bolivar wished to look triumphant again and didn't  notice  it  really  cost
him the support and Peru the support of La Mar-who  understandably  resigned
and went home, leaving  Bolivar  Peru  to  conquer.  Unfortunately,  it  had
already been in his hands. La Mar needed some troops to  clean  up  a  small
Royalist army that was all. La Mar didn't need  Peru's  loss  of  Guayaquil-
which never did anybody any real good anyway!


    Bolivar would become inactive when  faced  with  two  areas'  worth  of
problems-he did not know which way to go. So he did nothing.


    Brave beyond any general in history on the battlefield, the Andes or in
torrential rivers, he did not  really  have  the  bravery  needed  to  trust
inferior minds and stand by their often shocking blunders. He  feared  their
blunders. So he did not dare unleash his many willing hounds.


    He could lead men, make men feel wonderful, make men fight and lay down
their lives after hardships no army elsewhere in the world  has  ever  faced
before or since. But he could not use men even when they were begging to  be
used.


    It is a frightening level of bravery to use men you know can be  cruel,
vicious, and incompetent. He had no fear of their turning on him ever.  When
they finally did only then he was shocked. But  he  protected  "the  people"
from authority given to questionably competent men. So he really never  used
but three or four generals of mild disposition  and  enormously  outstanding
ability. And to the rest he denied power. Very thoughtful  of  the  nebulous
"people" but very bad indeed for the general good. And it really caused  his
death.


    No. Bolivar was theatre. It was  all  theatre.  One  cannot  make  such
errors and still pretend that one thinks of life as  life,  red-blooded  and
factual. Real men and  real  life  are  full  of  dangerous,  violent,  live
situations and wounds hurt and starvation is desperation  itself  especially
when you see it in one you love.


    This mighty actor, backed up with fantastic  personal  potential,  made
the mistake of thinking the theme of liberty and his  own  great  role  upon
the stage was enough to interest all the working, suffering  hours  of  men,
buy their bread, pay their whores,
shoot their wives' lovers and bind their wounds or  even  put  enough  drama
into very hard pressed lives to make them want to live it.


    No, Bolivar was unfortunately the only actor on the stage and no  other
man in the world was real to him.


    And so he died. They loved him. But they were also on  the  stage  too,
where they were dying in his script or Rousseau's script for liberty but  no
script for living their very real lives.


    He was the greatest military general in any  history  measured  against
his obstacles, the people and the land across which he fought.


    And he was a complete failure to himself and his friends.


    While being one of the greatest men alive at that. So we see how  truly
shabby others in leaders' boots amongst men must be.


                                MANUELA SAENZ

    The tragedy of Manuela Saenz as Bolivar's mistress  was  that  she  was
never used, never really had a share and was neither protected  nor  honored
by Bolivar


    Here was a clever, spectacular woman of fantastic fidelity  and  skill,
with  an  enormous  "flaire,"  capable  of  giving  great  satisfaction  and
service.  And  only  her  satisfaction  ability  was  taken  and  that   not
consistently nor even honestly.


    In the first  place,  Bolivar  never  married  her.  He  never  married
anybody. This opened up a fantastic breach in any  defense  she  could  ever
make against her or his enemies who were legion. So her  first  mistake  was
in not in some way contriving a marriage.


    That she had an estranged husband she had been more or less sold to was
permitted by her to wreck her life obliquely.


    She was too selfless to be real in all her very able plotting.


    For this marriage problem she  could  have  engineered  any  number  of
actions.


    She had the solid friendship of all his trusted advisers, even his  old
tutor. Yet she arranged nothing for herself.


    She was utterly devoted, completely brilliant and utterly incapable  of
really bringing off an action of any final kind.


    She violated the power formula in not realizing that she had power.


    Manuela was up against a hard man to  handle.  But  she  did  not  know
enough to make her own court effective. She organized one. She did not  know
what to do with it.


    Her most fatal mistake was in not bringing  down  Santander,  Bolivar's
chief enemy. That cost her everything she  had  before  the  end  and  after
Bolivar died. She knew for years Santander had to be killed. She said it  or
wrote it every few days. Yet never did she  promise  some  young  officer  a
nice night or a handful of gold to do it  in  a  day  when  dueling  was  in
fashion. It's like standing around discussing how the plainly  visible  wolf
in the garden that's eating the chickens must be shot, even holding  a  gun,
and never even lifting it while all one's chickens vanish for years.


    In a land overridden with priests she never got herself a  tame  priest
to bring about her ends.
She was a fantastic intelligence officer. But she fed her data to a man  who
could not act to protect himself or friends, who  could  only  fight  armies
dramatically.


    She did not see this and also quietly take on the portfolio  of  secret
police chief. Her mistake was waiting to be asked-to be  asked  to  come  to
him, to act. She voluntarily was  his  best  political  intelligence  agent.
Therefore she should have also assumed further roles.


    She guarded his correspondence, was intimate with his secretaries.  And
yet she never collected or forged  or  stole  any  document  to  bring  down
enemies either through representations to Bolivar or a court circle  of  her
own. And in an area with that low an ethic, that's fatal.


    She openly pamphleteered and fought violently as in  a  battle  against
her rabble.


    She had a great deal of money at her disposal. In a  land  of  for-sale
Indians she never used a penny to buy a quick knife or even  a  solid  piece
of evidence.


    When merely opening her  lips  she  could  have  had  any  sequestrated
Royalist estate she went to litigation for a  legitimate  legacy  never  won
and another won but never paid.


    They lived on the edge of quicksand. She never  bought  a  plank  or  a
rope.


    Carried away by the glory of it all,  devoted  completely,  potentially
able and a formidable enemy, she did not act.


    She waited to be told to come to him even when he lay dying and exiled.


    His command over her who never obeyed any other was  too  absolute  for
his own or her survival.


    Her assigned mistakes (pointed out at the time as her caprice and  play
acting) were not her errors. They only made her interesting. They  were  far
from fatal.


    She was not ruthless enough to make up for his lack of ruthlessness and
not provident enough to make up for his lack of providence.


    The ways open to her for finance, for action, were completely doorless.
The avenue stretched out to the horizon.


    She fought bravely but she just didn't take action.


    She was an actress for the theatre alone.


    And she died of it. And she let Bolivar die because of it.


    Never once did Manuela look about and say, "See here, things mustn't go
this wrong. My lover holds half a continent and even I hold the  loyalty  of
battalions. Yet that woman threw a fish!"


    Never did Manuela tell Bolivar's doctor, a rumoured lover,  "Tell  that
man he will not live without my becoming a constant part of  his  entourage,
and tell him until he believes it or  we'll  have  a  new  physician  around
here."


    The world was open. Where Theodosius, the wife of Emperor Justinian  II
of Constantinople, a mere circus girl and a whore,  ruled  harder  than  her
husband but for her husband behind his back-and made him marry her as  well,
Manuela never had any bushel basket of gold brought in to give  Bolivar  for
his unpaid troops with a "Just found it, dear" to his "Where on Earth . .  .
?" after the Royalist captives had been carefully ransomed for gaol  escapes
by her enterprising own entourage and  officer  friends.  She  never  handed
over any daughter of a family clamoring against  her  to  Negro  troops  and
then said, "Which over-verbal family is next?"
She even held a colonel's rank but only  used  it  because  she  wore  man's
clothing afternoons. It was a brutal, violent, ruthless land, not a game  of
musical chairs.


    And so Manuela, penniless, improvident,  died  badly  and  in  poverty,
exiled by enemies and deserted by her friends.


    But why not deserted by her friends? They had all been poverty-stricken
to a point quite incapable of helping her even  though  they  wanted  to-for
she once had the power to make them solvent. And didn't use  it.  They  were
in poverty before they won but they did eventually control the  land.  After
that why make it a bad habit?


    And so we see two pathetic, truly dear, but tinsel figures, both  on  a
stage, both far removed from the reality of it all.


    And one can say, "But if they had not been such  idealists  they  never
would have fought so hard and freed  half  a  continent,"  or  "If  she  had
stooped to such intrigue or he had been known for violent political  actions
they would never have had the strength and never would have been loved."


    All very idealistic itself. They died "in the ditch" unloved, hated and
despised, two decent brave people, almost too good for this world.


    A true hero,  a  true  heroine.  But  on  a  stage  and  not  in  life.
Impractical and improvident and with no faintest gift either one to use  the
power they could assemble.


    This story of Bolivar and Manuela is a  tragedy  of  the  most  piteous
kind.


    They fought a hidden enemy, the  Church;  they  were  killed  by  their
friends.


    But don't overlook how impractical it is not to give your friends power
enough when you have it to give. You can always give some of it  to  another
if the first one collapses through inability. And one can always be  brought
down like a hare at a hunt who seeks to use the delegated power to kill you-
if you have the other friends


    Life is not a stage for posturing and "Look at me!" "Look at me." "Look
at me." If one is to lead a life of command or a life near  to  command  one
must handle it as life. Life bleeds. It suffers. It hungers. And it  has  to
have the right to shoot its enemies until such time as comes a golden age.


    Aberrated man is not capable of supporting  in  his  present  state,  a
golden declared age for three minutes, given all the  tools  and  wealth  of
the world.


    If one would live a life of command or one near to a command, one  must
then accumulate power as fast as possible and  delegate  it  as  quickly  as
feasible and use every humanoid in long reach to the  best  and  beyond  his
talents if one is to live at all.


    If one does not choose to live such a life then go on the stage and  be
a real actor. Don't kill men while pretending it  isn't  real.  Or  one  can
become a recluse or a student or a clerk. Or study butterflies  or  take  up
tennis.


    For one is committed to certain irrevocable natural laws the moment one
starts out upon a conquest, either as the man in charge or a person near  to
him or on his staff or in his army. And the foremost law, if one's  ambition
is to win, is of course to win.


    But also to keep on providing things to win and enemies to conquer.


    Bolivar let his cycle run to "freedom"  and  end  there  He  never  had
another plan beyond that point He ran out  of  territory  to  free  Then  he
didn't know what to do with it and  didn't  know  enough,  either,  to  find
somewhere else to free But of course all limited  games  come  to  end.  And
when they do their players fall over on  the  field  and  become  rag  dolls
unless somebody at least tells them the game has  ended  and  they  have  no
more game nor any dressing room or houses but just that field.
And they lie upon the field, not noticing there can be no  more  game  since
the other team has fled and after a bit they have to  do  something  and  if
the leader and his consort are sitting over on the  grass  being  rag  dolls
too, of course there isn't any game.  And  so  the  players  start  fighting
amongst themselves just to have a game And if the  leader  then  says,  "No,
no" and his consort doesn't say, "Honey,  you  better  phone  the  Baltimore
Orioles for Saturday," then of course the poor players,  bored  stiff,  say,
"He's out." "She's out." "Now we're going to split  the  team  in  half  and
have a game."


    And that's what happened to Bolivar and Manuela. They had to be  gotten
rid of for there was no game and they  didn't  develop  one  to  play  while
forbidding the only available game-minor civil wars.


    A whole continent containing the then major mines of the  world,  whole
populations were left sitting there, "freed."  But  none  owned  any  of  it
though the former owners had left. They weren't  given  it.  Nor  were  they
made to manage it. No game.


    And if Bolivar had not been smart enough for that  he  could  at  least
have said, "Well! You monkeys are going to have quite  a  time  getting  the
wheels going but that's not my job. You decide on your  type  of  government
and what it's to be. Soldiers are my line. Now I'm  taking  over  those  old
estates of mine and the Royalist ones near by and the emerald mines just  as
souvenirs and me and Manuela we're going home."  And  he  should  have  said
that 5 minutes after the last Royalist army was defeated in Peru.


    And his official family with him, and a thousand troops to which he was
giving land would have moved right off smartly  with  him.  And  the  people
after a few screams of horror at being deserted would have  fallen  on  each
other, sabered a state together here and a town there and  gotten  busy  out
of sheer self protection in a vital new game, "Who's  going  to  be  Bolivar
now?"


    Then when home he should have said, "Say those nice woods look  awfully
Royalist to me, and also those 1,000,000 hectares of grazing land,  Manuela.
Its owner once threw a Royalist fish, remember? So that's yours."


    And the rest of the country would have done the same and gotten on with
the new game of "You was a Royalist."


    And Bolivar and Manuela would have had statues built to them by the TON
at once as soon as agents could get to Paris with  orders  from  an  adoring
populace.


    "Bolivar, come rule us!" should have gotten an "I don't see any  unfree
South America. When you see a French or Spanish army coming, come  back  and
tell me."


    That would have worked. And this poor couple would have  died  suitably
adored in the sanctity of glory and (perhaps more importantly) in their  own
beds, not "in a ditch."


    And if they had had to go on ruling they could have declared a new game
of "Pay the soldiers and officers with Royalist land." And when that  was  a
gone game, "Oust  the  Church  and  give  its  land  to  the  poor  friendly
Indians."


    You can't stand bowing back of the footlights forever with no show even
if you are quite an actor. Somebody else can make better use  of  any  stage
than even the handsomest actor who will not use it.


    Man is too aberrated to understand at least 7 things about power:

1.    Life is lived by lots of people. And if you lead you must  either  let
    them get on with it or lead them on with it actively.

2.    When the game or the show is over, there must be a new game or  a  new
    show. And if there isn't somebody else is jolly well going to start one
    and if you won't let anyone do it the game will become "getting you."
    3.      If you have power use it or delegate it or you sure won't  have
    it long.

4.    When you have people use them or they will soon  become  most  unhappy
    and you won't have them any more.

5.    When you move off a point of power, pay all your  obligations  on  the
    nail, empower all your  friends  completely  and  move  off  with  your
    pockets full of  artillery,  potential  blackmail  on  every  erstwhile
    rival, unlimited funds in your private account  and  the  addresses  of
    experienced assassins and go live in Bulgravia and  bribe  the  police.
    And even then you may not live long if you have retained one  scrap  of
    domination in any camp you do not now control or if you  even  say,  "I
    favour Politician Jiggs." Abandoning power utterly is dangerous indeed.

    But we can't all be leaders or figures strutting in the  limelight  and
so there's more to know about this:

6.    When you're close to power get some delegated to  you,  enough  to  do
    your job and protect yourself and your interests, for you can be  shot,
    fellow, shot, as the position near power is  delicious  but  dangerous,
    dangerous always, open to the taunts of any enemy of the power who dare
    not really boot the power but can boot you. So to live at  all  in  the
    shadow or employ of a power you must yourself  gather  and  USE  enough
    power to hold your own-without just nattering to  the  power  to  "kill
    Pete," in straightforward or more suppressive veiled  ways  to  him  as
    these wreck the power that supports yours. He doesn't have to know  all
    the bad news and if he's a power really he  won't  ask  all  the  time,
    "What are all those dead bodies doing at the  door?"  And  if  you  are
    clever, you never let it be thought HE killed them-that weakens you and
    also hurts the power source. "Well, boss, about all those dead  bodies,
    nobody at all will suppose you did it. She over there, those pink  legs
    sticking out, didn't like me." "Well," he'll say  if  he  really  is  a
    power, "why are you bothering me with it if it's done and you  did  it.
    Where's my blue ink?" Or "Skipper, three shore patrolmen will be  along
    soon with your cook, Dober, and they'll want to tell  you  he  beat  up
    Simson." "Who's Simson?" "He's a clerk in the enemy  office  downtown."
    "Good, when they've done it, take Dober down to the dispensary for  any
    treatment he needs. Oh yes. Raise his pay." Or "Sir, could I  have  the
    power to sign divisional orders?" "Sure."

7.    And lastly and most important, for we all aren't  on  the  stage  with
    our names in lights, always push power in the direction  of  anyone  on
    whose power you depend. It may be more money for  the  power,  or  more
    ease, or a snarling defense of the power to a critic, or even the  dull
    thud of one of his enemies in the dark, or the glorious  blaze  of  the
    whole enemy camp as a birthday surprise.

    If you work like that and the power you are near or depend  upon  is  a
power that has at least some inkling about how to be one, and  if  you  make
others work like  that,  then  the  power-factor  expands  and  expands  and
expands and you too acquire a sphere of power bigger than you would have  if
you worked alone. Real powers are developed by tight  conspiracies  of  this
kind pushing someone up in whose leadership they have  faith.  And  if  they
are right and also manage their man and keep  him  from  collapsing  through
overwork, bad temper or bad data, a kind  of  juggernaut  builds  up.  Don't
ever feel weaker because you work for somebody stronger.  The  only  failure
lies in taxing or pulling  down  the  strength  on  which  you  depend.  All
failures to remain a  power's  power  are  failures  to  contribute  to  the
strength and longevity  of  the  work,  health  and  power  of  that  power.
Devotion requires active contribution outwards from the  power  as  well  as
in.


    If Bolivar and Manuela had known these things they would have lived  an
epic, not a tragedy. They would not have "died in the ditch," he  bereft  of
really earned praise for his real accomplishments  even  to  this  day.  And
Manuela would not be unknown even in the archives  of  her  country  as  the
heroine she was.
Brave, brave figures. But if this can happen to such  stellar  personalities
gifted with ability tenfold over the greatest of other  mortals,  to  people
who could take a rabble in a vast impossible land and defeat one of  Earth's
then foremost powers, with no money or  arms,  on  personality  alone,  what
then must be the ignorance and confusion of human leaders in  general,  much
less little men stumbling through their lives of boredom and suffering?


    Let us wise them up, huh? You can't live in  a  world  where  even  the
great leaders can't lead.



                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:jp.rd.gal
Copyright � 1967, 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 19 MAY 1969RB
                            REVISED 21 JULY 1978
Remimeo     RE-REVISED 5 OCTOBER 1978
New Era Dn  RE-REVISED 14 NOVEMBER 1978
Checksheet

                       (Revisions in this type style)


                           DRUG AND ALCOHOL CASES
                               PRIOR ASSESSING


    Those cases which have been long and habitually on drugs, medicine  and
alcohol  sometimes  suffer  from   a   "SOMATIC   SHUT-OFF."   They   appear
anaesthetized  (unfeeling)  and  sometimes  have  "nothing  troubling  them"
whereas they are on drugs, drink  or  medicine  and  are  in  reality  in  a
suppressed physical condition and cannot cease to take  drugs  or  drink  or
medicine.


    One can find, in such a case, a very high  TA  which  doesn't  seem  to
reduce. The TA can be brought down by auditing the drug and alcohol  engrams
as a chain.


    Any such case took up drugs, alcohol or medicine  because  of  unwanted
pain or sensation or misemotion. You can use that as a  stable  datum  which
resolves the situation.


    All it requires is a special assessment called a PRIOR ASSESSMENT.  For
the person looked on drugs, alcohol or  medicine  as  a  cure  for  unwanted
feelings. One has to assess what was wrong before or prior to the cure.


    (NOTE:  Prior  assessment  is  done   after   narrative   running   and
preassessment with R3RA running of the drug, medicine or alcohol.)


    Using the drug list obtained on the Original Assessment,  take  up  the
largest reading this lifetime drug, medicine or alcohol and ask the  pc  the
following preassessment question:


    "Prior  to  taking  (the  drug,  medicine  or   alcohol)   were   there
(preassessment item)?"


    Take the largest reading item from the preassessment and ask the pc:


    "What (item) did you have  prior  to  taking  (the  drug,  medicine  or
alcohol)?"


    Continue with a full handling of the preassessment per HCOB 18 Jun 78R,
New Era Dianetics Series 4R, ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM and HCOB  15
Jul 71RB, New Era Dianetics Series 9RA, DRUG HANDLING.


    In doing this assessment, you must grab the read and mark it plainly as
it occurs. If you just list and then go over the  list  the  person  may  be
back in present time and, as these are now cut off by the masses of drug  or
alcohol engrams on top of them, they won't read again.  So  you  must  catch
the read as the person first mentions it.


    You choose the longest read and find and run the chain by  R3RA  as  in
any other New Era Dianetics auditing.


    The only difference is the assessment time period. You are listing  for
a time before they went on drugs, alcohol, or medicine.
The above prior assessment steps are done on each drug, medicine or  alcohol
that has read. They are handled in order of largest read. (Ref: HCOB 15  Jun
78R, NED Series 9RA, DRUG HANDLING.)


    The running out of the chain of unwanted feelings they had before going
on drugs or alcohol or medicine  removes  the  reason  they  started  taking
drugs, or medicine, smoking marijuana or drinking. The compulsion  to  still
use drugs or drink is lessened and they can come off it.


    This can also be used as  a  working  rule  to  get  earlier  than  any
"curative" activity. Almost  anything  which  comes  later  is  a  cure  for
something earlier. It could be  said  that  the  present  time  being  is  a
compound of past cures. To handle, the action  would  be  the  same  as  for
drugs, alcohol, or  medicine.  Preassess  the  unwanted  pains  or  feelings
before the cure and run the longest reads by R3RA.


    As there will be more than one chain involved, you of course take  your
next longest read and run that next, just as in any assessment.


    The general term for this type of assessment is  PRIOR  assessing,  not
because it is done  before  auditing  but  to  determine  what  the  pc  was
suffering from before he used a harmful "cure."

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:an.rd.lfg.mdf.dr
Copyright � 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 16 AUGUST 1969R
                          REVISED 25 SEPTEMBER 1978
Class VIII
Class VIIIs
Class VIII  (Revisions in this type style)
C/S Book    (Ellipses indicate deletions)
Class IV Grad
Checksheet
                       HANDLING ILLNESS IN SCIENTOLOGY


    Sickness is of course the result of engram chains in restimulation.


    One has to ask, however, what causes restimulation to occur?


    The answer is out-ruds plus a suppressive environment or situation.


    Therefore, obviously, if one wanted  to  really  handle  handle  handle
sickness and do some miracles, one would use the lot of one's weapons.


    Don't mistake that Dianetics (HCOB 24 July 1969R SERIOUSLY ILL PCS) can
all by itself practically  bring  the  dead  to  life  to  all  intents  and
purposes and it can be used all by itself.


    However, when that doesn't work completely, then the  Class  VIII  Case
Supervisor and well-trained Scientology auditors can step in.


    Let us examine the basic full dress parade routine of what  Scientology
and Dianetics could be used.

    1.      Put in life ruds (as given below).


    2.      3 S & Ds.


    3.      Narrative handling and full preassessment on the sick area, run
        Triple or Quad, plus other Dianetic Assist actions and  any  needed
        medical treatment. (See HCOB 2 April 69RA, Rev.  28.7.78,  DIANETIC
        ASSISTS, which cautions against overwhelming a  sick  pc  with  too
        much restim.)


    4.      NED for OTs (on OT III and above).

    Obviously this illness hasn't a chance at all. It disappears in  1.  Or
in 2. Or in 3. Or in 4....


    The system is obvious. You take  away  the  current  out-ruds  and  the
illness can destimulate. You take away the  suppressions  and  destimulation
is more positive.


    You erase all the engrams and the source is gone.


    You do the second, . . . third, and  zero  flows  and  the  overts  and
sympathies are also vanished.


    On ruds alone you can of course get a recurrence.


    You also risk a recurrence on the S & Ds.


    The motivators go on the engram chains.


    The overts and sympathy for like illness goes on  the  second,  .  .  .
third and zero
                                  LIFE RUDS

    As the person with out-ruds makes no real gain it is wise to  put  ruds
in "In life."


    This is done with


    "In life have you had an ARC break?"


    "In life have you had a problem?"


    "In life have you had a withhold?"


    If the person has had much auditing you ask after each of the "In life"
questions "Was that present in an auditing session?"


                                   S & Ds

    The full parade for three S & Ds (as given in HCOB 19 January  1968  in
the Class VIII pack) is as follows:

    3 item S & D
    Fly a rud.
    Assess
        Withdraw from
        Stop
        Unmock
        Suppress
        Invalidate
        Make nothing of
        Suggest
        Been careful of
        Fail to reveal

    Take the 3 that read best (null to 3 items). Use the one that read most
first.


    Test one of these items in these two questions to  see  which  question
then reads best.

    "Who or what has attempted to       you?"


    "Who or what have you tried to      ?"


    List the best reading question by the laws of listing and  nulling.  BE
EXACT IN FOLLOWING THOSE LAWS or you'll make the person even sicker!


    Use each of the 3 this way.


    Prepcheck any item that does not F/N until it F/Ns or proves not to  be
the correct one in which event correct the list. If the list item  does  not
F/N on being found and indicated, you prepcheck it to F/N.


                                  DIANETICS

    The New Era Dianetics HCOBs fully cover assists and  Dianetic  handling
of body problems and illnesses.


    This rundown is what could be known as beating an illness to death.


    Handling it medically and spiritually should bring home a winner  every
time.
This full approach is recommended only when one has encountered a  resistive
situation.


    Very often a Dianetic Assist precedes all this.


    Usually the Dianetic handling is done without the ruds or S & Ds.


    But when you have somebody whose  "lumbosis"  has  not  surrendered  to
Dianetics, you have this full approach to fall back on.


    It's nice to have a full arsenal.



                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder
LRH:ldm.ei.rd.rk
Copyright � 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 APRIL 1970RB
                           REVISED 8 DECEMBER 1978
Remimeo
Class IV Grad
Checksheet  (Revisions not printed in a different type style)
Class VI
Checksheet
Class IV Grad
Auditors    GREEN FORM
C/Ses

    The Green Form is used to detect the peculiarities and  elements  of  a
pc's life which are causing case trouble or preventing  gains.  (It  is  not
used to cure high or low TA.)


    You can assess it Method 3 and handle, not going beyond the first  F/N,
but its real use is Method 5 and send to the C/S for programming.


    It can also be used in combination with the Expanded Green Form 40RD to
precisely locate and solve any resistiveness of a pc's case.


    Directions for use of the Green Form and the Expanded Green  Form  40RD
are given in HCOB 8 December 78 11,  GREEN  FORM  AND  EXPANDED  GREEN  FORM
40RD, USE OF. It is vital, before using these lists,  that  any  auditor  or
C/S first checks out on the above issue.

PC NAME:    DATE:_______________

AUDITOR: ______________________________________

1A.   HAVE YOU NOT HAD SUFFICIENT SLEEP?     _________

1B.   ARE YOU PHYSICALLY TIRED?   _________

1C.   HAVE YOU NOT HAD ENOUGH FOOD?     _________

1D.   ARE YOU HUNGRY?  _________

1E.   HAVE YOU DRUNK ALCOHOL?     _________

IF.   HAVE YOU TAKEN ASPIRIN?     _________

1G.   HAVE YOU TAKEN TRANQUILIZERS?     _________

1H.   HAVE YOU TAKEN DRUGS?  _________

    Do not audit a pc who has not had sufficient food or rest  or  who  has
    taken aspirin or drugs. If one of the above questions reads, assess  no
    further; take the question up with the pc. If he  is  tired,  send  him
    home to rest, if he is hungry, send him to get well fed, and if he  has
    taken drugs, he will have to dry out for the time specified in HCOB  17
    Oct 69RA, DRUGS, ASPIRIN AND TRANQUILIZERS.

2A.   HAVE YOU GONE EXTERIOR IN AUDITING?    _________
    If the pc is Clear, Dianetic Clear or OT and has not had an Int RD,  do
    the End of Endless Int Repair RD per Int Series  4R.  Do  not  run  any
    Dianetics. Otherwise, if the pc has never had an Int  RD,  give  him  a
    standard Int RD per Int Series 2.
2B.   HAS YOUR INT RD BEEN MESSED UP?   _________
    Do an Int RD Correction  List  Revised  (HCOB  29  Oct  71RA).  If  Int
    Correction has already been done on the pc get an FES of the Int RD and
    its corrections. When all errors are corrected the C/S  may  order  the
    End of Endless Int Repair RD per Int Series 4R.

3.    HAS THERE BEEN A LIST ERROR?      _________
      Find out which and handle with an L4BRA.

4A.   DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK?   _________
      Handle with ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.

4B.   DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK WITH THE ENVIRONMENT?     _________
    ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N or Remedy B if ordered by the C/S. (Ref: BTB  14
    Aug 68R, REMEDY B-ENVIRONMENT AND "NEW STYLE.")

4C.   DO YOU HAVE A PRESENT TIME PROBLEM?    _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

4D.   HAS A WITHHOLD BEEN MISSED?       _________
    Get what, who nearly found out, what they did to miss it, E/S M/W/H  to
    F/N.

4E.   WAS THERE A WITHHOLD THAT KEPT COMING UP?    _________
    Who wouldn't accept it, who said it still read. Indicate it was a false
    read. 2WC the concern.

4F.   HAVE YOU COMMITTED AN OVERT?      _________
      Pull it, E/S to F/N.

5.    ARE YOU EXPERIMENTING? _________
      Get time, place, form and event E/S to F/N.

6.    ARE YOU ALTERING TECH? _________
      Get time, place, form and event E/S to F/N.

7.    ARE YOU DOING SOMETHING ELSE WITH TECH?      _________
      Get time, place, form and event E/S to F/N.

8.    HAVE YOU TYPED,  HANDWRITTEN  OR  TAPED  COPIES  OF  ANY  CONFIDENTIAL
    MATERIALS?   _________
      Get time, place, form and event E/S to F/N.

9.    ARE YOU HERE TO GET DATA FOR SOMEONE ELSE?   _________
      Get what, when, all, who E/S to F/N.

10.   DO YOU HAVE A CRIMINAL  RECORD  OR  CRIMES  FOR  WHICH  YOU  COULD  BE
    ARRESTED?    _________
    Note all crimes, with what, when, all and who and handle  with  E/S  to
    F/N.

11.   ARE YOU HERE TO BE CURED OF SOMETHING NOT MENTIONED?    _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

12.   DO YOU HAVE UNPAID DEBTS TO ORGS?      _________
      Get time, place, form and event E/S to F/N.

13.   DO YOU HAVE KNOWLEDGE OF A CRIME AGAINST SCIENTOLOGY?   _________
      Get time, place, form and event E/S to F/N.
    14.     ARE THERE IGNORED ORIGINATIONS?  _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

15.   HAVE YOU BEEN SELF-AUDITING!      _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N or L1C on the prior upset. If prior upset was  in
    auditing, use the appropriate correction list.

16A   HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED BY A NONSTANDARD AUDITOR?    _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

16B. HAS THERE BEEN A NONSTANDARD PROCESS?   _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

16C. HAS THERE BEEN A BAD  AUDITING  COMM  CYCLE?  Itsa  E/S  itsa  to  F/N.
    _________
      L1C if necessary.

16D   HAVE THERE BEEN CODE BREAKS?      _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

17A   IS THERE AN ENGRAM IN RESTIMULATION?   _________
      L3RF and handle. (On a Clear,  OT  or  Dianetic  Clear,  indicate  the
    read. You may do an L3RF if needed,  however.  do  no  handling  beyond
    indicating the read. See HCOB 30 Oct 78  C/S  Series  53,  USE  OF  for
    further data on handling reading Dianetic  items  on  Clears,  OTs  and
    Dianetic Clears.)

17B. IS A PICTURE NOT ERASED?     _________
      Handle as in 17A above.

18. IS THERE AN ENGRAM EXACTLY MATCHING PT DANGERS?      _________
      Run it out Triple or  Quad.  (On  Clears,  OTs  and  Dianetic  Clears,
    handle as in 17A above.)

19.   ARE YOU CONNECTED TO A SUPPRESSIVE PERSON?   _________
       2WC to F/N. Return to C/S for instructions  on  further  handling  if
    needed.

20.   ARE YOU CONNECTED TO A SUPPRESSIVE GROUP?    _________
      2WC to F/N. Return to C/S for  instructions  on  further  handling  if
    needed.

21.   IS THERE AN ENVIRONMENTAL MENACE? _________
      2WC to F/N. Return to C/S.

22.   ARE YOU HERE BECAUSE SOMEONE ELSE DEMANDED IT?     _________
      2WC to F/N. Return to C/S.

23A. DO YOU HAVE A HIDDEN STANDARD?     _________
      L&N "What hasn't been handled?"
      L&N "Who or what would have (item above) ?"
      Run O/W on the item.

23B.  WHAT  WOULD  HAVE  TO  HAPPEN  FOR  YOU  TO  KNOW  SCIENTOLOGY  WORKS?
    _________
      Handle as in 23A above.

24.   WHAT WOULD HAPPEN IF SCIENTOLOGY WORKED?     _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.
    25.     CAN'T YOU STUDY?      _________
      Assess and handle a Study Green Form.

26.   HAS ANYTHING BEEN SUPPRESSED?     _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

27.   HAS ANYTHING BEEN INVALIDATED?    _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

28.   HAS ANYTHING BEEN EVALUATED?      _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

29.   HAS ANYTHING BEEN RUSHED?   _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

30.   HAS ANYTHING BEEN MISSED?   _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

31.   HAS A PROCESS BEEN LEFT UNFLAT?   _________
      2WC for data to F/N. Return to C/S.

32.   HAS A PROCESS BEEN OVERRUN? _________
      Rehab.

33.   HAS A RELEASE BEEN BYPASSED?      _________
      Rehab.

34.   HAVE YOU BEEN OVERREPAIRED? _________
      Repair Correction List.

35.   HAVE YOU GONE DIANETIC CLEAR?     _________
      Date/Locate.

36.   IS THERE ANYTHING UPSETTING ABOUT THIS REVIEW?     _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

37.   IS THIS LIST UNNECESSARY?   _________
      Indicate. If no F/N rehab or Date/Locate.

38.   IS THERE SOMETHING THAT HASN'T BEEN HANDLED? _________
      Find out what and handle or return to the C/S.

39.   IS THERE SOMETHING ELSE WRONG?    _________
      Find out what and handle or return to C/S.


                         RESISTIVE CASES ASSESSMENT

    Assess Method 5 the following resistive cases. If any item reads, go to
its corresponding section on the Expanded Green Form 40RD and assess  Method
5 all the items in that section. Assess the section on  the  Expanded  Green
Form 40RD that corresponds to each reading item.


    When all sections corresponding to the reading  resistive  cases  items
are assessed you will have a full picture of the pc's resistiveness.


    Then, if you have C/S okay, take up each reading section  on  the  EXGF
40RD in the order in which they are listed below and handle  reads  per  the
instructions given.


    Otherwise, return to the C/S for programming.
A-1.  WENT DIANETIC CLEAR AND NEVER ATTESTED _________
A-2.  HAD ENGRAMS RUN AFTER BEING DIANETIC CLEAR   _________
B.    DOESN'T WANT AUDITING  _________
C.    AUDITED WITH RUDIMENTS OUT  _________
D.    OVERWHELMED      _________
E.    CONTINUOUSLY COMMITTING OVERTS ON SCIENTOLOGY      _________
F-1.  SUPPRESSED _________
F-2.  CONNECTED TO AN ANTAGONISTIC PERSON    _________
G.    SERIOUSLY PHYSICALLY ILL    _________
H.    HAS NOT HAD AUDITING   _________
I-1.  SEEKING THE SAME THRILL ATTAINED FROM DRUGS  _________
I-2.  HAS TAKEN DRUGS  _________
J.    FORMER THERAPY BEFORE SCIENTOLOGY _________
K.    HAS BEEN PART OF EARLIER PRACTICES     _________
L-1.  OUT OF VALENCE   _________
L-2.  ARE YOU BEING SOMEONE ELSE  _________
M.    PRETENDING TRAINING OR GRADES NOT ATTAINED   _________
N.    AUDITED WITH PRIOR GRADES OUT     _________
O.    MISUNDERSTOODS IN AUDITING  _________



                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:nc
Copyright (c) 1970, 1974, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 11 APRIL 1970R
Remimeo     REVISED 23 SEPTEMBER 1978
Class IV
Grad  (Revisions in this type style)
C/Ses
Tech Secs   (Ellipsis indicates deletion)
Qual Secs
                      Interiorization Rundown Series 6

                           AUDITING PAST EXTERIOR

      (Ref: HCOB 4 Jan 71R   Int RD Series 2, EXTERIOR
                 IZATION AND HIGH TA, THE
                 INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN
                 REVISED
            HCOB 24 Sep 78 I Int RD Series 4, URGENT
                 IMPORTANT, THE END OF END
                 LESS INT REPAIR RUNDOWN
            HCOB 26 Jun 78RA New Era Dianetics Series
            Issue II   6RA, URGENT IMPORTANT,
                 ROUTINE 3RA ENGRAM RUNNING
                 BY CHAINS
            HCOB 7 Mar 75    EXT AND ENDING SESSION.)

    On Flag where we do a lot of auditing on pcs when I  took  over  C/Sing
after 8 months off C/S lines, I found a very high percentage  of  cases  had
been audited past exterior. It was a very high percentage.


    Many of these pcs (most of them  VAs  or  on  OT  levels)  had  various
symptoms:


    Headaches Body aches and pains Effort Pressures from environment.


    The common denominator was "audited over exterior."


    The main symptom of this was high TA at  session  start  or  TA  up  at
Examiner after F/Ns, cog, VGIs at session  end.  Not  all  however  suffered
from high TA but all who had  high  TA  after  lots  of  auditing  had  been
audited past exterior.


    The first (1970) version of the above-referenced HCOB (now HCOB  4  Jan
71R) re exteriorization and interiorization was tested and  written  as  the
breakthrough which permits auditing after exteriorization and  going  on  up
the grades.


    The check even after this showed such a high percent of cases had  been
audited past exterior on Dianetics, Scn, Power, Clearing or OT  grades  that
I wish to bring the point home emphatically to C/Ses that  it  is  of  major
importance  to  handle  this  situation  by  checking  for  it  and  running
interiorization.


    NOTE: Per HCOB 12 Sep 78,  URGENT  IMPORTANT,  DIANETICS  FORBIDDEN  ON
CLEARS AND OTs, Clears and OTs and Dianetic Clears would not now be  audited
on the routine Interiorization RD (Int RD Series 2), as they are not  to  be
run on Dianetics. Dianetic Clears, Clears and above may be  audited  on  the
End of Endless Int Repair RD, which runs Int by Recall. (Ref:  HCOB  24  Sep
78, Issue I, Int RD Series 4, URGENT  IMPORTANT,  THE  END  OF  ENDLESS  INT
REPAIR RD.) A C/ear or OT who then has any further unresolving Int  problems
should, as soon as possible, be handled at an AO.


    The standard C/S for any other pc who has exteriorized in auditing, has
high TA, headaches, body  aches,  heavy  pressures  or  discomfort  (any  of
these), is to order a check on interiorization, exactly per the steps  given
on HCOB 4 Jan 71R,
EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH TA, THE INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN REVISED.  Then,  if
Int is found to be charged, the person is given the Int Rundown.


    When the Int Rundown steps are completed, in a  separate  session  some
time within the next few days, this C/S must be done:

    1.      Two-way comm on interiorization and exteriorization.


    This pushes the cognition further. The pc may not have added it all  up
yet. Don't evaluate. Just question and listen with no Q and A.


    Pcs or pre-OTs can go up to  higher  grades  after  exteriorization  if
interiorization is run. This is even true of Dianetic  Clears.  For  Clears,
OTs and Dianetic Clears, however, Int can only  be  run  using  the  End  of
Endless Int Repair RD as referenced above.


    We are far more successful in early auditing  (such  as  Dianetics  and
lower grades) than we think!

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:nt.ei.rd.kjm
Copyright � 1970, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                         HCO BULLETIN OF 6 MAY 1970R
                          REVISED 24 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
Class IV Grad    (Revisions in this type style)
Checksheets
Tech/Qual   (Ellipsis indicates deletion)
All Auditors
C/Ses
                      Interiorization Rundown Series 7

                                    BLOWS
                           AUDITING PAST EXTERIOR

      (Ref: HCOB 4 Jan 71R   Int RD Series 2, EXTERIOR
                 IZATION AND HIGH TA, THE
                 INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN REVISED
            HCOB 24 Sep 78 I Int RD Series 4, URGENT
                 IMPORTANT, END OF ENDLESS
                 INT REPAIR RD
            HCOB 7 Mar 75    EXT AND ENDING SESSION)


    I have found a major cause of blows from classes, orgs and Scientology.


    Overts are of course a primary cause but many  have  overts  and  don't
blow, so why do such people blow?


    A case audited past exterior, particularly if it is not acked, tends to
get stuck on exteriorizing. This can  (but  doesn't  always  by  any  means)
cause the person to take himself away!


    Three recent "blows" all fell in this category. One who was  trying  to
blow, when audited on interiorization, changed his mind.


    An amazing number  of  pcs  go  exterior  on  modern  auditing.  Modern
processes, Dianetics and Scientology are very fast.


    Some haven't even realized it, didn't know what it was.


    When they go exterior and you keep on  auditing  them  without  running
interiorization as per HCOB 4 Jan 71R, Int RD Series 2, EXTERIORIZATION  AND
HIGH TA, THE  INTERIORIZATION  RUNDOWN  REVISED,  they  become  stronger  as
thetans while being reinteriorized and they get odd  somatics,  particularly
in the head.


    Uncomfortable they want OUT. Trying  and  failing  to  get  out  (since
interiorization has not been run)  in  desperation  they  leave  an  org  or
class, body and all, without being exterior as a thetan.


    If  you  rehab  exterior  and  run  an  Interiorization   Rundown   the
dramatization ceases.


    The excuses such "blows" give you would fill a large book.  Yet  it  is
only that they are seeking to exteriorize, can't, so they  "exteriorize"  by
leaving, body and all.


    The Interiorization Rundown is given in HCOB 4 Jan 71R.


    For Clears, OTs and Dianetic Clears, the handling is the End of Endless
Int Repair Rundown. (HCOB 24 Sep 78, Issue I.)


    A person couldn't be audited past exterior, you know.
But if given an Interiorization Rundown he or she can be.


    When they have been audited past exterior  without  an  Interiorization
Rundown you will have trouble with the case, the TA and with blows.  So  use
the interiorization tech.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:nt.ei.rd.kjm
Copyright � 1970, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 27 MAY 1970R
                           REVISED 3 DECEMBER 1978
Remimeo
                       (Revisions in this type sty/e)


                        UNREADING QUESTIONS AND ITEMS

                  Reference: HCOB 3 Dec 78 UNREADING FLOWS


    Never list a listing question that doesn't read.


    Never prepcheck an item that doesn't read.


    These rules hold good for all lists, all items,  all  flows,  including
Dianetics.


    A "tick" or a "stop" is not a read. Reads are small falls or  falls  or
long falls or long fall blowdown (of TA).


    A preclear's case can be gotten into serious trouble by listing a  list
that doesn't read or prepchecking an item that doesn't read  or  running  an
item or flow that doesn't read.


    On a list, this is the sort of thing that happens:


    The list is "Who or what would fly kites?" The C/S has  said  to  "List
this to a BD F/N item." So the auditor does list  it  without  checking  the
read at all. The list can go on 99 pages with  the  pc  protesting,  getting
upset. This is called a "Dead horse list"  because  it  gave  no  item.  The
reason it didn't was that the list question itself didn't read. One does  an
L4BRA on the pc to correct the situation and gets "unnecessary action."


    On a list that is getting no item you don't extend. You  correctly  use
L4BRA or any subsequent issue of it. If you extend a "dead horse  list"  you
just make things worse. Use an L4BRA and it will set it right.


    This weird thing can also happen. C/S says to list "Who or  what  would
kill buffaloes?" The auditor does, gets a BD F/N item "A  hunter."  The  C/S
also says to list as a second action "Who or what  would  feel  tough?"  The
auditor fails to test the question for read and lists it. Had he tested  it,
the list would not have read. But the list comes up with an  item,  "A  mean
hunter." It has stirred up charge from the first question and  the  item  "A
mean hunter" is a wrong item as it is a misworded  variation  of  the  first
list's item! Now we have an unnecessary action and a wrong item.  We  do  an
L4BRA and the pc is still upset as maybe only one or the other  of  the  two
errors read.


    In a Dianetic "list" one is not doing a listing  action.  One  is  only
trying to find a somatic or sensation, etc. that will  run.  The  item  must
read well. Or it won't produce a chain to run. In actual fact the Dn list  Q
does usually read but one doesn't bother to test it.


    But an item or flow that doesn't read will produce no chain,  no  basic
and the pc will jump around the track trying but just jamming up his bank.


    The moral of this story is:


    ALWAYS TEST A LISTING QUESTION BEFORE LETTING THE PC LIST.


    ALWAYS MARK THE READ IT GAVE (SF, F. LF, LFBD) ON THE WORKSHEET.
ALWAYS TEST AN ITEM FOR READ BEFORE PREPCHECKING A ND ALWAYS CHECK  AN  ITEM
AND FLOW BEFORE RUNNING RECALLS OR ENGRAMS.


    ALWAYS MARK THE READ AN ITEM GAVE (SF, F. LF, LFBD) ON THE WORKSHEET.


                                   CHARGE


    The whole subject of  "charge"  is  based  on  this.  "Charge"  is  the
electrical impulse on the case that activates the meter.


    "Charge" shows not only that an area has something in it. It also shows
that the pc has possible reality on it.


    A pc can have a broken leg, yet it might not read on a meter. It  would
be charged but below the pc's reality. So it won't read.




                      THINGS THAT DON'T READ WON'T RUN.


    The Case Supervisor always counts on the AUDITOR to test questions  and
items and flows for read before running them.


    The auditor, when a question or item or  flow  doesn't  read,  can  and
should always put  in  "Suppress"  and  "Invalidate."  "On  this  (question)
(item) (flow), has anything been suppressed?"  "On  this  (question)  (item)
(flow), has anything been invalidated?" If either one read, the question  or
item or flow will also read. The Case Supervisor also counts on the  AUDITOR
to use Suppress and Invalidate on a question or item or flow. If after  this
there is still no read on the question or item or  flow,  that's  it.  Don't
use it, don't list it. Go to the next action on the C/S or end off.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:dz.ka.rd.jk
Copyright � 1970, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 30 MAY 1970R
                          REVISED 23 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
C/Ses (Revisions in this type style)
Tech/Qual
Auditors    (Ellipsis indicates deletion)
C/ass IV Grad
Checksheet
                      Interiorization Rundown Series 3


                          INTERIORIZATION INTENSIVE
                                 2-WAY COMM


    The Interiorization Rundown Revised (HCOB of 4 Jan 71R, EXTERIORIZATION
AND HIGH TAs THE INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN REVISED) is ALWAYS  followed  by  a
final session with "2-way comm on interiorization-exteriorization."


    If the interiorization auditing has to be repaired, that is done  first
of course.


    BUT AN INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN IS NEVER COMPLETE  UNTIL  AN  ADDITIONAL
LATER SESSION IS GIVEN ON 2-WAY COMM ON INTERIOR EXTERIOR.


    A C/S in repairing cases should always look to see if a pc:

    1.      Has exteriorized at some time during auditing.


    2.      If the pc has exteriorized and has not had an Int RD, Int  must
        be checked, per HCOB 4 Jan 71R, and if charged the  only  C/S  that
        can now be done is the Interiorization Rundown (except on C/ears or
        above, who get the Recall version).


    3.      If an Int Rundown has been given, then the C/S  must  check  to
        see if a later session was given on "2-way comm Int-Ext."


    4.      If this 2-way comm was omitted, or not in a  separate  session,
        then "2-way comm on Int-Ext" must be ordered  even  if  there  have
        been several intervening sessions.

                                 THE PROCESS

    As an auditor you would give the pc an R-Factor that you are  going  to
go over the subject of interiorization and exteriorization with him.


    Get him to tell you  how  he  feels  about  these,  based  on  the  Int
button(s) that was assessed and run, and on the subject of Int in general.


    The two-way comm session is always taken to F/N.




                                     COG

    It is usually the case that the pc did not fully cognite  when  he  had
the Int Rundown. His TA may stay high  after  an  Int  session.  O/R  is  of
little use to get it down. What's missing is the 2-way comm session.  In  it
the pc usually cognites and things then go right.
The current C/S and auditor error is trying to  do  everything  briefly  and
all at once. Ordering an Int Rundown and  2-way  comm  on  it  in  the  same
session would be part of such an erroneous trend.


    The 2-way comm must be another session preferably on another later day.


    It is a flagrant C/S error  to  omit  "2-way  comm  Int-Ext"  after  an
Interiorization Rundown session.


    The signal to order a check on interiorization per HCOB 4 Jan 71R is pc
went exterior in auditing or has been found to have gone exterior.  Auditing
will not run well when the pc is audited past or after exteriorizing.


    If charged, an Int Rundown must now be ordered.


    If unsuccessful it must be repaired.


    Successful or repaired, an Int Rundown must be followed  by  the  2-way
comm session.


    Two-way comm must be done with exact TRs. The auditor must not Q and A.
He must not evaluate (tell the pc what it's all about).


    Two-way comm is a precision process. The pc is  kept  talking,  not  by
giving him commands. He is kept on the subject  of  Int-Ext  (or  the  2-way
comm subject), not encouraged to leap about by Q and A.


    You cannot consider an Interiorization Rundown complete unless followed
by 2way comm.


    If the case hasn't had it following his Int Rundown he must be  ordered
to it.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:dz.ka.rd.kjm
Copyright � 1970, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 20 AUGUST 1970R
                          REVISED 23 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
Chksht      (Title has been changed from
C/S Chkshts Exteriorization RD Musts to
CIV Grad    Interiorization Rundown Musts)
Chkshts
Tech/Qual   (Revisions in this type style)

                        (Ellipses indicate deletions)


                      Interiorization Rundown Series 8


                        INTERORIZATION  RUNDOWN MUSTS

                  (Reference: HCOB 4 Jan R, Int RD Series 2
                    EXT AND HIGH TA, THE INT RD REVISED)


    An Interiorization Rundown must be:

    1.      COMPLETED IN AS FEW SESSIONS AS POSSIBLE, WITH EACH  SUCCEEDING
        SESSION GIVEN ON THE NEXT CONSECUTIVE DAY.


    2.      RUN SO AS TO COMPLETE ANY FLOW ON ANY  READING  BUTTON  IN  ONE
        SESSION. (This means you do not leave a chain half run.)


    3.      RUN WITHOUT FLUBS.


    4.      FOLLOWED BY A FINAL SESSION OF 2-WAY  COMM  RUN  TO  F/N,  COG,
        VGIs.


                COMPLETING THE RUNDOWN ON AN INTENSIVE BASIS

    Originally, when only "went in" and "go in" were assessed  on  the  Int
Rundown, the rule was that the  entire  rundown  was  to  be  given  in  one
session.


    The reason for this was that there is a frequent chance of  ruds  going
out between sessions and of course they cannot  be  put  in  until  the  Int
Rundown is complete as it's "auditing a pc past exterior."


    This is still true.


    However, with the full array of Int buttons now to be assessed and  any
reading button run on Quad or Triple Flows, and with  re-assessment  of  the
Int buttons, the one session rule may not be workable without  "quickie-ing"
the rundown, which must not be done.


    Thus, allowance must be made for sufficient time  to  get  the  rundown
done fully while still completing it as rapidly as  possible,  to  safeguard
against out-ruds situations cropping up before it is complete.


    The safest way to accomplish this is to ensure that the Int Rundown:
    1.      Is completed in as few sessions as possible.

2.    After the first session each succeeding session is given on  the  next
    consecutive day.

3.    Plenty of time (2 to 5 hours) must be allowed for each daily session.

4.    The auditor must make sure the pc DOES have  the  necessary  time  for
    this before starting the rundown.

5.    Any one flow on any reading  Int  button  MUST  be  completed  in  one
    session. (You do not end a session with a chain only half or  partially
    run.)

6.    There are no session breaks taken. (Unless pc has a physical  PTP,  in
    which case he can be given a MINIMAL break  to  handle  it  and  return
    right back to session.)


                                  FLUBLESS

    Auditors who have occasional flubs-Dn failures to flatten chains or run
them to chopped EP instead of a correct F/N postulate off and VGIs at  basic
HAVE NO BUSINESS RUNNING INT RUNDOWNS.


    Flubs in any event are just corny.


    They are particularly messy when they occur in the INT RUNDOWN.


    The Int  Rundown is auditing by the book!

    (Ref:   HCOB 4 Jan 71R  Int RD Series 2 EXTERIORIZATION & HIGH TA,
            THE INT RD REVISED
      HCOB 26 Jun 78RA NED Series 6RA URGENT IMPORTANT
            ROUTINE 3RA, ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
      HCOB 16 Sep 78   POSTULATE OFF EQUALS ERASURE)

    Flubs mar any auditing result. They make a real mess on an Int  Rundown
as review auditing over an exteriorization if the rundown is  not  complete,
is difficult and results in high TA.


    Yet one franchise invalidated the pc's cog, made the pc do  it  all  in
clay, left chains incomplete and took a week over it! And then wondered  why
the pc was unhappy!

    NO FLUBS!

                           FOLLOW WITH 2-WAY COMM

    A day or two or a week after the Int Rundown (not less than a  day  nor
more than a week), an Int  Rundown  MUST  BE  FOLLOWED  BY  A  TWO-WAY  COMM
SESSION.


    The reason for this is that there is a cognition delay  on  almost  all
cases. The 2way comm blows off locks, etc. and the pc  usually  gets  a  big
cog and never afterwards worries about exteriorization.


    If the Int Rundown is not done in DAILY sessions, flubbed, not followed
by 2-way comm in a later session, the pc can get hung up on the subject.


    The auditor doing 2-way comm must have experience and know-how on 2-way
comm. (See HCOB 21 April 70, "2-WAY COMM C/Ses," HCOB 3 July '70, "C/Sing 2-
WAY COMM," BTB 10 July '70, "2-WAY COMM-A CLASS III ACTION.")


    All  2-way comm sessions go to end phenomena of an F/N.
It is often  found the subject of interiorization-exteriorization  is  still
charged. But it should be checked for read as  in  all  items  and  subjects
used in auditing. The rule is  you  don't  audit  things  that  don't  read.
Suppress and Inval buttons can be put in to get a read. If you audit  things
that don't read, the TA is liable to go up.


    A nicely done 2-way comm on interiorization and  exteriorization  blows
the pc to present time and cleans him up nicely.


    The Interiorization Rundown is to be done when it is found the  pc  has
been audited past exterior, providing of  course  one  of  the  Int  buttons
reads on checking.  If  reading,  the  RD  HAS  to  be  done  before  review
auditing, ruds or anything else. So it's dicey-a delicate proposition.


    An . . . Interiorization . . .  Rundown  is  about  the  hottest  thing
that's come along for some time. It solves, for instance, the total goal  of
Buddhism. It is the key to immortality. It's pure theta gold.


    So respect it by running by the book, exactly, perfectly and to a total
win.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:rr.rd.dr
Copyright � 1970, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 4 JANUARY 1971R
                          REVISED 24 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
HGC Auditors
Scn Chkshts (Revises and replaces HCOB
Cl VIII     22 Mar 70 of same title by
Chkshts     changing clearing of commands
Cl IV Grad  and wording of commands in
Chksht      Exteriorization Intensive . )

                       (Revisions in this type style)
                        (Ellipsis indicates deletion)


                      Interiorization Rundown Series 2


                         EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH TA
                     THE INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN REVISED


    (This bulletin has been revised 24 Sep 78 to give the  new,  simplified
Int Rundown Revised, which deletes the Recall and Secondary steps,  includes
the full array of Int buttons and the New  Era  Dianetics  Int  command.  It
corrects and replaces all previous issues on the original  Int  Rundown  and
all previously issued Int Rundown commands. It includes  notes  on  the  new
"End of Endless Int Repair" Rundown.)

      Ref:  HCOB 25 Sep 78 I Int RD Series 5
                 QUAD COMMANDS FOR INT BUTTONS
            HCOB 24 Sep 78/  Int RD Series 4
                 URGENT IMPORTANT, THE END OF
                 ENDLESS INT REPAIR RUNDOWN
            HCOB 4 Oct 78    Int RD Series 1
                 INTERIORIZATION HANDLING SIMPLIFIED
            HCOB 12 Sep 78   URGENT IMPORTANT, DIANETICS
                 FORBIDDEN ON CLEARS AND OTs
            Cancels:
            BTB 30 Dec 71    IMPORTANT, INTERIORIZATION RD
                 COMMANDS
            BTB 10 Jul 69R II     EXTERIORIZATION REMEDY
            BTB 15 Feb 72 I  AN OPTIONAL INT RD STEP
            BTB 13 Mar 73R   HANDLING INT/EXT

    NOTE: Clears, OTs and Dianetic Clears  are  NOT  audited  on  this  Int
Rundown as they are not to  be  audited  on  Dianetics.  The  reference  for
handling repair of out-Int on these pcs and pre-OTs is HCOB 24 Sep 781,  Int
RD Series 4 URGENT IMPORTANT, THE END OF ENDLESS INT REPAIR RUNDOWN.


    For a long while we have known that if you audit a person after  he  or
she has exteriorized, you often get a high tone arm, somatics and  an  upset
case.


    The answer has been to cease to audit a  person  after  exteriorization
has occurred.


    This is so much a fact that five out  of  five  "in  trouble"  cases  I
recently examined had every one of them been audited  for  some  time  after
they exteriorized. The TA had or had  not  gone  high  but  the  cases  were
bogged. They revived at once when the fact of exteriorization  was  located.
F/N, VGIs and when rehabbed (by counting number of times) somatics ceased.


    The rule has been-don't audit after a pc has exteriorized.
This is one of those very fundamental things that  seems  to  defy  research
and yet if not solved will keep things messed up.  Persons  who  exteriorize
on lower grades need their upper grades and yet if audited further may  mess
up. This places a limit on auditing  and  yet  the  person  may  still  have
aberrations and somatics. But the  fact  of  having  exteriorized  bars  the
road.


    So I got to work and made a breakthrough on it. Hurrah!


    It has now been fully vindicated by long tests and is now released  for
general use.

                               EXTERIORIZATION


    Exteriorization is defined as the act of moving out of the body with or
without full perception.


    It is the fact of this act which proves that the individual  is  not  a
body but an individual . This discovery in 1952 proved beyond  any  question
the existence of a thetan, that the individual was a  thetan,  not  a  body,
and disproved that Man was an animal and  that  he  was  a  spiritual  being
timeless and deathless.


    Techniques have existed since 1952 that exteriorize a person. These are
not now used because (a) the person, still being aberrated  and  not  Clear,
soon returns to his body and (b) when audited thereafter has trouble.


    This is a major problem  a  thetan  sometimes  has  at  death.  How  to
exteriorize? He makes it eventually of course but he should be  able  to  do
so at once.


    But, in my research, I found it unreasonable that  a  person  would  be
hard to audit just because he had exteriorized and had re-interiorized.  For
he has obviously done just that at every death and birth and must have  done
so hundreds of billions of times. So why  should  a  recent  exteriorization
then make him hard to audit? Yet it did.


    My asking of that question was the first breakthrough.  The  rest  soon
followed.


                               ENGRAM BEHAVIOR


    We know in Dianetics that if you continue to run the last  part  of  an
engram which has in fact an earlier beginning which isn't being run  and  is
ignored the TA will go up.


    The reason for this is that the first of a chain or the first  part  of
an experience or a first experience (basic on a chain of incidents)  has  to
be run for the chain or incident to erase.


    If you only ran the end of incidents you would get a  high  TA  and  no
erasure.


    If you only ran incidents late on the chain you would get a high TA.


    Pcs are uncomfortable, feel under  pressure,  when  their  TA  is  high
(above 3.5 or up).


    If you don't erase incidents or chains of incidents when  auditing  (or
key them out as in release) you get a perpetually high TA.


    High TA cases have been "overrun" on something. That however is a  very
oversimplified explanation.  The  truth  is  that  they  have  been  run  on
something that didn't erase. The something has  an  earlier  beginning  than
was detected or an earlier incident. In life one, having engrams  about  it,
adds new incidents in living  until  something  is  "overrun"  or  done  too
often. The TA is therefore high.


    A TA records MASS. Mental mass has a higher electrical  resistance  and
so measures more "ohms" of resistance, an electrical term  for  the  trouble
electricity has in
passing through something. The more resistance the more units of  resistance
are recorded on the meter. The TA actually measures resistance.


    Thus, the end of an incident can be restimulated. If the  beginning  of
it is never touched then one will just accumulate more and more mass.


                            THE MISSED BEGINNING


    What has happened here, as regards  exteriorization  is  that  we  have
concentrated on EXTERIORIZATION.


    If one is IN something, he must have gotten into it.


    Therefore the beginning of an exteriorization is the INTERIORIZATION.


    The being went into something before he went out of it.


    Exteriorization occurs at  death.  That's  an  engram.  Interiorization
occurs at birth, that's an engram.


    So when somebody goes exterior he is actually liable to  key-in  having
gone interior in the first place.


    Get it?


    So when you exteriorize somebody or he exteriorizes during auditing  he
gets keyed-in a bit and without having audited earlier INTERIORIZATIONS,  he
has been put in the last part (exteriorization) of an incident  which  began
with interiorization.


    Not only are you touching on  something  (exteriorization)  late  on  a
chain (which has hundreds of billions of like incidents ahead  of  it),  you
are also touching something which is late in the incident (which began  with
interiorization).


    On both counts then, the TA may go high.


                                 THE REMEDY


    The remedy is to audit out interiorizations  (i.e.,  times  the  person
went in) using the correctly assessed Int button.


    If this is done, then  the  pc  can  be  audited  all  you  want  after
exteriorization.


    Auditing the interiorizations with R3RA, Quad or Triple Flows, restores
the possibility of auditing a pc after an exteriorization  has  occurred  in
auditing.


                        INT RUNDOWN REVISED BY STEPS


    Based on recent researches, the original Int  Rundown  has  been  newly
revised and simplified.


    A full array of Int buttons has been added.


    The Recall and Secondary steps have been deleted, so the pc gets to the
basic of any Int trouble on a faster route.


    Int chains are run using a simpler R3RA command for Int, and each chain
taken to full New Era Dianetics EP.


    The revised rundown follows.

                                 THE PROCESS

                     THE INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN REVISED

    The case supervision directions for an Interiorization  RD  are  to  be
done by a Scientology auditor who  is  also  a  Hubbard  New  Era  Dianetics
Auditor.


    He must have an excellent command of metering, TRs, R3RA, the theory of
Int and the Int RD commands, and he must know and be able  to  recognize  an
F/N, a postulate and full Dianetic EP when these occur.

1.    Omit ruds of any kind and do NOT attempt a  rapid  L1C.  The  TA  will
    just go up out the roof on any type of ruds or list. Simply  start  the
    session and go right onto the following steps.

2.    With the pc on the meter, have him read pages  1-3  of  this  bulletin
    (HCOB 4 Jan FIR), through the section entitled "The Remedy."  C/ear  up
    any confusion. Handle any misunderstood words. Help the pc do a  simple
    demo of the theory that: "In" is the earlier beginning or  the  earlier
    similar incident of "Out. "

      (This is not to be a clay demo  nor  complex.  Keep  it  simple,  just
    ensure the pc gets it.)

3.    Clear EXTERIORIZATION with the pc as THE ACT  OF  MOVING  OUT  OF  THE
    BODY WITH OR WITHOUT FULL PERCEPTION. Make certain he's  got  it.  Demo
    it, if necessary.

4.    Check for having been audited after exteriorization. (TA  should  come
    down and F/N, cog, VGIs.)

5.    Rehab (rehabilitate) this condition by getting or counting the  number
    of times exteriorized. You should get F/N, cog, VGIs.

6.    Assess the following list of Int buttons. (Do NOT  clear  the  buttons
    first.)

                                 INT BUTTONS

                     GO IN
                     WENT IN
                     PUT IN
                     INTERIORIZED INTO SOMETHING
                     WANT TO GO IN
                     CAN'T GET IN
                     KICKED OUT OF SPACES
                     CAN'T GO IN
                     BEING TRAPPED
                     FORCED IN
                     PULLED IN.

    If none of the Int buttons read on this assessment,  get  in  Suppress,
Invalidate and Misunderstood on the Int  button  list.  (Do  not  omit  this
basic rule of assessment. Ref: HCOB 15 Oct 73RA, C/S  Series  87RA,  NULLING
AND F/NING PREPARED LISTS.)

7.    Then clear and demo ONLY the button that reads.

      If the pc seems disinterested or unhappy with the button  that  reads,
    check False.
    CAUTION: The pc may have an MU which  caused  a  particular  button  to
    read. Thus ensure the button is not reading on an MU, and if  a  button
    has read on an MU then clear it and reassess it. Don't give  the  pc  a
    wrong item or even monkey around with a wrong item. The  above  actions
    help you ensure getting the CORRECT Int button.

      It is  important,  in  clearing  the  reading  buttons,  that  the  pc
    understands you will be auditing times he WENT IN or WAS BEING TRAPPED,
    etc. and NOT "was in" or "was already trapped" or "was stuck in,"  etc.
    You will be auditing the actual times the action of moving in occurred.

      THE ABOVE CLEARING STEPS ARE VITAL, AS THE PC WILL NOT BE ABLE  TO  DO
    THE INT RD OVER MISUNDERSTOODS OR ON A MISASSESSED INT BUTTON. TO AUDIT
    HIM OVER MUs CONSTITUTES A BREACH OF THE AUDITOR'S CODE. ON  THE  OTHER
    HAND, DO NOT OVERDO THESE CLEARING ACTIONS, AS YOU ALREADY HAVE A PC ON
    YOUR HANDS WHO IS IN TROUBLE.

      NOTE: If none of the Int buttons read even when  Suppress,  Invalidate
    and Misunderstood are applied, do NOT clear them and  do  NOT  continue
    the Int Rundown steps.

8.    When the largest reading button has been  cleared  per  Step  7,  take
    that button and run it R3RA Quad. (TRIPLE IF PC IS ONLY  TRIPLE.)  Each
    flow is taken to full Dianetic EP, using the command:

        "Locate a time when you (Int button)."

    EXAMPLE:


    Int button with largest read: FORCED IN


    Run:


    Fl 1:   Locate a time when you were forced in. (To full Dn EP)
    Fl 2:   Locate a time when you forced another in. (To full Dn EP)
    Fl 3:   Locate a time when others forced others in. (To full Dn EP)
    Fl 0:   Locate a time when you forced yourself in. (To full Dn EP)

    (NOTE:  The Quad command wordings for  each  of  the  Int  buttons  are
           listed on: HCOB 25 Sep 781, Int RD Series 5, QUAD  COMMANDS  FOR
           INT BUTTONS.)

    DO NOT EVER RUN A PC ON FLOW ZERO FOR THE FIRST TIME ON INT.  A  TRIPLE
    PC CAN BE QUADED UP AFTER INT HANDLING IS COMPLETE,  BUT  IT  IS  NEVER
    DONE ON INT HANDLING OR INT REPAIR.

9.    When all four flows on the reading button have each been run  to  full
    EP, reassess the Int button list per Step  6.  If  another  button  now
    reads, repeat Steps 7 and 8.

      Should you have a persistent F/N after the four  flows  on  the  first
    button have been run, reassess the next day  per  Step  6  and  if  any
    button then reads, repeat Steps 7 and 8. If, on the other hand, you now
    have an F/Ning Int button list, it is safe to end off the Int Rundown.

10.   Otherwise, you continue to assess the Int button list per Step  6  and
    to run any reading item R3RA Quad (or Triple) per Steps 7 and 8,  until
    the entire Int button list is F/Ning on assessment.
      DO NOT OVERRUN THE INT RUNDOWN. See section below on "Vital  Data  on
    Int RD End Phenomena."

      CAUTION: ANY FLOW ON ANY READING BUTTON MUST  BE  RUN  TO  EP  IN  ONE
    SESSION, AND THE INT RUNDOWN MUST BE COMPLETED IN AS  FEW  SESSIONS  AS
    POSSIBLE.

11.   The final step, which is done after the final session,  preferably  on
    another later day, is a 2-way comm session on Int/Ext.  (Ref:  HCOB  30
    May 70R, Int RD Series 3, INTERIORIZATION INTENSIVE 2-WAY COMM.)

                            RUNNING INT WITH R3RA

    The R3RA steps and procedure are standard except that they address  the
subject of "interiorization" (expressed as any one of  the  buttons  on  the
Int button list).


    Note that New Era  Dianetics  preassessment  is  not  included  in  the
revised Int Rundown, nor is the running of AESPs. (See HCOB 24  Sep  78  II,
Int RD Series 13, PREASSESSMENT, AESPs AND INT.)


    In running the Int chain (or chains) it is important to run the  actual
"going in" action which would be near or at the beginning of  the  incident.
Thus, if the pc is running an incident where he is "already in," ensure  you
check for an earlier beginning to the incident to pick  up  the  "going  in"
type of action.


    The questions to find an earlier beginning when running R3RA are:


    "Is there an earlier beginning to this incident?" or


    "Does the one we're running start earlier?" or


    "Does there seem to be an earlier starting point to this incident?"


    The earlier similar command when running R3RA is:


    "Is there an earlier incident when you (Int button)?"


    Each flow must be taken to basic and the  full  Dianetic  EP  of:  F/N,
postulate (postulate off = erasure), and VGIs.


    The auditor must have an excellent command of New Era Dianetics tech.


    (Reference for New Era Dianetics R3RA commands and procedure  is:  HCOB
26 Jun 78RA 11, NED  Series  6RA,  URGENT  IMPORTANT,  ROUTINE  3RA,  ENGRAM
RUNNING B Y CHA INS.)


                                VITAL DATA ON
                            INT RD END PHENOMENA


    Exteriorization is not the EP of the Int Rundown. If  it  happens  that
the pc goes exterior during the RD, you end  off  gently  as  in  any  other
auditing. But that is not the EP, and you may have  to  pick  him  up  again
later and complete the Int RD or handle it  with  the  End  of  Endless  Int
Repair Rundown.


    THE EP  OF  THE  INT  RUNDOWN  IS  NO  MORE  CONCERN  OR  TROUBLE  WITH
EXTERIORIZATION OR INTERIORIZATION.


    This is generally accomplished by auditing the  pc  to  an  F/Ning  Int
button list.


    But there is another phenomenon that can occur while running Int. IT IS
VITAL THAT AN AUDITOR DOES NOT MISS THIS SHOULD IT HAPPEN.
It goes like this: You're auditing along and suddenly some mass  discharges,
down comes the TA, you suddenly have a floating TA, and that's  it.  The  pc
has hit the EP.


    If you proceed past that  point  you're  in  trouble.  You  DON'T  then
reassess the Int button list and you  DON'T  continue  running  Quad  Flows,
even if all the flows have not yet been run on one reading button.


    You do nothing but take your paws off the  meter  and  gently  end  the
session. If you do otherwise you can mess up a case.


    It isn't exteriorization. Exteriorization could occur at the same time;
however we could not care less because exteriorization is not the EP of  the
process.


    But at ANY point at which the above phenomenon occurs on  the  Int  RD-
mass moves off, the TA comes crashing down and you can't keep the needle  on
the dial because the TA itself is floating-you end off the  rundown  because
you have the EP.


    What has happened here is that you've blown the stuck  flow  of  "going
in."


    Int sends the TA up because the person has plowed deeper into more  and
more mass and come out of less and less mass. You have been auditing the  pc
on what has been, for eons, a stuck flow of obsessively  going  in.  At  any
point in the auditing that stuck flow can suddenly give way.  It  heaves  in
the opposite direction, and the stuck flow of "going in" vanishes.


    When that happens it's the end of the process, as that is all you  want
to accomplish with the Int Rundown.


    If you were then to check the Int button list (which you DO NOT  DO  AT
THIS POINT) you would find the Int buttons all F/Ning.

                               FUTURE AUDITING

    When the pc has attained the EP of Int, either on the above  phenomenon
or by reassessing the Int buttons and  running  them  on  the  flows  to  an
F/Ning Int button list, one should now be able to audit the  pc  even  after
exteriorization.


    However, HCOB 7 Mar 75, EXT AND ENDING SESSION would still be applied.

                                   WARNING

    The Int Rundown is a major case action and should only be run when  the
pc is rested and in good physical shape.

                        THE END OF ENDLESS INT REPAIR

    The End of Endless Int Repair Rundown (HCOB 24 Sep 781, Int  RD  Series
4, URGENT IMPORTANT, THE END OF ENDLESS INT REPAIR RUNDOWN) is the  superbly
workable new process just developed to handle any needed Int repair.


    It resolves any Int troubles that might persist even after a pc has had
an Int Rundown done totally standardly.


    It does not replace the Int Rundown; rather, it  complements  it,  when
necessary, as it runs Int by Recalls. We audit out the Int  engrams  on  the
Int Rundown. Then if repair is needed, the End of Endless Int Repair RD  can
be used to  clean  it  up  smoothly  with  Recalls.  It  is  the  answer  to
overrepair of Int on any pc.


    Additionally, it can be used for handling Int repair on Clears, OTs and
Dianetic Clears.
The above HCOB, 24 Sep 78 I, fully  covers  the  purpose  and  use  of  this
valuable new repair rundown.

                                   SUMMARY

    If a pc goes exterior on Dianetics  or  any  Scientology  auditing  you
must, as his next session, check the Int buttons for read, and if any  read,
clear them and do the new, vastly simplified and revised Int  Rundown  using
the above C/S. With this done the pc . . . can go on being audited.  And  if
repair is needed, the End of Endless Int Repair Rundown is the answer.


    These new developments and refinements give us a simpler, more thorough
tech for resolving Int than we have ever had before.


    The way is open to more powerful OTs.


    All fundamental discoveries are essentially simple ones.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:dr
Copyright � 1971, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 13 JANUARY 1971R
Remimeo     REVISED 24 SEPTEMBER 1978
Class IV
Grad  (Revisions and Additions in this type style)
Checksheet
                        (Ellipses indicate deletions)

                 (Revised 24 Sep 78 to give current data on
           references covering exteriorization and its handling.)

                      Interiorization Rundown Series 9

                               EXTERIORIZATION


    On reviews of field-given exteriorization intensives  during  the  past
year, I found many cases had been flubbed.


    On researching this I found the following:

1.    The remedy was being used as an effort to exteriorize  people.  People
    exteriorize in any normal auditing. What was needed was a remedy to  be
    able to audit them thereafter without driving their TAs up.

2.    Auditors evidently skimped their HDC Courses and did not know WHY  one
    went to an earlier beginning or earlier incident. Thus they didn't know
    why you had to run interiorization.

3.    HCOB 22 Mar 70 EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH  TA,  (now  HCOB  4  Jan  71R,
    EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH TA, THE INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN REVISED)  must
    have been studied only for the rote commands. The theory of it was  not
    studied.

4.    Common Dianetic goofs got in the road  of  the  rundown,  the  auditor
    failing to repeat the chain in asking for an earlier incident.... (Ref:
    HCOB 26 Jun 78RA, Issue II, New Era Dianetics Series 6RA.)

5.     The  exteriorization  intensive  was  being  stretched  over  several
    sessions. As only it can be audited, between sessions PPS, etc.,  would
    intervene.... (Current ref: HCOB 20 Aug 70R, Int RD Series  8,  INT  RD
    MUSTS.)

6.     Clearing  the  command  was  flubby  and   the   pc   often   thought
    interiorization meant "being in and trying to get out" and so the wrong
    end of the incident (the end) was being run.

7.    People who hadn't been exterior at all and whose TAs  were  normal-not
    high- were being run on it.

8.    It was being sold as a special  rundown  to  exteriorize  people,  not
    just to enable them to go on being audited.

    The number of Exteriorization Rundown flubs is excessive.


    Therefore new HCOBs and a new pack have been issued. These include:


    HCOB 4 Jan 71, EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH TA, REVISED, (now  HCOB  4  Jan
71R EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH TA, THE INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN REVISED)  which
contains the theory and NEW COMMANDS nobody can goof.
HCOB 6 Jan 71, STARRATE CHECKOUTS FOR EXTERIORIZATION INTENSIVE. (This  data
is now in HCOB 25 Sep 78, Issue II, Int RD Series 14 STARRATE CHECKOUTS  FOR
INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN.)


    HCOB 5 Jan 71, GOING EARLIER IN  R3R  AND  EXTERIORIZATION  INTENSIVES.
(This issue has been canceled by BTB 10 Dec 74, Issue VIII.)


    Commands  and  procedure  for  running  New   Era   Dianetics   in   an
Interiorization RD are now contained in:


    HCOB 4 Jan 71R, Int RD Series  2,  EXTERIORIZATION  AND  HIGH  TA,  THE
INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN REVISED.


    HCOB 26 Jun 78RA, Issue  II,  New  Era  Dianetics  Series  6RA,  URGENT
IMPORTANT, ROUTINE 3RA, ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS.


    The glaring outness is Dianetic . . .  skill..A  Dianetic  auditor  who
can't run a flubless Dianetic session and get all . . . flows  down  to  F/N
studied in doubt, audits in doubt and ought to be in a  condition  of  doubt
until he  retreads  and  actually  reads  the  text  and  does  the  drills.
Dianetics . . . is just too easy to be flubbed.


    After patching up many of these done in the field I became  very  alert
to the state of training. A new Course Supervisor course has been  done  and
is being issued.


    Obviously, auditors are no longer  required  to  be  starrated  on  new
materials before they audit them. This omission must be  remedied  at  once.
NO AUDITOR MAY AUDIT MATERIALS OR APPLY HCOBs  ON  WHICH  HE  HAS  NOT  BEEN
STARRATED .


    No HGC or C/S may order an auditor to run a process if that auditor has
not been starrated on its theory and practical first.


    As for Dianetics, an auditor who cannot routinely carry a chain  to  an
F/N VGI cog and erasure  .  .  .  may  not  retain  his  certificate  unless
retreaded and his certificate is suspended until he is retreaded. (full  New
Era Dianetics EP is  covered  in  HCOB  16  Sep  78,  POSTULATE  OFF  EQUALS
ERASURE.)


    For people to goof up using these clean positive tools is inexcusable.


    The results are there to be obtained. WE  OBTAIN  SPECTACULAR  POSITIVE
RESULTS WITH THESE SAME MATERIALS DAILY WHEREVER THEY ARE  ACTUALLY  STUDIED
AND APPLIED.


    Please correct flubby auditing wherever you find it. Auditors  must  be
checked out and drilled on new materials. Courses must be precisely  taught.
People who flub must be crammed until they don't. And those who  still  flub
must be retreaded.


    The materials when applied produce great results.  When  they  are  not
applied they don't.


    SO APPLY THEM!


    CORRECTLY.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt.rd.kim
Copyright � 1971, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 7 MARCH 1971-1RA
                         ADDITION OF 13 JANUARY 1975
                          REVISED 12 DECEMBER 1978
Remimeo
NED Grad
Checksheet  (Revisions in this type style)
C/Ses (Ellipses indicate deletions)


                             C/S Series 28RA-1RA


                         USE OF QUADRUPLE DIANETICS


    With the introduction of QUADRUPLE DIANETICS the problems of how to C/S
it arise.


    This rule is followed:


    . . . THE FOURTH FLOW-0-MUST BE RUN ON ALL ITEMS FORWARD FROM THE FIRST
DIANETIC ITEM EVER RUN ON THE CASE IF THE PC IS QUAD AND THE FLOW 0 READS.


    Where a case has already had Flows 2 and 3 run  on  Singles,  one  goes
back and runs Flow 0 on those items if it reads.


    Where a case has only been run on Single Flow Dianetics  (Flow  1)  one
goes back to the first Dianetic item ever run of which record can  be  found
and does F2, F3, F0 in that order  checking  the  command  for  read  before
running it, and then verifying the F1.


    If you fail to "quad up" a pc and start with the first item  never  run
on that flow and if you suddenly begin to run Quad on a pc who is Single  or
Triple without picking up and running the original items which  were  Single
or Triple into Quad form, you will stir up and bypass all  the  charge  that
was on that flow originally. To suddenly begin Quad without catching the  pc
up is to invite catastrophe as the charge bypassed will kick the pc  in  the
teeth, and hard.


    Example: Joe was run on Single Flow for six months. His auditor finds a
new item and suddenly decides to run it Quad. Six months worth  of  Flow  2,
Flow 3 and Flow 0 will now restim because it is bypassing that  charge.  The
auditor's proper correction action  is  to  indicate  to  the  pc  what  has
happened and catch up the missing flows on all the earlier  items  run  THAT
NOW READ.


    To C/S a case for Quad  Dianetics  it  is  best  to  first  lay  out  a
Scientology repair, making sure the case is flying, then list out the  items
already run on Single and Triple. Then get them run so that all  four  flows
are complete on each item in sequence from first to last.


    This includes any LX items, former practice, drugs or any other  engram
running. These, like Dianetic items, are listed in  their  correct  sequence
of former running.


    Then the missing flows are run if they read.


    A rehab step of the flows already run is not necessary. This rehab of a
flow already run to EP is usually used only when  there  is  question  about
its having gone to postulate off, F/N and VGIs (erasure).
In C/Sing for Quadruple one COMPLETES any flow of an  item  found  that  did
not erase. This is indicated on the item list.


                               DOING THE LIST

    The item list is done by the auditor in his admin time  for  well  done
time credits.


    All former Dianetic items ever run are listed and what flows have  been
run on them and to what end phenomena.

    Example:
                                 Engram List

      3 Sept 69  Sadness (exact wording that was used)   F1
      4 Sept 69  A Bored Feeling  F1 Bogged
      6 Sept 69  An Apathetic Outlook   F1 Bogged
      6 Nov 69   LX Agonized Fl F2 F3
      7 Nov 69   Former Therapy   Fl F2 F3
                 F2 Bogged
      9 Nov 69   Earlier Practices      F1 Bogged
      10 Nov 69  A Horrible Sadness     F1 Bogged
      5 July 70  Int RD      F1 F2 F3
                 F3 Bogged
      6 July 71  An Awful Pressure      F1 Bogged

    Such a list is then handled from the earliest forward by:

    (a)     Completing the bogged flow and


    (b)     Completing the missing flow, if it reads.


                                 INT RUNDOWN

    If the TA on the pc is currently high or the pc is having Int troubles,
Int is handled before any other action is done. The  fourth  flow  is  never
suddenly introduced on Int if the pc has been run on Triples.


    The fourth flow on Int is then audited in its proper sequence when  one
gets to it in Quading, IF IT READS.


    Note that a drug chain also makes a high TA if in existence or unflat.


                              AUDITOR CHECKOUT

    BEFORE RUNNING NEW ERA DIANETICS QUADRUPLE EVERY AUDITOR HDC,  .  .  .,
IV, VI, VII, VIII AND C/Ses MUST BE  A  GRADUATE  OF  THE  HUBBARD  NEW  ERA
DIANETICS ... COURSE....


                                    FLUBS

    If any auditor has a poor  record  of  getting  Dianetics  results,  of
bogged flows, etc., he needs a New Era Dianetics  retread.  His  drills  and
TRs are out or he is committing gross auditing errors.


    Dianetics gives remarkable results only when flawlessly done.


    The commands must be precisely given and all commands are used.  It  is
NEVER shorted "because the pc did it."
THUS ANY NEW ERA DIANETICS AUDITOR TO. . . QUAD A PC'S UNRUN FLOWS MUST:

    (A)     HAVE A RECORD OF GOOD FLUBLESS NEW ERA DIANETIC AUDITING or


    (B)     MUST HAVE A RETREAD UNDER A COMPETENT SUPERVISOR and


    (C)     MUST HAVE COMPLETED THE  HUBBARD  NEW  ERA  DIANETICS  GRADUATE
        (CASE SUPERVISOR) COURSE OR HAVE CHECKED  OUT  FULLY  ON  THE  QUAD
        ISSUES.


                                   C/Sing

    Quad Dianetics, with the above, otherwise C/Ses the  same  as  NEW  ERA
DIANETICS.


    It should be realized Dianetics  is  its  own  field  of  C/Sing.  This
remains the same in Quad Dianetics.

                                  PROMOTION

    Quad Dianetics should be promoted only when you have Dianetic auditors,
the auditors checked out and okayed to audit  as  above  and  when  you  CAN
DELIVER.


    IVs or VIs should be available to do the Progress Pgms and steps.


                                UPPER LEVELS

    When the IVs, VIs, VIIs, VIIIs or IXs are checked out  as  above,  they
should use Quad Dianetics to handle any and all engram steps called  for  in
general auditing.


    That they are upper level auditors does not make it less  necessary  to
do the above.


                                   RESULTS

    Quad  Dianetics,  including  the  rerun  actions,  produces  some  very
startling new gains.


    Well done Dianetics always has produced fine results.


    Quad Dianetics almost doubles the gain.



                                  REMEDIES

    Any and all Dianetic Remedies and general  technology  remain  in  full
use. They are not changed at all. Only the Zero Flow is added in each case.


    Good luck.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt.jh.rb/lfg.jk
Copyright � 1971, 1975, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 MARCH 1971R
                                  Issue II
                           REVISED 6 JANUARY 1979
Remimeo
Admin Students
                       (Revisions in this type style)
                        (Ellipses indicate deletions)

                               Data Series 21R

                            DATA SERIES AUDITING


    HCOB 24 July 1970, DATA SERIES, and HCOB 28 August 1970RA, HC  OUTPOINT
PLUS-POINT LISTS RA are CANCELED.


    Whenever a student cannot grasp or retain the data of the  DATA  SERIES
policy letters, he must be programmed for  Method  One  Word  Clearing,  the
PRD, any of the various student repairs, New  Era  Dianetics,  etc.  He  can
also be given Super Power.




                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:clb
Copyright � 1971, 1974, 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 4 APRIL 1971-1RC
Remimeo     ADDITION OF 13 JANUARY 1975
NED Grad    REVISED 25 JULY 1978
Checksheet  REVISED 2 OCTOBER 1978
                          REVISED 12 DECEMBER 1978

                       (Revisions in this type style)


                             C/S Series 32RA-1RC


                            USE OF QUAD DIANETICS


    With the introduction of Quadruple Dianetics it is mandatory  important
urgent that one does not audit four flow items until  one  has  brought  all
earlier Dianetic items into four flows, checking each flow for  a  read,  of
course, before running it.

                                   TRIPLE

    This also applies to Triple Dianetics. On a case where  only  Flow  One
(Single) has been run, you don't suddenly run a Triple (F1, F2, F3) such  as
on the LX Class VIII Lists until one has run the earliest Dn item  ever  run
(or that can be found) on Dn Triple and then on forward on Triple up to  the
LX.

                                    QUAD

    However, one would now not bother to run only Triples forward. He would
locate the earliest Single or Triple (if no Single Flow)  item  and  run  it
Quadruple by now running the missing flows if reading.

                                   INT RD

    In doing an INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN one mustn't suddenly introduce  the
4th flow (F Zero).

    If the case has only had Triples  in  Dianetics  one  mustn't  suddenly
introduce a Flow Zero on INT. The case should be done on Triple Flow INT.


    THEN all earlier Dn items in sequence run are:

    (a)     Listed from W/S or Folder Summaries.


    (b)     Brought up to current by running in all the  missing  flows  of
        Quad if reading.


    (c)     The INT RD fourth flow is audited in when one gets to it IF  IT
        READS.

    The moral of the story is:  RUN  ONLY  FLOWS  THAT  INSTANT  READ  WHEN
CALLED.

                                   REASON

    Auditing additional flows while earlier items remain Single  or  Triple
restimulates the missing flows and stacks them up as mass. They can  make  a
pc uncomfortable until run.


    All the missing flows (that were not run) are still potential mass.
This mass restimulates like something too late on the chain when a flow  not
run on earlier items is run on later items.


    Auditing itself is a sort of time track. The earliest session blows the
later sessions.

                               FULL FLOW TABLE

    Before running Quad Dianetics one makes a table of earlier  items  run.
Like this:

                               FULL FLOW TABLE

                 Flow
      Date  Item Previously Run   Must Run
      2.3.62     Guf Shoulder     F1    F2, 3, 0
      3.3.67     Gow in Foot F1   F2, 3, 0
      30.4.67    Chow in Chump    F1    F2, 3, 0
      29.9.68    LX Anger    F1, 2, 3   F0
            LX Peeved  F1, 2, 3   F0
      4.10.69    Feeling Numb     F1, 2, 3   F0
      5.9.70     Int RD      F1, 2, 3   F0
      9.10.70    Feeling of Goof  F1, 2, 3   F0
      10.10.71   Dn Assist on Head      F1   F2, 3, 0

                                    FLOWS

    F1 is FLOW ONE, something happening to self.


    F2 is FLOW TWO, doing something to another.


    F3 is FLOW THREE, others doing things to others.


    F0 is FLOW ZERO, self doing something to self.

                                R3RA COMMANDS

    Standard R3RA commands are used on Quad Dianetics.


    They are the subject of another HCOB.

                           MULTIPLE SOMATIC ITEMS

    The question will come up, do we Triple or Quad multiple somatic items.


    The test is, did the  flows  already  run  go  to  EP  when  they  were
originally run. If they did, include them. If they didn't run exclude them.


    This does not mean you omit everything that didn't run.

                                   REPAIR

    While auditing this FULL FLOW DIANETICS you will  find  various  chains
that did not go to EP when originally run.


    These are included and should be concluded to EP. This means one has to
find out if they bypassed the F/N, went too early, jumped  the  chain,  etc.
Usually an L3RF assessed on that faulty action will give the answer.  It  is
easy to take these old flubbed chains to EP unless you work at it too  hard.
Usually the reason they didn't is visible on the old worksheet. The  auditor
forgot to ask for earlier beginning or jumped the chain or tried to  run  it
twice forgetting he'd run it before. Corny errors.
                                   RESULT

    The result of doing a FULL FLOW DIANETIC ACTION  on  a  case  is  quite
spectacular. The shadowy remains of somatics blow, mass  blows  and  the  pc
comes up shining.

                                OFFERING FFD

    Offering the public Full  Flow  Dianetics  must  include  the  cost  of
FESing, FF Table making, and C/S work since it  is  sometimes  lengthy.  The
auditing can be remarkably brief. The greatest amount  of  time  is  usually
spent on the C/Sing and the table making.


    FFD is offered to the public in intensives as per HCOB  31  May  1971R,
C/S Series 39R, STANDARD 12/2 HOUR INTENSIVE PROGRAMS. Admin time  spent  on
C/Sing, FESing and FF Table making should be  deducted  from  the  intensive
hours purchased by the pc. This must  be  made  known  to  the  public  when
purchasing the service.


    When offering FFD it should be called Quadruple Dianetics-4 times  more
powerful than previous auditing.


    A C/S must liaise with the Dissem Sec and Treasury Sec on selling it or
he'll find the org is losing money doing the C/Sing and tables.

                                   WARNING

    When doing Quadruple Dianetics on some cases it may be found that  many
chains are now missing  or  are  just  copies  of  the  original.  Don't  be
disturbed. Pc says they're gone now they're gone.  Just  F/N  the  fact  and
carry on with the next flow or item.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:nt.rd.lfg.kjm.jk
Copyright � 1971, 1975, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 30 JUNE 1971RB
                           REVISED 1 DECEMBER 1974
Remimeo     CANCELS HCOB 3 DEC 71 HANDLING SHEET
Class IV    REVISED 15 FEBRUARY 1977
Grad Check- REVISED 4 DECEMBER 1978
sheet
Class VI
Checksheet  (Revisions not printed in a different type style)
Class IV Grad and
above Auditors
C/Ses
                          EXPANDED GREEN FORM 40RD
                                  EXGF 40RD


    The  Expanded  Green  Form  40RD  is  used  with  the  Resistive  Cases
Assessment  on  a  resistive  case  to  precisely  locate  and   solve   its
resistiveness.


    The assessment of the resistive cases will direct the  auditor  to  the
type of the pc's resistiveness. Further  assessment  is  then  done  in  the
section of the Expanded Green Form 40RD appropriate to what has read on  the
Resistive Cases Assessment and handlings are given for what has been found.


    This list provides a fast  and  direct  method  for  solving  resistive
cases.


    Before using this list on any pc the auditor must  have  first  checked
out on HCOB 8 Dec 78 Iss II GREEN FORM AND EXPANDED  GREEN  FORM  40RD,  USE
OF.

                         RESISTIVE CASES ASSESSMENT

    (If this assessment has just  been  done  on  the  Green  Form  No.  40
question, it is not repeated. Go right into the  Expanded  Green  Form  40RD
assessments.)


    Assess Method 5 the following resistive cases. If any item reads, go to
its corresponding section on the Expanded Green Form 40RD and assess  Method
5 all the items in that section. Assess the section on  the  Expanded  Green
Form 40RD that corresponds to each reading item.


    When all sections corresponding to the reading  resistive  cases  items
are assessed you will have a full picture of the pc's resistiveness.


    Then, if you have C/S okay, take up each reading section  on  the  EXGF
40RD in the order in which they are listed below and handle  reads  per  the
instructions given.


    Otherwise, return to the C/S for programming.

A-1   WENT DIANETIC CLEAR AND NEVER ATTESTED _________
A-2   HAD ENGRAMS RUN AFTER BEING DIANETIC CLEAR   _________
B     DOESN'T WANT AUDITING  _________
C     AUDITED WITH RUDIMENTS OUT  _________
D     OVERWHELMED      _________
E     CONTINUOUSLY COMMITTING OVERTS ON SCIENTOLOGY      _________
F-1   SUPPRESSED _________

F-2   CONNECTED TO AN ANTAGONISTIC PERSON    _________
G     SERIOUSLY PHYSICALLY ILL    _________

     H      HAS NOT HAD AUDITING  _________
I-1   SEEKING THE SAME THRILL ATTAINED FROM DRUGS  _________
I-2   HAS TAKEN DRUGS  _________
J     FORMER THERAPY BEFORE SCIENTOLOGY _________
K     HAS BEEN PART OF EARLIER PRACTICES     _________
L-1   OUT OF VALENCE   _________
L-2   ARE YOU BEING SOMEONE ELSE  _________
M     PRETENDING TRAINING OR GRADES NOT ATTAINED   _________
N     AUDITED WITH PRIOR GRADES OUT     _________
O     MISUNDERSTOODS IN AUDITING  _________

                      SECTION A-WENT DIANETIC CLEAR AND
                               NEVER ATTESTED

      If item A-1 reads, Date/Locate. If item A-2  reads,  2WC  to  F/N  and
     return to the C/S.

                       SECTION B-DOESN'T WANT AUDITING

B-1   DO YOU NOT WANT AUDITING?   _________
      2WC to find out why not. It will be an out-rud or an out-list.  Handle
     appropriately.

B-2   ARE YOU REFUSING AUDITING?  _________
      2WC to find out why. It will be an  out-rud  or  an  out-list.  Handle
     appropriately.

B-3   ARE YOU PROTESTING AUDITING?      _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

B-4   DO YOU DISLIKE TALKING TO AN AUDITOR?  _________
      If so, run "Look at me. Who am I?" to F/N. Then "What could you  say?"
     to F/N.

B-5   HAS NO ONE ASKED WHAT YOU REALLY WANT? _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

B-6   HAS THERE BEEN ANYTHING WRONG WITH F/NS?     _________
      Find the fault and handle with false TA HCOBs. Rehab any overruns  due
     to false TA.

                    SECTION C-AUDITED WITH RUDIMENTS OUT

C-1   HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED WITH RUDIMENTS OUT?    _________
      Find out which and handle to F/N.

C-2   HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED OVER AN ARC BREAK?     _________
      ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.

C-3   HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED OVER A PROBLEM?  _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

C-4   HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED OVER A WITHHOLD?       _________
      What was the withhold? Who missed it? E/S to F/N.

C-5   HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED OVER AN OVERT?   _________
      What was the overt? E/S overt to F/N.
     C-6    ARE YOU LYING TO PEOPLE?    _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

C-7   DO YOU HAVE SECRETS?   _________
      2WC what secrets E/S to F/N.

C-8   ARE YOU HERE FOR REASONS NOT DISCLOSED?      _________
      If so, L&N "What was your  original  reason  for  coming  here?"  R3RA
     Triple or Quad if an evil purpose. Program for EX DN. (On a  Clear,  OT
     or Dianetic Clear, do the L&N step only.)

C-9   DO YOU HAVE AN EVIL PURPOSE?      _________
      L&N "What evil purpose do you have?" R3RA Triple or Quad. Program  for
     EX DN. (On a Clear, OT or Dianetic Clear, do the L&N step only.)

                            SECTION D-OVERWHELMED

D-1   HAVE YOU BEEN OVERWHELMED BY AUDITING? _________
      Run out the incident of overwhelm R3RA Narrative Triple or  Quad.  (On
     Flow 1, acknowledge what the pc says and continue with  R3RA  Narrative
     commands 2-9 A-EYE.)

     F2:    Return to the time you  caused  another  to  be  overwhelmed  by
          auditing and tell me when you are there.
     F3:    Return to the time others caused others  to  be  overwhelmed  by
          auditing and tell me when you are there.
     F0:    Return to the time you caused  yourself  to  be  overwhelmed  by
          auditing and tell me when you are there.
      ( Progress Program . )

      (On  a  Clear,  OT  or  Dianetic  Clear  2WC  for  data  and  use  the
     appropriate correction list to locate and indicate the bypassed  charge
     )

D-2   HAVE YOU BEEN OVERWHELMED BY LIFE?     _________
      Handle as in D-1 with Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad, substituting  "by
     life." (Progress Program.) 2WC and the appropriate correction  list  on
     Clears and above.

D-3   HAVE YOU BEEN OVERWHELMED BY FAMILY CONNECTIONS ?  _________
      Handle as in D-1 with Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad, substituting  "by
     family  connections."  (Progress  Program.)  2WC  and  the  appropriate
     correction list on Clears and above.

D-4   HAVE YOU BEEN OVERWHELMED ON YOUR POST?      _________
      (ON YOUR JOB?)
      Handle as in D-1 with Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad, substituting  "on
     your post" or "on your job" whichever  is  appropriate  and  has  read.
     (Progress Program.) 2WC and the appropriate correction list  on  Clears
     and above.

D-5   ARE YOU RESTIMULATED IN YOUR CURRENT ENVIRONMENT?  _________
      Run out  the  time  he  felt  restimulated  in  his  environment  R3RA
     Narrative Triple or Quad. (Progress Program.) 2WC and  the  appropriate
     correction list on Clears and above.

                      SECTION E-CONTINUOUSLY COMMITTING
                            OVERTS ON SCIENTOLOGY

E-1   ARE YOU CONTINUOUSLY COMMITTING OVERTS ON SCIENTOLOGY?  _________
      L&N "What are you trying  to  prevent?"  R3RA  Triple/Quad  preventing
     (item). 2WC committing continuous overts and pull them, E/S to F/N.  On
     a Clear, OT or Dianetic Clear the handling is: L&N "What are you trying
     to prevent?" 2WC committing continuous overts and  pull  them,  E/S  to
     F/N.
     E-2    DO YOU KEEP ON GOOFING?     _________
      Handle as in E-l.

E-3   ARE YOU COMMITTING CONTINUOUS OVERTS IN LIFE?      _________
      Handle as in E-l.

                            SECTION F-SUPPRESSED
                     CONNECTED TO AN ANTAGONISTIC PERSON

F-1   ARE YOU CONNECTED TO SOMEONE HOSTILE OR ANTAGONISTIC  TO  SCIENTOLOGY?
     _________
      PTS interview. C/S to program as needed for further PTS handling.

F-2   ARE OTHERS ANTAGONISTIC TO WHAT YOU ARE DOING?     _________
      PTS interview. C/S to program as needed for further PTS handling.

F-3   HAVE YOU BEEN SUPPRESSED BY ANOTHER?   _________
      2WC to F/N. C/S to program as needed for further PTS handling.

F-4   DO YOU MAKE GAINS AND THEN LOSE THEM?  _________
      PTS interview. C/S to program as needed for further PTS handling.

F-5   DO  YOU  RECEIVE  GAINS  OR  BENEFITS  FROM  BEING  ILL  OR  DISABLED?
     _________
      2WC to F/N. Return to C/S.

                     SECTION G-SERIOUSLY PHYSICALLY ILL

G-1   ARE YOU SERIOUSLY PHYSICALLY ILL?      _________
      2WC to find out what the illness or symptoms are.  Return  the  folder
     to the C/S. Program per HCOB 24 Jul 69R SERIOUSLY ILL PCs  and  BTB  28
     May 74RB FULL ASSIST CHECKLIST FOR INJURIES AND ILLNESSES.

G-2   IS YOUR BODY ILL?      _________
      2WC "What seems to be wrong with your body?" to F/N. Program  per  BTB
     28 May 74RB FULL ASSIST CHECKLIST FOR INJURIES AND ILLNESSES.

G-3   ARE YOU MENTALLY ILL?  _________
      Handle as a withhold. E/S "Is there an earlier time you were  mentally
     ill?" to F/N. R3RA Narrative Triple/Quad. Then do a full  preassessment
     on it.

G-4   DO YOU HAVE ANY BROKEN BONES?     _________
      2WC to F/N. Medical treatment followed by a program  per  BTB  28  May
     74RB FULL ASSIST CHECKLIST FOR INJURIES AND ILLNESSES .

G-5   DO YOU HAVE ANY INFECTIOUS DISEASE?    _________
      2WC to get the data on what it is to F/N. Medical  treatment  followed
     by a program per BTB 28 May 74RB FULL ASSIST CHECKLIST FOR INJURIES AND
     ILLNESSES.

G-6   DO YOU HAVE ANY HIDDEN ILLNESSES?      _________
      2WC to F/N. Program per BTB 28 May  74RB  FULL  ASSIST  CHECKLIST  FOR
     INJURIES AND ILLNESSES.

G-7   DO YOU HAVE ANY TOOTH DECAY?      _________
      2WC to F/N. Dental treatment followed by a  program  per  BTB  28  May
     74RB FULL ASSIST CHECKLIST FOR INJURIES AND ILLNESSES .

G-8   DO YOU HAVE ANY PHYSICALLY DAMAGED PARTS?    _________
      2WC to find out what, to F/N. Program per BTB 28 May 74RB FULL  ASSIST
     CHECKLIST FOR INJURIES AND ILLNESSES.
     G-9    DO YOU HAVE ANY BODY PARTS MISSING?    _________
      2WC to find out what, to F/N. Program per BTB 28 May 74RB FULL  ASSIST
     CHECKLIST FOR INJURIES AND ILLNESSES.

G-10  HAVE YOU HAD ANY BODY PARTS REMOVED?   _________
      2WC to find out what, to F/N. Program per BTB 28 May 74RB FULL  ASSIST
     CHECKLIST FOR INJURIES AND ILLNESSES.

                       SECTION H-HAS NOT HAD AUDITING

H-1   HAVE YOU NOT HAD AUDITING?  _________
      L&N "Who or what would prevent auditing?"  Triple  or  Quad  ruds  and
     overts on the item.

H-2   HAVE YOU BEEN SELF-AUDITING?      _________
      2WC to find out when the pc first started self-auditing. Do an L1C  on
     the  prior  upset.  If  the  prior  upset  was  in  auditing,  use  the
     appropriate correction list.

H-3   HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED IN AN EARLIER LIFE?    _________
       2WC  to  F/N.  C/S  to  program  to  handle  any  overrun  or   other
     difficulties with past auditing, if needed.

                      SECTION I-SEEKING THE SAME THRILL
                             ATTAINED FROM DRUGS
                               HAS TAKEN DRUGS

I-1   ARE YOU SEEKING THE SAME THRILL ATTAINED FROM DRUGS?    _________
      2WC to F/N. (E/S if needed "Is there an earlier time you were  seeking
     the same thrill attained from drugs?") Advance Program for a Drug RD or
     to complete it. (On Clears, OTs and Dianetic Clears, indicate the item.
     Do no further handling.)

I-2   HAVE YOU TAKEN DRUGS?  _________
      2WC to F/N. If pc has had his Drug RD do a Drug RD Repair  List.  L3RF
     if needed. Advance Program for a Drug RD or to complete it. (On Clears,
     OTs and Dianetic Clears, handle as in I-1.)

I-3   DO YOU WANT TO CONTINUE TO TAKE DRUGS?       _________
      2WC to F/N. If pc has had his Drug RD do a Drug RD Repair  List.  L3RF
     if needed. Advance Program for a Drug RD or to complete it. (On Clears,
     OTs and Dianetic Clears, handle as in 1-1.)

I-4   HAVE YOU NEVER TAKEN DRUGS? _________
      2WC to F/N. (E/S if needed "Is there an earlier time  you  never  took
     drugs?")

I-5   ARE YOU CURIOUS ABOUT DRUGS?      _________
      2WC to F/N. (E/S if needed "Is there an earlier time you were  curious
     about drugs?")

I-6   HAS MEDICINE ACTED AS DRUGS?      _________
      2WC to F/N. If pc has had a Drug RD do a Drug RD Repair List. L3RF  if
     needed. Advance Program to  handle  all  reading  drugs,  medicine  and
     alcohol with a full Drug RD or to complete  it.  (On  Clears,  OTs  and
     Dianetic Clears, handle as in I-1.)

I-7   HAVE YOU DRUNK ALCOHOL?     _________
      2WC to F/N If pc has had a Drug RD do a Drug RD Repair List.  L3RF  if
     needed. Advance Program for a Drug RD or to complete  it.  (On  Clears,
     OTs and Dianetic Clears, handle as in I-l.)

                 SECTION J-FORMER THERAPY BEFORE SCIENTOLOGY

(If any item in this section  reads  on  a  Clear,  OT  or  Dianetic  Clear,
indicate the reading item, let the person tell you about it  if  he  wishes,
and indicate the F/N. Do no further handling.)
     J-1 HAVE YOU HAD A FORMER THERAPY BEFORE SCIENTOLOGY?     _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad on having a former therapy.

     F1:    Return to the time you had a former therapy  and  tell  me  when
          you are there.
     F2:    Return to the time you gave a  former  therapy  to  another  and
          tell me when you are there.
     F3:    Return to the time others gave a former therapy  to  others  and
          tell me when you are there.
     F0:    Return to the time you gave a former  therapy  to  yourself  and
          tell me when you are there.

J-2   HAVE YOU HAD MEDICAL THERAPY?     _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple  or  Quad,  as  in  J-1,  substituting  "medical
     therapy."

J-3   HAVE YOU HAD PSYCHIATRIC THERAPY?      _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad, as in  J-1,  substituting  "psychiatric
     therapy."

J-4   HAVE YOU HAD PSYCHOLOGY THERAPY?  _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad, as  in  J-1,  substituting  "psychology
     therapy."

J-5   HAVE YOU HAD DENTAL THERAPY?      _________
      Narrative R3RA  Triple  or  Quad,  as  in  J-1,  substituting  "dental
     therapy."

J-6   HAVE YOU HAD ELECTRIC SHOCK?      _________
      2WC to F/N. Return to C/S for okay  to  run  out  the  electric  shock
     Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad, as in J-1, followed by  a  preassessment
     of the electric shock.

                SECTION K-HAS BEEN PART OF EARLIER PRACTICES

(If any item in this section  reads  on  a  Clear,  OT  or  Dianetic  Clear,
indicate the reading item, let the person tell you about it  if  he  wishes,
and indicate the F/N. Do no further handling.)

K-1   ARE YOU CURRENTLY DOING ANY BODY PRACTICES?  _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad on body practices.

     F1:    Return to the time you took part in body practices and  tell  me
          when you are there.
     F2:    Return to the time you caused  another  to  take  part  in  body
          practices and tell me when you are there.
     F3:    Return to the time others caused others to  take  part  in  body
          practices and tell me when you are there.
     F0:    Return to the time you caused yourself  to  take  part  in  body
          practices and tell me when you are there.

K-2   ARE YOU CURRENTLY DOING ANY EXERCISES? _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad, as in K-1, substituting "exercises."

K-3   ARE YOU CURRENTLY PRACTICING ANY RITES?      _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad, as in K-1, substituting "rites."

K-4   ARE YOU CURRENTLY PRACTICING YOGA?     _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad, as in K-1, substituting "yoga."

K-5   DO YOU HOLD ANY EASTERN BELIEFS?  _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple  or  Quad,  as  in  K-1,  substituting  "eastern
     beliefs."

K-6   ARE YOU DOING ANY MENTAL EXERCISES?    _________
     Narrative  R3RA  Triple  or  Quad,  as  in  K-1,  substituting  "mental
     exercises . "

K-7   DO YOU CURRENTLY PRACTICE MEDITATION?  _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad, as in K-1, substituting "meditation."

K-8    HAVE  YOU  TAKEN  PART  IN  EARLIER  PRACTICES  BEFORE   SCIENTOLOGY?
     _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple  or  Quad,  as  in  K-1,  substituting  "earlier
     practices before Scientology."

K-9   HAVE YOU TAKEN PART IN EARLIER RELIGIONS?    _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple  or  Quad,  as  in  K-1,  substituting  "earlier
     religions."

K-10  HAVE YOU TAKEN PART IN EARLIER RITES?  _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple  or  Quad,  as  in  K-1,  substituting  "earlier
     rites."

K-11  HAVE YOU TAKEN PART IN EARLIER EXERCISES?    _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple  or  Quad,  as  in  K-1,  substituting  "earlier
     exercises."

K-12  HAVE YOU TAKEN PART IN HYPNOTISM? _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad, as in K-1, substituting "hypnotism."

K-13  HAVE YOU HELD EASTERN BELIEFS?    _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple  or  Quad,  as  in  K-1,  substituting  "eastern
     beliefs . "

K-14  HAVE YOU TAKEN PART IN EARLIER INDOCTRINATIONS?    _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple  or  Quad,  as  in  K-1,  substituting  "earlier
     indoctrinations . "

K-15  HAVE YOU TAKEN PART IN EARLIER SCIENTIFIC PRACTICES?    _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple  or  Quad,  as  in  K-1,  substituting  "earlier
     scientific practices."

K-16  HAVE YOU TAKEN PART IN EARLIER ELECTRONIC PRACTICES?    _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple  or  Quad,  as  in  K-1,  substituting  "earlier
     electronic practices."

K-17  HAVE YOU TAKEN PART IN EARLIER THOUGHT PRACTICES?  _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple  or  Quad,  as  in  K-1,  substituting  "earlier
     thought practices."

K-18  HAVE YOU TAKEN PART IN EARLIER SPIRITUAL PRACTICES?     _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple  or  Quad,  as  in  K-1,  substituting  "earlier
     spiritual practices."

K-19  HAVE YOU TAKEN PART IN EARLIER EASTERN RITES?      _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple  or  Quad,  as  in  K-1,  substituting  "earlier
     eastern rites."

K-20  HAVE YOU TAKEN PART IN EARLIER EASTERN PRACTICES?  _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple  or  Quad,  as  in  K-1,  substituting  "earlier
     eastern practices."

K-21  HAVE YOU TAKEN PART IN EARLIER IMPLANTING TECHNIQUES?   _________
     Narrative R3RA  Triple  or  Quad,  as  in  K-1,  substituting  "earlier
     implanting techniques."

K-22  HAVE YOU PRACTICED WITCHCRAFT?    _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad on practicing witchcraft.

     F1:    Return to the time you had witchcraft practiced on you and  tell
          me when you are there.
     F2:    Return to the time you practiced witchcraft on another and  tell
          me when you are there.
     F3:    Return to the time others practiced  witchcraft  on  others  and
          tell me when you are there.
     F0:    Return to the time you  practiced  witchcraft  on  yourself  and
          tell me when you are there.

K-23  HAVE YOU CAST SPELLS?  _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad on using spells.

     F1:    Return to the time a spell was used on you and tell me when  you
          are there.
     F2:    Return to the time you used a spell on another and tell me  when
          you are there.
     F3:    Return to the time others used spells  on  others  and  tell  me
          when you are there.
     F0:    Return to the time you used a spell  on  yourself  and  tell  me
          when you are there.

K-24  ARE YOU DOING SOME EXERCISE BETWEEN SESSIONS?      _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad, as in K-1, substituting "exercises."

                          SECTION L-OUT OF VALENCE
                         ARE YOU BEING SOMEONE ELSE

     If items L-l or L-2 read, the handling is LX3, LX2,  LX1  and  220H  if
necessary.

Ref:  HCOB 2 Aug 69R   "LX" LISTS
      HCOB 5 Nov 69R V       LX3 (ATTITUDES)
      HCOB 3 Aug 69R   LX2 (EMOTIONAL ASSESSMENT LIST)
      HCOB 9 Aug 69R   LX1 (CONDITIONS)
      HCOB 20 Sep 78 II      LX LIST HANDLING

(If one of these items read on a Clear, OT or Dianetic Clear,  indicate  the
item, let the person tell you about it if he wishes, and indicate  the  F/N.
Do no further handling.)

                   SECTION M-PRETENDING TRAINING OR GRADES
                                NOT ATTAINED

(If any item in this section  reads  on  a  Clear,  OT  or  Dianetic  Clear,
indicate the reading item, let the person tell you about it  if  he  wishes,
and indicate the F/N.)

M-1   ARE YOU PRETENDING?    _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad on pretending.

     F1:    Return to the time another pretended to you  and  tell  me  when
          you are there.
     F2:    Return to the time you pretended to another  and  tell  me  when
          you are there.
     F3:    Return to the time others pretended to others and tell  me  when
          you are there.
     F0:    Return to the time you pretended to yourself and  tell  me  when
          you are there.

M-2   ARE YOU PRETENDING TRAINING NOT ATTAINED?    _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad on pretending as in M-1.

M-3    ARE  YOU  PRETENDING  ATTAINMENTS  IN  LIFE  NOT   REALLY   ATTAINED?
     _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad on pretending as in M-1.

M-4   ARE YOU PRETENDING GRADES NOT ATTAINED?      _________
      Narrative R3RA Triple or Quad on pretending as in M-1.

                   SECTION N-AUDITED WITH PRIOR GRADES OUT

N-1   HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED WITH PRIOR GRADES OUT? _________
      2WC to find out what grades the pc feels are out. Indicate it.  If  no
     F/N, "Is there  an  earlier  time  you  were  audited  over  that/those
     outgrade(s)?" Note for C/S.

N-2   IS YOUR DIANETICS INCOMPLETE?     _________
      2WC to F/N. Note for C/S.

N-3   DO ENGRAMS FAIL TO ERASE?   _________
      L3RF Rundown. (R-Factor: "We are  looking  for  engrams  contacted  in
     your early auditing and not fully handled." Assess L3RF Method  5  with
     the preface "In your early Dianetics ?" Handle with R3RA over and  over
     until the entire list F/Ns )

      (On a Clear, OT or Dianetic Clear, indicate the read  If  no  F/N  you
     may do an L3RF if needed, however do no handling beyond indicating  the
     reading questions, to F/N.)

N-4   IS YOUR COMMUNICATION GRADE OUT?  _________
      2WC to F/N. Program for Expanded or Quad Grade 0

N-5   IS YOUR PROBLEMS GRADE OUT?       _________
      2WC to F/N Program for Expanded or Quad Grade I.

N-6   IS YOUR OVERT/WITHHOLD GRADE OUT?      _________
      2WC to F/N. Program for Expanded or Quad Grade II.

N-7   DO YOU HAVE PERSISTING ARC BREAKS?     _________
      2WC to F/N. Program for Expanded or Quad Grade III.

N-8   ARE YOU ANXIOUS ABOUT CHANGE?     _________
      2WC to F/N. Program for Expanded or Quad Grade III.

N-9   DO YOU HAVE SERVICE FACSIMILES?   _________
      2WC to F/N. Program for Expanded or Quad Grade IV.

N-10  DO YOU HAVE FIXED IDEAS?    _________
      2WC to F/N. Program for Expanded or Quad Grade IV.

N-11  ARE YOU CONCERNED ABOUT BEING RIGHT OR WRONG?      _________
      2WC to F/N. Program for Expanded or Quad Grade IV.

N-12  HAVE YOU FAILED TO ATTAIN OTHER GRADES?      _________
      2WC to F/N. Note for C/S.

N-13  HAVE WINS ON GRADES BEEN BYPASSED?     _________
      Rehab each to F/N.

                    SECTION O-MISUNDERSTOODS IN AUDITING

O-1   HAVE YOU HAD MISUNDERSTOODS IN AUDITING?     _________
      Find and clear the misunderstoods or  do  a  WCCL  prefaced  with  "In
     auditing." Dianetic C/S-1 and/or Scientology C/S-1 if needed.

O-2   HAVE YOU HAD TROUBLE UNDERSTANDING WHAT WAS GOING  ON  IN  A  SESSION?
     _________
       Clear  this  up  with  Word  Clearing  on  the  action  that   wasn't
     understood. Dianetic C/S-1 and/or Scientology C/S-1 if needed.

     O-3    HAVE YOU HAD TROUBLE UNDERSTANDING AN AUDITOR?     _________
      2WC to F/N. Handle any MUs with Word  Clearing  on  the  area  the  pc
     didn't understand. Dianetic C/S-1 and/or Scientology C/S-1 if needed.

O-4    HAVE  YOU  HAD  TROUBLE  IN  AUDITING  BECAUSE   OF   MISUNDERSTOODS?
     _________
      Find the misunderstoods and clear them up.

      Note what actions were done over misunderstood words and  handle  with
     the proper repair list if needed. Dianetic C/S-1 and/or Scientology C/S-
     1 if needed.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH: jk
Copyright � 1971, 1974, 1977, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 3 JULY 1971R
                          REVISED 22 FEBRUARY 1979
Remimeo
Franchise   (Revisions in this type style)
Level III   (Ellipsis indicates deletion)
Checksheets Replaces HCOBs 22 May 65 and 23 April 64,
Tech  and cancels HCOB 27 July 65 all on the
Qua/  same subject.
C/Ses

                               SCIENTOLOGY III


                              AUDITING BY LISTS

                   (Note: We now F/N everything. We do NOT
                  tell the pc what the meter is doing. This
                changes "Auditing By Lists" in both respects.
                 We do not say to the pc. "That's clean" or
                               "that reads.")

      Ref:  HCOB 14 Mar 71   F/N EVERYTHING
            HCOB 4 Dec 77    CHECKLIST FOR
                 SETTING UP SESSIONS
                 AND AN E-METER
            HCOB 24 Jan 77   TECH CORRECTION
                 ROUND-UP
            HCOB 7 Feb 79R   E-METER DRILL 5RA CAN SQUEEZE
            HCOB 8 Dec 78II  GREEN FORM AND EXPANDED GREEN FORM
                 40RD, USE OF


    Use any authorized published LIST. (Green Form for general review,  L1C
for ARC Brks, L4BRA for list errors.)


                                  METHOD 3

    Set the sensitivity for 1/3 of a dial drop on a correct can squeeze per
E-Meter Drill  5RA  (Reference:  HCOB  7  Feb  79R  E-METER  DRILL  5RA  CAN
SQUEEZE).


    Have your meter in a position (line of sight) so you can see  the  list
and the needle or you can see the needle and the pc. The meter  position  is
important.


    Hold the mimeoed list close beside the meter. Have your worksheet  more
to the right. Keep record on your worksheet. Mark the pc's name and date  on
it. Mark what list it is on the W/S with time.  It  remains  in  the  folder
stapled to the W/S.


    Read the question on the list, note if it reads. Do NOT read  it  while
looking at the pc, do NOT read it to yourself and then say it while  looking
at the pc. These are the L10 actions and are called Method 6, not Method  3.
It is more important to see the pc's cans than his face as  can  fiddle  can
fake or upset reads.


    TR 1 must be good so the pc clearly hears it.


    You are looking for an INSTANT READ that occurs at the end of the exact
last syllable of the question.


    If it does not read, mark the list X. If the list is being done through
an F/N and the F/N just continues, mark the question F/N.
If the question reads, do not say  "That  reads."  Mark  the  read  at  once
(tick, SF, F. LF, LFBD, R/S), transfer the number of the Q to  the  W/S  and
look expectantly at the pc. You can repeat the Q by just saying it again  if
pc doesn't begin to talk. He has probably already begun to answer as  the  Q
was live in his bank as noted by the meter.


    Take down the pc's remarks in shortened form on the W/S.  Note  any  TA
changes on the W/S.


    If the pc's answer results in an F/N (cog VGIs  sometimes  follow,  GIs
always accompany a real F/N), mark it rapidly on the  W/S  and  say,  "Thank
you. I would like to indicate your needle is floating."


    Do NOT wait endlessly for the pc to say more. If you do he will go into
doubt and find more, also do NOT chop what he is saying. Both are TR  errors
that are very bad.


    If there is no F/N, at the first pause that looks like the pc thinks he
has said it, ask for an earlier similar whatever the question concerned.  Do
NOT change the Q. Do NOT fail to repeat what the question is. "Was there  an
earlier similar restimulation of 'rejected affinity'?"  This  is  the  "E/S"
part of it. You do not leave such a question merely "clean."


    It does not matter now if you look at the pc when you say  it  or  not.
But you can look at the pc when you say it.


    The pc will answer. If he comes to a "looks like he thinks he said  it"
and no F/N, you ask the same Q as above.


    You ask this Q "Was there an earlier similar " until you finally get an
F/N and GIs. You indicate the F/N.


    That is the last of that particular question.


    You mark "F/N" on the list and call the next question on the list.  You
call this and other questions without looking at the pc.


    Those that do not read, you X as out.


    The next question that reads, you mark it on  the  list,  transfer  the
question number to the W/S.


    Take the pc's answer.


    Follow the above E/S procedure as needed until you get an F/N  and  GIs
for the question. Ack. Indicate and return to the mimeoed list.


    You keep this up until you have done the whole list in this fashion.


    If you got no read on the list question  but  the  pc  volunteers  some
answer to an unreading question, do NOT take it up. Just ack  and  carry  on
with your mimeoed list.


    BELIEVE YOUR METER. Do not take up things that don't  read.  Don't  get
"hunches." Don't let the pc run his own case by answering  nonreading  items
and then the auditor taking them up. Also don't let a pc "fiddle  the  cans"
to get a false read or to obscure a real  one.  (Very  rare  but  these  two
actions have happened.)


                                   BIG WIN

    If halfway down a prepared list (the last part not yet done) the pc  on
some question gets a wide F/N, big cog, VGIs, the auditor  is  justified  in
calling the list complete and going to the next C/S  action  or  ending  the
session, except in the case
where an F/Ning list is C/Sed for, e.g.  C/S  53RL.  The  auditor  does  not
violate C/S Series 20 PERSISTENT F/N. If he is intending to  F/N  the  list,
and the pc is on a big win, the auditor would end off, let the pc  have  his
win, and then in another later session, continue with the list.

    There are two reasons for this-one, the F/N will usually  just  persist
and can't be read through and further action will  tend  to  invalidate  the
win.


    The auditor can also carry on to the end of the  prepared  list  if  he
thinks there may be something else on it, if it does not violate C/S  Series
20 PERSISTENT F/N.


                               GF AND METHOD 3

    When a GF is taken up Method 3 (item by item, one at a time)  one  ends
it at the first F/N (Reference: HCOB 8 Dec 78 II  GREEN  FORM  AND  EXPANDED
GREEN FORM 40RD, USE OF). If the auditor were  to  continue,  it  can  occur
that the TA will go suddenly high. The pc feels he is being  repaired,  that
the clearing up of the first item on the GF handled it and protests.  It  is
the protest that sends the TA up.


    Thus a GF is best done by Method 5 (once through for  reads,  then  the
reads handled) .


    L1C, L3RF, L7 and other such lists are best done Method 3.


    The above steps and actions are exactly how you  do  Auditing  by  List
today. Any earlier data contrary to this is canceled. Only 2 points  change-
we F/N everything that reads by E/S or a process to  handle  (L3RF  requires
processes, not E/S to get an F/N) or else check for false  read  if  the  pc
shows manifestations of this, and we never tell  the  pc  that  it  read  or
didn't read, thus putting his attention on the meter.


    We still indicate F/Ns to the pc as a form of completion.


    L1C and Method 3 are NOT used on high or very low TAs to get them  down
or up.


    The purpose of these lists is to clean up bypassed charge.


    An auditor also indicates when he has finished with the list.


    An auditor should dummy drill this action both on a doll and bullbait.


    The action is very successful when precisely done.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt.rd.jk
Copyright � 1971, 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JULY 1971RC
Remimeo     Issue III
Dianetics   RE-REVISED 31 JANUARY 1979
Checksheet
All Dn      (Revisions in this type style)
Auditors    (Ellipsis indicates deletion)

    (This bulletin has been revised only to delete THE END OF ENDLESS  DRUG
    RUNDOWNS from its title. The New Era Dianetic Drug  RD  given  in  this
    bulletin is its own rundown and a completely separate action  from  The
    End of Endless Drug Rundowns Repair List, which is a repair rundown for
    pcs who were run endlessly on old style drug handling. Ref: HCOB 19 Sep
    78R, Iss I, Rev. 31.1. 79, THE END OF ENDLESS DRUG RDs, and HCOB 19 Sep
    78R, Iss II, Rev. 31.1.79, THE END  OF  ENDLESS  DRUG  RUNDOWNS  REPAIR
    LIST.)


                                  IMPORTANT

                                   URGENT

                               C/S Series 48RD

                        New Era Dianetics Series 9RB

                                DRUG HANDLING

    See:    HCOB 28 Aug 68 II     DRUGS
      HCOB 29 Aug 68   DRUG DATA
      HCOB 23 Sep 68   DRUGS & TRIPPERS
    Refer: HCOB 19 May 69RB       DRUG AND ALCOHOL CASES
            PRIOR ASSESSING
      BTB 12 Aug 69R   (HCOB 10 Dec 68 Updated).
            CONFIDENTIAL-CASE SUPERVISOR
            ACTIONS (Page 24 Resistive Case 220D)
      HCOB 2 Nov 57RA  AN OBJECTIVE RUNDOWN
      Rev. 10.5.74,
      Rev . 22.2.75
      HCOB 3 Jul 59    GENERAL INFORMATION
      HCOB 11 Jun 57   TRAINING AND CCH PROCESSES
      Reiss 12 May 72
      HCO Training
      Bulletin of 6 Feb 57,
      Pg 5, Tech Vol III
      HCOB 19 Sep 78R  THE END OF ENDLESS DRUG
      Issue I    RUNDOWNS
      Rev. 31.1.79


    A person who has been on drugs is one of the "seven types of  resistive
cases." (These types are found on the Scientology Green Form No. 40.)


    A person who has been on drugs, alcohol or medicines seldom runs on any
other type of  engram,  seldom  goes  backtrack  well,  and  is  subject  to
somatic,  emotional  and  perceptic  shut-offs  making  any  other  type  of
Dianetic running a vain activity.


Drugs since 1962 have been in very widespread use.  Before  then  they  were
rare. A worldwide spread of drugs occurred. A  large  percentage  of  people
became and are drug takers.
By drugs  (to  mention  a  few)  are  meant-tranquilizers,  opium,  cocaine,
marijuana, peyote, amphetamine and the psychiatrist's gifts to Man, LSD  and
Angel Dust, which are the worst. Any medical drugs are included.  Drugs  are
drugs. There are thousands of trade names and slang terms for these drugs.


    ALCOHOL is included as a  drug  and  receives  the  same  treatment  in
auditing.


    By alcohol (to mention a few) is meant whiskey beer, wine, vodka,  rum,
gin, etc. -in other words any fermented or distilled liquor or drink of  any
kind or fumes of such with some percentage of alcohol content.


    Drugs are supposed to do wonderful things but all  they  really  do  is
ruin the person.


    Even someone off  drugs  for  years  still  has  "blank  periods."  The
abilities to concentrate or to balance are injured.


    The moral part of it has nothing to do with  auditing.  The  facts  are
that:

    (a)     People who have been on drugs can  be  a  liability  until  the
        condition is handled in auditing.


    (b)     A former drug user is a  resistive  case  that  does  not  make
        stable gains until the condition is handled.


    (c)     Auditing is  the  only  successful  means  ever  developed  for
        handling drug damage.

                                DRUG ENGRAMS

    People who have been on drugs are sometimes afraid of running engrams.


    In fact, it is almost a way to detect a "druggie."


    The drugs, particularly LSD and even  sometimes  antibiotics  or  other
medicines to which the person has  an  allergy,  can  turn  on  whole  track
pictures violently.


    These tend to overwhelm the person and make him  feel  crazy.  Some  of
these people are afraid to confront the bank again.


    If a person "doesn't like Dianetics" and doesn't  want  to  be  run  on
engrams, it is necessary  to  put  him  through  the  Hard  TRs  Course  and
Objectives. If Dianetics has been run but poorly, it  should  of  course  be
repaired fully with an L3RF (list used to correct Dianetic errors).  But  if
the person still flinches. the Hard TRs Course and  Objectives  successfully
completed will handle.


                               THOSE ON DRUGS

    Objective Processes are numerous. It may be necessary to run these on a
person still on drugs and even put the person through a Hard TRs  Course  to
get the person off drugs. Doing this usually avoids the painful  "withdrawal
symptoms,"  particularly  present  in  coming  off  heroin  or   psychiatric
"treatment" drugs. (Note, some persons have been  put  on  some  therapeutic
drug by an M.D.-such as insulin and possibly should remain on it until  well
advanced into auditing. But these are not the usual drug. It is  up  to  the
pc, the  auditor  and  the  doctor  what  should  be  done  in  such  cases.
Tranquilizers are not acceptable, however.)


                                 DONE FIRST

Drugs are done first.
Why? Because drugs  make  a  resistive  case!  Other  Dianetic  actions  and
Scientology as well will get loses if drugs are not handled first.


    Any current Dianetic case failures are from flubby Dianetic auditing or
the person  has  been  on  drugs  or  alcohol  which  were  not  handled  by
Dianetics.


    It hasn't harmed anyone to omit drug handling. But it made it  hard  or
impossible to get stable case gain.


    THUS ANY DIANETIC PC WHO HAS HAD DRUG HANDLING OMITTED MUST BE  RUN  ON
DRUGS AS SOON AS POSSIBLE BEFORE MORE AUDITING IS GIVEN.


    I repeat, drugs or alcohol in most instances make a resistive  case  so
the point must be handled before the case will attain and hold case gain.


    ANY PC WHO IS NOT MAKING IT IN AUDITING SHOULD BE CHECKED FOR A DRUG OR
ALCOHOL HISTORY.


                                  DISCOVERY

    In investigating a series of cases who were not making it. I  found  in
each one that the person had been on drugs or alcohol and that drugs or  the
alcohol had not been run out.


    Drug data was not covered fully enough  in  the  Dianetics  pack.  Only
Prior Assessment to Drugs was given.


    Thus I have found several Dianetic pcs  were  only  run  on  the  Prior
Assessment to Drugs. This is not  good  enough  as  it  is  only  a  partial
handling.


                              FULL DRUG RUNDOWN

    Here is the full New Era Dianetics Drug Rundown.

0.    The Original Assessment  Sheet.  Ask  the  pc  each  question  on  the
    Original Assessment Sheet. Mark all reads. Make sure you  get  specific
    and complete answers to your questions.

      NOTE: On Item E, do not ask the pc for whole  track  drugs.  You  want
    only drugs medicine or alcohol he has taken this lifetime.

1.    Objective ARC.

      (Ref:      HCOB 19 Jun 78   New  Era  Dianetics  Series  3,  OBJECTIVE
    ARC.)

2.    Sweat Out Program if LSD or Angel Dust has been taken. This  step  can
    be done concurrently with other drug handling.

      (Ref:      HCOB 30 Apr 78   SWEAT PROGRAM FURTHER DATA
            HCOB 6 Feb 78R   LSD AND THE SWEAT PROGRAM
            HCOB 6 Feb 78R-1 LSD AND THE SWEAT PROGRAM ADDITION )

3.    A battery of Objective Processes. This includes CCHs 1-10, SCS  on  an
    Object and SCS.

      (SOP 8C and Op Pro by Dup are included in  later  steps  of  the  Drug
    Rundown.)

4.    Hard TRs Course for ex-drug users or alcoholics.  A  Hard  TRs  Course
    consists
      of TRs 0-9.
         Ref:    HCOB 16 Aug 71R  TRAINING DRILLS REMODERNIZED
      HCOB 7 May 68    UPPER INDOC TRs
      BPL 18 Sep 78    NEW ERA DIANETICS HARD TRs COURSE)

5.    Full Dianetic  C/S-1  to  educate  the  pc  so  he  fully  understands
    Dianetic procedure and is able and willing to be audited successfully.

      (Ref:      HCOB 9 Jul 78    DIANETIC C/S-1 )

6.    Narrative Handling on Drugs-First.

      All drugs, medicine and  alcohol  which  the  pc  has  taken  in  this
    lifetime have been listed on the Original Assessment Sheet.

    At this point, choose the best reading drug, alcohol or  medicine  from
    the Original Assessment Sheet and run it out R3RA Quad Narrative.  (For
    example: "Return to the time you took whiskey and tell me when you  are
    there.")


    YOU DO NOT CHECK INTEREST ON DRUG ITEMS.


    RUN OUT EACH READING DRUG, ALCOHOL OR MEDICINE ON  THE  DRUG  LIST  (IN
    ORDER OF READ) BY R3RA QUAD NARRATIVE FIRST. Otherwise, you can end  up
    spinning the pc way down the track.


    In running  narrative  on  this  lifetime  drug.  medicine  or  alcohol
    individual items you will find that it is  easier  to  do  if  you  run
    earlier beginning and earlier incident rather than attempt to limit him
    to the first this lifetime incident he comes up  with,  as  there  will
    usually be more than one incident when he took whiskey, for example. So
    you always ask earlier beginning but if it is necessary you ask earlier
    incident with the question, "Is there an earlier incident when you took
    whiskey?"


    Pcs commonly tend to wind up way back down  the  whole  track  at  this
    stage of their auditing and that is not what  you're  aiming  for  here
    either. What you're interested in is this lifetime, this body. But this
    doesn't mean you don't run track on the Drug Rundown; just  don't  push
    it. And never insist the pc run any type of chain when he says  there's
    nothing there.


    When all reading drugs, medicines, alcohols on the list have  been  run
    to EP by R3RA Narrative Quad, go on to the next step.

7.    Preassessment on Each Reading Drug, Medicine or Alcohol Taken in  This
    Lifetime.

    A)      Choose the best reading drug,  alcohol  or  medicine  from  the
        Original Assessment Sheet and do a preassessment on it.


      "Are (preassessment item) connected with taking (the  drug,  medicine
        or alcohol)? "


      is the preassessment question.


    B)      Take the best reading preassessment item off the  preassessment
        and ask the pc:


      "What (best reading preassessment item)  are  connected  with  taking
        (the drug, medicine, or alcohol)?"


      This is the running item list question for that particular drug.  You
        write this question at the top of the page and write  down  exactly
        what the pc said, noting any read that occurred when he said it.
        C)       Take up the best reading running item (make sure you noted
        reads as the pc gave you the items) and run it R3RA Quad.


      DO NOT CHECK INTEREST ON DRUG ITEMS.


    D)      Handle all reading running items found in Step B  in  order  of
        read with R3RA Quad.


    E)      Using that same original drug item repeat Step A.


    F)      Repeat Steps B to E.


    Fa)     Using the first original item continue Steps  A.  B.  C,  D,  E
        until the Preassessment List simply F/Ns.


    Fb)     Take the next individual drug, medicine, or alcohol  item  that
        read on the original list and repeat Steps A to Fa on it until  you
        have handled every item that read on the Original Assessment Sheet.


    G)      When there are no more items unhandled  on  the  original  list
        that read and no further items reading, but there  are  some  unrun
        original items on the  list,  null  with  Suppress  and  Invalidate
        buttons.


    H)      Run any now reading items with Steps A to Fb.


    I)      Use up  the  whole  list  of  drugs  in  this  way,  doing  the
        preassessment and Steps B to H on all reading drugs.  Reassess  the
        drug list. Handle per above instructions any drug which now  reads.
        This is done until the entire drug list F/Ns  when  called.  (Note:
        If, during the rundown the pc thinks of other drugs he has taken in
        this lifetime, add them to  the  original  list  with  their  reads
        noted, and handle them in turn according to size of read,  ensuring
        you run them R3RA Quad Narrative first. )

8.    The Prior Assessment.

    A)      Using the drug list obtained on the Original  Assessment,  take
        up the largest reading drug, medicine or alcohol, ask  the  pc  the
        following preassessment question:


      "Prior to taking (the best reading drug, medicine or  alcohol),  were
        there (preassessment item)?"


    B)      Take the best reading preassessment item and ask:


      "What (preassessment item) did you have prior to  taking  (the  drug,
        medicine or alcohol)?"


    C)      Use full preassessment steps and run out  all  reading  running
        items R3RA Quad.


    D)      Reassess any remaining unrun items found in Step B  to  see  if
        they now read. If they do, run them. Also check for any more  items
        the pc has to add to the list, and mark down their reads as the  pc
        gives them.


    E)      Repeat above steps on any items that now read.


    F)      When there are no more items to add and no more items  reading,
        but there are some unrun items on the list, null with Suppress  and
        Invalidate buttons.


    G)      Run any now reading items R3RA Quad.
        H)       Reassess the Preassessment List, using the drug,  medicine
        or alcohol in Step A. Follow  remaining  steps  until  all  reading
        items  are  taken  to  EP  and  there  are  no  further  reads   on
        reassessment of the Preassessment List.


    I)      Take up the next best reading drug, medicine  or  alcohol  from
        Step A. Repeat Steps B to I.


      The above prior assessment steps are done on each drug,  medicine  or
        alcohol that has read. They are handled in order of largest read.

9.    More Objectives.

      The final step of the Drug Rundown, when all  above  steps  are  fully
    complete. is to run another set of Objectives on the pc.

      These are:

      A) SOP 8C

      B) OP PRO BY DUP

      run in that order, each to its complete EP.

      This is done to bring the pc fully into present time. and it  will  be
    a present time which he is now far better able to confront.

                                   _______

    This completes the Drug Rundown.


    The Sweat Out Program, if not yet complete by  this  time,  is  carried
through to completion .


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder



LRH:lfg.dr.jk
Copyright � 1971, 1978,1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO BULLETIN OF 24 SEPTEMBER 1971R
                          REVISED 24 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
Interiorization
Pack  (Revisions in this type style)
Class IV Grad
Checksheet
                      Interiorization Rundown Series 11

                                   URGENT

                          INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN-
                CORRECTION DRILL: DATE TO BLOW/LOCATE TO BLOW


    It usually happens that an Interiorization Rundown (also known as  Int-
Ext RD for Interiorization-Exteriorization Rundown) is-

    1.      Done when not necessary.


    2.      Is flubbed in R3RA.


    3.      Is overrun.

                                 UNNECESSARY

    The Int buttons must be assessed FIRST,  then  any  reading  button  or
buttons cleared. If a button has read on an MU  it  must  be  cleared,  then
reassessed. If an Int button is validly reading, one does the  Int  Rundown,
per HCOB 4 Jan 71R, Int RD Series 2, EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH  TA,  THE  INT
RD REVISED.


    (Clears, OTs and Dianetic Clears would be run instead  on  The  End  of
Endless Int Repair RD as they cannot be run on Dianetics.  This  rundown  is
also well suited as a preliminary action for weak or  ill  pcs  who  may  be
unable to run engrams or secondaries. Ref: HCOB 24 Sept 78, Issue I, Int  RD
Series 4, URGENT IMPORTANT, THE END OF ENDLESS INT REPAIR RD.)


    If there aren't any reads on  the  Int  buttons  even  after  Suppress,
Inval, Misunderstood and False have been applied to  the  Int  button  list,
one does NOT do  an  Int  Rundown  on  the  pc  as  it  is  unnecessary  and
classifies as "running an unreading item."


    When this test is omitted you get an unnecessary Int RD being done on a
pc.


    This will eventually have to be repaired.


                                FLUBBED R3RA

    When the auditor does not do flubless auditing,  errors  occur  in  the
auditing itself. These will hang up an Int RD.

                                   OVERRUN

    It usually happens that an Int RD is overrun. The EP is reached on Flow
2, let us say. The auditor keeps on going past the win.


    This will hang up the rundown.
One of the ways an overrun occurs is the pc goes  exterior  during  it.  Yet
the auditor keeps on.


    Another way is pc has a big cog, big win. Auditor keeps going  on  with
the RD.


                              REASON FOR ERRORS

    The Int RD is a simple and precise REMEDY which stabilizes a  pc  after
exteriorizing and permits him to be further audited.


    When a pc exteriorizes in session it is  the  end  phenomena  for  that
process or action. One gently ends off in any case. If the pc  has  not  had
an Interiorization Rundown, it is vital, in his next session, to  check  Int
(as above) as the first action. All manner of physical and emotional  upsets
can result, including a high TA, if this step is omitted.


    INT MUST BE CHECKED AS THE NEXT ACTION AFTER THE FACT OF THE PC'S FIRST
EXTERIORIZATION.


    No other auditing is to be done before Int is handled fully  or  proves
to be uncharged upon checking.


    One reason unnecessary Int RDs get done is  that  the  Registrar  sells
one. That makes the Reg a C/S. So the C/S and auditor run it.


    Maybe it wasn't needed.


    So if it wasn't needed it will eventually have to be repaired.




                                  HEADACHES

    Headaches are a symptom (not every  headache is)  of  a  needed  or  an
incorrect Int RD.

                              CORRECTION DRILL

    The following is the  Correction Drill for an Int RD.


    Ninety percent of the pcs run on Int need it.


                                REQUIREMENTS

    An auditor before being allowed to go near a pc Int RD correction  must
have:

    1.      Word cleared the Int RD pack.


    2.      Must have good TRs.


    3.      Must be good with a meter.


    4.      Must know and use the Auditor's Code.


    5.      Must have completed the starrate checkouts per  Int  RD  Series
        14.


    6.      MUST DO THIS DRILL ON A DOLL UNTIL HE IS FLAWLESS.

    Then he can be trusted to do an Int RD correction.


    This is the drill (written by a Class XII auditor for use on Flag):
Drill-Int-Ext Repair No. 1

                          FAILED INT/EXT RD REPAIR
                         DATE TO BLOW-LOCATE TO BLOW

1.    By C/S or prepared list read, Int appears overrun.

2.    Auditor: "We're going to take a look at  the  subject  of  going  into
    things and your Int RD."

3.    Auditor: "What was the first time  in  your  auditing  that  you  were
    willing to go into things? "

4.    Auditor establishes by pc answer to above and any further 2WC  if  (a)
    a flat point exists in or as a result of auditing  (or  training),  (b)
    the pc feels the Int RD is unflat (c) the pc has misunderstoods on  the
    RD, or (d) the pc never had any trouble with going in and out of things
    or being audited after exterior. The pc and auditor are satisfied  with
    what they establish above.

5.    If (a) flat point, auditor establishes what  the  point  was.  If  (b)
    unflat, the auditor does an Int RD Correction List or L3RF, if  needed.
    If it does turn out that the Int RD  was  overrun  or  unnecessary  the
    auditor proceeds per this drill. If  (c)  misunderstoods,  the  auditor
    clears them up with the pc and then finds out if it was overrun, unflat
    or unnecessary and handles per this  drill.  If  (d)  unnecessary,  the
    auditor indicates it was an unnecessary action and gets an F/N.

6.    The Int RD was overrun and the flat point  has  been  established  per
    Step 5. The auditor tells the pc, "We're going to date  that  point  in
    years, months, etc., ago until something blows off-some mass or energy,
    etc. I want you to tell me as soon as that happens. Alright?"

7.    If the pc is confused about "blow"  the  auditor  can  do  a  demo  by
    putting his hand on the pc's arm and taking it away suddenly.

8.     When  the  pc  understands  what's  expected  of  him,  the   auditor
    establishes the order of magnitude by asking the pc, "Was it  years  or
    months ago?"

9.    The auditor gets the years, months, days, hours, minutes, seconds  and
    fractions of seconds ago to a point when something blows and  F/Ns.  If
    the pc gives up on this only then does the auditor meter date the  flat
    point to a blow-F/N.

10.   If a big BD occurs and the auditor suspects a blow  but  the  pc  will
    not originate it, the auditor can ask the pc if it blew.

11.   If no blow occurs the auditor verifies  each  part  of  the  date  and
    corrects where necessary to  a  blow-F/N.  If  still  no  blow-F/N  the
    auditor then checks for an earlier flat point. If  there  is  one,  the
    auditor dates that point to  a  blow-F/N.  If  still  no  blow-F/N  the
    auditor does an L3RF "On your Int RD" and handles fully.

12.   When the date has gone to a blow-F/N and the F/N  has  been  indicated
    the auditor tells the pc, "Now we're going to spot the  exact  location
    where that flat point occurred, until something blows off. I  want  you
    to tell me when that happens. Alright?" The auditor is getting the PAST
    physical universe location.

13.   The auditor clears the words stars, planet, galaxy,  location,  point,
    if this is the first time Date/Locate is being done on the pc.

14.   When the pc understands what's expected of him the auditor begins  the
    Locate steps.
    15.     The auditor says, "Point to that location." The pc points  with
    his finger until he is satisfied he has the exact direction.  Then  the
    auditor goes down the rest of the steps to a blow-F/N.

      Distance?


      Exact?


      What galaxy?


      What star?


      What planet?


      What country?


      What city?


      What street?


      What house?


      Position on street?


      What room?


      Distance from front of house?


      Where in the room?


      How far from each wall?


      How far off the floor?


      How far from the ceiling?

      (NOTE: This step is not  rote.  Use  the  questions  that  apply.  For
    example, if it occurred "next door" you wouldn't  ask  "What  galaxy?",
    etc.)

16.   If, while locating, the pc starts running the incident  or  gives  too
    much "scene" the auditor has the pc point  again  then  continues  from
    where he left off on the locate steps.

17.   If at some point on these steps the location turns out to  be  in  the
    middle of the ocean or in a field, etc.,  the  auditor  uses  available
    landmarks or reference points to get the location (i.e.  distance  from
    nearest point of land? or distance from the big rock?) down to a  blow-
    F/N.

18.   If no blow-F/N, the auditor verifies each part of the Locate step  and
    corrects any necessary to a blow-F/N.

19.   If the auditor suspects a blow but the pc doesn't  originate  it,  the
    auditor asks, "Did something blow?" If the auditor suspects  he's  gone
    past a blow he can check "Did it blow previously?" If so and no F/N the
    auditor rehabs by asking the pc how long ago that happened and gets the
    F/N.

20.   If no blow after verifying the location,  or  after  checking  for  an
    earlier location blow, the auditor then has to do an L3RF "On your  Int
    RD" and handle fully.

      NOTE: A  blow  is  a  definite  manifestation  and  the  pc  must  say
    "something blew" or "it disappeared" or "it's gone" or  "it  vanished,"
    not "I feel lighter."
                                  IMPORTANT

    The Date/Locate  steps  must  NOT  be  done  robotically.  One  has  to
understand the mechanics of how it's done and why.


    If the pc says "two years ago" on dating, one doesn't  then  ask  "What
galaxy?" on the Locate step, as of course  it's  this  one.  Or  what  star,
etc., either. If you start asking "What galaxy?" on  an  incident  on  Earth
the pc is thrown back track.


    If it happened outside a town in the open you wouldn't ask  what  city,
house, or street or room, either.


    On dating, it's AGO or it is an actual date. When the pc  has  it,  the
auditor doesn't then alter-is it in sequence.  Found  by  years-months-days-
hours- minutes-seconds and fractions, one  doesn't  then  call  it  by  day,
year, month, as it tangles the pc. It's called back in the same order.


    AND in dating one calls the date found back to the pc if there  was  no
instant blow while it was being found. It usually blows on the  call  of  it
after it's known.


    AND in locating the same thing occurs. If no blow and it seems  correct
then the location is called back to the pc.


    The essence of the drill is to bring a pc to PT by erasing the date  by
spotting and the location by spotting, as the pc is out of PT fixed by  both
date and location.


    If the theory is not understood nobody could do it rotely.


    This is a highly precise action to be done smoothly with good TRs.  Its
results are phenomenal.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt. jh.k jm
Copyright � 1971, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 29 OCTOBER 1971RA
Remimeo     REVISED 14 MAY 1974
Auditors Cl IV   RE-REVISED 24 SEPTEMBER 1978
and above
C/Ses (Revisions NOT printed in a different type style)
Int RD Chksht
Cl IV Grad
Chkshts
                      Interiorization Rundown Series 12

                         INT RUNDOWN CORRECTION LIST
                                   REVISED

PC:   DATE:_____________________

PC GRADE:   AUDITOR: _________________

    The purpose of this list is to correct an unflat, overrun or  otherwise
messed up Int RD.


    This list is used when:

    A)      The subject of Int/Ext reads on a repair list and  the  Int  RD
        has already been run.


    B)      A bog occurs on the Int RD itself. An L3RF would first be  used
        to detect any Dianetic errors.


    C)      The pc is upset after the Int RD or  the  End  of  Endless  Int
        Repair RD, has head somatics, high or low TA, or is not VGIs on the
        subject of going into things.

    NOTE 1: Per HCOB 12 Sep 78, URGENT. IMPORTANT, DIANETICS  FORBIDDEN  ON
    CLEARS AND OTs, Dianetic Clears, Clears and OTs are not to  be  audited
    on the Int RD as it uses Dianetics.  They  may  be  given  the  End  of
    Endless Int Repair RD as it is a Recall Process.


    The following list may be assessed on Dianetic Clears, Clears and  OTs,
    however, as: 1) it also applies to the End of Endless Int Repair RD and
    2) the pc may have been run on the Int RD before  the  above  HCOB  was
    issued.


    If a Dianetic Clear, Clear or OT reads on any question which calls  for
    a Dianetic handling (Ex: Questions 2. 3, 4,  7,  9,  29)  the  Dianetic
    handling is not done. Do NOT engage in. any activity that brings  about
    further engram running.


    The correct action, if you get a read on one of the above questions, is
    to indicate it and let the pc tell you about it if he wishes, to  bring
    it to an F/N.


    Where the handling calls for an L3RF, an L3RF could  be  assessed,  but
    you must not do more than indicate the reading questions. You must  not
    engage in engram running.


    Otherwise, the handlings given on the Int RD  Correction  List  may  be
    done on Clears and OTs.  A  Clear  or  OT  who  then  has  any  further
    unresolving Int trouble would be referred to an AO for handling.


    NOTE  2: If the pc has had only the End of Endless Int Repair RD do not
    assess those questions marked with an asterisk (*) (Questions 2, 3,  4,
    29) or do any repair action that calls for Dianetics.
Assess this list Method 3.


    Take up each item that reads and get the reading item fully repaired to
F/N. Suppress and False can be used as needed to take  a  question  to  F/N.
Handle each read to F/N. Do not go on to another question leaving  one  that
has not F/Ned.


    If at any time while doing the list the pc has  a  big  win  with  F/N,
VGIs, acknowledge, indicate the F/N and  end  off.  Do  not  take  the  list
beyond a major win for the pc.


    R-FACTOR: We are going to do an assessment concerning  the  subject  of
interiorization. (If pc does not understand this R-Factor clear up what  the
Int RD or the End  of  Endless  Int  Repair  RD  was  as  he  may  not  have
recognized it.)

                                ____________

1.    ON YOUR INT HANDLING IS A RECALL FLOW UNFLAT?      ______

      Assess the following, using the Int button the pc has been run on.

      Is recall a time when you (Int button) unflat?     ______

      Is recall a time when you caused another (Int button) unflat? ______

      Is recall a time  when  others  caused  others  (Int  button)  unflat?
          ______

      Is recall a  time  when  you  caused  yourself  (Int  button)  unflat?
          ______
      (Assess on Quad pcs only.)

      For Int RD: Flatten the unflat flow(s) to F/N, cog, VGIs.

      For End of Endless Int Repair RD: Pick up the unflat flow  and  handle
      to four F/Ning flows  on  that  Int  button.  Then  reassess  the  Int
      buttons, as the entire RD may not have been  flattened  and  will  now
      need to be.

*2.   ON YOUR INT RD WAS A CHAIN OR INCIDENT LEFT UNFLAT?     ______

      Find out which one(s). Handle with an L3RF.

*3.   (NOTE: ASSESS No. 3 ONLY ON PCs WHO'VE HAD THE ORIGINAL  INT  RD,  NOT
      THE REVISED INT RD.)

      IS A SECONDARY FLOW UNFLAT? ______

      L3RF and handle.

*4.   IS AN ENGRAM FLOW UNFLAT?   ______
      L3RF and handle.

5.    WAS SOME PART OF YOUR INT HANDLING MISRUN?   ______
      Find out what.

      For Int RD: handle with an L3RF any messed up chains.

      For End of Endless Int Repair RD: straighten out any messed up  recall
      flows and handle per No. 1 above.

6.    DID YOU RUN THE CONCEPT OF "BEING IN" OR "BEING STUCK IN"  INSTEAD  OF
      THE CONCEPT OF "GOING IN?"   ______
            Sort it out. Find out what was run. Handle any confusions. If it
      is established that he  didn't  run  the  concept  of  "going  in"  on
      whatever the running button was, check the  button  for  read.  If  it
      reads, run the Int RD or End of Endless Int Repair RD properly. Do not
      run the RD if the button doesn't read.

7.    WERE YOU RUNNING AN ITEM THAT WAS DIFFERENT  THAN  THE  ONE  ASSESSED?
      ______

      Indicate it. Get the item the pc was actually running and take  it  to
      full EP if not yet flat. Then recheck the item that was assessed,  put
      in Suppress and Inval as necessary, and if charged run the  item  that
      was assessed (on whichever RD the pc had).

8.    DID THE INT BUTTON ASSESSED HAVE NO CHARGE ON IT?  ______

      Indicate the button was uncharged and should not  have  been  run  and
      all actions connected with  it  should  not  have  been  run.  D/L  if
      necessary.

9.    WAS THERE ANOTHER INT BUTTON THAT SHOULD HAVE READ?     ______

      Get what it was and note its read as the pc gives it. Find out if  the
      Int button that was taken up instead is charged. If so,  complete  any
      handling on it to F/N. If not, handle as in No. 8 above.  Then  handle
      the new item, if charged, on Int RD or End of Endless Int  Repair  RD,
      whichever applies.

10.   ON YOUR INT HANDLING WERE YOU RUN ON A RECALL FLOW THAT HAD NO  CHARGE
      ON IT?      ______

      Find out which one and indicate that that flow should  not  have  been
      run.

11.   CAN'T YOU GET IN?      ______

      If so, L&N to BD F/N item "Who or what was afraid to go into  things?"
      Then run alternate repetitively "What did (item found) do?" "What  did
      (item found) withhold?" to an F/N and a blow.

12.   DO YOU HAVE AN OUT-LIST?

      Handle with L4BRA.

13.   WAS THE RUNDOWN DONE OVER AN ARC BREAK?      ______

            PROBLEM?   ______
            WITHHOLD?  ______
            OVERT?     ______
      Indicate and handle to F/N.

14.   WAS THE RUNDOWN DONE OVER SOME OTHER BYPASSED CHARGE?   ______

      Find out what and handle.

15.   WAS THE WORDING OF THE RUNDOWN BADLY CLEARED?      ______

      Fully clear all MUs to F/N.
      16.   ON YOUR INT HANDLING WAS THERE A MISUNDERSTOOD WORD?    ______

      Fully clear all MUs to F/N.

17.   WERE YOU CONFUSED ABOUT SOMETHING?     ______

      Clear it up with the correct references. Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

18.   DIDN'T YOU UNDERSTAND WHAT THE RD WAS FOR?   ______

      Clear this up with correct references. Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

19.   WERE YOU THINKING OF LEAVING DURING INT?     ______

      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

20.   WERE YOU LEAVING A POST?    ______

      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

21.   WERE YOU TRYING TO GET A POST?    ______

      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

22.   ANYTHING TO DO WITH JAILS?  ______

      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

23.   ARE YOU WANTED ANYWHERE?    ______

      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

24.   ARE YOU AFRAID THAT IF YOU GET OUT YOU WILL CAUSE DAMAGE?     ______

      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

25.   WOULD LETTING YOU OUT BE AN OVERT?     ______

      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

26.   HAVE YOU FAILED TO  GET  OUT  IN  AN  EARLIER  RELIGION  OR  PRACTICE?
      ______

      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N. Note for C/S  to  handle  earlier  practices  on
      program.

27.   DO YOU JUST MOVE BACK INTO THE BODY AND PUSH AGAINST IT?      ______

      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

28.   WERE THERE AUDITOR ERRORS?  ______

      Indicate. Sort it out and clean up BPC. If R3RA errors,  use  an  L3RF
      (except for Clears, etc.), L1C if necessary.

*29.  WERE THERE ERRORS ON ENGRAMS?     ______

      Find out what and handle with an L3RF.
      30.   (ASSESS ONLY ON DN CLEARS, CLEARS OR OTs.) WERE YOU  AUDITED  ON
      DIANETICS AFTER GOING DIANETIC CLEAR OR SCN CLEAR? ______

      Indicate that he should not have been run on  Dianetics  after  Clear.
      If no F/N, D/L when he went Clear.

31.   HAS INT BEEN NEGLECTED FOR A LONG TIME?      ______

      Indicate. Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

32.   ARE YOU WORRIED BECAUSE INTERIORIZATION CONTINUES TO READ?    ______

      Indicate. Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

33.   ARE YOU CONCERNED BECAUSE YOU HAVE TO BE REVIEWED? ______

      Indicate. Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

34.   WAS THE INT RD (END OF ENDLESS INT REPAIR RD) ALREADY FLAT?   ______

      Indicate. Date/Locate the flat point.

35.   WAS YOUR INT HANDLING OVERRUN?    ______

      Indicate. Date/Locate the flat point.

36.   WAS INT HANDLING UNNECESSARY IN THE FIRST PLACE?   ______

      Indicate. If no F/N, Date/Locate the point he felt  good  about  going
      into things.

37.   DID YOU FEEL FINE ABOUT GOING INTO THINGS TO BEGIN WITH?      ______

      Indicate it. If no F/Ns Date/Locate that point.

38.   IS YOUR INT HANDLING PERFECTLY OKAY?   ______

      Indicate. If no F/N, Date/Locate the point he felt  good  about  going
      into things.

39.   HAS YOUR INT HANDLING BEEN OVERREPAIRED?     ______

      Indicate. Date/Locate the flat point.

40.   HAS INT BEEN RUN SEVERAL TIMES OVER?   ______

      Indicate. Date/Locate the flat point.

41.   HAS THE INT RD CORRECTION LIST BEEN OVERDONE?      ______

      Indicate. If no F/N Date/Locate the point  he  felt  his  Int  RD  was
      repaired.

42.   ON YOUR INT HANDLING DID YOU GO PAST A WIN?
      Indicate. Rehab the win to F/N  VGIs.  If  no  F/N,  Date/Locate  that
      point.

43.   DURING YOUR INT HANDLING DID YOU GO EXTERIOR?      ______

      Indicate. Rehab to F/N VGIs. If no F/N, Date/Locate that point.

44.   IS THIS ACTION UNNECESSARY? ______

      Indicate. If no F/N itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

45.   IS THERE SOMETHING ELSE WRONG?    ______

      Find out what and handle.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder



LRH:dr
Copyright � 1971, 1974, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 9 DECEMBER 1971RC
Remimeo     REVISED 29 JULY 1976
Class IV Grad    RE-REVISED 8 DECEMBER 1978
Checksheet
Checksheet  (Revisions in this type style)
Class IV Grad    (Ellipses indicate deletions)
and above
auditors
C/Ses
Ethics Officers
                            PTS RUNDOWN, AUDITED

      References:

      BPL 5 Apr 72RC I PTS TYPE A HANDLING
      BPL 31 May 71RG  PTS/SP CHECKSHEET
      HCOB 20 Jan 72R  PTS RD ADDITION
      HCOB 16 Apr 72   PTS RD CORRECTION LIST
      HCOB 17 Apr 72   C/S Series 76
            C/SING A PTS RD
      HCOB 3 Jun 72RA  PTS RD, FINAL STEP
      HCOB 24 Apr 72 l C/S Series 79
            PTS INTERVIEWS
      HCOB 10 Aug 73   PTS HANDLING
      HCOB 9 Nov 67    REVIEW AUDITORS BOOK OF CASE REMEDIES,
            REVISION OF REMEDY A, REMEDY B AND S AND Ds
      HCOB 19 Jan 68   S&Ds BY BUTTON
      HCOB 16 Aug 69R  HANDLING ILLNESS IN SCIENTOLOGY


                                    CASES

    One remaining problem in cases was "PTS phenomena."


    PTS means potential trouble  source.  When  someone  is  suppressed  he
becomes a potential trouble source.


    There are numerous HCOBs and PLs on this subject. All of them are  true
observations and predictions.


    The cause of ROLLER-COASTER is PTS. Roller-coaster means a slump  after
a gain. Pcs who do not hold their gains are PTS.


    S and Ds (for Search and Discovery) was the earlier approach. These are
still valid and "3 S&Ds" as a rundown is used in  the  PTS  Rundown  without
change.


    Now with the PTS  Rundown,  this  common  and  all  too  frequent  case
condition can be handled.

                                 WHO DOES IT

    There are actually three PTS handlings:

1. This is essentially an ethics action done  by  the  Ethics  Officer.  Its
substance is contained in BOARD POLICY LETTER 5 Apr 72RC Issue I,  PTS  TYPE
A HANDLING. It is usually the first step at any sign of trouble. It  is  not
an audited action, it is an interview. The PTS person is given a program  in
order to handle the scene.
2. This is the PTS RUNDOWN, AUDITED as covered in this HCOB, in HCOB 20  Jan
72R, PTS RD ADDITION and in HCOB 3 Jun 72RA. It is done  by  an  auditor  in
regular session as described in these HCOBs.

    . . . It can be done by Class IV Grads who are also HNEDAs, HGC Okay to
Audits.


    For an auditor who is not HNEDA, Class IV Grad Okay  to  Audit  HGC  by
competent interneship to attempt a PTS Rundown would be very risky  for  the
pc as it needs exact listing, exact TRs, exact metering, exact Code  keeping
and very honest auditing and competent C/Sing.

3. The third handling is THE SUPPRESSED PERSON RUNDOWN, HCOB 29 Dec 78,  and
HCOB 30 Dec 78R-the SUPPRESSED PERSON RD PROBLEMS PROCESSES. It is  done  by
a qualified auditor in regular session. Essentially, it  handles  the  OTHER
person connected to the pc.

    Therefore, what you have here is THREE stages of handling PTSness.  The
first above, the interview, cools off the scene and in many  cases  that  is
that. But when the pc is further affected  by  the  connection  and  roller-
coasters, he is given the audited  rundown  as  in  2  above.  This  usually
handles the case of PTSness as a case. But there sometimes  remains  another
person, the SP person or group and its relationship in the real universe  to
the pc. And this is handled with 3 above.


                       CLEARS, OTs AND DIANETIC CLEARS

    The Dianetic steps of the PTS Rundown, Audited are not run  on  Clears,
OTs or Dianetic Clears. (Ref: HCOB 12 Sep 78, DIANETICS FORBIDDEN ON  CLEARS
AND OTs.)


    Clears, OTs and Dianetic Clears can of course be  given  the  interview
step (1 above) and can be given the Suppressed Person Rundown as in 3  above
as neither contains any handling of engrams.




                                 DEVELOPMENT

    Early discovery and  development  of  the  PTS  theory  is  extensively
covered.


    The recent wrap-up came about through my OT research in November 1971.


    The principle breakthrough was  realizing  one  should  NOT  invalidate
having known certain people before.


    This is similar to  the  past  life  discovery  in  1950.  Some  people
thinking this was "unpopular" frowned on it. Some others  were  only  famous
characters so flagrantly  that  past  lives  were  easily  invalidated.  But
people who don't go past track in  Dianetics  don't  recover.  Even  running
them as "imaginary" as  in  Science  of  Survival  advices  suddenly  breaks
through for a stalled Dianetic case.


    In this same way with young men and girls using "I knew  you  when  you
were
    "  for  2D  advantage  tended  to  invalidate  having   known   certain
individuals before this life.


    But now it turns out that the ONLY PTS situation that  is  serious  and
lasting and can cause a roller-coaster comes from having  known  the  person
before this life.


    Possibly in the last life or earlier lives one knew persons before that
life too. This however shows up in the 3 S&Ds.
                                  BREAKDOWN

    There are only four points of breakdown of the PTS Rundown.

1.    Improperly audited. Auditor not able to always do a correct list.  TRs
    out, metering out, poor R3RA,  just  plain  untrained  or  not  totally
    familiar with this rundown.

2.    Pc not completely set up. Like: Has TA trouble but no C/S 53 done,  is
    a no change case but no EXGF 40RD done, old auditing not repaired by  .
    . . proper programing or . . . pc too tired or too ill for the R3RA.

3.    The rundown not  fully  and  completely  done,  but  chopped  or  left
    incomplete (pc will still roller-coaster).

4.    People who "can't run engrams"-which means a druggie who hasn't had  a
    full Drug Rundown.

    There is nothing especially  tricky  about  the  auditing  of  the  PTS
Rundown except that all auditing should be of flubless quality and when  the
PTS RD is flubbed by bad lists or poor R3RA or out-TRs or poor  metering  it
really IS a mess. The RD is so powerful that errors in C/Sing  and  auditing
it are especially rough.


    Currently sick pcs should not be run on the PTS Rundown as  a  standard
practice. It IS what they need BUT you can easily overwhelm a sick  pc  with
engram running.


    The time to run a PTS RD is when the pc is set up and when it is  noted
the pc roller-coasters, not when he collapses with a temperature.


    Roller-coaster can also be caused by a bad Interiorization  RD  or  Int
repair, out-lists, bypassed charge of other descriptions.  These  should  be
gotten rid of before a PTS RD is attempted.


    The prerequisites for a PTS RD are covered in 2 and 4 above. It is  not
restricted to Ex Dn but is a separate RD developed before Ex Dn.


                               BEHAVIOR OF RD

    Valence shifts occur rapidly and frequently in PTS RDs  and  should  be
noted on the worksheet.


    The R3RA can sometimes be a bit of a long haul on a basic incident.  Be
sure with an L3RF. But get the postulate off the basic no  matter  how  hard
you have to work at it. In the  PTS  RD  incidents  can  "develop."  Missing
pieces can appear. A whole new slant can occur on the subject when one  goes
to F2 after finishing F1.


    Chronic somatics are likely to appear and be handled on  this  rundown.
And case conditions not previously remedied by other means can  be  remedied
by this rundown.


                                END PHENOMENA

    There is a point where the pc is absolutely sure  he  knew  the  person
before this life. This is NOT the EP.


    A pc can exteriorize on this RD. That is NOT the EP (but can require an
Int RD if none has been done before . . .).


    THE EP IS A PC WHO IS GETTING AND KEEPING CASE GAINS  AND  NEVER  AGAIN
ROLLER-COASTERS.
                                    FLOWS

    You cannot use Flow 1 as any old direction to or from pc.  To  do  this
fouls it up. Flow 1 is to the pc.


    Flow 2 is pc to the person (or place).


    Flow 3 is the person (or place) to others.


    Flow 0 is the pc to himself because of the person (or place).


    If you did F1 R3RA as "Locate a time you knew " you might  get  to  the
pc, pc to the person or the person to others. You  would  not  get  a  clean
motivator F1. This would leave the PTS chain partially run.


    This is also true of the ruds.

                                   RE-DOS

    If the pc does not recover, then reasons  for  failure  1  to  4  above
should be checked into.


    Then the lists and R3RA should be handled with L4BRA and L3RF.


    Then an overlooked item or person or place should be  scouted  for  and
handled. There is no question of the validity of the rundown. It might  have
missed. "True love" might  have  been  passed  over  as  unlikely  but  such
obsessive attraction is always based on having known (and probably done  in)
the other person.


    Then the true EP will be attained where it only appeared to be before.


                            SUMMARY OF REFERENCES

    Here are the issues that directly cover the rundown:

        BPL      5 Apr 72RC       PTS TYPE A HANDLING
        HCOB     9 Dec 71RC       PTS RUNDOWN, AUDITED
        HCOB     20 Jan 72R       PTS RD ADDITION
        HCOB     16 Apr 72  PTS RD CORRECTION LIST
        HCOB     17 Apr 72  C/S Series 76
                 C/Sing A PTS RD
        HCOB     3 Jun 72RA       PTS RD, FINAL STEP
        HCOB     19 Jan 68  S&Ds BY BUTTON
        HCOB     16 Aug 69R       HANDLING ILLNESS IN SCIENTOLOGY
        HCOB     20 Apr 72 II     C/S Series 78
        HCOB     15 Dec 68RA      L4BRA
        HCOB     24 Apr 72 I      C/S Series 79
                 PTS INTERVIEWS
        HCOB     10 Aug 73  PTS HANDLING




                                 THE RUNDOWN

A. PAST S&Ds:

    1.      Collect up past S&D  items  (which  should  have  already  been
        verified on set-ups) or get the pc to tell you them if  no  folder.
        _________
        2.       On the earliest one ask if known before. If  it  so  reads
        handle per steps 3-6. If not, pick next item and repeat this  check
        for validity.  _________


    3.      R3RA Triple/Quad the item using these commands:

        F1.      Locate a time when _____did something to you. R3RA.


        F2.      Locate a time when you did something to _____. R3RA.


        F3. Locate a time when_____did something to others. R3RA.


        F0.      Locate a time when you did something to  yourself  because
             of _____. R3RA. _________

    4.      Triple/Quad ruds and overts on the item using these commands:

        (a)      Did _____ARC break you? ARCU CDEINR. E/S to F/N.


        (b)      Did you ARC break _____? ARCU CDEINR. E/S to F/N.


        (c)      Did _____ARC break others? ARCU CDEINR.


        (d)      Did you ARC break  with  yourself  because  of_____?  ARCU
             CDEINR.   _________


           ALWAYS DO A FRESH ARCU CDEINR ON EACH E/S.


        (e)      Did _____give you a problem? E/S to F/N.


        (f)      Did you give_____ a problem? E/S to F/N.


        (g)      Did _____give others problems? E/S to F/N.


        (h)      Did you give yourself problems  because  of_____?  E/S  to
             F/N. _________


        (i)      Did you withhold anything from _____? E/S to F/N.


        (j)      Did _____withhold anything from you? E/S to F/N.


        (k)      Did _____withhold anything from others? E/S to F/N.


        (I)      Did you withhold anything from yourself because of  _____?
             E/S to F/N.     _________


        (m)      Did _____commit an overt (harmful act) on you? E/S to F/N.


        (n)      Did you commit an overt (harmful act)  on  _____?  E/S  to
             F/N.


        (o)      Did _____commit an overt on others? E/S to F/N.


        (p)      Did you commit an overt on yourself because of _____?  E/S
             to F/N.   _________
        5.       Run "Can't Hav/Enforced Hav" with these steps:

        (a)      Clear "can't have," "couldn't have" as DENIAL OF SOMETHING
             TO SOMEONE ELSE. Clear "enforced have" as MAKING SOMEONE ACCEPT
             WHAT THEY DIDN'T WANT. Have pc get the idea of  these  with  an
             example or two.


        (b)       Run  on  the  SP  items  "can't  have/enforced  have"  as
             motivator  repetitive,  then  overt  repetitive,  the  Flow   3
             terminal to others, others  to  terminal  (four  flows  of  two
             commands each, or five if pc Quad).


        (c)      After EACH item is handled with the four flows,  Objective
             Havingness should be run.

            THE COMMANDS:

             F1.  Did _____run a can't have on you? Tell me about it.


                  Did _____force something on you you didn't want?  Tell  me
                 about it. (Alternate/repetitive to EP.)


             F2.  Did you run a can't have on _____? Tell me about it.


                  Did you try to force something on _____that he  (she,  it)
                 didn't want? Tell me  about  it.  (Alternate/repetitive  to
                 EP.)


             F3.  Did _____run a can't have on others? Tell me about it.


                  Did _____force something on others they didn't want?  Tell
                 me about it. (Alternate/repetitive to EP.)


             F3A. Did others run a can't have on _____? Tell me about it.


                  Did others force  something  on  _____that  he  (she,  it)
                 didn't want? Tell me  about  it.  (Alternate/repetitive  to
                 EP.)


             F0.  Did you run a can't have on  yourself  because  of  _____?
                 Tell me about it.


                  Did you try to force something on yourself that you didn't
                 want   because   of    _____?    Tell    me    about    it.
                 (Alternate/repetitive to EP.)     _________


                           -OBJECTIVE HAVINGNESS-

    6.      Handle all past S&D items per above steps.   _________

B.    PAST PTS INTERVIEWS:

    7.      Collect up all past PTS  interview  items  (which  should  have
        already been verified with C/S Series 78 on set-ups). _________
        8.       Check known before on earliest one. If it so reads  handle
        as below.      _________


    9.      R3RA Triple/Quad the item.  _________


    10.     Triple/Quad ruds and overts on the item.     _________


    11.     Can't Hav/Enforced Hav on the item followed by  Objective  Hav.
        _________


    12.     Repeat steps 8-11  on  all  valid  past  PTS  interview  items.
        _________

C.    NEW S&Ds (3 S&Ds):

    13.     Do 3 S&Ds per HCOB 16 Aug 69R, HANDLING ILLNESS IN SCIENTOLOGY,
        ASSESSMENT AND L&Ns.      _________


    14.     Check the first item for known before, handle if it  so  reads.
        _________


    15.     R3RA Triple/Quad the item.  _________


    16.     Triple/Quad ruds and overts on the item.     _________


    17.     Can't Hav/Enforced Hav on the item, followed by Objective  Hav.
        _________


    18.     Repeat steps 14-17 on the other items if valid.   _________

D.    TROUBLED/WORRIED:

    19.     L&N Who have you  known  this  lifetime  who  has  troubled  or
        worried you? to BD F/N item. (Usually includes father, mother, wife
        or wives, husband, brothers, sisters, aunts, uncles,  grandparents,
        lovers.) _________


    20.     Check item for known before, if it so reads: _________


    21.     R3RA Triple/Quad.     _________


    22.     Triple/Quad ruds and overts.     _________


    23.     Can't Hav/Enforced Hav followed by Objective Hav. _________

E.    BEEN AFTER:

    24.     L&N Who have  you  been  after  this  life?  to  BD  F/N  item.
        _________


    25.     Check known before and if it reads:    _________


    26.     R3RA Triple/Quad.     _________


    27.     Triple/Quad ruds & overts.  _________


    28.     Can't Hav/Enforced Hav plus Objective Hav.   _________

F.    PLANETS:

    29.     L&N What planets have you known before this lifetime? to BD F/N
        item.    _________


    30.     R3RA Triple/Quad.     _________
        31.      Triple/Quad ruds and overts.      _________


    32.     Can't Hav/Enforced Hav plus Objective Hav.   _________


    33.     D of P interview the person AFTER the RD is  "complete"  to  be
        sure the person is now all right (not PTS).     _________


                                READING FLOWS

    Each flow of each process on the rundown is checked for a  read  before
it is run. This includes Dianetics, ruds, Can't  Hav/Enforced  Hav.  You  do
not run unreading flows.

                                   REPAIR

    Auditor errors during the RD are handled with L4BRA, L3RF, . . . and  .
. . C/S 53 if necessary.


    A really big snarl up on the RD that won't clear  up  is  handled  with
HCOB 16 Apr 72 PTS RD CORRECTION LIST.


    If pc gets ill or roller-coasters after the RD is complete the  PTS  RD
CORRECTION LIST HCOB 16 Apr 72 is done and whatever was  missed  is  cleared
up.


                                   SUMMARY

    The PTS RD as revised is very direct and powerful. The L&N  blows  each
aspect  apart.  Don't  miss  on  it  with  auditor  flubs.  Get  it  drilled
thoroughly before it is delivered.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder



LRH:nt.dr
Copyright � 1971, 1974. 1976, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO BULLETIN OF 16 DECEMBER 1971 RB
Remimeo     REVISED 19 SEPTEMBER 1974
Int RD      RE-REVISED 24 SEPTEMBER 1978
Checksheet
HGC Auditors     (Revisions in this type style)
Cl IV Grad  (Ellipses indicate deletions)
Checksheet

                               C/S Series 35RB

                        Interiorization RD Series 10


                           INTERIORIZATION ERRORS

      REFERENCES:

      HCOB 11 Apr 71 RC      IMPORTANT L3RF, DN & INT RD REPAIR LIST
      HCOB 16 Sep 78   POSTULATE OFF EQUALS ERASURE
      HCOB 4 Jan 71R   Int RD Series 2, EXT AND HIGH TA, THE INT
            RD REVISED
      HCOB 24 Sep 78 I Int RD Series 4, URGENT IMPORTANT,
            END OF ENDLESS INT REPAIR RD
      HCOB 24 Sep 78 II      Int RD Series 13, PREASSESSMENT AESPs
            AND INT


    Almost all the  errors  in  an  Interiorization  Rundown  are  Dianetic
errors. Most are very ordinary, even corny.


    IT IS VITAL TO CORRECT AN INT RD ERROR AS A FIRST ACTION.


    There is one Int RD error that is not a purely Dianetic error and  that
is the error of doing anything  else  at  all  before  an  Int  RD  is  done
properly or an Int RD error is fully corrected.


    The Int RD error may be . . . that the Int button run did not  read  on
the meter, or read only because of an MU on the word, yet .  .  .  was  run.
(HCOB 4 Jan 71R.) This classifies as "running an unreading item."


    A common Int error is that the pc is not  cleared  on  the  concept  of
interiorization and the words and commands, so  he  is  being  audited  over
misunderstoods.


    Or the Int RD could have been overrun. The EP is reached on . .  .  F2,
let us say. The auditor keeps on going past the win. This will hang  up  the
rundown. One of the ways an overrun occurs is the pc  goes  exterior  during
it. Yet the auditor keeps on. Another way is pc has  a  big  cog,  big  win.
Auditor keeps going on with the RD.


    When a pc is exteriorized by  auditing  and  is  then  audited  further
without being given an Interiorization Rundown, his TA will go high  or  low
and he may be very upset. Heavy masses may come in and he may also get ill.


    Int RD errors also may go back to earlier Dianetic errors. A number  of
unflat incidents invite the overrun  of  these  if  they  also  occur  on  a
Dianetic chain.


    To clean up a balled-up Int RD chain or incident one may have  to  find
and clean up the Dianetic error it is sitting on during the clean-up of  the
Int RD error.


    Int RD errors, goofs, etc., are handled by using an Int  RD  Correction
List Revised, HCOB 29 Oct 71RA.
This must be excellently metered so that the original error is  not  further
compounded by misassessment of the correction list  and  a  falsely  reading
item taken up.


    Auditors who can't run ordinary R3RA with great success should  not  be
let near an Interiorization RD as  their  lack  of  smoothness  in  handling
Dianetics will wreck the Int RD.


    Auditors who cannot read a meter flublessly should not be let  near  an
Int RD or an Int RD Correction List, or The End of Endless Int Repair RD.


                        CLASS IV GRAD, HNED  AUDITORS

    An excellent Class IV Grad, HNED auditor can easily repair a  messed-up
Interiorization Rundown after a folder  study  and  by  use  of  an  Int  RD
Correction List Revised, HCOB 29 Oct 71RA and,  as  indicated,  The  End  of
Endless Int Repair RD, HCOB 24 Sep 781, Int RD Series 4.


    A Class IV Grad, HNED auditor with an excellent Dianetic record of wins
can be given an Int RD to do or to correct IF HE IS  STARRATED  ON  THE  INT
PACK AND THE TWO-WAY COMM PACK.

                                   REPAIR

    Wherever you see a TA high and a pc in trouble  your  first  suspicions
should be:

1.    Audited past Ext in auditing without an Int RD being done.

2.    Int RD botched by being unnecessary (none of the Int buttons  read  or
    read only on MUs), or overrun or auditor goofs in the session.

3.    A previously messed-up Dianetic action has gotten fouled up  with  the
    Int RD.

4.    The Int command was improperly cleared (such as "means go in  and  out
    again" "means trapped" "meant leaving," etc.).

5.    Firefights and worries over the high or low TA have  ensued  after  an
    Int ball-up has occurred.

6.    Some major action like grades or items of Power have been run twice.

7.    A C/S has hopefully kept on getting the pc audited  without  detecting
    the real reason as a flubbed Int RD, and without getting the Int RD and
    any repair fully FESed.

                                 PERCENTAGES

    The percent of misrun Int RDs   is  high,  many  being  unnecessary  or
overrun.


    The liability of leaving them unrepaired is high.


    Reasons for high TA are averaging out close to 100% as an  unrun  or  a
flubbed and unrepaired Int RD.

                               EXT IN SESSION

     When a pc exteriorizes in session it is  the  end  phenomena  for  that
process or action. One gently ends off in any case. If the pc  has  not  had
an Interiorization Rundown, it is vital, in his next session, to  check  Int
(per HCOB 24  Sep  71R  INTERIORIZATION  RUNDOWN  CORRECTION  DRILL-DATE  TO
BLOW/LOCATE TO BLOW) as  the  first  action.  All  manner  of  physical  and
emotion upsets can result, including a high TA, if this step is omitted.
INT MUST BE CHECKED AS THE NEXT ACTION AFTER THE  FACT  OF  THE  PC'S  FIRST
EXTERIORIZATION.


     No other auditing is to be done before Int is handled fully  or  proves
to be uncharged upon checking.


     If even years after an Int RD the pc has a high TA or a low TA then Int
trouble is at once suspected and the original Int RD and any  repair  of  it
is suspect and must be handled.


     The Int RD Correction List Revised (HCOB 29 Oct 71RA) has been designed
to straighten out Int RD errors. L3RF handles  the  Dianetic  errors.  Where
Int Correction Lists have been done and the pc still has headaches or  other
Int troubles a thorough FES must be done FIRST on any Int  repairs  and  the
Int RD itself BEFORE another correction list or other action is ordered.


     Isolate any errors and get them cleaned up by an auditor who can read a
meter and run and repair Dianetics standardly.


     If Int troubles persist and the C/S is certain that any and all  errors
have been fully repaired & cleaned off  the  line,  he  orders  The  End  of
Endless Int Repair RD (HCOB 24 Sep  781,  Int  RD  Series  4).  This  should
totally handle Int.


     Or if the C/S is in doubt about how to handle  and  gets  into  a  mess
trying to repair chains, he can cut directly onto the  End  of  Endless  Int
Repair Rundown and he will get someplace.


     There is no real trick to either running a correct Int RD or  repairing
a flubbed one.


     The whole clue is whether or not the auditor can audit  plain  ordinary
garden variety R3RA, and is able to read a meter.


     So when ANY auditor audits a pc past exterior and the pc's TA goes high
he should be checked out  fully  on  the  Int  RD  Checksheet  so  he  won't
continue to commit the error.


     And when ANYONE is going to run an Int RD he must:

    A.      Be an expert New Era Dianetics auditor and Class IV Graduate.


    B.      Be starrated on all the Int RD Series.


    C.      Be able to read a meter flublessly.

    And when any C/S is confronted with high TAs or  low  TAs  and  doesn't
handle at once by getting an Int RD properly run  or  properly  repaired  he
must be rechecked on the New Era Dianetics pack and the Int RD pack.


                                  DN C/S 1

    A  very  careful  Dianetic  C/S  1  must  be  done  on   a   previously
unindoctrinated pc before he is run on an Int RD.


    Otherwise it's all too new.


    A C/S 1 isn't auditing.


    The pc who can't do what the auditor says or can't correct an erroneous
action is lost.
A fully safe pc would be one who when he goes Ext in auditing is made to  do
the Hubbard New Era Dianetics Course at once before he even  gets  any  ruds
put in and not audited again  until  he  is  a  Hubbard  New  Era  Dianetics
Auditor. He'd be a pc who was relatively safe.


    A pc who does what an inexpert auditor says without question can really
get fouled up! Uneducated pcs require  really  flawless  topnotch  auditors.
The auditor who can audit an uneducated pc is a  jewel.  He  really  has  to
know his business. Because the pc does whatever he  says.  And  if  he  says
wrongly, then there goes the  session.  Ever  notice  pc  corrections  in  a
worksheet? "I think you bypassed an  F/N."  "This  feels  overrun."  "I  had
Grade 1 last year." Such auditors are not fully  enough  trained  to  handle
wholly green pcs!

                                 SIMPLICITY

    Honest fellows, it's as easy to run an Int RD as it is to run  "an  ear
pain."


    It isn't even mysterious or tough.


    IT IS ONLY VERY IMPORTANT TO  DETECT  WHEN  IT  NEEDS  TO  BE  DONE  OR
REPAIRED.


    There are no mysteries.


    Some auditors have got me feeling like I'm trying to teach them to chew
soft bread!


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:nt.rd.dr
Copyright � 1971, 1974, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO BULLETIN OF 17 DECEMBER 1971RB
Remimeo     (HCOB 2 December 1970 Revised)
Int RD      REVISED 30 MARCH 1974
Chksht      RE-REVISED 24 SEPTEMBER 1978
Chkshts     (Revisions in this type style)

                        (Ellipses indicate deletions)

                      Interiorization Rundown Series 15
                               C/S Series 23RB


                           INTERIORIZATION SUMMARY




    Int Rundowns can be hugely successful, but also INTERIORIZATION CAN  BE
BADLY MISRUN.


    The     following     references     cover     the      subject      of
interiorization/exteriorization:

      HCOB 4 Oct 78    Int RD Series 1
            Interiorization Handling Simplified
      HCOB 4 Jan 71R   Int RD Series 2
            Exteriorization and High TA,
            The Interiorization Rundown Revised
      HCOB 30 May 70R  Int RD Series 3
            Interiorization Intensive; 2-Way Comm
      HCOB 24 Sep 78 1 Int RD Series 4 Urgent Important
            The End of Endless Int Repair Rundown
      HCOB 25 Sep 78 1 Int RD Series 5
            Quad Commands for Int Buttons
      HCOB 11 Apr 70R  Int RD Series 6
            Auditing Past Exterior
      HCOB 6 May 70R   Int RD Series 7
            Blows-Auditing Past Exterior
      HCOB 20 Aug 70R  Int RD Series 8
            Interiorization Rundown Musts
      HCOB 13 Jan 71R  Int RD Series 9
            Exteriorization
      HCOB 16 Dec 71RB Int RD Series 10, C/S Series 35RB
            Interiorization Errors
      HCOB 24 Sep 71R  Int RD Series 11
            Interiorization Rundown Correction
            Drill: Date to Blow/Locate to Blow
      HCOB 29 Oct 71RA Int RD Series 12
            Int Rundown Correction List Revised
      HCOB 24 Sep 78 11      Int RD Series 13
            Preassessment, AESPs and Int
      HCOB 25 Sep 78 11      Int RD Series 14
            Starrate Checkouts for Interiorization Rundown
      HCOB 17 Dec 71RB Int RD Series 15, C/S Series 23RB
            Interiorization Summary
      HCOB 16 Oct 78 11      Int RD Series 16, C/S Series 102
            C/S Checklist of Int Errors
      HCOB 26 Jun 78RA New Era Dianetics Series 6RA
      Issue II   Urgent, Important, Routine 3RA, Engram Running
            By Chains
      BTB 12 Jan 75    Quads Reinstated
      HCOB 4 Apr 71-1RB      C/S Series 32RA-1RB
            Use of Quad Dianetics
      HCOB 21 Apr 70   2-Way Comm C/Ses
      HCOB 3 Jul 70    C/S Series 14
            Two-Way Comm
      HCOB 17 Mar 74   TWC Checksheets, TWC, Using Wrong Questions

    The examination of Interiorization Rundowns done in the field discloses
that some auditors engaged in running it have not been fully checked out  on
it. HCO PL 26 Aug 1965 gives the correct way  to  do  a  starrate  checkout.
Clay demos must also be correctly done. These are covered  in  HCOB  11  Oct
1967 and HCOB 10 Dec 1970/.


    These HCOBs on starrates and clay demos, the Int RD Series, the  above-
listed issues on R3RA, Engram Running by Chains (New  Era  Dianetics  Series
6RA), 2-Way Comm Sessions, and Quads, make the necessary pack  for  checking
out  an  auditor  before  letting  him  near  an  Int   Rundown.   And   all
interiorization materials as above MUST BE CHECKED OUT STARRATE AND IN  CLAY
before a C/S permits one of his auditors to run it on a pc.

                                 UNNECESSARY

    The Int buttons MUST be assessed before clearing, and then any  reading
button cleared before it is run. The auditor must ensure that  if  a  button
read on an MU it is first cleared, then reassessed for read. If one or  more
of the buttons is validly reading, one does an Int Rundown per  HCOB  4  Jan
71R, Int RD Series 2, Exteriorization and High TA, The Int Rundown Revised.


    If  there  aren't  any  reads,   even   after   Suppress,   Invalidate,
Misunderstood, and False have been applied to the Int button list, one  does
NOT do an Int Rundown on the pc as  it  is  unnecessary  and  classifies  as
"running an unreading item."


    When this test is omitted you get an unnecessary Int RD being done on a
pc.


    This would eventually have to be repaired.


                                FLUBBED R3RA

    When the auditor does not do flubless auditing,  errors  occur  in  the
auditing itself. These will hang up an Int RD.

                              QUADS OR TRIPLES

    DO NOT RUN A PC ON FLOW ZERO FOR THE FIRST TIME ON INT. A TRIPLE PC CAN
BE QUADED AFTER INT HANDLING IS COMPLETE,  BUT  IT  IS  NEVER  DONE  ON  INT
HANDLING OR INT REPAIR. (Ref: HCOB 4 Jan 71R.)


                                   OVERRUN

    It usually happens that an Int RD is overrun. The EP is reached on  F2,
let us say. The auditor keeps on going past the win.


    This will hang up the rundown.


    One of the ways an overrun occurs is the pc goes  exterior  during  it.
Yet the auditor keeps on.
Another way is pc has a big cog, big win. Auditor keeps going  on  with  the
RD.  (HCOB  24  Sep  71R,  Rev.  24.9.7B,  Int   RD   Series   11,   Urgent,
Interiorization Rundown -Correction Drill: Date to Blow/Locate to Blow.)


    Also see HCOB 24 Sep 781, Urgent Important,  The  End  of  Endless  Int
Repair RD.


                                REPAIR OF INT

    If even years after an Int RD the pc has a high TA or a  low  TA,  then
Int trouble is at once suspected and the original Int RD and any  repair  of
it is suspect and must be handled. (HCOB 16 Dec FORD, C/S Series  35RB,  Int
RD Series 10, Interiorization Errors.)


    The Int RD Correction List Revised (HCOB 29 Oct BRA) has been  designed
to straighten out Int RDs. L3RF  handles  the  Dianetic  errors.  Where  Int
Correction Lists have been done and the pc still has headaches or other  Int
troubles a thorough FES must be done FIRST on any Int repairs  and  the  Int
RD itself BEFORE another correction list or other action is ordered.


    Isolate any errors and get them cleaned up by an auditor who can read a
meter and run and repair Dianetics standards


    With any errors cleaned off the line, if Int troubles persist  the  C/S
orders The End of Endless Int Repair RD (HCOB 24 Sep 781, Int RD Series  4).
(HCOB 16 Dec ORB,  C/S  Series  35RB,  Int  RD  Series  10,  Interiorization
Errors.)

                                TWO-WAY COMM

    There is a two-way comm  step  that  follows  a  day  or  so  after  an
Interiorization Rundown.


    An auditor doing this  step,  preferably  the  same  auditor,  MUST  BE
CHECKED OUT ON TWO-WAY COMM.


    No C/S should permit any auditor to do any 2-way comm until the auditor
has been checked out on:

    HCOB 21 Apr 70,  2-Way Comm C/Ses
    HCOB 3 July 70,  C/S Series 14, C/Sing Two-Way Comm
    HCOB 17 Mar 74,  TWC Checksheets, TWC, Using Wrong Questions

and has been drilled on two-way comm  until  he  can  do  it  correctly  and
comfortably.

                    PREASSESSMENTS, AESPs NOT USED ON INT

    The Int Rundown and its repair do  NOT  include  the  use  of  New  Era
Dianetics preassessment (nor any form of AESPs).


    The rule is: WHEN HANDLING INT YOU ADDRESS ONLY INT, NOTHING  ELSE.  DO
NOT RUN PREASSESSMENT OR AESPs ON INT. (HCOB 24 Sep 7811, Int RD Series  13,
Preassessment, AESPs and Int.)

                                 C/SING INT

    The correcting of an Interiorization Rundown is far harder than  making
sure that auditors can do the usual in the first place.


    Nearly all a C/S's hard work comes from auditors not  well  trained  on
courses (indifferent courses) and failing to check auditors out well on  the
materials before permitting them to deliver a new rundown.
The correction of Int is hard since until it is complete, other auditing  is
inadvisable. One however, gets the Int Rundown done.


    The End of  Endless  Int  Repair  Rundown  has  vastly  simplified  the
handling of Int repair. (Ref: HCOB 24 Sep 78 I,  Int  RD  Series  4,  Urgent
Important The End of Endless Int Repair Rundown.)

                               INT IS A REMEDY

    The Int RD is a simple and precise REMEDY which stabilizes a  pc  after
exteriorizing and permits him to be further audited.


    When a pc exteriorizes in session it is  the  end  phenomena  for  that
process or action. One gently ends off in any case. If the pc  has  not  had
an Interiorization Rundown, it is vital, in his next session, to  check  Int
(per  HCOB  24  Sep  OR,  Rev.  24  Sep  78,  Int  RD  Series  11,   Urgent,
Interiorization Rundown Correction Drill: Date to Blow/Locate  to  Blow)  as
the first action. All manner of physical and emotional  upsets  can  result,
including a high TA, if this step is omitted.


    INT MUST BE CHECKED AS THE NEXT ACTION AFTER THE FACT OF THE PC'S FIRST
EXTERIORIZATION.


    No other auditing is to be done before Int is handled fully  or  proves
to be uncharged upon checking.


    One reason unnecessary Int RDs get done is  that  the  Registrar  sells
one. That makes the Reg a C/S. So the C/S and auditor run it.


    Maybe it wasn't needed.


    So if it wasn't needed it will eventually have to be repaired. (HCOB 24
Sep 71R, Rev. 24 Sep 78, Int RD Series 11, Urgent,  Interiorization  Rundown
Correction Drill: Date to Blow/Locate to  Blow).  (Repair  with  an  Int  RD
Correction List Revised HCOB 29 Oct 1971RA and/or  an  End  of  Endless  Int
Repair RD, HCOB 24 Sep 78 I, Int RD Series 4.


    The Interiorization Rundown is a REMEDY designed to permit the pc to be
further audited after he has gone exterior.


    In the case of Dianetic Clears or Son Clears and OTs, as they  are  not
to be audited on Dianetics, the REMEDY would  be  the  End  of  Endless  Int
Repair RD.


    The Int Rundown is NOT to  be  sold  or  passed  off  as  a  method  of
exteriorizing a pc. Nor is the End of Endless Int Repair  Rundown.  This  is
very important.


    It is general auditing on usual Dianetics and Scientology actions  that
brings about Exteriorization .


    When the pc goes or is found to  be  exterior  and  Int  proves  to  be
charged on checking one then orders the Interiorization  Rundown.  Otherwise
the TA will misbehave.


    The rundown is a REMEDY USED  AFTER  EXTERIORIZATION  HAS  OCCURRED  BY
REASON OF GENERAL AUDITING.


    Anxiety to get exterior will prompt a pc to buy and a Registrar to sell
an Interiorization Rundown. It is in effect just more  auditing  as  far  as
the Registrar is concerned. When a pc has gone exterior  the  Registrar  can
insist on his buying enough hours for the remedy.


    The Int Rundown stabilizes the exteriorization and makes it possible to
audit the pc further.
                                 DISABILITY

    If an auditor can't smoothly audit  a  rundown  as  simple  as  an  Int
Rundown, then he is exposed as being unable to run  standard  Dianetics  and
should be cleared of his misunderstoods and overts and retrained.


    The only real trouble one gets into on an Int Rundown  stems  from  the
inability of the auditor to run a smooth, good TRed R3RA  session.  Pcs  are
not hard to run on it.

                                  C/S WINS

    A C/S cannot win at all if he is continually  having  to  make  up  for
flubby auditing by the auditor.


    Therefore the C/S must be very sure his auditors are fully checked  out
on things they are to run before running them.


    If there is no Qual Staff Training Officer or no cramming,  a  C/S  can
fully afford to do the training and  cramming  himself.  Otherwise  he  will
lose far more than that time in C/Sing for auditors not checked out.


    By the skill of his auditors you know  the  C/S.  Not  by  his  unusual
solutions after flubs.


    The Int Rundown is too easy to do to have any trouble-the trouble comes
when the auditors are not checked out beforehand, starrate and  in  clay  on
new things they are to run.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

                                             (Updated with recent LRH
                                             data by order of
                                             L. Ron Hubbard by
                                             Training & Services Bureau)


                                             Re-revised by
                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:MH:ntm.jk
Copyright � 1970, 1971, 1974, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 1 JANUARY 1972RB
                         REVISED & REISSUED AS HCOB
Remimeo     20 NOVEMBER 1974
                          REVISED 10 FEBRUARY 1977
                       (Revisions in this type style)

                                   CANCELS
                           BTB OF 1 JANUARY 1972R
                                 SAME TITLE

                          LIX HI-LO TA LIST REVISED

                    (Cancels earlier list HCOB 17 Feb 71
                 and 22 Feb 71 and 25 Feb 71 and 3 March 71
                       and 13 March 71 and 1 Jan 72.)


    This assessment has been developed to detect all the reasons  for  high
and low TA. There is  nothing  unusual  about  the  processes  necessary  to
handle these points. This is the full list and is used  when  a  C/S  Series
53RK has been done and the high or low TA persists.


    Interiorization or a flubbed Interiorization R/D that must be run  with
WENT IN is the usual reason. Listing errors and  out-rudiments  are  another
reason.


    The list is assessed Method 5. Handle the reads in the order  given  on
HCOB 10 June 71, C/S Series 44R. Any reading questions must  be  carried  to
F/N by major action or 2-Way Comm. Can be taken to full F/Ning list.


    Must be done by an auditor who can make a list read  with  cramming  on
TR1 and cramming on HCOBs 28 Feb 71 C/S Series 24, 9 June 71 C/S Series  41,
20 Dec 71 C/S Series 72, 15 June 72 C/S Series 80, 15 Oct 73 C/S Series  87,
20 Nov 73 C/S Series 89, 6 Dec 73 C/S Series 90 and BTB 16  June  71R  Issue
II (formerly HCOB 16 June 71R Issue II).

                             HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT

1A.   IS YOUR INT R/D UNFLAT?     _________
      If the pc has had an Int R/D, do an Int
      R/D Correction List and handle the reads.
      (HCOB 29 Oct 71, Revised 14 May 74.) If the pc has never had
      an Int R/D, then give him a standard Int R/D providing you
      have checked out on the Int-Ext pack and have drilled the pro
      cedure.

2A.   WAS YOUR INT R/D MESSED UP? _________
      Int R/D Correction List.

3A.   IS YOUR INT R/D OVERRUN?    _________
      Int R/D Correction List.

4A.   HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED OVER EXTERIOR?   _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.

5A.   ARE YOU TRAPPED? _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.

6A.   YOU WENT IN.     _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.
7A.   GO IN.     _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.

8A.   ARE YOU OUT AND CAN'T GET IN?     _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.

9A.   ARE YOU IN AND CAN'T GET OUT?     _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.

10A.  ARE YOU URGENTLY TRYING TO LEAVE? _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.

11A.  DO YOU WANT TO GET OUT?     _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.

12A.  WERE YOU KICKED OUT OF SPACES?    _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.

13A.  YOU CAN'T GO.    _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.

14A.  HAVE YOU EVER INTERIORIZED INTO SOMETHING?   _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.

15A.  HAVE YOU EVER GONE INTO SOMETHING?     _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.

16A.  DO YOU WANT TO GO INTO SOMETHING? _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.
                                  _________

1B.   IS THERE A LIST ERROR? _________
      Do an L4BR on the earliest lists you can find that have not
      been corrected. Lacking these, do an L4BR in general. You can
      go over an L4BR several times handling each read to F/N until
      the whole L4BR gives nothing but F/Ns.

2B.   HAS A LIST BEEN OVERLISTED? _________
      Find out which and handle with an L4BR.

3B.   WERE YOU GIVEN A WRONG ITEM?      _________
      L4BR and handle.

4B.   ARE YOU UPSET WITH GIVING ITEMS TO THE
      AUDITOR?   _________
      L4BR and handle.

5B.   WERE YOU GIVEN A WRONG INDICATION?     _________
      L4BR and handle.

6B.   WERE YOU GIVEN A WRONG WHY? _________
      L4BR on the Why Finding. Get the correct Why.

7B.   HAVE YOU BEEN GIVEN A WRONG PTS ITEM?  _________
      L4BR on that PTS interview. Watch for earlier out PTS inter
      views and if they exist, L4BR the earliest one. Watch for
      earlier S&Ds and if out, correct the earliest of each kind with
      an L4BR.

8B.   ARE YOU NOT SATISFIED WITH AN ITEM FOUND
      ON THE LIST?     _________
      L4BR. Correct the list.
9B.   HAVE READING ITEMS BEEN LEFT CHARGED UP?     _________
      L4BR and handle if L&N lists otherwise spot them and clean
      them by taking to F/N.

10B.  HAVE YOU EVER BEEN GIVEN A WRONG DATE? _________
      Correct the date. L4BR if pc upset.

11B.  HAVE YOU EVER BEEN GIVEN A WRONG LOCATION?   _________
      Correct the location. L4BR if pc upset.

12B.  HAVE YOU EVER FELT BAD AFTER A LISTING AND NULLING ACTION IN  SESSION?
      _________
      Find what list and L4BR. Handle each session by finding the
      list and do an L4BR on that list.
13B.  HAVE YOU EVER FELT BAD AFTER A WHY FINDING WAS DONE?    _________
      L4BR on Why Finding.

14B.  HAVE YOU EVER FELT BAD AFTER A PTS INTERVIEW?      _________
      L4BR on the interview.

15B.  HAVE YOU EVER FELT BAD AFTER A CRAMMING ACTION?    _________
      L4BR on the cramming action.

16B.  HAVE YOU LISTED TO YOURSELF OUT OF SESSION?  _________
      L4BR on listing out of session.

17B.  DID YOU EVER FEEL YOU WERE NOT GIVEN A CORRECT WHY?     _________
      L4BR on the Why Finding.

18B.  HAVE YOU EVER BEEN ASSIGNED A WRONG CONDITION?     _________
      L4BR on being assigned wrong conditions.

19B.  HAS ANYTHING IN LIFE ACTED LIKE AN OUT-LIST? _________
      L4BR what turns up.

20B.   HAVE  TWO-WAY  COMM  QUESTIONS  EVER  ACTED  LIKE  A   LIST   ACTION?
      _________
      L4BR.

21B.  HAVE YOU EVER BEEN LABELLED A WHO INCORRECTLY?     _________
      L4BR.

22B.  HAVE YOU EXPERIENCED SOME OTHER TYPE OF BPC  ON  LISTING  AND  NULLING
      ACTIONS?    _________
      L4BR.
                                  _________

1C.   DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK?   _________
      ARCU CDEINR.

2C.   HAVE YOU ARC BROKEN ANOTHER?      _________
      ARCU CDEINR.

3C.   HAVE OTHERS ARC BROKEN SOMEONE ELSE?   _________
      ARCU CDEINR.

4C.   HAVE YOU ARC BROKEN YOURSELF?     _________
      ARCU CDEINR.

5C.   DO YOU HAVE A PROBLEM? _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

6C.   HAVE YOU GIVEN A PROBLEM TO ANOTHER?   _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

7C.   HAVE OTHERS GIVEN A PROBLEM TO SOMEONE ELSE? _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

8C.   HAVE YOU GIVEN YOURSELF A PROBLEM?     _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

9C.   ARE YOU WITHHOLDING SOMETHING?    _________
      Get what. 2WC E/S to F/N.

10C.  IS ANOTHER WITHHOLDING SOMETHING FROM YOU?   _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

11C.  ARE OTHERS WITHHOLDING SOMETHING FROM SOMEONE ELSE?     _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

12C.  ARE YOU WITHHOLDING SOMETHING FROM YOURSELF? _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

13C.  HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED OVER AN ARC BREAK?     _________
            PROBLEM?   _________
            WITHHOLD?  _________
      Indicate it and handle E/S to F/N.

14C.  HAVE YOU EVER HAD A SESSION ARC BREAK? _________
      ARCU CDEINR.

15C.  HAVE YOU EVER ARC BROKEN ANOTHER IN SESSION? _________
      ARCU CDEINR.

16C.  HAVE OTHERS EVER ARC BROKEN SOMEONE ELSE IN SESSION?    _________
      ARCU CDEINR.

17C.  HAVE YOU CAUSED YOURSELF TO HAVE A SESSION ARC BREAK?   _________
      ARCU CDEINR.

18C.  HAVE YOU EVER HAD A PROBLEM WITH A SESSION?  _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

19C.   HAVE  YOU  CAUSED  SOMEONE  TO  HAVE  A  PROBLEM  WITH   A   SESSION?
      _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

20C.   HAVE  YOU  CAUSED  YOURSELF  TO  HAVE  A  PROBLEM  WITH  A   SESSION?
      _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

21C.  HAVE YOU WITHHELD ANYTHING IN A SESSION?     _________
      Get what. 2WC E/S to F/N.
      22C.  HAS ANOTHER WITHHELD FROM YOU IN A SESSION?  _________
      Get what. 2WC E/S to F/N.

23C.  HAVE OTHERS WITHHELD FROM SOMEONE ELSE IN A SESSION?    _________
      Get What. 2WC E/S to F/N.

24C.  HAVE YOU WITHHELD SOMETHING FROM YOURSELF IN SESSION?   _________
      Get what. 2WC E/S to F/N.

25C.  IN LIFE HAVE YOU HAD AN ARC BREAK?     _________
      ARCU CDEINR.

26C.  IN LIFE HAVE YOU ARC BROKEN ANOTHER?   _________
      ARCU CDEINR.

27C.  IN LIFE HAVE OTHERS ARC BROKEN SOMEONE ELSE?       _________
      ARCU CDEINR.

28C.  IN LIFE HAVE YOU ARC BROKEN YOURSELF?  _________
      ARCU CDEINR.

29C.  IN LIFE HAVE YOU HAD A PROBLEM?   _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

30C.  IN LIFE HAVE YOU GIVEN A PROBLEM TO SOMEONE ELSE?  _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

31C.  IN LIFE HAVE OTHERS GIVEN A PROBLEM TO SOMEONE ELSE?    _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

32C.  IN LIFE HAVE YOU GIVEN A PROBLEM TO YOURSELF?      _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

33C.  IN LIFE HAVE YOU HAD A WITHHOLD?  _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

34C.  IN LIFE HAS ANOTHER WITHHELD SOMETHING FROM YOU?   _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

35C.   IN  LIFE  HAVE  OTHERS  WITHHELD   SOMETHING   FROM   SOMEONE   ELSE?
      _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

36C.  IN LIFE HAVE YOU WITHHELD SOMETHING FROM YOURSELF?      _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

37C.  DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK OF LONG DURATION?   _________
      ARCU CDEINR.

38C.   HAS  ANOTHER  HAD  AN  ARC  BREAK  OF   LONG   DURATION   WITH   YOU?
      _________
      ARCU CDEINR.

39C.  HAVE OTHERS HAD AN ARC BREAK  OF  LONG  DURATION  WITH  SOMEONE  ELSE?
      _________
      ARCU CDEINR.
      40C.  HAVE YOU HAD AN  ARC  BREAK  OF  LONG  DURATION  WITH  YOURSELF?
      _________
      ARCU CDEINR.

41C.  DO YOU HAVE A PROBLEM OF LONG DURATION?      _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

42C.  HAVE YOU GIVEN ANOTHER A PROBLEM OF LONG DURATION?      _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

43C.   HAVE  OTHERS  GIVEN  SOMEONE  ELSE  A  PROBLEM  OF   LONG   DURATION?
      _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

44C.  HAVE YOU GIVEN YOURSELF A PROBLEM OF LONG DURATION?     _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

45C.  DO YOU HAVE A WITHHOLD OF LONG DURATION?     _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

46C.  HAS ANOTHER HAD A WITHHOLD FROM YOU OF LONG DURATION?   _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

47C.  HAVE OTHERS HAD  A  WITHHOLD  OF  LONG  DURATION  FROM  SOMEONE  ELSE?
      _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

48C.   HAVE  YOU  HAD  A  WITHHOLD   FROM   YOURSELF   OF   LONG   DURATION?
      _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

49C.   HAVE  YOU  EVER  EXPERIENCED  SOME   OTHER   SORT   OF   ARC   BREAK?
      _________
      ARCU CDEINR.

50C.  HAVE YOU EXPERIENCED SOME OTHER SORT OF PROBLEM?   _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

51C.  IS THERE ANYTHING ELSE YOU MAY HAVE WITHHELD?      _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

52C.  HAVE YOU EVER NOT-ISED AN OUT-RUD?     _________
      Get what and handle per above.

53C.  HAVE YOU EVER SUPPRESSED AN OUT-RUD?   _________
      Get what and handle per above.

54C.  HAVE OUT-RUDS EVER BEEN INVALIDATED?   _________
      Get what and handle.

55C.  ARE THERE ANY UNDISCLOSED OUT-RUDS?    _________
      Get what and handle.

56C.  HAVE YOU EVER STUDIED OVER OUT-RUDS?   _________
      Get what and handle.

57C.  IS THERE SOME OTHER SORT OF WITHHOLD?  _________
            Get what and handle per above.

58C.  Is THERE ANYTHING THAT YOU ARE NOT SAYING?   _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

59C.  Is THERE ANYTHING YOU DON'T WANT TO SAY?     _________
      Get what. 2Wc to F/N.

60C.  Is THERE SOMETHING YOU DON'T LIKE?     _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

61C.  ARE YOU PROTESTING ANYTHING?      _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

62C.  DO YOU FEEL SAD? _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

63C.  DO YOU FEEL RUSHED?    _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

64C.  DO YOU FEEL TIRED?     _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

65C.  DO YOU FEEL UPSET?     _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

66C.  DO YOU FEEL LIKE YOU CAN'T GET IT?     _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

67C.  HAS ANOTHER COMMITTED OVERTS ON YOU?   _________
      Get what. 2Wc to F/N.

68C.  HAVE YOU COMMITTED ANY OVERTS?    _________
      Get what. 2Wc to F/N.

69C.  HAVE OTHERS COMMITTED OVERTS ON OTHERS?      _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

70C.  HAVE YOU COMMITTED ANY OVERTS ON YOURSELF?   _________
      Get what. 2Wc to F/N.

71C.  ARE YOU NOT-ISING ANY OVERTS?     _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

72C.  HAVE YOU COMMITTED CRIMES?  _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

73C.  ARE YOU COMMITTING CRIMES IN PT?  _________
      Get what. 2Wc to F/N.

74C.  IS THERE SOMETHING YOU DON'T DARE SAY? _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

75C.  IS THERE A LIE?  _________
      Get what. 2Wc to F/N.

76C.  ARE YOU HIDING FROM SOMEONE OR SOMETHING?    _________
      2Wc to F/N.

77C.  DO YOU HAVE CONSIDERATIONS YOU DON'T DARE SAY?     _________
      Get what. 2Wc to F/N.
      78C.  DO YOU HAVE OPINIONS YOU DON'T DARE SAY?     _________
      Get what. 2Wc to F/N.

79C.  ARE YOU HERE FOR UNDISCLOSED REASONS?  _________
      Get what. 2Wc to F/N.

80C.  DO YOU HAVE UNDISCLOSED PROBLEMS?      _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

81C.  IS THERE SOMETHING YOU'RE NOT TELLING YOUR AUDITOR ?    _________
      Get what. 2Wc to F/N.

82C.  Is YOUR ATTENTION NOT ON YOUR CASE IN SESSION? 2Wc to F/N.

83C.  DO YOU FEEL AFRAID TO BE AUDITED?      _________
      2Wc to F/N.

84C.  ARE YOU AFRAID SOMETHING WILL BE FOUND OUT ABOUT YOU?   _________
      2Wc to F/N.

85C.  ARE YOU WITHHOLDING YOUR ACTUAL CASE STATE?  _________
      2Wc to F/N.

86C. ARE YOU NOT TELLING YOUR AUDITOR YOUR COGNITIONS?   _________
      2Wc to F/N.

87C.  ARE YOU UNWILLING TO TALK TO THE AUDITOR?    _________
      2Wc to F/N.

88C.  DO YOU HAVE DISAGREEMENTS?  _________
      2Wc to F/N.

89C.  ARE YOU A WARE OF SOME OTHER SORT OF OUT-RUD? Get what and handle.

90C.  HAS ANYONE EVER TOLD YOU  YOU  HAD  AN  ARC  BREAK  WHEN  YOU  DIDN'T?
      _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

91C.   HAS  ANYONE  EVER  SAID  YOU  HAD  A   PROBLEM   WHEN   YOU   DIDN'T?
      _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

92C.   HAS  ANYONE  EVER  SAID  YOU  HAD  A  WITHHOLD   WHEN   YOU   DIDN'T?
      _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

93C.  HAVE YOU EVER BEEN WRONGLY ACCUSED OF HAVING OVERTS?    _________
      2Wc to F/N.

94C.  DO YOU FEEL YOU'RE REALLY DOING FINE?  _________
      2Wc to F/N.
                                  _________

1D.   ARE YOU TAKING OR SMOKING DRUGS?
      2WC to F/N.
      Rehab releases on each "drug" taken to F/N.
      If pc has had a Drug R/D, do L3RD on it and handle.
      Program the pc for a Drug R/D or verification of it if it is
      incomplete or there are "no interest" items.

2D.   DID YOU ONCE TAKE DRUGS?    _________
      2WC to F/N. Rehab releases on each drug to F/N. L3RD on
      Drug R/D if he had one. Program for Drug R/D or verification
      if incomplete.

3D.   HAVE YOU TAKEN LSD?    _________
      2WC to F/N. Drug rehabs. L3RD on Drug R/D if he had
      one. Program for full Drug R/D or verification if unflat.

4D.   HAVE YOU DRUNK ALCOHOL?     _________
      2WC to F/N. Drug/alcohol rehabs. L3RD on Drug R/D if
      he had one. Program for full Drug R/D or verification if
      unflat.

5D.   HAVE YOU SMOKED POT?   _________
      2WC to F/N. Drug rehabs. L3RD on Drug R/D if he had
      one. Program for full Drug R/D or verification if unflat.

6D.   ARE YOU TAKING MEDICINE?    _________
      2WC to F/N. Drug/medicine rehabs. L3RD on Drug R/D
      if he had one. Program for full Drug R/D or verification if
      unflat.

7D.   DID YOU ONCE TAKE MEDICINE? _________
      2WC to F/N. Drug/medicine rehabs. L3RD on Drug R/D
      if he had one. Program for full Drug R/D or verification if
      unflat.

8D.   DO YOU WANT TO CONTINUE TO TAKE DRUGS? _________
      2WC to F/N. Rehab releases on each "drug" taken to F/N.
      If pc has had a Drug R/D, do L3RD on it and handle.
      Program the pc for a Drug R/D or verification of it if it is
      incomplete or there are "no interest" items.

9D.   DO YOU WANT TO CONTINUE TO SMOKE POT?  _________
      Handle per above.

10D.  DO YOU WANT TO CONTINUE TO DRINK ALCOHOL?    _________
      Handle per above.

11 D. HAVE YOU TA KEN SOME DRUG NOT COVERED ?      _________
      2WC to F/N. Rehab releases. If pc already had a Drug R/D,
      do L3RD on it and handle. Program the pc for a Drug R/D
      or verification of it if it is incomplete and run the new
      drug just found.

12D.  IS YOUR DRUG R/D UNFLAT?    _________
      2WC to F/N. L3RD on Drug R/D. Program to flatten
      Drug R/D.

13D.  WAS YOUR DRUG RUNDOWN OVERRUN?    _________
      Date-Locate the flat point.

14D.   WERE  THERE  ITEMS  NOT   RUN   BECAUSE   YOU   WEREN'T   INTERESTED?
      _________
      2WC to F/N. L3RD on "your Drug R/D."
      Program to run the no interest items.
      15D.  IS THERE A DRUG THAT HAS BEEN MISSED?  _________
      2WC to F/N. Rehab releases. L3RD on "Drug R/D."
      Program to complete the Drug R/D.

16D.  IS THERE SOME ALCOHOL THAT HAS BEEN MISSED?  _________
      Handle per above.

17D.  HAS A MEDICINE BEEN MISSED? _________
      Handle per above.

18D.  IS THERE SOMETHING THAT ACTS LIKE A DRUG?    _________
      Handle per above.

19D.   ON  YOUR  DRUG  RUNDOWN  IS  THERE  AN  UNFLAT  PROCESS  ON  RECALLS?
      _________
      2WC to F/N. Program to flatten the Recalls and L3RD on the Drug R/D.

20D.  ON YOUR DRUG R/D IS THERE AN UNFLAT SECONDARY CHAIN?    _________
      L3RD on the secondary chain. Then L3RD on your Drug R/D.

21D.  ON YOUR DRUG RUNDOWN ARE THERE ANY UNFLAT ENGRAMS?      _________
      L3RD on unflat engrams on your Drug R/D.

22D.  ON YOUR DRUG R/D IS THERE SOME MISSED WHOLE TRACK  DRUG,  MEDICINE  OR
      ALCOHOL?    _________
      2WC to F/N. L3RD on Drug R/D. Program to finish the Drug R/D  and  run
      the missed drug, medicine or alcohol.

23D.  ARE YOUR OBJECTIVES UNFLAT?       _________
      2WC to F/N. Program to flatten.

24D.  WERE YOUR OBJECTIVES OVERRUN?     _________
      Rehab the releases.

25D.  DO  YOU  STILL  FEEL  THE  SAME  ABOUT  DRUGS,  MEDICINE  OR  ALCOHOL?
      _________
      2WC to F/N. If pc has had a Drug R/D do an L3RD. Program  to  complete
      Drug Rundown or do one if never had.

26D.  IS THERE NOTHING WRONG WITH YOUR DRUG R/D?   _________
      2WC to F/N.

27D.   DO  YOU  FEEL  LIKE  YOUR  DRUG  RUNDOWN   HAS   BEEN   OVERREPAIRED?
      _________
      Date-Locate flat point of repair of Drug R/D.

1E.   IS THERE AN ENGRAM IN RESTIMULATION?   _________
      Find out which and do L3RD and handle per its instructions.

2E.   ARE THERE UNFLAT CHAINS?    _________
      Find out what chains and L3RD on each.

3E.   DO YOU HAVE A STUCK PICTURE?      _________
      Indicate it. Do an L3RD on it. You can also unstick it by
      having him recall a time before it and recall a time after it.
      D/L if necessary. C/S can order Picture and Masses Remedy
      Dn done after this list is handled-if necessary.

4E.   DO YOU HAVE PICTURES IN RESTIMULATION? _________
      L3RD and handle. Pictures and Masses Remedy Dn.

5E.   DO YOU HAVE MASSES IN RESTIMULATION?   _________
      L3RD and handle. Pictures and Masses Remedy Dn.

6E.   HAS THE SAME ENGRAM BEEN RUN TWICE?    _________
      L3RD and handle.

7E.   YOU CAN'T SEE ENGRAMS TOO WELL?   _________
      Do L3RD Method 5 and handle. Program for L3RD
      Rundown if necessary.

8E.   IS IT INVISIBLE? _________
      Spot the invisible field or picture. L3RD on it and handle.

9E.   IS IT ALL BLACK? _________
      Spot the black field or picture. L3RD on it and handle.

10E.  HAS THERE BEEN A LOSS? _________
      Do L3RD on it and handle. Run it out R3R Triple if not run
      out and still not handled.

11E.  HAVE YOU LOST ANYTHING?     _________
      Do L3RD on it and handle. If not yet run out and still
      unhandled run R3R Triple.

12E.  DO YOU HAVE MISUNDERSTOODS ON R3R PROCEDURE? _________
      2WC to F/N. Program for an Auditing C/S-1.

13E.  DO YOU HAVE MISUNDERSTOODS ON AUDITING?      _________
      2WC to F/N. Program for an Auditing C/S-1.

14E.  DO YOU HAVE TROUBLE GOING WHOLE TRACK? _________
      2WC to F/N. Program to handle with whole track remedies.

15E.  HAVE YOUR DIANETIC ITEMS NOT BEEN TRIPLED?   _________
      2WC to F/N. Program to Triple Dianetics.

16E.  HAVE YOUR DIANETIC ITEMS NOT BEEN QUADED UP? _________
      2WC to F/N. Program to Quad Dianetics.

17E.  HAVE YOU RUN ANYTHING QUAD WHEN YOU WERE A TRIPLE PC?   _________
      2WC to F/N. Program to handle with FFD.

18E.  ARE THERE ANY UNRUN FLOWS?  _________
      2WC to F/N. Program to put in unrun flows.

19E.  A RE THERE A N Y MISSED FLOWS?    _________
      2WC to F/N. Program to handle missed flows.

20E.  DO YOU BLOW INCIDENTS BY INSPECTION?   _________
      2WC to F/N. If 2WC shows Dianetic auditing is charged
      do L3RD on your Dianetic auditing.

21 E. DO YOU HAVE ANY PERSISTENT MASSES?     _________
      2WC to F/N. L3RD on persistent masses.

22E.  IS SOMETHING ELSE WRONG WITH INCIDENTS?      _________
      2WC to F/N. Program to handle what comes up.
      23E.  WERE COMMANDS WRONG?   _________
      2WC to F/N. Program to handle what comes up.

24E.  DO INCIDENTS FAIL TO ERASE?       _________
      2WC to F/N. Program to handle what comes up.

25E.  IS IT ALL OK?    _________
      2WC to F/N.
                                  _________

IF.   HAS THE SAME THING BEEN RUN TWICE?     _________
      Clean up any protest and inval and rehab to F/N.

2F.   HAS THE SAME ACTION BEEN DONE BY ANOTHER
      AUDITOR?   _________
      Clean up any protest and inval and rehab to F/N.
                                  _________

1G.   ARE YOU DOING SOMETHING WITH THE MIND
      BETWEEN SESSIONS?      _________
      Find out what it is. If yoga or mystic exercises or some such,
      2WC E/S to first time done, find out what upset had occurred
      before that and if TA now down, do L1C on that period of
      pc's life.

2G.   ARE YOU INVOLVED IN SOME OTHER PRACTICE?     _________
      Find out what it is. If yoga or mystic exercises or some such,
      2WC E/S to first time done, L1C on the prior upset or period
      of pc's life just before that.

3G.   HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED PAST EPs ?  _________
      2WC to F/N. Rehab the EPs that were audited past.

4G.   HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED PAST A BLOW?     _________
      2WC to F/N. Date to blow. Locate to blow.

5G.   HAVE YOU EVER PROTESTED AN ACTION?     _________
      Itsa E/S to F/N.

6G.   ARE YOU INVOLVED IN SOME OUT-ETHICS?   _________
      Get what. 2WC to F/N.

7G.   DO YOU FEEL YOU HAVE TO HANDLE YOUR OWN CASE
      AFTER SESSION?   _________
      2WC to F/N.

8G.   DO YOU FEEL LIKE YOU DON'T HAVE AN AUDITOR?  _________
      2WC to F/N.

9G.   IS IT NO AUDITING?     _________
      2WC to F/N.
                                  _________

1H.   ARE THERE WORD CLEARING ERRORS?   _________
      Do a Word Clearing Correction List, handle all reads.

2H.   ARE THERE ANY MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS?     _________
      Find and clear them up. Use a WCCL, handle all reads.
      3H.   ARE THERE ANY MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS IN SESSION?      _________
      Find and clear them up. Use a WCCL if necessary.

4H.   ARE THERE STUDY ERRORS?     _________
      2WC to F/N and add a Student Rehabilitation List (HCOB
      15 Nov 74) or full Study Correction List (BTB 4 Feb 72RC)
      to the pc's program.

5H.   ON STUDY IS THERE SOME OTHER KIND OF BPC?    _________
      2WC to F/N. Program to handle what comes up.

1I.   HAVE YOU EVER HAD TROUBLE WITH YOUR TA
      OR F/Ns?   _________
      Use HCOBs 24 Oct 71R, 12 Nov 71RA, 18 Nov 72, 29 Feb
      72, 23 Nov 73RA, all on False TA. Then clean up the
      bypassed charge with 1) Assess for best read a) TA worries
      b) F/N worries. 2) Then 2WC times he has worried about
      (item) E/S to F/N. 3) Rehab any overruns due to false TA
      obscuring F/Ns.

2I.   HAVE YOU HAD A FALSE TA?    _________
      Handle as in 1I.

3I.   ARE YOU USING THE WRONG SIZED CANS?    _________
      Handle as in 1I.

4I.   DO YOUR HANDS GET TIRED IN AUDITING?   _________
      Handle as in 1I.

5I.   ARE YOUR HANDS DRY?    _________
      Handle as in 1I.

6I.   ARE YOUR HANDS WET?    _________
      Handle as in 1I.

7I.   DO YOU LOOSEN YOUR GRIP ON THE CANS?   _________
      Handle as in 1I.

8I.   ARE YOU USING THE WRONG HAND CREAM?    _________
      Handle as in 1I.

9I.   HAVE YOU HAD TA HASSLES?    _________
      Assess for best read (a) TA worries (b) F/N worries.
      2WC times he was worried about (item) E/S to F/N.
      Rehab the overruns due to false TA obscuring F/Ns.

101.  ARE YOU WEARING ANY TIGHT CLOTHING?    _________
      Handle as in 11.

111.  IS THERE SOMETHING ELSE CAUSING FALSE TA?    _________
      Find out what it is and handle as in 11.
                                  _________

1J.   HAVE YOU BEEN SELF-AUDITING?      _________
      2WC to first time. L1C on the prior upset or if prior upset
      was in auditing use the appropriate correction list and L1C
      on that time.

2J.   WAS A WRONG OVERRUN FOUND?  _________
      Correct it to F/N by indication and rehabbing the right
            overrun.

3J.   HAS THERE BEEN AN OVERRUN IN LIFE?     _________
      Locate, indicate, rehab to F/N.

4J.   HAS THERE BEEN AN OVERRUN IN AUDITING? _________
      Locate, indicate, rehab to F/N.

5J.   HAS THERE BEEN SOMETHING WRONG WITH F/Ns?    _________
      Indicate. 2WC E/S to F/N. Rehab if necessary.

6J.   HAVE F/Ns BEEN OVERRUN?     _________
      Indicate. 2WC E/S to F/N. Rehab if necessary.

7J.   HAVE F/Ns NOT BEEN INDICATED?     _________
      Indicate. 2WC E/S to F/N. Rehab if necessary.

8J.   HAVE F/Ns BEEN MISSED? _________
      Indicate. 2WC E/S to F/N. Rehab if necessary.

9J.   HAVE AUDITING QUESTIONS NOT BEEN UNDERSTOOD? _________
      2WC, get them properly understood with Word Clearing,
      E/S if needed to F/N.

10J.  COULDN'T HEAR THE AUDITOR?  _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

11J.  COULDN'T UNDERSTAND WHAT WAS BEING SAID?     _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

12J.  COULDN'T UNDERSTAND WHAT WAS BEING DONE?     _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

13J.  HAVE ITEMS NOT REALLY READ? _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

14J.  DID YOU SAY SOMETHING MUST HAVE READ?  _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

15J.   WERE  YOU  STILL  UPSET  WHEN  SOMEBODY  THOUGHT  IT   WAS   HANDLED?
      _________
      Find and handle to F/N.

16J.  HAVE YOU HAD BAD AUDITING?  _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

17J.  ARE THERE INCOMPLETE ACTIONS?     _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

18J.  HAS THERE BEEN ANY INVALIDATION?  _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

19J.  HAS THERE BEEN ANY EVALUATION?    _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

20J.  COULDN'T YOU GET AUDITING?  _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

21J.  HAVE THERE BEEN INTERRUPTIONS?    _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.
      22J.  DOES YOUR AUDITOR OVERWHELM YOU?  _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

23J.  DO YOU FEEL ATTACKED?  _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

24J.  ARE YOU SCARED OF WHAT MIGHT HAPPEN IN AUDITING?   _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

25J.  ARE YOU TALKING TO OTHERS ABOUT YOUR CASE?   _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

26J.  ARE YOU LISTENING TO OTHERS TALK ABOUT THEIR CASES?     _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

27J.   HAVE  YOU  BEEN  LOOKING  AT  OR  LISTENING  TO  TECH  MATERIALS  YOU
      SHOULDN'T?  _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

28J.  ARE YOU WAITING FOR SOMETHING TO HAPPEN?     _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

29J.  HAVE YOU BEEN GIVEN FALSE READS?  _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

30J.  WERE YOU RUN ON A WRONG C/S?      _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.

31J.  DID YOU HAVE A PERSONALITY CLASH WITH AN
      AUDITOR?   _________
      2WC E/S to F/N.
                                  _________

1K.   IS SOMEONE OR SOMETHING HOSTILE TO YOU?      _________
      Check for SP with a PTS interview or get a full PTS R/D
      programmed.

2K.   ARE YOU PTS ?    _________
      PTS interview or get a full PTS R/D programmed.

3K.   ARE YOU CONNECTED TO SOMEONE  HOSTILE  TO  DIANETICS  OR  SCIENTOLOGY?
      _________
      PTS interview or get a full PTS R/D programmed.

4K.   DO YOU FEEL SUPPRESSED?     _________
      PTS interview or get a full PTS R/D programmed.

5K.   DO YOU HAVE SOME OTHER SORT OF PTS CONNECTION?     _________
      PTS interview or get a full PTS R/D programmed.

6K.   YOU'RE NOT PTS?  _________
      2WC to F/N.

1L.   SOME SORT OF CAN'T HAVE?    _________
      Find correct Havingness Process and remedy.

2L.   IS YOUR HAVINGNESS LOW?     _________
      Find correct Havingness Process and remedy.
      3L.   HAVE YOU BEEN RUN ON THE WRONG HAVINGNESS
      PROCESS?   _________
      Find correct Havingness Process and remedy.

4L.   HAVE YOU BEEN RUN ON HAVINGNESS WITHOUT
      CONFRONT?  _________
      Find correct Havingness and Confront Process and remedy.

5L.   YOU DIDN'T NEED ANY HAVINGNESS?   _________
      2WC to F/N.

6L.   YOUR HAVINGNESS IS FINE?    _________
      2WC to F/N.
                                  _________

1M.   HAS SOMETHING GONE ON TOO LONG?   _________
      Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N on each
      (or date to blow, locate to blow if qualified).

2M.   YOU WENT ON BY A RELEASE POINT?   _________
      Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or D/L.

3M.   HAS SOMETHING BEEN OVERRUN? _________
      Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or D/L.

4M.   THE AUDITOR KEPT ON GOING?  _________
      Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or D/L.

5M.   HAS THERE BEEN ANY OVERREPAIR?    _________
      Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or D/L.

6M.   ARE YOU PUZZLED ABOUT WHY THE AUDITOR
      KEEPS ON?  _________
      Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or D/L.

7M.   ARE THERE STOPS? _________
      Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or D/L.

8M.   IS THERE SOMETHING ELSE WE SHOULD COVER?     _________
      2WC to F/N.
                                  _________

1N.   HAVE YOU SEPARATED OUT?     _________
      2WC E/S to F/N. Then Triple Expanded Grade Two or
      L10 on Advance Program.

2N.   ARE YOU SOMEBODY ELSE? _________
      2WC E/S to F/N. Program for LX Lists.

3N.   DO YOU THINK SOMETHING ELSE IS WRONG?  _________
      2WC to find what. Note BD item. If BD item is covered
      by one of the other questions on the list, handle per
      instructions. Otherwise, GF M5 and handle.

4N.   ARE YOU PHYSICALLY ILL?     _________
      2WC to find what. Note BD item. 2WC to F/N and get
      further C/S instructions for handling if necessary.

5N.   DID YOU THINK OF SOMETHING ELSE THAT SHOULD
      HAVE BEEN ON THIS ASSESSMENT?     _________
      2WC to F/N.
      1O.   HAVE WE BEEN REPAIRING A TA THAT ISN'T HIGH? _________
      2WC to F/N.

2O.   HAVE WE BEEN REPAIRING A TA THAT ISN'T LOW?  _________
      2WC to F/N.

3O.   IS THE METER FAULTY?   _________
      Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct, then indicate
      to F/N. Go E/S and indicate it if no F/N on first.

4O.   IS THERE NOTHING WRONG?     _________
      Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct, then indicate
      to F/N. Go E/S and indicate it if no F/N on first.
                                  _________

1P.   WAS THERE A FALSE EXAM REPORT?    _________
      Indicate and 2WC to F/N.

2P.   HAVE YOU HAD TO WAIT AT THE EXAMINER?  _________
      Indicate and 2WC to F/N.

3P.   HAVE YOU BEEN UPSET BY THE EXAMINER?   _________
      Indicate and 2WC to F/N.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder

      Revised by
      Paulette Ausley
      By order of

      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder

LRH:PA:nt. If/nt
Copyright � 1972, 1974. 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 20 JANUARY 1972R
                           REVISED 8 DECEMBER 1978
Remimeo
Class IV Grad
Checksheet  (Revisions in this type style)
Checksheet  (Ellipsis indicates deletion)
C/Ses
Class IV Grad
and above
Auditors
Ethics Officers
                               PTS RD ADDITION

                  (Refers to:
                         HCOB 9 Dec 71R PTS RUNDOWN,
                           Rev. 8 Dec 78 AUDITED)


    The only reasons a PTS RD does not work are:


    C/S error: 1. Not doing one at all.


    C/S error: 2. Doing one in the middle of another RD.


    C/S error: 3. Doing one without set-up, including a complete PTS C/S-1.


    C/S error:  4.  The  person  was  not  PTS-which  is  to  say  was  not
chronically ill or roller-coaster and the items or flows didn't read.


    Auditor error: 5. The RD was  badly  run  auditor-wise.  R3R  was  bad,
metering poor, ruds not correctly or fully done.


    Auditor & C/S error: 6. The RD was quickie, only  doing  step  (a)  and
brushing it off.


    C/S error: 7. Even though the whole RD was done fully,  there  remained
on the case an undetected additional person or thing to  which  the  pc  was
PTS.


    The rules of PTS are


    A PERSON WHO ROLLER-COASTERS IS ALWAYS PTS.


    A PERSON WHO IS CHRONICALLY ILL ALWAYS IS PTS.


    A PTS RUNDOWN THAT DOES NOT WORK HAS NOT BEEN DONE AS PER 1 TO 7 ABOVE.


    The remedies to the above are

1.    Do it.

2.    Pgm it in correct sequence.

3.    Set the case up properly  so  it  is  running  well  and  past  errors
handled.

4.    Establish how well the person holds his gains before  pgming  one.  If
any Q at all, do the RD.
5.    Cram the auditor on TRs, metering, R3RA drills and ruds. Do  L4BRA,  .
. . L3RF on the pc and handle accordingly.

6.    Complete the rundown.

7.    2WC "What is your attention on?" to F/N. On PTS Rundown fly  all  ruds
single; L&N "On the PTS Rundown what  being  or  thing  was  missed?";  R3RA
Triple or Quad on it; fly all ruds and overts on  it  Triple  or  Quad;  run
"Can't Have/Enforce Have" Triple or Quad. If  all  not  very  okay  now  L&N
"What other subject  or  people  might  have  been  overlooked  on  the  PTS
Rundown?" and handle the item on each step of the rundown  per  HCOB  9  Dec
71RC, Rev. 8 Dec 78 PTS RUNDOWN.

    A PTS RD always works. If it works with a relapse there is an error  in
it as in the numbered paras above.


    THIS IS VITAL TECH TO THE PC. IT MAKES THE MOST DIFFICULT CASES FLY  IF
IT IS DONE RIGHT.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:mes.bh. jk
Copyright � 1972, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 3 JUNE 1972RA
                           REVISED 15 OCTOBER 1974
                         RE-REVISED 8 DECEMBER 1978
Remimeo
and above
Class IV Grad    (Cancels BTB 24 March 1973R,
Checksheet  "PTS RD ERRORS.")
Ethics Officers
                       (Revisions in this type style)


                           PTS RUNDOWN, FINAL STEP


    The following is an additional step to the PTS Rundown developed by  me
and tested at Flag. This step is run after each terminal is run, to  prevent
bypassing charge.

    THE STEPS ARE:

1.    Select the terminal already run in R3RA and ruds.

2.    Clear "can't have," "couldn't have" as DENIAL OF SOMETHING TO  SOMEONE
    ELSE. Clear "enforced have" as MAKING SOMEONE ACCEPT WHAT  THEY  DIDN'T
    WANT. Have pc get the idea of these with an example or two.

3.     Run  on  the  SP  item  "can't  have/enforced  have"   as   motivator
    repetitive, then overt repetitive, the Flow Three terminal  to  others,
    others to terminal and the Flow Zero of the pc to  himself  because  of
    the terminal (four flows of two commands each or  five  if  the  pc  is
    Quad). Check the flows for a read  before  running  them.  Do  not  run
    unreading flows.

4.    After the terminal is handled with the four (or five) flows of  "can't
    have/enforced have" Objective Havingness should be run. Then  the  next
    PTS Rundown item is taken up and run on all steps, as above.

THE COMMANDS:

F1.   Did _____run a can't have on you? Tell me about it.

      Did _____force something on you you didn't want?
      Tell me about it.      (Alternate/repetitive to EP.)

F2.   Did you run a can't have on_____?
      Tell me about it.

      Did you try to force something on_____that he (she, it)
      didn't want? Tell me about it.    (Alternate/repetitive to EP.)

F3.   Did _____run a can't have on others?
      Tell me about it.

      Did _____force something on others they didn't want?
      Tell me about it.      (Alternate/repetitive to EP.)

F3A.  Did others run a can't have on_____?
      Tell me about it.

      Did others force something on_____that he (she, it) didn't want?
      Tell me about it.      (Alternate/repetitive to EP.)
      F0.   Did you run a can't have on yourself because of _____?
      Tell me about it.

      Did you try to force  something  on  yourself  that  you  didn't  want
      because of_____ ?
      Tell me about it.      (Alternate/repetitive to EP.)


                           -OBJECTIVE HAVINGNESS--

                                   THEORY

    The theory is that SPs are  SPs  because  they  deny  Hav  and  enforce
unwanted Hav. They also deny do and enforce unwanted do. They also  deny  be
and enforce unwanted be. This is why we have never before been able  to  run
Subjective Hav. It collided with SPs, overts, and withholds on them.


    A very full rundown then would be to start with don t be, must  be;  go
on to don't do must do: end up with can't have, enforced have.  (Not  to  be
run at this time.) Hav alone should handle without resorting to be or do.


    END OFF AT ONCE AND BEGIN OBJECTIVE HAVINGNESS IF THE TA SOARS  OR  THE
PC CAVES IN. If this does not handle,  then  do  a  C/S  53RL  at  once  and
handle.

                                PTS RD NOTES

    With the issue of HCOB 17  Mar  74,  TWC,  USING  WRONG  QUESTIONS,  it
becomes necessary to convert the PTS RD 2WCs for items into  L&N  questions.
Example: Who have you known this lifetime who has troubled or  worried  you?
L&N to BD F/N item.


    Avoid listing the same question twice. The L&N for places  and  planets
should be restricted to planets only on VA pcs and  an  L4BRA  used  at  the
first sign of trouble.


    Additional PTS RD items can be obtained from past PTS interviews.  Done
by L&N the RD is very powerful and direct. The pc must be well  set  up  for
it.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:nt. jh.dr
Copyright � 1972, 1974. 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCOB BULLETIN OF 30 JANUARY 1973RC
                          REVISED 19 DECEMBER 1979
Remimeo
All Super
All Word    (Revisions in this type style)
Clearers    (Ellipsis indicates deletion)


                          Word Clearing Series 46RC


                    METHOD 9 WORD CLEARING THE RIGHT WAY
                       (Cancels BTB 30 January 1973RA
                          Word Clearing Series 46RA
                                  METHOD 9)

                     (Ref: M9 PICTURE BOOK-which will be
               issued in due time as part of a special course.
                    HCOB 23 March 78RA Revised 14 Nov 79,
                 Word Clearing Series 59RA, CLEARING WORDS.)


    Word Clearing Series 46RB was the first HCOB which gave  the  full  and
correct use and handling  of  M9.  It  has  been  revised  here  to  include
developments on how one goes about clearing a  word.  This  revision  is  on
page 133, section 7 "CLEAR THE WORD." There  are  five  other  changes,  all
minor. Earlier write-ups on this subject, not by  myself,  stated  that  the
person's Mis-U was that word on which he stumbled. This is not the case.  It
is only occasionally the word on which he stumbles  that  is  misunderstood.
Usually, as was covered long since in study tech, it is the earlier word  or
symbol which  has  caused  the  stumble  or  twitch  or  blink  or  omit  or
mispronunciation or what have you.

                                 HISTORICAL

    Method 9 Word Clearing was first developed in  a  pilot  project  which
sought to teach people to read who were not reading in their native  tongue.
The first versions of M9 were not correctly written up  but  the  technology
nevertheless began to spread in use. It was found that not only  non-English
students  didn't  know  what  they  were  reading  but  as  the  educational
standards of the culture deteriorated, it was found that people  reading  in
their native tongue could benefit with the use of  M9.  It  was  then  found
that college students could not get through M9. And the  latest  survey  has
demonstrated that 31 school teachers taken at random throughout  the  school
systems flunked M9 on their common reading materials.  What  has  apparently
happened here is that we have drifted down in literacy to a point where  the
culture can't read or hear. In a technical culture such as this, one  should
not ask further why it is failing.

    Because there are not enough  Supervisors  to  personally  M9  all  the
people on the planet, much less a medium size class, it has to be done on  a
turnabout basis by the students themselves. This caused  a  difficulty  with
M9 because one was asking students who couldn't read to  understand  how  to
do the Method 9 which would  find  the  things  which  prevented  them  from
reading. Here again we have the chicken  and  egg  problem.  Therefore,  the
procedure has been demonstrated in a picture book which will  be  issued  in
due time as a part of a special course. This picture book shows the  student
how to M9 another student and he can, after being drilled by the  Supervisor
on the picture book. So this has also been solved.


    M9 is probably the top key method of Word Clearing today. You would  be
utterly amazed to find somebody who habitually reads Western stories  cannot
pass an M9 on them. He sees, "He mounted his roan (a type of horse)" and  he
understands from this,
"He roamed around the mountains." He has become so accustomed  to  not-ising
his inability to understand  what  he  is  reading  that  he  thinks  it  is
ordinary. Isn't that the way everybody reads?


    M9 brings it home forcefully to him that he really  doesn't  understand
what he is reading. This is not why one uses it.  One  uses  it  to  produce
somebody who can read. But, like one of the English teachers  who  was  M9ed
on his own text, although he may begin with hostile protest that  of  course
he knows what he is reading, he soon gets into the real reality  of  it  and
sees where he is at. His willingness  to  continue  then  has  already  been
secured.


    It will be found that the simple things are the main things on which he
stumbles. Thus M9ing is usually preceded by M8 as covered in the  new  basic
comprehensive reading course. This shows him by picture book how  to  use  a
dictionary and gets him to define the simple words of the language.  Commas,
semicolons,  even  capital  letters   will   be   found   to   be   commonly
misunderstood.


    The usefulness of M9 has gone then from a way of  spotting  the  points
where a foreign language student is falling down to detecting  and  handling
the professors and the rest of the culture. It  is  an  extremely  important
method of Word Clearing and should be learned very well.

                            HOW TO LEARN METHOD 9

    Method 9 Word Clearing is a way of finding the words a  person  doesn't
understand in a book or other written material by having him read  it  aloud
to the Word Clearer.


    It is very simple and precise and it can be done  by  students  on  one
another with great success as  well  as  by  a  professional  Word  Clearer.
Method 9 does not require expertise and it does not require a meter as  many
other methods of Word Clearing do. Method 2 Word Clearing  is  very  similar
to  Method  9  but  it  requires  the  use  of  a  meter  to  pick  up   the
misunderstoods. The virtue of Method 9 is that, while it  is  very  thorough
and effective, it is not restricted in use to those who can operate a  meter
and who have other expertise needed  for  Method  2.  It  can  therefore  be
learned very easily and used very broadly. To teach M9 the  Supervisor  gets
the student through the picture book version of M9, which will be issued  in
due time as part of a special course and  drills  him  so  that  he  can  do
Method 9 Word Clearing and he can M9 other students. One can also learn  how
to do it all by himself by going through this picture book and this HCOB.

                             MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS

    A student, when reading by himself, often does not  know  he  has  gone
past misunderstood words. But whenever he does go  by  misunderstood  words,
he will have trouble with what he is reading.


    A misunderstood word keeps a person from duplicating what  the  written
materials actually say. It causes the communication formula to go out.


    A word can be misunderstood in many different ways and it is  important
that these different types of misunderstoods are known to the  person  doing
Method 9. A word can be misunderstood because of  a  false  (totally  wrong)
definition,  an  incorrect  definition,   an   incomplete   definition,   an
unsuitable  definition,  a  homonymic  (one  word  which  has  two  or  more
distinctly separate  meanings)  definition,  a  substitute  (synonym-a  word
which has a similar but not the same meaning)  definition,  a  no  (omitted)
definition, a rejected (by the  person  himself,  usually  due  to  a  false
datum) definition or an invented (by the person himself, usually  due  to  a
false datum) definition. This is covered more fully on HCOB 17 Jut 79  Issue
I, THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED.
If a person has habitually gone past many, many misunderstood words  in  his
reading or his education (which  most  everybody  in  this  present  culture
has),  not  only  will  his  ability  to  read  be  lowered  but  also   his
intelligence. What he himself writes and says won't be understood,  what  he
reads and hears he won't understand, and he will be  out  of  communication.
The probability is that he will have sunk back to  the  first  dynamic,  the
world will look like a very peculiar place to him, he will feel that  he  is
"not understood" (how true!) and life will look a bit miserable to  him.  He
can even appear to others to be criminal. At best he will become a  sort  of
robot or zombie. So you see, it is very  important  to  clear  misunderstood
words. Lack of the ability to communicate probably underlies the causes  for
the current drug culture.


    You will be amazed that somebody who appears to be a criminal idiot all
of a sudden begins to look comparatively like a genius  after  he  has  been
M9ed.


                             WHY METHOD 9 WORKS

    A student who understands all the words on the page he is reading  will
be able to read the page aloud perfectly. He will feel bright and alert  and
will fully understand what he reads. But when a student  passes  a  word  or
symbol he doesn't understand, the misunderstood causes  an  interruption  of
his voice or physical beingness. His voice may change, or he may stumble  on
a word or make a face or squint his eyes or react in some other way.


    This is easy to understand if you remember that a person can  go  blank
after he passes a word or symbol  he  doesn't  understand.  He  may  make  a
mistake in his reading right there at the point of the misunderstood, or  he
may continue reading past the misunderstood and make a mistake  on  a  later
word or symbol. He will feel duller and he will try to make up for the  dull
feeling by reading with more effort. This will  always  be  expressed  by  a
nonoptimum action of some kind which must be noted and handled  at  once  by
the Word Clearer.


    A nonoptimum reaction is anything the student  does  besides  read  the
page easily naturally. and perfectly. Examples of  some  of  the  nonoptimum
reactions that may show up are:

1.    Student adding a word or leaving out a word or changing a word in  the
    sentence he is reading.

2.    Student stumbling on a word or saying it incorrectly.

3.    Student pausing or reading more slowly.

4.    Student frowning or looking uncertain.

5.    Student going stiff or tensing a body  part,  such  as  squinting  his
    eyes or tightening the grip of his hands, or biting  his  lip  or  some
    other physical reaction.

6.    Student reading with effort.

7.    Student reading with a glib, robotic attitude (which is  how  he  gets
    after he has been forced to read "correctly"  by  someone  who  doesn't
    know anything about Mis-Us).

    Other manifestations can occur.


    Note that the above is not a complete list of reactions but is intended
to give an idea of what to look for. In all fairness, one can  stumble  when
reading if he is trying to read in a dim light or he is having  eye  trouble
or the print or handwriting or pencilled corrections in the  text  are  very
hard to make out. Thus it is necessary  to  do  M9  Word  Clearing  only  in
bright light and if the fellow is supposed to be wearing glasses, he  should
be wearing glasses, and the material being M9ed  must  not  contain  smudges
and
deletions itself. All possible reasons  why  he  cannot  see  the  text  and
unclear text must be removed. Otherwise, the  student  will  simply  say  he
couldn't see it or the light was bad or some other wrong Why.


    Anytime the person makes an error in his  reading  or  reacts  in  some
nonoptimum way, a misunderstood will ALWAYS be found just before that  point
or sometimes at that point itself.


    Example: The student is reading the  page  aloud.  He  reads,  "Raymond
walked home slowly and thoughtfully," then he  frowns.  The  other  student,
who is M9ing him says: "That's it. Is there some word or symbol  there  that
you didn't understand?" (If the student wonders  why  he  was  stopped,  the
Word Clearer tells him what reaction he noticed.)


    The student looks over what he has read. He feels uncertain  about  the
word "slowly." He tells this to the Word Clearer and the  word  "slowly"  is
looked up in the dictionary and used in sentences until  the  student  fully
understands it.


    When the word that  was  misunderstood  is  located  and  cleared,  the
student will brighten up and will begin reading clearly and  correctly  once
again.


                              THE GLIB STUDENT

    Glibness is often trained into  students  by  the  current  educational
methods used in schools. The  student  is  drilled  to  suppress  or  go  by
misunderstood words and to robotically answer back with what the book  says.
If he can do this, he is said to be a "good student" and a "good reader."


    With this method, a student's understanding of  what  he  has  read  is
actually considered  to  be  separate  from  the  act  of  reading.  If  the
educators  bother  with  comprehension  at  all,  it  is  only  to   measure
memorization, not understanding.


    In today's schools, students are actually instructed  to  go  right  on
past words they don't understand; to figure out  how  to  say  them  and  to
continue reading whether they understand the text or not. One textbook  even
advises, "If you find a hard word, read it as best you can and  continue  to
read."  Students  are  expressly  drilled  to  suppress  reactions  such  as
mispronouncing words, substituting one word  for  another,  inserting  extra
words,  repeating  words,  and  omitting  words.  These  reactions  indicate
misunderstoods have been bypassed, but under heavy drilling  a  student  can
learn to become robotic enough to suppress even these  reactions,  and  read
on, leaving misunderstoods  piled  up  behind  him.  In  all  fairness,  his
teachers were not just  trying  to  victimize  him.  The  discovery  of  the
effects of a misunderstood word and the reasons for such  stumbles  had  not
been discovered. Teachers did  not  know  about  them.  Thus  they  invented
various drills to  force  the  student  not  to  make  these  "comprehension
errors." They did  not  have  the  tech  or  even  know  what  caused  these
manifestations. You have the reasons for them  in  Method  9  and  in  study
tech.


    You can spot a glib student on Method 9 because  he  sounds  and  looks
robotic when he reads. One step to take on such a glib  student  is  to  ask
him if he has ever been taught to suppress reactions on  words  which,  when
he read them, he  did  not  understand.  One  is  asking  him  to  take  the
"suppress" off. He will tell you immediately that he has been when  this  is
true, and some emotional reaction can occur. One simply lets him talk  about
it until the charge seems to be off of it and then gets  him  to  start  his
M9ing again. Some of it may be left, of course, but he  will  gradually  get
into it and become more honest and more there. He thinks,  of  course,  when
you're M9ing him that you simply want him to utter certain sounds.  This  is
what he has been trained to expect. If he is supposed to read aloud,  he  is
supposed to utter certain sounds. These sounds, of course,  are  meaningless
to him but that doesn't matter. Previously, his whole purpose  and  training
pattern in reading aloud was narrowed into getting  passed.  So  it  may  be
necessary for the Supervisor to take up why  he  is  being  M9ed.  But  even
though he is reading like a robot and suppressing everything,  you  will  be
able to see the
suppression deepen when he hits the really big Mis-Us. He  reads  them  even
more robotically than he does the other parts of the text, so these too  can
be detected. As soon as he has found a few of these  things  out  and  found
out what you are trying to do, he will begin to respond  much  more  readily
with M9. Method 9 on common reading materials will show up a student's  lack
of reading comprehension and show up  his  misunderstoods  so  that  he  can
really see it for himself. It may be  an  entirely  new  idea  to  him  that
written pages and sound waves communicate something.


    Another method, an extreme one, of handling the extensively  mistrained
glib student is to get him to read a paragraph and then, employing a  method
known as "clay table," get him to demonstrate it. He won't  be  able  to  do
so. Furthermore, he will realize he  isn't  able  to  do  so.  It  was  just
sounds.


                    METHOD 9 ON COMMON READING MATERIALS

    To do Method 9 on common  reading  materials,  the  student  chooses  a
paperback book or something that he reads for his own pleasure and he  reads
it aloud to the Word Clearer.


    If he  cannot  read  it  perfectly,  it  is  because  he  has  gone  by
misunderstood words. At first it may not be real to the student that he  has
misunderstood words. But after he has found and cleared  a  number  of  them
using Method 9, the student will realize that  he  does  have  misunderstood
words and that his misunderstoods are getting in the way of his  ability  to
read.


    When the student reaches the point of realizing that he  does  actually
have misunderstood words on the materials he  commonly  reads  for  his  own
pleasure, he becomes very willing to find his own  misunderstood  words  and
he can usually do so easily. Method 9 of common  reading  materials  can  be
ended at this point. The student is now much more aware of and able to  find
and handle his own misunderstoods and  he  is  on  his  way  toward  reading
naturally, correctly and with understanding.


                             HOW TO DO METHOD 9

1.    STUDENT AND WORD CLEARER SIT ACROSS FROM EACH OTHER.

    The student and the Word Clearer sit across from each other at a  table
or desk. Each person has his own copy of the text to be  word  cleared.  The
Word Clearer must be able to see the student and the page in  front  of  him
at the same time.

2.    DICTIONARIES ARE AVAILABLE.

    A good, simple English language dictionary, and any other  dictionaries
the student may need are available. (Above all things, do not  use  what  is
called a "dinky dictionary." This is different than a simple  well-expressed
dictionary. A dinky dictionary is what you commonly get  off  the  paperback
racks in drug stores. It quite often defines word  A  as  word  B  and  then
defines word B as word A. It also omits all the alternative definitions  and
all the technical  definitions.  Always  have  to  hand,  at  least  in  the
classroom, the most extensive and voluminous  set  of  dictionaries  anybody
ever heard of on all the subjects ever heard of  under  the  sun,  plus  any
encyclopedias that you can round up.)

3.    STUDENT RECOGNITION OF MISUNDERSTOODS.

    Before the student starts reading, he should be told that if he sees  a
word he doesn't know the meaning of, he should stop and  look  the  word  up
and clear it instead of  going  on  past  it.  And  the  student  should  be
encouraged to find and clear misunderstood words himself.  M9  brings  about
the ability to do this, so that the student will  find  and  clear  his  own
misunderstoods in future. The Word Clearer on M9  would  never  prevent  the
student from clearing a word that the student recognizes  as  misunderstood.
Correctly done M9 will bring about the ability of the student  to  find  and
clear his own misunderstoods.... (If you  don't  want  to  spend  ten  years
M9ing one page, it is best to get him through Method  8  on  simple  English
words. This will be part of a special  course  which  will  greatly  improve
someone's level of literacy.)

4.    STUDENT READS THE TEXT ALOUD TO THE WORD CLEARER.

    The student reads the text aloud to the Word Clearer. He is not on  the
meter. While the student reads, the Word Clearer follows  his  own  copy  of
the same text, watches the student and listens to him.


    The Word Clearer must be very alert and  see  or  hear  any  nonoptimum
reactions of the student while he is reading.

5.    NONOPTIMUM REACTION EQUALS MISUNDERSTOOD WORD.

    A nonoptimum reaction by the student to what he is reading is the  clue
to the Word Clearer that the student has encountered a  misunderstood  word.
The Word Clearer and student must now locate the  exact  misunderstood  word
or symbol. It will be found just  before  or  sometimes  at  the  point  the
nonoptimum reaction occurred.

6.    FIND THE MISUNDERSTOOD.

    If it is not obvious to the student that he has  reacted  and  he  just
continues reading, the Word Clearer says, "That's it. Is there some word  or
symbol there that you didn't  understand?"  It  is  the  duty  of  the  Word
Clearer to steer the student to the  misunderstood.  It  is  either  at  the
point of the nonoptimum reaction  or  before  it.  The  point  is  that  the
student must be steered onto it. And it then is looked up.


    The student may be able to spot his misunderstood word right  away  and
tell the Word Clearer what it is. Or he may have difficulty finding  it  and
the Word Clearer will have to help him find it.


    The Word Clearer helps the student by getting him to look  earlier  and
earlier in the text from the point where he reacted until the  misunderstood
word is found. The Word Clearer  can  also  spot-check  the  student.  Spot-
checking means choosing words from the text the  student  has  already  read
and checking with him to see if he knows the definitions of those words.


    If the student is uncertain about any word or gives a wrong definition,
then that word is taken up and cleared in the dictionary.

7.    CLEAR THE WORD.

    Once the misunderstood is  found  it  must  be  fully  cleared  in  the
dictionary. The person will be hung up on the definition of the word  as  it
is used in the context of  what  is  being  word  cleared,  which  will  not
necessarily be the first definition given in  the  dictionary.  To  try  and
clear any other definition before clearing the one  he  is  stuck  in  would
cause him to try and clear a word  over  misunderstood  Therefore  he  would
rapidly go over the definitions to find the one that fits  the  context  and
clear that first. Then the remaining definitions would be cleared.


    This is how a word is cleared:


    The first step is to look rapidly over the definitions to find the  one
which applies to the context in which the word was misunderstood. One  reads
the definition and uses it in sentences until one has  a  clear  concept  of
that meaning of the word. This could require ten or more sentences.


    Then one clears each of the other definitions of that word, using  each
in sentences until one has a conceptual understanding of each definition.
The next thing to do is to clear the derivation-which is the explanation  of
where  the  word  came  from  originally.  This  will  help  gain  a   basic
understanding of the word.


    Don't clear the technical or specialized  definitions  (math,  biology,
etc.) or obsolete (no longer used) or archaic  (ancient  and  no  longer  in
general use) definitions unless the word is  being  used  that  way  in  the
context where it was misunderstood.


    Most dictionaries give the idioms of a word. An idiom is  a  phrase  or
expression whose meaning cannot be understood from the ordinary meanings  of
the words. For example "give in" is an English idiom meaning "yield."  Quite
a few words in English have idiomatic uses and these are usually given in  a
dictionary after the definitions of the word itself. These  idioms  have  to
be cleared.


    One must also clear any other information given about the word, such as
notes on its usage, synonyms, etc. so as to have  a  full  understanding  of
the word.


    If one encounters a misunderstood word or symbol in the definition of a
word being cleared, one must clear it right away using this  same  procedure
and then return to the definition one was clearing. (Dictionary symbols  and
abbreviations are usually given in the front of the dictionary.)

8.    READ THE SENTENCE AGAIN.

The Word Clearer then asks the student to read once again  the  sentence  in
the text in which the misunderstood word or symbol was  found.  The  student
does so and if he  reads  it  correctly  with  understanding,  he  continues
reading the text. Any further nonoptimum reactions are  handled  by  finding
the next misunderstood word and clearing it, as above.

9.    METHOD 9 IS CONTINUED UNTIL THE TEXT HAS BEEN COMPLETED.

Method 9 is continued until the text to be word cleared is completed.

10.   STUDENT GOES TO EXAMINER AT THE END OF METHOD 9 WORD CLEARING .

    The student is always sent to the PC Examiner at the end of a Method  9
session.


    And that's all there is to doing Method 9!

                              METHOD 9 CAUTION

    When the Word Clearer has misunderstoods of his  own  on  the  material
being word cleared, he tends to go "wooden" and just sits and  does  nothing
to  handle  the  student.  The  Word  Clearer  must  always  clear  his  own
misunderstood words or else when the student stumbles on a  word,  the  Word
Clearer won't even see it or hear it because of his own  misunderstoods.  He
can miss the student's stumble and never  get  the  student's  misunderstood
word.


    The Word Clearer can also miss a student's reactions  when  he  has  so
much attention on the page  that  he  becomes  unaware  of  the  student  or
doesn't even look at the student.


    When students are M9ing each other on the same study materials, they do
NOT  first  just  read  the  materials  as  this   will   only   give   them
misunderstoods. They take the materials being word cleared one paragraph  or
section at a time and M9 each other on it. This is done by a  student  first
M9ing his twin on one section, and then getting M9ed on what  he  just  word
cleared his twin on, plus the next section. It then turns around again.  The
twin gets M9ed on what he just word cleared the other  student  on,  and  on
the next section. In this way one person is not constantly  leading.  Unless
the M9ing reversals are  done  in  this  fashion,  misunderstoods  could  be
missed. The whole text would be covered in this way.
                        EXAMPLES OF STUDENT REACTIONS
                         AND THEIR CORRECT HANDLING

    There are many, many different kinds of reactions that can occur when a
student passes a word he doesn't understand. There are also  many  different
ways a student will respond to Method 9. All  that  is  needed  for  success
with Method 9 is for the Word Clearer to understand Method 9  and  to  apply
it exactly according to this bulletin.

    Given here are some examples of student reactions and correct handlings
by the Word Clearer:

A.    THE STUDENT CHANGES A WORD IN THE SENTENCE.

    Example:


    The page says: "The boy then reached down and patted his dog."


    The student says: "The boy than reached down and patted his dog."


    The Word Clearer says, "That's it. Is there some word or  symbol  there
that you didn't understand?"


    The student looks at the words "then," "boy" and "the." He knows  those
words. So he looks in the sentence before that  one.  In  that  sentence  he
sees the word "collie." He's not sure what that is.


    He tells the Word Clearer and they clear the word "collie."

B.    THE STUDENT ADDS AN EXTRA WORD.

    Example:


    The page says: "the child went to school."


    The student says: "The child went to the school."


    The Word Clearer says, "That's it. Is there some word or  symbol  there
that you didn't understand?"


    The student looks over the sentence. He says  he  understands  all  the
words, but thinks the sentence should say. "A child went to  school"  rather
than, "The child went to school."


    The Word Clearer says, "Okay. let's spot-check some  words.  What  does
'the' mean in this sentence?"


    The student looks blank for a moment and doesn't say anything. The Word
Clearer says, "All right. We're going to look up the definition of 'the'."


    "The" is then looked up and cleared.

C.    THE STUDENT LEAVES OUT A WORD.

    Example:


    The page says: "Robert then visited the city."


    The student says: "Robert visited the city."


    The Word Clearer says, "That's it. Is there some word or  symbol  there
that you didn't understand?"



The student reads over the sentence.  He  can't  find  anything  he  doesn't
understand. The Word  Clearer  asks  him  to  look  over  the  next  earlier
sentence for a  misunderstood  word.  The  student  can't  find  any  there,
either. The Word Clearer has the student keep looking  earlier  and  earlier
in the text and finally the student spots  the  misunderstood  word  in  the
first sentence of the page.


    The word found is then cleared.

D.    THE STUDENT LEAVES OFF A PART OF A WORD, SUCH AS AN "S" OR AN "ED"  AT
    THE END.

    Example:


    The page says: "There  was  a  huge  pile  of  assorted  tools  in  the
woodshed."


    The student says: "There was a  huge  pile  of  assorted  tool  in  the
woodshed."


    The Word Clearer says, "That's it. You left the 's' off 'tools.' Have a
look over that sentence or  page  and  tell  me  what  word  or  symbol  was
misunderstood."


    The student says, "I don't have any misunderstood words on this page."


    The Word Clearer acknowledges him and asks him once  again  to  have  a
look for the misunderstood word or symbol.


    The student looks over the  entire  page  but  still  says  he  has  no
misunderstoods. So the Word Clearer starts spot-checking the student on  the
definitions of the words on the page.


    The Word Clearer asks, "What's the definition of 'tools'?" The  student
says, "It means 'implements of work'." The Word Clearer says. "That's  fine.
What's  the  definition  of  'assorted'?"  The  student  gives  it  to   him
correctly, so the Word Clearer simply backs up the  sentence  words  one  by
one, getting the definition of each one until he hits the word "was."


    Student says, "It's something you saw with."  The  Word  Clearer  says,
"Let's have a look at 'was' in the dictionary." Each definition of "was"  is
then cleared and it  is  suddenly  discovered  that  the  person  has  never
understood that it had anything to do with the conjugation of the  verb  "to
be."


E.    THE STUDENT STUMBLES ON A WORD OR SAYS IT INCORRECTLY.

    Example:


    The page says: "I think I'll go shopping."


    The student says: "I th-think...."


    The student stops after he stumbles. The Word Clearer says,  "Is  there
some word or symbol there that you don't understand?"


    The student says, "Well, it just doesn't make sense."


    The Word Clearer asks, "What doesn't make sense?"


    The student says, "I don't see why it says 'think' here."


    The Word Clearer says, "All right. Let's have a look at 'think' in  the
dictionary."


    "Think" is then looked up in the dictionary, but the student can't seem
to get it, even though he understands all the words in the definition.



The Word Clearer asks, "Tell me, what part of  speech  is  'think'  in  that
sentence?"


    The student says, "Uh, I don't know."


    The Word Clearer says, "Okay. Well, right here in  the  dictionary,  it
says 'verb'. What does that mean to you?"


    Student: "Mm . . ." (long pause).


    The Word Clearer says, "All right." He gets a grammar  book  and  says,
"Have a look at this definition of 'verb'."


    "Verb" is then cleared but while clearing it, the student says, "Hey, I
always thought you could only  have  one  verb  in  one  sentence  and  that
sentence has two verbs in it. Somebody threw me a  curve."  And  as  he  has
cognited and has now got  it  straight,  M9ing  continues.  He  uses  it  in
sentences until he's really got it, then they go on to the  next  definition
of "think" in the dictionary.

F.    THE STUDENT HESITATES OR PAUSES WHILE HE IS READING OR BEGINS  READING
    MORE SLOWLY.

    Example:


    The page says: "The sun was shining on the flowers."


    The student says: "The sun--was shining on the flowers."


    The  Word  Clearer  says,  "That's  it.  What  word   or   symbol   was
misunderstood just before that point?"


    The student very carefully looks back over the page, but he can't  find
any words he doesn't understand.


    The Word Clearer says,  "Okay.  I'll  spot-check  you."  He  gives  the
student a thorough spot-check, but no misunderstood words are found.


    The Word Clearer then asks, "Show me where you were last  doing  really
well on this text."


    The student shows him. It's three paragraphs back.


    The Word Clearer says, "Good. We're going to check from this point back
for any misunderstood words."


    He extensively spot-checks the student in that area, and the  student's
misunderstood word is finally found and cleared.

G.    THE STUDENT FROWNS, LOOKS UNCERTAIN, GOES STIFF, OR IN SOME WAY  SHOWS
    LACK OF COMPREHENSION.

    Example:


    The page says: "The family ate dinner together every night."


    The student says: "The family ate dinner together every night."


    While the student is reading, there is a slight look of uncertainty  on
his face.


    The Word Clearer says, "That's it. Look over this section  you've  just
read and tell me what word or symbol has been misunderstood."


    The student says, "But why did you stop me?"
The Word Clearer says, "You were looking uncertain as  you  read  that  last
sentence."


    The student says, "Well actually, I did have some attention back on the
sentence before last."


    The Word Clearer says, "Okay.  Was  there  any  misunderstood  word  or
symbol there? "


    The student says, "I have some attention on the word  'for',  but  I've
looked that up before."


    The Word Clearer says, "Well, let's have another look at it."


    "For" is then cleared and the student realizes  that  he  hadn't  fully
cleared all of the definitions when he had previously looked it up.

H.    THE STUDENT TENSES HIS BODY IN SOME WAY. THIS COULD BE TIGHTENING  HIS
    GRIP, SQUINTING, TENSING HIS JAW, JERKING HIS BODY, STIFFENING ANY BODY
    PART, ETC.

    1-The page says: "The girls were delighted to see one another."


    The student says: "The girls (tightens the muscles  in  his  jaw)  were
delighted to see one another."


    The Word Clearer says, "That's it. Look back over this section you have
just read. Was there a misunderstood word or symbol there?"


    The student looks at the page a long time. The Word Clearer can see  he
is looking earlier and earlier on the page. Finally  the  student  says,  "I
can't see any words I don't understand, but this line seems  a  bit  strange
to me: 'It was Christmas Eve. Alice was listening  to  "Silent  Night"  when
Carol came into the room.'"


    The Word Clearer says, "All right. Let's do a spot-check in that  area.
What does 'Carol' mean?"


    The student says, "That's a girl's name."


    The Word Clearer says, "Good. What do the quotation marks show in  that
sentence? "


    The student says, "Hm. Well, someone said 'Silent Night' to Alice."


    The Word Clearer says, "All right. I want you to read this  section  in
the grammar book on quotation marks."


    The student reads the section aloud  and  says,  "Oh,  I  see.  'Silent
Night' is a song and you use quotation marks  around  the  names  of  songs.
I've got it now!"


    The Word Clearer says, "Great," and has the student give some  examples
of the use of quotation marks. They then return to the text.


    2-The page says: "The men walked quietly through the dockyard."


    The student says:  "The  men  walked  quietly  through  the  dockyard."
(Student leans forward and looks at the page more intently.)


    The Word Clearer says, "That's it. Is there some word or  symbol  there
that you didn't understand?"


    The student looks over the sentence. "Well, I've never seen  'dockyard'
used like that before. It doesn't make sense."


    The Word Clearer acknowledges him and has him look it up.  The  student
reads the definition and  starts  brightening  up.  He  turns  to  the  Word
Clearer and says, "And all this time I thought a dockyard was a place  where
you built docks, I never could understand why...."


    3-The page says: "The car drove off, leaving a trail  of  dust  in  the
air."


    The student says: "The car drove off, leaving a trail (student  squints
his eyes at the page) of dust in the air."


    The Word Clearer says, "Is there some misunderstood word or  symbol  in
that area?"


    Student looks bewildered. "No, the sentence just doesn't make sense."


    Word Clearer says, "All right. What is the definition of 'trail'?"


    "Oh, that's the impression of a horse hoof where a horse has been."


    The Word Clearer says, "Okay, look up the word 'trail'."  The  word  is
cleared and the student sees that he had a totally wrong definition.

I.    THE STUDENT YAWNS, SUPPRESSES A YAWN, GETS WATERY EYES, ETC.

    The page says: "A bright red apple was on the table."


    The student says: "A bright red apple was (yawn) . . ."


    The Word Clearer says, "Okay. Let's find the word or  symbol  that  was
misunderstood in this section."


    The student says, "I'm  not  sure  I  have  the  right  definition  for
'bright'. Could we look it up?"


    The Word Clearer says, "Sure," and they look up the word "bright."

J.    THE STUDENT BEGINS READING WITH MORE  EFFORT.  THIS  INCLUDES  READING
    VERY CAREFULLY OR UNNATURALLY OR ROBOTICALLY OR READING IN SUCH  A  WAY
    AS TO SHOW THAT THE WORDS HAVE NO MEANING TO HIM, OR  THAT  HE  DOESN'T
    UNDERSTAND WHAT HE IS READING.

    The page says: "The families were having a picnic on the beach."


    The student says: "The families were having a picnic on the beach." X


    The student reads the page correctly, but he is being very careful  not
to make any mistakes.


    The Word Clearer says, "That's it. Let's find the misunderstood word or
symbol that you didn't understand before this sentence."


    The student says, "Yes, I started feeling  uncomfortable  while  I  was
reading the sentence before last."


    The Word Clearer says, "Good. Let's  look  just  before  that  for  the
misunderstood word."



The student finds his misunderstood and it is cleared.


    The important point for the Word Clearer  to  remember  is  that  WHERE
THERE IS A STUDENT REACTION, A MISUNDERSTOOD WORD  WILL  BE  FOUND,  USUALLY
JUST BEFORE THE POINT HE REACTED.


    The  misunderstood  word  can  always,  always  be  located  with  good
communication, persistence and a totally standard application  of  Method  9
tech, as given in this HCOB. If the student can't easily  achieve  this,  he
must go to the Supervisor for help.


                                 TRs AND M9

    To be a very successful M9 Word Clearer, one's TRs must be in. One  has
to be able to TR 3 the question and get the  actual  misunderstood,  yet  at
the same time, one  should  never  go  robotic  or  rote  on  the  Method  9
procedure. For example it may happen that halfway through  a  sentence,  the
student stops, smiles, and then continues on.  Upon  questioning,  you  find
that a bulletin he has read many, many times before is  now  finally  making
sense. You wouldn't then ask him for  his  misunderstood.  Just  acknowledge
his win and carry on with your Word Clearing  with  your  TRs  in  and  your
application of this bulletin 100% standard. The wins and gains of those  you
word clear will by no means be slight.

                             QUARRELS OR UPSETS

    It occasionally happens that the students doing the Word  Clearing  get
into a quarrel or upset. If this happens, you know that one  of  two  things
has happened, either:

1.    "Misunderstoods" that were really understood were forced  off  on  the
    student, or

2.    Actual misunderstoods were not detected and were passed by.

    1.      If this happens, you can clean up any falsely  looked-up  words
by asking him if he was made to look up words he understood. If this is  the
case, the student will brighten up and tell you the word  or  words  he  was
wrongly made to clear. This done, the M9ing can be resumed.


    2.       If  the  above  doesn't  handle  it,  then  one   knows   that
misunderstoods have been missed.  Have  the  twin  who  is  doing  the  Word
Clearing take him back to when he was last doing well and then come  forward
in the text, M9ing as he goes, picking  up  the  missed  misunderstoods.  It
will usually be found that several  misunderstoods  have  been  missed,  not
just one.

                                 WORKSHEETS

    Worksheets are a written record of  the  Word  Clearing  session.  They
contain the student's name, the Word Clearer's name, the date and  the  name
or title of what is being word cleared. The Word  Clearer  keeps  worksheets
during the Word Clearing session and  writes  down  which  words  have  been
looked up and cleared and any other  important  information  concerning  the
Word Clearing.


    Worksheets are stapled to the student's Exam Form when Word Clearing is
complete. They are filed in his pc folder.


                            TEACHING THE STUDENT
                               TO DO METHOD 9

    This is done using this HCOB or the M9  Picture  Book  (which  will  be
issued in due time as part of a special course). This is  a  simple  picture
book which is handed to the student. He goes through the book and then  does
some M9 drilling as contained in
the back of it. The Supervisor checks him out and corrects  him  if  needed,
using only  the data in the M9 Picture Book and this HCOB.  No  verbal  tech
or opinions are thrown in.


    The end result of a well done Method 9 is a student who is  certain  he
has no misunderstoods on that material so  that  he  can  easily  study  the
material and apply it.


    Method 9 is a great civilization saver.


    It is easy to do. It's fun and it gives tremendous gains.


    It is vital that Method 9 is  done  correctly,  exactly  by  the  book.
Otherwise, people will be denied the enormous  wins  that  can  be  attained
with it.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:dr.nc
Copyright � 1973. 1974. 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo     HCO BULLETIN OF 7 APRIL 1973RA
TRs Course  REVISED 22 FEBRUARY 1979
Checksheet
Qual/Tech   (This bulletin has been revised
C/Ses to incorporate new discoveries
Supervisors on the subject of coaching TRs.)
TR Course
Students    (Revisions in this type style)
Cramming Off     (Ellipsis indicates deletion)

                              GRADIENTS IN TRS

             References:
             HCOB 16 Aug 71R II    TRs MODERNIZED
             TAPE: 30 Jun 61       TRAINING ON TRs-
             (6106C30)       LECTURE ON AUDITING
             HCOB 3 Feb 79 I       CHANGE THE CIVILI
                  ZATION EVAL

    Time after time you're going to find somebody in an organization trying
to teach the TRs this way: Go on to TR 0 and stick there.


    Eight months later he'll still be doing the TR 0.


    You're going to find that consistently, because the element  of  ENDURE
enters into it. That is  improper.  TRs  are  done  to  improve  a  person's
handling of the cycle of communication. When he sticks  somewhere  on  a  TR
instead of cycling through them, each one to a win,  minor  or  major,  over
and over again, you don't accomplish the purpose of TRs.


    Here is the way you do the TRs. You'll find it very valuable.


    You do OT TR 0 to a win or a cognition or an improved ability to simply
BE THERE. You go on to TR 0. The student hasn't gotten a full pass on OT  TR
0. He just got accustomed to it and had a win.


    You do TR 0 to a win for the student that HE recognizes as a win.


    You do TR 0 Bullbait to a win for the student that he recognizes  as  a
win.


    You do TR 1 to a win for the student that he recognizes as a  win.  You
don't try to cure or even necessarily mention faults. When you do flunk  the
student you handle every flunk with an HCOB,  but  you  concentrate  on  the
student  acquiring  skills  rather  than  eradicating  faults.   You   can't
eradicate a fault from something a person knows little about  in  the  first
place.


    You do TR 2 to a win for the student that he recognizes as a win.


    You do TR 3 to a win for the student that he recognizes as a win.


    You do TR 4 to a win for the student that he recognizes as a win.


    Now you come back to OT TR 0. Get the student better at OT TR  0.  Then
go through all the TRs again. It's kind of  like  running  CCHs-they  get  a
little bit of a win at it and you go on to the next one.


    Each time the student cycles through the  TRs  he  is  coached  in  the
direction of increasing the skills he has-never in the direction of  a  lose
or a flunk. It is very
simple. You ensure that the student 1) KNOWS the TRs  HCOBs,  2)  DUPLICATES
the drill, 3) DOES the drill, and then you always, always  COACH  HIM  TO  A
WIN.


    There is no reason or use in making the student wrong,  he  usually  is
about as wrong as you can get. Unreasonable as it may seem to some, the  job
of the coach and Supervisor is to make the student right.


    If you do that, you shorten considerably the time it takes to learn the
TRs.


    In other words, you approach this with a gradient scale.


    We did learn about  gradient  scales  many  years  ago  and  we  should
continue to apply that knowledge.


    Eventually, when  you  use  this  approach  to  TRs  the  student  will
eventually be able to do a faultless 2-hour OT TR 0, a faultless  2-hour  TR
0, a perfect TR 1, an incredibly good TR 2, an error-free TR 3 and an  easy,
satisfying, flawless TR 4 without Q and A or  ARC  breaking  the  pc,  which
just makes the session flow. And once his TRs are "in"  they  will  stay  in
for life and he will be able to handle a  communication  cycle  so  smoothly
and so effortlessly that nobody including himself even  recognizes  that  he
is doing it.


    This is the way to fast, successful TRs Courses,  full  passes  and  TR
graduates with natural, easy, flubless TRs.




                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:nt. jk
Copyright � 1973,1974,1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 15 OCTOBER 1973RB
                         RE-REVISED 4 DECEMBER 1978

Remimeo
                       (Revisions in this type style)


                               C/S Series 87RB


                      NULLING AND F/Ning PREPARED LISTS

           (Ref: HCOB 4 December 1978, HOW TO READ THROUGH AN F/N)


    A prepared list is one which is issued  in  an  HCOB  and  is  used  to
correct cases. There are many of these. Notable amongst them is C/S  53  and
its corrections.


    It is customary for the auditor to be required to F/N such a list. This
means on calling it that the whole list item by item is to F/N.


    To F/N a list, you do it Method 3. Somebody's got the wrong  idea  that
it is done Method 5-going over and over and over something.


    A recent C/S of mine on the subject stated: "The reason  you're  having
trouble F/Ning a list is because you don't do M3, handle each  read  to  the
end and then reassess M3 and handle each read to  the  end.  It  is  obvious
from your list markings that you were doing  M5  over  and  over,  which  of
course gets into protest. Usually M3 at some point will  begin  to  F/N  and
that is the reason you do M3. Also, when you miss on  a  prepared  list  the
F/N stops. So there were a few  minor  misses  on  these  lists  but  mostly
because you were doing it M5. Also, it takes an R-Factor that  you're  going
to clean up everything on the list."


    You handle a list Method 3 by calling the line and handling the line. A
prepared list should be used to get optimum results on a pc. If  a  prepared
list reveals that more needs to be handled, i.e.  engram  in  restimulation,
then it would be handled. (Note: In this  case  the  handling  would  be  to
assess the L3RF and handle the reads. WARNING: You would NOT  run  Dianetics
on a Clear, Dianetic Clear or OT. For C/ears and OTs you  would  assess  the
L3RF and then simply INDICATE the read.)


    If a more major action was found to be needed it  would  be  programmed
for handling, per list instructions. If something hot leaps into view  on  a
prepared list then handle it.


    It is the wrong think that one has to quickie a prepared list  and  get
it to F/N in a hurry rather than to use it to get optimum results on a pc.


    All the list must be called a final time.


                       "NONREADING, NON-F/Ning" LISTS

    Now and then you get the extreme oddity of a list selected  to  exactly
remedy the case not reading but not F/Ning.


    Of course this might happen if the list did not apply to the case (such
as an OT prepared list being used on a Grade  IV,  heaven  forbid).  In  the
case of lists to correct listing and in particular the C/S 53 Series, it  is
nearly impossible for this situation to occur.
A C/S will very often see that the auditor has assessed the list on the  pc,
has gotten no reads, and the list did not F/N.


    A "reasonable" C/S (heaven forbid) lets this go by.


    Yet he has before him first class evidence that the auditor

    1.      Has out-TRs in general,


    2.      Has no impingement whatever with TR 1,


    3.      Is placing his meter in the  wrong  position  in  the  auditing
        session so that he cannot see it, the pc and his worksheet,


    4.      That the auditor's eyesight is bad.

    One or more of these conditions certainly exist.


    To do nothing about it is to ask for catastrophe after catastrophe with
pcs and to have one's confidence in one's own C/Sing deteriorate badly.


    An amazing number of auditors cannot make a prepared list read for  one
of the above reasons.


    Putting in Suppress, Invalidation or Misunderstood Words  on  the  list
will either get a read or the list will F/N. If a list  does  not  F/N  then
the subject of the list is still charged or there is  something  wrong  with
the list.


    The moral of this is that prepared lists that do  not  read  F/N.  When
prepared lists that do not read do not F/N or when the auditor cannot get  a
prepared list to F/N, serious auditing errors are present which will  defeat
a C/S.


    In the interest of obtaining results and being  merciful  on  pcs,  the
wise C/S never lets this situation go by without  finding  what  it  is  all
about.


                           READING THROUGH AN F/N

    There is a skill that any auditor who is handling lists  should  master
and that is reading through an F/N.


    WHEN TAKING A LIST TO F/Ning ASSESSMENT AN AUDITOR  MUST  KNOW  HOW  TO
READ THROUGH AN F/N.


    When going down a list that is F/Ning  you'll  sometimes  see  the  F/N
"check" briefly and then continue. The swinging weight of the F/Ning  needle
has momentum and it will tend to obscure a read. But a  sharp  auditor  will
see this "check" or slow in an F/N, know he has a hot item and  take  it  up
and handle it. An auditor who can't read through an F/N will miss it and  go
right on by, and the F/N then kills within the next  couple  of  items.  Now
he's got a suppressed read and he's going to have trouble F/Ning the list.


    When this happens, even if you can't read through an F/N, you should go
back up the list an item or two and find it. BUT one should be able to  read
through an F/N. It is the secret of being able to take a list accurately  to
an honestly F/Ning assessment, with no wasted time or effort. (Ref:  HCOB  4
December 78, HOW TO READ THROUGH AN F/N.)

                            THE "RABBIT BUTTONS"

    To "rabbit" means to run away from the bank. (The term derives from the
fact that a rabbit is timid and runs away from just about everything.)


    Some auditors have been known to "rabbit"  from  auditing  sessions  or
from certain session actions.  This  is  wholly  due  to  out-TRs  or  shaky
metering and the auditor not knowing how to use his tools.  Rabbiting  shows
up in various ways-not getting the pc through the engram and  not  taking  a
Dianetic chain to full EP, or calling an F/N when it's an ARC break  needle,
or simply ending off when the going gets rough, etc. It's running away  from
the action rather than completing it.


    One of the ways some auditors rabbit from F/Ning a  list  is  by  using
what have come to be known as the "rabbit  buttons."  Given  a  C/S  53  (or
other list) to take to F/Ning assessment, the auditor begins  assessing  and
handling the list items but on the slightest provocation (such  as  a  minor
protest from the pc), introduces such questions as: "Is  the  C/S  53  being
overrun?", "Is this list unnecessary?", "Do you  feel  over-repaired  ?"  or
something similar.


    These questions are valid enough when they occur, as they  do,  at  the
end of some prepared lists. But used out of sequence they serve to  get  the
auditor out  of  taking  the  C/S  53  or  other  assigned  list  to  F/Ning
assessment. Auditor throws in the "rabbit buttons,"  pc  immediately  agrees
it's "overrun"  or  "unnecessary,"  and  the  auditor  ends  off,  with  the
majority of the list items unchecked for charge.


    This is by no means true of all auditors but it has happened frequently
enough for these questions, used out of sequence, to be dubbed  the  "rabbit
buttons."


    And each time an auditor has rabbited in this way from F/Ning  a  list,
something has been found later that should have been handled.


    Thus: WHEN THE C/S CALLS  FOR  F/Ning  A  LIST  IT  MUST  BE  TAKEN  TO
COMPLETION AND NOT QUIT BEFORE THE ENTIRE LIST IS F/Ning, ITEM BY  ITEM,  ON
ASSESSMENT.


    Any pc protest or upset or apprehension over extensive  repair  actions
or a list  having  to  be  F/Ned  stems  mainly  from  auditor  out-TRs  and
mismetering (missing reads  and  calling  false  reads)  when  doing  repair
lists.


    Any auditor back-off or protest on F/Ning a list stems from these  same
points plus having to handle pc upset or protest.


    The solution is for the auditor to polish his TRs and  sharpen  up  his
metering. AND learn to read through an F/N.


    Given good TRs and standard metering, the auditor  who  can  then  also
read through an F/N  will  have  no  difficulty  taking  a  list  to  F/Ning
assessment.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


                                             Revision 22.3.77
                                             assisted by
                                             LRH Tech Expeditor


                                             Re-revised 4.12.78 by
                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:jk
Copyright � 1973, 1977, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO BULLETIN OF 24 NOVEMBER 1973RD
                           REVISED 30 OCTOBER 1978
Cl IV Grad Chksht
Cl VI Chksht     (Revisions in this type style)
C/Ses
Cl IV Grad & above     C/S Series 53RL SF
Auditors    (Short Form)


                        SHORT HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT C/S


    The C/S Series 53 Short  Form  is  the  basic  prepared  list  used  by
auditors to get a TA up or  down  into  normal  range  or  to  correct  case
outnesses. A pc who is relatively new to auditing should be assessed on  the
C/S Series 53 Long Form, which puts the items into full questions.


    Assess this list Method 5 and handle reads in the order they  occur  on
the list.


    HCOB 30 Oct 78, C/S SERIES 53, USE OF contains data vital to the proper
use of the C/S Series 53 lists.

PC NAME     DATE________________

A.    Interiorized into something _____      Tired _____
      Go in _____            Deadness   _____
      Went in    _____       Unconsciousness _____
      Put in     _____       Can't get it    _____
      Want to go in    _____      Protest    _____
      Can't get in     _____      Don't like it    _____
      Can't go in            D.   Drugs _____
      Want to get out  _____ LSD  _____
      Kicked out of spaces   _____           Alcohol     _____
      Being trapped    _____      Pot   _____
      Forced in  _____       Medicine
      Pulled in  _____ E.    Engram in restimulation     _____
B.    List errors      _____      Same engram run twice  _____
      Overlisting      _____      Can't see engrams too well  _____
      Wrong items      _____      Invisible  _____
      Upset with giving items to  _____      Black _____
      auditor    _____       Loss _____
      Wrong date _____       Lost _____
      Wrong location   _____ F.   Same thing run twice   _____
      Wrong Why  _____       Same action done by another
      Wrong indication _____      auditor    _____
      Wrong PTS item   _____ G.   Doing something with mind
C.    ARC break  _____       between sessions      _____
      Problem    _____       Some other practice   _____
      Withholding something  _____      H.   Word Clearing errors   _____
      Some sort of withhold  _____           Misunderstood words    _____
      Not saying _____       Misunderstoods in session   _____
      False withhold   _____      Study errors     _____
      Withholds gotten off more         I.   False TA    _____
      than once  _____       Wrong sized cans      _____
      Overts     _____       Tired hands     _____
      Audited over out-ruds  _____           Dry hands   _____
      Sad   _____            Wet hands  _____
      Rushed     _____       Loosens can grip      _____
      Upset _____            Wrong hand cream      _____
J.    Auditor overwhelming   _____      L.   PTS   _____
      Couldn't hear auditor  _____           Suppressed  _____
      Couldn't understand what was      M.    Something  went  on  too  long
_____
      being said _____       Went on by a release point  _____
      Couldn't understand what was           Went  on  past  Dianetic  Clear
_____
      being done _____       Overrun    _____
      Feel attacked    _____      Auditor kept on going  _____
      Something wrong with F/Ns   _____      Over-repair _____
      Overrun F/Ns     _____      Puzzled why auditor keeps on _____
      Missed F/N _____       Stops      _____
      Items really didn't read    _____ N.   Something else   _____
      False reads      _____      Physically ill   _____
      Bad auditing     _____ O.   Repairing a TA that isn't high _____
      Incomplete actions     _____           Repairing a TA that  isn't  low
_____
      Invalidation     _____      Faulty meter     _____
      Evaluation _____       Nothing wrong
      Couldn't get auditing  _____      P.   False Exam Report      _____
      Interruptions    _____      Waited at Exam   _____
K.    Can't have _____       Upset by Examiner     _____
      Low havingness   _____

A.    If A or any of the A Group reads on ANY pc (including Dianetic  Clear,
Clear or OT) who has had an Int RD, do an Int  RD  Correction  List  Revised
(HCOB 29 Oct 71RA) and handle the reads. If Int correction has already  been
done on the pc get an FES on the  Int  RD  AND  its  corrections.  When  all
errors are corrected, the C/S may order the End of  Endless  Int  Repair  RD
per Int RD Series 4.

      If the pc is C/ear, Dianetic C/ear or OT and has not had  an  Int  RD,
do the End of Endless Int Repair RD. Do not run any Dianetics.

      Otherwise, if the pc has never had an Int RD, give him a standard  Int
RD per Int RD Series 2.

      WHEN DOING AN INT HANDLING RUN ONLY THE INT BUTTONS GIVEN ON  THE  INT
RD SERIES HCOBs. Note on the assessment which button(s) have  just  read  on
the C/S 53. Other items in the A Group are designed to detect  out-Int,  but
don't embrace the earlier beginning, so do NOT run these.

B.    If any of these read, do an L4BRA on the earliest lists you  can  find
that have not been corrected. Lacking these, do an  L4BRA  in  general.  You
can go over an L4BRA several times handling  each  read  to  F/N  until  the
whole L4BRA gives nothing but F/Ns. Handle a Wrong Why or  Wrong  Indication
or Wrong PTS item per C/S Series 78.

C.    Any reading item must be F/Ned. Use standard  handlings  on  rudiments
questions. On "Out-Ruds" find which rud and handle. "Feel Sad" =  ARC  break
of  long  duration   so   handle   the   ARC   break.   If   "Deadness"   or
"Unconsciousness" read 2WC to F/N (E/S if necessary) and  then  program  for
the Personal Revival Rundown.

D.    2WC to F/N. Do a Drug RD Repair List if the pc has had  his  Drug  RD.
(HCOB 19 Sep 78 II) L3RF if needed. Advance Program to  handle  all  reading
drugs as soon as possible per NED Series 9R. (The above  handling  does  not
apply to Clears and OTs. On these, indicate the read. See HCOB  30  Oct  78,
C/S SERIES 53,  USE  OF  for  further  data  on  the  handling  of  Dianetic
questions which are reading on Clears and OTs.)

E.    If any of these read, do an L3RF and handle per the instructions.  (On
Clears and OTs simply indicate the read.  Don't  run  any  engrams  or  seek
further to repair. See HCOB 30 Oct 78, C/S SERIES 53, USE OF.)
F.    Clean up any protest and inval and rehab to F/N.

G.    Find out what it is. If yogi or mystic exercises or some such 2WC  E/S
it to first time done, find out what upset had occurred before that  and  if
TA now down do L1C on that period of pc's life.

H.    If Word Clearing, do a  Word  Clearing  Correction  List,  handle  all
reads. If study errors, 2WC E/S to F/N, and add a Study Correction  List  to
the pc's program.

I.    False TA is wrong cans or other error. Use HCOBs 12 Nov 71RA,  15  Feb
72R, 18 Feb 72R, 21 Jan 77RA, HCOB 23 Nov 73RB, all on false TA. Then  clean
up the bypassed charge with (1) Assess for best read (a) TA worries (b)  F/N
worries. (2) Then 2WC times he was worried about  (item)  E/S  to  F/N.  (3)
Rehab any overruns due to false TA obscuring F/Ns.

J.    These are auditor errors. Low TA is generally caused  by  overwhelming
TRs and  incomplete  actions.  A  high  TA  can  be  caused  by  an  auditor
overrunning F/Ns or failing to call them. Or trying  to  assess  through  an
F/N and mistaking an F/N right swing for a read. An F/N can be obscured  and
mistaken for a read if sensitivity too high. These items are all 2WC E/S  to
F/N. Auditors who made them need cramming badly or retread. Rehab F/Ns  that
have been missed.

K.    Can't have or Hav. Find correct Havingness Process and remedy.

L.    2WC to F/N. C/S to program as needed for further PTS handling.

M.    Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or  Date/Locate.  On
"Went on past Dianetic Clear" 2WC to F/N. Return to  C/S.  A  qualified  C/S
who has fully checked out on the  materials  must  adjudicate  whether  this
state has been attained before the preclear may attest to Dianetic Clear.

N.    2WC to find what. Note BD item. If BD item covered  by  one  of  these
categories handle per instructions. If not just 2WC to F/N and  get  further
C/S instructions for handling if necessary.

O.    Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct then indicate to  F/N.
Go E/S and indicate it if no F/N on first. If false TA handle per 1 above.

P.    Indicate and 2WC to F/N.

      Per HCOB 30 October 1978, C/S SERIES 53, USE OF, the  order  in  which
reads are to be taken up is built into the C/S 53 itself. You  simply  start
at the top of the list and take up and handle to F/N each read as  you  come
to it.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:dr
Copyright � 1973, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO BULLETIN OF 24 NOVEMBER 1973RE
                           REVISED 30 OCTOBER 1978
Cl IV Grad
Chksht
Cl VI Chksht     (Revisions in this type style)
C/Ses
Cl IV Grad and
above Auditors
                               C/S SERIES 53RL
                                 (Long Form)


    The C/S Series 53 Long Form is used to get a TA up or down into  normal
range or to correct case outnesses. It  is  exactly  the  same  as  the  C/S
Series 53 Short Form except that it puts the items into full questions so  a
pc relatively new to auditing can understand what is being asked.


    Assess this list Method 5 and handle reads in the order they  occur  on
the list.


    HCOB 30 Oat 78, C/S SERIES 53, USE OF contains data vital to the proper
use of the C/S Series 53.

PC NAME     DATE________________

A.    Interiorized into                 Are you withholding   _____
      something? _____       anything?
      Go in?     _____       Is there some sort of
      Went in?   _____       withhold?  _____
      Put in?    _____       Is there something
      Want to go in?   _____      you're not saying?     _____
      Can't get in?    _____      Has someone said you had
      Can't go in?     _____      a withhold when you
      Want to get out? _____      didn't?    _____
      Kicked out of spaces?  _____           Did you have to get the
      Being trapped a  _____      same withhold off more
      Forced in? _____       than once? _____
      Pulled in? _____       Have you committed any
B.    Have there been list              overts?    _____
      errors?    _____       Have you been audited
      Have you had an over-             over out-rudiments?   _____
      listed list?     _____      Do you feel sad? _____
      Have you been given               Do you feel rushed?   _____
      any wrong items? _____      Are you upset?   _____
      Have you felt upset               Are you tired?   _____
      with giving items to              Deadness?  _____
      the auditor?     _____      Unconsciousness? _____
      Have you been given a             Do you feel like you
      wrong date?      _____      can't get it?    _____
      Have you found a wrong            Are you protesting
      location?  _____       anything?  _____
      Have you been given a             Is there something you
      wrong Why? _____       don't like?     _____
      Have you been given a       D.    Have you taken drugs? _____
      wrong indication?      _____           Have you taken LSD?    _____
      Have you been given a             Have you drunk alcohol?     _____
      wrong PTS item?  _____      Have you smoked pot?   _____
C.    Do you have an ARC                Have you taken medicine?    _____
      break?     _____ E.    Is there an engram in
      Do you have a problem? _____           restimulation?   _____
      Has the same engram been               Did you feel like items
      run twice? _____       didn't really read?   _____
      Can't you see engrams             Have there been false
      too well?  _____       reads?     _____
      When you look for                 Have you had bad
      incidents is it             auditing?  _____
      invisible? _____       Are there any incomplete
      When you look for inc-            actions?   _____
      dents is it all black? _____           Has there been any
      Have you experienced a            invalidation?    _____
      loss? _____            Has there been any
      Have you lost something?    _____      evaluation? _____
F.    Has the same thing been                Couldn't you get
      run twice? _____       auditing?  _____
      Has the same action               Have actions been
      been done by another              interrupted?     _____
      auditor?   _____ K.    Is there something you
G.    Are you doing something                can't have? _____
      with your mind between            Is your havingness low?
      sessions?  _____ L.    Are you PTS?    _____
      Are you involved in               Do you feel suppressed?     _____
      some other practice?   _____      M.   Has something gone on
H.    Have there been Word              too long?  _____
      Clearing errors? _____      Have you been audited
      Is there a misunder-              past a release point? _____
      stood word?      _____      Have you gone past
      Have there been mis-              Dianetic Clear?  _____
      understoods in session?     _____      Has something been
      Have there been any               overrun?   _____
      study errors?    _____      Has the auditor kept on
I.    Do you have a false TA?     _____      going?      _____
      Have you used the wrong                Have you been over
      sized cans?      _____      repaired?  _____
      Do your hands get tired?    _____      Are you puzzled why the
      Are  your  hands  dry?     _____            auditor  keeps  on  going?
_____
      Are your hands wet?    _____           Are there stops? _____
      Do you loosen the can       N.    Is there something else
      grip? _____            wrong?     _____
      Are  you  using  the  wrong                 Are  you  physically  ill?
_____
      cream?     _____ O.    Are we repairing a TA
J.    Is the auditor over-              that isn't high? _____
      whelming?  _____       Are we repairing a TA
      Couldn't you hear the             that isn't low?  _____
      auditor?   _____       Has the meter been
      Couldn't you understand                faulty?     _____
      what  was  being  said?    _____            Is  there  nothing  wrong?
_____
      Couldn't you understand           P.   Have there been false
      what was being done?   _____           Exam Reports?    _____
      Do you feel attacked?  _____           Did you have to wait at
      Has there been some-              exams?     _____
      thing wrong with F/Ns? _____           Have you been upset by
      Have F/Ns been overrun?     _____      the Examiner?    _____
      Have F/Ns been missed? _____

A.    If A or any of the  A  Group  reads  on  ANY  pc  (including  Dianetic
Clears, Clears, OTs) who has had an Int RD, do an  Int  RD  Correction  List
Revised (HCOB 29 Oct BRA) and  handle  the  reads.  If  Int  correction  has
already been done on the pc get an FES on the Int RD  AND  its  corrections.
When all errors are corrected, the C/S may order  the  End  of  Endless  Int
Repair RD per Int RD Series 4.

    If the pc is Clear, Dianetic C/ear or OT and has not had an Int RD,  do
the End of Endless Int Repair RD. Do not run any Dianetics.
Otherwise, if the pc has never had an Int RD, give him  a  standard  Int  RD
per Int RD Series 2.


    WHEN DOING AN INT HANDLING RUN ONLY THE INT BUTTONS GIVEN ON THE INT RD
SERIES HCOBs. Note on the assessment which button(s) have just read  on  the
C/S 53. Other items in the A Group  are  designed  to  detect  out-Int,  but
don't embrace the earlier beginning, so do NOT run these.

B.    If any of these read, do an L4BRA on the earliest lists you  can  find
that have not been corrected. Lacking these, do an  L4BRA  in  general.  You
can go over an L4BRA several times handling  each  read  to  F/N  until  the
whole L4BRA gives nothing but F/Ns. Handle a Wrong Why or  Wrong  Indication
or Wrong PTS item per C/S Series 78.

C.    Any reading item must be F/Ned. Use standard  handlings  on  rudiments
questions. On "Out-Ruds" find which rud and handle. "Feel Sad" =  ARC  break
of  Long  Duration   so   handle   the   ARC   break.   If   "Deadness"   or
"Unconsciousness" read 2WC to F/N (E/S if necessary) and  then  program  for
the Personal Revival Rundown.

D.    2WC to F/N. Do a Drug RD Repair List if the pc has had  his  Drug  RD.
(HCOB 19 Sep 78 II) L3RF if needed. Advance Program to  handle  all  reading
drugs as soon as possible per NED Series 9R. (The above  handling  does  not
apply to Clears and OTs. On these, indicate the read. See HCOB  30  Oct  78,
C/S SERIES 53,  USE  OF  for  further  data  on  the  handling  of  Dianetic
questions which are reading on Clears & OTs.)

E.    If any of these read, do a L3RF and handle per the  instructions.  (On
Clears and OTs simply indicate the read.  Don't  run  any  engrams  or  seek
further to repair. See HCOB 30 Oct 78, C/S SERIES 53, USE OF.)

F.    Clean up any protest and inval and rehab to F/N.

G.    Find out what it is. If yogi or mystic exercises or some such 2WC  E/S
it to first time done, find out what upset had occurred before that  and  if
TA now down do L1C on that period of pc's life.

H.    If Word Clearing, do a  Word  Clearing  Correction  List,  handle  all
reads. If study errors, 2WC E/S to F/N, and add a Study Correction  List  to
the pc's program.

I.    False TA is wrong cans or other error. Use HCOB 12 Nov  71RA,  15  Feb
72R, 18 Feb 72R, 21 Jan 77RA, HCOB 23 Nov 73RB, all on false TA. Then  clean
up the bypassed charge with (1) Assess for best read (a) TA worries (b)  F/N
worries. (2) Then 2WC times he was worried about  (item)  E/S  to  F/N.  (3)
Rehab any overruns due to false TA obscuring F/Ns.

J.    These are auditor errors. Low TA is generally caused  by  overwhelming
TRs and  incomplete  actions.  A  high  TA  can  be  caused  by  an  auditor
overrunning F/Ns or failing to call them. Or trying  to  assess  through  an
F/N and mistaking an F/N right swing for a read. An F/N can be obscured  and
mistaken for a read if sensitivity too high. These items are all 2WC E/S  to
F/N. Auditors who made them need cramming badly or retread. Rehab F/Ns  that
have been missed.

K.    Can't have or Hav. Find correct Havingness Process and remedy.

L.    2WC to F/N. C/S to program as needed for further PTS handling.

M.    Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or  Date/Locate.  On
"Have you gone past Dianetic C/ear?" 2WC to F/N. Return to C/S. A  qualified
C/S who has fully checked out on the materials must adjudicate whether  this
state has been attained before the preclear may attest to Dianetic C/ear.
N.    2WC to find what. Note BD item. If BD item covered  by  one  of  these
categories handle per instructions. If not just 2WC to F/N and  get  further
C/S instructions for handling if necessary.

O.    Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct then indicate to  F/N.
Go E/S and indicate it if no F/N on first. If false TA handle per 1 above.

P.    Indicate and 2WC to F/N.

    Per HCOB 30 October 1978, C/S SERIES 53, USE OF,  the  order  in  which
reads are to be taken up is built into the C/S 53 itself. You  simply  start
at the top of the list and take up and handle to F/N each read as  you  come
to it.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder




LRH: dr
Copyright � 1973, 1975, 1977,1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 18 MARCH 1974R
                          REVISED 22 FEBRUARY 1979
Remimeo
Qual  (Revisions in this type style)
All Auditors     (Ellipsis indicates deletion)


                                  E-METERS

                             SENSITIVITY ERRORS

        (Ref:    HCOB 4 Dec 77    CHECKLIST FOR SETTING UP
                 SESSIONS AND AN E-METER
           HCOB 14 Jan 77   URGENT AND IMPORTANT
                 TECH CORRECTION ROUND-UP
           HCOB 7 Feb 79R   E-METER DRILL 5RA CAN
                 SQUEEZE)


    An auditor must set the sensitivity of an  E-Meter  exactly  right  for
each pc and each session.


    The setting is different for almost every pc and can change, session to
session, even for one pc.

                                   TOO LOW

    Too low a sensitivity on some pcs (like Sens 1) will obscure reads  and
make them look like ticks. It will obscure an F/N.  Whereas  a  Sens  16-128
will show reads and F/Ns.


    A pc can he hindered by the auditor not setting  the  sensitivity  high
enough to show reads and F/Ns. Items are missed as well as F/Ns.


    On almost any pc, a convulsive or incorrect can squeeze can  shoot  the
needle across the dial and cause the auditor to reduce his sensitivity  down
and down and down until he finally sets it  at  a  point  where  long  falls
become ticks and F/Ns don't exist. E-Meter Drill 5RA tells one how to  do  a
proper can squeeze.


                                  TOO HIGH

    When auditing a flying pc or a Clear or OT the  auditor  who  sets  the
sensitivity too high gets weird impressions of the case.


    "Latent reads" on such a case are common. They aren't  latent  at  all.
What happens is that the F/N is more than a dial wide  at  high  sensitivity
and a started F/N looks like a read as its sweep is stopped by  the  pin  on
the right of the dial.


    Also, the pc can delicately press the cans improperly with  his  thumbs
and forefingers when doing a can squeeze and cause the auditor to  push  the
sensitivity up and up and up. And then with the sensitivity  set  too  high,
be unable to keep the needle on the dial and so miss or  imagine  reads.  E-
Meter Drill 5RA now teaches how to do this properly.


    In this way uncharged items are taken up, the case is  slowed,  overrun
and general upsets requiring repairs occur.


    On a one-hand electrode an OT VII sometimes has a 1/3 dial wide F/N  at
Sens 2!
This would mean a 3/4 dial wide F/N . . . with two cans.


    A Clear sometimes has a floating TA at Sens 5 or 10 instead of an  F/N.
He might have to be run at Sens 1 on two cans to  keep  him  on  a  dial  or
detect F/Ns.


    This is a very important matter as the auditor will  miss  F/Ns,  think
beginning F/Ns are reads and as the pre-OT is off the dial, miss reads.


    Thus uncharged areas are run and charged ones are missed.


    The result is very chaotic to repair.


    Many lower level pcs also have a need for lower sensitivity settings.


                                   SUMMARY

    Sometimes an easy  pc  looks  very  difficult  just  because  of  wrong
sensitivity settings brought about by wrong can squeeze procedure.


    Set the sensitivity for the pc for 1/3 of a dial drop on a correct  can
squeeze per E-Meter Drill 5RA (Reference: HCOB 7 Feb 79R, E-METER DRILL  5RA
CAN SQUEEZE). And do the drills. You will be amazed.


    Don't get repairs.


    Get wins.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder




LRH:ntm.dr
Copyright � 1974 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 29 MARCH 1975R
                           REVISED 23 OCTOBER 1978
Remimeo     (Revisions in this type sty/e)
Also: (Ellipsis indicates deletion)
FLAG ORDER
Ship Captains    (This bulletin has been revised
MO's Hat    to include updated data on
Qual Hats   NEW oral penicillin.)
C/Ses

                                ANTIBIOTICS,
                              ADMINISTERING OF
                     (This cancels FO 2313 "Antibiotics,
                     Further Data" and revises FO 2186.)

    (Note: This data is given for information alone and is not intended  to
    prescribe or otherwise  treat  an  individual.  All  prescriptions  and
    treatments should be done in due accordance with the  medical  laws  of
    any country in which a person seeks treatment.)


    There are several "antibiotics." These are moulds or chemical compounds
which cause bacteria, germs, to be  unable  to  reproduce  themselves  (hits
their 2D) while not destroying the cells of the body. At least that  is  one
of the leading  theories  of  why  they  work.  "Antibiotic"  means  anti  =
against, biotic = living beings (such as bacteria). So it's against bugs.


    Disease is said to be caused by germs or virus. Germs  are  microscopic
cells which breed and have a bad effect on body cells and fluids.  Virus  is
a germ that is too small to be seen in a microscope.  Thus  there  are  germ
infections and virus infections.


    Usually one type of  germ  equals  one  disease,  i.e.  typhoid  fever.
However, an illness can be a compound of several types of germs but this  is
not usual.


    Virus diseases respond very badly to most antibiotics. In fact, in  the
presence of penicillin, a virus sort of suspends  action  without  any  real
temperature change while the penicillin is present and gets busy again  when
the penicillin is gone.


    The effect of most antibiotics on virus is zero. Some claims  are  made
that antibiotics work against virus. Measles is a virus illness.


    So antibiotics are mainly effective against  germs.  Venereal  disease,
pneumonia, wound infections and a long parade of diseases can  be  cured  by
antibiotics.


    When illness is accompanied by temperature, antibiotics is usually  the
first thought.


    Antibiotics can however be GROSSLY MISADMINISTERED and in fact  usually
are even in hospitals.


    The trick is to get the temperature subnormal with  antibiotics  within
the blood leveling period. Blood leveling  means  when  the  antibiotic  has
gotten into the blood and is actually holding the  infection  (stopping  the
bacteria's "2D" from continuing). More  of  the  same  antibiotic  is  given
approx. 2  hours  prior  to  blood  leveling  time.  This  then  brings  the
temperature right on down to subnormal; continue the antibiotic so  that  it
keeps the temperature subnormal until it just can't keep  it  subnormal  any
more and it comes up to normal. It will be found that  the  patient  is  now
well and not likely to relapse. If blood leveling time is reached (the  time
is always stated on the instructions  and  contraindications  write-up)  and
the temperature continues to rise, you have not used the correct  antibiotic
and must at this point change to another kind of antibiotic.
Each antibiotic has its own blood leveling time:  penicillin  is  24  hours,
gephaloridine is 8 hours, streptomycin is 6 hours, etc.


    Before administering antibiotics you must ensure that you know  exactly
what toxicity it is (toxic or poisonous quality the antibiotic  has  to  the
patient). For example streptomycin can cause pregnant mothers to give  birth
to children who have impaired hearing. Renal (kidneys;  having  to  do  with
them) damage can be caused by certain antibiotics  if  the  person  has  too
much of a certain kind of antibiotic. Therefore, prior to administering  any
kind of antibiotic ensure that you know the patient's full medical  history,
as well as knowing exactly what the toxicity of the antibiotic  is  so  that
you do not damage the patient.


    If not enough antibiotic is given or if it is the wrong kind  for  that
disease the temperature will not be heavily affected or  at  best  sinks  to
normal without going subnormal. This condition can go on and on and  on  and
the patient relapses.


    Also if antibiotics are given  too  briefly  the  temperature  goes  to
subnormal, the antibiotic ceases to be  given,  the  patient  feels  better,
then probably relapses-gets ill all over again.


    The above important three error situations are:

                                 NOT ENOUGH
                                 WRONG KIND
                              STOPPED TOO SOON.

    To these can be added:

                           GIVEN TOO IRREGULARLY.

    This last is almost always  present  when  you  give  the  patient  the
bottle. This is a common medical error. The patients aren't doctors,  seldom
take the medicine correctly and often not  at  all.  Antibiotics  should  be
handed out and seen taken.


    Where there is a large number ill, the times can  be  standardized  for
the group. For instance all get it at 3:00 to 3:30, 9:00 to  9:30,  etc.  Or
even 3 hourly can be done this way.


    One takes the temperature before giving the pill. (A glass of water  or
a cigarette before temperature taking gives a false report.)  Also  in  this
way one can increase or decrease the dose depending on what the  temperature
was.


    In very sick cases one has to watch the temperature  more  closely.  In
this way every time the temperature starts to rise from the subnormal  where
you are holding it, you immediately dose the patient.


    An antibiotic all  by  itself  cannot  depress  temperature.  It's  the
reaction of the disease and body that's doing that.


                                 TEMPERATURE

    98.6�F or 37�C is normal. A thermometer can be a bit off (.1 or .2 high
or low) and temperature can vary a bit for "normal" one person to the next.


    Rising temperature (above normal) is a reaction to a  disease.  Lowered
temperature (below normal) is a reaction to a disease being handled  by  the
body or the antibiotic plus the body.


    100�F or 37.8�C is well above normal and is a sick  temperature.  104�F
or 40.5�C is dangerously (possible death) high.
97�F or 36.2�C is very satisfactorily subnormal.


    Temperature rise is probably a body mechanism to  burn  up  a  disease,
possibly not. But a slight temperature,  a  few  tenths  high,  can  make  a
person feel really bad. Then when it gets up higher  they  feel  drifty  and
with it very high go delirious.


    A subnormal temperature doesn't much affect how one feels.


    "Chills" come with high temperature.


                             ADMINISTERING DOSES

    The general rule when administering antibiotics is:

1.    One gives antibiotics until the temperature comes down past normal  to
subnormal and comes up to normal again with antibiotics.

    After blood leveling time  of  the  first  antibiotic  the  temperature
should break (go normal or below), the person going  into  a  sweat.  If  it
doesn't, then it's either not enough antibiotic or the wrong kind.

2.    After dosage if the temperature just came down a  bit  from  where  it
was, that type of antibiotic probably will handle  the  illness  but  enough
has not been given. Increase the amount being given.

    If after blood leveling time from the first antibiotic the  temperature
did not go lower or even rose, it's the wrong antibiotic. You change off  to
another and start all over again.

                                TAKING EFFECT

    The blood leveling period of an antibiotic  is  always  stated  on  the
write-up of the antibiotic (in the box, accompanying  the  antibiotic).  The
second administration is usually given 2 hours prior to the  blood  leveling
period. Thus if the blood leveling period is 8  hours  the  second  dose  is
given 6 hours after the first dose. Take the  temperature  before  the  dose
and within the next 2 hours take the temperature again  and  you  will  know
whether the antibiotic is working as the temperature should now be  leveling
and/or falling.


    If the temperature has not leveled or dropped at this period change the
antibiotic. When  giving  antibiotics  FO  2187  "Medical  Charts"  must  be
followed. If you don't have a medical chart you don't  know  and  can't  see
how the antibiotic is working.


                           PAST MALADMINISTRATION

    If a person in the past has been treated wrongly with antibiotics, i.e.
got taken off as soon as temperature reached normal and  was  not  continued
as by rule I or 2, the germ remains dormant and the area may reinfect  at  a
later date.


    If more antibiotics are  then  administered  the  temperature  will  go
subnormal and then to normal with the antibiotic. In other words, the  cycle
will complete. At this point the germ has been killed.

                                  SESSIONS

    Before any session, a heavy dose of vitamins should be  given,  if  the
person is on antibiotics.

                                KEY PROCEDURE
When the temperature goes subnormal keep it subnormal until  it  just  won't
stay down with the person still taking  the  antibiotic.  The  patient  will
then be well.


    The faster you can get the temperature subnormal the better.


                                SIDE EFFECTS

    Antibiotics have side effects, often very bad.


    A patient can be allergic to a certain antibiotic meaning he goes  red,
gets hives, has bad reactions in varying degrees of severity. If so get  him
on another antibiotic now.


    You can test for allergy by scratching the skin and putting  a  dab  of
antibiotic on it (not the sugar  or  protective  covering)  on  a  Band-Aid.
After a while if the person is allergic to it the  area  will  get  red  and
puffy. This is not usually done unless you are being super cautious.


    The chloro and aureo families can affect the sense of balance and early
preparations destroyed the sense of balance forever.


    All oral antibiotics sooner or later give the patient  a  stomach  ache
and indiges-.ion. So they should be taken with milk or after a  meal,  never
with just water.


    The longer you keep them on an antibiotic  the  harder  it  is  on  the
patient's system.


    The operating rule is give enough of the right kind to get a fast cure.


    If you started on the wrong kind get them on the right kind the  moment
you detect the error.

                               DISEASE CYCLES

    Diseases have their own cycles of action and time periods if not  given
antibiotics. Some run for  days,  some  for  weeks,  some  for  a  lifetime.
Gonorrhea for instance lasts a year in man, five years in a woman.  Syphilis
has its own cure, not an antibiotic,  which  is  "Ehrlich's  Magic  Bullet,"
neoarsphenamine and Preparation 606, which is a oneshot cure if  done  right
and only kills I out of 10,000. Syphilis untreated is a lifetime  cycle  and
drives one crazy, the condition being known  as  "paresis."  Perhaps  modern
antibiotics will include it as curative.


    Pneumonia runs about 6 weeks on its own if the patient lives.


    These disease cycles do not hold true when antibiotics are  used.  They
take as long to cure as it takes to slam the temperature  to  subnormal  and
hold it there until it can't be held any longer. 24 to 36 hours is  the  new
cycle  for  lighter  illnesses   treated   with   properly   dosed   correct
antibiotics.


    More serious diseases require longer but mostly because the areas  they
infect have poorer blood circulation (such as bone infections).


                                 SULFA DRUGS

    The oldest antibiotics are the sulfa drugs.  These  are  white  tablets
usually. Enterovioform for stomach illness is a sulfa drug.


    They have a very heavy side effect of dizziness and sometimes  delusion
(spiders on the wall).
Sulfathiazole is usually now used as a powder to pour in open wounds and  it
and its brother sulfas are the only ones that can be used "topically"  which
means as a surface treatment (as different from internal).


    They  follow  when  taken  internally  all  the  rules  of   antibiotic
administration.


    "Gerontal," a trade name for a water-soluble  sulfa,  is  excellent  in
kidney infections if the rules of antibiotics are followed. It  needs  large
quantities.


    You can fall back on sulfa when all else fails.


    Sulfas are chemical compounds.


                                 PENICILLIN

    Penicillin is the first of the  antibiotics  made  from  mould  (as  in
mouldy bread, etc.).


    It is the USUAL antibiotic.


    It is growing less effective due to diseases getting  used  to  it  and
medical misadministration of it.


    A  disease  treated  with  an  antibiotic  which  is  not  cured,  when
communicated to another  body  becomes  able  in  the  new  body  to  resist
treatment. Thus new antibiotics are continually searched for.


    However, penicillin is the basic, usual, antibiotic to use.


    A new penicillin (VK) can be taken orally or injected. It would  always
need to be prescribed by a physician, and the actual dosage  would  need  to
be prescribed by a physician, but it could then be taken under the  care  of
an M.O. (Medical Officer).


    The oral penicillin VK does work when administered orally  (by  mouth).
Penicillin VK is a potassium salt of penicillin that is  stable  in  stomach
acids. It does not have to be shot with a needle.


    The type of penicillin that does  NOT  work  when  taken  by  mouth  is
penicillin G. Stomach acids kill it.


    Penicillin G has to be SHOT with a needle. Procaine penicillin  in  1cc
or 2cc amounts, shot into the buttocks with the person  lying  down  on  his
stomach (muscles relaxed), lasts for 24 hours when  a  2nd  shot  is  given.
Other types of penicillin can  also  work  this  way.  Ordinary   penicillin
however (penicillin G) has to be shot every 3  hours!  Read  the  literature
carefully.


    If a shot of 24 or 36 hour penicillin  hasn't  worked  in  8  hours  to
reduce the temperature at least somewhat use some other antibiotic at once.


    Penicillin is no good, even when shot, for stomach or bowel  complaints
like dysentery. It is excellent for other types of bacterial  infection.  It
is usually no good for virus infections.


    Oral versus injections of penicillin  depends  upon  the  type  of  and
seriousness of the infection.  The  injectable  penicillin  cuts  the  blood
leveling time to about half as compared  to  the  oral  penicillin.  So  the
injectable penicillin is faster.


    If a person is allergic to penicillin some  other  antibiotic  MUST  be
used.
                              OTHER ANTIBIOTICS


    Chloro _____aureo_____  strepto_____  compounds  are  offered  under  a
variety of trade names. The blank fills "mycin" or "mycetin."  Kemacetin  or
some such spelling is a company trade name  for  chloro_____.  Chlorofin  is
almost the same thing.


    Read the literature for the strength of each tablet or shot and what it
is good for. You can puzzle this out even in a foreign language.


    Follow the literature.

      If one doesn't work, another will. Chloro or aureo handles  dysentery,
stomach and bowel upsets, some viruses and a lot of other things.


                                  VITAMINS

    B1 should  be  given  when  giving  antibiotics  or  the  patient  gets
depressed as all the B1 gets eaten up by antibiotics,  just  as  alcohol  or
sleeping pills eat up B1. 100 mg of Bl a day is an absolute  minimum  for  a
person taking antibiotics.


    B2 is vital to give anyone with stomach and bowel complaints whether he
is on antibiotics or not.


    Vitamin C is excellent for helping colds and infections. 250 mg is  the
usual dose a couple times  a  day.  It's  much  like  fruit  in  that  fruit
contains a lot of it. If anyone's teeth or gums get sore  push  in  lots  of
Vitamin C.


    So B1 and C are usual along with antibiotics. B1, C and B2 are vital to
help clear up stomach and bowel complaints along with antibiotics.


                             INTESTINAL BACTERIA

    Natural intestinal bacteria are vital to digest and handle food.  These
all get killed off by oral antibiotics and must be replaced.


    Yoghurt is the usual remedy and one should eat it for several  days,  a
portion a day after getting well with antibiotics.


    The clever French put these exact bacteria in  glass  vials  for  daily
dosage. This does the same thing even better  than  yoghurt.  It  is  called
"Biolactyl."


    NOTE: Under medical supervision, LRH has been handling antibiotics as a
ship captain for a long time and has done  as  well  independent  biological
research. Some of the data (the use of subnormal temperatures) is not  known
to the medical profession but was discovered by Ron in 1952 when he  had  to
discover it to save an important  person's  life  after  two  relapses  from
doctors using older methods. It has since been  proven  out  by  many  quick
successes using antibiotics on ships.


    A person treating someone on antibiotics must go over  this  HCOB  very
carefully as it is very condensed, very precise and means  exactly  what  it
says. When this data is not known some get into  long  illnesses  which  are
needless.


    A person treating another with  antibiotics  has  to  know  many  other
things but the above is very vital.


    All Div 5 personnel and anyone who  will  administer  antibiotics  must
starrate, M9, M4 in Qual on this HCOB. Medical charts (see FO 2187  "MEDICAL
CHARTS") must be made up so that, in case of any fever, the person  will  be
treated standardly to a speedy recovery.
                                             Compiled from the
                                             notes of LRH by
                                             Kima Jason
                                             Snr MO Flag


                                             for


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder
                                             Revised by
                                             LRH Tech Comps


                                             As assisted by
                                             Gene Denk, M.D.


                                             Approved by


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:GD:LRHTC:LRH:KJ:nt.rd.dr
Copyright � 1975, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED



                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead. Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 14 JUNE 1977-1
                     HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JUNE I 972 RA- 1
                          ADDITION OF 12 JUNE 1979
Remimeo

                      PAID COMPS SIMPLIFIED-ADDITION 1
                               C/S SERIES 81RA
                    AUDITOR'S RIGHTS MODIFIED-ADDITION 1


    HCO PL 1 May 79 DIANETIC CLEAR SPECIAL INTENSIVES introduces a  new  5-
hour intensive. This is for the purpose of getting a  Dianetic  Clear  check
and rehabilitation only.


    For the successful completion of this intensive you may  count  3  Paid
Completion points with a bonus of a further 3 points when  the  person  then
re-signs for the next or another service as verified by HCO.


    The DTS may count a 5-hour Dianetic Clear Special Intensive as a 1/2 on
the intensive part of his statistic (see HCOB 16 Sun  72RA,  C/S  Series  81
RA).


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


                                             As assisted by
                                             CS-5 I/T

LRH:AG:gal
Copyright A) 1972, 1975, 1976, 1977, 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 6 FEBRUARY 1978RA
                            REVISED 16 MARCH 1978
Remimeo     RE-REVISED 4 DECEMBER 1979
                   (Cancels: HCOB 6 Feb 78R-1 Addition of
                   16 Mar 78, "LSD and the Sweat Program-
                    Addition"; HCOB 30 Apr 78, "The Sweat
                    Program Further Data." Re-revises and
                   re-titles the original bulletin of this
                     date, "LSD and the Sweat Program.")
              (Revisions not printed in a different type style)
                          THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN
                         REPLACES THE SWEAT PROGRAM

      Refs: HCOB 5 Nov 74    DRUGS, MORE ABOUT
            HCOB 31 May 77   LSD
            HCOB 25 Oct 71   DRUG DRYING OUT
            HCOB 2 Jun 71    Study Series 2
            Issue I    CONFRONTING

    (This issue has been revised to incorporate data from  recent  research
    into the progress of cases in view of  the  current  environmental  and
    drug scene, and  to  give  the  full  steps  of  the  new  Purification
    Rundown.)


    (The Purification Rundown does not supplant technology developed and in
    use especially in Narconon for persons currently on drugs  and  apt  to
    experience withdrawal symptoms when taken  off  of  them.  The  rundown
    would be begun only after such technology was applied.)


    (While it is  being  published  now  as  a  holding  action  until  the
    Purification Rundown is issued as an  individual  package,  this  issue
    does contain the rundown as it has been piloted.)


    (We are not  concerned  with  handling  bodies  with  the  Purification
    Rundown. Our concern is freeing the individual up spiritually. The only
    dosages recommended are those classified as food. There are no  medical
    recommendations or claims for it. The only claim  is  future  spiritual
    improvement.)


    (This data is released as a record of researches and results noted.  It
    cannot be  construed  as  a  recommendation  of  medical  treatment  or
    medication and it is undertaken or  delivered  by  anyone  on  his  own
    responsibility. I receive no percentage of fees for administering  this
    rundown and my development of it is  a  contribution  and  gift  to  my
    friends. )

    Glossary: Any words you find in this HCOB which you do  not  understand
can be found in a normal dictionary or  in  the  Dianetics  and  Scientology
Technical Dictionary or are explained in the following text.

    The planet has hit a barrier that  prevents  widespread  clearing-drugs
and biochemical substances. These can put beings in  a  condition  that  can
prevent case gain.


    That's the situation today.


    What would you give for a rundown  that  undercut  every  case  on  the
planet and could be administered by technicians who  did  not  require  long
periods of training?


    Sweeping breakthroughs have been made recently through my 29 year study
of the progress of cases against the environmental factors  and  biochemical
aspect of our current society.
One immediate result of this is the Purification Rundown.


    The Purification Rundown is simply a program to clean  out  and  purify
one's system. Based on the original Sweat Out Program,  it  is  a  new  much
more thorough and much faster version of that program,  streamlined  by  the
introduction of the sauna bath for sweating, and with a much broader use.


    It should be clearly understood at the  outset  that  the  Purification
Rundown is not a substitute for any kind of processing.


    Rather, because of the biochemical problem that besets  society  today,
it is the undercut that has become necessary to prepare the majority of  pcs
for making optimum case gain from their processing.


    In point of fact, the Purification Rundown is for anyone.

                             BIOCHEMICAL FACTORS

    By "biochemical" is meant:


    The interaction of life forms and chemical substances.


    BIO means life; of living things. From the Greek "BIOS," life or way of
life.


    CHEMICAL: of or having to do with chemicals.


    "Chemicals" are substances, simple or complex, which are  the  building
blocks of matter.


    We live in a chemical oriented society.


    One would be hard put to find someone in the  present-day  civilization
who is not affected by this  fact.  The  vast  majority  of  the  public  is
subjected every day to the intake of food preservatives and  other  chemical
poisons including atmospheric poisons, pesticides and  the  like.  Added  to
this are the pain pills, tranquilizers and  other  medical  drugs  used  and
prescribed by doctors. And we have as well the widespread use of  marijuana,
LSD, Angel Dust and other street  drugs  which  contribute  heavily  to  the
scene.


    I have even found that there is such a thing as the "drug personality."
Drugs can apparently change the attitude  of  a  person  from  his  original
personality to one secretly harboring hostilities and hatreds  he  does  not
permit to show on the surface. While this possibly is not always  the  case,
it does establish a linkage between drugs and increasing  difficulties  with
crime, production, program execution and the modern breakdown of the  social
and industrial culture.


    These factors are all part of the biochemical problem.

                             WHY "PURIFICATION"?

    We have known since 1968 that it is a mistake to try to do  mental  and
spiritual handling on somebody who has been on drugs. People who  have  been
on drugs do not make case gain until the drugs are  handled.  In  the  early
'70s the Drug Rundown was  developed and put into broad use and it  included
the auditing out of drugs, medicines and alcohol.


    In 1977 I issued HCOB 1 May 77 in which I stated  that  LSD  apparently
stays in the system, lodging in the tissues and mainly the fatty tissues  of
the body  and  is  liable  to  go  into  action  again,  giving  the  person
unpredictable "trips."


    The "restimulation" experienced by people who had been on LSD  appeared
to act as if they had just taken more LSD.
As it has been stated that it only takes 1/millionth of an ounce of  LSD  to
produce a drugged condition and because it is  basically  wheat  rust  which
simply cuts off circulation, my original thinking on  this  over  the  years
was that LSD  sticks  around  in  the  body.  That  basically  is  the  idea
underlying the original Sweat Program. The remedy  given  was  to  sweat  it
out.


    From the most recent research developments, it now appears that:


    Not only LSD but other  chemical  poisons  and  toxins,  preservatives,
pesticides, etc., as well as medical  drugs  and  the  long  list  of  heavy
street drugs (Angel Dust, heroin, marijuana, etc.) can lodge in the  tissues
and remain in the body for years.


    Even medicinal drugs such as diet pills, codeine. novocaine, and others
have gone into "restim" years after they were taken and had supposedly  been
eliminated from the body.


    Thus it seems that any or all of these hostile  biochemical  substances
can  get  caught  up  in  the  tissues  and  their   accumulation   probably
disarranges  the  biochemistry  and  fluid  balance  of  the   body.   These
substances must be eliminated if the person is  to  get  the  most  possible
gains from mental and spiritual processing.


    The  operating  rule  is  that  mental  actions  and  even  biophysical
processes (Objectives, etc.) do not work in the presence of drugs.


    Drug residues can stop any mental help. They also stop a person's life!


    THE ONLY REASON WE ARE HANDLING DRUGS AND DRUG DEPOSITS IN THE BODY  IS
    SO THAT THE INDIVIDUAL CAN THEN GET CASE GAIN.


    APPARENT GAIN OCCURS BY CLEANING UP THE BODY AND CAN BE SEEN AS AN  END
    ALL IN ITSELF. THIS IS NOT THE CASE.


    DRUGS AND BIOCHEMICAL SUBSTANCES CAN PREVENT CASE GAIN FROM OCCURRING.


    Only when we have accomplished the biochemical handling can we then  go
onto the next step, the biophysical handling (the relationship of the  being
to the  body,  the  environment  or  universe)  and  then  onto  mental  and
spiritual processing.


    When you try to move these around and put them out of sequence you  get
losses.


    EXAMPLES: Actual tests have demonstrated that a person who has been  on
heavy drugs requires up to ten times the time to obtain  a  result  which  a
non-drug person attained in only 6 to 8 hours  of  processing.  Early  tests
are also showing that the learning rate of a person who has  been  on  drugs
is much lower than a non-drug person. The memory of a person  who  has  been
on drugs is such as to remove him from fear of consequences.  Rate  of  case
gain is enormously retarded by toxic substances such as drugs.


    The reason we can make a breakthrough  with  this  is  because  of  the
"Theta-MEST  theory"  covered  in  the  text  Science  of  Survival.   Older
scientific thought believed all life came from matter, a belief  which  goes
back to the ancient Egyptian priests and remains today the  dominant  belief
of chemists, psychologists and psychiatrists.


    A life form is a combination of life itself and the physical  universe.
Certain elements in the physical universe are highly  antipathetic  to  life
and when introduced into life forms, inhibit  proper  functioning  and  even
destroy.


    The being (thetan) of course has  potential  pictures  of  these  toxic
substances and states and as long as they are  in  the  body,  these  actual
substances can restimulate a
being. When they are gone from the  body,  the  constant  restimulation  can
cease. So it is actually a spiritual action that is being done.


    A Case Supervisor should be aware of the fact that he  is  wasting  his
time if he ignores the above.


    The removal of these life-hostile chemical substances from the body  of
any person apparently speeds, and in some cases even  makes  possible,  case
gain. It is even worth doing for its own sake.


    The Purification Rundown, therefore, is for anyone.


    There is probably not a pc today who is outside this requirement.

                          THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN

    The rundown is a tightly supervised regimen which includes:


             Exercise
             Sauna sweat out
             Nutrition, including vitamins, minerals, etc., as well  as  oil
intake
             A properly ordered personal schedule.


    An OCA and IQ Test are given the person before starting the rundown and
upon its completion.


    With each of these points kept in and the  introduction  of  the  sauna
bath for sweating out, it is  a  refined  and  streamlined  version  of  the
original Sweat Out and can be completed in a  fraction  of  the  time  Sweat
Outs have taken in the past. Properly scheduled,  with  exercise  and  sauna
sweat out done 5 hours a day the program can be completed  by  many  in  two
weeks time. Some pcs may require more than that, some less.


    When The Purification Rundown Is Done: The Purification  Rundown  could
be considered mandatory to any person who has been on LSD or heavy drugs  or
who has a heavy medical drug history. Such a pc is not likely  to  get  very
fast case gain without it.


    There are many  pcs  who  have  had  hundreds  of  hours  of  auditing,
including Drug Rundowns, who have never done a sweat out of any kind.  While
tremendous  gains  have  been  made  by  such  pcs  which  are  not  to   be
invalidated, there is no doubt but what  a  large  majority  of  them  would
benefit by the Purification Rundown and benefit  even  further  from  future
auditing as a result.


    Additionally, there are those who have done Sweat Out Programs  in  the
past who have not experienced all the gain from it  possible,  or  who  have
skimped or are incomplete on Sweat Outs.


    In all cases such as those above, it is a matter for  C/S  adjudication
as to whether or not the person would now do the program.


    One would not interrupt a case that was  running  smoothly  and  making
excellent gains progressively. One would not interrupt an on-going  auditing
action to throw in such a program randomly.


    On the other hand, where a pc is consistently not making  the  expected
gains from his processing, or  is  not  continuing  up  the  Bridge  on  his
grades, a C/S might suspect the need for this program and it now  becomes  a
part of the tech of C/Sing to take this into consideration.


    In the case of a pc who has started and is continuing up the grades, it
would require the correct programming.
As the Purification  Rundown  is  always  done  under  C/S  supervision,  it
becomes a matter for the C/S to decide.


    The Purification Rundown and Auditing: Originally, Sweat Outs were used
to debar people from processing, so they were  then  permitted  to  be  done
during processing, which was not the most optimum solution.


    Today, as the Purification Rundown via sauna can take as little as  two
weeks, it is not done concurrently with auditing. The  program  is  done  by
itself, intensively, to completion under the daily supervision of the C/S.

                                   WARNING


    This program can be strenuous and should not be  undertaken  by  anyone
who has a weak heart or who is anemic. It is therefore absolutely  essential
that the following rules are strictly adhered to:

1.    Any person, before being put on the Purification Rundown,  must  first
    have written okay from the Medical Officer or a medical doctor. The C/S
    and the MO must ensure this prerequisite is kept in.

2.    The MO must ensure that no one who has a weak heart or who  is  anemic
    is allowed onto the program. These points must be  checked  before  the
    person starts the program. Where the  Medical  Officer  is  trained  in
    testing blood pressure and anemia, the tests can be done by him or her.
    Where there is no trained Medical Officer to do these tests, they  must
    be  done  by  a  reliable  medical  doctor.  People  with  known  heart
    conditions or high blood pressure or who are  anemic,  and  even  those
    with certain kidney conditions must do a program which  is  of  a  much
    lower gradient. An exercise program and nutrition must  be  worked  out
    for them with a medical doctor.

3.    The Medical Officer tests are continued  periodically  as  the  person
    goes through the program and if any signs of a  weak  heart  or  anemia
    should appear,  the  person  is  taken  off  the  rundown  and  handled
    medically.

                             EXERCISE AND SAUNA

    In order to flush the poisons and chemical substances out of the  body,
the following actions are done.

1.    OUTSIDE RUNNING. The first action is outside running. The  purpose  of
this is NOT to generate sweat but to  get  the  blood  circulating  and  the
system functioning so that impurities held in the  system  can  be  released
and are pumped out.


    Running increases the circulation throughout the whole body, thus:  (a)
it carries out cell waste more rapidly and (b) causes the circulation to  go
deeper into the muscles and tissues so those areas which have been  stagnant
can now get rid of the accumulation of  biochemical  deposits  and,  in  the
case of LSD, the "residual crystals" which have been stored.


    Running is done on a daily basis once the person has been  assigned  to
this program. It is done in a rubberized or vinyl-type sweat suit.


    The running should be done on a gradient. If you are so breathless that
you can't talk to another while you are running, then you are straining  too
much, so cut the gradient.


2.    SWEATING IN THE SAUNA. The second action, following  the  running,  is
sweating. A person goes into the sauna to sweat. The impurities can  now  be
dispelled from the body and leave the system through the pores.



A sweat suit is NEVER worn in the sauna as this acts as insulation much  the
same as when a diver wears a wet suit to insulate against the  cold  of  the
sea. Wearing a sweat suit in the sauna would insulate against the  heat  and
so inhibit and curtail sweating.


    Thus far, the use of a dry sauna has proved to be the  most  successful
in inducing profuse sweating on  most  people.  It  is  possible  that  some
people may sweat more in a wet sauna; it may be that  it  is  an  individual
matter and it has not yet been fully tested. There is no regulation  on  the
rundown that outlaws the use of a wet sauna.  Whichever  type  of  sauna  is
employed, the whole idea is to use the system which permits  the  person  to
sweat the most.


    Sweating in the sauna is done at temperatures ranging anywhere from 140
degrees to 180 degrees. It is a matter of what temperature  the  person  can
take. Usually, but not always, a person beginning the rundown will start  at
a lower temperature and work up. Then as he progresses he will find  he  can
take increasing degrees of heat.


    On  the  Purification  Rundown,  five  hours  a  day  are  spent  on  a
combination of running and sweating. There are  no  arbitraries  set  as  to
exact time limits for each, but the bulk of the  period  would  probably  be
best spent in the sauna after the person had gotten his circulation up  with
running. One would not stint on the running, however, as  the  most  benefit
is obtained from the sweating when the circulation has  been  worked  up  so
that the impurities are ready to be flushed out.


    Running and sauna sweat out should be  done  with  another  person,  as
restimulation of past drugs, medicines,  even  anesthetics,  etc.,  can  and
often does occur, as the toxins  get  sweated  out.  This  can  include  the
restimulation of a full-blown "trip" from LSD or other drugs  one  may  have
taken. It is a safeguard, therefore, to  be  accompanied  by  a  partner  or
twin.


    Salt and Potassium: Salt (sodium chloride) is not mandatory  for  every
individual on the program. It is  only  necessary  as  a  treatment  if  the
symptoms of salt depletion (heat exhaustion) occur. These are  clammy  skin,
tiredness,  weakness,  headache,  sometimes   cramps,   nausea,   dizziness,
sometimes vomiting or fainting.


    As potassium is lost in sweating, some of the  above  symptoms  can  be
from potassium depletion. So, if salt does not handle  the  above  symptoms,
then one would  switch  to  either  potassium  gluconate  tablets  or  "salt
substitute" which is mainly potassium.


    Salt  and  potassium  must  be  available  to  anyone  who  is  on  the
Purification Rundown. Ideally, they would be located very  near  the  sauna,
clearly labeled.


    Liquids: While on this program, it is important that one  drink  plenty
of water which greatly assists in flushing and  cleansing  the  system  out.
Additionally, with all the sweating done in the sauna it would be  dangerous
not to replenish body fluids.

                              PERSONAL SCHEDULE

    It is important that a person on the Purification Rundown  maintains  a
properly ordered personal schedule.


    This means that once one has started on the program he must stick to it
sensibly and not skip days or do it in a random fashion. It also means  that
one should get enough sleep.


    If one proceeds through the program in an orderly fashion  it  will  be
faster and more effective.
                                  NUTRITION

    When we speak of nutrition we are not talking about food, as  such.  We
are talking about vitamins and minerals as  well,  as  these  are  vital  to
proper nutrition and
vital to the effectiveness of this rundown. We  are  not,  however,  talking
about "diet" in the overused sense of the word.
                             Diet and Food Fads


    There are NO diets required on this rundown.


    The person simply eats what he normally eats and he should make sure he
gets some vegetables  and  that  the  vegetables  aren't  cooked  to  death.
Vegetables contain a lot of minerals and fiber  as  well  as  some  vitamins
necessary to his recovery.


    We are not food faddists. However, there  is  plenty  of  food  faddism
going on in society and you can easily start such a fad,  so  this  must  be
watched on the Purification Rundown. If we don't watch it on all this  we'll
have people eating banana fronds split into diamonds  and  star  shapes  and
blessed by some deity or other. Or a fad of  "three  lettuce  leaves  criss-
crossed with two slabs of peanut butter an absolute must 18 times a day"  as
the only food a person can have.


    Food is subject to becoming very faddist and frankly people  know  very
little about it.


    I wrote an essay on this subject (HCOB 25 Mar  75  DIET,  THEORY  OF  A
NATURAL DIET) to the effect that nobody has ever isolated  the  proper  diet
for Homo sapiens. It gives the formula of how one  would  go  about  finding
the exact and proper diet. It tells you that all this diet faddism is  based
on no data.


    So, there is no thought here of putting  the  person  on  any  kind  of
special diet at all. There are no restrictions on what one may eat.  We  are
not even trying to preach against  toxic  foods  or  campaign  against  diet
abuses or junk foods or anything of that sort.


    We are only trying to handle the accumulation of impurities built up in
the body. If you wanted to defend your body against  all  future  impurities
then that is another program and not part of this one.


    What is part of this scene is that a person will need certain nutrition
in the form of vitamin intake and minerals.


    One  follows  his  normal  eating  habits.  There  are,  however,  some
additions to the normal eating habits which consist of taking a quantity  of
"All Blend" oil each day, secondly, drinking lots of  water  to  help  flush
out the system and thirdly, ensuring that the vitamin and mineral intake  is
adequate.


    To put a person on a diet different than that to which he is accustomed
is to introduce a sudden change in the  midst  of  these  other  changes.  A
change of diet might be just one too many changes  and  is  an  additive  to
this rundown.

                                     Oil

    There is an oil called "All Blend" which has the four essential oils in
it (soy, walnut, peanut and safflower oil) which is available in the  US  in
health food stores. If this type of oil is  not  obtainable  elsewhere,  one
could blend it from these four oils  in  the  proper  amounts,  or  find  an
adequate substitute. "All Blend" oil would be best but any oil used must  be
cold-pressed and polyunsaturated. The oil must be kept refrigerated so  that
it does not go rancid.


    Toxic substances tend to lock up mainly, but not  exclusively,  in  the
fat tissue of the body. (There is no such thing as a fat cell.) The  theory,
then,  is  that  one  could  replace  the  fat  tissues  that   hold   these
accumulations. The body will actually tend to  hold  onto  something  it  is
short of. Thus, if you try to get rid of something it is short of, it  won't
give it up. So, in the matter of oil, if the person takes some oil the  body
might possibly exchange the good oil for the bad fat in the  body.  That  is
the basic theory.
It is a theory of exchange. It is  based  on  the  Have-Waste  formulas  and
processes which were extant in Scientology in  the  late  '50s.  That  whole
body of data applies to this oil's scene.

      (Ref: PAB No. 123      THE REALITY SCALE
            1 Nov 57   Vol III, page 136
            HCOB 29 May 58   Special Bulletin STANDARD CLEAR
                 PROCEDURE AND AN EXPERIMENTAL
                 ROAD: CLEARING BY VALENCES, Vol III,
                 page 273
            SCIENTOLOGY 8-8008, page 117
            ASSOCIATE NEWSLETTER NO. 2, 1953, ca. early May,  Vol.  1,  page
330
            ASSOCIATE NEWSLETTER NO. 7, 1953, ca. late  July,  Vol  1,  page
412)

    If one wants somebody to clean up the fat tissue in the  body,  he  had
better give the body some fat in order to make up for the  fat  tissues  the
body is now releasing or changing. The effort is to get  the  body  to  take
good oil or fat in exchange for the bad fat it is holding onto. In this  way
we have some chance of getting the body to release  fatty  tissue  which  is
impregnated with toxic substances.

                                How Much Oil?

    The exact quantity of oil needed by the person on the rundown  has  not
been definitely established, but it is very  likely  somewhere  between  two
tablespoonsful and a half a cup. One tablespoonful of oil is  not  going  to
accomplish much. Too little oil  won't  let  the  body  substitute  the  fat
tissue. If too much is given it can cause diarrhea. One way to test for  the
right amount of oil for the person would be to put him on a scale  and  keep
a close check on his weight. This should be  done  routinely  in  any  event
when a person is on the Purification Rundown. If the fat is  being  replaced
in the body despite the intake of oil then the weight will  not  go  up.  If
the body is simply assimilating the oil, with no  exchange  in  fat  tissue,
the weight will go up. Change in weight would tend to  indicate  whether  or
not the body was exchanging old fat tissue for  new  fat  tissue  or  simply
adding new fat tissue.


    All people, be they fat or thin, have some fatty tissue. Some of course
have more fat stored in their bodies than others. On this program we  simply
want to get rid of the fat that contains the toxic substances,  we  are  not
even trying to make people lose weight.


    (Worth mentioning here is also the fact, particularly in regard to thin
people, that while toxic substances lock up mainly in  fat  tissue  it  does
not mean that the person cannot have drug deposits inside cells.)


    One  could  not  expect  the  results  that  can  be  achieved  on  the
Purification Rundown without sufficient oil intake.
                          Nutritional Deficiencies

    Having been an early discoverer and instigator of vitamin therapy  over
the past 29 years, I know whereof I speak  on  the  subject  of  nutritional
deficiencies. My work covering vitamins  and  deficiencies,  stimulants  and
depressants and the field of biochemistry goes back to the spring of 1950.


    Though I have been interested in vitamins primarily only as they  might
aid, speed or  assist  auditing,  my  research  along  this  line  has  been
extensive. This is not to devalue the work and contributions  of  others  in
the nutritional fields.


    It takes a mere skimming of the surface of this  subject,  however,  to
recognize that the Purification Rundown will not be effective  in  the  face
of a vitamin or mineral deficiency in the person.


    One of the things that  toxins  and  drugs  do  is  create  nutritional
deficiencies in the body in the form of vitamin  and  mineral  deficiencies.
Obviously a C deficiency, a B
Complex deficiency and a niacin  deficiency  are  brought  about  by  drugs.
There may be other deficiencies that we are not aware of at this  time.  But
that list is certain.


    Also, alcohol, for example, depends for its effects on a  person  being
able to burn up B1. When it burns up all the B1 in  the  system  the  person
goes into DTs (delirium tremens) and nightmares.


    In the case of other toxic substances the probability exists that other
vitamins besides B1 are burned up. What we seem to have hit on here is  that
the LSD and street drugs burn up not only B1 and B Complex (which we  assume
they do) but also create a deficiency in niacin in the body  and  that  they
possibly depend on niacin (one of the B Complex vitamins) for their effect.


    It is easily seen that there is a wide range of toxic substances  which
create nutritional deficiencies.


    It is quite vital that any  vitamin  or  mineral  deficiency  is  being
handled while the person is on this rundown.


    In the piloting and development of the Purification Rundown,  the  most
effective handling for this was found to  be  starting  the  person  on  the
following:


    Vitamin A-approximately 5000 IU per day.


    Vitamin B Complex-approximately 2 caps per day. Ensure the  Vitamin  B2
and B6 are balanced (approximately the same amount of each).


    Vitamin By-special additional amounts of B1 are required, 250-500 mg or
greater daily, depending on the amount of niacin given.


    Vitamin C-250-1000 mg daily, depending upon the person's tolerance. (As
Vitamin C can cause stomach problems or diarrhea,  each  person's  tolerance
must be worked out.)


    Vitamin C has to be  increased  in  proportion  to  the  niacin  given.
Records exist wherein Vitamin C has become so deficient in a drug user  that
he used up tens of thousands of  milligrams  per  day  before  he  began  to
eliminate any. Vitamin C deficiencies result in scurvy. "Live  C"  from  raw
onions or raw potatoes is sometimes necessary in  addition  to  synthetic  C
and were the traditional remedies for scurvy.


    Vitamin D-approximately 400 IU daily.


    Vitamin E-approximately 800 IU daily.


    Niacin-100 mg daily to begin.


    It is then increased gradiently to as high as 5000 mg. Particularly  B1
and C have to keep pace with it as it is increased in dosage.


    Cal-Mag-one glass daily, at least.


    Multi-Minerals-(a balanced combination of minerals).


    These would then be increased proportionately according to need  and/or
niacin increase as the person progressed on the rundown.


    A person may have certain vitamin deficiencies which are not handled by
the above. When he routes onto the Purification Rundown he  should  be  sent
to the Medical Officer or a medical doctor  who  would  determine  what,  if
any, additional vitamin deficiencies he might have. Any such not covered  in
the above list would then be handled with  specific  supplements  for  those
deficiencies.



Vitamins would be taken after meals or with yoghurt. If taken  on  an  empty
stomach they could cause stomach burn.

                                   NIACIN

    Niacin, as one of the B Complex vitamins, is essential to nutrition. It
is so vital to  the  effectiveness  of  the  Purification  Rundown  that  it
requires some extensive mention here.


    It can produce some startling and in the end  very  beneficial  results
when taken properly on the rundown, along with the other necessary  vitamins
and minerals in sufficient  and  proportionate  quantities  and  along  with
proper running and sweat out.


    Its effects can be quite dramatic so one should understand what  niacin
is and does and have a good R-Factor on it when starting the rundown.  Taken
in sufficient quantities it appears to break up and unleash  LSD,  marijuana
and other drugs and poisons from the  tissues  and  cells.  It  can  rapidly
release LSD crystals into the system and send a person who has taken LSD  on
a trip. (One fellow who had done the earlier  sweat  out  for  a  period  of
months and who believed he had no more LSD in his  system  took  100  mg  of
niacin and promptly turned on a restimulation of a full blown LSD trip!)


    Running and sweating must be done in conjunction with taking niacin  to
ensure the toxic substances it releases actually do get flushed out  of  the
body.


    Niacin: Background History


    Niacin's biochemical reaction is my own private, personal discovery. In
the middle of the 1950s, I was doing work on  radiation  and  I  worked  out
that it must be niacin that operated on radiation. I was recently told by  a
doctor that the Dianazene  formula  of  that  time  is  remarkably  workable
today.


    Niacin runs out radiation. It will often cause a  very  hot  flush  and
prickly, itchy skin which can last up to an hour  or  longer.  It  may  also
bring on chills or make a person feel tired.


    The outpoint in medical thinking has been that they thought the  niacin
itself turned on a flush. So they invented something called  niacinamide  to
keep from turning on this flush. Niacin all by its lonesome  does  not  turn
on any flush. What it starts  to  do  is  immediately  run  out  sunburn  or
radiation. So the niacinamide they invented is worthless and  it  should  be
mentioned that it is.


    In 1973 someone got a Nobel Prize for curing insanity with niacin,  but
it was fairly marked that he didn't know the  facts  of  what  was  actually
happening because it was  then  promptly  abandoned  as  people  found  that
prolonged quantities of niacin "gave very bad side effects."  The  truth  of
the matter is that if one continues niacin,  always  along  with  the  other
necessary vitamins in proper amounts, the bad effects will vanish. In  other
words, the work I did  on  this  was  picked  up  and  misapplied  and  then
abandoned. This is the background history of niacin.


    Now  more  recently  doctors  in   megavitamin   research   have   been
administering niacin to get people through withdrawal symptoms or  get  them
over bad drug kicks  and  they  have  been  using  enormous  doses  of,  for
example, 5000 mg.


    I have no personal knowledge that such enormous doses are necessary for
handling drugs. It is very possible that, given the combination of  all  the
points on the Purification Rundown, many people  would  be  able  to  handle
drugs with lesser amounts of niacin, something under 5000 mgs.

                                Niacin Theory

    In theory, niacin apparently does not do  anything  by  itself.  It  is
simply interacting with niacin  deficiencies  which  already  exist  in  the
cellular structure. It doesn't turn on
allergies; it runs out allergies. Evidently anything  that  niacin  does  is
the result of running out and running through past deficiencies.


    CAUTION: The manifestations niacin produces can  be  quite  horrifying.
Some of the somatics and manifestations the person may turn on are not  just
somatics in lots of cases, in my experience. I have seen a full  blown  case
of skin cancer turn on and run out. So, a person can  turn  on  skin  cancer
with this and if that should happen if niacin is continued the  skin  cancer
has run out completely.


    Other things that may turn on are hives, flu symptoms,  gastroenteritis
(inflammation of the mucous membrane of the stomach and  intestine),  aching
bones, upset stomach or a fearful or terrified condition. There seems to  be
no limit to the variety of phenomena that may occur with niacin.  If  it  is
there to turn on by niacin it apparently will do so with niacin.


    The two vital and proven facts here are:

1.    When the niacin was carried on until these things discharged they  did
    run out, as they will do. (Sometimes people chicken out on it and don't
    finish the course and it leaves  them  hung  up.  This  should  not  be
    allowed to happen.)

      IT IS A MATTER OF RECORD THAT WHAT TURNS IT ON WILL TURN IT OFF  WHERE
    NIACIN IS CONCERNED.

2.    When the niacin dosage was increased and the whole lot of the rest  of
    the vitamins being taken was also increased proportionately, the niacin
    itself, taken in large amounts, did not create a vitamin deficiency.

               Increasing Niacin and Other Vitamin Quantities

    Most persons who have done the Purification Rundown started  niacin  at
100 mgs a day (some took  lesser  amounts,  depending  upon  tolerance)  and
increased the dosage as they progressed.


    The best results were obtained when niacin was taken all at  one  time,
not split up during the day. Taken with water on an empty stomach it can  be
very upsetting. It is found to be best taken after a meal  or  with  yoghurt
or milk.


    To increase the dosage, a specific quantity of niacin was  administered
each day until the effect that dosage produced diminished. One  would  then,
next day, up the dosage on a gradient, say in amounts of  100  mg.  In  this
way you get an overlap of the  old  dosage  becoming  useless  and  the  new
dosage being needed. This tended to speed up the  action  considerably  when
continued each time the effect of the dosage diminished.


    The other vitamins would have to be increased proportionately to niacin
at the same time the niacin is increased as  they  are  interacting  in  the
deficiencies and more are needed.


    It was found essential that C, B1 and other B vitamins need to be given
in ratio to the niacin being fed. In other words, as you up the  niacin  you
would up the B1 and the B Complex. And also as  the  niacin  is  upped,  the
Vitamin C would be upped. These things would have to be kept in ratio.


    The theory here is that one, by overdosing one vitamin,  can  create  a
deficiency artificially of another vitamin. This is a principle I  hit  upon
as early as 1950 and proved it.


    You can actually create a  deficiency  in  C  by  administering  B  and
calcium. All you have to do is pump those things to the  guy  in  very  very
heavy dosages and he will develop the deficiency characteristics of  C.  His
teeth begin to hurt. Then when you give
him C the manifestations go away. In other words, an overdose  of  X  and  Y
can apparently create a deficiency in vitamin Z.


    The reason for all this is that a vitamin is making certain changes  in
the body and these changes  to  occur  fully  also  require  the  additional
vitamin.  But  that  additional  vitamin  isn't  there.  So  it  gives   the
manifestation of being in deficiency. All of this is my own private  theory;
it isn't anywhere else and  it  hasn't  been  subjected  to  tremendous  and
intensive research. But I sure  can  turn  on  a  Vitamin  C  deficiency  in
anybody by overadministering B and calcium.


    In other words, vitamin rations would have to be in proportion  to  one
another.


                                  MINERALS


    Between 1945 and 1973 I studied the endocrine system. In 1973 it seemed
that  minerals  and  trace  minerals  operating  in  the  blood  stream  and
circulated by other body fluids were a key to  glandular  interactions.  The
theory is: Every gland in the body specializes in one or more  minerals  and
actually that is how they make themselves interact  one  with  another.  The
endocrine system of the body monitors  the  endocrine  system  of  the  body
apparently through minerals.


    As various drugs upset the whole endocrine system of the body  you  can
see that the moment you start  administering  vitamins  and  sweat  out  and
things like that  you're  going  to  get  a  mineral  demand  in  the  body.
Therefore, there would need to be certain mineral dosages right  along  with
the rest of this package.


    The principle here is that by giving one  or  two  vitamins  in  excess
amount you can create a nutritional  deficiency  of  another  vitamin  which
isn't being given or isn't being given in enough quantity.


    Thus, what could slow down the Purification Rundown and make it  appear
unflat would be a nutritional failure-a  failure  to  flank  the  niacin  on
either side by sufficient amounts of the other needed vitamins and  minerals
in proportion and a food intake which includes vegetables and oil.


    In such a case one would be looking at created nutritional deficiencies-
not conditions which were there to begin with to be run out.


    Not knowing these things is  probably  what  made  the  medics  earlier
believe that niacin  had  side  effects.  The  side  effects  were  probably
somatics and manifestations half run out and  deficiencies  created  by  not
flanking niacin with the other vitamins and minerals and oils  necessary  to
cause a rebuild.

                                   CAL-MAG

    Calcium is a must where any healing or exchange process is involved  as
it is a basic building block.  But  more  important,  it  is  calcium  which
affects the nervous system. I do not know  the  total  relationship  between
calcium and toxic substances (and neither does anyone else) but it  actually
exists. The rationale back of this is that  calcium  in  deficiency  sets  a
person up for spasms. Nerve spasms  occur  in  the  absence  of  calcium.  A
person who thinks he is in high tension or something of the sort may  simply
have a calcium deficiency .


    Calcium would be administered  in  company  with  magnesium.  Magnesium
itself has been proven necessary  to  keep  the  nerves  smoothed  out.  The
proven ratio is one half the  quantity  of  magnesium  to  the  quantity  of
calcium.


    Something else odd about calcium is that it has to have an acidic  base
to operate in. If the system is too alkaline the calcium  will  not  release
the positive ion which makes it possible for the calcium to operate  in  the
cellular structure and go through the vein walls and  the  intestinal  walls
and so forth. In other words, in an alkaline system
calcium is ineffective and inactive. So this brings us up to vinegar,  which
would add the acidic base. With calcium, magnesium  and  vinegar,  in  their
correct quantities, in water exactly per the recipe, we have  Cal-Mag.  That
is what "Cal-Mag" is and what it does. I developed and worked  this  out  in
1973 against the very best biochemical background and references and tests.


    Calcium and magnesium can be taken in order to  prevent  sore  muscles.
Cal-Mag has been found to have  the  added  benefit  of  balancing  out  the
Vitamin B1 taken, as Vitamin B1 taken  without  calcium  can  cause  serious
teeth problems due to causing an imbalance of vitamins and minerals.


    The Cal-Mag formula, as given in HCOB 5 Nov 74  DRUGS,  MORE  ABOUT  is
repeated here:

    1.      Put one level tablespoon of calcium gluconate in a normal sized
        glass.


    2.      Add 1/2 level teaspoon of magnesium carbonate.


    3.      Add 1 tablespoon of cider vinegar (at least 5% acidity).


    4.      Stir it well.


    5.      Add 1/2 glass of boiling water and stir until all the powder is
        dissolved and the liquid is clear. (If this doesn't occur it  could
        be from poor grade or old magnesium carbonate.)


    6.      Fill the remainder of glass with lukewarm  or  cold  water  and
        cover.

    It will stay good for 2 days.


    NOTE: There is a warning about Cal-Mag. Variations from the  above  can
produce an unsuccessful mess that can taste pretty horrible. It can be  made
incorrectly so that it doesn't dissolve and  become  the  most  unpalatable,
ghastly stuff anybody ever fed anybody.  Possibly  made  incorrectly  it  is
even unworkable. Made correctly it is a very clear  liquid,  quite  pleasant
to take and palatable. So the directions should be followed very  explicitly
to produce a proper Cal-Mag, pleasant to take and very beneficial.

                               MANIFESTATIONS

    Various manifestations turn up on the Purification  Program  and  these
can vary widely from person to person. Anything from insect bites to a  full
blown restimulation of an LSD trip may turn on  and  these  all  simply  run
themselves out and blow as the program is  continued.  If  there  are  heavy
drugs to be flushed out it is not uncommon for the person  to  experience  a
restim of whatever the effects of the drug or medicine were  when  he  first
took it. Old injuries or old somatics may turn on,  flare  up  for  a  brief
spell and vanish.


    It is important to note that a given manifestation which turns  on  may
turn on and vanish wholly or partly in any given day. Then it  may  turn  on
again the following day but less. If one increases the vitamin  and  mineral
dosage at this time, the manifestation will turn on again. But  it  will  be
less. These things don't become more and  more  violent  day  by  day,  they
become less and less day by day, providing the  whole  Purification  Rundown
is continued properly. At length, the vitamins,  minerals,  etc.  no  longer
turn the manifestation on and it is gone. There is evidence that  no  amount
of vitamins and mineral dosage above a certain final  level  for  the  given
individual will turn the manifestation on again. The  trick  is  to  take  a
proper gradient with the vitamins and minerals. When  you  go  out  gradient
they can turn on awfully hard so don't get in a rush. And don't chicken  out
either.


    Emotions that have been shut off may start to reappear. The person  can
blow through stupidity and become more aware. He may find he can do  actions
more easily and consequences start to take on a new meaning to  him.  Memory
can return.
At first some  individuals  may  feel  other-determinism  about  doing  this
program but that will gradually change and he or she will want to do  it  on
his own determinism and  for  his  or  her  own  welfare.  Most  individuals
embrace it with enthusiasm.


    As long as the precautions  listed  earlier  are  well  taken  and  the
procedure followed exactly as given, the solution to  any  manifestation  is
to continue the program  until  the  phenomenon  blows.  The  manifestations
become less and less frequent until finally they cease altogether.
                                    TRIPS

    If a person is having trips during the program, he should take a lot of
extra Vitamin B Complex and Vitamin C in correct ratio to other vitamins  as
these aid the body, especially the liver in getting rid of the drugs in  the
system. Normally the vitamins and minerals in  the  program  are  sufficient
for the body to handle the residual drugs which come out.
                               ADMINISTRATION

    The advices on the administration of the Purification Rundown are taken
from the practical experience of large pilot projects. They  should  not  be
lightly disregarded. One may find  that  people  administering  the  program
tend to enter their own fads and hobbies into it, or needing it  themselves,
avoid  delivering  it.  The  Purification  Rundown  runs  best  when  purely
delivered.

    Any org or person administering it should:

A.     Get a signed release or quit claim from the person as is usual.

B.    See that the person understands that the action  is  being  undertaken
    to help free him as a spirit and is not a medical treatment.

C.    No medication of a medical nature; vitamins,  minerals  and  oils  are
    food.

D.    Brief the person  as  to  what  he  can  expect  and  why,  making  no
    promises.

E.    Getting his promise to follow orders and complete the rundown and  not
    blow it because it's uncomfortable or because he is lazy or  has  other
    appointments.

                                   Testing

    A battery of tests should be done on the individual and should be  done
before and after the Purification Rundown. These would include OCA, IQ,  any
learning rate tests that may exist and any other tests which  would  give  a
before and after picture of the person. These  of  course,  include  weight,
blood pressure, etc.


    The Purification Program must be tightly supervised to  be  successful.
The program is done under the close supervision of the Medical Officer,  the
Purification Program In Charge and the Case Supervisor.

                       Purification Program In Charge

    The In Charge will be the D of P (for org public) or the DPE  or  other
appointed person (for org staff). The Program  I/C  must  closely  supervise
each person's progress on the program and must ensure the  program  is  done
faithfully and with all points of the program in. When supervising  a  large
group,  the  Program  I/C  is  assisted  by  one  or  more  deputies  and  a
Purification Program  Admin,  who  maintains  the  progress  board,  handles
filing in pc folders and transports folders to and from the C/S.


    The person's daily schedule must be set up so that he is always running
or sweating in the sauna with at least one other person.  It  is  important,
especially when a group of people are doing the Purification Program at  the
same time, that musters and
roll calls are held by the Program I/C or his deputy. Where individuals  are
not doing the program in a group, they should twin up and each twin  assumes
responsibility for the other and sees that he does the program fully.


    Anyone not keeping to his schedule or the program as written is handled
by the Program I/C with warnings, cramming, chits, or ethics, as needed.


    THE PROGRAM I/C IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SEEING THAT  EVERYONE  PARTICIPATING
IN THE PROGRAM GETS THROUGH IT CORRECTLY AND COMPLETELY AND  ATTESTS  TO  IT
UPON COMPLETION.

                               Medical Officer

    Before beginning the Purification Program,  a  person  must  first  get
written Medical Officer okay. The Medical Officer gives a person okay to  go
onto the program only after ensuring that the  person's  blood  pressure  is
normal and that he is not anemic. The M.O. does these checks  himself  where
he is trained to  do  so.  He  also  checks  for  any  vitamin  and  mineral
deficiencies the person may have and gets him onto a program of vitamin  and
mineral supplements to correct this. A thorough  medical  examination  by  a
doctor may, in some cases, be required before a person is  given  a  medical
okay to begin the Purification Program.


    While on the program, the  person  daily  reports  in  to  the  Medical
Officer who issues him his vitamins, minerals, niacin and oil and  sees  how
he is doing. Blood pressure and anemia checks are redone as needed. He  also
writes  up  any  needed  medical  reports  on  the  person  and  these   are
immediately filed in his pc folder for the C/S to inspect.
                               Case Supervisor


    C/S okay to begin the program is required. The C/S  then  continues  to
supervise the progress of each person on the program on a daily basis.


    It must be noted that this is a fully C/Sed action.

                                Daily Reports

    Each program participant writes a daily report which includes:

    1.      How long he jogged.
    2.      How long he sweated in the sauna.
    3.      Vitamins taken and in what amount.
    4.      Minerals taken and in what amount.
    5.      Niacin taken and in what amount.
    6.      Cal-Mag taken and in what amount.
    7.      Salt taken and in what amount.
    8.      Weight (include any gain or loss).
    9.      Any occurrences, somatics, restimulations.
    10.     Wins.

    The daily reports are given to the Program I/C or  his  deputy  or  are
placed in his basket. They are read by the  I/C  to  ensure  the  person  is
doing the program and then filed in his pc folder,  which  goes  in  to  the
C/S.


    The C/S verifies each person's daily progress  (initialling  the  daily
report and any medical reports to show he has  inspected  them)  and  writes
orders to  correct  any  out-tech  found,  such  as  not  taking  the  right
vitamins, etc.


    The folder is returned to the Program I/C who checks  the  written  C/S
and executes any C/S orders, such  as  getting  the  person  back  onto  the
correct vitamins, getting the person to attest, and so on.  The  program  is
run in this fashion until it is completed.
                                END PHENOMENA

    The purpose of this program is very simply  to  clean  out  and  purify
one's system of all the accumulated impurities such as  drugs,  insecticides
and pesticides, food preservatives, etc., etc. For  someone  who  has  taken
LSD or Angel Dust this would include getting rid of  any  residual  crystals
from the body.


    When this has been accomplished the program is complete.


    As the person goes through the Purification Program, one should be able
to see an improvement in his physical well-being as he rids  the  system  of
its accumulated impurities.


    Obviously if the person is still feeling the effects of past  drugs  or
chemicals  going  into  restimulation,  the  program  cannot  be  considered
complete and must be continued until all these  manifestations  have  turned
off completely.


    The product  of  this  program  is  a  purified  body,  free  from  the
impurities, drugs, etc., that had accumulated in it.


    It is up to the C/S to send the person to attest when the above product
has been achieved.


    A continuation of the vitamins, minerals, oil, vegetables and  Cal-Mag,
at least at the rate of recommended daily requirements in  balanced  amounts
is wise after the rundown is completed. A sudden cessation of such  a  heavy
vitamin dosage can itself produce a  letdown.  It  is  possible  the  person
should  come  off  them  on  a  steep   gradient   rather   than   abruptly.
Particularly, where drug damage to the brain or  nerves  has  occurred,  the
body needs these things to rebuild itself.  If  one  doesn't  do  the  above
there can be a brief apparency of a letdown.


    Remember that the person has probably been leading  an  unhealthy  life
without proper nutrition, sleep and exercise so it would be a good  idea  to
recommend moderate daily dietetic and exercise disciplines so he  will  stay
healthy, having nothing to do with therapy.


    If such a letdown occurs the C/S should take the  above  into  account,
otherwise he may be puzzled. He will  find  a  certain  number  skimped  the
rundown are unflat  but  the  majority  of  such  simply  went  back  to  an
exerciseless, five packs of cigs a day, vitamin and mineral  deprived  life.
Such regimen recommendations are up to people who  specialize  in  them.  No
fads please. The C/S must remember that the person should  now  be  restored
to any interrupted program or C/Sed for his next level or,  if  he  is  also
PTS.  should  be  de-PTSed.  For  most  the  next  C/S  would  be  Objective
Processing.  The  person  has  not  finished   his   processing   with   the
Purification Rundown. He has just cleared the way to get real case gains.

                              LENGTH OF PROGRAM

    One should be able to get through the whole program  in  two  weeks  at
five hours a day. Some will take more and some will take less.


    If the procedure in this HCOB is exactly followed this will not  become
a long, drawn-out action.
                                   SUMMARY


    With the Purification Program we  now  have  the  means  to  get  rapid
recovery from the effects of the accumulation of the environmental  chemical
poisons as well as the medical drugs and  street  drugs  which  inhibit  the
progress of cases.


    By reducing  the  time  required  for  sweat  out  and  increasing  its
efficiency, we are able to make the Purification Program  a  single,  easily
completed step.
With the inclusion of vitamins, minerals  and  oils  we  are  able  to  work
toward restoring the biochemical balance of the body and  make  it  possible
for the body to reconstruct itself from the damage done by drugs  and  other
biochemical substances.


    We have brought the person up to the level where he is  now  ready  for
processing and can truly achieve biophysical and then mental  and  spiritual
gain.


    From this step alone one will see some sparkling results.


    The Purification Rundown should be ideally followed  by  auditing.  The
type  of  auditing  most  beneficial  for  the  next  step   is   "Objective
Processing." An enormous body of work exists for this next  level,  none  of
which is changed by the Purification Rundown. The Purification Rundown  only
undercuts it. As the world sinks we get below it to prop it up!


    Let's give this program a total push and take a  major  step  toward  a
drug-free society and planet!


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder

LRH:gal
Copyright � 1978,1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED



The Purification Rundown has  as  its  sole  purpose  the  handling  of  the
restimulative effects of drugs and toxic residuals  on  a  spiritual  being.
The Purification Rundown is a spiritual activity based on  and  administered
according to the doctrine and practices of the religion  of  Scientology  as
set forth in the writings of L. Ron Hubbard and adopted by  the  Church.  No
part of the rundown is intended  as  the  diagnosis,  prescription  for,  or
treatment of any bodily or physical condition or  ill.  The  Church  is  not
responsible for the handling of any bodily or physical condition or ill,  it
being the responsibility of the individual to  seek  the  competent  medical
advice and treatment of his doctor in such matters.

                                      THE BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
                                      of the
                                      CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                    HCO BULLETIN OF 6 FEBRUARY 1978RA- 1
                        ADDITION OF 20 DECEMBER 1979

Remimeo

                          THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN
                            -ERRATA AND ADDITIONS

               Amendment to HCOB 6 Feb 78RA, THE PURIFICATION
                     RUNDOWN REPLACES THE SWEAT PROGRAM


                                   ERRATA

    In HCOB 6  Feb  78RA,  THE  PURIFICATION  RUNDOWN  REPLACES  THE  SWEAT
PROGRAM, under "Exercise and Sauna," page  167,  in  the  twelfth  paragraph
from the top of the page, a clarification was omitted  at  the  end  of  the
last sentence.  This  paragraph,  with  the  full  clarification  added,  is
amended to read:

        "Running is done on a daily basis once the person has been assigned
    to this program. It is done in a rubberized or  vinyl-type  sweat  suit
    when persons are not also being given sauna or  steam  bath  treatment.
    When the Purification Rundown is being delivered with  the  sauna,  the
    rubberized or vinyl-type sweat suit  is  omitted  in  running  but  the
    running is still done and is a necessary part of the rundown."

    In other words, when the  person  is  doing  the  Purification  Rundown
standardly and using the sauna he must also run to work up  his  circulation
prior to going into the sauna, but he does not wear a rubberized  or  vinyl-
type sweat suit when he runs. When a sauna is not available, some  but  much
slower results are obtained by running in a rubberized  sweat  suit,  as  in
the original Sweat Out Program, which has now been supplemented by my  later
discoveries.


                                  ADDITIONS

                             Exercise and Sauna

    As stated in HCOB 6 Feb 78RA, the bulk of the 5 hours daily  period  of
running  and  sauna  sweat  out  is  best  spent  in  the  sauna  after  the
circulation has been worked up by running.


    It should be reemphasized here  that  the  5-hour  period  is  NOT  50%
exercising and 50% sauna. The rundown gives best results and  works  like  a
bomb with a much lower percentage of  time  exercising  and  a  much  higher
percentage in the sauna.


                                    Sauna

    When people get too warm or feeling faint, or when the body temperature
gets too high in the sauna, it is permissible for one to go out and  take  a
shower and then go back into the sauna. One could  get  over-heated  to  the
point of simply keeling over due to the heat, and the handling for  this  is
to take  a  cold  shower.  People  who  are  having  a  hard  time  spending
consecutive hours in the sauna are permitted to do so.


    A similar manifestation can be caused by lack of salt or potassium,  so
one must watch for any symptoms of salt or potassium  depletion  and  handle
such manifestations with extra salt intake or potassium  gluconate  tablets,
as covered on page 168 of HCOB 6 Feb 78RA.
It is advisable not to fall asleep in the sauna as overheating  or  salt  or
potassium depletion could occur while one was asleep.


                                 Steam Baths

    Steam baths, at similar temperatures to  the  sauna,  can  be  used  by
themselves when available. They serve much  the  same  purpose  as  the  dry
sauna and it has been suggested that a steam bath may even work faster,  but
this has not been tested or confirmed. The steam bath is not  preferable  to
a sauna but produces a similar effect. Either can be used.


    The same tips and precautions apply to the use of a steam  bath  as  to
the sauna.




                               Eucalyptus Oil


    A small quantity of eucalyptus oil is sometimes added to the steam in a
steam bath or similarly used in some saunas.


    In a modern sauna or steam bath, the procedure is to simply put one  or
two capfuls of eucalyptus oil in a bucket of water in the room. As  it  then
evaporates (the oil will evaporate before  the  water  does),  more  can  be
added as needed.


    Some people don't like the smell of eucalyptus  at  all,  while  others
find it pleasant. If the solution is too strong it  can  cause  watering  of
the eyes or nausea in some cases. Thus, one would  survey  before  using  it
and, if used, it should be in appropriate small quantities.


    Used correctly, eucalyptus  has  been  reported  to  be  beneficial  in
clearing up the lungs and clearing the sinuses. One person has reported  his
voice smoothing out as a result of using eucalyptus oil in the sauna.


    It is not a mandatory step on  the  Purification  Rundown,  but  as  an
optional step the data given here on the use of eucalyptus oil in the  sauna
or steam bath should be known.


    Whether or not eucalyptus is used, it goes without saying that a  sauna
or steam bath should be kept hygienic and free of  odors  by  scrubbing  the
room at least once, or oftener, daily.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:nc
Copyright � 1 978,1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 23 MARCH 1978RA
Remimeo     REVISED 14 NOVEMBER 1979

                    (CANCELS BTB 16 Dec 73, Word Clearing
                      Series 51, WORD CLEARING ERRORS.)

              (Revisions not printed in a different type style)

                          Word Clearing Series 59RA

                               CLEARING WORDS

      (Ref:      HCOB 7 Sep 74    Word Clearing Series 54
                 SUPERLITERACY AND THE
                 CLEARED WORD
            HCOB 17 Jul 79 I Word Clearing Series 64
                 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD,
                 DEFINED)


    In research concerning Word Clearing,  study  and  training  done  with
various groups over the recent past months, it has become  all  too  obvious
that a misunderstood word  remains  misunderstood  and  will  later  hang  a
person up unless he clears the meaning of the word in  the  context  of  the
materials being read or studied and also clears it in  all  of  its  various
uses in general communication.


    When a word has several different definitions,  one  cannot  limit  his
understanding of  the  word  to  one  definition  only  and  call  the  word
"understood." One must be able to understand  the  word  when,  at  a  later
date, it is used in a different way.


                             HOW TO CLEAR A WORD

    To clear a word one looks it up  in  a  good  dictionary.  Dictionaries
recommended  are  The  Oxford  English  Dictionary  or  the  Shorter  Oxford
Dictionary and Funk and Wagnalls Standard English Dictionary.


    The first step is to look rapidly over the definitions to find the  one
which applies to the context in which the word was misunderstood. One  reads
the definition and uses it in sentences until one has  a  clear  concept  of
that meaning of the word. This could require ten or more sentences.


    Then one clears each of the other definitions of that word, using  each
in sentences until one has a conceptual understanding of each definition.


    The  next  thing  to  do  is  to  clear  the  derivation-which  is  the
explanation of where the word came from originally. This will  help  gain  a
basic understanding of the word.


    Don't clear the technical or specialized  definitions  (math,  biology,
etc.) or obsolete (no longer used) or archaic  (ancient  and  no  longer  in
general use) definitions unless the word is  being  used  that  way  in  the
context where it was misunderstood.


    Most dictionaries give the idioms of a word. An idiom is  a  phrase  or
expression whose meaning cannot be understood from the ordinary meanings  of
the words. For example, "give in"  is  an  English  idiom  meaning  "yield."
Quite a few words in English have  idiomatic  uses  and  these  are  usually
given in a dictionary after  the  definitions  of  the  word  itself.  These
idioms have to be cleared.


    One must also clear any other information given about the word, such as
notes on its usage, synonyms, etc. so as to have  a  full  understanding  of
the word.
If one encounters a misunderstood word or symbol  in  the  definition  of  a
word being cleared, one must clear it right away using this  same  procedure
and then return to the definition one was clearing. (Dictionary symbols  and
abbreviations are usually given in the front of the dictionary.)


                                   EXAMPLE

    You are reading the sentence "He used to clean chimneys for  a  living"
and you're not sure what "chimneys" means.


    You find it in the dictionary and look through the definitions for  the
one that applies. It says "A flue for the smoke or gases from a fire."


    You're not sure what "flue" means so you  look  that  up:  it  says  "A
channel or passage for smoke, air or gasses of combustion."  That  fits  and
makes sense so you use it in some sentences until you have a  clear  concept
of it.


    "Flue" in this dictionary has other  definitions,  each  of  which  you
would clear and use in sentences.


    Look up the derivation of the word "flue."


    Now go back to "chimney." The definition "A flue for the smoke or gases
from a fire," now makes sense so you use it in sentences until  you  have  a
concept of it.


    You then clear the other definitions. One dictionary  has  an  obsolete
definition and a geological definition. You would  skip  both  of  these  as
they aren't in common usage.


    Now clear up the derivation of the word. One finds  in  the  derivation
that  it  originally  came  from  the  Greek  word  "kaminos,"  which  means
"furnace."


    If the word had any synonym studies, usage notes or idioms, they  would
all be cleared too.


    That would be the end of clearing "chimney."


                               CONTEXT UNKNOWN

    If you don't know the context of the word, as in Word Clearing  Methods
1, 5 (when done from a list), 6 or  8,  you  should  start  with  the  first
definition and clear all definitions, derivation, idioms,  etc.  as  covered
above.


                                "WORD CHAINS"

If  you  find  yourself  spending  a  lot  of  time  clearing  words  within
definitions  of  words,  you  should  get  a  simpler  dictionary.  A   good
dictionary will enable you to clear a word without having to look up  a  lot
of other ones in the process.


                                CLEARED WORDS

      A CLEARED WORD IS ONE WHICH HAS BEEN CLEARED  TO  THE  POINT  OF  FULL
      CONCEPTUAL UNDERSTANDING BY CLEARING EACH OF THE  COMMON  MEANINGS  OF
      THAT WORD PLUS ANY TECHNICAL OR SPECIALIZED MEANINGS OF THAT WORD THAT
      PERTAIN TO THE SUBJECT BEING HANDLED.
That's what a cleared word is. It is a word that is understood.  In  metered
Word Clearing this would be accompanied by a floating needle and  very  good
indicators. There can be more than one F/N per word. Clearing  a  word  must
end in an F/N and VGIs. Off the meter this  would  be  accompanied  by  very
good indicators.


    The above is the way a word should be cleared.


    When words are  understood,  communication  can  take  place  and  with
communication any given subject can be understood.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:gal
Copyright � 1978,1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO BULLETIN OF 19 SEPTEMBER 1978R
                                   Issue I
NED Checksheets  REVISED 31 JANUARY 1979
All Supervisors
All C/Ses   (Revisions not printed in a different type style)
All Auditors

                         THE END OF ENDLESS DRUG RDs

                  (Ref: HCOB 19 Sep 78R THE END OF ENDLESS
                         Iss II DRUG RUNDOWNS REPAIR
                             Rev. 31.1.79 LIST)


    The possibility of running a Drug RD flat on a pc is totally zilch  and
the reason for this is that there have  been  innumerable  cultures  in  the
several universes that were far more drug oriented than this one.  And  even
on a  person  that's  not  manifesting  drugs  and  hasn't  taken  any  this
lifetime, you can collide with these cultures  and  universes  if  you  keep
pushing it.


    Over the  years  some  pcs  have  had  Drug  Rundowns  which  stretched
interminably into hundreds of hours. And some pcs  have  had  drugs  handled
once, only to have them rehandled and then rehandled  again  at  some  later
date in what appear to have been endless Drug Rundowns.


    This has been largely due to the listing and  running  of  whole  track
drugs  or,  through  Dianetic  auditing  errors,  the  collision  with   and
restimulation of early drug cultures on the track.


    This endless auditing of drugs  can  have  built  up  charge  which  is
preventing the pc from getting all the gain possible from  his  next  grade,
or it can even act to prevent him from wanting further auditing.


    There is an end to endless drug handling.


    We have it now in a rundown which is called The  End  of  Endless  Drug
Rundowns Repair List.


                THE END OF ENDLESS DRUG RUNDOWNS REPAIR LIST
                      (Ref: HCOB 19 Sept 78R, Issue II,
                         Rev. 31.1.79, same title.)

    A prerequisite for this rundown is the C/S 53RL to  F/Ning  list.  (The
C/S 53 is not included as  a  part  of  the  rundown  itself,  but  is  done
separately as a set-up action.)


    When properly set up, the pc is given THE END OF ENDLESS DRUG  RUNDOWNS
REPAIR LIST and any reading items handled as indicated.


    This rundown is for those pcs who have previously been run  on  an  old
Drug Rundown, done by old style drug handling. (Rarely, if  ever,  would  it
apply to a person audited on the NED new Drug Rundown as covered in HCOB  15
July 71RC, NED Series 9RB, DRUG HANDLING.)


    THE END OF ENDLESS DRUG RUNDOWNS REPAIR LIST resolves the situation for
a pc who has been overaudited on drugs, who has been misrun  on  drugs,  who
has had an endless Drug Rundown and/or who has bypassed charge  on  auditing
on drugs.
It simply and terminatedly cleans up any overrun, misrun or unrun drugs  and
the charge left with the pc as a result of these. In fairly short  order  it
gets the pc truly completed on the subject,  in  good  shape  and  ready  to
continue on his next case action.


    A lot of cases will now be sorted out and the speed of  moving  up  the
Bridge will be greatly increased.


              NEW ERA DIANETICS DRUG RUNDOWN A SEPARATE ACTION

    The NED Drug Rundown (HCOB 15 July 71 RC, Issue III, IMPORTANT  URGENT,
C/S Series 48RD, NED Series 9RB, DRUG  HANDLING)  is  an  entirely  separate
action from THE END OF ENDLESS DRUG RUNDOWNS REPAIR LIST.


    The NED Drug Rundown is for beginning Dianetic pcs or  those  who  have
not previously had a Drug Rundown.


    Its steps have  been  arranged  to  prevent  the  endless  running  and
rehandling of drugs.


    You can always find more drugs on the track. What you're interested  in
is this lifetime and this body. This doesn't mean you  don't  run  track  on
the Drug RD, you just don't push it. Don't ask for whole track  drugs.  When
you list out the drugs, medicine and alcohol a pc has taken, you  only  want
the ones he has taken this lifetime.


    Objectives are run first on the pc.  Each  reading  drug,  medicine  or
alcohol the pc has taken this lifetime is then run  narrative,  followed  by
preassessment then prior assessment and, as a final  step,  more  Objectives
are given to bring the pc into PT after the engram  running.  The  full  and
complete steps are listed in  HCOB  15  July  71RC,  URGENT  IMPORTANT,  C/S
Series 48RD, NED Series 9RB, DRUG HANDLING and HCOB 22 June 78R, NED  Series
2R, NEW ERA DIANETICS FULL PC PROGRAM OUTLINE.


    These refined and thorough steps allow the Drug Rundown to be taken  to
a flat point of freedom from the harmful effects  of  this  lifetime  drugs,
medicine and alcohol and an F/Ning drug list.


    Where the old Drug Rundown took hundreds of hours and sometimes had  to
be repeated, the  NED  Drug  Rundown  requires  only  a  few  intensives  to
accomplish the final, finished result.


    With the tech of these two separate rundowns-one for the  new  pc,  one
for handling the pc who has been run and rerun on drugs old  style-we  truly
have an end to endless drug handling.


    THE END OF ENDLESS DRUG RUNDOWNS REPAIR LIST is to be put to  full  use
to rapidly handle those pcs who have been stalled  and  plagued  by  endless
drug handling.


    I expect each org and mission to  get  it  applied  and  get  such  pcs
advancing!


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH: jk
Copyright � 1978,1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO BULLETIN OF 19 SEPTEMBER 1978R
Remimeo     Issue II
All Dn Auditors  REVISED 31 JANUARY 1979
All C/Ses

                       (Revisions in this type style)

                      THE END OF ENDLESS DRUG RUNDOWNS

                                 REPAIR LIST

                (Ref: HCOB 19 Sep 78R, Iss 1, Rev. 31 Jan 79,
                        THE END Of ENDLESS DRUG RDs.)


    The End of Endless  Drug  Rundowns  Repair  List  is  the  rundown  for
handling a pc who has been overaudited on drugs,  who  has  had  an  endless
Drug Rundown done by old  style  drug  auditing,  and/or  who  has  bypassed
charge on auditing on drugs.


    A prerequisite for the rundown is that the pc is first set up  for  the
rundown with a C/S 53RL to F/Ning list. (The C/S  53  is  not  part  of  the
rundown  itself  but  is  required  as  a  set-up  action  which   is   done
separately.)


    The End of Endless Drug Rundowns Repair List is  then  delivered  as  a
rundown in itself.


    Assess it Method 5 and handle in order of largest read.


    NOTE: This list can be assessed on Dianetic Clears, Clears and OTs, but
where a reading item calls for any Dianetic auditing (items 7 and 9)  it  is
NOT done. (Ref: HCOB 12 Sep 78, DIANETICS FORBIDDEN ON CLEARS AND  OTs.)  On
Clears, OTs and Dianetic Clears the handling on  such  items  is  to  simply
indicate the read.


1.    WAS THE DRUG RUNDOWN CONTINUED PAST THE POINT WHEN YOU WERE NO  LONGER
    AFFECTED BY DRUGS?      _________
      (Indicate. Ask pc if he can find that point.)

2.    WAS THE DRUG RUNDOWN CONTINUED PAST THE POINT WHEN YOU  WERE  RELEASED
    FROM THE EFFECTS OF DRUGS?    _________
      (Indicate. Ask pc if he can find that point.)

3.     ON  THE  DRUG  RUNDOWN,  WERE  YOU  RUN   ON   AN   UNCHARGED   DRUG?
    _________
      (Find which drug wasn't charged and indicate it  shouldn't  have  been
    run. May be more than one uncharged drug; handle each by indicating  on
    each. )

4.    ON THE DRUG RUNDOWN, WERE YOU RUN ON AN UNCHARGED  INCIDENT  OR  ITEM?
    _________
      (Find which and indicate it shouldn't have  been  run.  There  may  be
    more than one; handle each by indicating on each. )

5.    ON THE DRUG RUNDOWN,  WERE  YOU  ASKED  TO  LIST  WHOLE  TRACK  DRUGS?
    _________
      (Indicate that this may have restimulated drugs he  was  not  affected
    by in this lifetime.)
    6.      ON THE DRUG RUNDOWN, WERE YOU PREVENTED FROM GETTING GRADES  OR
    OTHER AUDITING?    _________
      (Indicate.)

7.     ON  THE  DRUG  RUNDOWN,  WAS  AN  INCIDENT  OR  CHAIN  LEFT   UNFLAT?
    _________
      (Indicate. Flatten the incident or chain R3RA.)

8.    ON THE DRUG RUNDOWN, WAS AN INCIDENT OR CHAIN OVERRUN?  _________
      (Indicate it. Spot the flat point.)

9.    ON THE DRUG RUNDOWN, WAS A CHARGED DRUG NOT RUN?   _________
      (Find which and handle per NED Drug RD steps.)

10.   WAS THE DRUG RUNDOWN CONTINUED PAST THE POINT WHEN YOU FELT  THE  DRUG
    LIST WAS F/NING?   _________
      (Indicate. Ask pc if he can spot that point.)

11.    WERE  YOU  NOT  ALLOWED  TO  DECLARE  YOUR  DRUG  RUNDOWN   COMPLETE?
    _________
      (Indicate. Let pc say what he/she wishes on this.)

12.   WERE YOU TOLD YOU WERE A DRUGGIE WHEN YOU WEREN'T?      _________
      (Indicate it, and that pc isn't a druggie.)

13.   WERE YOU AUDITED ON DIANETICS OR  NEW  ERA  DIANETICS  AFTER  DIANETIC
    CLEAR?  _________
       (If  so,  indicate  that  Dianetic  auditing  should  not  have  been
    continued past Dianetic Clear. )

14.   ON THE DRUG RUNDOWN, WAS SOMETHING ELSE WRONG?     _________
      (Indicate. Have pc tell you what he/she thinks this was.  If  no  F/N,
    turn it in to a Scientology C/S to handle.)


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:dr.clb
Copyright � 1978,1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO BULLETIN OF 24 SEPTEMBER 1978RA
                                   Issue I
Remimeo     REVISED 21 FEBRUARY 1979
Auditors
Cl IV Grad  (All changes are in this type style)
Checksheet  (Ellipses indicate deletions)
Tech/Qual
        (NOTE: Some auditors have had trouble with  this  rundown.  It  has
        therefore been  extensively  revised  as  per  this  issue.  Before
        running a pc on this rundown, get the auditor  M9ed  and  M4ed  and
        starrated on the RD. Also make sure that he can operate a meter and
        do TRs if he has trouble with it in the future.  These  changes  in
        this RD are considerable and are for immediate use and the  earlier
        rendition of it is not to be used.  Out-Int  as  a  case  condition
        along with R3RA audited over and beyond Dianetic Clear are  primary
        reasons for case bogs. The percentage of out-Int may be as much  as
        75% in any given area. Therefore the Int RD run with  NED  on  non-
        Clears and the End of Endless  Int  Repair  Rundown  are  the  most
        important single auditing  actions  an  auditor  can  do  and  will
        produce the most surprising results when the condition  is  present
        and is expertly audited.)

                     Interiorization Rundown Series 4RA

                              URGENT-IMPORTANT

                    THE END OF ENDLESS INT REPAIR RUNDOWN


    We needed a rundown that would handle what, for some pcs, has  been  an
endless trail of repair of repair of repair of Int.


    I have now fully researched and developed the process  to  handle  this
and can release it for broad use.

    THE END OF ENDLESS INT REPAIR RUNDOWN is just that.


    It is the answer to Int troubles.


    The rundown consists of running Int by Recall by  a  very  precise  and
simple method.


    At first glance it would not seem possible that such  a  process  would
handle the more resistive-appearing Int repair problems  which  keep  coming
up on some pcs. This appearance is deceptive, however,  as  the  process  is
very, very effective. It runs lightly and  easily  on  pcs,  but  with  far-
reaching results.


    Skillfully handled, it quite miraculously smooths out and resolves  Int
on both new pcs and those pcs on whom Int repeatedly kicks in.


    Of course an Int Rundown has to be run, per HCOB 4 Jan 71R, but when it
is later found that the Int Rundown must be repaired then  this  rundown  is
used.


    It does not replace the original Int  Rundown,  which  has  been  newly
revised with several more buttons  and  New  Era  Dianetics  commands  added
(HCOB 4 Jan 71R). Rather, it complements it.


    The End of Endless Int Repair RD can be run on Dianetic Clears . . . as
it addresses Int with Recalls....
(NOTE: It can NOT be run on any pc or pre-OT in  the  Non-interference  Zone
(those between R6 Solo and OT 111 attest). As the End of Endless Int  Repair
RD is a major action, not a repair action, it is  forbidden  to  be  run  on
anyone in the Noninterference Zone.


    Where a person in the Non-interference Zone has  been  run  on  End  of
Endless Int he should finish up his current Solo level as feasible  and  get
onto his next Solo level.


    Anyone who has been run on End of Endless Int while on OT III should be
finished up as feasible on Solo OT III and gotten onto NED for OTs.)


    In certain isolated cases this process could be used as  a  preliminary
method for handling Int on pcs who are weak or ill and  not  immediately  up
to running engrams or secondaries, or it could be used to cool down  out-Int
on a new pc who exteriorizes on Objectives and has not yet had  a  Dn  C/S-1
or any NED auditing.


    But it is not a substitute for the revised Int Rundown and in the above
instances you may find the pc may eventually need the  revised  Int  Rundown
itself.


    The prime purpose and use of the End of Endless Int Repair Rundown  is,
exactly as its name implies, to handle  an  endless  "repair  of  repair  of
repair" of Int. If a regular Int Rundown has been done and Int continues  to
kick in after fully standard Int correction, the End of Endless  Int  Repair
Rundown is the answer. It effectively resolves persistent Int problems.


                  WHEN TO RUN AN END OF ENDLESS INT RUNDOWN

    When an auditor or C/S encounters out-Int on a case there is  a  choice
of what action to take to handle it. The  choice  depends  on  what  actions
have been taken previously on the case on the subject of Int.


    The first thing to determine is whether or not Int is actually out. You
cannot audit a person on anything else besides Int, if Int is out. You  also
cannot run anything which is not charged (reading), as to do  so  hangs  the
pc with a wrong/uncharged item.  An  auditor  getting  a  read  on  the  Int
section of the C/S 53 must be careful to verify that this is a  valid  read,
and not a false read or protest read. This is very  important  as  you  must
not audit a pc on Int if it is not charged, and you must not audit a  pc  on
anything else if Int is out.


    You determine whether the pc  has  already  had  an  Int  Rundown,  and
whether it was correctly done or flubbed. If it was  flubbed  were  Dianetic
errors repaired with an L3RF on the Dianetic chains? Has the pc had  an  Int
Rundown Correction List? (These  must  be  determined  because  the  End  of
Endless Int Rundown is not a substitute for the Int  Rundown,  and  it  does
not substitute for an Int Rundown Correction List. Dianetic errors  must  be
repaired with an L3RF.) These must be determined by folder study and FES  of
the Int Rundown and any repairs of Int Rundown.


    If the pc has had an Int Rundown and it has been flubbed, you would  do
an Int Rundown Correction  List  and  handle  all  of  the  various  actions
necessary, providing this is within the normal time  span  of  the  rundown.
Don't try this months or years later. The End of Endless  Int  Rundown  will
not repair flagrant Dianetic errors. If the pc is  having  or  was  recently
given an Int Rundown which  has  bogged  or  failed,  then  an  Int  Rundown
Correction List including repair of any Dianetic errors is to  be  done.  If
the pc still has out-Int despite having had the Int Rundown and it has  been
repaired and all that is usual and ordinary has been done,  then  you  would
do the End of Endless Int Rundown.


    You must determine whether the pc is a Dianetic Clear,  or  whether  he
has become one somewhere along the line. If the pc has  had  Dianetic  Clear
rehabbed since the original Int RD, check the  dates  to  determine  whether
the pc was run on the Int RD by R3R or R3RA when he was  a  Dianetic  Clear.
If so this can be repaired by indicating to the pc that he was  run  on  the
Int RD on R3R or R3RA after Dianetic C/ear. If  these  Int  Dianetic  chains
are now reading, repair them by assessing an L3RF and  indicating.  (Do  not
get into running or continuing any R3R or R3RA on a Dianetic Clear.) If  the
person is a Dianetic Clear and Int is still out  for  some  peculiar  reason
best known to Man or beast, the only choice we have is the  End  of  Endless
Int Rundown.


    The way to determine whether Int is out is normally  by  assessment  of
the C/S 53 buttons, and it is on this prepared list  that  out-Int  is  most
often detected. You don't flatten the button, or try to  handle  the  button
that was found on the C/S 53. This is  the  one  exception  on  the  C/S  53
whereby you do not just F/N it on the C/S 53 and go on. We have  to  examine
the condition of the person on the subject of Int  as  above,  to  determine
which way to go. Therefore you  stop  right  there  with  a  C/S  53,  being
careful to verify the fact that you actually have a read on Int, and  not  a
false read or protest read. (And remember that  some  pcs,  especially  when
Int has been run or repaired when it wasn't charged, can get so protesty  on
the subject that Int will now give a false read  whenever  it  is  mentioned
due to protest. An auditor's  TRs,  metering  and  obnosis  of  the  pc  and
whether the pc is in session or not have to be bad for  this  to  occur,  or
for the auditor to now fail to determine whether it  is  a  valid  or  false
read on Int.) Having determined that you do have a valid read  on  Int,  you
would not proceed with the C/S 53, but end off the session.

                              INT RUNDOWN TABLE

    The following table tells the auditor and C/S  which  way  to  go  when
handling out-Int. Once filled out this table should  be  kept  with  the  pc
Folder Summary in front inside of the pc folder beneath  the  pgm.  And  the
table should be updated.


      Yes       No

A.    IS THE READ ON INT A VALID READ?  ____  ____

      Is there any evidence of the pc having been run on Int due to a  false
    or protest read?   ____  ____

      Any evidence of the read being caused by a Mis-U word?  ____  ____

      (If 'yes' on above get 'False read?' and 'Protest?' cleaned up or  the
    Mis-U cleared and recheck the buttons on Section A of C/S  53  to  find
    out if Int is charged.)

B.    HAS THE PC HAD A FULL INT RUNDOWN?     ____  ____

      (If 'no' or incomplete, it would have to be  repaired  and  completed.
    NOTE: The Int RD would NOT be run on a Dianetic Clear, Clear or  OT  as
    they are not to be run on Dianetics in any form.)

C.    HAS THE PC HAD AN INT RUNDOWN CORRECTION LIST?     ____  ____

      (If not, and there is any evidence  of  errors  or  lack  of  expected
    result, this should be done before continuing the Int RD or  doing  End
    of Endless Int Rundown. And if the  pc  has  had  several  Int  Rundown
    Correction Lists, realize that either the auditor  can't  make  a  list
    read, or is only getting false reads.)

D.    HAVE ANY  R3R  OR  R3RA  DIANETIC  ERRORS  ON  THE  INT  RUNDOWN  BEEN
    CORRECTED WITH AN L3RF? ____  ____

      (If not, get these repaired, as continuing the RD,  or  doing  End  of
    Endless Int Rundown won't solve R3R or R3RA errors.)

    E.      IS THE PC A DIANETIC CLEAR OR ABOVE?   ____  ____

      Was the pc a Dianetic Clear when the Int RD was run on him by  R3R  or
    R3RA ?  ____  ____

    (If 'yes' to either above, you must not run any Dianetics but if Int is
    still out after repairing any errors the End of Endless Int Rundown can
    be done on a Dianetic Clear. It can NOT be done between R6 Solo and  OT
    III attest.


    If the pc was run on Dianetics on the Int RD after Dn C/ear, the  first
    action is to indicate the error of running Dianetics after  Clear,  and
    then repair any reading Dianetic Int chain with an L3RF, taking care to
    handle the reading lines by indication  only,  and  not  get  into  any
    running of Dianetics. This action alone will often cure any Int trouble
    on a Dn Clear, but if Int is still reading you can now handle  it  with
    the End of Endless Int Rundown.)


                       THE END OF ENDLESS INT RUNDOWN
                                  PROCEDURE

    Having determined that you are going to  do  the  End  of  Endless  Int
Rundown from the table above, you proceed as follows:

1.    The auditor has the pc demonstrate the various  flows.  Remember  that
    this must not be arduous because it is actually almost auditing  to  do
    this and the person's Int is out. If the pc is a Triple  pc,  have  him
    demonstrate Flows 1, 2, 3. If the pc is a Quad pc, have him demonstrate
    Flows 1, 2, 3, 0.

       (Do  not  engage  in  flying  ruds,  Word  Clearing,  Touch  Assists,
    Havingness or any other auditing over out-Int.)

2.    Assess the End of Endless Int Rundown buttons. Take the largest read.

3.    You then proceed to run this  button  with  the  End  of  Endless  Int
    Rundown. This is done by assessing the flows. Take the flow that  reads
    the largest and using the Recall Process that applies to that flow, run
    it until an F/N is achieved.

4.    Then reassess all flows. You'll find the one you ran will  be  F/Ning.
    Another flow will be reading. Run the best reading flow by  the  Recall
    Process until it F/Ns. You repeat this procedure until all flows F/N.

      If during the period you are running these flows on that  button,  the
    pc has a large cog, F/N, GIs, remember that  you  may  have  blown  all
    flows. At that moment  without  interrupting  the  pc's  cognition  you
    realize that you are finished with assessing the flows of this  button.
    For caution's sake, you check the button to see if  it  now  reads.  Of
    course it will F/N.

5.    You now reassess the whole End of Endless  Int  Rundown  button  list.
    The whole list might F/N at this point. On the other hand it might not.
    If you get a read on this assessment, you treat it exactly the same  as
    you did priorly, (steps 3, 4, 5). You keep this up  until  you  get  an
    F/Ning assessment of the Int buttons.

6.    You then wait a week and reassess the Int buttons list again.  If  you
    get a read, check for false read, check for protest. Make sure it is  a
    valid read that you have and if it is, you treat  that  button  exactly
    the same as above and proceed (per steps 3, 4, 5).

      When you get an F/Ning assessment of the Int  buttons  after  the  one
    week wait, the End of Endless Int Rundown is complete, and  the  pc  is
    sent to declare.

                              THE  INT BUTTONS

    GO IN


    WENT IN


    PUT IN


    INTERIORIZED INTO SOMETHING


    WANT TO GO IN


    CAN'T GET IN


    KICKED OUT OF SPACES


    CAN'T GO IN


    BEING TRAPPED


    FORCED IN


    PULLED IN


    PUSHED IN

    . . . .


    EXAMPLE:


    Int button assessed: PUT IN


    Assess the four flows with the wordings for  that  button  but  without
    using the word " Recall":


    F1: . . . you were put in something    x
    F2: . . . you put another in something
    F3: . . . others put others in something    x
    F0: . . . you put yourself in something    sf

    Flow 2 reads best, so run Flow  2  to  F/N,  using  the  entire  Recall
command (i.e. "Recall a time when you put another in  something").  Reassess
all four flows, as above, using the same Int button....

    . . . .


    Examples of the running commands for "PUT IN" would be:


    If F1 reads: "Recall a time when you were put in something." (to F/N.)


    If F2 reads: "Recall a time when you put  another  in  something."  (to
    F/N.)


    If F3 reads: "Recall a time when others put others in  something."  (to
    F/N.)


    If F0 reads: "Recall a time when you put yourself  in  something."  (to
    F/N.)
                            CAUTIONS AND C/S TIPS

    The only time you check the button again while assessing flows is  when
the pc has had a cog, F/N, GIs, at which time  you  must  suspect  that  the
whole button has blown. This by the way happens in Int Rundowns and  is  the
commonest cause of overrun Int.


    There is another way  of  addressing  this  if  the  pc  isn't  getting
cognitions to amount to anything.  When  you  get  all  flows  on  a  button
F/Ning, you can end off the session and check the next day  to  see  if  the
flows are still F/Ning. It some times happens where  you  have  a  not  very
responsive pc, that it takes several days of assessment of the  flows  which
F/Ned yesterday to carry the F/N through a  whole  day.  These  flows  often
read again the next day. This is because you are running  Recall  Processes,
and  Recall  Processes  are  simply  key-outs.  Therefore  you  are  getting
something keying in and keying out and keying in and  keying  out.  This  is
eventually overcome. Where you are doing this  day-to-day  handling  of  the
same button, it would be vital to check  the  button  for  read  before  you
assessed the flows on it the next day.


    The one-week wait is a compromise for the 3 to 10 day  key-out  period;
you can't say wait for 3 to 10 days, so it is set at one  week.  During  the
rundown there may have been a momentary stir-up of  some  kind,  such  as  a
tiny ripple on an auditor's TRs rendition,  or  a  badly  mishandled  origin
that could cause an ARC break needle, or something like this  could  happen,
so if you wait a week such trouble will  key  out,  before  you  assess  the
buttons list again. Or you may have been riding a win, a persistent  F/N  on
one button, when the whole subject of Int is not handled, and you  will  get
environmental restimulation. Remember you are only handling Recalls,  and  a
little more Recalls run will probably blow it for good. So you  are  waiting
a week to see if the environment keys him in  again.  You  reassess  a  week
later and if the buttons are all clean, fine. But if something reads on  the
week later assessment that must mean an engram or something is pretty  close
to the surface still. You then handle it again  and  this  time  the  little
point that was missed will turn up and that will be the  end  of  that.  You
handle the buttons to F/Ning assessment and then that is the  end  of  that.
The End of Endless Int Repair. (There is no second wait for another week.)


    Now of course if during the one-week wait the pc gets keyed-in again or
originates or by reason of BIs or manifestation that Int is still  out,  you
would not robotically wait  out  the  whole  week  before  giving  the  next
session, as you now know he is not on a persistent F/N, and you  know  there
is more to handle.


    And on the reassessment of the buttons after the week wait, the auditor
must again be sure that it is a valid  read  on  Int  and  not  a  false  or
protest read before he launches  off  into  running  anything  again.  False
reads on the assessment, protest reads, or the pc suffering  from  something
else entirely besides out-Int can cause a false read on  assessment  of  the
Int buttons. Hence the necessity to be sure you have  a  valid  read  before
you proceed. And if the pc is caved in or BIs about it  there  is  a  little
checklist that tells a C/S what to do about that too.


    The things that could go wrong are rather simple and are few in number.
These are:

a)    Int wasn't out in the first place,

b)    The pc has been run on false reads,

c)    The pc was suffering from something else entirely other than  out-Int,



d)    The auditor's TRs are bad, or broke the Auditor's Code,

e)    The auditor's metering was bad, giving wrong assessments,

f)     The  auditor  overran  F/Ns,  or  reran  a  flow  that   just   F/Ned
    invalidating the F/N just gotten,
    g)      Pc had a Mis-U on the word  'Recall'  and  was  trying  to  run
    through engrams on the Recall Process,

h)    The pc had a major cog on the subject of Int, blowing the whole  thing
    and the auditor went on, overrunning the Int Rundown or End of  Endless
    Int Rundown,

i)    Pc was audited on some other action other than Int while Int was  out-
    such as rudiments, Touch Assists, Word Clearing or any  other  auditing
    or assist action, including illegal  2-way  comms  about  his  case  or
    auditing, coffee shop or eval or  inval  by  his  'friends'  or  others
    between sessions,

j)    Errors on the original Int RD weren't  repaired  before  starting  the
    End of Endless Int Rundown.

    If a C/S can't tell by folder inspection which of these it  is  he  can
have the pc interviewed by a D of P to find  out,  or  even  get  the  above
assessed to find out which it is.

                                VITAL DATA ON
                            INT RD END PHENOMENA

    Exteriorization is not the EP of the Int Rundown. If  it  happens  that
the pc goes exterior during the RD, you end  off  gently  as  in  any  other
auditing. But that is not the EP, and you may have  to  pick  him  up  again
later and complete the Int RD or handle it  with  the  End  of  Endless  Int
Repair Rundown.


    THE EP  OF  THE  INT  RUNDOWN  IS  NO  MORE  CONCERN  OR  TROUBLE  WITH
EXTERIORIZATION OR INTERIORIZATION.


    This is generally accomplished by auditing the  pc  to  an  F/Ning  Int
button list.


    But there is another phenomenon that can occur while running Int. IT IS
VITAL THAT AN AUDITOR DOES NOT MISS THIS SHOULD IT HAPPEN.


    It goes like  this:  You're  auditing  along  and  suddenly  some  mass
discharges, down comes the TA, you suddenly have a floating TA,  and  that's
it. The pc has hit the EP.


    If you proceed past that  point  you're  in  trouble.  You  DON'T  then
reassess the Int button list and you  DON'T  continue  running  Quad  Flows,
even if all the flows have not yet been run on one reading button.


    You do nothing but take your paws off the  meter  and  gently  end  the
session. If you do otherwise you can mess up a case.


    It isn't exteriorization. Exteriorization could occur at the same time;
however we could not care less because exteriorization is not the EP of  the
process.


    But at ANY point at which the above phenomenon occurs on  the  Int  RD-
mass moves off, the TA comes crashing down and you can't keep the needle  on
the dial because the TA itself is floating-you end off the  rundown  because
you have the EP.


    What has happened here is that you've blown the stuck  flow  of  "going
in."


    Int sends the TA up because the person has plowed deeper into more  and
more mass and come out of less and less mass. You have been auditing the  pc
on what has been, for eons, a stuck flow of obsessively  going  in.  At  any
point in the auditing that stuck flow can suddenly give way.  It  heaves  in
the opposite direction, and the stuck flow of "going in" vanishes.


    When that happens it's the end of the process, as that is all you  want
to accomplish with the Int Rundown.
If you were then to check the Int button list (which you DO NOT DO  AT  THIS
POINT) you would find the Int buttons all F/Ning.


                              REPAIRING REPAIR

    Over the years Int auditing has tended to be  flubby.  Int  repair  has
been far too frequent and even repetitive on some  pcs.  Some  auditors  and
C/Ses have decided Int RDs were "delicate" or "difficult" or  very  special.
Well, Int is special and sometimes delicate, but it's not difficult.


    If an auditor is going to audit the Int Rundown successfully he must be
skilled at metering, he must be flubless on R3RA and  the  commands  of  the
process, and understand the theory of Int. He must know what an F/N  is  and
what a Dianetic EP is and be able to recognize these when they occur.


    Much of the Int repair needed stems from errors made  by  auditors  (or
C/Ses): running Int when it was not needed, running  it  with  the  idea  it
would exteriorize the pc, auditing the RD over  misunderstoods,  overrunning
the RD. These are all violations of the Auditor's Code, many  of  them  then
further complicated by Dianetic errors in running or repairing Int.


    There is another factor regarding the original Int Rundown  which  must
not be overlooked. Although it comes under the heading of  "overrunning  the
Int Rundown," it is sometimes neither seen  nor  understood.  In  doing  the
original Int Rundown it can occur that it completes  before  all  flows  are
run.


    EXAMPLE: The auditor runs Flow I on engrams on the revised Int RD, then
Flow 2, and suddenly gets a wide, persistent F/N and a dramatic  resurge  of
the pc. The TA goes into lower range and the pc is bright and smiling.  Then
the auditor, if he's an idiot, proceeds to robotically run Flow 3  and  Flow
0. The TA goes back up, the pc's chronic headache turns back on and  the  pc
is set up for an endless repair of Int.


    I have seen this happen several times. The Int Rundown finished  itself
and nobody noticed except the pc. This is probably the most  flagrant  cause
of Int repair and is peculiar to this rundown.


    The way to handle this is to rehab the point of completion as best  you
can and then run the recall version as given above and you  will  find  that
it usually comes out straight. The best way to handle, of course, is  to  do
it right in the first place.


    But if, added to any or all of the above, you  get  an  Int  Correction
List misassessed so that  what's  really  wrong  is  missed  and  a  falsely
reading item taken up, you wind up with a mess.


    There is no excuse for overrunning  the  rundown,  for  Auditor's  Code
breaks, poor metering or flubby Dianetic auditing.


    On the other hand, interiorization, like any other condition  connected
with engrams, may have many chains connected with it. Thus, the  process  of
day-to-day living can restimulate those chains and throw Int out.


    A C/S, faced with the possibility of any or  all  of  the  above  being
wrong could find himself staring into a maze. And he  could  err  and  order
correction list after correction list, ad infinitum.


    The rule is:

    THE CORRECT ACTION TO TAKE FIRST, IF SOMEONE  IS  HAVING  TROUBLE  WITH
INT, IS TO ALWAYS GET A THOROUGH FES DONE ON THE ORIGINAL INT RD ITSELF  AND
ANY INT REPAIRS THAT  HAVE  BEEN  DONE-BEFORE  ANOTHER  CORRECTION  LIST  IS
ORDERED.
Very often the answer to the puzzle then leaps out.


    Get the errors  corrected  correctly.  Any  misassessed  lists,  misrun
Dianetic chains, code breaks-get it all cleaned up by  an  auditor  who  can
read a meter and run and repair Dianetics flublessly. Don't let any  auditor
who isn't flubless on these points near an Int pc.


    With the errors truly and standardly handled and out of the way, if Int
then continues  to  kick  in,  it's  not  another  Int  RD  or  another  Int
Correction List, it's the END OF ENDLESS INT REPAIR RUNDOWN you use.


    Run it to its EP and that will be the end of the trail of  endless  Int
repair.


    If the C/S is in doubt about all this and gets into a  mess  trying  to
repair chains, he can cut directly onto this repair rundown  as  above  with
simply the Recall Processes, and he will get someplace.


    AFTER AN INT RD OR END OF ENDLESS INT RUNDOWN HAS BEEN COMPLETED  ON  A
CASE AND DECLARED, THE NEXT ACTION MUST BE A C/S 53,  ASSESSED  AND  HANDLED
TO F/NING LIST. THIS MUST BE DONE AS THE NEXT ACTION AND  MAY  NOT  BE  LEFT
NOT DONE. (The reason for this is that there are other things  that  can  be
wrong with a case, all of which are covered on the C/S  53,  and  these  too
must be handled.)


    There is no reason now for any pc (or C/S) to continue  to  be  plagued
with Int troubles .


    We have here a rundown which is easily and simply done,  which  can  be
run on a Dianetic C/ear, or a pre-OT who  is  NOT  on  OT  III  or  ANYWHERE
between R6 Solo and OT III attest, on fragile pcs or weak or  ill  pcs,  and
is a rescue from overrepair.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


                                             Revision as assisted by
                                             LRH Tech Comps

LRH:LRHTC:dr.clb.jk
Copyright � 1978, 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HCOB 24.9.78RA
Rev. 21.2.79
Attachment No. 1

                              INT RUNDOWN TABLE

      Yes       No

A.    IS THE READ ON INT A VALID READ?  ____  ____

      Is there any evidence of the pc having been run on Int due to a  false
    or protest read?   ____  ____

      Any evidence of the read being caused by a Mis-U word?  ____  ____

      (If 'yes' on above get 'False read?' and 'Protest?' cleaned up or  the
    Mis-U cleared and recheck the buttons on Section A of C/S  53  to  find
    out if Int is charged.)

B.    HAS THE PC HAD A FULL INT RUNDOWN?     ____  ____

      (If 'no' or incomplete, it would have to be  repaired  and  completed.
    NOTE: The Int RD would NOT be run on a Dianetic Clear, Clear or  OT  as
    they are not to be run on Dianetics in any form.)

C.    HAS THE PC HAD AN INT RUNDOWN CORRECTION LIST?     ____  ____

      (If not, and there is any evidence  of  errors  or  lack  of  expected
    result, this should be done before continuing the Int RD or  doing  End
    of Endless Int Rundown. And if the  pc  has  had  several  Int  Rundown
    Correction Lists, realize that either the auditor  can't  make  a  list
    read, or is only getting false reads.)

D.    HAVE ANY  R3R  OR  R3RA  DIANETIC  ERRORS  ON  THE  INT  RUNDOWN  BEEN
    CORRECTED WITH AN L3RF? ____  ____

      (If not, get these repaired, as continuing the RD,  or  doing  End  of
    Endless Int Rundown won't solve R3R or R3RA errors.)

E.    IS THE PC A DIANETIC CLEAR OR ABOVE?   ____  ____

      Was the pc a Dianetic Clear when the Int RD was run on him by  R3R  or
    R3RA ?  ____  ____

    (If 'yes' to either above, you must not run any Dianetics but if Int is
    still out after repairing any errors the End of Endless Int Rundown can
    be done on a Dianetic Clear. It can NOT be done between R6 Solo and  OT
    III attest.


    If the pc was run on Dianetics on the Int RD after Dn C/ear, the  first
action is to indicate the error of running Dianetics after Clear,  and  then
repair any reading Dianetic Int chain with an L3RF, taking  care  to  handle
the reading lines by indication only,  and  not  get  into  any  running  of
Dianetics. This action alone will often cure any Int trouble on a Dn  Clear,
but if Int is still reading you can now handle it with the  End  of  Endless
Int Rundown.)
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 24 SEPTEMBER 1978
                                  Issue II
C/Ses
Tech/Qual
Int Auditors
Class IV Grad
Checksheet
                      Interiorization Rundown Series 13


                        PREASSESSMENT, AESPs AND INT


    Although the newly revised Int Rundown  uses  New  Era  Dianetics  R3RA
commands, with the assessed Int button as the running item, the rundown  and
its repair do NOT include the use of New Era  Dianetics  preassessment  (nor
any form of AESPs).


    In Int you can only address Int. A  preassessment  addresses  something
else.


    Wins are sometimes reported on the use of preassessment on Int  but  it
is a dangerous and dicey procedure.  It  isn't  really  directly  addressing
Int. That actually violates the law that when  handling  Int  you  run  only
Int, nothing else.


    Using preassessment, whereas you might have one win  you'll  have  five
failures along with it. Sure, somebody got some wins  on  it  but  the  next
five guys will cave right in and go over the cliff.


    The apparency of the win is this: Int flattened and this went unnoticed
and then they were running an original item having to do with  headaches  or
some other symptom. This was then preassessed and  the  person  was  on  the
line with R3RA which, of course,  can  be  run  after  you've  done  an  Int
Rundown.


    So the apparency here is that the use  of  preassessment  handled  Int,
whereas Int probably had actually flattened first and then  the  person  was
able to get gains from the preassessment and auditing that was done.


    This could go in the opposite direction. For example,  with  Int  still
unflat you go into preassessment, and you're not now addressing the  subject
of Int itself. You are now into chains that are not  Int  chains,  with  the
Int chains themselves restimulated but not yet run, or not fully run. So  it
is actually a violation of basic tech and it would very swiftly get  into  a
tangled mess.


    The rule is: WHEN HANDLING INT YOU ADDRESS ONLY INT, NOTHING ELSE.  AND
YOU DO NOT RUN PREASSESSMENT OR AESPs ON INT.


    We have a new, simplified Int Rundown with which to handle  it  and  an
extremely workable process in the End of Endless Int  Repair  Rundown  which
resolves any persistent Int trouble.


    R3RA and preassessment can be run in full by the book, exactly per  the
New Era Dianetics Series, after Int handling has been completed.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder
LRH: dr
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 24 SEPTEMBER 1978
                                  Issue III
Remimeo
AOs
NED Chkshts DIANETIC CLEAR
Tech/Qual
All C/Ses
All Auditors     (Ref: HCOB 12 Sep 78   URGENT-IMPORTANT, DIANETICS
HCOs  FORBIDDEN ON CLEARS AND OTs)
Missions
        (This bulletin revises the definition  of  "Dianetic  Clear,"  page
        113, Technical Dictionary, and the definition of "Keyed-Out Clear,"
        page 221, Technical Dictionary. )


    The state of Clear can be achieved on Dianetics.


    I have now determined there is no such thing as Keyed-Out Clear.  There
is only a Dianetic Clear and he is a Clear.


    The state of Dianetic Clear means the pc has erased his  Dianetic  case
or mental image pictures; he has attained the ability to be  at  cause  over
mental matter, energy, space and time on the First Dynamic.


    When this happens the person is not run further on Dianetics. He can be
given Touch or Contact Assists (as can Scn  Clears  and  OTs),  and  can  be
given NED for OTs once he is OT III. He is not  to  be  given  any  Dianetic
Auditing Assist nor any Dianetic auditing. (He can, of course,  receive  any
actions on the Assist Summary bulletin, excluding R3RA.)


    The Dianetic  Clear,  on  achieving  this  state,  can  be  audited  on
Scientology Grades 0-IV. He would not be run on the R3RA section of  service
facs, however. On completing Grades 0-IV, he is not run on  Power,  R6EW  or
the Clearing Course but goes  onto  OT  I,  after  doing  the  Solo  Auditor
Course.


    Should a pc being audited on Dianetics originate that he  has  achieved
Dianetic Clear, or if a Dianetic auditor thinks this has occurred  with  his
pc, the folders must be routed to an org C/S who is Clear or above  and  who
can adjudicate.


    (NOTE: No auditor or C/S must evaluate for a pc on  this  nor  feed  or
coax him to any cognition, which is a comm-evable offense. Clears  are  made
through auditing, not by feeding cognitions to pcs.  This  is  important  as
someone who has not made Clear will not make it on the OT levels.)


    Field auditors and missions would route the folders of a pc believed to
be Dianetic Clear  to  the  nearest  org  with  a  C/S  who  is  Clear,  for
adjudication and declare of the state.


    Such submissions must be handled promptly, so there is no delay put  on
any individual's progress up the Bridge.


    Once declared, the pc folders must be clearly marked "DIANETIC  CLEAR."
The pc may then be C/Sed to receive Scientology  auditing,  per  the  above.
The pc is not, however, given any further Dianetic auditing.

LRH:dr      L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1978 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 25 SEPTEMBER 1978
                                   Issue I
Remimeo
HGC Auditors
Scn Chkshts
Cl VIII
Cl IV Grad
                      Interiorization Rundown Series 5


                        QUAD COMMANDS FOR INT BUTTONS

      (Cancels BTB 30 Dec 71      IMPORTANT INTERIORIZATION
            RUNDOWN COMMANDS)

      Ref: HCOB 4 Jan 71R    Int RD Series 2
            EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH TA,
            THE INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN
            REVISED
      HCOB 24 Sep 78 I Int RD Series 4
            URGENT IMPORTANT, THE END OF
            ENDLESS INT REPAIR RUNDOWN

    NOTE: IN USING THESE COMMANDS (R3RA AND RECALLS) DO NOT EVER RUN  A  PC
          ON FLOW ZERO FOR THE FIRST TIME ON INT. HANDLING INT BY ANY METHOD
          IS NOT THE TIME TO INTRODUCE A FLOW ZERO ON A PC. A TRIPLE PC  CAN
          BE QUADED UP AFTER INT HANDLING IS COMPLETE, BUT IT IS NEVER  DONE
          ON INT HANDLING OR INT REPAIR.


                       INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN REVISED

    The following are the R3RA Quad Flows commands  for  each  of  the  Int
buttons on the Interiorization Rundown Revised.

1.    GO IN/WENT IN:

    F1:     Locate a time when you went in.


    F2:     Locate a time when you caused another to go in.


    F3:     Locate a time when others caused others to go in.


    F0:     Locate a time when you caused yourself to go in.

2.    PUT IN:

    F1:     Locate a time when you were put in something.
    F2:     Locate a time when you put another in something.
    F3:     Locate a time when others put others in something.
    F0:     Locate a time when you put yourself in something.

3.    INTERIORIZED INTO SOMETHING:

    F1:     Locate a time when you interiorized into something.
    F2:     Locate a time when you interiorized another into something.


    F3:     Locate a time when others interiorized others into something.


    F0:     Locate a time when you interiorized yourself into something.

4.    WANT TO GO IN:

    F1:     Locate a time when you wanted to go into something.


    F2:     Locate a time when you  caused  another  to  want  to  go  into
    something
    F3:     Locate a time when others caused others  to  want  to  go  into
    something
    F0:     Locate a time when you caused  yourself  to  want  to  go  into
    something

5.    CAN'T GET IN:

    F1:     Locate a time when you couldn't get in.


    F2:     Locate a time when you caused another to be unable to get in.


    F3:     Locate a time when others caused others to be unable to get in.


    F0:     Locate a time when you caused yourself to be unable to get in.

6.    KICKED OUT OF SPACES:

    F1:     Locate a time when you were kicked out of spaces.


    F2:     Locate a time when you kicked another out of spaces.


    F3:     Locate a time when others kicked others out of spaces.


    F0:     Locate a time when you caused yourself  to  be  kicked  out  of
    spaces.

7.    CAN'T GO IN:

    F1:     Locate a time when you couldn't go in.


    F2:     Locate a time when you caused another to be unable to go in.


    F3:     Locate a time when others caused others to be unable to go in.


    F0:     Locate a time when you caused yourself to be unable to go in.

8.    BEING TRAPPED:

    F1:     Locate a time when you were being trapped.


    F2:     Locate a time when you were trapping another.


    F3:     Locate a time when others were trapping others.


    F0:     Locate a time when you were trapping yourself.

9.    FORCED IN:

    F1:     Locate a time when you were forced in.


    F2:     Locate a time when you forced another in.



    F3:     Locate a time when others forced others in.


    F0:     Locate a time when you forced yourself in.

10.   PULLED IN:

    F1:     Locate a time when you were pulled in.


    F2:     Locate a time when you pulled another in.


    F3:     Locate a time when others pulled others in.


    F0:     Locate a time when you pulled yourself in.

    Each flow must be taken to the basic and the full New Era Dianetic  EP:
F/N, postulate off (postulate off = erasure) and VGIs.  (Ref:  HCOB  26  Jun
78RA II, New Era Dianetics  Series  6RA,  ROUTINE  3RA,  ENGRAM  RUNNING  BY
CHAINS.)


                    THE END OF ENDLESS INT REPAIR RUNDOWN

    The following are the Recall Quad Flows commands for each  of  the  Int
buttons on the End of Endless Int Repair Rundown.

1.    GO IN/WENT IN:

    RF 1:   Recall a time when you went in.


    RF 2:   Recall a time when you caused another to go in.


    RF 3:   Recall a time when others caused others to go in.


    RF 0:   Recall a time when you caused yourself to go in.

2.    PUT IN:

    RF 1:   Recall a time when you were put in something.


    RF 2:   Recall a time when you put another in something.


    RF 3:   Recall a time when others put others in something.


    RF 0:   Recall a time when you put yourself in something.

3.    INTERIORIZED INTO SOMETHING:

    RF 1:   Recall a time when you interiorized into something.


    RF 2:   Recall a time when you interiorized another into something.


    RF 3:   Recall a time when others interiorized others into something.


    RF 0:   Recall a time when you interiorized yourself into something.

4.    WANT TO GO IN:

    RF 1:   Recall a time when you wanted to go into something.


    RF 2:   Recall a time when you  caused  another  to  want  to  go  into
    something.


    RF 3:   Recall a time when others caused others  to  want  to  go  into
    something



    RF 0:   Recall a time when you caused  yourself  to  want  to  go  into
    something.

5.    CAN'T GET IN:

    RF 1:   Recall a time when you couldn't get in.


    RF 2:   Recall a time when you caused another to be unable to get in.


    RF 3:   Recall a time when others caused others to be unable to get in.


    RF 0:   Recall a time when you caused yourself to be unable to get in.

6.    KICKED OUT OF SPACES:

    RF 1:   Recall a time when you were kicked out of spaces.


    RF 2:   Recall a time when you kicked another out of spaces.


    RF 3:   Recall a time when others kicked others out of spaces.


    RF 0:   Recall a time when you caused yourself  to  be  kicked  out  of
    spaces.

7.    CAN'T GO IN:

    RF 1:   Recall a time when you couldn't go in.


    RF 2:   Recall a time when you caused another to be unable to go in.


    RF 3:   Recall a time when others caused others to be unable to go in.


    RF 0:   Recall a time when you caused yourself to be unable to go in.

8.    BEING TRAPPED:

    RF 1:   Recall a time when you were being trapped.


    RF 2:   Recall a time when you were trapping another.


    RF 3:   Recall a time when others were trapping others.


    RF 0:   Recall a time when you were trapping yourself.

9.    FORCED IN:

    RF 1:   Recall a time when you were forced in.


    RF 2:   Recall a time when you forced another in.


    RF 3:   Recall a time when others forced others in.


    RF 0:   Recall a time when you forced yourself in.

10.   PULLED IN:

    RF 1:   Recall a time when you were pulled in.


    RF 2:   Recall a time when you pulled another in.


    RF 3:   Recall a time when others pulled others in.


    RF 0:   Recall a time when you pulled yourself in.

Each Recall Flow must be taken to F/N, VGIs.


    (Ref: HCOB 24 Sep 78 I, Int RD Series 4, URGENT IMPORTANT, THE  END  OF
ENDLESS INT REPAIR RUNDOWN.)


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:dr
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 25 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo     Issue II
HGC Auditors
Class VIII  (Cancels BTB 6 Jan 71R, same title)
Cl IV Grad
C/Ses
Tech Secs   Interiorization Rundown Series 14
Qual Secs
Supervisors
                           STARRATE CHECKOUTS FOR
                           INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN


      (Ref:      HCOB 4 Jan 71R   Int RD Series 2, EXTERIORIZATION & HIGH
                 TA, THE INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN
                 REVISED
            HCOB 25 Sep 78 I Int RD Series 5, QUAD COMMANDS FOR
                 INT BUTTONS
            HCOB 24 Sep 78 I Int RD Series 4, URGENT IMPORTANT
                 THE END OF ENDLESS INT REPAIR
                 RUNDOWN
            HCOB 26 Jun 78RA      New Era Dianetics Series 6RA, ROUTINE
                 3RA, ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
            HCOB 10 Sep 78   NED HIGH CRIME)

                                  ________


    INT must be run flawlessly.


    It is to be done by a Class IV auditor, skilled  in  the  materials  of
that level, who is also certificate trained on New  Era  Dianetics  and  the
running of R3RA.


    BECAUSE IT IS MANDATORY THAT:

        1.        COMMANDS  OF  THE  INTERIORIZATION  RUNDOWN  BE   CLEARED
             EXCELLENTLY FOR THE PC'S UNDERSTANDING,


        2.       THE GOING EARLIER COMMAND BE GIVEN FULLY WITH THE ITEM,


        3.       THE AUDITOR UNDERSTAND FULLY THE THEORY AND COMMANDS HE IS
             RUNNING.

    ALL AUDITORS AND THE C/S OF INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWNS MUST STARRATE WITH
    CLAY DEMOS ON THE THEORY AND COMMANDS OF THE INT RD.


    ALL AUDITORS MUST HAVE AN "OKAY TO AUDIT INT RUNDOWN" FROM THE  DIR  OF
    VALIDITY OR THE QUAL SEC BEFORE THEY MAY DO SO.

    No auditor may audit a pc on the Interiorization Rundown unless he  has
passed tough starrate checkouts and excellent clay demos  on  the  materials
below, and has an "Okay to Audit Int RD" chit from Qual.


    When he has done so, he is qualified and will be  able  to  deliver  an
Interiorization Rundown to his pc with the  exceptional  results  for  which
this rundown was intended.
                STARRATE CHECKOUTS FOR "OKAY TO AUDIT INT RD"

Auditor's Name:  Org:_________________

I attest:

    a)      I am a Senior Class IV or Class IV Graduate Auditor.


    b)       I am certificate trained on the New Era Dianetics  Course  and
        the running of R3RA.

Auditor's Attest:      Date:_________________

1.    The following checkouts are to be done starrate to  a  pass  from  the
Supervisor or Interne Supervisor.

1.    CLAY DEMO:

      a)    Lock k)    Interiorization
                       (as went in)
      b)    Secondary
                 l)    The picture
      c)    Engram           erasing

      d)    Chain      m)    F/N
      e)    Picture    n)    Cognition
      f)    Solid      o)    Erasure
      g)    Erasing    p)    Postulate
      h)    Caused     q)    Postulate off
                       = erasure
      i)    Exteriorization
      j)    Interiorization
            (as being in)

2.    CLAY DEMO: (per HCOB 4 Jan 71 R)

    a)      Commands for running Int by R3RA, including the  going  earlier
        and earlier beginning commands.

3.    CLAY DEMO: (per HCOB 24 Sep 78 I, Int RD Series 4)

    a)      The End of Endless Int Repair Rundown procedure and commands.

This auditor has done excellent clay demos on all of the above.

SUPERVISOR/INTERNE SUPERVISOR:    DATE:_________

4.    STARRATE:

    a)      HCOB 4 Jan 71R, Int RD Series 2, EXT AND HIGH TA,  THE  INT  RD
        REVISED.


    b)      HCOB 26 Jun 78RA, NED Series 6RA, ROUTINE 3RA,  ENGRAM  RUNNING
        BY CHAINS.


    c)      HCOB 24 Sep 78 I, Int RD Series  4,  URGENT  IMPORTANT  END  OF
        ENDLESS INT REPAIR RD.

This auditor has passed tough Narrate checkouts on the above HCOBs.

SUPER/INTERNE SUPER:   DATE: ________

5.    This auditor knows his R3RA and Int procedure cold and can apply it.

SUPER/INTERNE SUPER:   DATE: ________

6.    This auditor has excellent TRs.

SUPER/INTERNE SUPER:   DATE: ________

II.   I attest this auditor has been issued an "OKAY TO AUDIT INT RD" chit.

DIR VALIDITY/QUAL SEC:       DATE: ________

           (Route this form to Course Admin for student's folder.)


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:jk/dr
Copyright � 1971, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor. East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 29 SEPTEMBER 1978
FESers
All Auditors
All C/Ses
                              FESING OF FOLDERS
                            AND FULL FLOW TABLES


    An FES should contain the name of the auditor and name of the C/S,  per
existing issues.


    It now becomes imperative that the name of the auditor be clearly noted
on the FFT (Full Flow Table) as well as the FES. In making up  FFTs  on  any
Dianetic or NED auditing clearly note the auditor's name,  as  well  as  the
date and item run by that auditor. Existing FFTs do not need to  be  redone-
just print in the name of the auditor, in different coloured  ink  (to  make
it very visible) against the items run by that auditor.


    On new FFTs add a column on left side of sheet for auditor's name.

      PC's NAME ______________________

[pic]
    Some cases  have  had  unreading  items,  wrong  items,  run  on  them,
sometimes the auditor changed the pc's item, or even just  decided  what  to
run on a pc. These are grave and can have serious consequences on a case.


    In order to fully handle such a situation it is imperative that all the
data above is available to a C/S or auditor.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder




LRH:dm.dr
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 3 OCTOBER 1978
Remimeo
NED Checksheet
                                  NED RULE


    A NEW ERA DIANETICS AUDITOR MUST UNDERSTAND THE FUNCTION AND PURPOSE OF
EACH OF THE R3RA COMMANDS IN A DIANETIC SESSION .


    A Dianetic session given in the absence  of  an  understanding  of  the
basic laws of the time track and how the R3RA commands  handle  and  control
the time track is a chancy proposition.


    You will not have confidence in yourself  as  an  auditor  of  New  Era
Dianetics nor get uniformly good results with R3RA until you know  this.  No
rote procedure, L3RF, TR4, or any remedy or solution can take the  place  of
such an understanding.


    Every New Era Dianetics auditor is to study the references and demo out
what each R3RA command does (showing how it affects the pc and the bank)  to
a full understanding.

    The following are your references:

      Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health

      Dianetics: The Original Thesis

      HCOB 15 May 63   The Time Track and Engram Running by Chains
            Bulletin I
      HCOB 8 Jun 63R   The Time Track and Engram Running by Chains
            Bulletin II
      HCOB 26 Jun 78RA New Era Dianetics Series 6RA
            Routine 3RA Engram Running by Chains
      HCOB 27 Jan 74   Dianetic R3R Commands Have Background Data.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:mdf
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 4 OCTOBER 1978
Remimeo
Auditors
C/Ses
Class IV Grad
Tech/Qual
                      Interiorization Rundown Series 1


                     INTERIORIZATION HANDLING SIMPLIFIED


      (Ref:      HCOB 4 Jan 71R   Int RD Series 2, Exteriorization and  High
TA,
                 The Interiorization Rundown Revised
            HCOB 24 Sep 781  Int RD Series 4, Urgent-Important,
                 The End of Endless Int Repair Rundown.)


                               Exteriorization

    Exteriorization is defined as the act of moving out of the body with or
    without full perception.


    It is the fact of this act which proves that the individual  is  not  a
    body but an individual.  This  discovery  in  1952  proved  beyond  any
    question the existence of a thetan, that the individual was  a  thetan,
    not a body, and disproved that Man was an animal, and  proved  that  he
    was a spiritual being, timeless and deathless.

                                  _________


    The issues on exteriorization and interiorization and the  handling  of
out-Int have now been collected into the Interiorization Rundown Series.


    We have had the remedy for out-Int, the  Interiorization  Rundown,  for
some years now, but we  have  also  had  pcs  who  ran  into  the  need  for
excessive repair of the remedy itself. Much of  this  need  for  repair  has
stemmed from auditor errors in running or  repairing  Int,  and  these  have
been enumerated on other bulletins.


    Whatever  the  reasons  for  repair,  a  simple,  effective  method  of
repairing Int was needed. This need has now been filled with the release  of
the new End of Endless Int Repair Rundown.


    With the research that was done to develop this  repair  rundown  which
uses Recalls, I have also had the opportunity  to  reevaluate  the  original
Int Rundown itself. The result is a newly revised Int Rundown.


    So we have two very effective new tools for handling Int:

    1.      A simplified Interiorization Rundown


    2.      The End of Endless Int Repair Rundown, which handles Int repair
        smoothly and terminatedly by a special  method  of  assessment  and
        running it on Recall flows.

    The full steps of both of these rundowns are included in issues in  the
Interiorization Rundown Series.
NOTE: Per HCOB 12 Sep 78, "Urgent Important, Dianetics Forbidden  on  Clears
and OTs," Dianetic Clears, Scn Clears and OTs are not to be audited  on  the
Int Rundown as it uses Dianetics. They may be run on The End of Endless  Int
Repair RD (HCOB 24 Sep 78 I, Int RD Series 4), as it runs Int on Recalls.

    Additionally, the basics on  exteriorization  and  interiorization  are
covered quite fully in the Int RD Series, particularly in HCOB  4  Jan  71R,
Exteriorization and High TA, The Interiorization Rundown Revised.


    Any auditor who is going to go near an Int Rundown  or  an  Int  repair
action must know those fundamentals cold.


    He must understand that it is the first of a chain or the first part of
an experience or a first experience (basic on the chain of  incidents)  that
has to be run for the chain or incident to erase. In other  words,  he  must
understand the principle of getting the earlier beginning to an incident  or
an earlier incident in order to erase a chains as in R3RA.


    He must understand that if one is IN something,  he  must  have  gotten
into it. And that, therefore, the beginning  of  an  exteriorization  is  an
interiorization.


    The full theory on this also is covered in the above HCOB  4  Jan  71R,
which the auditor should be fully familiar with.


    There is some further data which you should have, on the subject of Int
and flows.


    Basically, Int is a compound of stuck flows and prior incidents.  There
is a stuck flow of obsessively going in. In most of  the  pc's  Int  engrams
you've got an operating  trigger  that  puts  him  into  them.  The  earlier
beginning is always "in." These must be audited out,  blown,  before  you're
through with Int.


    The way this trigger works is, for example: A pc may blow  out  of  his
head with F/N, VGIs on Tuesday. But he has not erased the basic on  Int.  He
went out on a "reaction flow" on Tuesday. On Friday he comes in with his  TA
at 5. What has happened is the flow has retriggered. He's now blown back  in
on a "re-reaction flow." Any regular auditing and he will  plow  in  deeper.
So you've got to handle his Int terminatedly.


    Prior to now, an Int  Rundown  has  been  done  by  clearing  and  then
assessing the Int buttons "went in" and "go in." If one  of  them  read  the
Int  button  was  first  run  on  Recall  Triple  or  Quad  Flows,  next  on
Secondaries Triple or Quad Flows, and then on Engrams Triple or Quad  Flows.
This handled Int for many, many pcs. But it is probable that one  reason  we
also got so many Int repairs was that in many of these repair cases  the  pc
never ran any basic. Beginning the Int Rundown with Recalls with  the  stuck
flow of "going in" still in operation you could get a key-out, key-in,  key-
out, key-in repeatedly and not get to the basic.


    We had an exteriorization command in the early years which was "Try not
to be three feet back of your head," and it  exteriorized  people.  But  all
that did was unstick the flow and  trigger  the  person  out  of  his  head.
You're likely to get the same result if you run Int by Recall  first  crack.
You give the command "Recall a time...." and boom, he's out. But  he  hasn't
run the basic on Int.


    So if you entered an Int Rundown on a Recall basis you could  get  some
of that mechanism cutting in. And you could get  repetitive  Int,  with  the
engrams he didn't run out keying in.


    There is another phenomenon that can occur. Time itself can be a  stuck
flow.


    You get a certain number of pcs who can't move back on the  time  track
more than minutes. They get stuck on the  stuck  flow  of  time.  On  Recall
commands such a pc may F/N very  quickly.  (Or  even  on  an  R3RA  command,
"Locate a time when you went in."
he may run shallow, he may run only locks and F/N  quickly.)  Then  suddenly
he hits the skids and goes hurtling backtrack. The flow is reversed  and  he
doesn't fire out of his head, he fires backwards on the  time  track,  on  a
restim. And you'll have out-Int repeating itself all over again. That's  the
rest of the mechanism.


    Addressed in R3RA engram auditing properly  done,  always  getting  the
earlier beginning and/or the earlier incident, these chains of incidents  on
the stuck flow of going in can be audited out in an orderly fashion  on  the
majority of pcs. You erase the engrams and you dissolve the obsessive  stuck
flow of going in, and you have the EP of Int.


    Or, at some point in the engram auditing the flow gets  unstuck  enough
to heave into reverse, it heaves in the opposite  direction  and  it  erases
itself and the whole package blows. That, too, is an EP for Int  which  must
not be ignored by the auditor. (See HCOB 4 Jan 71R.)


    Thereafter, the pc will usually have no more trouble  or  concern  with
Int.


    So we are safer entering the Int Rundown by running  engrams  to  begin
with, and running only engrams on that rundown, and that is how the  revised
Int Rundown has now been set up. We had better run  the  engram  chains  and
their basics out first and then, if  repair  is  needed,  repair  them  with
Recalls, using the End of Endless Int Repair Rundown.

                               MORE ON RECALLS

    Entering Int with Recalls has its liabilities, as described above.  But
there are also definite advantages in having Recalls as a tool  to  use,  as
necessary, in running Int on some cases.


    You are going to encounter some few isolated  instances  where  the  pc
can't run engrams for one reason or another. Such pcs can  then  be  audited
by the Recall method as given in the End  of  Endless  Int  Repair  Rundown,
using the rundown not as a repair but as a  process.  Dianetic  Clears,  Scn
Clears and OTs can be handled on out-Int with this method. It  can  also  be
used to relieve out-Int on weak or ill pcs until  they  are  up  to  running
engrams.


    It is not a fast method. Using the Recall system (per  End  of  Endless
Int Repair RD) to run out-Int, can go on and on. In time though,  by  taking
the pc up on a gradient, you can eventually get him to a point where  he  is
actually as-ising engrams, blowing  them  by  inspection.  The  revised  Int
Rundown is by far the swifter route for handling a pc initially on out-Int.


    However, the use of Recalls is ideal in the handling of repair of  Int,
when it is necessary after an Int Rundown has been done. The End of  Endless
Int Repair Rundown gives the exact method for assessment of the Int  buttons
and flows and running these on Recalls as a repair action. And here  we  get
a smooth run on the Recall flows and the resolving of any Int troubles.


    Thus, from this research we get a new, simplified version  of  the  Int
Rundown and an invaluable process for any Int repair.


    Further issues  in  the  Int  Rundown  Series  cover  these  and  other
technical data relating to Int.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder
LRH: jk
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 16 OCTOBER 1978
Class IV Grad
Chksht      (Cancels and replaces HCOB 21 Dec 75R
Class VI    Repair List for Prepared Lists.)
Checksheet
C/Ses
                           REPAIR CORRECTION LIST


    Use this list to  clean  up  bypassed  charge  on  improperly  done  or
unnecessary prepared lists or repair actions. This list is done  when  a  pc
protests a prepared list or repair action,  when  BIs  are  present  on  the
subject of repair or prepared lists or when improper past repair or  use  of
correction lists reads on a correction list.


    Assess this list Method 5 and handle all reads. The EP of this list  is
charge off the subject of repair and prepared lists and the pc  happy  about
being audited. This list can, if necessary, be reassessed and  taken  to  an
F/Ning assessment.


    The words "prepared list," "repair" and all other words  on  this  list
should be fully cleared with the pc  before  assessing  this  list  on  him.
However, if the pc is very upset and the words have not  yet  been  cleared,
assess the list to handle the charge and check with the pc for  any  MUs  on
the assessment. (Ref: HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS)

1.    HAVE YOU GONE EXTERIOR IN AUDITING?    ________
      If the pc has never had an Int RD, do an Int RD per  HCOB  4  Jan  71R
    Int RD Series 2 EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH TA THE INT RD REVISED  if  you
    have checked out on the Int Series and are a NED auditor.

      If the pc has had an Int RD, do an  Int  RD  Correction  List  Revised
    (HCOB 29 Oct 71 RA) or end off for C/S instructions to  do  an  End  of
    Endless Int Repair RD per HCOB 24 Sep 78  I  URGENT  IMPORTANT  END  OF
    ENDLESS INT REPAIR RD.

2.    HAS YOUR INT RD BEEN MESSED UP?   ________
      Do an Int RD Correction List or end off for  C/S  instructions  to  do
    the End of Endless Int Repair RD.

3.    DO YOU HAVE AN OUT-LIST?    ________
      L4BRA.

4.    HAVE YOU HAD TOO MANY PREPARED LISTS DONE ON YOU?  ________
      Indicate. Itsa E/S itsa to F/N or  Date/Locate  the  first  successful
    prepared list.

5.    HAVE YOU HAD UNNECESSARY REPAIRS?      ________
      Indicate. Itsa E/S itsa to F/N or Date/Locate the first valid repair.

6.    HAS AN AUDITOR MISSED A READ?     ________
      Get what, itsa E/S itsa to F/N, or handle as needed.

7.     DID  YOU  THINK  SOMETHING  SHOULD  HAVE   READ   WHEN   IT   DIDN'T?
    ________
      Get what, itsa E/S itsa to F/N, or handle as needed.

8.    HAS AN ITEM NOT READ WHEN IT SHOULD HAVE?    ________
      Get what, itsa E/S itsa to F/N, or handle as needed.
    9.      HAS THERE BEEN A FALSE READ?     ________
      Indicate. Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

10.   WERE YOU TOLD SOMETHING READ WHEN YOU DIDN'T SEE HOW  IT  COULD  HAVE?
    ________
      Get what, indicate it was a false read. Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

11.   DID THE AUDITOR TAKE UP AN ITEM WITH NO CHARGE ON IT?   ________
      Indicate. Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

12.   WERE YOU GIVEN A PREPARED LIST TO HANDLE HIGH TA WHEN YOUR  TA  WASN'T
    HIGH?   ________
      Indicate. Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

13.   WERE YOU GIVEN A PREPARED LIST TO HANDLE LOW TA WHEN  YOUR  TA  WASN'T
    LOW?    ________
      Indicate. Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

14.   HAS THERE BEEN A TIME WHEN YOU DIDN'T WANT TO DO A PREPARED  LIST  AND
    THE AUDITOR DID ONE ANYWAY?   ________
      Indicate. Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

15.   HAS THERE BEEN A TIME WHEN YOU DIDN'T WANT TO GET A REPAIR ACTION  AND
    YOU WERE GIVEN ONE ANYWAY?    ________
      Indicate. Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

16.   WHILE BEING AUDITED ON A PREPARED LIST DID YOU JUST  WANT  TO  GET  ON
    WITH IT?     ________
      Indicate. Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

17.   DID YOU TELL THE AUDITOR SOMETHING WAS HANDLED JUST TO  BE  DONE  WITH
    IT?     ________
      Indicate. Itsa E/S itsa to F/N. Note for C/S.

18.   HAS OVERREPAIR KEPT YOU FROM GOING UP THE GRADE CHART?  ________
      Indicate. Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

19.   HAVE YOU BEEN TOLD A REPAIR ACTION WOULD  HANDLE  YOUR  CASE  WHEN  IT
    DIDN'T?      ________
      Indicate. 2WC to F/N or 2WC for data.

20.   HAS AN AUDITOR MISASSESSED A PREPARED LIST ON YOU?      ________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

21.   WHEN YOU HAD A PREPARED LIST DONE, DID IT FAIL TO HANDLE THE  BYPASSED
    CHARGE?      ________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

22.    DID  A  REPAIR  ACTION  FAIL  TO  HANDLE  WHAT  WAS   REALLY   WRONG?
    ________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

23.   HAVE YOU BEEN ASSESSED BY AN AUDITOR WITH BAD TRs?      ________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.
    24.     HAS AN AUDITOR TOLD YOU YOU  HAD  AN  F/N  WHEN  YOU  KNEW  YOU
    DIDN'T?      ________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

25.   DID AN AUDITOR EVER INDICATE AN ASSESSMENT WAS F/NING  WHEN  YOU  KNEW
    IT WASN'T?   ________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

26.    WERE  YOU  ASKED  TO  DECLARE  A  CYCLE  YOU  FELT  WASN'T  COMPLETE?
    ________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

27.   DID YOU EVER FEEL A PREPARED LIST SHOULD HAVE F/NED ON  AN  ASSESSMENT
    WHEN IT DIDN'T?    ________
      Indicate. Rehab the EP or Date/Locate the point.

28.   ON A REPAIR ACTION, WERE YOU PREVENTED FROM ATTESTING?  ________
      Indicate. Date/Locate the EP of the repair.

29.   HAS YOUR REPAIR BEEN REPAIRED OFTEN?   ________
      Indicate. Itsa E/S itsa to F/N or  Date/Locate  the  first  successful
    repair.

30.   HAS AN F/N BEEN MISSED?     ________
      Indicate. Rehab it.

31.   HAS A WIN BEEN BYPASSED?    ________
      Indicate. Rehab.

32.   HAS SOMETHING BEEN OVERRUN?       ________
      Get what. Rehab it.

33.   IS THERE SOME OTHER BYPASSED CHARGE?   ________
      Find what and handle.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:mm.dr
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 16 OCTOBER 1978
                                  Issue II
C/Ses
Tech/Qual
Class IV Grad
                      Interiorization Rundown Series 16

                               C/S Series 102


                         C/S CHECKLIST OF INT ERRORS


    There are two major errors that occur most frequently on  Int  handling
which a C/S must be on the alert for:

    1.      DOING OR RUNNING ANYTHING ELSE BEFORE AN INT RUNDOWN  WHEN  ONE
        IS NEEDED.


    2.      OVERRUNNING THE INT RUNDOWN.

    By far the commonest error is number one above. It happens  most  often
at the very beginning of a session on Int itself, by  the  auditor  engaging
in two-way comm or ruds or  a  belabored  and  overcomplicated  clearing  of
commands, or some other action than getting right onto the running of Int.


    This is flagrant. When I was C/Sing, it is what I kept running into-the
auditor doing all kinds of preliminary steps before starting Int.  It  boils
down to auditing over out-Int, and it can't be done.


    You'll get the auditor who says, "But all I did was ask him how he  was
feeling." That's enough. That's two-way comm, and  you  can't  run  anything
else but Int when Int is out, and that includes two-way comm. You don't  ask
the pc how he feels about anything. You just start the Int Rundown.


    So that's the first major error to watch for: somebody  trying  to  run
something else before the Int Rundown itself.


    The second is OVERRUN. Pc has a big cognition, a big win, TA  blowdown,
and the auditor misses it, goes right on past it and continues auditing.  Or
the pc exteriorizes and the auditor continues past exterior.


    There is vital data on the end phenomena of Int on HCOB 4 Jan 71R,  Int
RD Series 2, and both C/S and auditor MUST have this data and  know  and  be
able to recognize the EP of Int when it occurs.  Otherwise  it  will  really
mess up a case.


    Those are the two major violations a C/S  (and  an  auditor)  must  not
permit in the running of Int if it is to be successful.


    Because they are the most major errors they have been included first on
the checklist below.



                 C/S CHECKLIST FOR DETECTING ERRORS ON INT:

    The following is a checklist to be used in the C/Sing of Int.  The  C/S
checks a bogged session or any session on Int, against this list  to  detect
the exact cause of the trouble, or an error that  could  be  the  source  of
future trouble in ensuing sessions.
    1.      Doing or running anything else before an Int Rundown  when  one
    is needed. (Includes ruds, 2-way comm, L1C, anything.)

2.    Auditing over out-Int.

3.    Overrunning the Int Rundown.

4.    Auditing past exterior.

5.    Overdoing the clearing steps preceding the actual rundown.

6.    Running an Int button that only read on an MU or false read.  (Failure
    to clear an Int button before running it.)

7.    Clearing  all  of  the  Int  buttons  before  assessment,  instead  of
    clearing only the button with the largest valid read.

8.     Failure  to  use  Suppress,  Invalidate,  and  Misunderstood  on   an
    unreading Int button list.

9.    Misassessment of the Int button list.

10.   Doing an Int Rundown when none of the buttons have read.  (Constitutes
    running an unreading item.)

11.   Auditor can't get reads or make a list read.

12.   Not taking the Int Rundown to its full EP.

13.   Not understanding the theory  of  Int  and  R3RA,  and  WHY  one  goes
    earlier or asks for an earlier beginning to the incident.

14.   Running the concept of "was in" or "stuck in" instead of  the  concept
    of "moving in" or "going in" (on whatever the reading Int button is).

15.   Not repeating the actual button for  the  chain  when  asking  for  an
    earlier incident. (Not knowing R3RA commands.)

16.   Not completing a chain to full Dianetic EP.

17.   Not completing any one flow on an Int  button  in  one  session;  thus
    ending a session on an unflat flow.

18.   Introducing Flow 0 to a pc for the first time on Int  Rundown  or  Int
    repair. (I.e. running a Triple pc on Quad Flows.)

19.   Auditing over an earlier Dianetic error.

20.   Auditing the rundown "to exteriorize" the pc.

21.   Using preassessment or AESPs on Int.

22.   Misassessing or incorrectly handling the Int Correction List.

23.   Overcorrecting the Int Rundown.

24.   Running Dianetics on a Dianetic Clear, Scn Clear or OT.

25.   And, on the part of the C/S,  attempting  to  correct  a  botched  Int
    Rundown without a full FES of the Int RD or any Int repair  being  done
    first.

                                 ___________
The above points are all covered fully in  the  Int  Rundown  Series.  Cases
that are not running well on Int will be found to have had one  or  more  of
these errors committed on them.


    Using the above list to spot and prevent Int errors will make the C/S's
job lighter and give both auditor and pc a smoother run on Int.


L. RON HUBBARD
Founder


LRH: jk
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 30 OCTOBER 1978

Class IV Grad
Checksheet
Class VI
Checksheet
C/Ses
Class IV Grad
& above
Auditors
                               C/S SERIES 53,
                                   USE OF


    The C/S Series 53 Short  Form  is  the  basic  prepared  list  used  by
auditors to get a TA up or  down  into  normal  range  or  to  correct  case
outnesses. It contains every element that could be wrong with the  mind.  It
is written the way it is because we just want to know if a subject reads  in
the pc's mind, and if so you handle it to F/N.


    The C/S Series 53 Long Form is exactly  the  same  as  the  short  form
except that it puts the items into full questions so that  a  less  educated
pc can understand what is being asked. The questions actually limit its  use
a bit, but are needed with uneducated pcs. The  limit  comes  about  through
making the questions a bit too specific whereas  the  general  questions  of
the short form don't say to what they apply so are less limited.


    Both the short form and the long form  are  assessed  Method  5.  (This
means going down the list, calling off the items or  questions  to  the  pc,
watching the meter and marking any tick, small fall, fall, long  fall,  long
fall blowdown (to what TA). Do not take up instant  F/Ns.  You  can  program
instant F/Ns, but not off a C/S 53.


    The order the reads must be taken up is built into the list itself. You
can't audit a case on anything if Int is out. Auditing must be very  limited
if a list is out. If you audit over an ARC break very long the  pc  will  go
into a sad effect. If you audit over a problem the pc won't make case  gain.
If you audit over a withhold the pc will get mad at  you.  If  you  look  at
this and compare it to the C/S 53 you will  see  that  the  list  itself  is
built on a declining order of urgency. It is true of the remaining items  on
the list.


    There are two ways of using a C/S 53. The first is to simply assess  it
and indicate the largest read. This is  a  sort  of  brushoff  but  is  very
useful in handling blown students or pcs, will get off charge and  get  them
back into the org or more comfortable. The other way is its  proper  use  in
session. You simply start at the first read and handle it. Go  to  the  next
read and handle it, etc. Note that this is  at  variance  with  the  general
handling of prepared lists where you simply take the largest read  and  next
largest read and so forth.


    That an item reads, with the exception of Int, does not mean  you  have
to do a full rundown at that point. You just have  to  F/N  it.  If  further
actions are needed to take an item to full handling, get it  onto  the  pc's
Advance Program. (This includes drug handling, etc. but not, as  I've  said,
Int. If Int reads, you handle it fully because no auditing  can  take  place
over out-Int. If he has already had a full Int Rd you would run the  End  of
Endless Int Repair Rundown. If he or she is already Clear or OT and has  not
had an Int RD you would run the End of Endless Int  Repair  Rundown  as  the
primary action.)


    The object of the C/S 53 is to key out things that are bothering the pc
and get anything you found on the  list  to  an  F/N.  That  something  read
(except Int) does not mean the auditor doing the C/S 53 must at once run  up
110 hours of auditing before he can finish the C/S 53  to  an  F/Ning  list.
Auditors who don't realize this can get stuck in on a C/S 53 mostly  because
they misconceive a C/S 53 to be wholly a case analysis list.
Its primary purpose is to get the case rolling so you can do something  else
that is scheduled on the pc's program. Because it can be made to serve as  a
case analysis and is sometimes called for by a C/S to help him do  a  repair
or advance program or to confirm it, sometimes  misleads  the  auditor  into
believing he is not supposed to F/N the list.


    I have even used a C/S 53 in a D of P  interview  when  the  pc  wasn't
speaking up. Then by getting the reads I could program the pc and unless  it
was Int reading I would conclude the  interview  simply  by  indicating  the
largest read which would get me my F/N and let the pc go  away  happy  while
we really got to work on him in the C/S department.


    So the C/S 53 is a child of many uses as it does after all, contain all
the elements known to us that bring about case foul-ups.


                               CLEARS AND OTS

    Sections D and E of the C/S 53 can be assessed on Clears  and  OTs  and
Dianetic Clears. However do NOT engage in any  activity  that  brings  about
further engram running. The correct way to handle Clears and OTs if you  get
a read in Section D is indicate and let him tell you about it if he  wishes,
to get an F/N. On Section E you can do an L3RF but  you  must  not  do  more
than indicate the item. You must NOT engage in engram  running.  (Ref:  HCOB
12 Sep 78, DIANETICS FORBIDDEN ON CLEARS AND OTs)


    You realize of course that LSD and some other drugs can apparently stay
in the physiological body and release themselves now and then. If  a  Clear,
OT or Dianetic Clear got a read on Section D (drugs,  etc.)  and  it  didn't
clear up easily you would program the person for a Sweat  Program  and  even
Objectives. You would not however, do any engram running on the drugs.  Even
Recalls might be a  bit  dicey.  The  Sweat  Program  and  Objectives  would
however handle, if you got into the goofy situation of heavy  or  persistent
Section D reads on a Clear, OT or Dianetic  Clear.  It  would  not  be  very
usual but you better know about it.


    On Section E (engrams and masses, etc.) if you got reads on a Clear, OT
or Dianetic Clear you could indicate them and if they didn't  clear  to  F/N
you could do  an  L3RF,  remembering  that  the  instructions  on  the  L3RF
handlings do not apply. Your actions  as  an  auditor  would  simply  be  to
indicate the read and you would probably get your F/N, providing  of  course
your read wasn't false. The way to program a persistent read on  this  would
be to get the person up to OT I, II and III fast. And then program  NED  for
OTs. But whatever you do don't try to run these reads out with Dianetics.


    The rest of the C/S 53 (except D and E as  above)  is  quite  valid  on
Clears, OTs and Dianetic Clears  as  it  is  mostly  concerned  with  think,
environment and practices.


                               F/Ning A C/S 53

    Unless you run into the necessity to do an Int handling or you goof  or
get false reads you can F/N a whole C/S 53 rather rapidly.


                            C/S 53 TO F/Ning LIST

    Getting a C/S 53 to an F/Ning list is done by Method 5ing it,  handling
any Int RD necessary and handling the rest of the items, each to F/N.


    You then Method 5 the whole C/S 53 again. You may pick up an additional
read or two. You F/N these. Hopefully, if Int is now  handled  properly,  if
it did read in the first place, it won't read again. But  if  it  does,  you
have the End of Endless Int Repair
RD which if done already may not have been carried to EP so you  simply  get
it carried to EP, which is an F/Ning Int button list.


    You then Method 5 the C/S 53 again. You will  probably  get  an  F/Ning
assessment throughout. If you don't you simply Method 5 it again.


    The eventual EP of getting a prepared list to F/N will occur unless the
meter, the auditor's metering or TRs, or use of the list are badly out.  The
thing to do in that event  is  to  get  another  auditor  or  get  liberally
crammed or retreaded, as frankly, F/Ning a C/S 53 is a piece of cake.


    F/Ning a C/S 53 to F/Ning list is relatively easy to do and can produce
a remarkable resurgence of case. It's an easy and simple way to do a  set-up
for a major rundown.

                                     BUG

    Some pcs, particularly those who have a false TA have gotten so  bugged
by C/S 53s being done on them that when they see an auditor reach  for  one,
they react adversely.


    The way to handle this is 2WC the C/S 53 itself, E/S, taking  the  F/Ns
and ignore ing the TA position and then do a full false TA handling  on  the
pc per HCOB 21 Jan 77RA, FALSE TA CHECKLIST.


    In essence what you have discovered is the biggest reading item of  all
without even looking at your meter.


    No further repair is needed than the above as a C/S 53  will  now  work
like a clock and can be done smoothly and correctly. It will  even  pick  up
the latent charge of "Endless C/S 53s" if you do the above.


    The C/S 53 Series is a wonderful tool and like any  tool  can  be  well
handled or mishandled.


    Part of its proper use is understanding exactly what it is and handling
it with a good meter, good metering, and good TRs.


    There is no other document in history that has rounded up so completely
the factors which can be wrong with the mind. And also put it, in its  short
form, on one sheet of paper.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:dr
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 30 OCTOBER 1978
Remimeo
Qual Divs
Tech Divs
KOTs
All Supervisors
HCOs
Student Hat FB
Action Bu Hat
FOLOs

                          COURSES-THEIR IDEAL SCENE

    (REFERENCES:


    HCO PL 7 Feb 65    KEEPING SCIENTOLOGY WORKING
    Reiss. 15.6.70. Reiss. 28.1.73
    HCO PL 7 May 69 II      STUDENTS GUIDE TO ACCEPTABLE BEHAVIOUR
    HCO PL 16 Apr 65   THE "HIDDEN DATA LINE"
    HCO PL 24 Oct 68   SUPERVISOR KNOW-HOW, RUNNING THE CLASS
    HCO PL 16 Mar 71R  WHAT IS A COURSE?)


    There are two ways a course can be run. It can  be  in-ethics  or  out-
ethics.


    An in-ethics course means that HCOBs are applied, verbal  data  doesn't
exist whatsoever, schedules are strictly adhered to, musters are  held,  the
Supervisor applies all the study tech, etc.


    An out-ethics course would be anything less and  sometimes  becomes  so
obviously out-ethics that you see students goofing around  on  course,  late
arrivals for roll call, students taking cigarette breaks whenever they  feel
like it, verbal data running rampant, and  a  Course  Supervisor  that  does
nothing but stand around.


    There's such a thing as group agreement and if a new student walks into
an outethics course room, he will tend to go  into  agreement  with  it  and
join in.


    There's no in-between point. A course (or any activity for that matter)
cannot be run semi-standardly or with "pretty much in-ethics."  It  must  be
run with totally standard tech and  in-ethics.  If  this  is  not  the  case
you'll get a gradually lowered ethics level, admin will go out and  standard
tech slips down to "some of the tech being applied when we can."


    When a student or Supervisor goes into a course room  and  sees  things
that are out-ethics or nonstandard or "not the way Ron says they should  be"
and doesn't do something effective to handle the scene then he himself  will
become part of it;  he  goes  into  agreement  with  it  and  will  actually
contribute to the out-ethics.


    This situation is a widespread thing in our  society  today.  It's  not
limited to our course rooms. You see it  in  marriages.  It  has  become  an
acceptable thing to  get  divorced,  create  broken  homes,  cheat  on  your
spouse. In the world of big business you're told to swindle Mr. X before  he
swindles you. This is group agreement. It is agreed upon out-ethics.


    Now, if a course room is run like this you'll get  auditors  who  won't
keep auditing  appointments,  misapply  tech,  fail  to  handle  their  pcs'
ethics, give and accept verbal data, have nonstandard admin, etc., etc.  You
will also train executives who will  operate  out-ethics,  off-policy  orgs.
Either way, you're setting yourself up for losses.
Therefore, it is now a Comm Ev  offense  for  a  Course  Supervisor  or  MAA
(Ethics Officer) to allow  the  following  out-ethics  activities  in  their
course rooms, with the result of declare of being a suppressive person:

    1.      Does not muster his students in the morning, after  lunch,  and
        after dinner. precisely on time, note absences and take action.


    2.      Permit students to talk to each other or wander around or  take
        unscheduled breaks or goof off during course hours.


    3.      Permit students to eat or smoke in the course room.


    4.      Permitting persons to come into  the  course  room  and  bother
        students for any reason.


    5.      Supervisor standing around or sitting at his desk not  actively
        handling students who need help.


    6.      Not getting students through their course and graduated.

    It goes without saying that all elements of HCO PL 16 March 71R WHAT IS
A COURSE? should be in on a course. A Supervisor who does not run  a  course
per checksheet, lets students study  without  dictionaries  and  demo  kits,
does not make all materials available and does not fully  apply  study  tech
and use Word Clearing is of course suppressive and should  be  declared,  as
he is actively blocking  Scientologists  from  having  and  benefiting  from
Scientology.


    Flag and FOLO observers and missions should always have a target to see
that this policy letter is fully in.


    You see, our success in clearing this planet depends upon  the  success
of our courses as this is where we train our  auditors,  C/Ses,  Supervisors
and administrators and that is the whole team!


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


                                             As Assisted by
                                             LRH Tech Comps Pjt Ops

LRH:MM:dr
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 10 NOVEMBER 1978R
Remimeo     Issue 1
                           REVISED 3 DECEMBER 1978

                        (Revision in this type style)

                    (Also issued as an HCO Policy Letter
                         under same date and title.)

                                PROCLAMATION
                              POWER TO FORGIVE


    A Scientology minister who has been duly trained and certified  in  the
Confessional procedure of the Church of Scientology and is in good  standing
with the Church with his certificates in force, is invested with  the  power
to forgive the admitted sins of an individual to whom  he  has  administered
full Confessional procedure.


    Confessionals have been part and parcel of religion nearly as  long  as
religion has existed.


    It has been broadly recognized down through the ages that only  when  a
person has owned up to his sins can he experience relief from the burden  of
guilt he carries because of them.


    In Scientology we have had, since the early years,  procedures  whereby
an  individual  is  able  to  confess  his  withholds  and  the  overt  acts
underlying them. We have long known that confessing one's overt acts is  the
first step toward taking responsibility for them and seeking to make  things
right again.


    The  acknowledgement  that  follows  each  confession  in   Scientology
procedure is an assurance to the person that his confession has been heard.


    Such assurance helps him to end cycle on the bad things he has done and
unsticks him from a preoccupation with his guilt over them to where  he  can
then put his attention on constructive activities.


    That is the purpose of any Confessional.


    There  is  another  element  that  further  helps  the  individual   to
accomplish this, and that is forgiveness.


    Thus, at the end of a Confessional, when it has been  fully  completed,
the Scientology auditor who has administered the  Confessional  must  inform
the person that he is forgiven for the sins he has just confessed, and  that
he is cleared of these sins and free of them.


    The statement that is used is:


    "By the power invested in me, any overts and withholds you  have  fully
and truthfully told me are forgiven by Scientologists."


    A special certificate is to be issued to each Scientology minister  who
has been trained and certified on the Level II Course  or  the  Confessional
Course to administer Confessional procedure, and who  is  in  good  standing
with the Church with his certificates  in  force,  investing  him  with  the
power  to  forgive  the  sins  confessed  to  him  by  an  individual  in  a
Confessional session.
Any auditor who is trained to deliver the Ethics Repair  List  has  priority
in the issuance of such certificate.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:jk.nc
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO BULLETIN OF 10 NOVEMBER 1978R-1
                                   Issue I
                        ADDITION OF 26 NOVEMBER 1978
C/Ses
Auditors
Tech/Qual
Confessional
Course
                       PROCLAMATION: POWER TO FORGIVE
                                  ADDITION

                    Addition to HCOB 10 Nov 78R, Issue I
                       Proclamation: Power to Forgive

                 Reference: BTB 8 Dec 72RCs The Confessional
                             Repair List (LCRC)


    ON ANY ADVERSE REACTION TO THE PROCLAMATION  OF  FORGIVENESS,  GET  THE
    REST OF THE WITHHOLD OR REPAIR THE WITHHOLD SESSION.

    When the Scientology minister doing a  Confessional  or  Ethics  Repair
List acknowledges the confession and informs the person that  his  confessed
overts and withholds are forgiven, the usual response is instant relief  and
VGIs. Rarely the person may react  adversely  such  as  not  being  able  to
accept forgiveness or still feeling bad. This is because something has  been
missed. The person is still stuck in the shame,  blame  and  regret  of  the
unconfessed overt or withhold and will not feel better until  all  is  told.
The Scientology minister encountering this in session must get the  rest  of
the withhold or repair the withhold session. Should  the  person  show  this
reaction later, outside of session, the folder must be turned in to the  C/S
to handle immediately.


    An incomplete confession can be due to the following errors:


    (a)     Did not tell "all."


    (b)     Thought of one overt, but told a different overt.


    (c)     Told part of a withhold but not the rest.


    (d)     An overt or withhold was not taken earlier similar to basic.


    (e)     During the session an overt or withhold was  restimulated,  but
        not asked for or gotten off.


    (f)     There have been errors in the Confessional  such  as  withholds
        gotten off more than  once,  false  reads,  out-TRs,  invalidation,
        evaluation, etc., and these must be cleaned up.

    The above categories and the Confessional Repair List are useful  to  a
C/S  in  correcting  any  adverse  reaction  to   the   Power   to   Forgive
Proclamation, by ensuring that the person gets  the  full  relief  and  VGIs
which invariably accompany a complete confession and forgiveness.


LRH:dm.kjm  L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1978       Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 15 NOVEMBER 1978
C/Ses
Tech/Qual
Auditors
Class IV         DATING AND LOCATING

        (Reference:
        Book:    AXIOMS AND LOGICS
        Book:    THE BOOK OF E-METER DRILLS
           EM DRILL 22, E-METER HIDDEN DATE;,
           THIS LIFE EM DRILL 25 TRACK DATING
        HCOB     ALL ROUTINES, E-METER ERRORS,
        4 Aug 63 COMMUNICATION CYCLE ERROR.)


Axiom 30:   "The  general  rule  of  auditing  is  that  anything  which  is
          unwanted and yet persists must be thoroughly viewed, at which time
          it will vanish."
                                                  -The Axioms of Scientology

Excerpt from Axiom 38: "...  Truth  is  the  exact  time,  place,  form  and
          event.... Thus we see that the  discovery  of  Truth  would  bring
          about an As-is-ness by actual experiment."
                                                  -The Axioms of Scientology

    A thetan knows that if he could remember the exact place  a  thing  had
been generated, the exact time and  the  exact  conditions,  and  the  exact
person who did it, he would then get a disappearance of the thing.


    Dating is the action the auditor takes to help the pc  spot  the  exact
time something happened.


    Locating is the action the auditor takes to help the pc spot the  exact
place something happened.


    By dating and locating, getting the exact time  and  place  a  specific
thing happened, the pc is able to blow the mass and  energy  connected  with
the occurrence which has hung him up at that point.


    Date/Locate, as called for in the various prepared correction lists, is
a very effective tool for the handling of certain items found to be  out  on
such a list. These could be points of overrun, wins that have been  bypassed
or invalidated in some way, moments of loss,  trauma,  painful  emotion,  or
any of various stuck  points  of  this  nature.  It  is  also  used  in  the
correction of wrong dates or  wrong  locations  given  the  pc  in  previous
auditing.


    In any of these cases the pc will be somewhat stuck at these points, or
at the very least will have some attention units hung up  at  these  points,
and getting the exact "when" and "where" will unstick him.


    That which is viewed in its own time, place, form and event can be  as-
ised.


                           WHY YOU DATE AND LOCATE

    A person can have a wrong date for an incident, or he might have a date
totally occluded. He might have a confusion on two incidents,  thinking  one
happened before the other when it is actually vice versa. He could have  two
incidents collapsed into one, time-wise. Or, more severely, he can be  stuck
in the time of an incident which acts as present  time  for  him.  In  other
words, that time is still in existence for him in PT. He  is  seeing  things
from that point in time.
By dating it exactly you blow the stuck viewpoint in time. You see it  as  a
blowdown on the meter and the pc will feel the sudden dissipation of mass.


    The question might then arise: If you  have  dated  an  incident  to  a
"blow" what is there left to blow on the Locate step? The  answer  is  that,
in addition to a stuck  viewpoint  in  time,  a  person  can  have  a  stuck
viewpoint of location.


    Since he had the  wrong  time,  he  could,  as  well,  have  the  wrong
location, or an occluded location,  or  a  confusion  between  two  or  more
locations. He could be quite stuck in a past location.  That  past  location
is still in existence for him. The point  of  view  from  that  location  is
still there for him.


    So you date and locate. Finding when it was and where it was blows both
the time of the incident and the place of the incident. If he's  still  hung
up in either of these he's out of present time and out of present  location.
Getting the precise date and location blows him out of  these  into  present
time.


    Sometimes  during  dating  the  pc  spots  the  correct  past  location
simultaneously with getting the correct date, and  it  (the  location)  then
blows at the same time. The auditor  must  know  that  this  can  occur  and
recognize when it does as he would  not  then  rotely  try  to  put  the  pc
through the Locate steps.


                      DATE/LOCATE NOT A ROTE PROCEDURE

    While Date/Locate is a precise  action,  it  is  by  no  means  a  rote
procedure. The auditor must know the theory  of  the  action  if  he  is  to
Date/Locate successfully. He must understand that he  takes  the  pc's  data
and he works with the pc. Robotic application of the  steps  will  not  only
not produce the desired result but can result in messing up a case badly.

                                    BLOW

    Definition of blow: The sudden dissipation of mass in the mind with  an
accompanying feeling of relief. (Technical Dictionary.)


    This definition must be understood  by  both  auditor  and  pc.  It  is
cleared with the pc before beginning the  Date/Locate  steps.  Have  the  pc
demo it, using a demo kit, if necessary, so he has no confusion on it.


    A blow is a definite manifestation. Vital data for the auditor is  that
the pc must say "Something blew" or "It disappeared" or "It's gone"  or  "It
vanished," not simply "I feel lighter."

                                  METERING

    During Dating/Locating the pc is  on  the  meter  but  the  auditor  is
consulting the pc and getting the pc's answers, while also  keeping  an  eye
on the meter. He does not resort to meter dating or  meter  locating  unless
the pc himself gives up on one or the other of these steps.


    A pc can be made more dependent on  the  meter  or  can  be  made  more
independent of the meter, depending upon the way the meter is  used  by  the
auditor. If the pc's case is improving he becomes more  independent  of  the
meter. That is the direction you want to go.


    "RULE: Use the meter to date and verify date correctness by  all  means
but only after the pc has been unable to come up with  the  date."  (HCOB  4
Aug 63, ALL ROUTINES, E-METER ERRORS, COMM CYCLE ERROR.)


    The same rule would apply to using the meter on the Locate steps.
                                    TIME

    When dating anything you are using a system  of  measurement  of  time.
There are various systems for measuring time and  as  time  is  basically  a
postulate or consideration there is no absolute system for  measuring  time.
Time can be measured in terms of years ago. It  can  be  measured  by  year,
month and day (1918 AD, January 1st). These two systems  are  applicable  to
this planet, as the term  "year"  is  the  time  it  takes  this  planet  to
complete an orbit around the sun. In  larger  whole  track  dates  different
systems were used. The whole point is to use the system  the  pc  is  using,
because the whole point of dating is to blow a past  time  that  the  pc  is
stuck in. And the pc will very often use  the  dating  system  of  the  time
period he is stuck in. It doesn't matter what  system  of  time  measurement
the pc uses. It is important that the auditor accepts and  uses  the  system
the pc is using and doesn't try to change it.


    You're first going to ask the pc, "When was it?". He may  tell  you  in
terms of "years ago" or "weeks ago." Or he may say "It was 1890" or "It  was
the 24th of August 1672." Or he may use an earlier track system  of  dating.
Either way, you take it, and if he has said "High noon  on  May  2nd,  1912"
you don't then ask "How many years ago?" as he has just told you,  and  your
question would be altering the dating system the pc is using.


    YOU CAN USE ANY SYSTEM OF TIME MEASUREMENT  IN  DATING;  THE  IMPORTANT
THING IS THAT YOU USE THE SYSTEM THE PC IS USING.


    It is remarkable that a pc can date  something  that  happened  earlier
than this planet in terms of years ago.  He  can  by  some  sort  of  mental
computer, but the auditor mustn't require that the  pc  convert  a  date  to
some other system.


    And when the pc has  it,  the  auditor  doesn't  then  alter-is  it  in
sequence.   Found   by   years-months-weeks-days-hours-minutes-seconds   and
fractions of a second, one doesn't then call it back by  day,  year,  month,
as it tangles the pc. It is called back in the same order.


    WHEN CALLING BACK A DATE AS AN INDICATION, ALWAYS CALL IT BACK  IN  THE
SAME SEQUENCE THAT THE DATE WAS FOUND OR GIVEN.


                         IMPLANT DATES/ACTUAL DATES

    Implant dates usually only give small reads whereas actual  dates  read
well. If you suspect that you are getting false dates  out  of  an  implant,
you meter check "Implant date?" and you'll get a read on that question,  and
the false implant date will no longer read. The actual date will read well.


    Meter check if it is:

    a)      a false date from an implant?


    b)      an actual date?

    and the meter read will tell.

                                   DATING

    THE PURPOSE OF DATING IS TO GET A BLOW OF THE PAST TIME THE PC IS STUCK
IN.


    Whether the pc gives the date, or whether the auditor has to meter date
it, you must remember that all you are going for is a blow.
Sometimes you will get a blow as easily as the pc  saying  "It  was  a  long
time ago." A blow is accompanied by a BD and F/N. So be  alert  when  dating
for a sudden or BD and F/N. And if the pc doesn't originate  that  it  blew,
ask him so you won't go on trying  to  date  to  blow,  something  that  has
already blown!


    Very often a date has to be dated precisely down to the fraction  of  a
second in order to get a blow.


    If there is no blow on pc giving the date, or on auditor  meter  dating
it, you then call the date back as an indication and it  will  blow.  If  it
doesn't it is because there is an error in the date, or the auditor  altered
the date or its sequence in calling it back, or there already was a blow  on
dating that wasn't noticed and was overrun.


    Usually a pc will need help from the auditor  to  start  with  and  the
auditor might need to do the whole dating drill on  the  meter  establishing
the order of magnitude and every part of the date on  the  meter.  Then  the
pc's ability improves and the pc starts to become more able  to  find  dates
himself. The auditor must be alert for this and accept  the  pc's  data  and
never challenge, meter check or invalidate the pc's data. Sometimes  the  pc
will blurt the whole date out at once, and the  auditor  must  be  ready  to
write this down accurately and call it back accurately.


                           LOCATIONS AND DISTANCE

    When locating something  you  are  using  direction  and  a  system  of
measurement of distance. Just as time is basically a  consideration,  so  is
distance. And there are many systems of measuring  distance,  both  on  this
planet and earlier  on  the  track.  Distance  can  be  measured  in  miles,
kilometers, light-years, to name a few.  In  one  whole  track  space  opera
civilization, intergalactic distances were measured in terms of how long  it
took a particular spaceship, called  a  Hylan  and  intergalactic  distances
were measured by the  number  of  "days  of  Hylan  spaceflight."  You  will
probably find that the pc will tend to use  the  system  of  measurement  of
distance that was used at the time of the past location  that  he  is  stuck
in. Just as a pc can use a sort of mental computer to  convert  whole  track
dates into "years ago," he can also mentally  convert  some  distances  into
"miles." But the auditor never expects him to do so, and never asks him to.


    YOU CAN USE ANY SYSTEM OF MEASUREMENT  OF  DISTANCE  IN  LOCATING,  THE
IMPORTANT THING IS THAT YOU USE THE SYSTEM THE PC IS USING.


    And when you have the distance you must call it  back  accurately,  and
not alter-is it in sequence either.


    WHEN CALLING BACK A DISTANCE AS AN  INDICATION,  ALWAYS  CALL  IT  BACK
ACCURATELY, AND IN THE SAME SEQUENCE THAT IT WAS GIVEN OR FOUND.

                                  LOCATING

    THE PURPOSE OF LOCATING IS TO GET A BLOW OF THE PAST LOCATION THE PC IS
STUCK IN.


    As in dating the auditor may have to help the pc  with  the  meter  but
usually the pc will be able to find and  give  the  data,  and  the  auditor
never resorts to the meter if the pc can get it.


    And you may get a blow on direction step alone or on the  pc  realizing
it happened somewhere else, or "not  here"  or  "Greece"  or  whatever.  The
auditor must be alert for the or BD and F/N and ask the pc if  it  blew,  so
as not to go on trying to get a blow of a location that has already blown!
Usually if you don't get a blow on finding the direction and  distance,  you
will get a blow on calling the location back to the pc as an indication.  If
not there is an error in the direction or distance or  the  auditor  altered
it in calling it back.

    In locating, the auditor is getting the past  physical  location.  E.g.
the auditor  gets  the  direction,  distance,  what  galaxy,  star,  planet,
country, etc., pinpointing it down to the exact location in space  where  it
happened.


    But these items are not taken up rotely; one uses  the  questions  that
apply.


    For example, if it  occurred  "next  door"  one  would  not  ask  "What
planet?". Or if the pc has  said  it's  "two  years  ago"  when  dating,  in
locating one doesn't then ask "What galaxy?" as, of course, it's  this  one.
Or what star, either. If you start asking "What galaxy?" on an  incident  on
Earth the pc is thrown backtrack.


    And if it happened outside a town in the open  you  wouldn't  ask  what
city, house, or street or room, either. You  must  use  the  questions  that
apply.


    The pc is of course IN the auditing room. One doesn't ask where he  is.
And it's never "Who else was there?" or  "What  else  is  there?"  as  these
things put the pc down the track. One does not try to  run  engrams  at  the
same time one is doing the Locate step. It is simply location. Where?  What?
How far? Location.


    AND in locating, if there is no instant blow when the location is fully
spotted and it seems correct, the location is called  back  to  the  pc.  It
usually blows when it is called back to the pc after it is known.


                             TWO SEPARATE DRILLS

    There are two separate drills for dating and  locating,  and  which  is
used depends upon pc ability to find and give  the  data.  The  first  drill
given is where the pc volunteers or gives the  data.  The  second  drill  is
where the auditor  establishes  all  the  data  by  metering.  As  with  all
processing, the pc's ability increases as you  go  along,  and  the  auditor
must be alert for this and change from meter dating and  meter  locating  to
accepting and taking the pc's data. It can also happen that  a  pc  who  was
able to find and give the data may run  into  something  particularly  heavy
and now need assistance from the auditor. The rule is:


    NEVER RESORT TO THE METER IF THE PC CAN FIND AND  GIVE  THE  DATA,  AND
NEVER LET A PC STRUGGLE IF HE CAN'T FIND THE DATA. AND NEVER, NEVER USE  THE
METER TO CHALLENGE, 'CORRECT' OR INVALIDATE THE PC'S DATA.


                              PRELIMINARY STEP

    Before dating and locating on a pc for the first time  you  must  clear
what you will be doing and the words and terms used, so that he  understands
these and knows what is expected of him.

1.    Give the pc an R-Factor that you will be dating the past time  of  the
    incident (i.e. when it happened), until that blows.

2.    Clear the word "blow" with the pc per the Tech Dictionary  definitions
    No. 1 and No. 2.

3.    Clear any misunderstoods the pc has on dates and dating or words  used
    in measurement of time, or numbers (e.g. "billions," etc.).
    4.      Give the pc an R-Factor  that  you  will  be  establishing  the
    direction and distance in order  to  find  the  past  location  of  the
    incident (i.e. where it happened), until that blows.

5.    Clear the term "direction" and the  concept  of  pointing.  Clear  the
    term "distance" and any misunderstoods the pc  has  on  measurement  of
    distance (e.g. miles, lightyears, etc.).

6.    Let the pc know you will be getting answers from him, not  the  meter,
    unless it is necessary to help him with the meter. And that if  the  pc
    should suddenly get the date or location he should tell you.  Also  let
    the pc know that you are dating and locating to get  a  blow  and  that
    when a blow occurs to tell you, as the purpose of this procedure is  to
    get the mass to blow.


                       DATING TO BLOW/LOCATING TO BLOW
                             PROCEDURE BY STEPS

PROCEDURE ONE, PC GIVING THE DATA

DATING DRILL No. 1

1.    R-Factor: "We're going to date the  past  time  when  that  (________)
    happened precisely, until the mass blows."

2.    Ask the pc when it happened. (If the pc  doesn't  know,  go  to  meter
    dating, per Dating Drill No. 2.)

3.    Write down the pc's answer.

4.    If not already given, have the pc give the rest of the date  right  on
    down to the
            fraction of a second.

5.    Call the date back to the pc accurately and in the  same  sequence  in
    which it was
            given, and it will blow.

(Caution: The blow may occur earlier in the dating  steps  and  the  auditor
    must not go on past a blow.  If  you  suspect  a  blow  and  pc  hasn't
    volunteered this, ask him if it blew.)

LOCATING DRILL No. 1

1.    R-Factor: "We're going to find the past location where  (  )  happened
    precisely, until the mass blows."

2.    Get the pc to point to where it happened. (Points with finger  in  the
    direction to the past location.)

3.    Ask the pc the distance to that location. (This is the  distance  from
    where the pc is now to that past location.)

4.    If not already given have the pc give the rest of the  distance  right
    on down to fractions, until you have a precise distance.

5.    Call the distance back to the pc accurately and in the  same  sequence
    in which it was given, and it will blow.

NB.   If the pc starts giving you the location in some other terms  such  as
    "On the corner of Times Square, New York," you would of  course  accept
    the pc's data, and not ask him to convert  that  into  miles  away,  or
    anything else.
    (Caution: The blow may occur earlier in  the  locating  steps  and  the
    auditor must not go on past the blow. Sometimes the blow will occur  on
    asking the pc to point. Sometimes the pc while dating will also get the
    location and blow it too. If you suspect a blow due to a BD and F/N and
    the pc hasn't volunteered this, ask him if it blew . )

PROCEDURE TWO, AUDITOR FINDING THE DATA BY METERING

DATING DRILL No. 2

    If the pc didn't know when it happened (on step 2 of Dating  Drill  No.
1), you go to meter dating.

1.    Establish what system of dating  or  time  measurement  this  date  is
    measured in. Such as "years ago," or by year (i.e. 1918  AD),  or  some
    entirely different system. Do not do this if you already know it  is  a
    this lifetime date, or a this planet date, as that would be robotic.

2.    Establish the order of magnitude.

3.    Meter date the date right on down precisely, even to  fractions  of  a
    second, until you get a blow-F/N.

4.    If no blow-F/N when the full date is found, call it  back  to  the  pc
    accurately and in the same order it was found  and  you  should  get  a
    blow.

5.    If you haven't got a blow, there is either an error  in  the  date  or
    some part of the date, or it is not precise enough, or it blew  earlier
    and wasn't noticed.

    Meter check:

        Wrong date?
        Incompletely dated?
        Implant date?
        Some part of the date was incorrect?
        Already blown?

    and handle what reads, and you will get a blow-F/N.

LOCATING DRILL No. 2

    It is rare that a pc can't get the direction and distance, or otherwise
pinpoint the exact past location. Should you encounter  this,  do  the  same
drill as given in Locating Drill No. 1, with the auditor  establishing  each
step by metering.

1.    Get pc to point to the location to get direction.

2.    Establish what system of  measurement  of  distance  (i.e.  miles,  or
    light-years, or whatever).

3.    Get the distance.

4.    Get any remaining increments of  distance  on  down  to  fractions  or
    decimal points.

5.    Call back the distance or location as an indication,  and  you  should
    get a blow- F/N.

6.    If no blow there has been an error and you should meter check:

        Is some part of the location wrong?
        Wrong direction?
        Wrong distance?
        Incompletely located?
        Already blown?

    and handle what comes up, and you will get a blow-F/N.

CAUTION: In Date/Locate, if it bogs and the  auditor  can't  easily  correct
the error in dating or in locating, do not continue messing up the  pc  with
wrong dates or wrong locations, as these can be very upsetting  to  a  case.
INDICATE TO THE PC THAT THERE IS AN ERROR IN DATING OR LOCATING AND END  OFF
FOR C/S INSTRUCTIONS .

    A drill that can be used in locating when applicable  is  given  below.
This must not however be done rotely when it doesn't apply. If you knew  the
incident occurred in the recent past or this lifetime,  you  would  not  ask
"What galaxy?" as the question wouldn't make sense, and would throw  the  pc
backtrack.

        Point (pc points with finger)
        Distance? (including  increments  of  distance  to  get  the  exact
        distance)
        What galaxy?
        What star?
        What planet?
        What country?
        What city?
        What street?
        What house?
        Position on street?
        What room?
        Distance from front of house?
        Where in the room?
        How far from each wall?
        How far off the floor?
        How far from the ceiling?

continuing  with  questions  which  will  narrow  it  down  to  the  precise
location, to a blow-F/N .

NOTE: The above steps, particularly, cannot be rote. Listen to  the  pc  and
work with him, realistically, to get the location spotted  exactly,  but  do
not evaluate for him in any way.

    If at some point on these steps the location turns out  to  be  in  the
middle of the ocean  or  in  a  field,  etc.,  the  auditor  uses  available
landmarks or reference points to get the location (i.e., distance  from  the
nearest point of land? or, distance from the big rock?) down to a blow-F/N.


    If, while locating, the pc starts running the  incident  or  gives  too
much "scene" the auditor has the pc point again, then continues  from  where
he left off on the Locate steps.

                                  LIABILITY

    In dating and locating there is a possible source of BPC,  peculiar  to
dating and locating.


    A correct date for one incident or mass can act as  a  wrong  date  for
another incident or mass, as it is a wrong date for it.


    A correct location for one incident or mass can act as a wrong location
for other incidents or masses, as it is wrong for the others.


    It is peculiar to dating and locating that a  right  date  or  a  right
location can cause BPC by also being a wrong  date  or  wrong  location  for
other incidents or masses. This does not always occur,  but  is  noted  here
should an auditor or C/S encounter it.


    Manifestations of this are:

    a)      pc getting upset inexplicably


    b)      getting a read on both "Correct date?" and "Wrong date?"


    c)      TA going up


    d)      increase of mass or pressure.

    It will relieve on the indication that the date found is a  wrong  date
for other incidents or masses, and  on  the  indication  that  the  location
found is a wrong location for other incidents or masses.

                                   SUMMARY

    A CORRECT DATE, ESPECIALLY IF TAKEN DOWN TO SECONDS AND FRACTIONS OF  A
SECOND, WILL BLOW.


    A CORRECT LOCATION, ESPECIALLY IF TAKEN DOWN TO  MINUTE  INCREMENTS  OF
DISTANCE, WILL BLOW.


    Date/Locate, when done correctly, quickly and smoothly, works well  and
is successful. The longer it takes the more it will  restimulate  all  sorts
of other things which have nothing to do with the course of action.


    The Date/Locate  steps  must  NOT  be  done  robotically.  One  has  to
understand the mechanics of how it's done and why.


    The essence of Date/Locate is to bring the pc to PT by erasing the date
by spotting and the location by spotting, as the pc is out of  PT  fixed  by
both date and location.


    If the theory is understood nobody would do it rotely.


    This is a highly precise action to be done smoothly with good TRs.  Its
results are phenomenal.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder




LRH:pm.dm.jk
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 19 NOVEMBER 1978
Auditors
Class IV
and above   URGENT-IMPORTANT
C/Ses
Class IV
and above   L & N LISTS-THE ITEM "ME"


    RULE: THE ITEM "ME" MUST BE ACCEPTED ON ANY S & D LIST.


    RULE: THE ITEM "ME" MUST NEVER BE REPRESENTED.


    The item "Me" on an L & N list must be accepted as the item, as  it  is
basically the only right item there could be  for  an  identity  or  valence
list.


    The item "Me" often appears on S & D lists, or  similar  L  &  N  lists
which ask for an identity or valence. If it is not accepted,  or  if  it  is
represented, it will really mess up the case. (This includes  the  pronouns,
"myself," and "I.")


    The right thing to do when the pc gives this item, is to accept  it  as
the item for the list, and do not continue that list  or  take  any  further
action with that item.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:dm.clb
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 27 NOVEMBER 1978
Remimeo
Word Clearers    (Cancels BTB 21 July 1971RE
Class IV Grad    Word Clearing Correction List Revised)
and above
Auditors
C/Ses
                          Word Clearing Series 35RF


                        WORD CLEARING CORRECTION LIST


    The WCCL is the list to use when any form of Word Clearing  bogs  down.
Any and all trouble with Word Clearing should be corrected by assessing  and
handling this list. The WCCL has been designed to parallel  errors  made  in
Word Clearing. not study, not the person's case, and it is  to  be  used  in
Word Clearing sessions to correct Word Clearing errors.


    If, after the Word Clearing Correction List  has  been  fully  handled,
there seems to be other  bypassed  charge  connected  with  the  subject  of
study, a Study Green Form should be done.


    This list can be assessed Method 3 or Method 5.


    All Word Clearers are to check out on and use this list to correct Word
Clearing errors.

1.    IS THERE SOMETHING WRONG WITH YOUR CASE?     _________
      If this list  is  being  assessed  during  course  room  metered  Word
    Clearing, end off for C/S instructions, otherwise assess and  handle  a
    C/S Series 53.

2.    HAVE YOU BEEN WORD CLEARED OVER OUT-RUDS?    _________
      Find out which and handle to F/N and VGIs.

3.    IS A WORD STILL MISUNDERSTOOD?    _________
      Find out which and get it cleared to F/N. (If Method 1 Word  Clearing,
    clear it E/S to EP.)

4.    WAS A WORD IN A DEFINITION MISUNDERSTOOD?    _________
      Find out which word and get it cleared to F/N.

5.    COULDN'T YOU FIND THE ACTUAL MISUNDERSTOOD?  _________
      Using your meter and 2WC, find the misunderstood  word  and  clear  to
    F/N. (If Method 1 Word Clearing clear it E/S to EP.)

6.    DID YOU NOT GET THE BASIC WORD?   _________
      Find out which word or  subject  was  not  taken  to  EP,  locate  the
    misunderstood words and clear each to F/N, going E/S to EP.

7.    DID YOU FAIL TO USE THE WORD YOU WERE CLEARING  IN  ENOUGH  SENTENCES?
    _________
      Get the word used in sentences until it is fully  understood,  to  F/N
    and VGIs.

8.    DID YOU NEED TO DEMO THE WORD YOU WERE CLEARING?   _________
      Get the word demoed to full understanding, F/N and VGIs.
    9.      WERE YOU USING AN IMPROPER DICTIONARY?       _________
      Find out what word and what dictionary. Get a  proper  dictionary  and
    clear it to F/N and VGIs.

10.    WAS  THERE  AN  EARLIER  SIMILAR  MISUNDERSTOOD  WORD  NOT   CLEARED?
    _________
      Find out what it is and clear it to F/N. (If Method 1  Word  Clearing,
    clear it E/S to EP.)

11.    DID  YOU  NOT  FEEL  GOOD  ABOUT  A  WORD  WHEN   IT   WAS   CLEARED?
    _________
      Find the word and reclear it to F/N.

12.   DO YOU KEEP FORGETTING WORDS YOU HAVE ALREADY DEFINED?  _________
      Locate the other or related word he didn't  define  and  clear  it  to
    F/N.

13.   DID YOU HAVE TO CLEAR A WORD YOU ALREADY KNEW?     _________
      Find out what the word was  and  indicate.  If  no  F/N  get  off  any
    protest or inval and rehab to F/N.

14.   WAS A WORD OVERRUN?    _________
      Find out what word and rehab.

15.   WAS A WORD READING ON PROTEST?    _________
      Get which word, indicate. If no F/N handle with itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

16.   DID A WORD NOT REALLY READ?       _________
      Get which word, indicate. If no F/N handle with itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

17.   COULDN'T YOU HEAR THE WORD CLEARER?    _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

18.   DIDN'T YOU UNDERSTAND WHAT THE WORD CLEARER SAID?  _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

19.   DIDN'T YOU UNDERSTAND THE ACTION BEING DONE? _________
      Find out what it was and handle with itsa E/S itsa to F/N or clear  it
    up with correct references to F/N and VGIs.

20.   WERE YOU CONFUSED BY SOMETHING?   _________
      Find out what it was and handle with itsa E/S itsa to F/N or clear  it
    up with correct references to F/N and VGIs.

21.   WERE  YOU  PUZZLED  WHY  THE  WORD  CLEARER  KEPT  ON  WORD  CLEARING?
    _________
      Find out what happened and handle with itsa E/S itsa to F/N  or  rehab
    the win.

22.   ON WORD CLEARING DID YOU FEEL OVERWHELMED?   _________
      Find out what happened and handle with itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

23.   ON WORD CLEARING DID YOU FEEL HOPELESS?      _________
      Find out what happened and handle with itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

24.   ON WORD CLEARING DID YOU FEEL INVALIDATED?   _________
      Find out what happened and handle with itsa E/S itsa to F/N.
    25.     ON WORD CLEARING WAS THERE ANY EVALUATION?
      Find out what happened and handle with itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

26.   ON WORD CLEARING WERE YOU PROTESTING?  _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

27.   DID YOU GET DISTRACTED DURING WORD CLEARING? _________
      Find out what happened and handle with itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

28.   WAS THERE SOMETHING WRONG WITH THE F/Ns INDICATED?      _________
      Find out what happened and handle with itsa E/S itsa to F/N  or  clear
    to F/N any words not fully cleared.

29.   DID YOU HAVE TO LOOK UP TECHNICAL OR SPECIALIZED DEFINITIONS OF  WORDS
    THAT DIDN'T APPLY?      _________
      Find out what the word was. Indicate this was an  unnecessary  action.
    Correctly clear the word to F/N. (If Method 1 Word Clearing,  take  E/S
    to EP.)

30. DID YOU TELL THE WORD CLEARER IT WAS UNDERSTOOD JUST TO GET RID OF  HIM?
      _________
      Get the word (plus any others) and clear each to F/N.

31.   WAS IT NOT YOUR MISUNDERSTOOD?    _________
      Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

32.   WAS THERE INVALIDATION OF KNOWINGNESS?       _________
      Find out what it was, and handle with itsa E/S itsa to F/N.

33.   DID YOU USE THE WRONG SIZED CANS?      _________
      False TA Checklist. Work out the right sized cans with the pc.

34.   DID YOUR HANDS GET TIRED IN WORD CLEARING?   _________
      False TA Checklist. Work out the right sized cans with the pc.

35.   WAS A WORD ON THE LIST OF SUBJECTS MISUNDERSTOOD?  _________
      Find out what it is and clear to F/N.  (If  Method  1  Word  Clearing,
    take E/S to EP.)

36.   IS A SUBJECT STILL MISUNDERSTOOD?      _________
      Get which subject and which word and clear it to  F/N.  (If  Method  1
    Word Clearing, take E/S to EP.)

37.   DID YOU NOT GET THE BASIC SUBJECT?     _________
      Find out what subject is incomplete by 2WC, locate  the  misunderstood
    words in it and clear each to F/N. (If Method 1 Word Clearing, take E/S
    to EP.)

38.   IN REGARD TO EARLIER SUBJECTS OR COURSES YOU STUDIED DID YOU FIND  ANY
    OF THEM DIFFICULT?      _________
      When this question is answered ask this second  question:  WERE  THERE
    ANY WORDS ON THESE COURSES THAT YOU DIDN'T FULLY  UNDERSTAND?  Find  by
    subject and get each defined. Then do steps again until both  questions
    F/N.

39.   DO YOU STILL HAVE MISUNDERSTOODS ON EARLIER COURSES?    _________
    Find out which course (or courses)  and  get  each  misunderstood  word
    cleared. Then  recheck  the  question  and  handle  until  it  F/Ns  on
    checking.

40.   DO YOU HAVE MISUNDERSTOODS ON YOUR EARLIER THAN SCIENTOLOGY SCHOOL  OR
    FAMILY TRAINING?   _________
      When this question has been answered,  ask:  WAS  THERE  ANY  WORD  IN
    (SUBJECT NAMED) YOU DIDN'T UNDERSTAND? Get it fully defined to F/N  and
    all such words cleared up for that subject.  Handle  all  subjects  the
    person has named as above.  Then  recheck  the  original  question  and
    handle until it F/Ns on checking.

41.   WERE YOU BEING WORD CLEARED ON AN UNREADING SUBJECT?    _________
      Find out what. Indicate. If no F/N rehab or Date/Locate.

42.   WAS A SUBJECT OVERRUN?      _________
      Find out what and indicate. If no F/N rehab.

43.   WAS A MISUNDERSTOOD SUBJECT MISSED?    _________
      Find out which subject(s) and which words and clear each to  F/N.  (If
    Method 1 Word Clearing, take E/S to EP.)

44.   DID YOU TRY TO MAKE THE LIST F/N?      _________
      Put in ruds on Word Clearing, each to F/N, VGIs. Rehab any overruns.

45.   IS THERE A SUBJECT WHICH SHOULD HAVE BEEN  ON  THE  LIST  BUT  WASN'T?
    _________
      Find out what the subject is and  clear  all  misunderstood  words  to
    F/N, going E/S to EP.

46.   HAS A WIN BEEN BYPASSED?    _________
      Find out what and rehab.

47.   IS THERE SOMETHING ELSE WRONG?    _________
      Find out what and handle or return to the C/S.

48.   WAS THERE NOTHING WRONG IN THE FIRST PLACE?  _________
      Indicate. If no F/N rehab or Date/Locate.

49.   IS  THERE  SOME  OTHER  BYPASSED  CHARGE  ON  THE  SUBJECT  OF  STUDY?
    _________
      Assess and handle a Study Green Form.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nc
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 28 NOVEMBER 1978
Remimeo
                      (Also issued as HCO PL 28 Nov 78)

                    AUDITORS WHO MISS WITHHOLDS, PENALTY


    As one of the most destructive things an  auditor  can  do  is  miss  a
withhold on a pc  and  as  missing  a  withhold  stems  exactly  from  being
inexpert, out-metering, out-TRs, or mutual out-ruds, and as  pcs  and  staff
can blow and cause a great deal of trouble when withholds have  been  missed
in Sec Checking or Confessionals, the penalty for missing a  withhold  on  a
pc is as follows:


    Comm  Ev,  and  if  found  guilty,  suspension  of  certificates  until
retrained.


    This penalty has been issued in the past  but  was  omitted  in  modern
compilations.


    It is no light thing to mess up Sec Checking on a pc.


    Pcs who blow their auditing in orgs, staff  who  want  to  leave,  out-
ethics mushrooming up in an org  can  usually  be  traced  to  one  or  more
auditors who miss withholds either by their own out-tech or mutual ruds.


    It is highly possible that the reason husband/wife teams often fail  is
that they have mutual out-ruds or that they miss withholds on each other.


    This is no light thing. If this order is not vigorously enforced,  lack
of enforcement will end up destroying lives, just as  it  does  in  the  wog
world every day.


    So, get your ethics presence up and make sure that Sec Checking is done
correctly, without error and with no missed withholds.


    This HCOB/PL is retroactive for a decade.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:at.kjm
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 29 NOVEMBER 1978
All C/Ses
NED Auditors
Scn Auditors
                               C/S Series 104

                           DIANETIC CLEAR ATTESTS


    Well, well. I seem to have been right in Book One about making  Clears,
but it seems to have exceeded mass reality.


                       WARNING TO NED AND SCN AUDITORS

    If the case you are auditing has a fantastic win and then seems  to  go
into a decline, beware-the pc might have become  a  pre-OT  and  that  funny
behavior of the needle and tone arm might have been a floating TA,  when  he
went Clear.



                               NOTE FOR C/Ses

    I have found some very interesting case phenomena being resolved  since
past Dianetic Clears are attesting to the state.


    Some of the manifestations of some of the cases who were  audited  past
Dianetic Clear (unrecognized and unattested to) are:

    (a)      Manifesting  PTSness  and  illnesses  until  the   state   was
        acknowledged and attested to.


    (b)     Appearing to be no case gain, out-ethics cases.


    (c)     Not moving up the Bridge but remaining "parked" at some  point.
        (They have many "reasons" for this.)


    (d)     Becoming inactive as a Scientologist.

    A C/S should look for these cases and recognize them when he sees them.
This  in  no  way  means  that  every  PTS  or  out-ethics   case   has   an
unacknowledged state of Clear underlying it but this  fact  certainly  needs
to be included in any C/S's case debug line-up.


    In the cases mentioned above, you will  almost  always  find  that  the
condition started at a certain point in the pc's auditing (or  in  his  last
life, as a pc). If you do a thorough folder study and interview the  pc  you
will find that he went Dianetic Clear just prior to  the  case  going  awry.
(Or, by interview, you might find he went Dianetic Clear in his last  life.)
(Note: One percent have track dates when they went Clear.)


    Advance Scheduling Registrars and those working in the Central Files of
an org can go through CF folders and ask the org C/S to  check  the  folders
of those who have drifted off lines or stopped going up the processing  side
of the Bridge, as an unacknowledged Dianetic Clear state  may  just  be  the
cause.


                             CLEAR IN LAST LIFE

    Some people didn't believe one had lived before this  life.  Also  some
people wondered what happened to old  Dianeticists  and  Scientologists  who
had died. But
others used to have the phrase  "Well,  we'll  pick  them  up  in  the  next
lifetime," or "the next time around."


    Well it seems like the former shouldn't have wondered  and  the  latter
were right. We are coming up with quite a few pcs  who  had  gone  Clear  in
their last lifetime during Book One auditing, Goals  Processing,  etc.  This
is something that the pc originates or  something  he  has  been  "wondering
about" but invalidated.


                                 INVAL/EVAL

    The state of Clear having been truly attained yet not acknowledged  and
attested to, can cause an extraordinary amount of  invalidation.  Evaluation
also occurs on this subject and comes from others and even the pc himself.


    Because of the amount of inval and eval which  may  exist,  a  pc  will
often have to have these buttons put in before he can acknowledge the  state
he has attained. In this case this would have to be done  before  the  point
he went Clear is Date/Located. In some  cases  you  may  have  to  assess  a
Dianetic Clear Repair List to handle the pc's bypassed charge.

                               ETHICS WARNING

    It is a comm-evable offense to coach the pc with data  about  Clear  in
any way. You also do not evaluate for any pc and try to convince him he  has
gone Dianetic Clear when he hasn't. You do not turn to  "the  pc  must  have
gone Dianetic Clear" when you can't easily solve a pc's case.  You  use  the
C/S Series in full.


    Only a C/S who is Clear and who knows the full EP of Dianetic Clear can
send a pc through to attest to this state. To send a pc  through  to  attest
to Dianetic Clear when he hasn't truly made it is a suppressive act as  that
preclear will not make it on the OT levels.


    If the C/S is not a Clear he should send the  person  or  the  person's
folders to a Class IV Org C/S who is Clear, or to an AO.


                            THE POWER OF AUDITING

    The power of modern auditing shouldn't be underestimated. It was pretty
hot in 1950, but realize there were 28 years of  research  and  development.
This has been enormously stepped up. For 28 years, apparently, the power  of
auditing has been underestimated .


    With better trained auditors than ever, and with their TRs and metering
really in, the C/S who is keeping tech in on his  lines  can  expect  a  lot
more of this sort of thing, so he must be alert to it, without at  the  same
time going delusory or failing to handle cases that really  are  bogged  for
quite some other reason.


    Given standard tech used by standard auditors  and  C/Sed  by  standard
C/Ses, there is no reason why we cannot Clear the planet.



                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder



LRH:mm.nc.
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 30 NOVEMBER 1978
C/Ses
Tech/Qual   (Cancels BTB 31 Aug 72RB,
Auditors    Confessional Procedure)
HCOs
Checksheets CONFESSIONAL PROCEDURE
Confessional
Courses


      (Ref:      HCOB 5 Aug 78    INSTANT READS
            HCOB 28 Feb 71   C/S Series 24
                 IMPORTANT, METERING
                 READING ITEMS
            HCOB 8 Feb 62    URGENT, MISSED WITHHOLDS
            HCOB 12 Feb 62   HOW TO CLEAR WITHHOLDS
                 AND MISSED WITHHOLDS
            HCOB 3 May 62R   ARC BREAKS, MISSED
            Rev. 5.9.78      WITHHOLDS
            HCOB 11 Aug 78 I      RUDIMENTS, DEFINITIONS
                 & PATTER
            HCOB 20 Sep 78   AN INSTANT F/N IS A READ
            Rev. 9.10.78
            HCOB 14 Mar 71R  F/N EVERYTHING
            Corr. & Rev. 25.7.73
            HCOB 3 Sep 78    URGENT, URGENT, URGENT,
            DEFINITION OF A ROCK SLAM
            HCOB 10 Aug 76R  R/Ses, WHAT THEY MEAN
            Rev. 5.9.78
            HCOB 17 May 69   TRs AND DIRTY NEEDLES
            HCOB 6 Sep 78    FOLLOWING UP ON DIRTY
                 NEEDLES
            BTB 8 Dec 72RC   CONFESSIONAL REPAIR LIST
            Re-rev. 4.6.77   (LCRC)
            HCOB 10 Nov 78R  PROCLAMATION: POWER TO
                 FORGIVE
            HCOB 10 Nov 78R-I     PROCLAMATION: POWER TO
            Add. 26.11.78    FORGIVE-ADDITION
            HCOB 28 Nov 78   AUDITORS WHO MISS WITHHOLDS,
                 PENALTY
            BOOK: THE BOOK OF E-METER DRILLS.
            SEC CHECKING HCOBs.
            SEC CHECKING TAPES and TAPE DEMOS since 1961.)

                                 ___________

    "Sec Checking," "Integrity Processing" and "Confessionals" are all  the
exact same procedure and any materials on these subjects is  interchangeable
under these titles (HCOB 24 Jan 1977 TECH CORRECTION ROUND-UP )


    Withholds don't just add up to withholds They add up  to  overts,  they
add up to secrecies, they add up to individuations, they  add  up  to  games
conditions, they add up to a lot more things than O/W.


    You are straightening out somebody  on  a  moral  code,  the  "Now  I'm
supposed to's." They've transgressed  on  a  series  of  "Now  I'm  supposed
to's."  Having  so  transgressed,  they  are  now  individuated.  If   their
individuation is too obsessive, they snap in and become  the  terminal.  All
of these cycles exist around the idea of the transgression against the  "Now
I'm supposed to's." That is what a Confessional clears up and  that  is  all
it clears up. It's a great deal more than a withhold. (HCOB 1 March 77,  Iss
III, FORMULATING CONFESSIONAL QUESTIONS.)
                                  PROCEDURE

    A Confessional must be done by someone who is a well  trained  auditor,
skilled in TRs, basic auditing and metering, who can make  a  prepared  list
read, and who has been fully checked out and drilled on these techniques.


    Every reading  question  of  a  Confessional  is  F/Ned.  The  original
question must be taken to F/N, not some other question.


    Here is the basic procedure for a Confessional:

1.    Set up the room with the auditor seated closer to the  door  than  the
    pc, so that he can gently put the pc back in his chair if he  tries  to
    blow the session. Ensure all the necessary materials are to  hand,  per
    HCOB 4 Dec 77, CHECKLIST FOR SETTING UP SESSIONS AND AN E-METER.

2.    Make sure the person is well fed and well rested, that his  hands  are
    not too dry or moist, that the cans are the correct size and  that  the
    person knows how to hold them. Include all the steps of HCOB 4 Dec  77,
    CHECKLIST FOR SETTING UP SESSIONS AND AN E-METER. (Also ref:  FALSE  TA
    HCOBs.)

3.    Start the Confessional. Model Session and  rudiments  are  used.  Ref:
    HCOB 11 Aug 78, Iss II, MODEL SESSION. If the TA is high or low,  do  a
    C/S Series 53RL, assess and handle. If you are not trained in  doing  a
    C/S Series 53, end off for C/S instruction.

4.    Put in any needed R-Factor on doing the Confessional. Briefly  explain
    the meter and the procedure to the person if they are not already known
    to him or her.

      The term "I am not auditing you" only occurs when  a  Confessional  is
    done for justice reasons. Otherwise the  procedure  is  the  same.  (By
    "justice reasons" is meant when a person is refusing to come clean on a
    Comm Ev, B of I, etc., or as part of a specific HCO investigation  when
    the person is withholding data or evidence from such HCO personnel.)

      A Confessional done for justice reasons is not auditing and  the  data
    uncovered is not  withheld  from  the  proper  authorities.  Any  other
    Confessional is auditing and is kept confidential.

      By F/Ning each question that reads, and by the  use  of  Examiner  and
    review, there is a great deal  of  case  gain  in  a  Confessional.  It
    permits the person to again feel a part of his group.

5.    Clear the procedure and the use of the buttons "Suppress" and  "False"
    etc. If necessary as an  example  run  a  non-significant  question  to
    demonstrate the procedure (e.g. "Have you ever eaten an apple?").

6.    Take up the first question and clear the words backwards.  Then  clear
    the full command, noting any instant read that occurs  on  the  command
    while clearing, as this is valid. See HCOB 9 Aug 78  Iss  II,  CLEARING
    COMMANDS, HCOB 28 Feb 71, C/S Series 24,  IMPORTANT,  METERING  READING
    ITEMS, and HCOB 5 Aug 78, INSTANT READS.

      Ensure the pc fully understands the question and what it encompasses.

7.    With good TR 1 give the person the first question, keeping an  eye  on
    the meter and noting any instant read, i.e. SF, F., LFBD. (Ref: HCOB  5
    Aug 78, INSTANT READS.) A tick  is  always  noted  and  in  some  cases
    becomes a wide read. (Ref: HCOB 28 Feb 71, C/S  Series  24,  IMPORTANT,
    METERING READING ITEMS.) But don't assume you have a read  because  you
    get a tick. Put in Suppress and it will either read or  the  tick  will
    vanish.  In  a  Confessional,  even  the  smallest  change  of   needle
    characteristic, if it is instant, is checked into
    before you go on. But NOTE: YOU DON'T  TAKE  A  RISE  AS  A  CHANGE  OF
    CHARACTERISTIC IN SEC CHECKING.

8.    Take up each reading question, getting the what, when, where,  all  of
    every overt. Find out who missed it or who nearly found out,  and  what
    that person did to make the pc wonder if he knew.  Get  specifics,  not
    general or vague answers. If no F/N, take the overt  E/S  to  F/N.  And
    ensure that the original question that read is taken to F/N before  you
    leave it.

9.    For security investigation purposes, get all the exact  names,  dates,
    addresses, phone numbers, and  any  other  information  that  might  be
    helpful in investigating the case further, should this be needed.

10.   If the pc gives you three or  four  overts  at  once  in  reply  to  a
    reading question, you note them  and  ensure  you  take  each  separate
    reading overt or withhold to an F/N, or E/S to F/N.

11.   Some people you have to ask the exact question. If  your  question  is
    even faintly off they F/N. Low responsibility of the pc does this.

12.   If the person gives off another's overt, ask if he ever did  something
    like that. You want what the person himself has done.

13.   DO NOT TAKE UP UNREADING QUESTIONS.

    a)      If a question does not read and does not F/N you can put in the
        buttons Suppress and Invalidate, asking:
      "On the question________ has anything been suppressed?"
      "On the question________ has anything been invalidated?"


      But don't require it to be answered and  don't  look  up  at  the  pc
        expectantly either. If it's not reading, tell him so and go on.


    b)      If  Suppress  or  Invalidate  reads,  it  means  the  read  has
        transferred exactly from the Confessional question to  the  button.
        (Ref: HCOB 1 Aug 68, THE LAWS OF LISTING &  NULLING.)  Put  in  the
        button (simply get what the pc has to say  and  acknowledge),  then
        take up the question. Fully clean the question, as in No. 8  above.
        Then go on to the next question.


    c)      Or, if the question reads and the pc is trying to answer it and
        is groping, puzzling, baffled and doesn't  have  any  answer,  then
        check False. Ask: "Was that a false read?", in which case  it  will
        read and on indication that it was a false read will now F/N. If no
        F/N, E/S to F/N.

14.   FOLLOW UP FULLY ON ANY DIRTY NEEDLE. A dirty needle will either  clean
    or turn into an R/S. It is your hottest string to pull in  finding  and
    turning on an R/S. Thus it is not to be overlooked. The  area  that  is
    producing a dirty needle when questioned  for  full  data  will  either
    clean or go into an R/S.  The  area  that  gave  the  dirty  needle  is
    considered clean when you can go over it and it no  longer  produces  a
    dirty needle. If a dirty needle still persists then there  is  more  to
    the withhold itself  or  something  the  pc  isn't  voicing  about  the
    withhold or  how  he  feels  about  the  withhold.  But,  pushed.  with
    auditor's TRs in, this dirty needle will turn into an R/S  or  it  will
    fully clean. (Ref: HCOB 6 Sept 78, FOLLOWING UP ON DIRTY  NEEDLES,  and
    HCOB 17 May 69, TRs AND DIRTY NEEDLES.)

      The auditor MUST know COLD the difference between an R/S and  a  dirty
    needle. The difference is in the character of the read  NOT  the  size.
    (Ref: HCOB 3 Sept 78, URGENT, URGENT,  URGENT,  DEFINITION  OF  A  ROCK
    SLAM.)

      A Confessional is not a rote procedure. Your job is to  get  the  data
    and help the pc. Sometimes you will be thrown curves or  may  encounter
    attempts to be led off in
    the wrong direction. This is simply a sure  indicator  the  subject  is
    withholding and that the withhold  is  in  restimulation.  One  has  to
    ignore the volunteer misdirections of the pc as the  pc  is  of  course
    misdirecting, and simply get the read E/Sed or the W/H F/Ned. You  must
    use your  tools  as  given  in  HCOBs,  Sec  Checking  tapes  and  tape
    demonstrations since 1961.

15.   TAKE THE ORIGINAL READING QUESTION TO F/N. Not  some  other  question.
    This all comes under the heading of completing  cycles  of  action  and
    getting  one  auditing  question  answered  before  you  ask  a  second
    question.

      In going earlier similar to take the question to  F/N,  always  repeat
    the Confessional question as part of the  earlier  similar  command  to
    keep the person on that question.

      Example: "Is there an earlier similar time you ate an apple?"

16.   On each question be sure you get all the overts. When you  have  taken
    a specific chain of overts earlier similar to F/N,  then  re-check  the
    original question for any read. If it F/Ns, fine. It's clean.

      If it reads you have another overt or overt chain to clear to  F/N  on
    that question. Use False and Protest buttons as needed.

      Example:

      Question A: "Have you committed  any  overts  against  apples?"  Meter
    reads. Auditor gets an overt, takes it E/S to  F/N.  Auditor  then  re-
    checks Question A. Meter reads. Pc finds another overt against  apples.
    Auditor takes it E/S to F/N.

      You clean it, getting all, until the original question F/Ns.

      (Ref: HCOB 14 Mar 71R Corr & Rev 25 Jul 73,  F/N  EVERYTHING  HCOB  19
    Oct 61, SECURITY QUESTIONS MUST BE NULLED HCOB 10 May 62,  PREPCHECKING
    AND SEC CHECKING.)

17.   If the person gets critical, realize you have missed  a  withhold  and
    pull it. It is no light thing to miss withholds and mess up a  pc  when
    doing a Confessional. So be alert for any of the 15  manifestations  of
    missed withhold and handle fully should any of  these  crop  up.  (Ref:
    HCOB 8 Feb 62, URGENT, MISSED WITHHOLDS, HCOB 12 Feb 62, HOW  TO  CLEAR
    WITHHOLDS AND MISSED WITHHOLDS, HCOB 3  May  62R  Rev  5  Sep  78,  ARC
    BREAKS, MISSED WITHHOLDS, HCOB 11 Aug 78 Iss I, RUDIMENTS,  DEFINITIONS
    AND PATTER.)

      It is wise, particularly when doing a Confessional of any  length,  to
    periodically check the question, "In this session has a  withhold  been
    missed?" or "Have I missed a withhold on you?".

18.   At the first sign of any trouble in doing a  Confessional  check  for:
    missed withholds, false reads and ARC breaks, in that order, and  fully
    handle what you get. In the majority of cases the above buttons  should
    resolve the difficulty.

      If not, handle with an LCRC  (BTB  8  Dec  72RC,  CONFESSIONAL  REPAIR
    LIST). Use of the above buttons first, however, before resorting to the
    LCRC, avoids the possibility of getting into an "overrepair" situation.

19.   If the pc consistently immediately dives whole track  on  Confessional
    questions, use the preface "In this lifetime  .  .  .",  with  good  R-
    Factor. This should not be used to prevent him going whole track on the
    earlier similar command to F/N the question.
    20.     ONE MUST ALWAYS REPORT A ROCK SLAM IN THE AUDITING REPORT, NOTE
    IT WITH SESSION DATE AND PAGE INSIDE THE LEFT COVER OF THE PC'S  FOLDER
    AND REPORT IT TO ETHICS INCLUDING THE QUESTION OR  SUBJECT  WHICH  ROCK
    SLAMMED, PHRASED EXACTLY. (HCOB 10 Aug 76R, Rev 5 Sep 78,  R/Ses,  WHAT
    THEY MEAN.)

      As the R/S is probably the single most important  and  dangerous  read
    on the meter, it is important that they are carefully noted when  doing
    a Confessional.

      For a pc to be branded as an R/Ser is a very serious thing.  Also  for
    a real R/Ser to be overlooked by an auditor is a  catastrophe  both  to
    the pc and to those around that particular person. (Ref:  HCOB  24  Jan
    77, TECH CORRECTION ROUND-UP. )

      Valid R/Ses are not always instant reads. An R/S  can  read  prior  or
    latently. (HCOB 3 Sep 78, URGENT, URGENT, URGENT, DEFINITION OF A  ROCK
    SLAM.)

21.   If you want a pc to stop fiddling with the  cans  you  make  them  put
    their hands on the table and keep them there.

22.   HCO or executives may request a Confessional be done but neither  Tech
    nor Qual are bound by such requests as an FES  could  reveal  that  the
    trouble stems from "out-lists" or  other  matters  needing  correction.
    They should however  take  cognizance  of  such  requests  and  do  all
    possible to get the person handled.

23.   If a reading question does not go to F/N  and  bogs  or  the  TA  goes
    high, take up an LCRC (Confessional  Repair  List,  BTB  8  Dec  72RC),
    assess and handle per instructions.

24.   End off any Confessional session and the entire  Confessional  itself,
    when complete, with the rudiments which would pick  up  anything  which
    might have been missed: Half Truth, Untruth, Missed Withhold, Told All,
    etc. Use the prefix "In this session . . ." or "In this Confessional  .
    . .". Take any reading rudiment E/S as needed to F/N.

25.   When  the  Confessional  is  fully  completed,  the  auditor  who  has
    administered the Confessional informs the person he is forgiven for the
    overts and  withholds  he  has  just  confessed,  using  the  following
    statement:

      "By the power invested in me, any overts and withholds you have  fully
    and truthfully told me are forgiven by Scientologists."

      The usual response of the pc  is  instant  relief  and  VGIs.  On  any
    adverse reaction to the Proclamation of Forgiveness, get  the  rest  of
    the withhold or repair the Confessional session at once.

      (Ref: HCOB 10 Nov 78 R. PROCLAMATION: POWER TO  FORGIVE  HCOB  10  Nov
    78R-1, Addition of 26 Nov 78, PROCLAMATION: POWER TO FORGIVE-ADDITION.)

26.   All worksheets are routed to Tech Services so they can be included  in
    the person's pc folder. (Ref: HCOB 28 Oct 76, C/S Series  98,  AUDITING
    FOLDERS, OMISSIONS IN COMPLETENESS.)

27.    EXAMINER.  All  Confessionals  must  be  followed  immediately  by  a
    standard pc examination. The folder is then routed to the C/S.

      The C/S looks for any nonsequitur F/N on some other subject. It's  the
    primary thing he inspects.
    If a person falls on his head after a Confessional session an  LCRC  is
    given. However,  an  FES  to  find  missing  questions  that  F/Ned  on
    something else is done. Standard C/S rules apply to Confessionals.

28.   On any bad Exam Report (non-F/N, BIs or nonoptimum statement) after  a
    Confessional, or on any person who gets sick or upset or  does  not  do
    well or has a high or low TA, give an LCRC as the very next action.

    The 24-hour red tag rule must be strictly enforced.


                          AUDITOR ATTITUDE AND TRs

    If the pc is not in session you won't get the  withholds.  TRs  play  a
large part in the pc being willing to  talk  to  the  auditor.  A  wrong  or
challenging auditor  attitude  can  throw  the  scene  off  as  there  is  a
destroyed comm cycle. If TRs are rough or choppy the  pc  feels  he's  being
accused.


    A poor or comm lag TR 2, hidden from the view of the C/S, can also mess
up a person in a Confessional. It invalidates  his  answers  and  makes  him
feel he hasn't gotten it off. If suspected, this could be checked by D of  P
interview or person to the Examiner for: "What did the  auditor  do?"  (Also
see HCOB 16 Aug 71R Iss II, Rev 5 Jul 78, TRAINING DRILLS REMODERNIZED.)


    So TRs must be polished and the auditor, while maintaining good  ethics
presence, takes the role of confessor when handling  the  pc's  answers  and
makes it safe for the pc to get off his overts and withholds. Similarly,  an
auditor who is certain of his tech and does not miss  withholds  will  build
the pc's confidence in him.


    Anyone doing a Confessional should be fully  trained  and  interned  by
doing a course and interneship in the handling of Confessionals.


    You had better determine to become an expert in it, since an  auditor's
inability to handle this is a fast route to "how to win enemies and  wrongly
influence people." (HCOB 24 Jan 77, TECH CORRECTION ROUND-UP.)


    But even more important is the  fact  that,  in  knowing  and  applying
Confessional tech correctly, you are helping the individual to  face  up  to
his responsibilities in his group and the society and putting him back  into
communication with his fellow man, his family, and the world at large.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:jk/clb
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                            WHAT IS SCIENTOLOGY?

                                  based on
                                  the works
                                     of

                               L. Ron Hubbard

                                  Published

                                December 1978


    An encyclopedia is terrific and can answer  some  questions  about  the
world. But What Is Scientology? is  more  important.  It  answers  questions
about the organization of life and death and gives the real answers  to  the
questions people ask.


    What  Is  Scientology?  contains  the  most  extensive  collection   of
information ever published about Scientology and  Scientologists.  It  is  a
data-packed, fact-packed book about the  fastest  growing  religion  in  the
world today: its  Founder,  its  history,  its  tenets,  its  structure  and
doctrines, its training and counseling, its  effectiveness,  its  victories,
its future and much, much more.


    It's all here: the statistics, addresses, dates, what,  who,  when  and
how.


    464 pages, 137 color photos and  paintings,  many  charts,  graphs  and
documents, full index and glossary, hundreds of thousands of words,  all  in
a big 81/2 by 11 inch hardcover book, beautifully printed and bound  on  top
quality paper  complete  with  dust  jacket.  Available  from  your  nearest
Scientology Organization or Mission or direct from  the  publishers:  Church
of Scientology Publications Organization  U.S.,  4833  Fountain  Ave.,  East
Annex, Los Angeles, California 90029, U.S.A.;  or  Scientology  Publications
Organization, Store Kongensgade 55, 1264 Copenhagen K, Denmark.
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 1 DECEMBER 1978
Remimeo
AOs
SHs
All C/Ses
All Auditors     PROGRAMMING THE DIANETIC CLEAR
Tech/Qual   FOR HIS NEXT STEP
Missions
                       (Ref: HCOB 24 Sept 78, Iss III,
                               DIANETIC CLEAR)


    The following are the guidelines for programming a Dianetic Clear after
he has attested and the state has been declared:

1.    If a Dianetic Clear has had no previous auditing on Grades  0-IV,  you
    can run him on Quad Grades 0-IV. You omit  the  R3RA  step  of  service
    facs. (Ref: HCOB 6 Sept 78, Iss III, ROUTINE THREE SC-A,  FULL  SERVICE
    FACSIMILE HANDLING UPDATED WITH NEW ERA DIANETICS.)

2.    If a Dianetic Clear  was  incomplete  on  Grades  0-IV  prior  to  the
    Dianetic Clear attest (i.e. mid-grades), you would complete  the  unrun
    grades (Quad or Expanded) through to Grade IV (omitting the R3RA  steps
    on Service Facs).

      If a pc goes Clear on a grade then you can give him the other  grades,
    but you'd end off that grade and not continue it.

3.    If a Dianetic Clear has previously completed Grades 0-IV,  he  can  go
    directly onto the Solo Audit Course and OT 1.

4.    If a Dianetic Clear is an old-timer who has had a  lot  of  pre-grades
    Scientology processes run (before formal grades existed). you would not
    run Grades 0-IV after Dianetic Clear attest. He can be routed onto  the
    Solo Audit Course and OT 1.

    The Dianetic Clear is not run on Power, R6EW or the Clearing Course.


                            IMPORTANT-NEW RUNDOWN

    There is even  an  alternate  step  to  Power  specially  designed  for
Dianetic Clears called "Super Power" which  will  shortly  be  available  in
Saint Hills.


    AND NOTE: Power Processing is still very valid and a vital step on  the
Bridge for those persons not Dianetic Clear.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder




LRH:nc
Copyright � 1978
By L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 3 DECEMBER 1978
All Auditors
All C/Ses
NED Checksheet
                               UNREADING FLOWS

        References:    HCOB 5 Aug 78   INSTANT READS
           HCOB 25 May 62   E-METER INSTANT
                 READS
           HCOB 28 Feb 71   C/S Series 24
                 METERING READING
                 ITEMS
           HCOB 8 Jun 61    E-METER WATCH ING
           HCOB 27 May 70R  UNREADING QUESTIONS
           Rev 3.12.78 AND ITEMS


    EACH FLOW OF AN ITEM OR QUESTION IS CHECKED FOR A READ  BEFORE  RUNNING
IT. UNREADING FLOWS ARE NOT RUN.


    One of the governing laws of auditing is that you don't  run  unreading
items. It doesn't matter what you are  auditing.  You  don't  run  unreading
items. And you don't  run  unreading  flows.  You  don't  run  an  unreading
anything. Ever. For any reason.


    Auditing is aimed at reactivity. You  run  what  reacts  on  the  meter
because it reacts and is therefore part of the reactive mind. A  read  means
there is charge present and available to run. Running reading  items,  flows
and questions is the only way to make a pc better. This is  our  purpose  in
auditing. To run unreading flows, etc. requires the pc to  run  "analytical"
answers or to "run" things that aren't there or to put  something  there  to
"run."


    The most trouble you can get a pc into  is  running  him  on  uncharged
items or flows. For an auditor to sit  in  session  watching  a  meter  that
didn't read, looking expectantly at the pc for an  answer  to  an  uncharged
question, flow or item is a GAE and will wreck cases  faster  than  anything
you can do.


    So you must check questions, flows or items before running anything. If
it doesn't read you just say "Thank you" and go on  to  the  next  one.  You
would, of  course,  use  the  buttons  to  ensure  nothing  was  suppressed!
invalidated or misunderstood before  leaving  an  unreading  item,  flow  or
question.


    This is probably one of the reasons that it has been  observed  that  I
can audit a pc for 2/2 hours and get the same result  that  another  auditor
might get in 25 hours. There's nothing mysterious about it. I  never  run  a
pc on things that aren't charged. And I don't miss reads.


    I expect no less from you.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder




LRH: jk
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 4 DECEMBER 1978
C/Ses
Class III
Auditors and     HOW TO READ THROUGH AN F/N
above
Supervisors
Cramming    (Ref: HCOB 15 Oct 73RB, C/S Series 87RB,
Officers    NULLING AND F/NING PREPARED LISTS)


    WHEN TAKING A LIST TO F/NING ASSESSMENT AN AUDITOR  MUST  KNOW  HOW  TO
    READ THROUGH AN F/N.

    This is a skill that, up to this point, has been used routinely only by
highly trained auditors or a few very sharp Class IIIs or IVs or above.  But
with the difficulty auditors have had in F/Ning prepared lists,  it  becomes
obvious that, from Class III on up, all auditors should be trained  to  read
the meter through an F/N.


    It is the answer to almost any difficulty an auditor has had in  taking
a list to F/Ning assessment.


    An F/N speeds up or slows down or does  different  things  while  still
remaining an F/N and one can read through it.


    It is done like this: The swinging weight of the needle (F/Ning from an
earlier item) has momentum and it will tend to obscure the read  on  another
item. It will almost obscure it, but not quite. You'll see the  F/N  "check"
or slow up briefly and then continue and this means you  have  a  hot  item.
Any item that would cause an F/N to "check" will be  hot.  The  auditor  who
can read through an F/N will spot this and handle the item then  and  there.
Then he continues on down the list, missing nothing, handling what is  there
to be handled and, with this skilled  metering,  takes  it  to  a  genuinely
F/Ning list on  assessment.  And  it  doesn't  take  days  or  even  several
sessions, necessarily, to do it.


    If an auditor can't read through an F/N he'll  miss  this.  He's  going
down the list, the F/N "checks" or slows and he doesn't see it  so  he  goes
right on by it. Then, within the next couple of items the  F/N  kills.  He's
going to have  a  hard  time  F/Ning  that  list  because  he's  now  got  a
suppressed read.


    Example:

        Auditor in assessing starts with an F/N which continues as he  goes
    on down the list calling the items. On, say, item 5 the F/N "checks" or
    slows briefly. Auditor can't read through an F/N so he misses this  and
    goes on by. On about the 6th or 7th item the  F/N  packs  up,  and  the
    auditor is in a quandary because the F/N has turned off but  he  didn't
    get a read on items 6 or 7 either. Or he may  misduplicate  the  killed
    F/N as a read on items 6 or 7 and attempt to take up one or  the  other
    of them. Either way he's in for trouble because he's missed the  actual
    item and he may even try to handle a wrong item. He's going to find  it
    difficult to take that list to an F/Ning assessment.

    The correct action when an F/N packs up this way is to go back  up  the
list and reassess the last several items to find the missed  read.  But  one
should be able to read through an F/N.


    Probably the main reason for pc upset or protest  against  "overrepair"
and being handled again and again with repair  lists  lies  in  this  factor
alone-the auditor can't read through an F/N.  Thus  he  misses  the  charged
items and takes up items that are
uncharged. And the repair goes on interminably, as  the  charged  lines  are
not found and handled.


    This is also probably the reason that auditors have been known to  back
off from having to F/N a list. They "know" from  experience  that  it  is  a
laborious business.


    The truth is it's not necessary for an auditor to labor over  taking  a
list  to  F/Ning  assessment.  It  simply  requires  good  TRs  and  skilled
metering, including the ability to read through F/Ns.


    An auditor can be trained to see a read through an F/N. The drill would
be to sit him down in front of a meter with an F/Ning student  on  the  cans
and assess the prepared lists in The Book of E-Meter Drills,  spotting  each
time he gets a "check" or a "slow" or any change in an otherwise  continuing
F/N. He'll find that he can read through an F/N and  become  very  adept  at
this, and from then on he won't miss.


    You'll have an auditor who is confident of his ability to  F/N  a  list
accurately and thoroughly in one-half the time (and trauma)  it  would  take
otherwise.


    And far fewer "overrepaired" pcs. ("Overrepaired" pcs are  usually  pcs
with actual reads missed and  false  reads  taken  up.  So  "overrepair"  is
really "misrepaired" or "not repaired.")


    This is metering at its best and most accurate. We now expect the  best
and most accurate metering from the  auditor  who  is  in  the  business  of
F/Ning prepared lists.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder




LRH :jk
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 5 DECEMBER 1978

All C/Ses
Auditors
Tech/Qual   C/S Series 105

                HCO   DIANETIC CLEAR ATTESTS-ADDITIONAL DATA

    (Ref:   HCOB 29 Nov 78  C/S Series 104
            DIANETIC CLEAR
            ATTESTS


      HCOB 1 Dec 78    PROGRAMMING THE
            DIANETIC CLEAR
            FOR HIS NEXT STEP)


    Since the HCOBs on Dianetic Clear have come out there  have  been  many
attests and many  cases  unbugged,  and  there  will  continue  to  be  more
Dianetic Clears as pcs continue to get standard  processing.  This  bulletin
gives some additional guidelines  to  help  smooth  the  lines  and  prevent
needless stops for the person who has made  Dianetic  Clear.  It  will  also
help handle the person who hasn't made it so that he  may  achieve  all  the
gains available to him.

                       UNACKNOWLEDGED DIANETIC CLEARS

    A person who has reached the state of Dianetic Clear without  it  being
acknowledged can run into difficulties afterwards. You may  find  that  he's
been in ethics trouble or had a low OCA or poor case gain since that point.


    It's not only lack of acknowledgement but also invalidation by  running
certain processes that a Clear wouldn't respond  to,  such  as  engrams,  or
continuing to run the grades, or continuing Goals Processing, etc.


    Also, with Clears and OTs who went Clear before they did  the  Clearing
Course and never knew it or spotted  it,  bypassed  charge  results  because
they are running something  which  is  trying  to  achieve  what  they  have
already achieved. It serves as an overrun .


    In the case where a pc has this  unacknowledged,  invalidated  Dianetic
Clear state, you would most likely find a point in  his  auditing  where  it
looks as if he had made it and  a  slump  occurred  afterwards.  This  point
could have occurred many years back. If you don't see a  resurgence  of  the
state in an interview or session when the pc mentions when he went  Dianetic
Clear, the C/S would be to Date/Locate it. (Ref: HCOB 15 Nov 78, DATING  AND
LOCATING.)

                                   ETHICS

    The fact that a person may currently be in ethics trouble is  no  basis
on which to adjudicate whether or not he has achieved the  state  of  Clear.
It is not a criterion to be used to refuse to allow the  person  to  attest.
Clear is Clear. When  a  Clear  is  audited  on  R3RA,  when  the  state  is
invalidated or goes unacknowledged, he can get into trouble. So  apply  this
to your understanding and analysis of cases.


    The MAA interview and A to J check on the Dianetic Clear  Routing  Form
is not to imply he's out-ethics but will furnish the C/S with  data  on  the
case which may or may not come up in a  D  of  P  interview.  It  will  also
detect the rare case where the person is attempting to attest  in  order  to
save money or for status reasons. In one instance  it  was  discovered  that
the person routing through was actually a plant. These last examples  are  a
very, very small percentage of the cases.
                               METER PHENOMENA

    When the state of Dianetic Clear has been acknowledged  and  any  inval
cleaned off the line, you'll see a very floppy needle  at  low  sensitivity,
an F/N that nothing can break up and, in many cases, a floating  TA.  A  low
sensitivity setting (I to 4) will be needed to even keep the needle  on  the
dial, and the TA will be riding between 2.0 and 3.0.


    You'll find in many  cases  that  the  meter  now  reads  on  the  pc's
postulates-i.e., a Clear's postulates read as  a  surge.  A  read  therefore
does not mean invariably "Yes" or that the question  is  charged.  "No"  can
read if the pc says it or thinks it to himself as an answer to  a  question.
(Ref: HCOB 18 April 68, NEEDLE REACTIONS ABOVE GRADE IV.)


    Bear in  mind  that  you  might  not  get  the  above  meter  phenomena
immediately on a Dianetic Clear where the  state  has  been  bypassed,  even
though the state is valid.


    In some cases the TA and needle can be packed up prior  to  Date/Locate
of the exact time the pc went Clear. The pc may have out-Int to be  handled.
(The handling of out-Int on a Dianetic Clear  is  the  END  OF  ENDLESS  INT
REPAIR RD, HCOB 24 Sep 78R, Rev. 21 Nov 78, Iss 1, Int RD  Series  4R.)  The
person may still be hung up on misrun R3R or Dianetics  run  after  he  went
Clear, or on some point of eval or inval that has occurred.


    If, after a Date/Locate has  been  correctly  done,  you're  still  not
getting the expected meter  phenomena,  a  C/S  53RL  assessed  and  handled
precisely by the book and taken to  F/Ning  assessment  will  clean  up  any
remaining charge.


    You'll then see a full resurgence of the state, with the pc  VVVGIs,  a
floating, floppy needle at low sensitivity, and a floating TA.

                 PRIOR DIANETIC CLEARS AND KEYED-OUT CLEARS

    The definitions of Dianetic Clear and Keyed-Out Clear in  HCOB  24  Sep
78,  Iss  III,  DIANETIC  CLEAR,  replace  the  definitions  in   the   Tech
Dictionary. The person who attested to Dianetic Clear or Keyed-Out Clear  in
past years would not necessarily qualify as a  Dianetic  Clear  now,  though
the chances are good he did make it. Any pc who  has  attested  to  Dianetic
Clear or Keyed-Out Clear in the past should be called in  for  an  interview
and any necessary C/Sing to ascertain the state. This  must  be  adjudicated
by an AO C/S or by an org C/S who is Clear.


    You will find that many of those who attested to Dianetic Clear earlier
on actually did make it, and after confirmation of this they  will  need  to
be issued Clear certs and Clear numbers and be properly programmed  to  move
on up the Bridge. (See HCOB 1 Dec 78, PROGRAMMING  THE  DIANETIC  CLEAR  FOR
HIS NEXT STEP.)


    Additionally, where the C/S knows of a case where it looks very likely,
from folder study, that the pc went Dianetic Clear but  it  was  unsuspected
at the time and never originated, he should have such  pcs  also  called  in
for confirmation.

                        THE PERSON WHO HASN'T MADE IT

    Where it is obvious that a person  who  has  already  been  allowed  to
attest hasn't attained Dianetic Clear. give the pc a good R-Factor that  the
person handling the attest cycle didn't have all the data. He must  also  be
given the R-Factor that he is being programmed so as not to  be  denied  any
of the gains on the Grade Chart and so that he will be  adequately  prepared
to do the OT levels. The C/S then programs the case so that this  can  occur
and the pc is informed he should continue with his auditing program.


    In the case where the person wanting to attest clearly hasn't made  it,
you tell him so. There may be some state he did achieve that he may wish  to
attest to and he should be allowed to do so.
In both the above cases the person very likely has made  some  big  gain  or
achieved a new ability,  so  validate  that  and  give  him  an  appropriate
acknowledgement on his win .

                        NEXT STEP FOR DIANETIC CLEARS

    Use HCOB 1 Dec 78, PROGRAMMING THE DIANETIC CLEAR FOR HIS NEXT STEP, as
a guide when programming the Dianetic Clear for his next action.

                                   SUMMARY

    Keep in mind that a good  percentage  of  the  cases  you  see  who  by
origination want to attest to Dianetic Clear will have achieved  the  state.
If you follow these guidelines and apply the  HCOBs  on  the  subject,  both
those who have attained Dianetic Clear and those who haven't  will  be  able
to move on swiftly up the Bridge on the right gradient .


    C/Ses should maintain their Ivory Towers and use the above data and all
will go well in this area. It is already  going  well  and  this  additional
data will handle the various situations that have come to light.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:jk
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 6 DECEMBER 1978
C/Ses
Tech/Qual
Class IV Grad
                               REVIVIFICATION


    Revivification is the bringing back to life of an  engram  in  which  a
preclear is stuck. The engram or some portion thereof is being acted out  in
present time by the preclear It  is  called  a  revivification  because  the
engram is suddenly more real to the preclear  than  present  time  has  ever
been. He relives that moment briefly. He does not merely recall or  remember
it.


    This is not the same thing as the "returning" to an incident or  engram
that is employed in Dianetic auditing. Return is  the  method  of  retaining
the body and the awareness of the subject in present time while he  is  told
to go back to a certain incident.  Revivification  is  the  reliving  of  an
incident or a portion of it as if it were happening now.


    This phenomenon can occur in a pc during the End of Endless Int  Repair
Rundown. (Ref: HCOB 24 Sep 78R, Iss 1, Int RD Series 4R, THE END OF  ENDLESS
INT REPAIR RUNDOWN.)


    The pc, being run on Recalls on Int,  will  often  begin  by  recalling
locks but these can trigger into full play an engram  in  which  he  may  be
stuck and the pc may go into a revivification of it.  He  will  actually  be
answering and acting from the point or points down the track  where  he  has
been stuck.


    Should this happen the auditor simply continues to run the process  and
get the pc through it. As the pc revivifies he  blows  through  these  stuck
points on his track and comes out of  them,  newly,  and  is  now  truly  in
present time.


    As revivification is apt to occur on the End  of  Endless  Int  Repair,
auditors must understand and be able to recognize the phenomena  and  handle
it routinely with excellent TRs when it does.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:cib
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 7 DECEMBER 1978

Remimeo

                    (Also issued as an HCO Policy Letter
                          of same date and title.)

                 HCOB 1 OCTOBER 1978, HCOB 6 OCTOBER 1978 ON
                       BRIGHT THINK RUNDOWN WITHDRAWN


    HCOB 1 Oct 78, Reiss II Oct 78, THE BRIGHT THINK RUNDOWN,  and  HCOB  6
Oct 78, Reiss II Oct 78, Re-Reiss 24 Oct  78,  Bright  Think  RD  Series  2,
REMEDY OF BUGGED CASES ON THE RUNDOWN, are withdrawn.


    The process is most effective when preceded by other  specific  actions
necessary to achieving the full gain possible from the process. As  such  it
is being incorporated as one step of a rundown currently under research  and
is NOT to be used or audited in any way otherwise.


    After the date of this issue it will be deemed  a  HIGH  CRIME  if  any
auditor is found to have violated the above.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:cib
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 8 DECEMBER 1978
                                  Issue II
Remimeo
Class IV Grad
Checksheet
Class VI
Checksheet
Class IV and
above Auditors
C/Ses
                               GREEN FORM AND
                          EXPANDED GREEN FORM 40RD,
                                   USE OF


                                 GREEN FORM

    The Green Form is a precision tool which covers the  things  bugging  a
case that no other list will detect. It is not intended to  correct  session
errors  or  cure  high  or  low  TA.  It  specializes  in  picking  up   the
peculiarities and elements of a pc's life which are out of  view  in  normal
auditing and which cause a case to behave unusually. The  case  may  not  be
particularly resistive, just bugged or not making sense and the  Green  Form
is the list to use to sort it out. It is an excellent C/S tool  for  getting
an estimate of a case and getting it untangled.


    You can assess it Method 3 and handle, not going beyond the first  F/N,
when ruds won't fly at the start of session, but its real use is  to  assess
Method 5 and then send to the C/S for programming.


    If the case appears to be resistive or hasn't sorted out after  a  full
handling of all reading items has been done on the Green Form, then the  No.
40 question, called the Resistive Cases Assessment, is assessed Method 5.

                               RESISTIVE CASES

    Each item on the Resistive Cases Assessment has a corresponding section
on the Expanded Green Form 40RD. When an item reads on the  Resistive  Cases
Assessment, you go to the section of the  Expanded  Green  Form  40RD  which
corresponds (by letter) and assess Method 5 that section.


    You assess one section  of  the  Expanded  Green  Form  40RD  for  each
Resistive Cases Assessment item that reads. For example,  on  the  Resistive
Cases Assessment, Item C "Audited With Ruds Out" and  Item  1-2  "Has  Taken
Drugs" read. The auditor will now  go  to  the  Expanded  Green  Form  40RD,
assess all of Section C "Audited With Ruds Out" and all of  Section  I  "Has
Taken Drugs."


    Then, depending on C/S instructions, the auditor  will  l)  return  the
folder to the C/S for programming of the case based  on  the  reads  he  has
just  gotten  or,  if  he  has  C/S  okay,  2)  handle  the  reads  per  the
instructions given for each reading question.

                               HANDLING READS

    The sections of the Expanded Green Form 40RD have been arranged in  the
order in which they are to be taken up if reading.


    Occasionally an item may read on the Resistive  Cases  Assessment,  but
give no reads on the assessment of  the  appropriate  section  of  the  EXGF
40RD. (Example: Section G "Seriously Physically Ill" reads on the  Resistive
Cases Assessment, but when the auditor assesses Section G on the EXGF  40RD,
even after putting in the
buttons, there are no reads.) If this occurs, check False  and  Protest  and
take the item to an F/N.

                       CLEARS, OTs AND DIANETIC CLEARS

    The Green Form and especially the Expanded Green  Form  40RD  call  for
Dianetic handlings (R3RA) on many items. In using  these  lists  on  someone
who is Clear, OT or Dianetic Clear, NO Dianetic handlings are  done  on  any
items, nor is ant activity to be  engaged  in  which  brings  about  further
engram running.


    Where Dianetic handlings are called  for  on  items,  there  are  given
additional, special handlings for Clears, OTs  and  Dianetic  Clears,  which
consist of indicating the bypassed  charge,  letting  the  person  tell  you
about it if he wishes and indicating the F/N.


    This, of course, cannot be considered a full handling  for  many  items
and the Clear, OT or Dianetic Clear should be programmed for NED for OTs  as
soon as possible to fully handle any areas of case which, due  to  his  case
state, are beyond the scope of New Era Dianetics.

                                    DRUGS

    If unhandled drugs are reading, drugs must be fully  handled  with  the
NED Drug Rundown as soon as the EXGF 40RD is complete.


    If a Clear, OT or Dianetic Clear is  being  a  resistive  case  due  to
unhandled drugs. the answer is to program the person  for  a  Sweat  Program
and even Objectives. (You  do  not  run  engrams.)  The  Sweat  Program  and
Objectives will handle drugs where they  are  hanging  up  a  Clear,  OT  or
Dianetic Clear.

                                END PHENOMENA

    Otherwise. unless you have missed a read, you  will  have  handled  the
resistiveness of the pc's case upon completion of the EXGF 40RD.


    The Green Form, used by itself, or with the EXGF 40RD will solve  cases
that no other list will handle. They will get a  pc  winning  who  has  been
making no or slow case gains due to some peculiarity or element of his  life
or case, and they will do this faster and more easily than ever before.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH: jk
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 DECEMBER 1979
Remimeo
All Orgs
All HGCs
LRH Comms/KOTs
OESs
                            Ref: HCO PL 6 Nov 71
                                  Issue III



    HCO PL 23 Oct 76, INTERNSHIP AND HGC, and BPL 29 Nov  1976,  IMPORTANT-
INTERNSHIP AND HGC SUSPENSION are CANCELED.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


                                             Assisted by
                                             Commodore's Messenger

LRH: MOD: cib
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 13 DECEMBER 1978R
                          REVISED 24 SEPTEMBER 1979
Remimeo
                       (Revisions in this type style)


                            PC SET-UPS AND C/S 53

                           (Ref: C/S Series 1- 10)


    The original issue of this HCOB stated "A  pc  set-up  before  a  major
action must include a C/S 53RL to F/Ning list." It then named various  Flag-
only rundowns. It was not intended for distribution to  orgs  outside  Flag,
and has been misimplemented to create a  shortage  of  pus  for  NED  Course
students  and  internes  and  Class  IV  Course  students  and  interned  by
requiring that these must not audit pcs who have not first had a C/S  53  to
F/Ning list. But every major action does not require  a  C/S  53  to  F/Ning
list as a set-up. Therefore this clarification is issued.


    A pa must be set up before a major action. What this set-up consists of
is covered in C/S Series 1 - 10. It does not have to include  a  C/S  53  to
F/Ning list.


    A C/S 53 to F/Ning list is the most thorough way to set up a  case,  or
to repair a case who has had rough auditing. This is because the C/S  53  is
a masterpiece in that it contains everything that could be  wrong  with  the
mind. A pc who has had much auditing, especially if any of the auditing  was
not skillfully delivered, will get a remarkable case resurgence from  a  C/S
53 done to F/Ning list.


    But a pa who is already flying, or who has not had much auditing,  does
not require a C/S 53 to F/Ning list and possibly would not  even  understand
many of the C/S 53 lines. It does not have to be  done  before  every  major
action. To do so would violate  the  rules  of  C/Sing  and  programming  of
cases, and  is  an  arbitrary.  It  is  very  poor  show  to  enter  or  use
arbitraries as  these  prevent  getting  any  tech  done  at  all!  And  not
requiring a C/S 53 to F/Ning list does not mean that you can audit a pc  who
is not set up.


    Follow  the  rules  of  programming  and  C/Sing  cases  already   very
adequately covered in the C/S Series, especially in C/S Series 1  -  10.  It
is very easy to do.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


                                             As assisted by
                                             Snr C/S Int

LRH:DM:gal
Copyright � 1978, 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                               L. Ron Hubbard
                             EXECUTIVE DIRECTIVE



LRH ED 301 INT   17 December 1978

To:   ALL STAFF
      ALL PUBLIC
      AUDITOR MAG
      ORG MAGS
      CENTRAL FILES
      INFO PACKS

From:       RON

                              RON'S JOURNAL 30

                  1978-THE YEAR OF LIGHTNING FAST NEW TECH


    Hello.


    I have some exciting news about services.


    Processing has gotten so fast that actually clearing whole areas is  in
view.


    1978 was indeed the year of tech breakthroughs!


    If processing had to get more expensive due to inflation, why  then  it
had to be made much quicker and better. Actually processing costs today  per
result are much cheaper than ever before and will  continue  to  be  as  the
improvements have been so great.


    It all began with New Era Dianetics. When I look back and remember  the
hundreds and  even  thousands  of  hours  some  people  spent  on  Book  One
Dianetics, it's like an old story half-remembered.  If  one  of  those  1950
auditors had the tools of NED they would have  been  bug-eyed  at  its  fast
results. Even the 1968 Dianetic auditor would have been incredulous  if  his
preclears had responded with the speed that  NED  pcs  are  achieving.  It's
probably about 100 to 1.


    But, the 1950-1968 auditors as auditors  might  even  have  objected  a
little bit to NED as it would have run them out of pcs. The overall cost  of
1950-1977  processing,  despite  being  cheaper  per  hour,  was  much  more
expensive.


    Take a Drug Rundown. These used to go on  for  hundreds  of  hours  and
somebody said they would have cost many thousands of  dollars  to  complete.
But with NED Drug Rundowns, they  go  off  zip,  zip,  zip  in  one  or  two
intensives.


    NED is so fast that even an incomplete old DRD can be finished  up  and
repaired and ended utterly in less than one intensive. You would  be  amazed
how fast and thorough it is. So it isn't the cost by hour or  by  intensive;
it's how much the whole rundown costs that counts and if it can be given  in
far fewer hours it is cheaper no matter the cost per hour.


    NED is cleaning up anything and everything Book One ever mentioned with
lightning speed. Of course, when somebody goes Dianetic Clear, he  can't  be
run on more engrams. right? Right! So it's  forbidden  now  to  run  NED  on
Dianetic Clears.
The main problem of good auditors today is hitting such tremendous  wins  on
pcs that they have to wait 2 or 3 days for the F/N to die down-if  it  does.
Auditors are getting sore legs from just walking in  and  out  of  sessions.
It's awful.


    We are making Clears these days in many cases  so  fast  that  Clearing
Course bracelet numbers are jumping up by the thousands per  month.  We  are
also finding that some old Dianetic pcs had  gone  Clear  and  the  auditors
didn't notice. Incredibly enough, sometimes on a  next  life  basis  we  are
running into Dianetic Clears from 1949 and '50 so even those  auditors  were
better than they thought they were. So we're not only making new ones  we're
finding old ones-such is the power of NED.


    There have been technical improvements and discoveries and advances  in
'78 that are reaching into every level of tech and speeding it up.


    The following is just a partial list:

(Key:

*     means the action can be done on a non-Clear or on a Dianetic Clear.

**    means the action is for OT III and above only.

+     means it is a new rundown/action.)


                        DISCOVERIES AND ADVANCEMENTS
                               IN TECH IN 1978

    1. NED. (New Era Dianetics). A  refinement  of  all  previous  Dianetic
techniques from 1950 up to present time as well as the  development  of  new
technique giving much faster  results  and  far  higher  gain  per  hour  of
auditing and speedy resolution of Dianetic cases.


    Included in NED  are  twelve  brand  new  developments.  They  are  all
contained in far more detail  in  the  NED  HCOBs  and  packs.  Due  to  the
extensive changes and improvements in Dianetics, old Dianetic  auditors  are
also training on the NED Course as it  only  takes  3  weeks  for  the  able
student.

A. PREASSESSMENT. With the new preassessment tech developed  for  NED,  each
illness or condition the pc needs and wants handled gets handled with a  new
technique.

B. NEW DRUG RUNDOWN. This is  the  answer  to  a  druggy's  dreams.  Without
withdrawal symptoms and in a no pain, no strain rocket ride, he comes  right
back up to life and living.

    Where the old DRD took hundreds  of  hours  and  sometimes  had  to  be
repeated. the NED DRD requires only a few intensives that are a joy all  the
way according to the avalanches of success stories which  poured  in  on  me
from over the world during the pilots.


    With a good NED  trained  auditor.  the  cost  of  a  final,  finished,
completed Drug Rundown has shrunk way below what it did and  far  below  the
habit. The Mafia. Drug Enforcement Agency and other criminals  hate  it,  as
it's doing  them  out  of  a  job.  Enlightened  foreign  governments  liked
Narconon but boy they'll love it now. Indeed, the dead will walk again.

C. END OF ENDLESS DRUG RUNDOWNS REPAIR LIST. A lot of people  who  have  had
Drug Rundowns old style and have had to have  them  repeated  will  be  over
joyed to know that they can be finished with  rapidity.  In  fact  with  new
developments, a repair list can be finished off so  fast  that  the  rundown
has to be sold on the basis of one intensive. This applies only  to  getting
a C/S 53 and the repair list and is done  only  on  those  people  who  have
"completed" an old Drug Rundown and does not apply to the
NED new rundown in Section B above. If it takes more,  that's  too  bad  for
the org. If one wants to get his old Drug Rundown  handled  terminatedly  he
should ask for the End of Endless DRD Repair List. (Demand  a  "C/S  53"  to
begin it and then get the repair.)

D. OBJECTIVE ARC. This brand new process introduces  the  pc  to  the  wide,
bright world .

E. SWEAT PROGRAM. Some of these new drugs, like the intelligence  drug,  LSD
(developed to poison and paralyze whole cities) or Angel Dust (developed  by
crooked gamblers to handle race horses and fix races) have a nasty habit  of
remaining in the body  and  popping  up  unexpectantly  to  send  people  on
"trips." The Sweat Program has been refined to handle  this.  It  is  pretty
strenuous-but so is a traffic accident when an  unexpected  "trip"  happens.
Everyone who has had the courage to go on a Sweat Program and stay  with  it
has come up bright as a gold nugget.

F. POSTULATE OFF AS THE EP OF A DIANETIC CHAIN. The discovery that some  old
Dianetic auditors had not been actually completing a chain  to  the  correct
end phenomena of getting a postulate  off  opened  the  door  to  a  lot  of
residual gain. Pcs with mean reputations keep  right  on  being  mean  until
they get the postulate off.

G. RELIEF RUNDOWN. This  handles  the  losses  that  push  people  into  the
despair and shadows of life and wipes away the tears of the ages.

H. DIANETIC STUDENT RESCUE INTENSIVE. Those who find  study  difficult  will
be delighted with this one. The slow student turns into a blur  of  absorbed
new knowledge .

I. PREPARED ASSESSMENT FORM. This NED process list dredges up  the  unwanted
conditions that wait in the future so they can be handled  before  they  hit
the pc.

J. IDENTITY RUNDOWN. Freud said that people who are  detached  and  to  whom
things are unreal could never be handled. This one makes him wrong  and  the
pc right.

K. DISABILITY RUNDOWN. To a pc, disability can take  many  guises,  anything
from an inability to talk to girls to being unable to speak Arabic. We  have
a way to handle this now and it works.

L. DIANETIC REMEDIES. The Dianetic remedies formerly  in  use  in  Dianetics
have been refined and expanded with New Era  Dianetics  tech.  They're  used
where the pc is having trouble with secondaries or engrams and speed up  the
already swift potentials of NED for the pc who might bog on it.

    2. SUPER POWER. A super fantastic, but confidential series of  rundowns
that can be done on anyone whether Dianetic  Clear  or  not  that  puts  the
person into fantastic shape unleashing the super power of a thetan. This  is
the means that puts Scientologists into a  new  realm  of  ability  enabling
them to create the New World. It puts world Clearing  within  reach  in  the
future. This is a parallel rundown to Power in Saint Hills  which  is  taken
by the Dianetic Clear. It consists of 12 separate high power rundowns  which
are brand new and enter realms of the tech never  before  approached.  Power
is still very much in use on the Grade Chart but is for those who didn't  go
Clear on Dianetics. Super Power will be delivered at Saint Hills within  the
next 6 weeks as we are right now super grooming the Super Power auditors  in
a  special  international  course.  It  will  be  delivered  in  almost  all
languages.

    The New World Corps is being  formed  and  trained  this  very  minute,
candidates for which must be Class IV, OT  IIIs.  Orgs  were  once  promised
Power for their staffs.

    If org staff are very, very good and get on policy and everything. they
will one day look up and see a New World Corps team move  in  on  them,  and
then.... New World Corps mean just that!
3. END OF ENDLESS INT REPAIR. Pcs in the past have often had to  have  their
Interiorization Rundown repaired and sometimes more than once. This  repair.
found while researching upper levels finalizes any  seemingly  endless  redo
of interiorization repairs. Pcs on the  pilot  actions  of  this  have  been
ecstatic with relief.


    4.  NEW  INTERIORIZATION  RUNDOWN.  When  a  pc   exteriorizes   during
processing, he can thereafter find it difficult to exteriorize again-to  put
it mildly. The new Interiorization Rundown, in  good  hands,  puts  a  final
finish to any such trouble and the pc ceases to have any trouble because  of
exteriorization or in exteriorizing.


    5. DIANETIC CLEARS. Undoubtedly the BIG news that resounded around  the
world in '78 was the huge numbers of people  who  were  discovered  to  have
made Dianetic Clear. In 1950 and on, people used to ask "Where are  all  the
Clears?" Well, they were right there! In  1978  I  discovered  that  it  was
deadly to go on running  Dianetics  on  a  Dianetic  Clear.  Such  gave  the
semblance of no case gain! (Naturally.) So when  I  announced  that  running
Dianetics on a Dianetic Clear was forbidden, people  began  to  look  around
and lo and behold they had been making Clears with Dianetics  and  had  been
going right on by it! The pc who had  made  it  wasn't  declared  Clear  and
further Dianetics didn't work on him  (naturally).  So  in  1978,  after  my
announcement, auditors began to check and listen to the pc  and  found  they
had real Clears all over the place!

    Now NED produces far faster gains and many (not all) NED pcs  began  to
go Clear .


    And the Clear numbers have been running up like one of those computers.


    Rehabbed and allowed to declare these Dianetic Clears abruptly attained
the full results of Clear!


    Excited avalanches of success stories have been pouring in  on  me  for
months in the thousands and from all over the world.


    And it's interesting that amongst those found there are a few who  went
Clear on Dianetics in their last life-in the 50's! (It's  quite  a  scramble
locating their last life folder and records so they can go on to full OT!)


    "Where are the Clears?" There they were!

    6. REDEFINITION OF INSTANT READ. Making it easier for auditors to learn
metering and giving pcs vastly  increased  speed  of  gains  due  to  higher
accuracy of metering .


    7. CLARIFICATION OF CONFESSIONAL PROCEDURE. Resulting in faster gain in
a shorter period of time.


    8. SERVICE FACSIMILES REVISITED. The early  60's  handling  of  service
facs was revised and overhauled and became the new Grade IV  of  Scientology
processing.


    9. POWER TO FORGIVE. Making it possible for the pc to fully  end  cycle
on any shame, blame, regret or guilt of the past.

**    10. NED FOR OTs. The discovery and development of techniques by  which
the Second Wall of Fire can be overcome.

    This consists of 29 fantastic new confidential rundowns, delivered by a
specially trained OT auditor.


    The auditors are in training right now from AOs to give NED for OTs  to
all those who are OT III and auditors already trained on it  are  delivering
it at Flag in Flag's new Advanced Org Division 4A.
Some of the miracles of life have been exposed to full view  for  the  first
time ever in NED for OTs. The rave success stories coming from this are  the
talk of the auditing world.

**    11. OT VIII.  This rundown was developed and will be available  to  OT
VIIs who have completed their NED for OTs which is  a  prerequisite  for  OT
VIII.

    12. UPPER LEVELS. There are other OT levels above VIII but  these  will
be released from time to time when people are ready for them. We're  already
higher than Man has ever been and it can get quite stratospheric.


                                  TRAINING

    In 1978 giant training strides were made for I was very busy on that as
well. The NED Course was brought down to  3  weeks,  Class  0-4  Checksheets
were carefully shortened back to the 1968 level  when  auditors  were  being
made at speed but without losing tech which is quite a trick when  you  come
to think of it!


    When you realize that a large  portion  of  training  costs  goes  into
living expenses while taking the course, reducing the length of  time  of  a
course gives an enormous reduction in course  costs.  regardless  of  what's
being charged. Training is also being helped by scholarships.



                                  CLASS IV
                      AUDITING ACTIONS THAT CAN BE RUN

Class IV Orgs-those orgs which are in major cities on  5  continents-have  a
large variety of public services which they can  give.  Many  of  these  are
very economical and are there for the raw public as well as  to  keep  their
fields getting service. Amongst them are the following:

1.    GROUP PROCESSING. After an Intro Lecture  a  successful  gradient  for
raw public is being part of a group who are  audited  simultaneously.  Group
Processing can be pretty effective  and  on  a  large  number  of  "releases
attained" you will find the public  reporting  great  gains  made  in  group
auditing. It is an economical way to keep one  going  even  after  he's  had
professional processing.

2.    CO-AUDIT. (Cooperative Auditing). A public  person  is  instructed  in
the rudiments of auditing and under the supervision of  a  trained  auditor,
groups of teams audit each other, attaining good gains.

+3.   LIVINGNESS REPAIR. This is often the first action taken  on  a  person
by a professional auditor and can bring a  great  deal  of  brightness  back
into his life.

+4.   NED. (New Era Dianetics). This  was  the  bombshell  of  '78  and  NED
auditors (as well as courses) are available in every org.

    NED consists of at least 12 separate  rundowns  as  noted  in  the  New
Discovery section above. It occasionally makes  a  Dianetic  Clear  although
this must not be promised. The only "trouble" with NED compared  to  earlier
Dianetics is that it produces  results  very  fast.  One  can  achieve  more
result per hour of auditing time by about 100 to 1 over  old  Dianetics  and
when you realize that old Dianetics was the first and remains the only  fast
and effective processing known to Man you get some idea of where NED is  at.
It is interesting that when somebody has been skillfully mucking himself  up
for trillions and trillions of years that a NED auditor can salvage  him  in
under 100 hours!

+     5. XDN.  {Expanded  Dianetics).  In  '78  improvements  on  this  were
undertaken and the full new Expanded Dianetics is being released in '79.  It
comprises very specialized applications of Dianetics for the more  difficult
case.

*     6. QUAD GRADES AND  EXPANDED  GRADES   0-IV.   These  are  more  fully
covered in the book What is Scientology? They are the wonder  workers  which
put ability to live back into life. They handle the basics of  relationships
amongst people and improve one's ability to handle himself and  others.  For
Dianetic Clears, this is usually  their  first  auditing  (less  the  engram
running R3RA part of New Grade IV) after attaining Clear  and  permits  them
to expand beyond their previously  barriered  existence.  These  grades  are
very far from limited to Clears.

+     7. NEW GRADE IV. Grade IV has been improved  enormously  by  including
and refining formerly Class VI materials. The engram running part cannot  be
run on Clears but the listing processes can. It is guaranteed  to  make  the
preclear fully and completely right.

+     8. REVISED C/S 53. It is quite a technical achievement to put  on  one
side of one sheet of paper everything that can be wrong  with  a  mind.  The
"C/S" stands for Case Supervisor who  is  the  one,  unseen  in  some  Ivory
Tower, who tells the auditor  exactly  what  to  do  between  sessions  when
you're getting audited. This is a primary tool he uses in analysis.  In  '78
it was polished up and made as bright as the  morning  star  to  detect  and
handle things you didn't even know were  wrong  but  which  might  have  you
totally caved in.

+     9. GREEN FORM. This tool of case analysis has been improved.

+     10. NEW GREEN FORM 4() EXPANDED. This detects and handles  any  reason
why a case might be resistive to  processing,  thus  handling  any  tendency
towards slow gain and making it possible  for  such  cases  to  make  faster
gains in future processing.

+*    11. STUDY GREEN FORM. This is a rundown  which  isolates  and  handles
anything that could be wrong with any student or pupil.

*     12. STUDENT CORRECTION LIST. This handles difficulties that a  student
or pupil may have encountered in his studies and frees him  up  from  these.
so that he can now study easily.

*     13. NEW METHOD ONE  WORD  CLEARING.  This  is  far  more  reaching  in
clearing up past misunderstoods which stuck the person in previously  failed
subjects he studied .

      14. CONDITIONS AND EXCHANGE BY DYNAMICS. This is  an  auditing  action
which  increases  the  awareness  of  exchange  and  flows  on  the  various
dynamics, enabling a person to be at cause over them.

+*    15. THE MARRIAGE INTENSIVE. This is where husbands  and  wives  handle
marital difficulties, enabling them to lead happily married  lives.  It  can
restore the bloom of spring romance!

+*    16. AUDITOR RUNDOWN. This is an  intensive  which  fully  handles  any
case reasons why an auditor might have difficulty and enables  him  to  move
forward without any losses or failures from  past  efforts  to  help  people
stopping him.

+*    17. TEACHER OR SUPERVISOR INTENSIVE. This is for any  person  involved
in teaching or supervising or education and enables him to become  a  vastly
better teacher or supervisor.

+*    18. EXECUTIVE OR BUSINESSMAN'S INTENSIVE. This  enables  an  executive
or businessman to face situations of stress  with  calmness  and  frees  him
from past business stresses.

+*    19. MONEY PROCESSING INTENSIVE. This handles  the  inability  to  have
money resulting in the ability to increase income.
+*     20.  PROFESSION  INTENSIVE.  This  enables  a  person   to   overcome
difficulties that he may  encounter  in  his  profession  or  in  any  given
subject.

+*    21. FIXATED PERSON RUNDOWN. This enables  a  person  to  overcome  the
condition of having his attention fixated on one person.

+*    22. SUPPRESSED PERSON RUNDOWN. This is  a  magical  rundown  just  now
being released to Class IV and other orgs. It utilizes a principle found  in
an early ACC but never fully developed and released till '78 that one  could
bring the suppressive in a person's life to  communicate  to  him  and  seek
peace, without ever contacting him. When expertly done on a person  who  has
been the target of suppression by antagonistic people it brings him back  to
freedom and handles his environment as well. When  one  realizes  that  most
illness is precipitated by suppression one can understand the need  and  use
of such a miraculous rundown. It's unbelievable until one experiences it.

    The way to get processing cheaply is, of course, to take  the  training
route and get trained and make your grades at the  same  time.  Training  is
very fast these days due to the new checksheets.


    Class IV Orgs teach the Co-Audit Auditors  Course,  the  fast  New  Era
Dianetics Course,  the  NED  Validated  Auditor  Internship,  the  NED  Case
Supervisor Course, the Validated NED Case Supervisor  Internship,  now  have
all the shorter checksheets for and teach Class 0-IV,  the  Permanent  Class
IV Auditor Internship, the Class IV Graduate  Auditor  and  Case  Supervisor
Course, the Permanent Class IV Graduate Case Supervisor Internship and  will
teach  Expanded  Dianetics  Auditor  and   Case   Supervisor   courses   and
internships. They also teach a considerable number of public courses,  lists
of which will shortly be available from Class IV Orgs as in 1978  Department
17 was ordered to get busy handling and training the public as the  pre-wave
of the New World.


                         CLASS VI ORGS (SAINT HILLS)

    The original Class VI Org was located in a  beautiful  English  estate,
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex. When a Class VI Org was formed  in
Copenhagen to service Europe in all languages it was staffed by people  from
Saint Hill who named it, of course, "Saint  Hill."  And  when  the  American
Class VI Organization was formed it was staffed by people taken  from  Saint
Hill and, of course, they called it The American  Saint  Hill  Organization.
The services remain the same in each of the organizations .


    The following services are given at Saint Hill Orgs:

    1. ALL CLASS IV ORG AUDITING ACTIONS AND COURSES. They cost a bit  more
but  the  Saint  Hills  are  essentially  training  orgs  and  the  auditing
delivered there is usually quickly available and very well done.


    2. POWER PROCESSING. Grades V and VA  are  still  available  and  being
delivered at Saint Hills for  persons  who  did  not  make  Dianetic  Clear,
delivered only by Class VII  auditors  who  are  specialized  on  it.  Power
continues to produce its startling results.

+*    3. SUPER POWER. There is no reason a Dianetic Clear should  be  denied
the powerful gains which research made available in  '78  (see  above).  For
the public who have gone Dianetic Clear, and those who haven't, Saint  Hills
will become a mecca where they obtain the most excellent results  obtainable
in Super Power.

    The SAINT HILL SPECIAL BRIEFING COURSE still  roars  on.  This  is  the
place where the auditor gets all the tech that has ever  been  issued  below
that level, this is where his sessions are video'd  and  polished,  this  is
where he gets all his auditing to catch him up on his grades. These are  the
Dukes of the auditor elite, the Saint Hillers. One joins the clique only  by
hard work and great results.
CLASS VIII COURSE. This is the course originated on Flag  and  still  taught
in its original successful form at  Saint  Hills.  It  is  a  standard  tech
course and Class VIIIs pride themselves on keeping tech  standard  over  the
world.


    CLASS IX COURSE.  This  is  the  graduate  course  which  contains  the
materials issued since the Flag Class VIII.

                                ADVANCED ORGS

    Advanced Orgs are located in Los Angeles, England and Copenhagen.


    The Advanced Orgs are the OT (Operating  Thetan)  orgs  of  the  world.
Because of the nature of OT auditing  the  person  has  to  learn  to  audit
himself as most OT levels are too fast to be audited  by  another  (only  OT
VII, OT IV and NED for OTs are audited on the pre-OT by a professional).


*     1. SET-UPS. It often happens that one needs to have case  difficulties
handled before he goes on up the Grade Chart to the stellar  realms  of  the
Advanced Orgs. Sometimes a Drug Rundown isn't  complete  or  one  is  a  bit
suppressed or too introverted.  It  saves  time  to  get  a  set  up  before
starting the rocket ride up the top end of the Grade Chart. The  AOs  handle
this sort of thing routinely when it is needed. They  have  a  checklist  of
prerequisites for AO levels and this is  what  they're  most  interested  in
getting completed. To not complete it means  a  stall  somewhere  along  the
way. It usually doesn't take much time and saves time later.

*     2. SOLO AUDITORS COURSE. The AOs are the place where the  preclear  or
Dianetic Clear learns to solo audit so he can go  on  up  the  Grade  Chart.
Some people, wanting the best auditing they can get for  this  Solo  flight,
also take lower level professional auditor courses and even Class VI at  the
Saint Hills. At one time a Dianetic Auditors Course was  a  prerequisite  to
AO services prior to the Solo Auditors Course and  while  this  is  not  now
demanded, and while the Solo Auditors Course is very good,  smart  preclears
and smart Dianetic Clears take other courses before they get to  an  AO  and
then they're sure to make OT even more easily. I've heard Solo auditors  say
that they only wanted a professional on their case and that's why they  were
making themselves into one before they went to an AO.  Even  Class  IV  Orgs
have professional courses .

      3. R6EW. This is the tech  designation  of  the  step  a  non-Dianetic
Clear must take before going onto the Clearing Course in Advanced  Orgs.  It
is Grade VI.  It  returns  powers  to  act  on  one's  own  determinism.  It
incidentally tells one why the human race often reacts so oddly to life.

+*    4. DIANETIC CLEAR REHAB. The state of Dianetic Clear  is  checked  and
rehabilitated which is a very fast action  in  most  cases.  It  has  to  be
verified because if the person  didn't  make  it  he  has  to  go  onto  the
Clearing Course and if  he  did  really  make  Dianetic  Clear,  to  do  the
Clearing Course would be disastrous because, of course, he's already  Clear.
This is why AOs are now engaged on a project of recovering folder  libraries
particularly of the few pcs who have died in the last  few  decades.  Always
bring your own folder or get it sent to the AO if you are going.

      5. THE CLEARING COURSE. This was one of the most famous  breakthroughs
of all time requiring years of research. Those who  did  not  make  Dianetic
Clear solo audit themselves to the full bursting glory of Clear.

*     6. OPERATING THETAN I. For the Dianetic Clear who  has  had  his  Solo
Course, set-up and verification as Clear, this is the  first  solo  auditing
step.  These  OT  grades  have  their  own  end  phenomena  but   they   are
confidential.

*     7. OT II.

*     8. OT III. This is the big step and one has to allow time for it.

**    9. OT III EXPANDED.

**    10. OT VII.   This is an auditing step by a professional  OT  auditor.
It can be given in any sequence after OT III and before OT VIII.

+**   11. NED FOR OTs. This is the big news of the  OT  world.  AO  auditors
were specially trained at Flag and are just now on their way back to AOs  to
deliver it. I he new Division 4A Flag is an AO now and had its gala  opening
and its first avalanche of pre-OTs  on  December  16.  There  is  very  wild
excitement on the results of NED for OTs as, of course, they've  never  been
seen before on this or any other planet. NED for OTs can be given  any  time
after OT III and before OT VIII and is a prerequisite for OT VIII.

**    12. OT IV.

**    13. OT V.

**    14. OT VI.

**    15. OT VIII.  Although several upper OT grades have  been  researched,
pre-OTs were not ready for them and so they were not  released.  The  needed
link which makes it possible is NED for OTs which is its  prerequisite.  The
upper levels above VIII will probably be released from  time  to  time  into
the future. OT VIII's release is a real cap for the  tech  breakthroughs  of
'78.

                                FLAG SHIP ORG

    The FSO  is  beginning  its  third  year  at  the  Flag  Land  Base  in
Clearwater, Florida. The FSO  was  several  years  afloat  and  has  a  long
tradition as the top training and processing org of the world. Its  quarters
in the posh Fort Harrison Resort Hotel still carry its  distinctly  nautical
flavor.


    Flag is the top tech org of the world and if they can't do  it,  nobody
can.


    What you pay for at Flag  is  the  most  expert  C/Sing  for  the  best
rundowns by the best auditors in the world.

    Its services are:

      1. ALL LEVELS AND RUNDOWNS. NED, CLASS IV, CLASS VI,  CLASS  Vial  and
all AO services (in its new Division 4A) as listed above  are  delivered  at
Flag. (Super Power will be delivered to the staff first  and  eventually  to
the public.) (Flag lower org services cost  more  mainly  because  they  are
even more expert and faster than they are in  lower  orgs  and  because  the
service is highly personalized.)

***   2. FULL CASE RESOLUTION. It is always the fate of the  top  level  org
of the world to inherit the rough and "unsolvable" cases. Flag runs  on  the
basis of results or else so far as their tech stuff is concerned. The  words
"failed case" do not  exist  on  Flag.  Therefore  they  have  rundowns  and
handlings to untangle the most tangled and get it going  again.  (Flag  gets
easy cases too. In fact they get some of the easiest and  fastest  cases  in
the world because such people have a way of making it through to the top.)

***   3. INTEGRITY PROCESSING. These are a series of processes which  result
in a vastly improved performance in the area addressed.

*     4. STUDENT BOOSTER RUNDOWN. This is a specialty  on  Flag  which  also
trains the executives of orgs and has to have a fast  study  remedy.  It  is
also given to business executives so that they can absorb  effortlessly  and
with greater  speed  the  vast  quantities  of  data  that  pass  across  an
executive's desk.

      5. DIANETIC DEBUG AND  REPAIR.  Those  who  couldn't  handle  and  run
engrams or have trouble in Dianetics find this a  successful  way  to  start
winning with Dianetics or NED.
***   6. OT LEVEL DEBUG AND REPAIR. This is the full repair  and  resolution
of any difficulties a pre-OT may  have  encountered  due  to  solo  auditing
errors on any solo level .

      7. NEW VITALITY RUNDOWN (NVRD). This  was  also  called  the  "Special
Rundown" when it was being developed  in  '75  and  I  trained  a  group  of
auditors on it at Flag. It has never been exported  from  Flag.  It  handled
cases that had not progressed well due to suppression or other factors.

      8. POWER REPAIR AND COMPLETION TO FULL EP. Given in those  rare  cases
where a pc has not made it on Power.

***   9. L-10. This is  the  first  of  the  famous  Ls  ("L"  is  just  the
technical designation). The L's are at Flag only. They  are  not  grades  in
themselves but incredible boosters that can be delivered at any point  after
a completed DRD and Expanded Grades. The L's are audited by Class X, XI  and
XII auditors who are the most highly trained on the planet.

***   10. L-11.  The next step from L-10.

***   11. L-12.  When I was C/Sing the L's I would never let a pre-OT  leave
the ship unless he'd gone exterior with full perceptions  and  was  able  to
maintain it.

+**   12. NED FOR OTs. Flag was the place where all the NED for OT  auditors
were trained. When its new AO Division 4A was opened just  before  Christmas
even other hotels in town had to be booked to take care of the OTs  arriving
for their NED for OTs. The sensation caused  over  the  world  rivalled  the
original landing at Flag in Florida. They considered it a Christmas  present
and it was.

      13.  ALL AO LEVELS.

      14. OT VIII.

    Flag teaches a large variety of courses for auditors and is  the  place
where top auditors go to become fully proficient in all classes.


    Administrative courses at Flag are much sought after by top  executives
in businesses and other  walks  of  life.  It  is  a  mark  of  considerable
distinction to be known as a graduate of a Flag Executive Briefing Course.


    In all, Flag teaches 69  courses  which  are  fitted  for  the  special
requirements of the Flag clientele.


    The International Training Org. for org personnel only, is also located
at Flag and org staffs who are  lucky  enough  to  be  selected  to  it  are
trained for executive positions in orgs. It received a new expansion at  the
end of '78 and was put under the command  of  one  of  the  Sea  Org's  most
veteran Officers.
                                  ________
                                    1978

    Man is a complex being, far more complex than he ever conceived. And he
possesses abilities and potentials that neither he nor any of the  wise  men
of the ages ever dreamed of.


    In 1978, a great many new insights  and  revelations  about  life  were
disclosed, many of them discovered in my  research  at  very  upper  levels.
These then were used to speed up the  lower  and  more  fundamental  grades.
Without discarding any of the tech we already  had,  all  of  which  remains
very valid, the time and cost for a given result was greatly reduced.
And, as demand for auditors far exceeded supply, new  training  skills  were
also developed and the checksheets which govern the time  in  training  were
also reduced so that good auditors could be made FAST! A lot  of  1978  time
was spent on doing this.


    But there was one discovery in '78 that I haven't said very much  about
and am really not likely to since it is a  sad  thing.  It  is  what  really
happens to a thetan who is not salvaged or processed and goes  on  down  the
route. Man, when I saw that and knew it to be true  I  actually  felt  sorry
for these guys that try to hit at  us.  Poor  devils.  Some  religions  talk
about hell. It's an understatement of what really  happens.  I  got  a  real
close look at what we were salvaging  people  from.  Well,  we  can  do  it,
better than ever today, especially with these newest discoveries.


    All this developmental work was done in '78 despite  the  fact  that  I
also spent several months of that year directing,  photographing,  lighting-
you name it-nine bright sparkling  training  films!  They  are  now  in  the
process of being edited and you'll be hearing  much  more  about  them  when
they begin to be released later on in '79.


    In case you are under the  mistaken  impression  that  Scientology  was
bruised in 1978 you should know  that  raw  public  bought  and  are  buying
Scientology texts in a wave of best selling that is making  history  in  the
retail and publishing world. There has never before been such a boom in  any
specialized organization's books. Book publishers use us as  an  astonishing
example of what can happen. Hordes of new public are  sweeping  these  books
out of the stores and in the  better  run  orgs,  are  crowding  the  Public
Division to the rafters for service. Truth doesn't bruise very easily.


    New books also got attention in '78. HAVE YOU LIVED BEFORE  THIS  LIFE?
was introduced at the  Atlanta  Book  Fair  and,  in  the  hands  of  retail
distributors, began its own boom. It has gone 5X the normal best seller  and
is still going. (After all. we discovered past lives.)


    And bright, new, and in your bookstore is a big impressive  hard  cover
book WHAT IS SCIENTOLOGY? released at Christmas! It contains  all  kinds  of
data, really a huge handbook, just the thing to use to  inform  and  overawe
your friends. 347 information packed pages plus  over  a  hundred  big  full
color illustrations contain the answers to just about  every  question  ever
asked about Scientology. Although staff wrote it, I had to keep  it  rounded
up and to the printer and many a day was spent in tropic  heat  getting  its
photographs shot. There is data in it that hardly any  Scientologist  knows.
It's a reference and reading total must for every  Scientologist's  library.
And, incidentally, it's about  half  the  price.  despite  its  quality,  of
regular bookstore books of the  same  size-a  triumph  in  itself  in  these
inflationary times!


    In '78 a lot of time was spent in developing the new Mark  VI  E-Meter.
It was needed as OTs were going off the top of the Mark  V.  The  New  World
Corps is equipped with the specially built Mark VI. This beautiful  and  far
more sensitive meter will be available to general auditors  around  February
'79 from Pubs Orgs. The Mark V will continue to be valid and sold as it's  a
good meter and less expensive. The Mark VI is just a Rolls Royce.


    Needless to say, I was very busy this year!


    It sure is a lot of work to dig out a planet!


    Well, there it is. All yours-for '79.

                                       Love,

                                             RON
                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder



LRH:dr
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                   Saint Hill Manor East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 29 DECEMBER 1978
Remimeo
Cl IV Grad
Checksheet
Class VI
Checksheet
C/Ss
Class IV Grad
Auditors
Ethics Officers
                        THE SUPPRESSED PERSON RUNDOWN

                            A MAGICAL NEW RUNDOWN

    At times the results  of  "ordinary"  Scientology  tech  are  extremely
impressive, even to me. I am by this time, quite accustomed to  miracles  as
usual, but magic is not quite  so  commonplace  an  occurrence,  even  these
days, and is worthy of special note.


    Many times the suppressive person to whom  the  pc  is  PTS  exists  in
present time and is still capable of causing trouble or upset  for  the  pc.
It is to this situation that the Suppressed Person Rundown is addressed.


    This new rundown, the Suppressed Person Rundown, produces the  wondrous
result of  changing  the  disposition  of  an  antagonistic  terminal  at  a
distance,  by  auditing  the  PTS  preclear.   Where   this   terminal   was
antagonistic,  invalidative,  hostile  or  downright  suppressive,  he  will
suddenly have a change of heart and seek to make peace with the PTS pc.


    This rundown is not considered complete until the magic occurs; that is
on this rundown, we take a PTS pc and we audit this pc  and  audit  him  and
audit him  on  Problems  Processes  until  a  major  change  occurs  in  the
antagonistic persons universe which prompts him to make a friendly  overture
to or concerning the pc.


    This friendly and unprompted origination or attempt at origination from
the antagonistic terminal to or concerning the pc will occur  in  all  cases
if Problems Processes are run and  are  fully  flattened.  This  happens  no
matter how out of comm the two terminals have been or what  length  of  time
has intervened between their last communication .


    The rundown is continued until the EP occurs. Each problem  process  is
run to its own EP.


    When the PTS Rundown engram running has to be omitted because of  Clear
or OT this Suppressed Person Rundown can be substituted for the engram  part
of the PTS Rundown but if so, it  is  still  run  to  the  full  EP  of  the
Suppressed Person Rundown .


    This is how it works. The pc,  due  to  some  act  or  acts  previously
committed, has gone the effect of the antagonistic  terminal.  The  terminal
then attempts to suppress  the  pc.  The  pc,  already  the  effect  of  the
terminal becomes the effect of the suppression. So the  pc's  own  postulate
to improve himself and  his  conditions  is  countered  by  the  suppressive
terminal's counter-postulate, and he is thus given a  present  time  problem
of sufficient magnitude to  prevent  case  gain,  as  only  a  present  time
problem will halt the progress of a case. To the present  time  problem  are
added ARC breaks with the antagonistic terminal,  and  as  only  ARC  breaks
will worsen a case, the result is no gain or  deterioration  of  a  case  by
reason of the suppressive connection in the environment .


    A possible simple explanation for what occurs is: the  pc,  on  running
Problems Processes, comes up to cause on his problems with the terminal  and
when he is con
tinued on  problems,  he  will  break  through  and  actually  run  out  the
antagonistic terminal's problems which he has given to him.


    When this occurs, the formerly  antagonistic  terminal  will  get  into
communication with the pc or by communicating in a friendly  way  to  others
about the pc. He will write a letter to make peace, or he will make a  phone
call to say "All is well," or he will tell Aunt Sally he feels  much  better
about the pc and has decided to let bygones be bygones. It sometimes  occurs
that the antago person does not know where the pc is but he will  still  try
to communicate.


    This friendly origination by the antagonistic terminal is the EP of the
rundown. If the terminal hasn't  yet  originated,  you  haven't  run  enough
Problems Processes. THE ONLY TIME THIS DOESN'T WORK IS WHEN YOU HAVEN'T  RUN
ALL POSSIBLE PROBLEMS PROCESSES OR HAVE RUN THEM WITH  OUT-TECH  SUCH  AS  A
BROKEN METER.

                          WHEN THE RUNDOWN IS DONE

    The Suppressed Person Rundown is done after the education step laid out
in HCOB 31 Dec 78 III EDUCATING THE  POTENTIAL  TROUBLE  SOURCE,  THE  FIRST
STEP TOWARD HANDLING: PTS C/S-1, and after a PTS interview or  a  10  August
interview or an S&D has located the antagonistic terminal and  handlings  on
that terminal have been done, and after the PTS Rundown has been done.


    This procedure is run on the antagonistic terminal  in  all  instances,
even when the PTS scene has apparently been relieved for the pc  on  earlier
PTS handling. Always run this problems procedure, no matter  how  successful
earlier handlings were. This RD is to repair the relationship.


    The  pc  is  given  the  R-Factor  to  let  the  auditor  know  of  any
communication he receives from  or  about  the  antagonistic  terminal.  (He
should not, however, be told what the EP of the rundown is.)

                           HOW THE RUNDOWN IS DONE

    The Problems Processes used in the Suppressed Person Rundown are  given
in HCOB 30 Dec 78 SUPPRESSED PERSON RUNDOWN-PROBLEMS PROCESSES and  are  run
Triple or Quad Flow in the order they are given. Each flow is checked for  a
read before running and each charged flow is taken to the EP  of  F/N,  cog,
VGIs.


    The EP of the rundown has been reached when the  antagonistic  terminal
originates in a friendly way to the preclear or seeks to communicate to  the
pc in a friendly manner. It's not just  a  cessation  of  hostilities,  it's
more than that. Even if the antagonistic  terminal  doesn't  know  the  pc's
address he will find out, or he will put word out and the pc will hear  from
or about the antagonistic terminal. And it will be a friendly message.  Even
if the antagonistic terminal doesn't know the pc's address, news will  reach
the pc that the antagonistic terminal wishes bygones to be bygones. That  is
the EP you are aiming for, and you continue to audit Problems  Processes  on
the pc on the antagonistic terminal until that occurs.


    It is very important not to underrun the rundown. Some auditors will be
tempted to end off the rundown because  the  pc  has  had  a  major  win  or
ability regained or some such. When the pc has had a major  win,  you  would
of course let him have his win and would leave him off  auditing  until  the
persistent F/N dies down, but you do not accept as the  EP  of  the  rundown
anything other than the formerly antagonistic terminal originating, with  no
coaxing, in a friendly way to or about the pc.  You  keep  running  problems
until the EP is attained. You do want to see the magic, don't you?  And  the
only way this rundown  can  fail  is  by  not  continuing  to  run  Problems
Processes until this EP is attained.

                       WHO THE RUNDOWN CAN BE DONE ON
The Suppressed Person Rundown can be done on any  PTS  person  of  any  case
level. It is run with good success on Clears, OTs  and  Dianetic  Clears  as
well as pcs just beginning their auditing. The only requirement is that  any
pc who receives the rundown must first have received the PTS C/S-1 per  HCOB
31 Dec 78 III and must, if previously unindoctrinated,  have  been  educated
into the procedures of Scientology auditing by a Scientology C/S-1 per  HCOB
15 Jul 78 SCIENTOLOGY AUDITING C/S-1.


    And of course, like any other  auditing,  it  is  done  with  the  pc's
rudiments in.

                            AUDITOR AND C/S NOTE

    One of the many advantages of the  Suppressed  Person  Rundown  is  its
simplicity. There are very few places where it can go off  the  rails.  This
rundown does, however, require expert metering and very  standard  handling,
and the C/S should be alert to the following:

    1)      The auditor must realize that the target of this rundown is not
        just the pc; the target is the  antagonistic  terminal  the  pc  is
        connected to. And the EP is not just a change  in  the  pc,  but  a
        change  in  the  antagonistic  terminal  of  a  positive,  friendly
        communication to the pc. The auditor and C/S must realize that  the
        above is the target and EP for this rundown.


    2)       ALL  Problems  Processes  must  be  run  on  the  antagonistic
        terminal, and failure to run enough Problems Processes is the  only
        thing that will prevent this rundown from working.


    3)      METERING. The auditor who does this rundown must be skilled  at
        metering so he doesn't miss reads and fail to run reading flows  or
        attempt to run unreading flows. Imprecise  metering  can  undermine
        the results of the rundown as the running of all charged  flows  on
        problems is vital. The auditor must be able to  read  a  meter  and
        must take instant  reads  which  occur  instantly  on  calling  the
        command. (Reference: HCOB 5 Aug 78 INSTANT READS)


    4)      EPs. Each reading flow of each Problems Process must  be  taken
        to its full EP which is cog, F/N and VGIs. The  C/S  should  ensure
        that the processes are indeed taken to EP and  should  suspect,  if
        there is trouble  attaining  the  rundown  EP,  that  one  or  more
        Problems Processes have been left underrun, unflat or unrun.

    Some auditors may  say  they've  done  the  rundown  and  the  pc's  in
beautiful shape and he's had tremendous gains and now the Suppressed  Person
Rundown is complete.


    Your answer to  this  is:  "Finish  the  rundown.  Continue  until  the
terminal gets in touch with the pc to make peace." And sure  enough,  a  day
or two or three later the pc, in  utter  amazement,  will  report  that  her
sister, who hasn't spoken  to  her  for  10  years  has  just  sent  her  an
affectionate letter or that his father, who disowned him when  he  got  into
Scientology, has just called to say "Hello" and that they had a great  chat,
just like old times.


    It always happens when Problems Processes are fully run.


    So there you have it, the Suppressed Person Rundown, quite  an  amazing
magical feat, and very easily achieved with good standard auditing.  Use  it
well and fully and you'll get smashing one-for-one successes on PTS pcs.


LRH:jk      L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1978 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 30 DECEMBER 1978R
                           REVISED 6 JANUARY 1979
Remimeo
Class IV Grad
Checksheet  (Revisions not printed in a different type style)
Class VI
Checksheet
C/Ses
Class IV Grad
Auditors
                          SUPPRESSED PERSON RUNDOWN
                             PROBLEMS PROCESSES

        References:
        HCOB 29 Dec 78 THE SUPPRESSED PERSON RUNDOWN
        PAB 84 15 May 56    THE REASON WHY
        HCOB 31 Mar 60 THE PRESENT TIME PROBLEM
        HCOB 20 Aug 58 PRESENT TIME PROBLEM-RUNNING OF
        PAB 126 15 Dec 57   PROBLEMS: HANDLING AND RUNNING

    This bulletin  contains  the  Problems  Processes  to  be  run  on  the
Suppressed Person Rundown .

                            DEFINITION OF PROBLEM

    The first and most vital action to begin the Suppressed Person  Rundown
is to fully clear PROBLEM with the pc as a problem. not as  a  condition  or
situation.


    THE WAR OF PURPOSES GIVES US WHAT WE CALL PROBLEMS. A PROBLEM  HAS  THE
ANATOMY OF PURPOSES. A PROBLEM CONSISTS OF TWO OR MORE PURPOSES OPPOSED.  IT
DOES NOT MATTER WHAT PROBLEM YOU FACE OR HAVE FACED, THE  BASIC  ANATOMY  OF
THAT PROBLEM IS PURPOSE-COUNTER-PURPOSE.


    THE DEFINITION OF A PROBLEM IS INTENTION VERSUS  INTENTION  OR  TWO  OR
MORE OPPOSING AND CONFLICTING VIEWS ON THE SAME SUBJECT.


    The dominant operating action of this rundown is knowing what a problem
is. Without the auditor feeding the pc a cog, he must clear  the  definition
of problem with the pc so that it is fully understood and the pc can  easily
make up examples of problems. You'll get no  place  on  the  rundown  unless
both auditor and pc understand what a problem is.


    Running problems comes under a gradient scale of confront and can go on
and on before the pc gets up to an awareness of anything.


    It's really a fascinating phenomenon. The person is being harassed  all
over the place by something or somebody and he will eventually name  it  and
identify it, which is an achievement right there, but when you  first  start
to run problems on it, you'll find he does not have anything to do with  it.
It's all by itself,  floating  out  in  space  someplace.  The  problem  has
nothing to do with him or anything else.


    Example:


    Auditor: "Tell me a problem with your mother."


    Pc: "She's never home."
"She's never home" is not  a  problem.  A  problem  is  two-terminaled.  The
problem, as the pc has given it in  the  example  above,  does  not  contain
anything live. It's just a condition. But gradually, as  Problems  Processes
are run, he will come  up  to  an  actual  statement  that  the  problem  is
something that has to be solved and that it has something to  do  with  him.
Now we're getting someplace!

                             PROBLEMS PROCESSES

    The processes are taken up in the order they are given.  Each  flow  of
each process is checked for a read before running it. using the name of  the
terminal antagonistic to the pc. Each flow taken up is then run  to  the  EP
of cognition, F/N and VGIs.


    A copy of this process sheet is placed in the folder of  the  pc  being
run on the Suppressed Person Rundown and the flows of each process  run  are
initialed and dated by the auditor when they have been taken to a full EP.


                                END PHENOMENA

    THE SUPPRESSED PERSON RUNDOWN IS TAKEN TO THE  EP  OF  A  FRIENDLY  AND
UNPROMPTED ORIGINATION TO OR ABOUT THE PC BY THE ANTAGONISTIC TERMINAL.


    This EP will occur when enough Problems Processes have been  fully  run
on that terminal. The auditor's metering  must  be  excellent,  as  to  miss
reads and leave charged flows unrun can prevent the pc  from  attaining  the
EP of this rundown.

(Reference:      HCOB 5 Aug 78 INSTANT READS
      HCOB 3 Dec 78  UNREADING FLOWS)

    If the pc has a big win, end off the session and let him have his  win.
Do not try to audit over a persistent floating needle or  you  will  end  up
leaving charged flows unhandled due to the "needle having  floated  all  the
way through them." So give the pc some time off auditing  to  let  him  have
his win, then resume his sessions so  he  can  be  taken  to  the  full  and
magical EP of this rundown.


    THE ONLY TIME THIS RUNDOWN DOESN'T WORK IS WHEN YOU HAVEN'T  FULLY  RUN
ALL POSSIBLE PROBLEMS PROCESSES.

1.    Ref: CREATION OF HUMAN ABILITY  R2-34

    F1:     Can you recall a problem about (terminal) which concerned you?


      How did it seem to you then?


      How does it seem to you now?


      Can you recall another problem about (terminal) which concerned you?


      (Continue, using the above commands)   to EP____


    F2:     Can you recall a problem (terminal)  has  had  with  you  which
        concerned him?


      How did it seem to him then?


      How does it seem to him now'!


      Can you recall another problem (terminal)  has  had  with  you  which
        concerned him?

        (Continue, using the above commands) to EP____


    F3:     Can you recall a problem others have had with (terminal)  which
        concerned them?


      How did it seem to them then?


      How does it seem to them now?


      Can you recall another problem others have had with (terminal)  which
        concerned them?


      (Continue. using the above commands)   to EP____


    F3A: Can you recall a problem (terminal)  has  had  with  others  which
        concerned him?


      How did it seem to him then?


      How does it seem to him now?


      Can you recall another problem (terminal) has had with  others  which
        concerned him?


      (Continue, using the above commands)   to EP____


    F0:     Can you recall a problem you have had with yourself because  of
        (terminal) which concerned you?


      How did it seem to you then?


      How does it seem to you now?


      Can you recall another problem you have had with yourself because  of
        (terminal) which concerned you?


      (Continue, using the above commands)   to EP____

II.   Ref: HCOB 31 Mar 60 THE PRESENT TIME PROBLEM

    F1: Tell me your problem with (terminal).


    What part of that problem could you confront?  to EP____


    F2: Tell me (terminal's) problem with you.


    What part of that problem could he confront?   to EP____


    F3: Tell me others' problem with (terminal).


    What part of that problem could they confront? to EP____


    F3A: Tell me (terminal's) problem with others.


    What part of that problem could he confront?   to EP____


    F0: Tell me your problem with yourself because of (terminal).


    What part of that problem could you confront?  to EP____

III.  Ref: HCOB 31 Mar 60 THE PRESENT TIME PROBLEM
        F1:      What problem about  (terminal)  could  you  confront?   to
        EP____


    F2:     What problem about you could (terminal) confront? to EP____


    F3:     What problem about  (terminal)  could  others  confront?     to
        EP____


    F3A: What problem about others could (terminal) confront? to EP____


    F0:     What problem about yourself  concerning  (terminal)  could  you
        confront?      to EP____

IV.   Ref: HCOB 6 Jul 61 ROUTINE 1A

    To be run as a bracket (1-10, 1-10, 1-10, etc. to EP).


    1.      What problem about (terminal) could you confront?


    2.      What problem about (terminal) don't you have to confront?


    3.      What problem about you should (terminal) confront?


    4.      What problem about you wouldn't (terminal) confront?


    5.      What problem about (terminal) should others confront?


    6.      What problem about (terminal) wouldn't others confront?


    7.      What problem about others should (terminal) confront?


    8.      What problem about others wouldn't (terminal) confront?


    9.      What problem about yourself  concerning  (terminal)  could  you
        confront?


    10.     What problem about yourself  concerning  (terminal)  don't  you
        have to confront?   to EP____

      Note: What problem about (terminal) could others  confront?  (or  What
    problem about others could (terminal) confront can be used  instead  of
    should whichever checks out on the meter) .

V.    Ref: HCOB 31 Mar 60 THE PRESENT TIME PROBLEM

    F1:     What two things about  (terminal)  can  you  confront?       to
        EP____


    F2:     What two things about  you  can  (terminal)  confront?       to
        EP____


    F3:     What two things about  (terminal)  can  others  confront?    to
        EP____


    F3A: What two things about  others  can  (terminal)  confront?       to
        EP____


    F0:     What two things about yourself concerning  (terminal)  can  you
        confront?      to EP____

VI.   Ref: HCOB 31 Mar 60 THE PRESENT TIME PROBLEM

    F1:     Tell me your problem with (terminal).


      How does it seem to you now?
            Alternate repetitive to EP____

    F2:     Tell me (terminal's) problem with you.
        How does it seem to him now?
            Alternate repetitive to EP____


    F3:     Tell me others' problem with (terminal).


      How does it seem to them now?
            Alternate repetitive to EP____


    F3A: Tell me (terminal's) problem with others.


      How does it seem to him now?
            Alternate repetitive to EP____


    F0:     Tell me your problem with yourself because of (terminal).


      How does it seem to you now?
            Alternate repetitive to EP____

VII.  Ref: HCOB 19 Nov 65 PROBLEMS PROCESS

    F1:     What problem have you had with (terminal)?


      What solutions have you had for that problem?


        (One gets the pc to give his problem then runs  TA  off  solutions.
        Then a new statement  of  the  problem  and  more  questions  about
        solutions.)    to EP____


    F2:     What problem has (terminal) had with you?


      What solutions has he had for that problem?  to EP____


    F3:     What problem have others had with (terminal)?


      What solutions have they had for that problem?     to EP____


    F3A: What problem has (terminal) had with others?


      What solutions has he had for that problem?  to EP____


    F0:     What problem have you had with yourself because of (terminal)?


      What solutions have you had for that problem?      to EP____

VIII. Ref: HCOB 19 Jan 61 ADDITIONAL HAS PROCESSES

    F1:     Get the idea of solving a problem with (terminal).
      Get the idea of not solving a problem with (terminal).  to EP____


    F2:     Get the idea of (terminal) solving a problem with you.
      Get the idea of (terminal) not solving  a  problem  with  you.     to
        EP____


    F3:     Get the idea of others solving a problem with (terminal).
      Get the idea of others not solving  a  problem  with  (terminal).  to
        EP____


    F3A: Get the idea of (terminal) solving a problem with others.
      Get the idea of (terminal) not solving  a  problem  with  others.  to
        EP____
        F0:      Get the idea of solving  a  problem  with  yourself  about
        (terminal).
      Get the idea of not solving a problem with yourself about
      (terminal).      to EP____

IX.   Ref: CREATlON OF HUMAN ABILITY  R2-71

    F1:     Give me some answers concerning (terminal).  to EP____
    F2:     Give me some answers  for  (terminal)  concerning  you.      to
        EP____
    F3:     Give me some answers  for  others  concerning  (terminal).   to
        EP____
    F3A: Give me some answers  for  (terminal)  concerning  others.      to
        EP____
    F0:     Give me some answers for yourself concerning (terminal).     to
        EP____

X.    Ref: HCOB 3 May 59 SOLUTION TO SOLUTIONS

    F1:     What solution could you  make  stick  about  (terminal)?     to
        EP____
    F2:     What solution could (terminal)  make  stick  about  you?     to
        EP____
    F3:     What solution could others  make  stick  about  (terminal)?  to
        EP____
    F3A: What solution could (terminal)  make  stick  about  others?     to
        EP____
    F0:     What solution about yourself concerning (terminal) could
      you make stick?  to EP____

XI.   Ref: HCOB 14 Sep 61 NEW RUDIMENTS COMMANDS

    F1:     Find out if the pc has a reading problem with (terminal).
      If so, run:


      Tell me what is unknown about  that  problem  with  (terminal).    to
        EP____


    F2:     Find out if there is a reading problem (terminal) has with  the
        pc. If so, run:


      Tell me what is unknown to (terminal) about that problem with you. to
        EP____


    F3:     Find out if there is a reading problem that  others  have  with
        (terminal). If so, run:


      Tell me what is unknown to others about that problem  with  (terminal
        ). to EP____


    F3A: Find out if there is a reading problem that  (terminal)  has  with
        others. If so, run:


      Tell me what is unknown to (terminal) about that problem with others.
        to EP____


    F0:     Find out if the pc has a reading problem with  himself  because
        of (terminal). If so. run:


      Tell me what is unknown about  that  problem  with  yourself.      to
        EP____

XII.  Ref: HCOB 7 Sep 64 II  PPS, OVERTS AND ARC BREAKS

    F1:     Tell me something you  don't  know  about  (terminal).       to
        EP____
    F2:     Tell me something (terminal)  doesn't  know  about  you.     to
        EP____
        F3:      Tell me something others don't know about (terminal).   to
        EP____
    F3A: Tell me something (terminal)  doesn't  know  about  others.     to
        EP____
    F0:     Tell me something you don't know about yourself because
      of (terminal).   to EP____

XIII. Ref:  HCOB 24 Feb 59 TECHNICAL BULLETIN
               HCOB 3 Jul 59 GENERAL INFORMATION

    Run Selected Person Overt Withhold Straightwire on the terminal.


    F1:     Think of something (terminal) has done to you.
      Think of something (terminal) has withheld from you.    to EP____


    F2:     Think of something you have done to (terminal).
      Think of something you have withheld from (terminal).   to EP____


    F3:     Think of something others have done to (terminal).
      Think of something others  have  withheld  from  (terminal).       to
        EP____


    F3A: Think of something (terminal) has done to others.
      Think of something (terminal) has withheld from others. to EP____


    F0:     Think of  something  you  have  done  to  yourself  because  of
        (terminal).
      Think of  something  you  have  withheld  from  yourself  because  of
        (terminal).    to EP____

XIV. Ref: HCOB 15 Oct 58 ACC CLEAR PROCEDURE

    F1:     Tell me your problem with (terminal).
      What part of that problem could you be responsible for?
            Alternate repetitive to EP____


    F2:     Tell me (terminal's) problem with you.
      What part of that problem could he be responsible for?
            Alternate repetitive to EP____


    F3:     Tell me others' problem with (terminal).
      What part of that problem could they be responsible for?
            Alternate repetitive to EP____


    F3A: Tell me (terminal's) problem with others.
      What part of that problem could he be responsible for?
            Alternate repetitive to EP____


    F0:     Tell me your problem with yourself because of (terminal).
      What part of that problem could you be responsible for?
            Alternate repetitive to EP____

XV.  Ref: HCOB 31 Mar 60 THE PRESENT TIME PROBLEM

    F1:     What motion of yours has (terminal) been responsible for?    to
        EP____
    F2:     What motion of (terminal's) have you been responsible for?   to
        EP____
    F3:     What motion of (terminal's) have others been responsible
      for?  to EP____
    F3A: What motion of others' has (terminal) been responsible for?     to
        EP____
    F0:     What motion of your own regarding (terminal) have you
      been responsible for? to EP____

    XVI. Ref: HCOB 31 Mar 60 THE PRESENT TIME PROBLEM

    F1:     Tell me your problem with (terminal).
      What part of that problem have  you  been  responsible  for?       to
        EP____


    F2:     Tell me (terminal's) problem with you.
      What part of that problem has  he/she  been  responsible  for?     to
        EP____


    F3:     Tell me others' problem with (terminal).
    What part of that problem have they been responsible for? to EP____


    F3A: Tell me (terminal's) problem with others.
      What part of that problem has  he/she  been  responsible  for?     to
        EP____


    F0:     Tell me your problem with yourself because of (terminal).
      What part of that problem have  you  been  responsible  for?       to
        EP____

XVII. Ref: PAB 42 24 Dec 54 SIX BASIC PROCESSES

    F1:     What kind of problems could  you  have  with  (terminal)?    to
        EP____
    F2:     What kind of problems could  (terminal)  have  with  you?    to
        EP____
    F3:     What kind of problems could others have with (terminal)?     to
        EP____
    F3A: What kind of problems could  (terminal)  have  with  others?    to
        EP____
    F0:     What kind of problems could you have with yourself
      because of (terminal)?      to EP____

XVIII. Ref: PAB 88 12 Jun 56 THE CONDITIONS OF AUDITING

    F1:     What problem could (terminal) be to you?     to EP____
    F2:     What problem could you be to (terminal) ?    to EP____
    F3:     What problem could (terminal) be to others?  to EP____
    F3A: What problem could others be to (terminal)?     to EP____
    F0:      What problem could you be to yourself because of
      (terminal)?      to EP____

XIX. Ref: HCOB 17 Mar 60 STANDARDIZED SESSIONS

    F1:     Tell me a problem (terminal) would  be  a  solution  to.     to
        EP____
    F2:     Tell me a problem for (terminal) that you would be a
      solution to.     to EP____
    F3:     Tell me a problem for others that (terminal) would be
      a solution to.   to EP____
    F3A: Tell me a problem for (terminal) that others would be
      a solution to.   to EP____
    F0:     Tell me a problem concerning (terminal) you yourself
      would be a solution to.     to EP____

XX. Ref: CREATION OF HUMAN ABILITY  page 51-R2-20

    F1:     What kind of a problem could (terminal) be to you?
      Could he be that problem?
      Can you see yourself figuring on it?
      Give me another problem (terminal) could be to you.
      Can he be that problem?     and so on to EP____


    F2:     What kind of a problem could you be to (terminal)?
        Can you be that problem?
      Can you see (terminal) figuring on it?
      Give me another problem you could be to (terminal).
      Can you be that problem?    and so on to EP____


    F3:     What kind of a problem could (terminal) be to others?
      Can (terminal) be that problem?
      Can you see others figuring on it?
      Give me another problem (terminal) could be to others.
      Can (terminal) be that problem?   and so on to EP____


    F3A: What kind of a problem could others be to (terminal)?
      Can others be that problem?
      Can you see (terminal) figuring on it?
      Give me another problem others could be to (terminal).
      Can others be that problem?       and so on to EP____


    F0:     What kind of a problem could you  be  to  yourself  because  of
        (terminal)?
      Can you be that problem?
      Can you see yourself figuring on it?
      Give  me  another  problem  you  could  be  to  yourself  because  of
        (terminal).
      Can you be that problem?    and so on to EP____

(XI. Repeat same process, using solutions, as follows:

    F1: What kind of a solution could (terminal) be to you?
      Could he be that solution?
      Can you see yourself figuring on it?
      Give me another solution (terminal) could be to you.
      Can he be that solution?    and so on to EP____


    F2:     What kind of a solution could you be to (terminal)?
      Can you be that solution?
      Can you see (terminal) figuring on it?
      Give me another solution you could be to (terminal).
      Can you be that solution?   and so on to EP____


    F3:     What kind of a solution could (terminal) be to others?
      Can (terminal) be that solution?
      Can you see others figuring on it?
      Give me another solution (terminal) could be to others.
      Can (terminal) be that solution?  and so on to EP____


    F3A: What kind of a solution could others be to (terminal)?
      Can others be that solution?
      Can you see (terminal) figuring on it?
      Give me another solution others could be to (terminal).
      Can others be that solution?      and so on to EP____


    F0:     What kind of a solution could you be  to  yourself  because  of
        (terminal)?
      Can you be that solution?
      Can you see yourself figuring on it?
      Give me  another  solution  you  could  be  to  yourself  because  of
        (terminal).
      Can you be that solution?   and so on to EP____

XXII. Ref: CREATION OF HUMAN ABILITY  R1-11
        F1:      What kind of  a  problem  can  (terminal)  be  to  you  in
        havingness?
      What kind of a problem can (terminal) be to you in not havingness? to
        EP____


    F2: What kind of a problem can you be to (terminal) in havingness?
      What kind of a problem can you be to (terminal) in not havingness? to
        EP____


    F3:     What  kind  of  a  problem  can  (terminal)  be  to  others  in
        havingness?
      What kind of a problem can (terminal) be to others in not havingness?
        to EP____


    F3A: What kind of a problem can others be to (terminal) in havingness?
      What kind of a problem can others be to (terminal) in not havingness?
        to EP____


    F0:     What kind of a problem concerning  (terminal)  can  you  be  to
        yourself in havingness?
      What kind of a problem concerning (terminal) can you be  to  yourself
        in not havingness?  to EP____

XXIII. Repeat same process using solutions as follows:


    F1:     What kind of a solution to havingness can (terminal) be to you?
      What kind of a solution to not havingness can (terminal) be  to  you?
        to EP____
    F2:     What kind of a solution to havingness can you be to (terminal)?
      What kind of a solution to not havingness can you be  to  (terminal)?
        to EP____
    F3:     What kind of a solution to  havingness  can  (terminal)  be  to
        others?
      What kind of a solution  to  not  havingness  can  (terminal)  be  to
        others?  to EP____
    F3A: What kind of a solution to havingness can others be to (terminal)?
      What  kind  of  a  solution  to  not  havingness  can  others  be  to
        (terminal)?    to EP____
    F0:     What kind of a solution to havingness concerning (terminal) can
        you be to yourself?
      What kind of a solution to not havingness concerning  (terminal)  can
        you be to yourself? to EP____

XXIV. Ref: CREATION OF HUMAN ABILITY  R2-20

      Have the pc pick out or pick up a room object. have him  examine  this
    object until he is sure it is real.

    F1:      What  problems  could  this  object  be  to  you  because   of
        (terminal)?    to EP____


    F2:     What problems could this object be  to  (terminal)  because  of
        you?     to EP____


    F3:     What problems  could  this  object  be  to  others  because  of
        (terminal)?    to EP____



        F3A: What problems could this object be to  (terminal)  because  of
        others?  to EP____


    F0:     What problems could you cause yourself over this object because
        of (terminal)? to EP____

      On each  flow  the  command  is  run  repetitively  until  the  pc  is
    convinced that he can create problems at will.

XXV. Ref: HCOB 7 Sep 64 II  PPS, OVERTS AND ARC BREAKS

    F1:     Do you have a problem with (terminal)?
      What communication have you left incomplete about that problem?    to
        EP____


    F2:     Does (terminal) have a problem with you?
      What communication has he left  incomplete  about  that  problem?  to
        EP____


    F3:     Do others have a problem with (terminal)?
      What communication have they left incomplete about that problem?   to
        EP____


    F3A: Does (terminal) have a problem with others?
      What communication has he left  incomplete  about  that  problem?  to
        EP____


    F0:     Do you have a problem with yourself because of (terminal)?
      What communication have you left incomplete with yourself about  that
        problem? to EP____

XXVI. Ref: HCOB 21 Jul 59 HGC ALLOWED PROCESSES

    F1:     From where could (terminal) communicate to you?   to EP____


    F2:     From where could you communicate to (terminal)?   to EP____


    F3:     From where could  others  communicate  to  (terminal)?       to
        EP____


    F3A: From where could (terminal) communicate to others?   to EP____


    F0:      From  where  could  you  communicate  to  yourself  concerning
        (terminal)?    to EP____


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:jk
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 31 DECEMBER 1978
                                  Issue II
Remimeo
Class IV Grad
Class VI
C/Ses
Class IV Grad
Auditors
Ethics Officers
                           OUTLINE OF PTS HANDLING


    PTS situations can arise at any  time  during  a  person's  Scientology
auditing or training program and must be handled speedily and  well  to  get
the person back on his course of auditing or training.  Many  preclears  new
to Scientology require PTS handling as one of their first actions.


    Auditing or training must not be continued over an unhandled PTS sit as
processing or study  under  the  duress  of  suppression  will  not  produce
results.


    You do not go on hoping or ignore it or call it something  else  or  do
any other action except handle. Handling PTSness is too easy  to  allow  for
any justification or excuse for not doing so, and the steps given below  lay
out the many handlings which can be used to bring about  a  full  resolution
of all PTSness in all pcs.

                                  EDUCATION

    A person who is PTS is often the last person to suspect it. He may have
become temporarily or momentarily  so.  And  he  may  have  become  so  very
slightly. Or he may be even PTS and have been so for a long time. But he  is
nevertheless PTS and we must educate him into the subject.

                                  PTS C/S-1

    The PTS C/S-1, given in HCOB 31 Dec  78  III  EDUCATING  THE  POTENTIAL
TROUBLE SOURCE, THE FIRST STEP TOWARD  HANDLING:  PTS  C/S-1  must  be  done
before any other PTS handling is begun.


    This action sets a  person  up  to  understand  his  PTS  sit  and  the
mechanics of it. A thorough PTS C/S-1 is the basis  of  all  successful  PTS
handling.

                                PTS INTERVIEW

    A metered PTS interview per HCOB 24  Apr  72  1,  C/S  Series  79,  PTS
INTERVIEWS or a "10 August handling" per HCOB 10 Aug 73  PTS  HANDLING  done
by an auditor in session or an MAA, D of P  or  SSO  will,  in  most  cases,
assist the person to spot the antagonistic or SP element. Once spotted,  the
potential trouble source can be assisted in working out a handling for  that
terminal, or more rarely, in deciding to disconnect from that person.


    (If all  difficulty is encountered on this step, or if  the  SP  cannot
easily be found. the preclear or student is probably  not  PTS  Type  I  and
should be turned over  to  an  auditor  qualified  to  handle  Type  II  PTS
situations with more advanced PTS tech.)

                                  HANDLING

    Once the antagonistic terminal has been located, a handling is done  to
move the PTS person from effect to slight gentle cause over  his  situation.
This handling will include whatever is needed to accomplish the result,  and
will, of course, vary depending on the person and his circumstances.


    A good roads, good weather approach to  the  antagonistic  terminal  is
usually what is needed. The handling must be agreed upon  by  the  potential
trouble source and the
person assisting him and must be tailored to put the person  at  cause  over
his particular situation.


    Handling may include coaching him along to see how he himself  actually
precipitated the PTS condition in the first place  by  not  applying  or  by
misapplying Scientology basics to his life and  relationship  with  the  now
antagonistic terminal, per BPL 5 Apr 72RC PTS TYPE A HANDLING.

    (Additional references:

    HCOB 10 Aug 73. PTS HANDLING
    HCOB 24 Apr 72 1, C/S Series 79, PTS INTERVIEWS
    HCOB 24 Nov 65 SEARCH AND DISCOVERY
    PROBLEMS OF WORK. Chapter 6, Affinity, Reality and Communication
    BTB 11 Nov 77 Reiss. 10 Dec 77 HANDLING PTS SITUATIONS.)

                            WHAT IS SCIENTOLOGY?

    It quite often happens that the persons antagonistic  to  the  preclear
have no real concept of what Scientology is. This can  also  be  true  of  a
very new Scientologist who then misinforms others.


    The book WHAT IS SCIENTOLOGY? is a very useful tool. The  preclear  can
send a copy of it to persons antagonistic to him and it will give them  hope
that the person will respond better to life or if they are  antagonistic  to
Scientology can show them what they're being antagonistic to.


    Recommendations that the PTS person obtain and use this book (or anyone
else who wants to inform his friends or get them on the right road,  as  the
book was not written for the purpose of de-PTSing people) should be made  by
the interviewing officer. The book was specially priced so it would be  more
generally available despite the high cost of publishing. It is a  large  and
imposing book and contains the true answers  to  all  the  questions  people
might ask and so saves the PTS person or any other person a  great  deal  of
explanation time.


    It is quite a formidable weapon when used in that fashion besides being
a good book that Scientologists should own in its own right.

                           CAN WE EVER BE FRIENDS?

    Extraordinary successes in handling PTS situations with the Can We Ever
Be Friends?  cassette and  booklet  occur  when  these  are  used.  Parents,
friends,  relatives  of  Scientologists,  who,  due  to  misunderstoods   or
misinformation thought they were opposed to Scientology and  its  aims  have
discovered, after  listening  to  this  cassette,  that  they  are  in  full
agreement with it and now give Scientology their  support.  This  action  is
vital and must not be omitted.


    The results available with this cassette cannot be  underestimated.  It
can be used by itself when communication has really broken down between  the
two terminals or in conjunction with other PTS handling.

                                   PROGRAM

    As a result of interview and the various actions connected with  it  as
given above and in the referenced  issues  the  interviewer  must  give  the
person a program to be done by the person. If the person  does  not  do  the
program or report his actions on it, or  the  program  results  in  no  real
change in the situation the interviewing officer must require the person  to
have auditing on the subject. (Ruds can be flown and/or a  PTS  RD  must  be
given by a qualified auditor in the HGC.)


    Clears and OTs can have ruds flown and can do all  the  PTS  RD  except
engram handling.


    This is usually followed by a Suppressed Person RD.
                                  RUDIMENTS

    Flying ruds and overts Triple or Quad Flow on the antagonistic terminal
is often done to "get ruds in" and enable the pc to better confront the  PTS
situation he is faced with. This would of course, be done  only  in  session
by a qualified auditor when so ordered by the Case Supervisor.

                               THE PTS RUNDOWN

    The  PTS  Rundown  is  done  when  preclears  who  have  had  standard,
successful PTS handlings roller-coaster at a later date, become  ill,  slump
after making gains, or continue to find additional terminals  they  are  PTS
to.


    The PTS Rundown handles a more expanded sector of a pc's PTSness and is
run to the end phenomena of a pc who is getting and keeping case  gains  and
never again roller-coasters.


    Note: Clears, OTs and Dianetic Clears  are  not  run  on  the  Dianetic
section of the PTS Rundown.

    References:


    HCOB 9 Dec 71 RC Rev. 8 Dec 78 PTS RUNDOWN
    HCOB 20 Jan 72R Rev. 8 Dec 78 PTS RUNDOWN ADDITION
    HCOB 17 Apr 72, C/S Series 76, C/SING A PTS RUNDOWN
    HCOB 3 Jun 72RA Rev. 8 Dec 78 PTS RUNDOWN, FINAL STEP

                          SUPPRESSED PERSON RUNDOWN

    This rundown is beautifully simple and magically effective. It  can  be
done with great success on all PTS persons of any  case  level,  from  those
just beginning their first auditing to Clears, OTs and Dianetic Clears.


    The end phenomena of this  handling  is  a  miraculous  restoration  of
communication between the estranged terminals  originated  by  the  formerly
antagonistic person. (Reference:  HCOB  29  Dec  78  THE  SUPPRESSED  PERSON
RUNDOWN)

                     REST, QUIET AND A SAFE ENVIRONMENT

    Rest. quiet and a safe environment must be provided for  a  person  who
has become PTS Type Three.


    "In this case, the Type Two's apparent SP is spread all over the  world
and is often more than all the people there  are-for  the  person  sometimes
has ghosts about him or demons and they  are  just  more  apparent  SPs  but
imaginary as beings as well."


    ". . . Removed from apparent SPs, kept in  a  quiet  surroundings,  not
pestered or threatened or put in fear, the person comes up to Type  Two  and
a Search and Discovery should end the matter."

                    (HCOB 24 Nov 65 SEARCH AND DISCOVERY)

    These are powerful and precision tools. With them we can handle our PTS
students, preclears and staffs and get resounding one-for-one successes.


    I am counting on you to do this.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:clh
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 31 DECEMBER 1978
                                  Issue III
Word Clearers
HCO
Tech/Qual
C/Ses
PTS/SP Detection.
Routing and
Handling Course
Ethics Officers
Class IV Grad

                   EDUCATING THE POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCE,
                       THE FIRST STEP TOWARD HANDLING:
                                  PTS C/S-1

    References:


    BPL 5 Apr 72RC I   PTS TYPE A HANDLING
    Rev. 29.12.78
    BTB 11 Nov 77      HANDLING PTS SITUATIONS
    HCOB 24 Apr 72 I   C/S Series 79
      EXDN Series 5
      PTS INTERVIEWS
    HCOB 10 Aug 73     PTS HANDLING
    HCOB 27 Sep 6h     THE ANTI-SOCIAL PERSONALITY
      THE ANTI-SCIENTOLOGIST
    HCOB 28 Nov 7()    C/S Series 22
      PSYCHOSIS
    HCOB 24 Nov 65     SEARCH AND DISCOVERY
    HCOB 12 Mar 6X     MISTAKES, ANATOMY OF
    HCOB 9 Nov h7      REVIEW AUDITORS, BOOK OF CASE REMEDIES-
      REVISION OF REMEDY A. REMEDY B
    AND S AND Ds
    HCOB 5 Feb 66 III  S AND D WARNING
    HCOB 9 Dec 71 RC   PTS RUNDOWN. AUDITED
    Rev. 8.12.78
    HCOB 20 Jan 72R    PTS RUNDOWN ADDITION
    Rev. 8.12.78
    HCOB 3 Jun 72RA    PTS RUNDOWN. FINAL STEP
    Rev. 8.12.78
    HCOB 29 Dec 78     THE SUPPRESSED PERSON RUNDOWN
    HCOB 30 Dec 78     SUPPRESSED PERSON RUNDOWN-PROBLEMS
      PROCESSES
    HCOB 31 Dec 78 11  OUTLINE OF PTS HANDLING


    When you find you have a potential trouble source  on  your  hands  the
very first thing you must do is educate him on the  fundamentals  of  PTS/SP
tech.


    Do not begin any other PTS handling on any  PTS  person  until  he  has
completed the basic education steps of the PTS C/S-1 given in this HCOB.


    In the absence of education into the basics of PTS tech you  will  have
PTS students and pcs asserting  they're  not  PTS,  you  will  have  upsets.
protest, recurrences of "once handled"  PTSness.  PTSes  will  not  cognite,
will not take action to handle the antagonistic terminal, will not  recover.
Failure to educate simply doesn't work. So a very thorough job must be  done
at this point to guarantee the success of any PTS handlings which follow.


    Now people and circumstances and PTS sits vary, and  you  may  wish  to
carry the education steps of the  PTS  person  beyond  what  is  given  here
before you begin any other handling on  him.  I  will  leave  that  to  your
educated judgment. However, the steps of the PTS C/S-1 given  in  this  HCOB
must be done on all PTS students and pcs before any sort  of  PTS  Interview
or 10 August handling or any PTS auditing is undertaken.


    The person should, of course,  study  the  complete  PTS/SP  Detection,
Routing and Handling Course so that he understands the full  mechanics  that
had been upsetting his life, but the PTS C/S-1  will  give  sufficient  data
and understanding so that he or she can begin handling the PTS scene.

                                  PTS C/S-1

    The following PTS C/S-1 is not a long action  and  can  and  should  be
accomplished speedily. Its purpose is to give to any PTS student or  pc  the
necessary data and  RFactor  on  the  basics  of  PTS/SP  tech  so  that  he
understands  and  is  able  and  willing  to  successfully  handle  his  PTS
situation. It can be done by an auditor, in session, or in the  course  room
under the supervision of the Word Clearer and Course Supervisor.


    Note: Some pcs and students who have been trained or who  have  in  the
past received PTS handling may protest that they know the terms and  issues.
If this happens acknowledge with excellent TRs and without  invalidation  or
evaluation and tell them that this action is intended to make  PTS  handling
effective for all and is a required step of the handling. If the auditor  or
Word Clearer uses excellent TRs and a good  R-Factor,  no  ARC  breaks  will
occur and the person will have tremendous wins.


    The auditor or Word Clearer should be fully familiar with this issue as
well as all issues in the PTS/SP Course pack. He will need to  take  a  very
thorough look at what has to be covered with the pc in this C/S-1  and  know
his materials very well and have them ready for reference and  clearing  any
misunderstoods or questions the pc may have.


    The following will be needed:


    Technical Dictionary


    Admin Dictionary


    A good English Dictionary


    A good dictionary in the pc or student's native  language,  and  for  a
foreign language case a dual  dictionary  (English-to-foreign  language  and
foreign language itself).


    PTS and SP Definitions Sheet-Attachment No. I of this issue


    Demo kit

A.    Have the pc define each term, using the reference.  (Note:  you  don't
    ask: "Do you know  what  this  word  means?"  You  ask:  "What  is  the
    definition of ?"

      When the pc has told you the definition, have him give you a  sentence
    or two using the term correctly. Where it applies, have  him  give  you
    examples, using his experiences or those of others. Have him demo  with
    a demo kit. Cover by exact definition all terms used and take each term
    defined to an F/N.

B.    Check for any questions  (or  misunderstoods)  as  you  go  along  and
    ensure any such get handled so the pc or student winds up with a  clear
    understanding of the word.

      Don't settle for glibness that does not  show  understanding,  but  on
    the other hand, don't overrun or put  duress  on  the  pc  or  student,
    either.

      Ensure each word cleared is taken to F/N.
                            PTS C/S- 1 PROCEDURE


1.    Give the R-Factor that you are going to  clear  the  basic  words  and
    concepts concerning PTSness.

2.    Clear the word AFFINITY. Have the pc or student demo its meaning.

3.    Clear the word REALITY. Have the pc or student give you sentences  and
    examples showing his understanding.

4.    Clear the  word  COMMUNICATION.  Have  the  pc  or  student  demo  its
    meaning.

5.    Clear ARC BREAK. Have the pc or student demo what an ARC break is.

6.    Clear PROBLEM. Have the pc or student demo a problem.

7.    Clear WITHHOLD. Have the pc or  student  give  you  an  example  of  a
    withhold.

8.    Clear MISSED WITHHOLD. Have the pc or student demo a missed withhold.

9.    Clear POSTULATE. Ask  the  pc  or  student  if  he's  ever  postulated
    anything. Have him tell you about it.

10.   Clear COUNTER (the prefix).

11.   Have the pc or student demo several examples  of  a  postulate  and  a
    counter-postu late.

12.   Clear HOSTILE.  ANTAGONISM.

13.   Clear  SUPPRESS.  Have  the  pc  Or  student  demo  several  different
    examples of how someone or something could be suppressed.

14.   Clear SUPPRESSION. Have  the  pc  or  student  give  you  examples  of
    suppression from movies he's seen or books  he's  read  or  suppression
    he's seen or experienced.

15.    Clear  SUPPRESSIVE  PERSON.  Have  the  pc  or   student   demo   the
    definitions.

16.   Clear SUPPRESSIVE GROUPS.

17.   Clear ROLLER-COASTER. Have the pc or student demo roller-coaster.  Ask
    him if he's ever been around anyone who roller-coastered. Let him  tell
    you about it briefly if he wishes.

18.   Clear POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCE (PTS). Have  the  pc  or  student  demo
    this well.

      (If this step is being done by a Word Clearer in the course room,  end
    off at this point and send the pc or student to the Examiner. Then, get
    him started on the Study Section. If being done in session, the auditor
    may continue with the Study Section. )

                                STUDY SECTION

19.   The following issues are to be read by the PTS  student  or  pc,  word
    cleared Method 4 and starrated. This may be  done  in  a  course  room,
    under the supervision of the Course Supervisor or in  session  with  an
    auditor.

      HCOB 27 Sep 66   THE ANTI-SOCIAL PERSONALITY
            THE ANTI-SCIENTOLOGIST
    HCOB 28 Nov 70     C/S Series 22
      PSYCHOSIS
    HCOB 24 Nov 65     SEARCH AND DISCOVERY
    HCOB 12 Mar 68     MISTAKES, ANATOMY OF
    BPL 5 Apr 72RC I   PTS TYPE A HANDLING
    Rev. 29.12.78
    BTB 11 Nov 77      HANDLING PTS SITUATIONS
    HCOB 24 Apr 72 I   C/S Series 79
      EXDN Series 5
      PTS INTERVIEWS
    HCOB 10 Aug 73     PTS HANDLING

20.   End off and send the pc or student to the  Examiner.  Route  the  pc's
    folder with all worksheets  to  the  C/S  who  will  examine  them  for
    thoroughness and completeness and then order the person's next step.
                                 ___________

    Educating a PTS person is the key to putting him at cause over the  PTS
sit. Do this PTS C/S-1 thoroughly and well. It is not  to  be  considered  a
substitute for the full PTS/SP Detection, Routing and Handling  Course,  but
will set up the PTS student or pc for  a  highly  successful  PTS  handling.
These you get him signed up for the course.


    PTS tech is highly effective and powerful. Get the most out  of  it  by
applying it properly, with EDUCATION as the first step.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder
LRH:jk
Copyright � 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED



HCOB 31.12.78 III
ATTACHMENT

                                  PTS C/S-1
                              DEFINITIONS SHEET

AFFINITY

Degree of liking or affection or lack of it.  Affinity  is  a  tolerance  of
distance. A great affinity would be  a  tolerance  of  or  liking  of  close
proximity. A lack of affinity would be  an  intolerance  of  or  dislike  of
close proximity. Affinity is one of the  components  of  understanding;  the
other components being reality and communication.
(Diabetics Today,  Glossary, page 1013)

REALITY

The degree of agreement reached by two ends  of  a  communication  line.  In
essence, it is the degree of duplication achieved between cause and  effect.
That which is real is real simply because it is  agreed  upon,  and  for  no
other reason.
(Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary,  page 338)

COMMUNICATION

"The interchange of ideas or objects between two people or  terminals.  More
precisely the definition of communication is the  consideration  and  action
of impelling an impulse or particle from source point across a  distance  to
receipt point, with the intention of bringing  into  being  at  the  receipt
point a duplication and  understanding  of  that  which  emanated  from  the
source point." "The formula of communication is:  Cause,  Distance,  Effect,
with   Intention,   Attention   and   Duplication    with    Understanding."
"Communication by definition does not need to be two-way.  Communication  is
one of the component parts of understanding."
Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary page 81)
(HCOB 5 Apr 73 Reiss. 19 Sep 74 AXIOM 28 AMENDED)
(Dianetics Today. Glossary, page 1020)

ARC BREAK

A sudden drop or cutting of one's affinity, reality, or  communication  with
someone or something. Upsets with people or things come about because  of  a
lessening  or  sundering  of  affinity,   reality,   or   communication   or
understanding. It's called an ARC break instead of  an  upset,  because,  if
one discovers which of the three points of understanding have been cut,  one
can bring about a rapid recovery in  the  person's  state  of  mind.  It  is
pronounced by its letters A-R-C break.
(Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary  page 21)

PROBLEM

Anything which has opposing sides  of  equal  force;  especially  postulate-
counterpostulate,  intention-counter-intention  or  idea-counter-idea;   and
intention-counterintention that worries the preclear
(Dianetics Today Glossary, page 1034)

OVERT

1.    ... An aggressive or destructive act by the individual against one  or
    more of the eight dynamics (self, family, group,  mankind,  animals  or
    plants, mest, life or the infinite) .
      (Dianetics Today. Glossary, page 1032)

2.    That thing which you do which you aren't willing  to  have  happen  to
    you.
      (Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary page 288)

WITHHOLD

An undisclosed harmful (contra-survival) act.
(Dianetics Today. Glossary, page 1043)

MISSED WITHHOLD

An undisclosed contra-survival act which has been  restimulated  by  another
but not disclosed. This is a withhold which another person nearly found  out
about, leaving the person with the withhold in a state of wondering  whether
his hidden deed is known or not.
(Dianetics Today. Glossary, page 1030)

POSTULATE

1.    To conclude, decide or resolve a problem or to set a pattern  for  the
    future or to nullify a pattern of the past.
      (Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary  page 304)

2.    That self-determined thought which  starts,  stops  or  changes  past,
    present or future efforts.
      (Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary  page 304)

3.    In Scientology the word postulate means to  cause  a  thinkingness  or
    consideration. It is  a  specially  applied  word  and  is  defined  as
    causative thinkingness.
      (Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary page 304)
COUNTER

1.    Opposition, as in direction  or  purpose;  for  example  countermarch,
    counteract.
      (The American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language page 303)

HOSTILE

1.    Of or pertaining to an enemy.
      (The American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language. page 637)

2.    Feeling or showing enmity; antagonistic.
      (The American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language. page 637)

ANTAGONISM

1.    Mutual resistance; opposition; hostility.
      (The American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language. page 55)

2.    The condition of being an opposing principle, force or factor.
      (The American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language page 55)

SUPPRESS

1.    To squash, to sit on, to make smaller, to  refuse  to  let  reach,  to
    make uncertain about his reaching, to  render  or  lessen  in  any  way
    possible by any means possible. to the harm of the individual  and  for
    the fancied protection of a suppressor.
      (Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary  page 414)

SUPPRESSION

1.    Suppression is "a  harmful  intention  or  action  against  which  one
    cannot fight back." Thus when one can do anything about it, it is  less
    suppressive.
      (Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary page 414)

SUPPRESSIVE PERSON

1.    A person with certain  behavior  characteristics  and  who  suppresses
    other people in his vicinity and those other people when he  suppresses
    them become PTS or potential trouble sources.
      (Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary  page 415)

2.    A person who has had a counter-postulate to the pc you are handling.
      (Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary  page 415)

3.    Is one that actively seeks to suppress  or  damage  Scientology  or  a
    Scientologist by suppressive acts.
      (Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary  page 415)

SUPPRESSIVE GROUPS

1.    Are defined as those  which  seek  to  destroy  Scientology  or  which
    specialize in injuring or killing persons or damaging  their  cases  or
    which advocate suppression of mankind.
      (Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary  page 414)

ROLLER-COASTER

1.    A case that betters and worsens. A roller-coaster is always  connected
    to a suppressive person  and  will  not  get  steady  gains  until  the
    suppressive is found on  the  case  or  the  basic  suppressive  person
    earlier. Because the case doesn't get well he or  she  is  a  potential
    trouble source to us, to others and to himself.
    (Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary, page 358)

2.    Gets better, gets worse, gets better, gets worse.
      (Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary,  page 358)

POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCE

1.    Somebody who is connected with an SP  who  is  invalidating  him,  his
    beingness, his processing, his life.
      (Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary  page 305)

2.    It means  someone  connected  to  a  person  or  a  group  opposed  to
    Scientology. It is a technical thing. It results in illness and roller-
    coaster and is the cause of illness and roller-coaster.
      (Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary  page 305)

3.    The PTS guy is fairly obvious. He's here, he's way up today  and  he's
    way down tomorrow and he gets a beautiful  session  and  then  he  gets
    terribly ill. That's the history of his life.
      (Modern Management Technology Defined  page 400)

4.    The mechanism of PTS is  environmental  menace  that  keeps  something
    continually keyed-in. This can  be  a  constant  recurring  somatic  or
    continual, recurring pressure or a mass. The menace in the  environment
    is not imaginary in such extreme cases. The action can be taken to  key
    it out. But if the environmental menace is actual and persists it  will
    just key-in again. This gives recurring pressure  unrelieved  by  usual
    processing.
      (Modern Management Technology Defined  page 400)

SEARCH AND DISCOVERY

1.    Search and discovery of  suppression  is  called  an  "S  and  D."  It
    locates the suppressive on the case.
      (HCOB 9 Nov 67, REVIEW AUDITORS, BOOK OF CASE  REMEDIES.  REVISION  OF
    REMEDY A, REMEDY B AND S AND Ds)

        "Remember that the real suppressive person (SP) was  the  one  that
    wove a dangerous environment around the pc. To find that person  is  to
    open up the pc's present time perception or space. It's like pulling  a
    wrapping of wool off the pc.


        "The SP persuaded or caused the pc to believe the  environment  was
    dangerous and that it was always dangerous and so made the pc  pull  in
    and occupy less space and reach less.


        "When the SP is really located and  indicated  the  pc  feels  this
    impulse not to reach diminish and so his space opens up.


        "The  difference  between  a  safe  environment  and  a   dangerous
    environment is only that a person is willing to reach and expand  in  a
    safe  environment  and  reaches  less  and  contracts  in  a  dangerous
    environment.


        "An SP wants the other person to reach less. Sometimes this is done
    by forcing the person to reach into danger and get  hurt  so  that  the
    person will thereafter reach less.


        "The SP wants smaller, less powerful beings. The SP thinks that  if
    another became powerful that one would attack the SP.


        "The SP is totally insecure and is battling  constantly  in  covert
    ways to make others less powerful and less able."


    (HCOB 5 Feb 66 S AND D WARNING)
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 6 JANUARY 1979

Remimeo

                            HCOB 24 JULY 1970 AND
                       HCOB 28 AUGUST 1970RA CANCELED

                  Ref:      HCO PL 15 March 1971R
                       Data Series 21 R
                       DATA SERIES AUDITING


    HCOB 24 July 1970, DATA SERIES, and HCOB 28 August 1970RA, HC  OUTPOINT
PLUS-POINT LISTS RA, are CANCELED.


    The use of the HC Out-Point Plus-Point Lists  is  most  effective  when
preceded by other specific actions necessary to  achieving  the  full  gains
possible from the handling of these lists.


    The HC Out-Point Plus-Point Lists are being incorporated as a step of a
rundown currently under research and are slat to be used or audited  in  any
way otherwise.


    After the date of this issue it will he deemed  a  HIGH  CRIME  if  any
auditor is found to have violated the above.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:elb
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                               L. Ron Hubbard
                             EXECUTIVE DIRECTIVE


LRH ED 301-1 INT 6 January 1979

To:   All Staff
      and Students

From:   Ron


                       CORRECTION TO RON'S JOURNAL 30
                    REQUIREMENTS FOR SUPER POWER AUDITORS


    On page 267 of Ron's Journal 30, the listing of OT III as a requirement
for New World Corps candidates to be trained on Super Power is  a  typo  and
is hereby canceled.


    The requirements for auditors or C/Ses who are to be trained to deliver
Super Power are:

    1.      Class IV (does not have to be Class IV Permanent).


    2.      Not an R/Ser.


    3.      No LSD or Sweat Out Program very fully completed.


    4.      Full Drug Rundown completed.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:cib
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead. Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 9 JANUARY 1979

Remimeo

                              BTB CANCELLATION

                          BTB to MARCH 75. ISSUE IV
                             CRAMMING SERIES 5RB
                               TRs IN CRAMMING

        IS HEREBY CANCELED.


    No auditor may audit in an HGC who has not done a Hard TRs Course.


    Any auditor with good sense will get  an  honest  TRs  tape  passed  by
competent authority before he audits anybody.


    The technical material in the above mentioned BTB is incorrect as  once
an auditor's TRs are "IN" they don't go out and you certainly don't have  to
practice to get them back in.


    The job is to get them in in the first place.


    Auditors whose TRs are out can have false data on TRs found and be word
cleared on TR HCOBs and can be put back on a Hard TRs Course.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:kjm
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JANUARY 1979
Remimeo
All Staff
EO/MAA Hats A NEW TYPE OF CRIME

             Ref:      HCO PL 7 Feb 65  KEEPING SCIENTOLOGY
                       WORKING
                  HCO PL 2.3 Dec 65     SUPPRESSIVE ACTS
                       SUPPRESSION OF SCIEN
                       TOLOGY & SCIENTOLOGISTS
                       -THE FAIR GAME LAW
                  HCO PL 7 Aug 65  SUPPRESSIVE PERSONS
                       MAIN CHARACTERISTICS OF
                  HCO PL 16 Oct 67      AKH No.16-SUPPRESSIVES
                       AND THE ADMINISTRATOR-
                       HOW TO DETECT SPs AS AN
                       ADMINISTRATOR
                  HCO PL 18 Oct 67      POLICY AND HCOB ALTERA
                       TIONS-HIGH CRIME

                            TECHNICAL PERVERSIONS
    During an evaluation of an organization, a new crime came to light:


    It consisted of carefully teaching and coaching auditors to get a  snap
can squeeze done so they would set their meter sensitivity so  low  that  no
reads could be obtained. It was done  knowingly  and  intentionally  by  the
person so there would be no auditor around that could  spot  his  withholds.
He also obscured E-Meter Drill No. 5 which shows the correct  way  to  do  a
can squeeze and get a proper sensitivity.


    Anyone who would do something like this, just to  protect  a  withhold,
without realizing he would also mess up hundreds of cases quite in  addition
to messing up his own, is of course not only irresponsible but insane.


    We think of "insane people" as being  wild-eyed  maniacs  but  such  is
seldom the case. More often they are quiet types who have little or  nothing
to say and speak softly. This person would not have been seen as  insane  on
casual observation. And so he had worked his way into the post  of  training
in charge. Just so he could protect his withholds. And, on that  post.  then
carefully mistrained all auditors in sight.


    So this brings to view that there is a new type of crime:


    TO ALTER  AND  PERVERT  TECH  OR  PROCEDURE  TO  PREVENT  DISCOVERY  OF
WITHHOLDS.


    This enters many areas: Changing or losing issues.  Issuing  issues  in
BTB or BPL form that contain incorrect and misleading  data.  Posting  known
criminals or incompetents to training posts.  Verbal  tech.  In  short,  any
action which would prevent tech from being known or correctly used.

    These fall under the heading of SUPPRESSIVE ACTS  and  come  under  the
ethics PLs related to them.

                                     L. RON HUBBARD
                                     Founder

                                     for the
BDCS:LRH:cib
Copyright � 1979 BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
By L. Ron Hubbard      of the
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED    CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 JANUARY 1979
                                  Issue II
Remimeo
                               Data Series 47

                                CANCELLATION


    BTB 2 Sept 72R Issue II, WHY FINDING DRILL-TWO, is CANCELED.


    The Personal Office of Evaluation and Execution, Cramming Officers, AVC
and any other evaluating activity are not permitted to use this BTB.


    This BTB contains false tech and invites verbal tech by the  coach  who
may or may not already have MUs on the subject of evaluation.


    Any entry of this BTB on a checksheet is to  be  deleted  and  students
informed of such.


                                     L. RON HUBBARD
                                     Founder

                                     for the
BDCS:LRH:cib
Copyright � 1979 BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
By L. Ron Hubbard      of the
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED    CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY







                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 28 JANUARY 1979
Remimeo
KOTs
C/Ses
Qual Staff  C/S QUALIFICATIONS
Tech Staff
HCOs

    Any C/S C/Sing for a level for which he has not been trained is subject
to the suspension of all certificates and deprivation of all bonuses. He  is
subject also to refund of all bonuses ever obtained while C/Sing  as  a  C/S
levels for which he has not been trained above  or  below  his  class.  This
does not limit the penalties which can be applied which can include  declare
and expulsion.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:jk
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 31 JANUARY 1979
Remimeo
TRs Course
Checksheet
TRs Course Supervisor  MOOD DRILLS
Tech Sec
Qual Sec


    Beings can be fixed or stuck in a chronic  mood  (emotion)-always  sad,
always angry, always bored, etc. Just in  life  and  livingness  this  makes
them rather hard to live with but in an auditor it is fatal. The mood of  an
auditor, particularly if fixed and chronic, can color the  session  and  the
results he obtains.


    TRs are a matter of sound, not how an auditor feels.  When  an  auditor
has a stuck or fixated mood, such as monotony, timidity,  dullness,  showing
up in his TR drills or in session, this can  slow  up  a  pc's  progress  or
rough up or upset a pc. The auditor's TRs should sound live  and  interested
and natural.


    Mood Drills have  been  developed  to  handle  fixed,  uncontrolled  or
unsuitable tone levels in an auditor. These drills consist of drilling TR  I
over and over at each tone level of the full Tone Scale (HCOB 25 Sept  71RB,
Revised 1 Apr 78 TONE SCALE IN FULL). You start low on the scale and do  TRs
at each tone level in that tone. then up to the next  tone,  and  the  next,
i.e., TR 1 done over and over at "Dying," then at  the  tone  of  "Useless,"
and so on up the scale. The coach simply has the student  do  TR  I  at  the
particular tone level so that the coach and the student are  both  satisfied
that the student has conveyed that tone and the student has a win.


    A technical fact is that moods  or  emotions  are  usually  "automatic"
which means they are not necessarily under control but tend to  control  the
person himself. It is as if he is under other-determinism. Technically,  you
can "take over" the automaticity and put it under a being's control just  by
having him consciously do it over and over. You can also  change  a  chronic
tone level by shifting a  person's  attention  from  it  by  making  him  do
something else. (Reference: "Ability 36" and "Ability-Straight Wire.")


    Body position, voice tone, facial expression and attitude are all  part
of conveying the mood or tone level. For example,  the  student  doing  Mood
Drills is on TR 1 working on the tone "Anger." He gives a  line  from  Alice
in Wonderland. and it sounds a bit weak.  Coach's  patter:  "That's  it.  It
sounds a bit gentle. Let's get some more G-r-r-r-r in  it.  Start."  Student
repeats the line, but smiles a bit although he  sounds  more  angry.  Coach:
"That's it. It sounded more angry, but you  smiled.  Do  it  again-you  feel
angry. Start." Student gives the line again,  this  time  frowning  fiercely
and in a very snarly tone of voice,  leaning  forward  aggressively.  Coach:
"Good! Do you feel you  did  it?"  Coach  continues  until  the  student  is
certain he can do it easily. The coach must be able to identify the  various
emotions and if he  is  in  question  about  it  the  dictionary  should  be
resorted to until both student and coach are in agreement on what  the  tone
is or means and that it is being accurately and demonstrably expressed.


    A student drilling these must beware of Mis-Us and the coach must  make
sure that he and the student both understand each  mood  (tone).  Any  moods
that are too easy to do should be spotted by the coach  and  repeated  until
the automaticity is broken.


    If a mood is too hard for the student to master, have him do  TR  1  in
different beingnesses,  e.g.,  a  timid  student  who  is  trying  to  sound
antagonistic could be asked to do TR 1 as a  panther,  a  lion,  a  villain,
etc. If you had him do it as a timid bird or  some  such  timid  thing  that
would never be antagonistic you would probably have your  student  where  he
lived. Again, do such things to a student win and don't  use  it  to  harass
him. The whole point is to get  him  to  do  TR  1  antagonistically.  These
shifts of beingness help to shift  his  attention  off  a  repulsion  to  an
emotion he cannot easily do.
Once begun, Mood Drills should be continued until the whole  scale  is  flat
so the auditor doesn't get stuck on the Tone  Scale  but  can  do  any  mood
easily and without strain. When an auditor is upset  about  his  voice,  you
can have him try speaking melodiously, boringly, enthusiastically, until  he
can change his voice mood about at will.


    Mood Drills should be done when the auditor sounds mechanical,  or  his
tone is brush off, not interested or some set emotion.  An  auditor  can  be
drilled on assessments in the E-Meter Drill Book with Mood Drills, when  his
assessment is dull or monotonous. Any set emotion like "sweet,"  "light  and
airy fairy," or sad, dreary, deadly serious, indifferent can be  handled  by
drilling with Mood Drills.


                             50 FOOT MOOD DRILLS

    50 Foot Mood Drills can be used to cure a fixed mood that doesn't  seem
to budge with regular Mood Drills. Student and coach go  to  an  area  where
they can do some shouting without disturbance. The coach and student are  at
least 50 feet apart and the Mood Drill is done, as described above, at  this
distance.


    Mood Drills are not only fun to do, but also enable an auditor to be at
cause over how he sounds in a session, without strain and  without  his  own
feelings interfering with the session and thus to get maximum gain  for  the
pc.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH: jk
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 3 FEBRUARY 1979
                                   Issue I
                   CORRECTED AND REISSUED 8 FEBRUARY 1979
Remimeo
                (Also issued as HCO PL same date and title.)

                           CHANGE THE CIVILIZATION
                                    EVAL

POLICY:  A course consists of a checksheet, theory and practical.

    To audit or even  do  courses  requires  an  ability  to  confront  and
communicate and this is brought about on the TRs Course.


    People who can't  confront  can  have  trouble  communicating,  reading
meters, studying or even detecting what is going on.
              (See Cumulative Index, Vol X Technical Bulletins)

SITUATION:  TRs AND TECH ARE OUT INTERNATIONALLY.

STATS:  Refunds high .

      Majority of Sea Org staff with incomplete courses.

      Lots of blown students.

DATA:  Auditors pulled in for training couldn't  do  TRs  even  though  they
were trained and had been auditors  for  years.  (OMITTED  TRs-COURSES  THEY
TOOK PREVIOUSLY)

    Supervisors didn't know key TR HCOBs, didn't  know  that  you  cycle  a
student through the TRs, not stick him in on one TR for weeks and  give  him
a lose, yet it is clearly expressed in HCOBs.  (OMITTED  INFORMATION,  WRONG
TARGET-TR SUPERVISORS)

    When I teach a course it takes a week  or  6  weeks  depending  on  the
course. When it is exported the same course and the same materials can  take
up to 9 months. (ADDED TIME-SUPERS)


    Auditors who had supposedly been trained misread and  missed  reads  on
meters. (OMITTED CONFRONTS-AUDITORS)


    People who go  to  writing  courses  in  college  almost  never  become
writers. (OMITTED PRODUCTS-COLLEGES)


    The common experience of students is they can't do what they're trained
to do  after  they've  been  "trained"  yet  the  civilization  is  spending
countless billions on "education." (CONTRARY FACTS-CONTEMPORARY TEACHERS)


    The "service facsimile" which is processed at Grade IV  of  Scientology
grade processing  handles  the  almost  universally  present  aberration  of
making others wrong. (ADDED ABERRATION-TEACHERS)


    Few teachers are Grade IV Releases. (OMITTED SCIENTOLOGY- TEACHERS)
Because their TRs and metering were out, auditors have  not  been  producing
uniformly spectacular  results  and  have  not  been  getting  pcs  smoothly
through their grades. (OMITTED CONFRONT-AUDITORS)


    CS-4s who have the responsibility for making up checksheets for courses
continue to export a TRs Course without a checksheet that  had  to  be  done
first before doing TRs. (OMITTED CHECKSHEET-CS-4s)


    The identical situation of sticking students in at each TR  and  making
them lose, instead of cycling them through TRs to a win each time was  found
on Flag some years. ago and remedied with an HCOB. Yet the HCOB is  unknown,
partially because there  is  no  checksheet  on  the  TRs  Course.  (OMITTED
PRESERVATION OF TECHNOLOGY-FLB)


    TR Courses over the world uniformly  have  been  taught  without  being
preceded by a theory period. (OMITTED THEORY-TRs COURSE SUPERVISORS)

OUTPOINT COUNT:

OMITTED-9   SUPERVISORS-4
WRONG TARGET-1   TEACHERS-3
ADDED-2     AUDITORS-2
CONTRARY FACTS-1 PREVIOUS COURSES-1     COLLEGES-1
      CS-4s-1
      FLB-1

WHY:  THERE IS NO CHECKSHEET FOR THE TRs COURSE WHICH IS STUDIED BEFORE  THE
STUDENT DOES HIS TRs.

ETHICS WHY:  TARGETTING STUDENTS TOWARD A LOSE BECAUSE THEY ARE  DRAMATIZING
THEIR SERVICE FACS.

WHO:  MAJORITY OF PROFESSORS, TEACHERS, ETC.

IDEAL SCENE:  A TRs COURSE TAUGHT AS A COURSE WITH A PROPER  CHECKSHEET  AND
SUPERVISED BY SUPERVISORS WHO ARE NOT DRAMATIZING A SERVICE  FAC  OR  MAKING
OTHERS WRONG AND TRAINING AUDITORS WHO CAN CONFRONT AND COMMUNICATE  AND  IN
ADDITION TO HANDING THEIR PCs SO AS TO OBTAIN  UNIFORMLY  SPECTACULAR  WINS,
MAY ALSO EVENTUALLY REACH THE REST OF THE TEACHERS  IN  THE  WORLD  SO  THAT
THEY TOO WILL TEACH STUDENTS TO A WIN.

HANDLING:

BRIGHT IDEA:  Do a checksheet of the TRs Course  and  retread  all  auditors
who are not making it on it and TRs.

1.    Compile the checksheet.
                                       LRH TECHNICAL
                                       COMPILATIONS     DONE

2.    Push all students now on courses  on  through  their  courses  without
    interupting their studies by making them redo the course.
                                       DIRECTORS OF
                                       TRAINING    _____

3.    Immediately get the  checksheet  being  applied  and  the  TRs  Course
    redone at the intern level, in the first  internship  any  auditor  I/T
    enters.
                                       QUAL SECS   _____
    4.      Enforce certificate expiration if the person has not  done  the
    internship for the level he is certified for.
                                       DIRs OF VALIDITY _____

5.    Sell the new TRs Course in one internship.
                                       REGS  _____

6.    Deliver the new TRs Course complete with checksheet and in  practical,
    cycling through the TRs to a minor win on each instead of sticking  the
    student into one TR at a time to a completion of that TR and so  giving
    them countless loses and extending the course endlessly. But make  sure
    that on the alternate cycle through, they're doing Hard TRs flawlessly.
                                       SUPERS      _____

6A.   Institute the new TRs Course at the beginning  of  major  courses  for
    those students who enter a major course  in  the  future,  and  at  the
    beginning of any major course substitute the new  TRs  Course  for  any
    existing TRs Course on the checksheet.
                                       DIRECTORS OF
                                       TRAINING    _____

7.    Make DRD and Grade IV a prerequisite for the post  of  Supervisor  and
    get all Supervisors now on, up to that without removing them from  post
    in a minimum period of time.
                                       HCO   _____

8.    On all auditors who are failing order a complete modern TRs Course  as
    in Targets 5 and 6, as the only acceptable first cramming  order.  Time
    machine it for 2 weeks full time and 6 weeks maximum if done part time.
                                       CRAMMING
                                       OFFICERS    _____

8A.   Do not require auditors to "drill TRs" in the morning  or  evening  as
    TRs do not fall out. Ref: HCOB 9 tan 79, BTB CANCELLATION. Instead, get
    them through a Hard TRs Course in their study time.
                                       QUAL SEC    _____

9.    Where the new TRs Course is not running well, inspect and verify  that
    Supervisors exist, that this HCOB is known the WHAT IS A COURSE? P/L is
    in on the TRs Course or any other  reason  found  and  the  Supervisors
    gotten up to Grade IV Release.

                                       LRH COMM    _____

10.   Only bother to correct  other  auditor  or  admin  errors  after  it's
    verified that the persons sent to Cramming have successfully  completed
    the modern TRs Course to wins on the theory and every TR. When the  new
    TRs Course is obviously and beyond any reasonable doubt fully passed by
    the auditor, only then and in the future for that  auditor,  engage  in
    any cramming actions. Do not require that he do the  TRs  Course  again
    unless it is clearly evident that he failed it the first time.
                                       CRAMMING
                                       OFFICER     _____

11.   If this program is not working, if refunds do not drop, if  org  stats
    do not rise, debug this HCOB as it applies to any org or area  and  get
    it in and get it working.
      LRH COMM   _____
    12.      Program  out  how  we're  going  to  use  this  to  get   this
    civilization functioning.
                                       GUARDIAN
                                       WORLDWIDE   _____

13.   Report all wins and successes with this HCOB to CS-4.

                                       THOSE APPLYING
                                       THIS PROGRAM     _____

14.   Take ethics actions on those who refuse to apply this program.

                                       EO/SENIOR EO
                                       INT   _____

15.   Teach students to a win.
                                       EVERYBODY
                                       TRAINING
                                       ANYONE      _____


                                     L. RON HUBBARD
                                     Founder


                                     for the


                                     BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
                                     of the
                                     CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY

BDCS:LRH:jk
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 3 FEBRUARY 1979
                                  Issue II


                                CONFRONT TECH
                     HAS TO BE PART OF THE TR CHECKSHEET


    The inability to confront is basically caused by withholds and where  a
person cannot be drilled into confronting, he  has  to  have  his  withholds
pulled.


    That he has committed overts and doesn't want them  exposed  apparently
causes him to withhold his attention  and  the  result  is  his  ability  to
confront is lessened.


    Also where a person has overts on a subject and is withholding, he  has
a tendency to complicate that subject and  cannot  get  down  to  its  basic
simplicities. The world looks very complicated to him, probably because  his
attention is wrapped up in his withholds instead of on his real problems  or
the subject.


    The new discovery here is that a person who has overts and withholds on
a subject cannot perform in that area and introduces  complexities,  for  of
course they can't confront it.


    Where a person cannot take responsibility for his withholds and  he  is
not benefiting casewise from giving them up, he is half dead as a being.  It
is a vicious circle: he began to commit overts because he couldn't  confront
things and then withheld what he had done.  Because  he  had  withholds  and
could not confront, he began to take heavy drugs and alcohol.  These  pushed
him toward deadness and further worsened his ability to  confront  and  even
caused him to commit further overts which he then withheld and this  further
deteriorated his ability to confront. And all this traces back to  the  fact
that he couldn't  confront  in  the  first  place.  There  is  nothing  more
irresponsible than a dead man. And when confront drops and  withholds  enter
in, one has entered the death slide as a being.


    This vicious circle can be handled in processing at various levels  and
will unsnarl and the person will become alive and able to confront. But  the
first steps of it, and ones which could carry him well up  the  ladder,  are
the drills of the TR Course if done properly and over and over  in  rotation
each time to a win on each particular drill.


    Truly, the world begins anew by regaining the ability to confront.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH: jk
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 7 FEBRUARY 1979R
                    CORRECTED & REISSUED 12 FEBRUARY 1979
                          REVISED 15 FEBRUARY 1979
Remimeo
All Auditors     (Revisions in this type style)
Tech  (Ellipsis indicates deletion)
Qual
C/Ses
Cramming Officers
                              E-METER DRILL 5RA
                                 CAN SQUEEZE


    The following E-Meter Drill immediately revises  and  replaces  E-Meter
Drill 5, as it appears in The Book of E-Meter Drills and modifies  any  data
to the contrary in E-Meter Essentials.

NUMBER:   EM-5RA

NAME:   CAN SQUEEZE

PURPOSE:

I.    To demonstrate to the student how an incorrect can  squeeze  gives  an
    inaccurate, unreliable needle reaction.

II.   To train a student auditor how to get a  pc  to  do  an  accurate  can
    squeeze.

III.  To train a student auditor how to determine  the  sensitivity  setting
    to get 1/3 of a dial drop of the needle on the can squeeze, for use  in
    setting the correct  sensitivity  for  each  preclear  in  an  auditing
    session.

IV.    To  convince  a  student  auditor  that  he  has  to  use  a  correct
    sensitivity setting for 1/3 of a dial drop of the can squeeze to have a
    workable and readable E-Meter.

POSITION:   The coach and the student auditor sit facing each  other  across
a table with an E-Meter facing the student auditor. The E-Meter  is  already
set up.

TRAINING STRESS:

SECTION 1: To give the student auditor a reality on how a  can  squeeze  can
be done incorrectly. so he will know all the points he may have  to  correct
to ensure he gets an accurate can squeeze.

1.    Coach picks up the cans and holds  his  hands  on  the  table  so  the
    student can clearly see them.

2.    Coach has student set sensitivity booster knob to lowest position  and
    the sensitivity at I on the sensitivity knob.

3.    Coach has student adjust the needle to the  set  line  on  the  needle
    dial.

      The coach will  have  the  student  readjust  the  needle  to  set  as
    necessary at the beginning of each demonstration of the can squeeze.

4.    The coach gives the cans a squeeze with an even pressure. If there  is
    no read or a very small one, less than an inch, at sensitivity  1,  the
    student auditor moves the sensitivity knob to 5, and gets  another  can
    squeeze. If still no read or it's smaller than an inch,  student  moves
    sensitivity to 16 and gets another squeeze. For pur
    poses of the following demonstration, you want to set  the  sensitivity
    so that you can obviously see a movement  of  the  needle  on  the  can
    squeeze of about an inch. So the sensitivity could be set lower than  5
    or higher than 5, so long as you get a fall of about  an  inch  on  the
    squeeze.

5.    With the sensitivity setting determined in 4  above,  the  coach  will
    then squeeze the cans incorrectly, each time in a  different  way.  The
    coach shows the student what  particular  thing  he's  doing  with  his
    hands, and then has the student observe what happens on the  meter  and
    the distance the needle falls on the dial when he does each version  of
    an incorrect can squeeze as follows:

A.    Coach holds the cans with cups of  palms  and  all  fingers  and  both
    thumbs in complete contact with the cans. As he squeezes the  cans,  he
    lifts one finger off and then puts the finger back  on  after  relaxing
    the squeeze. This is an incorrect can squeeze.

B.    Coach holds the cans as in A. This time he gives the cans a very  fast
    light squeeze. This is an incorrect can squeeze.

C.    Coach holds the cans as in A, squeezes them with  a  gradual  pressure
    and then when he releases the squeeze he relaxes his grip on  the  cans
    so it is much looser than before the can squeeze. This is an  incorrect
    can squeeze.

D.    Coach holds the cans as  in  A,  and  this  time  gives  a  hard  fast
    squeeze. This is an incorrect can squeeze.

E.    Coach holds the cans as in A, squeezes them firmly and only  partially
    releases the squeeze. This is an incorrect can squeeze.

F.    Coach holds the cans as in A, but gives a squeeze in 2  stages.  first
    a little squeeze, then suddenly a harder one. This is an incorrect  can
    squeeze.

G.    Coach holds the cans as in A, gives a hard  fast  squeeze,  and  holds
    the grip. The student should notice that the needle swings way over  to
    the right due to the sudden motion, and that it returns  only  part  of
    the way with the coach still maintaining the squeeze,  thus  giving  an
    incorrect measurement of the can squeeze. Student should see  that  the
    distance between the first needle position at set and the final  needle
    position with the coach still maintaining the  squeeze  is  the  actual
    measurement of the can squeeze fall. It is not the distance between the
    first needle position of set and the needle position at the  far  swing
    to the right. A hard, fast can squeeze is an incorrect can squeeze.

H.    Coach holds the cans so they are not in contact with the cups  of  his
    palms and squeezes them. This is an incorrect can squeeze.

I.    Coach holds the cans with the thumbs going up the sides  and  sticking
    out over the top edge of  the  cans  and  squeezes  them.  This  is  an
    incorrect can squeeze.

J.    Coach holds the cans in a fairly tight grip  and  squeezes  the  cans.
    This is an incorrect can squeeze.

K.    Coach holds the cans with the  forefingers  lifted  slightly  off  and
    puts the forefingers on  the  cans  during  the  squeeze.  This  is  an
    incorrect can squeeze.

      The drill is continued until the student auditor gets  the  idea  that
    an incorrect can squeeze gives inaccurate, unreliable needle reactions.


SECTION II:   To give the student  auditor  a  proper  idea  as  to  what  a
correct can squeeze is, and to train him how to get a correct can squeeze.

    1.      The following drill should  be  done  first  by  the  coach  to
    demonstrate to the student auditor what a correct can squeeze is:


    A.      The coach has the student auditor shake  his  hands  until  the
    fingers are loose and floppy.


    B.      Then the coach has the student auditor put  his  hands  on  the
    table, palms up, exerting  no  control  on  his  fingers.  The  student
    auditor's fingers will curl in toward the palm.


    C.      Now the coach simply places the cans in the  student  auditor's
    hands at an angle across the palms. The natural curl of the fingers  is
    sufficient to hold the cans in place, and the placement of the cans  at
    an angle ensures that the maximum skin area is touching the  cans.  The
    cups of the student auditor's palms and all the fingers and both thumbs
    must be touching the cans. Ensure the thumbs go around the cans and not
    up the sides.


    D.      Now the coach has the student auditor  gradually  increase  the
    pressure of his grip on the cans until a light squeeze is achieved, and
    then relax it. This is a. correct can squeeze.


    E.      NOTE:   Ensure when the student auditor relaxes his  grip  that
    he does not take a finger or thumb or his palms off the cans. He should
    have about the same contact he had at the start as in C above.

2.    Having done the above, the coach now has the student  auditor  do  the
    drill as follows:

    A.      Have the coach pick up the cans and keep his hands on the table
    so the student can see them throughout the can squeeze.


    B.      Check the coach's grip on the cans to ensure it is  correct  as
    in B and C above. The student may have to try out  different  sizes  of
    cans, small, medium or large, depending on  the  size  of  the  coach's
    hands, to obtain the correct size can which  he  can  hold  comfortably
    without strain and that fits into the cup of  his  palm,  with  maximum
    skin contact.

      C.    Adjust the sensitivity booster knob to the lowest position.

      D.    (a)  Set the sensitivity knob at 1 on the sensitivity dial.

        (b)  Adjust the needle to the set line on the needle dial.


        (c)  Give the proper commands for getting a can squeeze as follows:


        . . . .


        "Squeeze the cans, please."


        "Thank you."


        The student must ensure the coach gradually increases the  pressure
        of his grip on the cans and relaxes it.


        (d)  Note the distance the needle fell when the coach squeezed  the
        cans.

    E.      Now increase the sensitivity setting to 2 and  repeat  steps  D
    (b), � and (d) above, again noting the distance the  needle  fell  when
    the coach squeezed the cans.


    F.      Repeat steps D (b), � and (d) for  sensitivity  setting  at  3,
    then sensitivity
    setting 4, then 5, then 6, and on up until you have the needle  hitting
    the pin on the can squeeze. With the needle hitting the pin on the  can
    squeeze, you wouldn't be able to note the length of the needle fall.

    Flunks are given for not having the coach remove all  rings  or  finger
jewelry, as they can cause  the  needle  to  give  unusual  reads;  for  not
checking that there is maximum skin contact on the cans; for failing to  see
that the thumbs go around the can and not up the sides; for failing  to  set
the meter and needle up properly; for failing to notice and handle a  sudden
or hard or jerky or convulsive can squeeze instead of an  even  increase  of
pressure on the cans or sudden letting go of the cans; for not  making  sure
the coach doesn't take a finger or thumb  or  palm  off  the  cans  when  he
releases the contact; for  failing  to  note  accurately  the  distance  the
needle fell on the can squeeze; and for giving the wrong commands.  Lack  of
skill in earlier drills is corrected by pink sheet.


SECTION III:   To  give  the  student  auditor  a  reality  on  setting  the
sensitivity for a 1/3 of a dial drop of the needle on the can squeeze.

    The student auditor should know that setting the sensitivity for 1/3 of
a dial drop on the can squeeze is an integral part of setting  up  each  and
every session he does. It is the sensitivity he will  be  using  during  the
session. It is vitally important he gets  the  correct  sensitivity  setting
for each preclear at each session, so that he will not miss reads  or  F/Ns.
A sensitivity setting which is too low  or  too  high  for  that  particular
preclear in the  particular  session  will  obscure  reads  and  F/Ns,  thus
upsetting the preclear's  case.  Therefore,  the  student  auditor  must  be
proficient on this drill.

1.    A.    Have the coach pick up the cans and keep his hands on the  table
    so the student can see them throughout the can squeeze.

    B.      Check the coach's grip to ensure it is correct,  also  ensuring
    you have the correct can size.


    C.      Adjust the sensitivity booster knob to the lowest position.

    D.      (a) Set the sensitivity knob at 5 on the sensitivity dial.

        (b) Adjust the needle to set line on the dial.


        (c) Get the coach to squeeze the cans ensuring he does it properly.


        (d) Note the distance the needle fell when the coach  squeezed  the
        cans.

    E.      On Step D (d) the needle will have fallen a distance of either
        (a) LESS than 1/3 of a dial drop,


        or


        (b) MORE than 1/3 of a dial drop.

    If it's (a) raise the sensitivity a bit and repeat steps D (b),  �  and
    (d) and continue to do this until you have 1/3 dial drop. If  it's  (b)
    lower the sensitivity a bit and repeat steps D (b),  (c)  and  (d)  and
    continue to do this until you have 1/3 dial drop.

         In other words, keep adjusting your sensitivity  lower  or  higher
     according to whether the drop is more or less than 1/3 of a dial  drop,
     until you get the correct sensitivity setting.


         Each time a new can squeeze is asked for, the student  auditor  is
     to make sure the coach is holding the cans properly  and  is  giving  a
     correct can squeeze.

    F.      The student then notes the exact sensitivity setting  at  which
    he got the 1/3 dial drop. Flunks are given for errors as in Section  II
    above and for failing to
    recognize when a 1/3 dial drop of the needle on  the  can  squeeze  has
    been obtained; for failing to  recognize  if  the  coach  is  giving  a
    considerably harder or lighter  can  squeeze  than  he  was  giving  at
    sensitivity 5, and for failing to  establish  the  correct  sensitivity
    setting for 1/3 of a dial drop on the coach.

2.    Now the coach has the student auditor do the  drill  on  a  number  of
    other students, with the coach watching, until he is satisfied that the
    student can easily and accurately  establish  the  correct  sensitivity
    setting for a 1/3 dial drop can squeeze.


SECTION IV:   To give the  student  auditor  a  reality  on  how  a  correct
sensitivity setting for l/3 of a dial  drop  on  the  can  squeeze  gives  a
readable and workable meter and how an incorrect sensitivity  setting  gives
an unreadable and unworkable meter, so the student will  understand  why  he
has to use a sensitivity setting that gives 1/3 of a dial drop.

1.    Coach has the student auditor set  the  sensitivity  accurately  on  a
    correct can squeeze for 1/3 dial drop as in Section III.

2.    The student auditor does a "pinch test" as  follows:  student  pinches
    the coach's arm, hard enough to hurt a little bit.

3.    Now, while watching the meter, the student says to the coach:

      "Recall that pinch I just gave you."

      "Thank you."

4.    Student notes the reaction of  the  needle  to  his  command  and  the
    distance the needle fell.

5.    Coach has the student do steps 2, 3, and 4 several  times,  each  time
    noting what the needle does in response to "Recall that pinch."

6.    Coach now has the student set the sensitivity at 1. Student has  coach
    squeeze the cans and notes whether there's a read, or not. If there  is
    a read, note size of read and leave the sensitivity at 1. If there's no
    read on the squeeze, the student still leaves the sensitivity at 1.

7.    The student auditor does a new "pinch test"  as  in  2,  3,  4  and  5
    above, noting the difference in needle response to the command  "Recall
    that pinch" as compared to what  it  was  in  Step  5  at  the  correct
    sensitivity setting. There may be no read at all and the student should
    notice that.

8.    Coach now has student set the sensitivity at 32,  and  coach  squeezes
    the cans.

9.    Student does the pinch test  again  and  notes  the  reaction  of  the
    needle to his command "Recall that pinch."

10.   Coach has the student then set the sensitivity correctly for 1/3 of  a
    dial drop on a correct can squeeze and does the pinch test again.

11.   The student should observe from these pinch  tests  that  an  accurate
    sensitivity setting determined from  a  correct  can  squeeze  gives  a
    readable and workable meter and that an incorrect  sensitivity  setting
    gives an unreadable and unworkable meter.  If  he  does  not  see  this
    clearly, then the coach would have the student redo steps 7 through  10
    until the student sees why the sensitivity must be set  for  1/3  of  a
    dial drop determined by a correct can squeeze.

    Flunks are given for failing to note what the needle did  and  size  of
read in response to student telling  coach  to  recall  the  pinch  and  for
errors in setting sensitivity accurately and getting a correct  can  squeeze
when called for in the drill.
HISTORY:   Developed as a training drill by L. Ron Hubbard at Saint Hill  in
December, 1963 and revised by L. Ron Hubbard in February, 1979.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:clb/dr.jk
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED





                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 9 FEBRUARY 1979

Remimeo
                      (Also issued as HCO PL 9 Feb 79.
                           Issue II. same title.)


                          HOW TO DEFEAT VERBAL TECH


1.    If it isn't written it isn't true.

2.    If it's written, read it.

3.    If you can't understand it, clarify it.

4.    If you can't clarify it, clear the Mis-Us.

5.    If the Mis-Us won't clear, query it.

6.    Get it validated as a written order.

7.    Force others to read it.

    IF IT CAN'T BE RUN THROUGH AS ABOVE IT'S FALSE!


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder
LRH:dg.kc.ch.cib
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 15 FEBRUARY 1979
Remimeo
Tech  (Also issued as HCO PL 15 Feb 79, same title.)
Qual
HCO
                           VERBAL TECH: PENALTIES

                         (Ref: HCOB/HCO PL 9 Feb 79.
                         HOW TO DEFEAT VERBAL TECH)


    ANY PERSON FOUND TO BE USING VERBAL TECH SHALL BE SUBJECT TO A COURT OF
ETHICS.


    THE CHARGES ARE: GIVING OUT DATA WHICH IS CONTRARY TO HCO BULLETINS  OR
POLICY LETTERS, OR OBSTRUCTING THEIR USE OR  APPLICATION,  CORRUPTING  THEIR
INTENT, ALTERING THEIR CONTENT IN ANY WAY,  INTERPRETING  THEM  VERBALLY  OR
OTHERWISE FOR ANOTHER, OR PRETENDING  TO  QUOTE  THEM  WITHOUT  SHOWING  THE
ACTUAL ISSUE.


    ANY ONE OF THESE CATEGORIES CONSTITUTES VERBAL TECH AND  IS  ACTIONABLE
PER THE ABOVE.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH: jk
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead. Sussex

                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 FEBRUARY 1979
                     CORRECTED & REISSUED 26 APRIL 1979
                       CORRECTED & REISSUED 6 MAY 1979
Remimeo
Tech
Qual  (Corrections in this type style)
All Auditors
E-Meter Checksheets
                             E-METER ESSENTIALS
                                ERRATA SHEET


The following corrections are to be made in E-METER ESSENTIALS:

RE: THE TONE ARM:

    Page 9 Section 10:

        Delete:  "no matter what the preclear says."


        Add:  "until the EP of that process is reached."


        The whole section now  reads:   "If  the  Tone  Arm  shows  motion,
        continue the process, until the EP of that process is reached."

    Page 10. Section 12:

        Delete:  "is a breach of the Auditor's  Code  Clause  13.  Also  to
        continue a process that is producing no Tone Arm motion is a breach
        of the same Clause . "


        Add:  "will leave the pc with By-Passed Charge. The process  should
        be continued to the EP of that process."


        The whole section now reads:  "To change a process while  the  Tone
        Arm shows good motion will leave the pc with By-Passed Charge.  The
        process should be continued to the EP of that process."

RE: THE SENSITIVITY KNOB:

    Page 13, Section 5:

        Delete:  "Have the preclear hold the electrodes comfortably in  his
        hands. Have him tighten  his  hands  and  then  relax  them,  still
        holding the cans. The needle should drop  exactly  one-third  of  a
        dial. Adjust the sensitivity knob by asking the preclear to squeeze
        the cans again and observing the needle fall."


        The whole section is substituted with the  following:   "The  exact
        setting of the sensitivity  knob  is  done  as  follows:  Have  the
        preclear hold the electrodes (cans) in his hands with the  cans  in
        contact with the cups of his palms and all  his  fingers  and  both
        thumbs in a comfortable grip. Set the sensitivity at 5  and  adjust
        the position of the needle to set. Have the  preclear  squeeze  the
        cans with an even gradual pressure,  not  a  sudden  hard  squeeze.
        Watch the distance the needle drops. If  the  distance  the  needle
        fell is less than one-third of a dial drop, raise  the  sensitivity
        some and get another can squeeze, continuing  this  procedure  till
        you've got the sensitivity setting that gives you  one  third  dial
        drop on the can squeeze. If the can squeeze gave you more than one-
        third dial drop at Sens. 5, lower the sensitivity  setting  a  bit,
        test
        another can squeeze, continuing this procedure till  you  get  one-
        third of a dial drop.


        In other words, keep adjusting your  sensitivity  lower  or  higher
        according to whether the drop is more or less than one-third  of  a
        dial drop, until you get the correct sensitivity setting."

    Page 13. Section 7:

        Delete:  "Adjust the knob to a still needle that will yet  move  on
        needed responses . "


        Add:  "Adjust the sensitivity knob to get a third of a dial drop on
        the can squeeze, or as close to that as you can."


        The whole section now reads:  "In  short,  adjust  the  sensitivity
        knob to get a third of a dial drop on the can squeeze, or as  close
        to that as you can."

RE: THE NEEDLE:

    Page 14. Section 4:

        Delete:  "A fall always happens with rapidity, within a  second  or
        two."


        Add:  "A fall always happens at  the  exact  end  of  the  question
        asked."


        The whole section now reads:  "A falling needle (3) makes a dip  to
        the right as you face the meter. A  fall  may  consist  of  half  a
        division (about one-eighth of an inch) or may  consist  of  fifteen
        dials (the whole meter face dropped fifteen times). It is  still  a
        fall. A fall always happens at the exact end of the question asked.
        It is also called a drop, a dip and a register. It denotes  that  a
        disagreement with life on which the preclear has greater or  lesser
        reality has met the question asked."

    Page 15. Section 9:

        Delete:  "upon the question being asked.  A  fall  can  be  in  two
        stages or more providing they take place within  a  second  or  two
        after the question."


        Add:  "at the end of the last word of the question asked."


        The whole section now reads:  "A fall follows at once at the end of
        the last word of the question asked."

RE: CHANGE OF CHARACTERISTIC:

    Page 15. Section 17:

        Delete:  "we must assume that that is it and we use it."


        Add:  "it can be further explored with the suppress and  invalidate
        buttons to see if it develops into a sF, F. or BD, which  then  can
        be used."


        The whole section now reads:  "Change of characteristic occurs when
        we hit on something in the preclear's bank. It occurs only when and
        each time that we ask that exact question. As the question or  item
        alone changes the needle pattern, it can be further  explored  with
        the suppress and invalidate buttons to see if it  develops  into  a
        sF, F. or BD, which then can be used."

    Page 15. Section 18:

        Delete:  "usually" .
        Add:  "may".

        The whole section now reads:   "A  question  that  stops  a  rising
        needle is a change of characteristic question and like a fall means
        we have struck something. Further exploration may develop it into a
        fall."

    Page 16. Section 21:

        Delete:  "within one tenth to one half of a second after  you  have
        asked a question of the preclear."


        Add:  "An instant read is defined as that reaction  of  the  needle
        which occurs at the precise end of any major thought voiced by  the
        auditor."


        The whole section now reads:  "It is not  much  used  but  must  be
        known as it may have to be used sooner or later when we  can't  get
        falls.


        "The only needle reactions in which you should  be  interested  are
        those which occur INSTANTLY. An instant read  is  defined  as  that
        reaction of the needle which occurs at the precise end of any major
        thought voiced by the auditor."

RE: ROCK SLAMS:

    Page 17, Section 35, ROCK SLAM (7):

        Delete:  "This originally meant (and still does) that  you  are  on
        the rock chain."


        Add:  "A Rock Slam means a hidden Evil Intention on the subject  or
        question under discussion or auditing."


        The  whole  section  now  reads:   "In  assessing  or  running  you
        occasionally get a Rock Slam. A  Rock  Slam  means  a  hidden  Evil
        Intention on the subject or question under discussion or auditing."

    Page 17, Section 36:

        Delete:  "A Rock Slam is a crazy, irregular, unequal, jerky  motion
        of the needle, narrow as one  inch  or  as  wide  as  three  inches
        happening several times a second. The needle 'goes crazy', slamming
        back and forth, narrowly, widely, over on the  left,  over  on  the
        right, in a mad war dance or as if it were  frantically  trying  to
        escape. It means hot terminal or hot anything in an assessment  and
        takes precedence over a fall."


        The entire section is replaced with:  "A  Rock  Slam  is  a  crazy,
        irregular, leftright slashing motion of the needle. It repeats left
        and right slashes unevenly and savagely, faster than the eye easily
        follows. The needle is frantic. The width  of  a  Rock  Slam  (R/S)
        depends largely on sensitivity setting.  It  goes  from  one-fourth
        inch to whole dial. But it slams back and forth. It means hot  item
        in an assessment and takes precedence over a fall or it means  that
        you have left rings on the pc's hands or have a loose connection in
        the leads or meter. If the latter two items verify as  not  present
        you are looking at a Rock Slam in the pc."

RE: FREE NEEDLES:

    Page 17, Section 41:

        Delete:  "It means an idle, uninfluenced motion, no matter what you
        say  about  the  goal  or  terminal.  It  isn't  just  null,   it's
        uninfluenced by anything (except body reactions)."
        The entire section is  replaced  by:   "It  means  the  same  as  a
        Floating Needle, which is a rhythmic sweep of the dial at  a  slow,
        even pace of the needle, back and forth, back  and  forth,  without
        change in the width of the swing except perhaps to widen as the  pc
        gets off the last small bits of charge. Note that  it  can  get  so
        wide that you have to shift the Tone Arm back and forth,  back  and
        forth, to keep the needle on the dial in  which  case  you  have  a
        floating tone arm."

    Page 18 Section 44:

        Delete:  "It doesn't happen until a person is well  above  release,
        so don't worry about it until you see it."


        The whole  section  is  replaced  with:   "It  can  occur  after  a
        cognition, blowdown of the Tone Arm, at a release point, or on  the
        erasure of a Dianetic chain."

    Page 18. Section 46:

        Delete:  "A Free Needle means, when  it's  used  as  a  term,  'The
        preclear is getting awful close to clear.'"


        The whole section is replaced with:  "A  Free  Needle  or  Floating
        Needle is one of the parts of the End Phenomena for any process  or
        action."

RE: SECURITY CHECKING:

    Page 21. Section 3:

        Delete:  "(b) it's in a past life and he doesn't  consciously  know
        about it (since the meter precedes preclear consciousness)."


        The entire line is replaced with: "(b) there's an  earlier  similar
        overt or withhold . "

    Page 22. Section 5:

        Delete:  "In the case of a past life possibility you add, 'In  this
        lifetime' to your security question. As you  repeat  that,  if  the
        misdeed was in a past life, the fall will vanish."


        The whole section is replaced with:   "In  the  case  of  (b)  when
        there's an earlier similar overt or withhold, you must ask  for  it
        and get it."

    Page 22. Section 7:

        Delete:  "always (as in all Rudiments) ask the  question  again  as
        this might not be all of it."


        Add:  "you get all the data and handle it earlier similar  withhold
        as necessary to an F/N."


        The whole  section  now  reads:   "If  the  preclear  tells  you  a
        withhold, you get all  the  data  and  handle  it  earlier  similar
        withhold as necessary to an F/N."

    Page 22. Section 9:

        Delete:  "On a security check sheet,  follow  up  every  change  of
        characteristic before you go on."


        Add:   "On  a  security  check,   follow   up   every   change   of
        characteristic, if it is instant, before you go on."
        The whole section now reads:  "On a security check, follow up every
        change of characteristic, if it  is  instant,  before  you  go  on.
        Change of characteristic, if it amounts to anything,  will  develop
        into a fall."

    Page 22, Section 10:

        Delete. "(or it's a past life)".


        Add:  "or there's an earlier similar overt or withhold"


        The whole section now reads:  "If the preclear hasn't told  all  or
        there's an earlier similar  overt  or  withhold,  the  meter  won't
        clear."

    Page 22, Section 14:

        No deletions.


        Add:  "except when it's a false read which can be checked for."

        The whole section now reads:  "Grim  experience  of  a  decade  has
        taught me that it's (a) or  (b)  and  never  'I  moved  the  needle
        myself' or 'I feel nervous just generally'. The  E-Meter  is  right
        even when it seems to make the preclear wrong, except when  it's  a
        false read which can be checked for."

RE: METER FRAILTIES:

    Page 25, Section 7:

        Delete:  "if that doesn't stop it, squirt some lighter  fluid  into
        the Tone Arm 'bearing' from the meter face side."


        Add:  "including the Mark V until February 1979".


        The entire section now reads:   "One  exception:  The  British  and
        American Hubbard Electrometer early models  including  the  Mark  V
        until February 1979 had a 'carbon pot' which is to say the Tone Arm
        was in 'pure carbon bearings', if you could call it that.  A  speck
        of dust can get in the 'pot' and cause  the  needle  to  rock  slam
        whether connected to the preclear or not. Pull the lead  wire  jack
        (disconnecting cans) and if the  slam  continues,  it's  the  'pot'
        that's wrong. Work the Tone Arm vigorously for a  short  while.  If
        that doesn't stop it, turn it in to be repaired.  Later  models  of
        the British and American  Hubbard  Electrometer  have  'wire  wound
        pots' and this doesn't happen . "

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:jk
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 FEBRUARY 1979
Remimeo
TR Course
Checksheet
Tech
Qual
                            ERRATA-P.A.B. No. 147


    P.A.B. No. 147, as it  appears  in  Technical  Volume  III,  page  335,
contains a typo to be corrected as follows:


    In the first paragraph, 3rd line, delete the word  "curve"  and  insert
the word "career."


    The correct sentence reads:


    "And if an auditor doesn't successfully pass the Communication  Course,
then to the end of any career he has as an auditor, there will be  something
wrong with his auditing."

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:dr
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                          GROUP AUDITOR'S HANDBOOK
                                     by
                               L. Ron Hubbard
                            Published March 1979




    Group Auditing was first introduced  to  the  public  view  by  L.  Ron
Hubbard in 1952.  Continuous  research  and  development  of  Dianetics  and
Scientology by L. Ron Hubbard since that  time,  has  consistently  improved
the results which may be expected from Group Auditing.


    The first publications on the subject of Group Auditing  were  released
in 1954;  Scientology:  Group  Auditor's  Handbook  and  Scientology:  Group
Auditor's Handbook Volume Two.


    March 1979 saw the publication of a new  edition  of  that  first  two-
volume set-revised to bring it up-to-date and aligned  with  the  tremendous
technical developments which have occurred in Scientology since 1954.


    The Group Auditor's Handbook is a precise manual of definite and proven
procedure. In the hands of an alert Group Auditor  it  can  be  a  means  of
initiating immediately the first strong steps toward  the  goals  of  better
conditions and freedom for mankind, for these  sessions  are  applicable  to
all kinds of groups: mixed groups,  congregations,  businessmen  and  women,
industrial employees, sports  and  military  units,  disabled  soldiers  and
handicapped   persons,   governmental   groups,   and   criminals   now   in
institutions.


    Today, by Group Auditing,  excellent  results  in  improved  individual
ability, awareness and spiritual well-being can be achieved  for  the  many.
This offers a great hope for the future of humanity. Wherever  and  whenever
people get together you will find  an  exciting  opportunity  to  use  these
books.


    144 pages in Volume One, 136 pages in Volume Two, soft cover, with  ten
sessions  in  each  volume  including  instructions  and  appendices  giving
remedies and codes. Available from your nearest Scientology Organization  or
Mission, or direct from the publishers: Church of  Scientology  Publications
Organization U.S., 4833 Fountain Ave., East Annex, Los  Angeles,  California
90029, U.S.A.: or Scientology Publications Organization,  Store  Kongensgade
55, 1264 Copenhagen K, Denmark.
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 4 MARCH 1979R
                          REVISED 30 DECEMBER 1979
Remimeo
                       (Revisions in this type style)


                                Art Serves 6


                              ART IN ITS BASICS


    Every separate sector of artistic creations has its  own  basic  rules.
Such areas include  writing,  painting,  lighting,  camera  work,  costumes,
sets, marketing, recording, mixing-every contributory sector to a final  art
offering.


    Each one of these areas has basic stable data which govern it. They are
contained in the textbooks on these subjects.


    These  are  the  rules-the  stable  data,  the  senior  data  of   each
specialized activity.


    We follow the rules because the rules give impact, effect and  message.
We don't follow the rules because we're told to, we follow the rules to  get
a product that is effective and brings about what we want brought about.


    Anybody who thinks it's just an odd idea that you just follow the rules
should get Short Form Product Clearing, because rules have everything to  do
with the value of the product.


    Anybody can turn out amateur junk. Who looks at it? Who would  look  at
it even if they were paid?


    The distance  between  amateured  junk  and  an  effective  product  is
accomplished by knowing  and  following  the  basic  rules  and  using  them
expertly.


    When you add to this dexterous handling of materials and equipment  and
then add some experience you have a professional.


    When you add a dash of good sense and talent you have a knockout.


    Be  professional  in  whatever  you  do,  the  tale  is  told  by   the
effectiveness of the product on its viewers and intended public.


    So whatever your specialty, you have to sort out what the  senior  data
are-the rules-and know them cold, so you don't  even  have  to  think  about
them and can think with them.


    Did you ever realize that each one of  these  specialties  has  only  a
dozen or two rules?


    A=A=A is the way most people handle data, some of  these  A's  however,
really have a thousand times the importance of other data.


    If you know these and sort them out you have a  chance  of  becoming  a
professional and if you have sorted them out and can  think  with  them  and
have manual dexterity with materials and equipment any professional in  that
field will recognize you as a professional  but  far  more  important,  your
specialty will communicate.
If you disregard  the  above  you'll  be  out  of  communication  with  your
specialty not only specialty but every viewer including kids,  whether  they
know the rules or not.


    Be a professional in whatever you do.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


                                             Revisions assisted by
                                             Maggie Sibersky
                                             LRH Comps I/C

LRH:MS:jk.dr
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 5 MARCH 1979R
                            REVISED 6 MARCH 1979
Remimeo
All Orgs
All Missions     (Revisions in this type style)
C/Ses (Ellipsis indicates deletion)
Auditors
Ds of P
Tech
Quay
HCO
Ethics Officers
KOTs
                        DIANETIC CLEAR FALSE DECLARES


    Any org or mission staff declaring a Dianetic Clear "achieved in  other
practices" is subject to expulsion from the Church.


    Technically, a very few thetans have never  been  anything  but  Clear.
These few didn't "go Clear"  on  anything;  they  have  simply  always  been
Clear. When a natural Clear is found it should be so stated. To assign  this
condition  to  some  other  practice  is  a  suppression  of  Dianetics  and
Scientology.


    Anyone evaluating for or feeding a preclear data  to  persuade  him  to
declare Dianetic Clear is also actionable....


    Anyone suppressively validating squirrel practices or groups by stating
they are producing Dianetic Clears is also actionable as  above,  as  it  is
not possible. It  requires  the  exact  application  of  Scientology  and/or
Dianetic technology to bring a preclear up to the state of Clear.


    Falsely declaring a person a Dianetic Clear who isn't, and  failing  to
declare one who made it on Dianetics or  the  Clearing  Course  or  who  has
always been Clear, are also actionable.


    People don't go Clear in garbage eating or psychiatry-they perish. Thus
herding people into their hands by falsely validating them is suppressive.


    Any and all such false declares are canceled.




                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:kjm
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 26 MARCH 1979RB
                          REVISED 2 SEPTEMBER 1979
Remimeo
                    (Also issued as an HCO Policy Letter
                         of same date, same title.)

                       (Revisions in this type style)

                              Esto Series 35RB
                          Word Clearing Series 60RB
                           Product Debug Series 7R

                  MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS AND CYCLES OF ACTION

                     MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS AND NO PRODUCT

    A misunderstood word  can  prevent  a  person  from  understanding  the
remainder of what is heard or written.


    I have now discovered that: A MISUNDERSTOOD on any  given  subject  CAN
PREVENT THE COMPLETION OF A CYCLE OF ACTION related to that subject.


    Therefore those people who don't complete cycles of action  on  certain
subjects have a misunderstood word on them.


    This then results in no-product situations.


    Therefore when you are getting no product, look for  the  misunderstood
word on the subject no matter how long and arduous it is.  It's  there.  And
when it's found the person can go on and complete a cycle of action and  get
a product.


    CAUTION: Make sure the  person  actually  does  have  an  inability  to
complete a cycle of action before you  get  into  handling  him.  You  don't
handle  somebody  who  is  completing  cycles  of  action  that  result   in
production.

                        MISUNDERSTOODS AND PERCEPTION

    Misunderstoods can also act as perception shut-offs. They can  actually
interrupt a person's perception.


    It is quite astonishing that perceptions such as sight, sound and  even
touch can be shut off by Mis-U words.


    This opens the door to the fact that  people  apparently  do  not  see,
hear, notice or handle outnesses when they have Mis-Us on them.


    This also may open the door to people  who  have  perceptic  shut-offs,
such as poor eyesight, deafness or other perception difficulties.

                        MISUNDERSTOODS AND COMPLEXITY

    Misunderstoods lead to complexity. People who have Mis-Us  in  an  area
are inclined to develop vast complexities. They can generate confusions  and
complexities beyond belief.
People do this because, having misunderstoods,  they  do  not  confront  and
duplicate in the area and so get into a lot of think-think  and  unnecessary
significance. Their ability to get things done in that area  dwindles  as  a
result. And at the bottom of all this is simply misunderstood words.

                      MISUNDERSTOODS AND TOTAL ORGANIZE

    When you see an area that is organizing only, you  know  that  area  is
loaded with misunderstoods .


    When people have incomplete cycles due to Mis-Us they get  bogged  down
into organization.


    You can tell when people  have  Mis-Us-they  are  totally  involved  in
organize, organize, organize. They don't know what they are doing.


    There is a level  below  this-they  have  overts  and  withholds  which
prevent even organizing.


    Below that level people are PTS.


    Lacking a sense of organization actually lies below this. It  is  below
the level of Mis-Us, overts and withholds and PTSness-and you'd have  to  go
north through PTSness and overts and withholds to even get to the Mis-Us.


                       MISUNDERSTOODS AND NO ORGANIZE

    There can also exist a condition where someone does  not  organize  any
corner of his area or work or organizations or lines. This manifests  itself
by irrational demands to only produce and to  prevent  any  organization  so
that production can occur. At the bottom of this  you  are  very  likely  to
find misunderstood words, particularly on the purpose of the  production  or
why one is producing. It is in this sector that you get overt products  most
frequently.

                                  HANDLING

    The exact procedure for handling these Mis-Us is given in HCOB  17  Jun
79 CRASHING MIS-Us: THE KEY TO COMPLETED  CYCLES  OF  ACTION  AND  PRODUCTS.
Crashing Mis-U finding is done as part of HCO PL 23 Aug  79  /  DEBUG  TECH.
Additional data on the location of Crashing Mis-Us is found in HCOB  14  Aug
79 CRASHING MIS-Us, BLOCKS TO FINDING THEM and HCOB 16 Jul 79 THE  "ELUSIVE"
MIS-U OR CRASHING MIS-U.


    With this knowledge we can now handle all the factors that prevent  the
completion of cycles of action and products.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:gal.dr
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 15 APRIL 1979
Remimeo

                                 Art HCOB 7

                       FINE ARTS VERSUS ILLUSTRATIONS


    The division between fine arts and  illustrations  is  that  fine  arts
permit the viewer to contribute his own interpretations or  originations  to
the scene whereas illustrations are "too literal" and  give  him  the  whole
works.


    To evoke an emotion in fine arts, the  spectator  must  be  invited  to
contribute part of the meaning.


    In a poster, the viewer is most often intended to be clobbered.


    In illustration, the viewer is intended to be informed.


    A work of fine art can elicit quite different  emotional  contributions
from one member of an audience to the next  as  he  is  left  free  to  some
degree to contribute meaning and emotion at his choice.


    In fine arts, the viewer must supply something to make it complete.


    Fine arts evoke some chord in the viewer's nature or past.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:cb
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 30 APRIL 1979
All C/Ses
NED Auditors
Qual/Tech Staff  C/S Series 106
HCO
KOTs
                         AUDITING THE DIANETIC CLEAR

                (Ref:  HCOB 1 Dec 78    PROGRAMMING THE
                       DIANETIC CLEAR
                       FOR HIS NEXT STEP
                 HCOB 8 Oct 70    C/S Series 20
                       PERSISTENT F/N
                 HCOB 19 Apr 72   C/S Series 77
                       "QUICKIE" DEFINED)


    It has recently come to my attention that some auditors are  delivering
grades in outrageously short periods of time to Dianetic Clear pcs and  only
giving Quad Grades to the Dianetic Clear without  making  full  use  of  the
Expanded Grades. Such pcs are being denied  the  full  gains  of  the  grade
processes due to Quickie Grades-out-tech.


    From this point forward, anyone auditing a pc who is Dianetic Clear  or
Natural Clear, on the grades, must:

    1)      M9 and starrate HCOB 8 Oct 70 C/S Series 20 PERSISTENT F/N,


    2)      M9 and starrate HCOB 19 Apr 72 C/S Series 77 "QUICKIE"  DEFINED
        and


    3)      Clay demo the consequences of Quickie Grades.

    It is the responsibility of the C/S to see  that  the  above  checkouts
occur without stopping or slowing delivery lines.


    These actions will ensure that the Dianetic Clear has  the  opportunity
to attain all the benefits of the  grades.  In  addition  to  the  immediate
abilities gained from  the  grades  being  properly  delivered,  having  his
grades really IN will prevent the pre-OT from running into  difficulties  on
the OT levels.


    The grades are a very essential part of the Grade Chart and must not be
delivered over a persistent F/N  or  skimped  on  in  any  way.  Let's  Keep
Scientology Working!


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:jk
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                         HCO BULLETIN OF 2 MAY 1979
                                   Issue I
All AOs
All St. Hills
Cl IV Orgs

                      DIANETIC CLEAR SPECIAL INTENSIVE


      (Refs:     HCOB 24 Sep 78   CONFIDENTIAL, THE
            Iss IV     STATE OF CLEAR
            HCOB 5 Mar 79R   DIANETIC CLEAR FALSE
                 DECLARES
            HCOB 29 Nov 78   C/S Series 104
                 DIANETIC CLEAR ATTESTS
            HCOB 5 Dec 78    C/S Series 105
                 DIANETIC CLEAR ATTESTS
                 ADDITIONAL DATA
            HCOB 24 Sep 78   DIANETIC CLEAR
            Iss III
            HCOB 1 May 79    INTERVIEW
            HCO PL 1 May 79  DIANETIC CLEAR
                 SPECIAL INTENSIVES
            HCOB 15 Nov 78   DATING AND LOCATING
            HCOB 2 May 79    DIANETIC CLEAR
            Iss II     SPECIAL INTENSIVE
                 ASSESSMENT LIST
            HCOB 3 May 79    DIANETIC CLEAR
                 SPECIAL INTENSIVE,
                 C/S AND AUDITOR
                 REQUIREMENTS)


    With the boom in Dianetic Clears it became necessary that  a  procedure
be developed so that the state of Clear would be  safeguarded  and  so  that
those who did achieve Dianetic Clear could get it properly acknowledged  and
attain a full resurgence of the state.


    The Dianetic Clear Special Intensive is designed to sort out and handle
the following situations:


1.    When an item stating the pc has gone Dianetic Clear has read on a  C/S
    53, GF, L3RF, End of Endless Drug Rundown List  or  Int  RD  Correction
    List or any other correction list, and  the  read  has  been  confirmed
    (i.e. it is not a false or protest read or read on assertion).

      Such a read is only two-way commed to F/N, and is not Date/Located  or
    otherwise handled at this point. The person is signed up for a Dianetic
    Clear Special Intensive, during which he will get the  state  of  Clear
    fully polished up and rehabilitated.

2.    When an individual thinks he is or might be Dianetic Clear.

3.    When a person has attested to Dianetic Clear and has not had a  formal
    auditing session to establish it, but has  only  had  a  mere  D  of  P
    interview.

      (Trying to audit or rehab in an interview is out-tech, a misuse  of  D
    of P interviews, and doesn't verify or rehabilitate the state.)

4.    Where there has been some attempt made to rehab the state of  Dianetic
    Clear on
      an individual without use of this intensive, which didn't  reach  the
    correct end phenomena, or where the person wasn't doing well after  the
    rehab.

    (NOTE:  The Dianetic Clear Special Intensive is not  given  to  a  non-
           Dianetic Clear in order to audit him up to that state.  Its  use
           is for verification and  rehabbing  of  the  state  of  Dianetic
           Clear, per the above.)

                            PURCHASE OF AUDITING

    If the person is in the middle of an intensive and goes Clear, or it is
discovered that he has gone Clear in past auditing, the remaining  hours  of
the intensive may be  applied  to  the  Dianetic  Clear  Special  Intensive,
provided there is a minimum of 5 hours remaining.  If  there  is  less  than
five hours remaining, then he would need to purchase a minimum  of  5  hours
for the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive.


    This issue gives the exact procedure to follow to handle  each  of  the
above situations standardly in an auditing session.


    With HCO PL 1 May  79,  DIANETIC  CLEAR  SPECIAL  INTENSIVES,  we  have
established the standard lines and policy concerning Dianetic  Clear  checks
and rehabilitation. The state of  Dianetic  Clear  is  not  to  be  checked,
verified or rehabbed in a D of P interview or any other type  of  interview.
Such actions are done only in the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive.


    This intensive is used to:

    a)      Establish with no eval or inval in the  procedure  whether  the
        person has actually achieved the state or not;


    b)      Ensure  that  the  person  who  has  made  it  attains  a  FULL
        resurgence of the state;


    c)      Establish for the person who has not yet  made  Dianetic  Clear
        that he hasn't. get any win he has achieved acknowledged,  and  get
        him programmed and onto his next auditing to get him further toward
        achieving the state of Clear;


    d)      If he thinks this intensive  is  going  to  make  him  Dianetic
        Clear, it establishes him on his proper rundown and gets  him  that
        much closer to Clear.

                            FES AND FOLDER STUDY

    Immediately after the intensive is purchased, and before the  intensive
is begun the first action is a full FES of the pc's folders so that the  C/S
has an accurate estimation of the case in general as well  as  data  on  any
originations or actions taken on the subject of  Dianetic  Clear.  This  FES
must include examining the person's past auditing on the subject of Int  and
L&N lists, because if either of these are  out  you  cannot  audit  anything
else until these are handled.

                             ALTERNATIVE CHOICES

    As the FES and folder study may reveal out-Int, out-L&N lists, or  past
rough auditing needing repair, you would not then be able  to  proceed  with
the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive until out-Int, out-L&N lists  or  rough
auditing were repaired.


    During the Dianetic Clear Special  Intensive  you  may  find  that  the
person has no interest in the questions, that he is there  to  become  Clear
and  didn't  go  Clear  in  past  auditing.  You  may   encounter   crashing
misunderstood words on the subject of Clear or auditing.


    This gives a choice between:
    a)      If Int or L&N lists  are  out  or  the  person  has  had  rough
    auditing, sign him up for and deliver the End  of  Endless  Int  Repair
    Rundown, L&N list repair, or a C/S 53 to F/Ning list. (These  are  sold
    by 12t/2 hour intensives, and he would need these actions  done  anyway
    before he could proceed up the Bridge.)

    NOTE:   IF HE HAS GONE DIANETIC CLEAR  AND  YOU  HAVE  TO  HANDLE  INT,
           LISTS, OR REPAIR PAST AUDITING BEFORE DOING THE  DIANETIC  CLEAR
           SPECIAL INTENSIVE, YOU MUST INDICATE THAT HE HAS  GONE  DIANETIC
           CLEAR AND THAT THIS HAS NOT YET BEEN PATCHED UP. THIS INDICATION
           IS MADE BEFORE STARTING TO HANDLE INT, LISTS OR REPAIR.

b)    If there is no evidence of out-Int or out-L&N lists, proceed with  the
    Dianetic Clear Special Intensive.

c)    If during the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive you find  that  he  has
    no interest and didn't go Clear in past auditing, you would bridge  him
    over to his next auditing step. Don't make him wrong for having  bought
    the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive. but  see  that  he  gets  onto  a
    proper program and gets that much closer to Clear in the 5 hours.

    The correct program is determined by the C/S and would probably be Word
Clearing, Objective Processes, or NED (New Era Dianetics).  At  the  end  of
this 5 hours he would be sent to the Registrar  to  get  further  intensives
needed to complete.

                                THE PROCEDURE

    Each step of the intensive is carried out in a formal auditing  session
(never in an interview).

STEP I: TWO- WAY COMM

    Each of the following questions are taken up with the pc with good two-
way communication.


    It is important that all reads, tone arm action with  length  of  reads
and BDs and needle behaviour are noted clearly in the worksheets.


    If the pc shows no interest in the questions,  or  in  Dianetic  Clear,
don't push him to answer or let him run on an  unreading  question.  Instead
clear any misunderstood word or words on the subject of Clear, and  end  off
to get  the  folder  to  the  C/S  to  handle  per  choice  c)  above  under
Alternative Choices. This way he will at  least  get  further  toward  Clear
within the 5 hours and it makes him right for having got the auditing.

    A typical C/S for Step 1 of the Dianetic Clear Intensive would read  as
follows:

A.    Give the pc an R-Factor on what you are going  to  be  doing  in  this
    session.

B.    Fly each rud.

1.    When do you feel you went Dianetic Clear?

1A.   (If pc doesn't feel he did go Dianetic Clear and  is  not  interested,
    ask him "Tell me what you would like to accomplish in  auditing?"  Take
    this to F/N and end off for a new C/S.)

2.    What happened at that time?

3.    Is there anything else that occurred  that  made  you  feel  you  went
    Dianetic Clear?
    4.      How were you running Dianetics before the point  you  feel  you
    went Dianetic Clear?

5.    How were you running Dianetics after  the  point  you  feel  you  went
    Dianetic Clear?

6.    Did you experience life differently after the point you feel you  went
    Dianetic Clear and since that time? If so, tell me about it.

7.    Has  there  been  any  invalidation  of  your  originations  regarding
    Dianetic Clear? (If so, get who and what was said.)

8.    Has anyone evaluated for you on the subject  of  Dianetic  Clear?  (If
    so, get who and what was said.)

8A.   (If it turns out that someone suggested that he  was  Dianetic  Clear,
    or tried to feed him the  EP  or  cognition,  take  the  evaluation  or
    suggestion earlier similar to F/N, and end off for a new C/S.)

9.    Did you experience any other changes not  already  mentioned  in  this
    session, that you connect with the state of being Clear?

10.   Has anyone discussed the subject of Dianetic Clear with you?  (If  so,
    get details and pull strings to ensure there has  been  no  feeding  of
    cognitions.)

11.   Have you always been Clear?

12.   Is there anything else you would like to say regarding being  Dianetic
    Clear that hasn't already been covered here?

    The C/S may add questions of his own to the above at his discretion but
these must not be evaluative nor invalidative.


    When you have full data on each of the two-way comm questions, end  the
session and send the folder to the C/S. The auditor should  include  in  his
proposed C/S a recommendation as to whether Step II or III  should  be  done
as the next action.

STEP II: CONDITIONAL: DATE/LOCATE

    The C/S would ONLY order Step II at this point  after  full  review  of
data obtained in Step I, and under the following conditions:

a)    It has been  verified  unquestionably  in  Step  I  that  the  pc  had
    attained the state of Dianetic Clear.

b)    The pc must have given the proper evidences of having gone Clear.

c)    Pc is F/Ning with VGIs.

d)    By content of the session and  pc  indicators  there  is  no  bypassed
    charge concerning the state of Dianetic Clear to be handled.

    It will be in rare instances that Step II is done at this point in  the
intensive. Ordinarily Date/Locate is done as the last action  following  the
Dianetic  Clear  Intensive  Assessment  List.  It  is  included  here  as  a
conditional step for the pc who is manifesting all of the  above  indicators
following Step I.

    Step II consists of:

    1.      DATE/LOCATE the point the pc went  Dianetic  Clear,  using  the
        full and exact procedure given  in  HCOB  15  Nov  78,  DATING  AND
        LOCATING.
        2.       When the  point  the  pc  went  Dianetic  Clear  has  been
        correctly dated and located, the folder is sent to the C/S.


    3.      If Date/Locate has been correctly done, the pc has  stated  the
        Clear cognition in some wording, has a floating, floppy needle  and
        floating TA, with VVVGIs, the C/S may send the pc to attest to  the
        state of Dianetic Clear.

    If all of the above indicators (a thru d) are not in or if  it  appears
the pc has any bypassed charge to be handled, the C/S would not  order  Step
II at this point but would  order  Step  III,  the  Dianetic  Clear  Special
Intensive Assessment List be done.

STEP III: THE DIANETIC CLEAR SPECIAL INTENSIVE ASSESSMENT LIST
      (Ref: HCOB 2 May 79 Iss  II,  THE  DIANETIC  CLEAR  SPECIAL  INTENSIVE
        ASSESSMENT LIST.)

1.    Assess the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive Assessment List by  Method
    3, and handle each reading item per list instructions.

2.    When each reading item has been handled, with pc F/Ning and VGIs,  the
    Date/Locate step (No. 49) is taken to completion, and folder is sent to
    the C/S.

3.    If the assessment list,  including  the  Date/Locate  step,  has  been
    correctly done, the pc has stated the Clear cognition in some  wording,
    has a floating, floppy needle and floating TA with VVGIs, the  C/S  may
    send the pc to attest to the state of Dianetic Clear.

                                END PHENOMENA

    The end phenomena of the Dianetic Clear Special  Intensive  is  A  FULL
RESURGENCE OF THE STATE OF DIANETIC CLEAR, for the person who  has  achieved
Dianetic Clear.

STEP IV:    CONDITIONAL: FOR THE PERSON WHO  HASN'T  YET  ATTAINED  DIANETIC
        CLEAR.

    On one of the above steps of the intensive, it may become obvious  that
the person hasn't yet attained Dianetic Clear.


    Once this has been adjudicated by the C/S, the following step is  done.
(If the pc still has any hours remaining from  the  5-hour  intensive,  they
would be used for this C/S as it is still part of  the  intensive.  As  more
hours are needed they would of course have to be purchased.)

1)    Give the pc  the  R-Factor  that  he  hasn't  attained  the  state  of
Dianetic Clear at this point and that he is being programmed so  as  not  to
be denied any of the gains on the Grade Chart, as in this  way  he  will  be
adequately prepared to do Advance Course levels. The C/S then  programs  the
case so that this can occur and the pc is informed he should  continue  with
his auditing program. (If he had already been  allowed  to  attest  earlier,
that the person handling the attest cycle didn't have all the data  at  that
time . )

    If there is any upset on this indication, go to step 2; if no upset, go
to step 3.

2)    Assess a GF M5 to locate and handle the remaining charge.  (A  C/S  53
may be assessed if more appropriate.)

3)    With pc VGIs in, find out if there  is  some  valid  win  or  gain  of
ability that he has achieved. There will usually be one, so get it and  give
him a good acknowledgement.

4)    Send the folder to the C/S for adjudication. Unless other actions  are
necessary, C/S will have the pc sent to  Qual  to  attest  to  his  win  and
completion of the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive.
The end result of Step IV should be a person who feels good about the  gains
he has made and who is eager to continue up the Bridge.


                                 D/L CAUTION

    It has been found that a pc who has gone Dianetic Clear, and  who  then
receives a messed up D/L of the point, may become uncertain as  to  when  he
actually did achieve this state. At this point  the  pc  may  feel  that  he
didn't go Dianetic Clear after all. He may  also  be  a  Natural  Clear,  in
which case there would not be any point to Date/Locate.


    (NOTE: A messed up Date/Locate would be handled per  HCOB  15  Nov  78,
DATING AND LOCATING.)


                        AUDITORS AND C/SES TAKE NOTE

    The questions in the above sessions indicate  what  kind  of  questions
should be asked to verify the state of  Dianetic  Clear  or  Natural  Clear.
There may be other questions the C/S may ask in addition to these.  Bear  in
mind that you may often be dealing with untrained pcs who don't  know  quite
what is being looked for. An excellent comm  cycle  is  essential  in  these
sessions, and very smooth TR 3 and TR  4  are  needed  to  really  get  your
questions answered and  clarified  as  necessary.  Otherwise  you  may  lose
people who have actually made it. On  the  other  hand,  the  questions  are
geared to find out what actually did occur and not to  evaluate  or  lead  a
person into a premature attestation.


    You MUST NOT EVALUATE for a pc by asking  questions  that  ask  him  to
describe his current case state in relation to  his  bank  or  mental  image
pictures, or asking him what his abilities are in  relation  to  his  mental
image pictures. The rule here is not to evaluate at  all  as  it  will  only
lead you and the pc into trouble.


                                A SMOOTH LINE

    So, now you have it clearly stated. We can now get  pcs  through  these
verification cycles smoothly. An important point here is that  whatever  the
outcome of the DIANETIC CLEAR  SPECIAL  INTENSIVE,  each  individual  should
continue right along and not get parked somewhere on the Bridge. There is  a
lot of progress to be made and with this intensive, many  more  people  will
be enjoying the upper levels sooner.


    So, get to it! This planet needs more OTs, NOW!




                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH :jk
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                         HCO BULLETIN OF 2 MAY 1979
                                  Issue II
All AOs
All St. Hills
Cl IV Orgs
                      DIANETIC CLEAR SPECIAL INTENSIVE
                               ASSESSMENT LIST

             (Ref      HCO PL 1 May 79  DIANETIC CLEAR
                       SPECIAL INTENSIVES
                 HCOB 2 May 79    DIANETIC CLEAR
                 Issue I    SPECIAL INTENSIVE
                 HCOB 3 May 79    DIANETIC CLEAR
                       SPECIAL INTENSIVE
                       C/S AND AUDITOR
                       REQUIREMENTS)


IMPORTANT:  THIS LIST MAY ONLY  BE  DONE  AS  PART  OF  THE  DIANETIC  CLEAR
             SPECIAL INTENSIVE AND MAY ONLY BE USED  BY  A  FULLY  QUALIFIED
             AUDITOR WHO HAS MET ALL REQUIREMENTS STATED IN HCOB  3  MAY  79
             DIANETIC CLEAR SPECIAL INTENSIVE-C/S AND AUDITOR REQUIREMENTS.

    This assessment list is the list which is assessed as Step III  of  the
Dianetic Clear Special Intensive. It will sort out and handle  any  bypassed
charge which would prevent a resurgence of the state of Clear. This list  is
only to be assessed when the C/S has ordered the auditor to do so.


    It is to be assessed M3 and may be reassessed as needed. If an item  is
seen to read but is met with the pc groping, puzzling,  or  frowning,  check
False and then Protest if necessary. Don't let him stew in a  baffled  state
on a question as he can easily go into inval at this point.


    The end phenomena of the Dianetic Clear  Special  Intensive  Assessment
List is a full resurgence of the state of Clear with the accompanying  meter
phenomena. (Ref: HCOB 5 Dec  78  C/S  Series  105  DIANETIC  CLEAR  ATTESTS-
ADDITIONAL DATA). The session must be ended off when that  occurs.  No  "say
or ask." Just a good ack and an "End of Session."  This  can  happen  before
getting to item No. 49.


    When all reading lines on this list  have  been  handled  to  F/N.  the
auditor would then Date/Locate the point per item 49 (if the Clear  cog  has
been originated).


    On occasion, it may show up that the person didn't  actually  make  it.
When this happens  or  is  suspected.  send  the  folder  to  the  C/S  upon
completing the item you're working  on.  Refer  to  HCOB  2  May  79  Iss  I
DIANETIC CLEAR SPECIAL INTENSIVE for the handling  should  the  C/S  confirm
that this is the case.

1)    Assess the following:

    A)      INTERIORIZED INTO SOMETHING?     _________


    B)      GO IN?     _________


    C)      WENT IN?   _________


    D)      PUT IN?    _________


    E)      WANT TO GO IN?  _________
    F)      CAN'T GET IN?   _________


    G)      KICKED OUT OF SPACES? _________


    H)      CAN'T GO IN?    _________


    I)      TRAPPED?   _________


    J)      FORCED IN? _________


    K)      PULLED IN? _________


    L)      PUSHED IN? _________

    (If you get a valid read on any of the above, and it  is  not  a  false
    read or protest read, end off for a new C/S, as if Int is out you  must
    handle it before doing any other auditing  action.  Ref:  HCOB  24  Sep
    78RA, Int Series 4RA, THE END OF ENDLESS INT REPAIR RUNDOWN.)

2)    IS THERE A LIST ERROR?      _________
      (L4BRA and handle)

3)    HAVE YOU BEEN GIVEN A WRONG ITEM?      _________
      (L4BRA and handle)

4)    HAVE YOU BEEN GIVEN A WRONG INDICATION?      _________
      (L4BRA and handle)

5)    IS THERE AN OUT-LIST?  _________
      (L4BRA and handle)

6)    DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK?   _________
      (Handle the ARC break E/S to F/N)

7)    ARE YOU UPSET?   _________
      (Handle the ARC break E/S to F/N)

8)    DO YOU HAVE A PROBLEM?      _________
      (Itsa E/S to F/N)

9)    ARE YOU WITHHOLDING ANYTHING?     _________
      (Use withhold system E/S to F/N)

10)   IS THERE SOME SORT OF WITHHOLD?   _________
      (Use withhold system E/S to F/N)

11)   HAVE YOU COMMITTED ANY OVERTS?    _________
      (Get what it is E/S to F/N)

12)   REGARDING DIANETIC CLEAR, DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK?     _________
      (Handle the ARC break E/S to F/N)

13)   REGARDING DIANETIC CLEAR, ARE YOU UPSET?     _________
      (Get what upset is and handle the ARC break)

14) REGARDING DIANETIC CLEAR, DO YOU HAVE A PROBLEM?     _________
      (Itsa E/S to F/N)
    15)      REGARDING  DIANETIC  CLEAR,  ARE  YOU  WITHHOLDING   ANYTHING?
    _________
      (Use withhold system E/S to F/N)

16)   HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED OVER OUT-RUDIMENTS?    _________
      (Standard handling of the out-rud(s) E/S to F/N)

17)   HAVE YOU BEEN INTERVIEWED OVER OUT-RUDIMENTS?      _________
      (Standard handling of the out-rud(s) E/S to F/N)

18)   HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED ON ENGRAMS AFTER GOING CLEAR?     _________
      (Indicate and do L3RF INDICATING READING ITEMS  ONLY-DO  NOT  RUN  ANY
    DIANETICS)

19)   HAVE YOU HAD TROUBLE WITH DIANETICS?   _________
      (Indicate and do L3RF INDICATING READING ITEMS  ONLY-DO  NOT  RUN  ANY
    DIANETICS)

20)    HAVE  YOU  HAD  TROUBLE   GOING   EARLIER   SIMILAR   ON   DIANETICS?
    _________
      (Indicate and do L3RF INDICATING READING ITEMS  ONLY-DO  NOT  RUN  ANY
    DIANETICS)

21)   DO YOU HAVE UNFLAT R3RA . . . UNFLAT R3R?    _________
      (L3RF and INDICATE-DO NOT RUN ANY DIANETICS)

22)   HAVE YOU BEEN FORCED TO RUN DIANETICS?       _________
      (L3RF and INDICATE-DO NOT RUN ANY DIANETICS)

23)   WAS IT NOT YOUR INCIDENT?   _________
      (Ind. E/S to F/N)

24)   WERE YOU PUTTING THINGS THERE TO RUN?  _________
      (Ind. 2 W C to F/N)

25)   WERE YOU LOOKING FOR THINGS NOT THERE?       _________
      (Ind. E/S to F/N)

26)    WERE  YOU  PUTTING  SOMETHING  THERE   WHERE   THERE   WAS   NOTHING?
    _________
      (Ind. 2WC to F/N)

27)   ARE YOU PROTESTING ANYTHING?
      (Itsa E/S to F/N)

28)   DID YOU GO CLEAR FROM PAST-LIFE AUDITING?    _________
      (Ind. to F/N and then DATE/LOCATE after remaining lines on  this  list
    have been F/Ned)

29)   HAS THERE BEEN ANY INVALIDATION OF DIANETIC CLEAR?      _________
      (2WC to F/N)

30)    HAS  THERE  BEEN  ANY  INVALIDATION  OF   YOUR   PREVIOUS   AUDITING?
    _________
      (2WC to F/N)

31)   HAVE YOU BEEN INVALIDATED?  _________
      (Itsa E/S to F/N)
    32)      HAVE  YOU  INVALIDATED  THE  FACT  YOU  WENT  DIANETIC  CLEAR?
    _________
      (2WC to F/N)

33)   HAS ANYONE SUGGESTED TO YOU THAT YOU DIDN'T MAKE IT?    _________
      (Itsa E/S to F/N)

34)   HAS THERE BEEN ANY EVALUATION?    _________
      (2WC to F/N)

35)   HAS YOUR BEHAVIOR BEEN EVALUATED?      _________
      (2WC to F/N)

36)    REGARDING  DIANETIC   CLEAR,   HAS   THERE   BEEN   ANY   EVALUATION?
    _________
      (2WC to F/N)

37)   DO YOU FEEL SUPPRESSED?     _________
      (2WC to F/N. C/S to program as needed for further PTS handling)

38)   ARE YOU PTS?     _________
      (Same handing as question 37)

39)   IS SOMEONE OR SOMETHING HOSTILE TO YOU?      _________
      (Same handing as question 37)

40)   HAVE YOU BEEN PREVENTED FROM ATTESTING?      _________
      (2WC to F/N. Get off any protest and/or out-rud)

41)    REGARDING  DIANETIC  CLEAR,  DO  YOU  FEEL  YOU  CAN'T  BELIEVE   IT?
    _________
      (2WC to F/N)

42)   ARE YOU WAITING FOR A SPECIAL COGNITION?     _________
      (2WC to F/N)

43)   COULDN'T YOU UNDERSTAND WHAT WAS BEING DONE?       _________
      (2WC to F/N)

44)   HAVE YOU BEEN OVERREPAIRED?       _________
      (Find out what and clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or  D/L.  If  it
    is Dianetics or Dianetic Clear, DATE/LOCATE ONLY and END OFF!)

45)   IS THERE SOMETHING THAT SHOULD HAVE READ BUT HASN'T?    _________
      (Get what and handle)

46)   HAVE YOU ALWAYS BEEN CLEAR?       _________
      (Indicate. Get off any invalidation. Do not  attempt  to  do  No.  49,
    Date/ Locate.)

47)   ARE YOU PRETENDING TO BE CLEAR TO GET  FREE  SERVICE  OR  FOR  STATUS?
    _________
      (Pull this as a W/H. Do not try to Date/Locate as he has not  attained
    the state of Clear. He may have other W/Hs  missed  in  auditing  which
    need to be pulled. Such a person is probably PTS and  should  be  C/Sed
    for a PTS interview and handling.)
    48)     IS SOMETHING ELSE WRONG?    _________
      (2WC to find what. Handle it if you can or return to C/S)

      THE AUDITOR MAY REASSESS THIS LIST M3, ESPECIALLY IF  HEAVILY  CHARGED
    THE FIRST TIME THROUGH.

      AFTER ALL READS ARE HANDLED AND THE PC IS VGIs, DO THIS STEP BUT  ONLY
    IF THE CLEAR COG HAD ALREADY BEEN GIVEN.

      (THIS IS NOT ASSESSED: IT IS DONE)

49)   DATE/LOCATE THE POINT  THE  STATE  OF  DIANETIC  CLEAR  WAS  ATTAINED.
    _________
      (Ref: HCOB 15 Nov 78 DATING AND LOCATING for exact procedure)


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:jk
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                         HCO BULLETIN OF 3 MAY 1979
All AOs
All St. Hills
Cl IV Orgs
HCOs in Cl IV    IMPORTANT
Orgs and above
KOTs
Qual Hats
C/S Hats
                      DIANETIC CLEAR SPECIAL INTENSIVE
                        C/S AND AUDITOR REQUIREMENTS

      (Ref: HCO PL 1 May 79  DIANETIC CLEAR
                 SPECIAL INTENSIVES
            HCOB 2 May 79    DIANETIC CLEAR
            Issue I    SPECIAL INTENSIVE)


    Due to the nature of the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive and the vital
data in its accompanying issues, the following requirements  must  be  fully
met by every C/S and auditor delivering this intensive to any pc:

    1.      Must be Dianetic Clear, Clear or above.


    2.      Must not fall under any of the A-J categories covered in HCO PL
27 Oct 64, POLICIES ON PHYSICAL HEALING, INSANITY AND TROUBLESOME SOURCES.


    3.      Must be fully bonded by HCO of their org before given access to
any confidential Dianetic Clear HCOBs.


    4.      Must have a valid permanent cert for the  level  of  Cl  IV  or
above in order to audit the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive.


    5.      Must have a valid permanent cert as a Cl IV  or  above  C/S  in
order to C/S the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive.


    6.      Must Method 9 Word Clear and get a starrate  checkout  on  this
HCOB (HCOB 3  May  79  DIANETIC  CLEAR  SPECIAL  INTENSIVE-C/S  AND  AUDITOR
REQUIREMENTS). . .


    7.      Must have full Qual OK to do two way comm.


    8.      Must Method 9 Word Clear and get a starrate checkout on HCOB 15
Nov 78 DATING AND LOCATING.


    9.      Must clay demo the Date/Locate procedure.


    10.     Must Method 9 Word Clear and get a  starrate  checkout  on  the
following HCOBs:

    A)      HCOB 24 Sep 78 Iss III DIANETIC CLEAR.


    B)      HCOB 24 Sep 78 Iss IV CONFIDENTIAL-THE STATE OF DIANETIC CLEAR.


    C)      HCOB 29 Nov 78 C/S Series 104 DIANETIC CLEAR ATTESTS.


    D)      HCOB 5 Dec 78 C/S Series 105 DIANETIC CLEAR ATTESTS- ADDITIONAL
        DATA.
        E)       HCOB 5 Mar 79R DIANETIC CLEAR FALSE DECLARES.


    F)      HCO PL 1 May 79 DIANETIC CLEAR SPECIAL INTENSIVES.


    G)      HCOB 2 May 79 Iss I DIANETIC CLEAR SPECIAL INTENSIVE.


    H)       HCOB  2  May  79  Iss  II  DIANETIC  CLEAR  SPECIAL  INTENSIVE
        ASSESSMENT LIST.

    11.     Must fully drill  each  step  of  the  Dianetic  Clear  Special
Intensive (per HCOB 2 May 79 Iss I-DIANETIC CLEAR SPECIAL INTENSIVE).


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:jk
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 10 JUNE 1979

Remimeo

                                Art Series 8

                               A PROFESSIONAL

               Ref:    HCOB 4 March 1979      Art Series 6
                       ART IN ITS BASICS


    A professional is somebody that can produce a high quality  product.  A
professional is not an audience, and when he  views  things,  he  looks  for
what's good in them and neglects the poor, low-grade things. The  reason  he
does this is so he has an ideal scene.  Without  an  ideal  scene,  he  just
operates off technical data and produces, artwise,  a  low  quality  product
and isn't a professional. Without  an  ideal  scene,  he  can  never  get  a
preconception of the shot.


    In viewing things that approach an ideal scene, the  true  professional
works out how  they  did  it  and  when  presented  with  similar  tasks  of
production, can bring off things which approach an ideal scene  in  his  own
work.


    Another  thing  that  separates  a  member  of  the  audience  from   a
professional is that the professional only thinks in terms  of  getting  out
an actual product. It never enters his head that he's  just  there  for  the
ride or that being an "expert" is enough. A member of the  audience  has  no
faintest concept or idea of getting out a product.


    A professional knows the rules of the game as a  matter  of  course  so
that he can achieve in the upper strata above that, a high quality of art.


    When a person simply looks at everything as to whether he "likes  them"
or "not likes them," he's just an audience and he's on  the  wrong  side  of
the footlights.


    This applies to a writer, a director, an actor, a cameraman,  a  makeup
man, a propsman, a wardrobe man, a producer, an artist, any professional.


    Without this viewpoint, he never accumulates ideal scenes, so how could
he produce anything good? He never has a memory library to compare  his  own
products to.


    Be a professional.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:gal
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 17 JUNE 1979
Remimeo
Execs
Estos Word Clearing Series 61
Crse Sups
All Staff   Product Debug Series 3


                              URGENT-IMPORTANT


                    CRASHING MIS-Us: THE KEY TO COMPLETED
                        CYCLES OF ACTION AND PRODUCTS

          Ref:    HCOB/PL 26 Mar 79R    MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS AND
                  CYCLES OF ACTION
            HCO PL 26 Jan 72 1    Admin Know-How Series 29
                  Exec Series 5
                  NOT DONES. HALF DONES AND
                  BACKLOGS
            HCO PL DEBUG TECH     (LRH ED 302 INT Rewritten)
            THE STUDY TAPES


                              INCOMPLETE CYCLES

    A cycle of action is the sequence that an action goes through,  wherein
the action is started, is continued for as long as is required and  then  is
completed as planned.


    To produce products one has to also have completed cycles of action.  A
completed cycle of action normally results in a product.


    Where steps A-H of HCO PL DEBUG TECH (LRH ED 302  INT  Rewritten)  have
been done to no avail, meaning products are  not  yet  rolling  out  of  the
area, then the tech herein is to be used as step I of DEBUG TECH to get  the
area producing.


    Just as a misunderstood word can prevent a  person  from  understanding
the remainder of what is heard or written, a  misunderstood  can  prevent  a
cycle of action from completing.


    This is extremely valuable data as it gives us the major reason  people
don't complete cycles of action. It is utterly amazing and magical. An  area
is plagued with not dones and half dones and no products resulting  and  one
would swear that the reasons were infiltration, sabotage,  evil  intentions,
you name it. But in the majority of cases it will be found  that  the  above
discovery is operating. The person has a Mis-U on a  key  word  involved  in
the cycle of action.


    The person usually doesn't  realize  he  has  a  misunderstood.  It  is
revelatory to him when he finds it so it  isn't  necessarily  true  that  he
will know. So he himself additionally has a number of wrong Whys  and  wrong
reasons.


    There is usually one principal misunderstood  that  is  preventing  the
cycle of action from completing. This is called the "Crashing Mis-U."


                                 APPLICATION

    While finding Crashing  Mis-Us  is  not  a  substitute  for  full  Word
Clearing and while it is also true  that  the  person  can  be  PTS  and  be
engaged in creating problems, it  is  nevertheless  uniformly  true  that  a
Crashing Misunderstood lies somewhere in the subject matter of the cycle  of
action which is not being completed.
The tech given in this HCOB can be used by anyone who has checked out on  it
and drilled it. The steps given here cover metered and  nonmetered  Crashing
Mis-U finding. Using a Word Clearing meter will make the action  faster  and
more accurate but it is not vital.


    The whole action does not take long to do and will save hours of purple-
faced desk pounding and frustrated attempts to get people to produce.


    It is to be USED  by  execs,  Supervisors,  Cramming  Officers,  Estos,
missionaires, etc., etc.-anyone who is responsible for seeing that  products
are gotten out.


    Crashing Mis-U tech is used in debugging products. It comes as  step  I
of HCO PL DEBUG TECH. If any of the earlier steps are out then you can  find
all the Crashing Mis-Us you like and still not get one single product.

                                   THEORY

    A cycle of action is a parallel to a cycle of understanding or a  cycle
of communication. The cycle of action is the  physical  universe  expression
of a cycle of communication.  The  cycle  of  communication  occurs  in  the
physical  universe!  A  misunderstood  interrupts  not  only  the  cycle  of
communication or understanding, but also interrupts the  motion  or  action.
That is the discovery. A person is trying to get the product of  a  finished
house. He doesn't understand the word "plumbing." He may tell  you  that  it
is because of the price of materials, that nobody can dig in  that  kind  of
ground, that certain types of pipes aren't  available,  that  he  is  having
trouble with his wife-and his supervisors and bosses will tell you  that  he
is just plain lazy, that he has been bribed not to,  that  he  is  a  secret
drinker maybe, and even less printable Whys. But when you get right down  to
it and use the Tech you find that he  has  a  Crashing  Mis-U  on  the  word
"plumbing." He thinks it is  defined  as  "drilling  holes."  Mentally  this
interrupts his ability to think any thoughts through  on  the  subject.  His
cycle of understanding is being interrupted  by  the  Crashing  Mis-U.  This
then has a parallel cycle,  the  cycle  of  action  of  trying  to  get  the
finished house. Thus for want of understanding of a word we get  the  actual
physical inability to finish a cycle of action on  a  connected  subject.  I
can assure you that ethics conditions, threat of  suit,  physical  violence,
none of these things are going to get anybody a finished  house.  Only  when
his Crashing Mis-U "plumbing" is found and properly handled  are  you  going
to get a finished house.


    This  tells  you  incidentally  that  the  time  track   of   shattered
civilizations must have been strewn  with  these  things.  It  doesn't  only
apply to a house, it applies to almost anything man  has  ever  set  out  to
produce. It would even apply to some general who  suddenly  won't  finish  a
battle or a war. Amazingly you will discover that  the  Crashing  Mis-U  has
probably been Man's single greatest barrier to actually  creating  and  main
taining a civilization. You have to work with the tech yourself to  actually
appreciate its depth and power.

                           CRASHING MIS-U FINDING

    Where you have a person not getting products, not completing cycles  of
action despite attempts to debug per A-H of HCO PL DEBUG TECH, you  have  to
get in there and find the Crashing Misunderstood. It  will  be  directly  on
the subject. There are various  approaches  to  doing  this,  starting  very
simply and getting more complex. You would  start  off  using  the  simplest
approach and then, if that didn't handle, you would go into a more  thorough
handling, and so forth.

                                  PROCEDURE

1.    It is apparent or it is reported that someone is failing  to  complete
cycles and is not getting out his products.

2.    Before even talking to him you inspect his area  as  regards  products
per HCO PL DEBUG TECH:
        A.       You look for what products have been  gotten  out  in  the
        past.


    B.      You look for products that are there completed.


    C.      You look for products that can be  attained  in  the  immediate
        future.


    D.      You look for value of products as compared to overall  cost  of
        production.


    E.       You  look  for  overt  products  or  cycles   where   products
        continuously have to be redone, resulting in no or few products.

    This requires a bit of homework.

3.    CONDITIONAL: If  your  inspection  finds  he  is  getting  out  actual
products and that he is not producing overt products,  correct  the  reports
and let him get on with it. Do not go on with the steps in this procedure.

4.    Now if the earlier debug steps per HCO PL DEBUG TECH  have  been  done
and it is obvious from  your  inspection  that  this  person  is  still  not
getting out the products he is expected to get out or should be getting  out
you know that he has a Crashing MisU. You just start  hunting  and  punching
around for the Crashing Mis-U on the subject of the products  he  should  be
but is not getting out. "What don't  you  understand  about  that  subject?"
"What Mis-U word is there on this subject?" You keep at it  this  way  until
you get the Crashing Mis-U. On the meter you would use reads  to  steer  him
to the area and the Mis-U.

    Crashing Mis-U finding differs from regular Word Clearing in that it is
an investigatory procedure which utilizes all methods of Word  Clearing  and
whatever else it takes to find the Crashing Mis-U. You  can  use  Method  2,
Method 3, Method 4, Method 5, Method 6 or Method 9  to  help  you  find  the
misunderstood. The person you are handling may be sure that the Mis-U is  in
a certain issue but doesn't know what the word is. It may require  Method  2
or Method 9 to actually dig it out. Often Method 5 is used whereby the  Word
Clearer asks for the definition of individual words, checking to  make  sure
that he knows the definition as well.


    The point is that you are trying to narrow down the  area  further  and
further until you finally get the Crashing Mis-U  and  any  method  of  Word
Clearing or investigation that helps you do this is legitimate.


5.    You clear this word fully to VGIs (on the meter it would  F/N).  Don't
assume the dictionary will necessarily give the right  definition-a  missing
or false definition might be the root of  his  trouble.  If  no  dictionary,
textbook or encyclopedia can be found that gives a  satisfactory  definition
for the word you are still not stopped. You can go over all of  the  related
material to the word and work out with him what definition has been  omitted
or what is the proper definition for it. This is a last  resort  but  it  is
necessary that anyone doing  Crashing  Mis-U  knows  this  as  Man  has  not
necessarily properly defined everything in his technical sphere or  culture.
WARNING: The inability to find the definitions is a  rare  case.  Only  work
out  the  definition  when  you  have  exhausted  all  possible  texts   and
dictionaries and have cleared all of  the  words  you  have  encountered  in
them. Whether you looked it up and found it or couldn't find it and  had  to
evolve it make sure the definition is useful to him and that  it  blows  his
difficulty with it.

6.    Assure yourself that this was his Crashing Mis-U and that it  is  real
to him. When he finds it he will quite often be chagrined and then  go  into
VGIs and cognite and may change considerably right in front of your eyes.

7.    Send him to the Examiner.

8.    Run some Reach and Withdraw in the area where he had difficulty  to  a
good win and tell him to get on with it.
9.    Check back later to see that he is now  completing  cycles  of  action
and getting his products out. -If he is then you have got it.  That  is  the
EP.

10.   If he still isn't getting out the product then you haven't  yet  found
the Crashing Mis-U and you have some more work to do. Go over his area  with
him and look for things that he has difficulty  with.  Often  it  will  leap
right up at you. Get him to tell you what the difficulty is.

11.   Now question him to find the Mis-U on  that  subject  that  is  behind
those difficulties. Often his statement of the difficulty will  contain  the
Mis-U itself. On a meter you would get a read as he says it. Off  the  meter
you would have to take the words that he said and ask him what  they  meant.
For example he might say "The  plumbing  always  seems  to  be  the  hardest
part." On a meter "plumbing" would read and  you  would  take  it  up  right
away. If you weren't using a meter you could say "Well what  does  the  word
'plumbing' mean?" and he'll say "Well, it means, uh . . . 'drilling  holes'"
and there you have it. Now clear the word as  in  step  4  above,  run  your
Reach and Withdraw and send him back to work.

                               END PHENOMENON

    The end phenomenon (EP) of this action is the person now producing  the
products he wasn't able to produce  before  and  completing  the  cycles  of
action related to his product.


    The end phenomenon is not: the fellow now all VGIs and  saying  he  can
get the products, feeling great, etc. That is all very well but  IS  HE  NOW
GETTING OUT THE PRODUCTS? And you keep handling  him  with  Crashing  Mis-Us
and related handling until he is producing the products and  then  you  know
you have completed the Crashing Mis-U handling.

                             ADDITIONAL FACTORS

    There are various factors which must be known by anyone doing  Crashing
Mis-U finding and used if the above simple steps  do  not  get  the  desired
result of the person now tearing along getting his products.

                                    O/Ws

    Since overts and withholds stem from Mis-Us in the first place, you are
liable to run into O/Ws when doing Crashing Mis-U  finding.  If  the  person
has O/Ws in the area this will be manifested in the form  of  resistance  to
finding the misunderstood word either overtly or  covertly.  An  example  of
this would be the person misdefining a word and then when you have him  look
it up in the dictionary he says that he knew it all along. Or  it  could  be
straight noncooperation.


    If you are  using  the  Word  Clearing  meter,  the  handling  for  the
situation above would be to pull the O/Ws. To do this  simply  ask  "Do  you
have any overts in the area of ?" and pull them, each  one  earlier  similar
to F/N with all specifics until the question F/Ned on asking.  Do  the  same
with withholds and missed withholds. Since  you  run  the  risk  of  missing
withholds if you try  pulling  withholds  without  a  meter,  in  doing  the
nonmetered Crashing Mis-U  finding  the  way  you  would  handle  the  above
situation is to ask the person if he has some withhold concerning  the  area
you are trying to handle, and getting him to tell you about it.  If  you  do
this then you must get him meter checked to ensure nothing has been missed.


    There is another manifestation which can be encountered. A Crashing Mis-
U simply cannot be found at all yet it obviously must be there.  The  person
seems to cooperate somewhat but no Crashing Mis-U turns up.  This  is  again
an O/W phenomenon. The person is holding on to his withhold so  hard  it  is
burying the Crashing Mis-U.
Again you could run the risk of missing a withhold if  you  simply  ask  him
for his withhold on the subject but we cannot rule out the fact  that  doing
so sometimes works. The Crashing Mis-U simply doesn't seem to exist  yet  by
all evidence of no products or  overt  products  it  must  exist  so  simply
asking him if he has a withhold on the subject gives us the gain of  finding
it straight off immediately and, if we meter check him  afterwards  to  find
out if he has any more withholds, it is very likely to pay off. Once he  has
gotten off the withholds the Crashing Mis-U can pop right up. When you  miss
a withhold, remember, a fantastic amount of upset  can  be  caused  for  the
Word Clearer or the person himself. So don't indulge in missing withholds.


    Once the O/Ws have been pulled or gotten off by whichever of the  above
methods, you will now be able to find the Crashing Mis-U and clear it up.


    Sometimes in clearing  the  Mis-U  you  will  hit  a  chain  of  overts
connected with the subject, and these will have to be cleared up or you  may
not get your product. An example of this was a cleaner who could not  clean.
The Crashing Mis-U found was the word "clean" and this  went  straight  into
whole track overts which had to be fully handled. When the  overts  and  the
Mis-Us were cleared up the person went  straight  out  and  started  getting
real products.

                              DEFENSE MECHANISM

    You may find the person has a defense mechanism  which  would  make  it
impossible to find the person's Crashing Mis-U as he believes it  is  OK  to
have Mis-Us in that area. The  defense  mechanism  consists  of  false  data
which acts as a justifier for the Mis-U. An example  of  this  would  be  "I
don't have to know that as I'm not a professional" or "Well I'm new  to  the
post" and so on. The handling would be simply to ask  the  person  if  there
was some reason why it would be OK to have Mis-Us in that subject  and  then
strip off the false data and justifications. Then you can  recheck  for  the
Crashing Mis-U and you will find it is now available. (See HCOB  FALSE  DATA
STRIPPING)

                          THE WORD CLEARER'S MIS-Us

    When he has found a Crashing Mis-U on the subject  the  Word  Clearer's
first action is to himself look up the definition and the derivation of  the
word so he himself understands it. He then gets it  fully  cleared  up  with
the person. This is all done right there in the Crashing Mis-U  session.  If
he doesn't do that  he  won't  be  able  to  perceive  how  the  person  has
misunderstood it or misapplied it previously.


    Example: A person in charge of the lights in a theater could never  get
anything lit. A Crashing Mis-U was looked  for  and  the  word  "scene"  was
found. However the person glibly read the dictionary definition and said  he
had it already. The Word Clearer made him look up the derivation wherein  it
was found that the glib person didn't understand it at all, for the  person,
when asked for an example, described an actor  and  how  he  would  put  the
light on the actor.


    The Word  Clearer  having  looked  it  up  first,  before  handing  the
dictionary over, knew that a scene was  a  stage.  It  was  found  that  the
person's Crashing Mis-U had so introverted him that he had  never  perceived
that  a  stage  had  backdrops,  scenery  and  a  floor.  The  Word  Clearer
practically had to pry him out of his head to get him to see  that  a  stage
had walls and backdrops and that these had to be lighted.


    If the Word Clearer had not known the correct definition of "scene"  he
would never have detected that the person  thought  it  meant  "actor"  even
though the dictionary said it had to do with scenery.


    Crashing Mis-U tech would have failed as the person was very convincing
as to how he knew it all already yet in the example  was  giving  a  totally
incorrect demonstration.
Showers of light broke through when the person realized for the  first  time
that he had to light the whole stage and  had  been  in  total  mystery  why
people kept yelling at him. This had been going on for a long, long time  in
the person's job and was making him a total failure at it.

                               PRACTICAL USAGE

    Always ask for instances of practical usage from the  person  you  have
found a Crashing Mis-U on. From these you can detect if he's got it  and  if
he hasn't got it he may have to work and work to clear it further.


    The end phenomenon of Crashing Mis-U tech is not finding  the  Crashing
Mis-U but getting the person totally straight on  it  and  actually  getting
out the product.

                                 DEBUG TECH

    Crashing Mis-U finding is an integral part of  debug  tech  as  covered
fully in HCO PL DEBUG TECH. It comes as step I of the whole procedure.  When
products are not getting out, cycles are not  being  completed,  there  will
invariably be Crashing Mis-Us but there may be other factors involved  which
also have to be resolved. The handling is just to go through  the  steps  of
the HCO PL, including Crashing Mis-U finding (step 1) and  Product  Clearing
(step J). You may find more Crashing Mis-Us come  up  during  or  after  the
Product Clearing.


    The whole point is that you use the whole debug tech procedure  without
trying to short cut it.  Otherwise  you  get  the  ridiculous  situation  of
clearing up the fellow's Crashing Mis-U  on  "plumbing"  and  then  find  he
can't get out the product of a finished house because  there  are  no  pipes
and won't be any for 3 months because the owner can't afford them. This  all
has to be resolved.

                               IMPORTANT NOTE

    Since the sole purpose of this debug tech is to get the person or  area
producing what it should be producing you would not continue  past  a  point
where this had been achieved. So for example, if after  step  C  of  HCO  PL
DEBUG TECH had been done (any Mis-Us  on  issues  related  to  the  area  of
production had been cleared up) the person was turning  out  great  products
in the expected quantity and time period, you would not then  start  looking
for Crashing Mis-Us. This would act  as  harassment,  not  help.  Similarly,
don't use any other step of A-M of the above PL where it does not apply.


    One should let people have their successes. Once you have achieved what
is desired with this tech, don't carry on.


    The rule is: DON'T CONTINUE DEBUGGING PAST THE POINT WHERE  THE  PERSON
OR AREA HAS BEEN SUCCESSFULLY DEBUGGED AND PRODUCTS ARE NOW ROLLING.


    And you would know it was debugged because  products  of  the  expected
quality would be coming out of the area in the expected quantity.

                              GRADIENT APPROACH

    The whole idea is to try the simplest approach first and then  if  that
doesn't work go deeper.


    The end phenomena for all this is a  person  cheerfully  and  willingly
getting his products and these appearing visible in the physical universe.

                                  EXAMPLES

    This is how it might go: you might find yourself  in  the  position  of
being responsible for seeing that the house, in the  example  given  earlier
on this bulletin, got
finished. You notice that the deadline has been exceeded by weeks and  still
there is no house.


    The first thing to do would be the inspection  as  in  step  2  of  the
procedure above. You would discover that the house has no plumbing; that  is
what is holding up its completion. Points A to H in HCO PL DEBUG  TECH  have
been gone  over  but  things  still  aren't  moving.  So  you  approach  the
contractor personally and go over this  with  him.  You  start  hunting  and
punching around for the Mis-U. Ask him "Is it possible that  there  is  some
word you don't fully understand in the area of  building  this  house?"  And
he'll say: "Well, no-it's just that I  don't  have  enough  men  to  do  the
plumbing." (Now you already know from step E of your prior  inspection  that
he does have adequate personnel.) So you say "Well, what about plumbing?  Is
there some word connected with plumbing that you don't get?" He'll say  "No,
but I've always had trouble with it." Now you ask him "What does  'plumbing'
mean?" And when he says,  "Everybody  knows  that  plumbing  means  drilling
holes," you have his Crashing Mis-U.  As  you  clear  this  up  his  initial
embarrassment will turn into floods of relief and off he  will  go  and  get
the house finished up in no time.


    Now if you were able to use a Word Clearing meter, so much the  better.
You would put him on the meter and ask  him  something  like:  "Now  on  the
subject of building houses is it possible you could have  a  misunderstood?"
The meter will read on this and you use the read to steer him  to  the  area
and find the misunderstood word. This is then cleared to a  floating  needle
(F/N) and very good indicators (VGIs).


    It might not be as straightforward as above. The case could arise where
there was plenty of evidence that the  person  has  a  Crashing  Mis-U  yet,
despite arduous search, nothing comes up. You would  then  ask  the  person:
"Is there something about all this you haven't told me?"  If  your  TRs  are
good and you don't have a challenging or accusative attitude  he  will  come
up with it: "I can't finish the house because  the  machine  that  cuts  and
bends pipes is broken." With a bit of further questioning you find  that  he
broke the machine and has been withholding this for weeks  and  didn't  even
dare mention that it needed repair for fear  of  being  punished.  A  simple
meter check would ensure that nothing was missed.  Then  up  would  pop  the
misunderstood on "plumbing"  which  he  thought  meant  drilling  holes.  No
wonder he broke the machine: he was trying to drill holes with  it!  So  now
with his withhold off and  his  MisU  cleared  up  he  will  feel  immensely
relieved and will most likely be able to go right  off  and  finish  up  the
house. At the most you might need to product clear him and  run  some  Reach
and Withdraw in the area per the issues on Product Clearing in this series.


                               CASE HISTORIES


    Here are some actual case histories to show how Crashing Mis-U  finding
goes and the sort of things one might expect to  come  across  and  have  to
handle in order to debug a cycle or product with this tech.

CASE A:  This was a senior executive who was on the verge of  being  removed
from post. The general manager was impatient with the lack of products  from
that area.

    A. The Word Clearer inspected the executive's department and found that
    the main area of difficulty seemed to be handling personnel.


    B. The Word Clearer put the executive on the meter  and  asked  him  if
    there were any products  he  should  be  getting  out  but  wasn't.  No
    Crashing Mis-U came up on this directly.


    C. By two-way communication the Word Clearer confirmed  that  the  main
    area of difficulty was handling personnel.


    D. He took the words that were directly related to the area  mentioned-
    "personnel," "staff," etc.-and asked the executive what each one meant.
    He checked the dictionary to ensure the person had a full understanding
    of the words. The exec seemed fine on these.
    E. There was one word the executive seemed to have some  hesitation  on
    so the definition of that word was word cleared Method 9. A  few  words
    were cleared up but  none  of  them  turned  out  to  be  the  Crashing
    Misunderstood.


    F. The area of difficulty was further narrowed down by two way comm  to
    "the obtaining and posting of personnel."


    G. Words relating to this area were checked. Some  of  the  definitions
    were M9ed to make sure the exec really did have them straight-still  no
    Crashing Mis-U was found.


    H. The executive originated an area of difficulty to do  with  handling
    authority that he felt was interfering with his ability to  obtain  and
    post personnel. No MisUs were found in this area however.


    I. The Word Clearer asked for overts and withholds  in  the  area  ("Is
    there something  you're  not  telling  about  this  area?",  "Is  there
    something you've done you don't want known?" etc.) but none were found.


    J. He then checked for false data (something that would justify  having
    misunderstoods on that subject) and found that the exec was loaded with
    false data on the subject of authority. This was  handled  by  two  way
    comm-it did not take much to clean up as the exec was realizing by this
    time where his trouble was coming from and was only too willing to  get
    it sorted out.


    K. The word "authority" was found as the Crashing  Misunderstood.  This
    became obvious as soon as the false data came off. This word was  fully
    cleared to a floating needle and very good indicators and the executive
    volunteered that he felt ready to go back on post and produce.

    The Word Clearer ended off and  returned  the  executive  to  work.  He
started producing actual products and doing well.

CASE B.:  This was a technician in a highly specialized  and  complex  field
who was having difficulty with his job and was unable  to  get  approval  on
some tests that were urgently needed.

    A. An inspection of his area revealed the situation to  be  exactly  as
    described.


    B. The Word Clearer put him on the meter, oriented him to the situation
    and asked him: "Is there any single misunderstood word in the  area  of
    these tests?"


    C. A long search ensued in which several words were  cleared,  none  of
    which turned out to be the Crashing Mis-U.


    D. The Word Clearer then checked for a withhold and found out that  the
    technician had never understood an important dispatch relating  to  the
    cycle and had been withholding the fact. This withhold was  cleared  up
    to a floating needle.


    E. This was followed by further  search  for  the  misunderstood  which
    uncovered an area of upset and losses to do with technical writing.


    F. The Word Clearer  checked  for  the  misunderstood  that  must  have
    preceded the losses and the  Crashing  Mis-U  was  found-a  very  basic
    technical word in the subject.


    G. He attempted to clear the  word  with  a  dictionary  but  found  no
    adequate definition .


    H. Encyclopedias and textbooks were consulted but none of  them  had  a
    useful definition .
    I. Eventually, by combining textbooks and working out  what  it  should
    be, a workable definition was arrived at and the subject  became  clear
    to the technician who was greatly relieved.

    The technician returned to work and started producing.  The  very  next
set of tests submitted were approved.

CASE C:  This case was an executive who was having  trouble  getting  people
in his area to produce. The actions below were done unmetered.

    A. The product inspection showed the executive to be unable to get  his
    juniors to produce.


    B. He arrived for the Crashing Mis-U finding quite upset and  this  had
    to be handled before anything else.


    C. The Word Clearer went over his upset with him and sorted it out to a
    point where he was willing to go ahead with the action.


    D. Various words were checked ("What does 'junior' mean?" "What is  the
    definition of 'executive'?") and so forth. No Crashing Mis-U was found.


    E. The area  of  difficulty  was  narrowed  down  further  to  "getting
    compliance."


    F. On checking, the Word Clearer found that the exec had a Crashing Mis-
    U on the word "compliance" which was cleared to very good indicators.

    The executive went back to work and  found  he  could  now  handle  his
juniors.

CASE D:   This person was in charge of briefing missions.  He  had  recently
had trouble with this and some missions  had  fired  without  full  briefing
resulting in failures.

    A. The Word Clearer asked him, on the  meter,  if  there  was  anything
    concerning his post he was having difficulty with.


    B. The difficulty was narrowed  down  by  two-way  comm  until  it  was
    established that he felt he couldn't brief them fully due  to  lack  of
    time.


    C. The Word Clearer  checked  for  a  Crashing  Mis-U  concerning  this
    difficulty. None was found.


    D. He then asked if there was  something  the  person  was  withholding
    about the subject. Several chains of overts were taken up, each one  to
    a floating needle, until the question itself produced a floating needle
    on asking.


    E. The Word Clearer again asked for a Crashing Mis-U in  the  area  and
    one of the words in the person's own post title was found and  cleared.
    This was the Crashing Mis-U.

    The person was then able to get out his products.

CASE E:   This was an auditor who was being product cleared on her post.


    A. The Product Clearer discovered that there was a certain part of  her
    post that this auditor could not handle. It was  a  certain  aspect  of
    handling the preclear


    B. He asked her if there was one single Mis-U in the area,  and  helped
    her trace it, using the meter reads.


    C. The Crashing Mis-U was found and cleared in the dictionary  to  very
    good indicators.
    D. The auditor was then able to complete the Product Clearing  and  get
    back to work, her main difficulty no longer impeding her  from  getting
    products.

    The above case histories show the variety of situations that  can  come
up and the handlings that would be done.  They  are  by  no  means  all  the
situations that can arise in doing Crashing Mis-U finding.

                                  CAUTIONS

    Make sure you guide him on the subject of products all  the  time.  You
could get right off the track and find yourself clearing up a whole  subject
that had nothing to do with getting out his product.  An  example  would  be
trying to clear up the whole  of  chemistry  on  a  photographer.  There  is
chemistry involved in photography: the film is developed and so  forth  with
chemicals. But  the  person  is  a  photographer,  not  a  photo  laboratory
technician, so he does not  need  to  know  all  of  chemistry  to  get  his
product.


    Another point is that sometimes a person will  have  a  Crashing  Mis-U
cleared up on himself and immediately suppose that this is the Crashing Mis-
U everyone else has. This is not  necessarily  the  case.  When  one  has  a
Crashing Mis-U on "crackers" it is not necessarily true that  everyone  else
has a Crashing Mis-U on "crackers." The* Crashing Mis-Us will be  different.
It is their Mis-Us one is after.

                                   REPAIR

    If the action bogs down and can't be sorted out, or the person  becomes
upset during or after Crashing Mis-U finding, then the difficulty should  be
sorted out right away with a Crashing Mis-U Repair List. This list  is  done
on a meter by someone qualified to do so. A botched or bogged Crashing  Mis-
U finding must be repaired within 24 hours.

                         EFFECTS OF CRASHING MIS-Us

    You can tell someone has a Crashing Mis-U because  when  you  start  to
question them about the cycle of action or demand the products they will  go
robotic on you. They sometimes just stand there  gaping  at  you  and  won't
even answer your question. They won't even be able to talk to  you.  There's
another manifestation you will come  up  against  and  that  is  the  person
becoming annoyed with you. This indicates either that  he  was  getting  out
products in the first place, or that he had a  withhold  in  addition  to  a
Crashing Mis-U.


    The solution is not to immediately shoot them for not getting  out  the
product. Find their Crashing Mis-U. If they get annoyed then find out  which
of the above it was and handle. And then the justice  factor  would  consist
of disciplining them for going past misunderstoods  without  clearing  them.
You have to teach someone to get in his own ethics in this respect  so  that
others do not have to take justice actions on him.

                                   SUMMARY

    Well, here you have the tech that will enable you to debug failures  to
produce the products required of him. The person  using  this  tech  has  to
learn it well and become practiced in its application. Then he will get  the
full benefit of it and total reality on its power.


    Let's get busy and, along with the remainder of debug  tech,  find  the
crashing Mis-U when products aren't coming off the line.


    This is indeed miracle tech so let's go get some miracles!

LRH:dr.gal  L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1979 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 18 JUNE 1979
Remimeo
Tech
Word Clearers    Product Debug Series 4
Auditors
C/Ses Word Clearing Series 62


                     THE CRASHING MIS-U REPAIR LIST-LC1

           Ref:  HCOB 17 Jun 79   CRASHING MIS-Us: THE KEY
                       TO COMPLETED CYCLES OF
                       ACTION AND PRODUCTS

    The Crashing Mis-U Repair List is the list to use in repairing Crashing
Mis-U finding. It can be done on the spot by the person doing  the  Crashing
Mis-U finding or in session by an auditor. The Crashing  Mis-U  Repair  List
is used in the event of a bog or trouble during Crashing Mis-U finding or  a
red tagged exam after a Crashing MisU finding session. It can also  be  done
if, after the fact of a Crashing Mis-U being found, the person is still  not
getting out his products or is not completing cycles of action in his  area.
(Note: The person could be up against  a  new  Crashing  Mis-U  on  a  whole
different cycle of action in the same area.)


    If after the Crashing  Mis-U  Repair  List  has  been  done  and  fully
handled, there seems to be some other bypassed charge or BIs connected  with
the Crashing Mis-U finding, a C/S 53 or WCCL should be done. This  would  be
determined by the C/S.


    Any person using this list must have excellent TRs and be able to  make
a list read and  correctly  interpret  E-Meter  reads.  They  must  also  be
drilled on this correction list and have their High Crime checkouts done  on
this list as well as HCOB 17 Jun 79 CRASHING MIS-Us: THE  KEY  TO  COMPLETED
CYCLES OF ACTION AND PRODUCTS.


    This list can be assessed Method 3 or Method 5. Each line that reads is
carried to F/N.

0.    HAVE YOU FAILED TO UNDERSTAND  WHAT  A  "CRASHING  MISUNDERSTOOD"  IS?
    _________
      (Check and clear any words in the above that read on the meter.)

1.    WAS CRASHING MIS-U  FINDING  DONE  WHEN  YOU  ALREADY  HAD  AN  UPSET?
    _________
      (Handle the ARC break to F/N VGIs.)

2.     DID  YOU  BECOME  UPSET  BECAUSE  OF  THE  CRASHING  MIS-U   FINDING?
    _________
      (Handle the ARC break to F/N VGIs.)

3.    WAS THE CRASHING MIS-U FINDING DONE  WHILE  YOU  WERE  WORRYING  ABOUT
    SOMETHING ELSE?    _________
      (Handle the problem to F/N VGIs.)

4.    DID THE  CRASHING  MIS-U  FINDING  CAUSE  YOU  TO  BECOME  WORRIED  OR
    CONCERNED?   _________
      (Handle the problem to F/N VGIs.)

5.    DURING YOUR CRASHING MIS-U FINDING WAS THERE SOMETHING  YOU  WERE  NOT
    SAYING?      _________
    (Handle by usual missed W/H pulling per HCOB 12 Feb 62 and HCOB  3  May
    62.)

6.    WAS THERE SOMETHING YOU'D DONE YOU WEREN'T SAYING?      _________
      (Handle as in No. 5.)

7.    WAS THERE SOMETHING YOU WEREN'T SAYING ABOUT THE AREA THAT  WAS  BEING
    ADDRESSED?   _________
      (Handle as in No. 5.)

8.    WAS THERE SOMETHING YOU'D DONE IN THE AREA BEING  ADDRESSED  THAT  YOU
    WEREN'T SAYING?    _________
      (Handle as in No. 5.)

9.    WAS THE WRONG AREA ADDRESSED?     _________
      (Indicate to F/N. Get him to the W/Cer to complete the Crashing  Mis-U
    finding. )

10.    WAS  THE  CRASHING  MIS-U  FINDING  DONE  ON   THE   WRONG   PRODUCT?
    _________
      (Handle as in No. 9 above.)

11.   COULDN'T YOU FIND THE CRASHING MIS-U?  _________
      (Indicate and take it E/S to F/N if necessary. Get  him  back  to  the
    W/Cer for completion of the action.)

12.   WAS  THERE  NO  CRASHING  MIS-U  IN  THE  AREA  IN  THE  FIRST  PLACE?
    _________
      (Indicate that the Crashing Mis-U finding was  an  unnecessary  action
    and take it to F/N.)

13.   WAS THE CRASHING MIS-U FOUND ONLY SIMILAR TO THE ACTUAL CRASHING  MIS-
    U?      _________
      (Indicate and get an F/N. Send him back  to  the  W/Cer  to  find  the
    actual Crashing Mis-U.)

14.   IS THERE ANOTHER CRASHING MIS-U IN THE AREA? _________
      (Indicate to F/N. Send to W/Cer to handle.)

15.   IS THE WORD FOUND STILL MISUNDERSTOOD?       _________
      (Get it fully cleared up to F/N.)

16.   DIDN'T YOU UNDERSTAND WHAT WAS GOING ON?     _________
      (Clear up the questions and confusions to F/N and get him back to  the
    W/Cer.)

17.   WAS THERE METER OR F/N TROUBLE?   _________
      (Indicate and clean it up with false TA handling or L1C, etc.)

18.   WERE AREAS  THAT  YOU  WERE  NOT  HAVING  DIFFICULTY  WITH  TAKEN  UP?
    _________
      (Indicate that these areas should not have been taken up. Take  it  to
    F/N.)

19.   WERE AREAS  THAT  YOU  WERE  HAVING  DIFFICULTY  WITH  NOT  TAKEN  UP?
    _________
      (Indicate and get an F/N. Send back to the W/Cer for handling.)

20.   DID AN AREA YOU FELT SHOULD HAVE BEEN HANDLED  NOT  GET  TAKEN  UP  OR
    HANDLED?     _________
    (Indicate. Find out what area to F/N and send back  to  the  W/Cer  for
    handling.)

21.   DID YOU GET INVALIDATED?    _________
      (Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.)

22.   DID YOU GET EVALUATED FOR?  _________
      (Itsa E/S itsa to F/N.)

23.   DID THE CRASHING MIS-U FINDING ANNOY YOU?    _________
      (Determine if (a) he has O/Ws as well as a Crashing Mis-U or  (b)  the
    Crashing Mis-U finding wasn't necessary  in  the  first  place.  Handle
    accordingly.)

24.   WAS THE CRASHING MIS-U FINDING  DONE  IN  THE  MIDDLE  OF  SOME  OTHER
    INCOMPLETE CYCLE?  _________
      (Indicate the BPC and take it to F/N.)

25.   WERE YOU MADE TO GO E/S ON CRASHING MIS-U FINDING WHILE  IN  THE  NON-
    INTERFERENCE ZONE? _________
      (Indicate it as an incorrect action and it should not have  been  done
    and get your F/N.)

26.   DO YOU NOT BELIEVE YOU HAVE MISUNDERSTOODS?  _________
      (Clear him up on Word Clearing Series 60R. Handle his Mis-Us  and  get
    his agreement to do the action  unless  it  is  determined  it  was  an
    unnecessary action. Take this to F/N.)

27.   DID FALSE DATA GET IN YOUR WAY?   _________
      (Strip off the false data per HCOB FALSE DATA STRIPPING.  Take  it  to
    F/N.)

28.   IS IT ACTUALLY OK TO HAVE MISUNDERSTOODS IN THE AREA?   _________
      (Get why this is OK and  strip  off  the  defense  mechanism  per  the
    Crashing Mis-U HCOB. Take it to F/N.)

29.   IS THERE SOME OTHER WORD CLEARING ERROR?     _________
      (Indicate. Find out what and handle or do a WCCL if necessary.)

30.   WERE YOU NOT HAVING ANY  TROUBLE  WITH  YOUR  PRODUCTS  IN  THE  FIRST
    PLACE?  _________
      (Get the data. If this is the case indicate that  the  Crashing  Mis-U
    finding was an unnecessary action. Take it to F/N.)

31.   ARE THERE OTHER PRODUCT DEBUG ACTIONS THAT  SHOULD  HAVE  BEEN  TAKEN?
    _________
      (2WC to F/N. Program him to get Product Debugging  per  HCO  PL  DEBUG
    TECH.)

32.   AREN'T YOU HATTED?     _________
      (2WC to F/N. Program him to get hatted.)

33.   IS YOUR PRODUCT TOTALLY UNKNOWN TO YOU?      _________
      (2WC to F/N. Program him to be Product Cleared.)

34.   ARE YOU LACKING PRODUCT CLEARING?      _________
      (Handle as in No. 33 above.)

35.   ARE YOU CONNECTED TO ANTAGONISTIC PEOPLE?    _________
      (2WC to F/N. Get the PTS Clay Table  Handling  done  or  corrected  to
    EP.)
    36.     WAS YOUR CRASHING MIS-U FINDING OVERRUN?     _________
      (Indicate and rehab.)

37.   ARE YOU HAVING CASE TROUBLE?      _________
      (Assess and handle a C/S 53.)

38.   IS THERE SOMETHING ELSE WRONG?    _________
      (Find out what and handle or do the appropriate  correction  list  and
    handle.)

39.   WAS THERE NOTHING WRONG IN THE FIRST PLACE?  _________
      (Indicate and get it to F/N.)


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:gal
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                         HCO BULLETIN OF 7 JULY 1979
Remimeo

                          CRASHING MIS-U DEFINITION


    I started calling it Crashing Mis-U  because  it  crashed  the  person.
That's what crashed the subject and crashed  the  person.  That's  why  it's
called a Crashing Mis-U.

    It's what crashes something across the dynamics.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:mj.dr
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JULY 1979
Remimeo
All Supervisors
All Word Clearers      Product Debug Series 5
Execs
Estos
Cram Offs   Word Clearing Series 63
All Staff
                    THE "ELUSIVE" MIS-U OR CRASHING MIS-U

          Ref:   HCOB 17 Jun 79   W/C Series 61, Product Debug
           Series 3,   URGENT-IMPORTANT.
                 CRASHING MIS-Us: THE KEY TO
                 COMPLETED CYCLES OF ACTION
                 AND PRODUCTS
           HCOB 30 Jan 73RB W/C Series 46RB, METHOD 9
           Rev. 1.6.79 WORD CLEARING THE RIGHT WAY
           HCOB 18 Jun 79   W/C Series 62, Product Debug
           Series 4    THE CRASHING MIS-U
                 REPAIR LIST-LC1
           HCOB/HCO PL
           26 Mar 79R  Esto Series 35R, W/C Series
           Rev. 25.5.79     60R MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS AND
                 CYCLES OF ACTION


    Miraculous as it is, a Word Clearer must be aware of the fact  that  M9
Word  Clearing  does  not  uncover  false  data,  Crashing  Mis-Us,  overts,
withholds or PTSness. Other tech exists to handle these. However they  also,
sometimes in a shadowy way, make their appearance doing M9. People doing  M9
are doing it to get something understood or get some order done or get  some
product actually made and out. In most cases M9 will produce a marked  gain.
However, when it doesn't work, one of the above is  also  present.  Handling
of these is covered in detail in other HCOBs.


    However, the item the M9er is most likely to collide with in situations
where M9 is really not getting much done is the mysterious Crashing Mis-U.


    A Crashing Mis-U, while it is always sitting right there in PT, big  as
life, can sometimes appear to be elusive. It eludes the  most  conscientious
Word Clearer and the person himself, despite honest efforts to find it.


    Let's say you've made an exhaustive search for the CRMU, you've  hunted
and punched in the area of his products, you've  word  cleared  him  on  the
texts covering his products and you've found and cleared some  misunderstood
words, none of which are IT. You've done the full  CRMU  and  Product  Debug
procedure by the book and you still haven't  gotten  the  Crashing  Mis-U-as
evidenced by no products.


    At this point you could suspect one of the following:

1.    The word that has caused him to crash may  be  right  there  in  plain
    view, it does appear in the texts and orders covering the person's post
    and products, but it has been missed.

        Why? Because the Crashing Mis-U (which is not your ordinary  common
    garden variety of misunderstood word) will not always show up for  what
    it is in M9ing. The word may appear in the  materials  but  the  person
    reads it with no stumble or reaction whatsoever, as he is so certain he
    knows it and his misunderstanding of it is so obscured  by  false  data
    and false definitions. It doesn't even read on the meter on Method 2 or
    4 because it's way below his awareness.
    So you wouldn't just assume there was nothing there  because  the  word
    didn't turn up on Method 9 or Methods 2 or 4. You'd  need  to  move  in
    with Method 5 or 6 and probably also False Data  Stripping  in  a  case
    like this to really pry it into view.

    Or:

2.    The Crashing Mis-U may not be on the subject  of  the  product  itself
    but in an area related to the subject. If this is  suspected  you  look
    for the CRMU in the related areas and it's very likely you'll  come  up
    with the prize!

        The reason it wasn't found in the first place is because  the  word
    didn't appear in the materials he was word cleared  on  and  it  didn't
    come up in a search in the area of his products.  But  it  was  sitting
    there, all the time, in an adjacent, a related area!

    In two cases recently where staff members were being crammed on rejects
of their products  this  phenomena  turned  up  and  was  used  and  it  all
straightened out nicely!


    The watchword is: you utilize all methods of Word Clearing and whatever
else it takes to find the Crashing Mis-U.


                              ALERT RE METHOD 9

    The data above applies to routine Method 9 Word Clearing as well as  to
Crashing Mis-U finding.  Thus,  if  you've  M9ed  the  person  on  his  post
materials and he's not getting it or making  it,  realize  that  he  may  be
sliding over an MU or even a Crashing Mis-U where the word actually  appears
in the materials and  is  obscured  for  the  above  reasons.  Or  that  the
misunderstood may be in an area related to the subject and the  word  itself
doesn't appear in the text you're handling.


    Method 9 is a superlative Word Clearing tool. Word Clearers  must  keep
it effective, and not permit that effectiveness to be dimmed  by  a  failure
to know and use the data in this bulletin.


    So you check the related areas where it's indicated, or  you  marry  up
routine Method 9 with Crashing Mis-U finding and all of its steps where  the
person isn't making it otherwise. And you'll find the elusive  misunderstood
or Crashing Mis-U is not so elusive after all. It  will  come  plainly  into
view-ripe for the plucking!


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:kjm
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 17 JULY 1979
Remimeo     Issue I
Word Clearers
Tech
Staff Word Clearing Series 64

                           THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD

                                   DEFINED

             Ref:      HCOB 23 Mar 78RA Word Clearing Series 59RA
                  Rev. 14.11.79    CLEARING WORDS
                  HCOB 25 Jun 71R  Word Clearing Series 5R
                  Rev. 25.11.74    BARRIERS TO STUDY
                  HCOB 26 Mar 79RB Esto Series 35RB
                  Rev. 2.9.79      Word Clearing Series 60RB
                       Product Debug Series 7R
                       MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS AND
                       CYCLES OF ACTION


    "MIS-UNDERSTOOD" or "NOT-UNDERSTOOD" are terms used to define any error
or omission in comprehension of a word, concept, symbol or status.


    Most people go around thinking that a misunderstood is  just  something
they obviously don't know-a "not-understood."


    A "not-understood" is a misunderstood but there are additional  ways  a
person can misunderstand a word.

    A MISUNDERSTOOD WORD OR SYMBOL IS DEFINED AS A WORD OR SYMBOL FOR WHICH
    THE STUDENT HAS:

1.     A  FALSE  {TOTALLY  WRONG)  DEFINITION:  A  definition  that  has  no
relationship to the actual meaning of the word or symbol whatsoever.

    Example: The person reads or hears the word "cat" and thinks that "cat"
    means "box." You can't get more wrong.


    Example: A person sees an equals  sign  (=)  and  thinks  it  means  to
    subtract something twice.

2.    AN INVENTED DEFINITION: An invented  definition  is  a  version  of  a
false definition. The person has made it up himself or  has  been  given  an
invented definition. Not knowing the actual definition he  invents  one  for
it. This is sometimes difficult to detect because he  is  certain  he  knows
it, after all he invented it himself. There is enough protest preceding  his
invention of it to make it read on a meter.  In  such  a  case  he  will  be
certain he knows the definition of the word or symbol.

    Example:  The person when very young was always called "a girl" by  his
    pals when he refused to do anything daring. He invents  the  definition
    of "girl" to be "a cowardly person."


    Example:  A person  never  knew  the  meaning  of  the  symbol  for  an
    exclamation point (!) but seeing it in  comic  strips  as  representing
    swear words invents the definition for it "a foul curse" and regards it
    accordingly in everything he reads.

3.    AN INCORRECT DEFINITION: A definition that is not right but  may  have
some relationship to the word or symbol or be in a similar category.
    Example:  The person reads or hears the word "computer" and  thinks  it
    is "typewriter." This is  an  incorrect  meaning  for  "computer"  even
    though a typewriter and a computer are both types of machines.


    Example:  A person thinks a period (.) after an abbreviation means that
    you halt in reading at that point.

4.    AN INCOMPLETE DEFINITION: A definition that is inadequate.

    Example:  The person reads  the  word  "office"  and  thinks  it  means
    "room." The definition of the word "office" is: "a room or building  in
    which a  person  transacts  his  business  or  carries  on  his  stated
    occupation." (Ref: Funk and Wagnalls Standard Dictionary of the English
    Language) The person's definition is incomplete for the word "office."


    Example:  The person sees an apostrophe (') and  knows  that  it  means
    that something is owned ('s) but does not know that it also is used  to
    show that a letter has been left out  of  a  word.  He  sees  the  word
    "can't" and immediately tries to figure out who can is.

5.    AN UNSUITABLE DEFINITION: A definition that does not fit the  word  as
it is used in the context of the sentence one has heard or read.

    Example: The person hears the sentence: "I am dressing a  turkey."  The
    person's understanding of "dressing" is "putting clothes on."  That  is
    one definition of "dressing" but it is an unsuitable definition for the
    word as it is used in the sentence he has  heard.  Because  he  has  an
    unsuitable definition he thinks someone is putting clothes on a turkey.
    As a result the sentence he has heard doesn't really make sense to him.
    The definition of "dressing" that correctly applies in the sentence  he
    has heard is: "to prepared for use as food, by making ready to cook, or
    by cooking." (Ref: The Oxford English Dictionary)


    The person will only truly understand what he is hearing  when  he  has
    fully cleared the word "dressing" in all its meanings. as he will  then
    also have the definition that correctly applies in the context.


    Example: The person sees a  dash  (-)  in  the  sentence:  "I  finished
    numbers 3 - 7 today." He thinks a dash is a minus  sign,  realizes  you
    cannot subtract 7 from 3 and so cannot understand it.

6.    A HOMONYMIC (one word  which  has  two  or  more  distinctly  separate
meanings) DEFINITION: A homonym is a word that is used to designate  several
different things which have totally different meanings; or a homonym can  be
one of two or more words that  have  the  same  sound,  sometimes  the  same
spelling, but differ in meaning.

    Example:  The person reads the sentence: "I like to  box."  The  person
    understands this sentence to mean that someone likes to put  things  in
    "containers."

        The person has the right meaning for the word "box," but he has the
    wrong word! There is another word "box" which  is  being  used  in  the
    sentence he has just read and means: "to  fight  another  in  a  boxing
    match." (Ref: Funk and Wagnalls  Standard  Dictionary  of  the  English
    Language)


        The  person  has  a  misunderstood  because  he  has  a   homonymic
    definition for the word "box" and will have to clear  the  second  word
    "box" before he understands the sentence.

    Example:  The person sees a plus sign (+) and as it resembles  a  cross
    he thinks it is something religious.
    Example:  The person hears the word "period" in the sentence: "It was a
    disorderly period in history" and knowing that "period"  comes  at  the
    end of a sentence and means stop, supposes that the world ended at that
    point.


    Example:  Homonymic misunderstoods can also occur when  a  person  does
    not know the informal or slang  usage  of  a  word.  The  person  hears
    someone on the radio singing: "When my Honey walks  down  the  street."
    The person thinks a "thick, sweet, yellow or  golden  liquid,  good  to
    eat, that bees make out of the nectar they  collect  from  flowers"  is
    walking down the street! He doesn't know  the  informal  definition  of
    "honey" which is: "sweet one: a pet name." which is  how  it  is  being
    used in the song. (Ref: Funk and Wagnalls Standard  Dictionary  of  the
    English Language)

7.    A SUBSTITUTE {SYNONYM-a word which has a  similar  but  not  the  same
meaning) DEFINITION: A substitute definition occurs when  a  person  uses  a
synonym for the definition of a word. A  synonym  is  not  a  definition.  A
synonym is a word having a meaning similar to that of another word.

    Example:  The person reads the word "portly" and thinks the  definition
    of the word is "fat." "Fat" is a synonym for  the  word  "portly."  The
    person has a misunderstood because  the  word  "portly"  means:  "of  a
    stately appearance and carriage; impressive, especially on  account  of
    size." (Ref: Funk and  Wagnalls  Standard  Dictionary  of  the  English
    Language) The person does not have the full meaning of "portly"  if  he
    thinks it just means "fat."

        Knowing synonyms for words increases your vocabulary  but  it  does
    not mean  you  understand  the  meaning  of  a  word.  Learn  the  full
    definition for a word as well as its synonyms.

8.     AN  OMITTED  {MISSING}  DEFINITION:  An  omitted  definition   is   a
definition of a word that the person is  missing  or  is  omitted  from  the
dictionary he is using.

    Example: The person hears the line "The food here is  too  rich."  This
person knows two definitions for the  word  "rich."  He  knows  that  "rich"
means "having much money, land, goods, etc." and "wealthy  people."  Neither
of these definitions make much sense to him in  the  sentence  he  has  just
heard. He cannot understand what food could have to do with having a lot  of
money.

        Omitted definitions can come about from using  dinky  dictionaries.
    If the person had looked up "rich" in a small paperback dictionary,  he
    would  probably  still  be  stuck  with  his  misunderstood.  A   dinky
    dictionary probably will not give him the definition he needs. In order
    to understand the word he would have to get a good sized dictionary  to
    ensure it gives him the omitted definition which is: "having in a  high
    degree qualities pleasing to the senses; luscious to the  taste:  often
    implying an unwholesome excess of butter, fats, flavoring, etc."  (Ref:
    Funk and Wagnalls Standard Dictionary of the English Language)

    Example:  The person reads "He estimated the light at f 5.6." He  can't
    figure what this "f" is, so he looks up "f" in  the  American  Heritage
    Dictionary and wonders if it is temperature  or  money  or  sports  for
    "foul" or maybe the money "franc." The text doesn't refer to France  so
    he can't figure it  out.  Omitted  in  the  American  Heritage  is  the
    photography definition of "f" which  simply  means  "the  number  which
    shows the width of the hole the light goes through in  the  lens."  The
    moral of this is to have enough dictionaries around.

    NOTE:  It can occur that an accurate definition for a word is not given
    in any dictionary which is an error in the language itself.

9.    A  NO-DEFINITION:  A  no-definition  is  a  "not-understood"  word  or
symbol.

    Example:  The person reads  the  sentence  "The  business  produced  no
    lucre." No understanding occurs, as he has no definition  for  "lucre."
    The word means:
    "money, especially as the  object  of  greed;  gain."  (Ref:  Funk  and
    Wagnalls Standard Dictionary of the English Language) It isn't that  he
    has the word incorrectly, unsuitable or any other way defined,  he  has
    no definition for it at all. He has never looked it up  and  gotten  it
    defined. Thus he does not understand it. The definition does not  exist
    for him until he looks it up and gets it clearly understood .


    Example:  The person sees a dot at the end of a word on a printed  page
    and having no definition for "a period (.)" tends to  run  all  of  his
    sentences together.

10.   A REJECTED DEFINITION: A rejected definition  is  a  definition  of  a
word which the person will not accept. The reasons why he  will  not  accept
it are usually based on emotional reactions connected with  it.  The  person
finds the definition degrading to himself or his friends or  group  in  some
imagined way or restimulative to him in some fashion. Although he  may  have
a total misunderstood on the word he may refuse  to  have  it  explained  or
look it up.

    Example:  The person refuses to look  up  the  word  "mathematics."  He
    doesn't know what it means, he doesn't want to know what it means,  and
    he won't have anything to do with it. A discussion of why he refuses to
    look it up discloses that  he  was  expelled  from  school  because  he
    flunked  with  violence  his  first  month  of  his  first  course   in
    mathematics. If he were to realize that he flunked  because  he  didn't
    know what he was supposed to study he would then be willing to look the
    word up.


    Example:  The person refuses to look up the definition of asterisk (*).
    On discussion it turns out that every time he sees an asterisk  on  the
    page he knows  the  material  will  be  "very  hard  to  read"  and  is
    "literary," "difficult" and "highbrow."

        Discussion of why he won't look it up usually reveals and  releases
    the emotional charge connected with it which he may never  have  looked
    at before. Properly handled he will now want  to  look  it  up,  having
    gained an insight into why he wouldn't.

    Any word  you  come  across  which  fits  one  or  more  of  the  above
definitions of a misunderstood word or symbol must be cleared  up,  using  a
good  size  dictionary  or  more  than  one  dictionary  or  text  book   or
encyclopedia.


    It is catastrophic to go on past or  ignore  a  misunderstood  word  or
symbol as one simply will not understand what he is studying.


    A student must discipline himself not to go past  misunderstood  words.
He should learn to recognize from  his  reaction  to  what  he  is  reading,
especially the mental blankness which usually ensues right after  one,  that
he has gone by a misunderstood. He should look them up and  get  them  fully
defined before going on with his reading. Students must be persuaded  to  do
this. It is a self-discipline that has to be learned.


    The definitions  of  "misunderstood"  and  "not-understood"  and  their
different types, must be clearly understood by a  person  seeking  to  clear
them in himself and others. The commonest error in Word Clearing is for  the
person being word cleared to believe that a misunderstood  is  something  he
simply does not know. With this limited definition he cannot  adequately  be
word cleared nor can he adequately word clear others. So  these  definitions
of "misunderstood" and "not-understood" should be  very  well  known  as  it
will often be necessary to clarify them to the person being word cleared.

    Good reading.


LRH:gal     L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1979 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 7 AUGUST 1979
Remimeo
Sups  (Also issued as
Tech  HCO PL 7 Aug 79
Execs FALSE DATA STRIPPING)
                                  ALL STAFF


                           Product Debug Series 8

                               Esto Series 36

                            FALSE DATA STRIPPING

    (Ref:   The Study Tapes
      Dianetic Auditor's Bulletin       Vol I Numbers 1-2
            STANDARD PROCEDURE
            Tech Vol 1. pgs. 15-20
      Dianetic Auditor's Bulletin       Vol I Number 3
            HOW TO RELEASE A CHRONIC SOMATIC
            Tech Vol 1, pgs. 24-26
      NOTES ON THE
      LECTURES   Pgs. 52-66,112-1 13)


    When a person is not functioning well on his post, on  his  job  or  in
life, at the bottom of his difficulties will often be  found  unknown  basic
definitions and laws or  false  definitions,  false  data  and  false  laws,
resulting in an inability  to  think  with  the  words  and  rules  of  that
activity and an inability to perform the  simplest  required  functions  The
person will remain unfamiliar with the  fundamentals  of  his  activity,  at
times appearing idiotic, because of these not-defined  and  falsely  defined
words.


    Verbal hatting is the main source of false definitions and false  data.
Someone who "knows" tells someone else a definition or a datum.  The  person
now thinks he knows the definition (even though nothing in the  field  makes
any sense to  him).  The  word  may  not  even  read  on  the  meter  during
misunderstood checks because the person "thinks he knows."


    A politician is told by an advisor, "It doesn't matter how  much  money
the government spends. It is good for  the  society."  The  politician  uses
this "rule" and the next thing you know, inflation is driving  everybody  to
starvation and the government to bankruptcy. The politician, knowing he  was
told this on the very best authority, does not spot it as  false  data,  but
continues to use it right up to the point where the angry mobs stand him  up
in front of a firing squad and shoot him down. And the pity of  it  is  that
the politician never once suspected that there was anything false about  the
data, even though he couldn't work with it.


    There is no field in all the society where false data is  not  rampant.
"Experts," "Advisors," "Friends," "Families"  seldom  go  and  look  at  the
basic texts on subjects, even when these are known to exist, but indulge  in
all manner of interpretations  and  even  outright  lies  to  seem  wise  or
expert. The cost, in terms of  lost  production  and  damaged  equipment  is
enormous. You will see it in all sectors of  society.  People  cannot  think
with the fundamentals of their work. They goof. They ruin things. They  have
to redo what they have already done.


    You'll find  people  whose  estimate  of  the  environment  is  totally
perverted to the point they're walking around literally in a  fog.  The  guy
looks at a tree and the reality of the tree is blurred by  the  "fact"  that
"trees are made by God" so he won't take care of  the  tree  because  he  is
convinced.
What we're trying to cure in people is the inability  to  think  with  data.
This was  traced  by  me  to  false  data  as  a  phenomenon  additional  to
misunderstood words, although the misunderstood word plays a role in it  and
will have to be allowed for.


    When a person is having difficulty in an area or on  a  post,  when  he
can't seem to apply what he has "learned" or what he is studying or when  he
can't get through a specific drill or exercise in  his  training  materials,
you would suspect he has false data in that area or on those  materials.  If
he is to use it at all effectively he must first sort  out  the  true  facts
regarding it from the conflicting bits and pieces of information or  opinion
he has acquired. This eliminates the false data and lets  him  get  on  with
it.

                              INABILITY TO HAT

    We are looking here at a brand new discovery I have made which is  that
it can be nearly impossible to hat anyone who is sitting on  false  data  on
the subject you are trying to hat him on. This is the primary reason  people
cannot be hatted and False Data Stripping therefore enables a person  to  be
hatted even though other approaches have failed. This  is  a  very  valuable
discovery-it solves the problem of inability to hat or train.

                                   SOURCES

    False data on a subject can come from any number  of  sources.  In  the
process of day-to-day living  people  encounter  and  often  accept  without
inspection all sorts of ideas which  may  seem  to  make  sense  but  don't.
Advertising, newspapers, TV and other media are packed with  such  material.
The most profound false data can come out of texts such as  Stanislavsky  (a
Russian actor and director); and even mothers have a hand  in  it,  such  as
"children should be seen and not heard."


    Where a subject, such as  art,  contains  innumerable  authorities  and
voluminous opinions you may find that  any  and  all  textbooks  under  that
heading reek with false data. Those who have studied study tech will  recall
that the validity of texts is an important factor in study.


    Therefore it is important that any supervisor or teacher seeking to use
False Data Stripping must utilize  basic  workable  texts.  These  are  most
often found to have been written by the original discoverer of  the  subject
and when in doubt avoid texts which are interpretations of  somebody  else's
work. In short, choose only textual material which is closest to  the  basic
facts of the subject and avoid those which embroider upon them.


    It can happen, if you do False Data Stripping well and expertly without
enforcing your own data on the person, that he can  find  a  whole  textbook
false-much to his amazement. In such a case, locate a more fundamental  text
on the subject.  (Examples  of  false  texts:  Eastman  Kodak;  Lord  Keynes
treatises on economics; John Dewey's texts  on  education;  Sigmund  Freud's
texts on the mind; the texts derived from the "work" of Wundt (Leipzig 1879-
Father of Modern Psychology); and (joke) a textbook on "Proper  Conduct  for
Sheep" written by A. Wolf.)

                         USE OF FALSE DATA STRIPPING

    False Data Stripping should be used  extensively  in  all  hatting  and
training activities. Current society is riddled with false  data  and  these
must be cleared away so that we can hat and train people. Then they will  be
able to learn useful data which will enable them to  understand  things  and
produce valuable products in life.


    False Data Stripping can be done on or off the meter. It can be done by
an auditor in session, by a Supervisor, Cramming Officer or Word Clearer  or
by an exec, Esto or any administrator. Students and staff can be trained  to
do it on each other.


    Not a lot of training is required to deliver this procedure but  anyone
administering it must have checked out on this HCOB/PL and have  demoed  and
drilled the procedure. If it is going to be done  on  the  meter  (which  is
preferable) the person doing it must have an OK to operate an E-Meter.
                                  GRADIENTS

    It will be found that false data actually comes off in gradients.


    For example, a student handled initially on false data on a  particular
drill will appear to be complete on it. He goes  on  with  his  studies  and
makes progress for a while and then sometimes he will hit a bog or  slow  in
his progress. This is usually an indication that more false  data  has  been
flushed up (restimulated  or  remembered  as  a  result  of  actually  doing
studies or drills). At that point more basic false data will come  off  when
asked for. The reason for this is: when you first give a student false  data
handling he doesn't know enough about the subject to know  false  data  from
the true. When he has learned a bit more about the subject he then  collides
with more false data hitherto buried. This can happen several times,  as  he
is getting more and more expert on the subject.


    Thus the action of stripping off false data can and must be checked for
and used in any training and hatting.


    The rundown has to be given again and again at later and later periods,
as a student or staff member may come  up  against  additional  faulty  data
that has been not-ised. It can be repeated as  often  as  necessary  in  any
specific area of training until the person is  finally  duplicating  and  is
able to use the correct tech and only the correct tech exactly.

                                   THEORY

    There is a philosophic background as to why getting off false data on a
subject works and why trying to teach a correct datum over a false datum  on
the subject does not work. It is based on  the  Socratic  thesis-antithesis-
synthesis philosophical equation.


    Socrates: 470 B.C. - 399 B.C. A great Greek philosopher.


    A thesis is a statement or assertion.


    Antithesis: opposing statement or assertion.


    The Socratic equation is  mainly  used  in  debate  where  one  debater
asserts one thing and the other debater asserts the  opposite.  It  was  the
contention of Socrates and others that when two forces came  into  collision
a new idea was born. This was the use of the equation in logic  and  debate.
However, had they looked further they would have  seen  that  other  effects
were brought into play. It has very disastrous effects when  it  appears  in
the field of training.


    Where the person has acquired a false thesis (or datum), the true datum
you are trying to teach him becomes an  antithesis.  The  true  datum  comes
smack up against the false datum he is hanging on to, as it  is  counter  to
it.


    In other words, these two things collide, and  neither  one  will  then
make sense to him. At this point he  can  try  to  make  sense  out  of  the
collision and form what is called a synthesis,  or  his  wits  simply  don't
function. (Synthesis:  a  unified  whole  in  which  opposites,  thesis  and
antithesis, are reconciled.)


    So you wind up with the person either:

    (a)     attempting to use a false, unworkable synthesis he has  formed,
    or


    (b)     his thinkingness locks up on the subject.

    In either case you get an impossible-to-train, impossible-to-hat scene.

                                  GLIBNESS

    Probably we have here the basic anatomy of the "glib student"  who  can
parrot off whole chapters on an examination paper and yet in  practice  uses
his tools as a door stop. This student has been a mystery to  the  world  of
education for eons. What he has probably done in order to get by, is set  up
a circuit which is purely memory.


    The truth of it is his understanding or participation is barred off  by
considerations such as "nothing works anyway  but  one  has  to  please  the
professor somehow."
The less a person can confront, the more false data he has  accumulated  and
will accumulate. These syntheses are simply additives and  complexities  and
make the person complicate the subject beyond belief. Or  the  collision  of
false data and true data, without the person knowing which is  which,  makes
him look like a meathead.


    Therefore, in order to cure him of his additives, complexities,  apathy
and  apparent  stupidity  on  a  subject,  in  addition   to   cleaning   up
misunderstood words, it is  necessary  to  strip  the  false  data  off  the
subject. Most of the time this is prior to the true data and so is basic  on
the chain. Where this is the case, when that basic  false  data  is  located
and stripped the whole subject clears up more easily.

                              FALSE DATA PRONE

    Some people are prone to accepting false data. This stems  from  overts
committed prior to the false data being accepted. The false data  then  acts
as a justifier for the overt.


    An example of this would  be  a  student  studying  past  Mis-Us  on  a
subject, cheating in the exam and eventually dropping the subject  entirely.
Then someone comes along and tells him  that  the  subject  is  useless  and
destructive. Well, he will immediately grab hold of this datum  and  believe
it as he needs something to justify his earlier overts.


    This actually gets into service facsimiles as the person will  use  the
false data to make the subject or other people wrong.


    So if you see someone who is very prone to accepting false  data  on  a
particular subject or in general, the answer is  to  get  the  prior  overts
pulled. Then the person will not need to justify  his  overts  by  accepting
any false data that comes his way.

                                  PROCEDURE

    You may not easily be able to detect a false datum because  the  person
believes it to be true. When False Data Stripping is done  on  a  meter  the
false datum won't necessarily read for the same reason.


    You therefore ask the person if there is anything he has run across  on
the subject under discussion which he  couldn't  think  with,  which  didn't
seem to add up or seems to be in conflict with the material  one  is  trying
to each him.


    The false datum buries itself and the  procedure  itself  handles  this
phenomenon.


    When the false datum is located it is handled  with  elementary  recall
based on 1950 Straightwire. Straight memory technique  or  Straightwire  (so
called because one is  stringing  a  line  between  present  time  and  some
incident in the past, and stringing  that  line  directly  and  without  any
detours) was developed originally in 1950 as a lighter process  than  engram
running. Cleverly used, Straightwire removed locks  and  released  illnesses
without the pc ever having run an engram.


    Once one had determined whatever it was that was going to be  run  with
Straightwire, one would have the pc recall where and when it  happened,  who
was involved, what were they doing, what was the pc doing,  etc.  until  the
lock blew or the illness keyed out.


    Straightwire works at a  lock  level.  When  overdone  it  can  key  in
underlying engrams. When properly done it can be quite miraculous.

                                    STEPS

A.    Determine whether or not the person needs this procedure  by  checking
the following:

    1.      The person cannot be hatted on a subject.


    2.      No Crashing Mis-Us can be found on a subject yet it is  obvious
        they exist.
        3.       The person is not duplicating the material he has  studied
        as he is incorrectly applying it  or  only  applying  part  of  it,
        despite Word Clearing.


    4.      He is rejecting the material he is reading or the definition of
        the word he is clearing.


    5.      You suspect or  the  person  originates  earlier  data  he  has
        encountered on the materials that could contain false data.


    6.      The person talks about or quotes  other  sources  or  obviously
        incorrect sources.


    7.      He is glib.


    8.      The person is backing off from actually applying the data he is
        studying despite standard Word Clearing.


    9.      He is bogged.


    10.     He cannot think with the data and it does not seem to apply.

B.    Establish the difficulty  the  person  is  having-i.e.  what  are  the
materials he can't duplicate or apply? These materials must be to  hand  and
the person must be familiar with the basic true data on  the  subject  being
addressed.

C.    If the action is being done metered, put the person on the  meter  and
properly adjust the sensitivity with a proper can squeeze.

D.    Thoroughly clear the concept of false data with the person.  Have  him
give you examples to show he gets it. (This would be done if the person  was
receiving False Data Stripping for the first time.)

E.    The following questions are used  to  detect  and  uncover  the  false
data. These questions are cleared before they are used for  the  first  time
on anyone. They do not have to read on a meter and may  not  do  so  as  the
person will not necessarily read on something that he believes to be true.

    1.      "Is there anything  you  have  run  across  in  (subject  under
        discussion) which you couldn't think with?"


    2.      "Is there anything  you  have  encountered  in  (subject  under
        discussion) which didn't seem to add up?"


    3.      "Is there something you have  come  across  in  (subject  under
        discussion) that seems to be in conflict with the material you  are
        trying to learn?"


    4.      "Is there something in (subject under discussion)  which  never
        made any sense to you?"


    5.      "Did you come across any data  in  (subject  under  discussion)
        that you had no use for?"


    6.       "Was  there  any  data  you  came  across  in  (subject  under
        discussion) that never seemed to fit in?"


    7.      "Do you know of any datum that makes it unnecessary for you  to
        do a good job on this subject?"


    8.      "Do you know of any reason why an overt product is alright?"


    9.      "Would you be made wrong if you really learned this subject?"


    10.     "Did anyone ever explain this subject to you verbally?"
        11.      "Do you know of any datum  that  conflicts  with  standard
        texts on this subject?"


    12.     "Do you consider you really know best about this subject?"


    13.     "Would it make somebody else wrong not to learn this subject?"


    14.     "Is this subject not worth learning?"

    The questions are asked in the above sequence. When an  area  of  false
data is uncovered by one of these questions one goes straight on to Step  F-
handling.

F.    When the person comes up with an answer to one of the above  questions
locate the false datum as follows:

    1.      Ask: "Have you been given any false data regarding  this?"  and
        help him locate the false datum. If  this  is  being  done  on  the
        meter, one can use any meter  reads  one  does  get  to  steer  the
        person. This may require a bit of work as the  person  may  believe
        the false data he has to be true. Keep at  it  until  you  get  the
        false datum.


      If the person has given you the false datum in Step E then this  step
        will not be needed: just go straight on to Step G.

G.    When the false datum has been located, handle as follows:

    1.      Ask: "Where did this datum come from?" (This could be a person.
        a book. TV, etc.)


    2.      "When was this?"


    3.      "Where exactly were you at the time?"


    4.      "Where was (the person, book, etc.) at the time?"


    5.      "What were you doing at the time?"


    6.      If the false datum came from  a  person  ask:  "what  was  (the
        person) doing at the time?"


    7.      "How did (the person, book, etc.) look at the time?"


    8.      If the datum has not blown with the above  questions  ask:  "Is
        there an earlier similar false datum or incident  on  (the  subject
        under discussion)?" and handle per Steps 1-7.

    Continue as above until the false datum has blown.  On  the  meter  you
will have a floating needle and very good indicators.


    DO NOT CONTINUE PAST A POINT WHERE THE FALSE DATUM HAS BLOWN.


    If you suspect the  datum  may  have  blown  but  the  person  has  not
originated then ask: "How does that datum  seem  to  you  now?"  and  either
continue if it hasn't blown or end off on that datum if it has blown.

    H.      When you have handled a particular false datum to a blow, going
earlier similar as  necessary,  you  would  then  go  back  and  repeat  the
question from E (the detection step)  that uncovered  the  false  datum.  If
there are any more answers to the question, they are handled exactly  as  in
Step F (location) and Step G (handling). That particular  question  is  left
when the person has no more answers. Then, if  the  person  is  not  totally
handled on the subject under discussion, one would use the other
questions from Step E and handle them in the same  way.  All  the  questions
can be asked and handled as above but one would not continue  past  a  point
where the whole  subject  has  been  cleared  up  and  the  person  can  now
duplicate and apply the data he has been having trouble with.

I.    CONDITIONAL: If False Data Stripping  is  being  done  in  conjunction
with Crashing Mis-U finding one would now proceed with  the  Crashing  Mis-U
finding.

J.    Send the person to the Examiner.

K.    Have the person study or restudy the true  data  on  the  subject  you
have been handling.

                                END PHENOMENA

    When the above procedure is done correctly and fully  on  an  area  the
person is actually having difficulty with he will end up able to  duplicate,
understand and apply and think with the data that he  could  not  previously
grasp. The false data that was standing in  the  road  of  duplication  will
have been cleared away and the person's thinking will have  been  freed  up.
When this occurs, no matter where in the procedure, one ends off  the  False
Data Stripping on that subject and sends the  person  to  the  Examiner.  He
will have cognitions and VGIs and on the meter you will have  an  F/N.  This
is not the end of all False Data Stripping for that person. It  is  the  end
of that False Data Stripping on the person at that particular time.  As  the
person continues to work with and study the subject  in  question,  he  will
learn more about it and may again collide with false data at which time  one
repeats the above process.

                                    NOTE

    False data buries itself as the person may firmly believe  that  it  is
true. Sometimes the person will have such  faith  in  a  particular  person,
book, etc. that he cannot  conceive  that  any  data  from  that  particular
source might be false. One artist being false  data  stripped  had  received
some false data from a very famous painter.  Even  though  the  data  didn't
really add up and actually caused the artist tremendous problems, he  tended
to believe it because of where it came from.  It  took  persistence  on  the
part of the person administering the  False  Data  Stripping  to  eventually
blow this false datum with a resulting freeing up of  the  artist's  ability
to think and produce in the area.

                               MISUNDERSTOODS

    Misunderstoods often come up during False Data Stripping and should  be
cleared  when  they  do.  One  would  then  continue  with  the  False  Data
Stripping. One person being false data stripped knew he had some false  data
from a particular  source  but  the  false  data  was  a  complete  blank-he
couldn't remember it at all. It was discovered that  he  had  a  Mis-U  just
before he received the false data and as soon as  this  was  cleared  up  he
recalled the false data and it blew.


    This is just one example of how Word Clearing can  tie  in  with  False
Data Stripping.

                                REPEATED USE

    False Data Stripping can be done over and over as it will come  off  in
layers as mentioned before. If False Data  Stripping  has  been  done  on  a
specific thing and at some later point the person is having difficulty  with
a drill or the materials, the stripping of false data should be done on  him
again.


    In such a case it will be seen that the person recognizes or  remembers
more false or contrary data he has accumulated on the subject that  was  not
in view earlier.


    As he duplicates a drill or his materials more and more exactly, former
"interpretations" he had not-ised,  incorrect  past  flunks  that  acted  as
invalidation or evaluation, etc., may crop up to be stripped off.
                                  CAUTIONS

    CODE. False  Data  Stripping  is  done  under  the  discipline  of  the
Auditor's Code. Evaluation and invalidation can be particularly harmful  and
must be avoided. All points of the code apply.


    RUDIMENTS. One would not begin False  Data  Stripping  on  someone  who
already has out-ruds. If the person is upset or worried about  something  or
is critical or nattery, then you should fly  his  ruds  or  get  them  flown
before you start False Data Stripping.


    OVERRUN. One must be particularly careful not  to  overrun  the  person
past a blow of the false datum. The stress in recall is that it is  a  light
action which does not get the person into engrams or heavy charge.  Keep  it
light. If you overrun someone past the point of a blow,  he  may  drop  into
engrams or heavy charge. Just take the recall step to a blow and don't  push
him beyond it.


    DATE/LOCATE. Date/Locate is another way of getting something  to  blow.
If a false datum does not blow on the recall  steps  despite  going  earlier
similar, then it could be handled with Date/Locate in session as ordered  by
the C/S. This would normally be done as  part  of  a  False  Data  Stripping
Repair List. Date/Locating false data would never be done except in  session
as ordered by the C/S or as directed by  the  False  Data  Stripping  Repair
List. The auditor must  be  totally  starrated  on  Date  and  Locating  and
practiced in it before he attempts it.


    FALSE DATA STRIPPING REPAIR LIST. The False Data Stripping Repair  List
is  used  in  session  by  an  auditor  when  False  Data   Stripping   bogs
inextricably or the person is not F/N GIs at exams or gets in trouble  after
False Data Stripping has been done. A bogged False  Data  Stripping  session
must be handled within 24 hours.


    NEW STUDENTS. Students who are new to Scientology should not  use  this
procedure on each  other  as  they  may  be  insufficiently  experienced  to
deliver it competently. In this case the  Supervisor  or  someone  qualified
would administer False Data Stripping to those students who need it.

                                   SUMMARY

    The problem of the person who is unable to learn or who  is  unable  to
apply what he learns has never been fully  resolved  before.  Misunderstoods
were and are a major factor and Word Clearing must be used  liberally.  Now,
however, I have  made  a  major  breakthrough  which  finally  explains  and
handles the problem of inability to learn and apply.


    Man's texts and education systems are strewn  with  false  data.  These
false data effectively block someone's understanding of the true  data.  The
handling given in this HCOB/PL makes it possible to remove  that  block  and
enable people to learn data so they can apply it.


    With the ability  to  learn  comes  stability  and  the  production  of
valuable products. With stability and the production  of  valuable  products
comes  the  achievement  of  one's  purposes  and  goals,  high  morale  and
happiness.


    So let's get to work on stripping away the  false  data  which  plagues
Man, clogs up his ability to think and learn and reduces his competence  and
effectiveness. Let's increase the  ability  of  individuals  and  the  human
race.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder
LRH:gal
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 19 AUGUST 1979
Remimeo
Exec Hats   (Also issued as an HCO PL of
Tech & Qual same date same title.)
HAS Hat
Dir I&R
LRH Comm Hats
                             HIGH CRIME-ADDITION

                   HIGH CRIME CHECKOUTS AND WORD CLEARING

        Ref:      HCOB 24 Oct 76R  C/S Series 96R
                  (Modified by this HCOB/PL)
            HCOB 30 Jan 73RB Word Clearing Series 46RB
                  METHOD 9 WORD CLEARING THE
                  RIGHT WAY
            HCOB/PL 26 Mar 79R     Esto Series 35R
            Rev. 25.5.79     Word Clearing Series 60R
                  MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS AND
                  CYCLES OF ACTION
            HCOB 16 Jul 79   Product Debug Series 5
                  Word Clearing Series 63
                  THE "ELUSIVE" MIS-U
                  OR CRASHING MIS-U
            HCO PL 8 Mar 66  HIGH CRIME
            HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III   ETHICS AND STUDY TECH


    For many years the top auditors, Case Supervisors and Supervisors  have
used Word Clearing in their High Crime checkouts, but until  now  there  has
not been an issue that makes this a mandatory action.


    From now on, High Crime checkouts require Word Clearing in addition  to
starrates. The miracle results of Word Clearing make all the  difference  in
the world to the quality of technical delivery.


                      CONSEQUENCES OF NO WORD CLEARING

    Lack of Word Clearing has recently brought about  some  false  declares
and a return of Quickie Grades.


    In many orgs it was found that new HCOBs were not being word cleared AT
ALL.


    The right thing to do is make full use of Word Clearing technology.


                         WORD CLEARING REQUIREMENTS

    From the date of this issue the Qualifications  Division,  when  giving
High Crime checkouts, must require at least Method 9 Word  Clearing  on  the
materials in addition to starrates and  drills.  Qual  should  employ  other
methods of Word Clearing such as Methods 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8  when  deemed
necessary to ensure full understanding of the materials being  High  Crimed.
Methods 2, 4 and 5 are very effective in the hands of a Word Clearer who  is
expert in reading an E-Meter. Method 9 is stressed here and  made  mandatory
because it can be applied easily and is probably the top key method of  Word
Clearing today.
Where False Data Stripping, Crashing Mis-U tech, O/W  handling  and  service
facsimile tech are available and in use these must be employed where  needed
in checkouts.


    The point is that Qual must make full use of Word Clearing in all  High
Crime checkouts and the student,  interne  or  staff  member  must  be  word
cleared to where he honestly has no misunderstood words on the materials.


                         FORMER HIGH CRIME CHECKOUTS

    Where High Crime checkouts have been done previously and attested  they
remain valid. But, if the auditor, Case Supervisor or Word Clearer is  later
crammed on those materials the cramming must  include  full  Method  9  Word
Clearing of the materials on which he goofed  and  other  Word  Clearing  as
decided by Qual.


                              TECHNICAL RESULTS

    The technology works when it is applied exactly.


    Exact application depends on complete understanding.


    Complete understanding depends on freedom from misunderstood words.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


                                             Assisted by
                                             Commodore's Staff
                                             Captain

LRH:PS:gal
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 21 AUGUST 1979
Remimeo
All Courses
Ds of T
Supervisors
STOs
Cramming Offs
Tech Div
Qual Div
                                  TWINNING

                           (CANCELS: BTB 16 Mar 71
                         STUDENT AND COURSE MORALE,
                         TOUGH CHECKOUTS & COACHING)


                  Cancellation of Issues Canceling Twinning


    The following BPLs and HCO PLs which canceled issues  on  twinning,  or
canceled or suspended twinning itself, are now CANCELED:

1.    HCO PL 29 Jul 72 II FAST FLOW IN  TRAINING  written  by  Training  and
    Services Aide. Though the issues it canceled remain canceled, this  HCO
    PL itself was canceled by BPL  10  Oct  75  X  CANCELLATION  OF  POLICY
    LETTERS 1972 and remains so.

2.    HCO PL 31 Aug 74 FAST FLOW TRAINING REINSTATED  which  suspended  twin
    training or checkouts, was previously canceled and remains so.

3.    BPL 18 Oct 76RD, Rev. 10.9.78 URGENT, IMPORTANT,  SUCCESSFUL  TRAINING
    LINEUP, which canceled requirements of twin training or  checkouts  for
    Academy, has been canceled and replaced by HCO PL 25 Sep 79  I  URGENT,
    IMPORTANT, SUCCESSFUL TRAINING LINEUP.

    THERE ARE NO VALID BPLs OR HCO PLs NOW EXISTING WHICH CANCEL TWINNING.
                                 ___________

    "Twinning" is the pairing up of  two  students  training  on  the  same
subject to work together on their materials.


    It is a Scientology innovation in  training.  For  years  it  was  used
highly successfully  when  done  correctly  and  as  a  standard  action  on
Scientology courses.


    Recently I discovered a big WHY behind course failures.  That  is  that
twinning as a subject and practice  has  become  confused  and  fallen  into
misuse or fallen out completely and one of the reasons behind that  is  that
a number of HCOBs on twinning were canceled and no  one  issue  exists  that
covers the subject in its entirety.

    THIS HCOB REINSTATES TWINNING FIRMLY AND WITH EMPHASIS.


    It is NOT subject to cancellation.


    It fully lays out the purpose of twinning, the  basics  and  rules  and
correct use of twinning, when and how it  is  done,  the  responsibility  of
twins and the responsibility of the Supervisor and the handling of  twinning
bugs.


    It re-establishes mandatory twinning on all practical courses, such  as
the TRs
Course, or on the practical sections of a course, such  as  E-Meter  Drills.
It also covers twinning in some areas of theory study where it is  obviously
called for, such as Method 9 Word Clearing when done between students.


                                 BACKGROUND

    In 1954 we found that when you teamed up students  of  comparable  case
level and ability they then made progress. When we find  something  that  is
that workable we put it to use. Twinning  was  installed  as  a  fundamental
part  of  the  Scientology  system  of  training  and  it  immediately   and
effectively brought up the participation and action levels of entire  course
rooms of  students.  Students  grasped  the  application  of  the  materials
faster. It gave us results.


    Originally twinning was used almost exclusively  on  practical  drills.
Later, in the early '60s,  it  was  carried  over  into  twin  checkouts  on
theory. Still later, with the advent of Word Clearing,  applied  study  tech
and fast flow, twinning as a broad mandatory  action  for  all  students  on
theory was canceled.


    Even so, some orgs continued twinning students unnecessarily  on  admin
courses and some theory courses and were not enforcing twinning  on  courses
where it is mandatory, such as a TRs Course.


    Twinning on practical courses and  practical  actions  has  never  been
canceled by me and was never intended to be canceled. However, a line  in  a
BPL (BPL 18 Oct 76RD Rev. 10.9.78  URGENT,  IMPORTANT,  SUCCESSFUL  TRAINING
LINEUP) which stated:  "Requirements  of  twin  training  or  checkouts  for
Academy are canceled" caused twinning to be dropped out  even  on  practical
drills in some areas and threw a confusion into the scene  in  other  areas.
The above BPL has now been canceled with a vengeance and is replaced by  HCO
PL 25 Sept 79 I URGENT, IMPORTANT, SUCCESSFUL TRAINING LINEUP.


    And this bulletin restores twinning to its rightful place  in  training
as the vital tool that it is.

                                WHY TWINNING?

    One reason twinning is so vital is that it brings those people who have
sunk back into their First Dynamic up out of their First  Dynamic  and  onto
the Third. It gives the student a terminal to work with.  It  puts  students
into communication, into doingness and participation. One doesn't  learn  by
being a spectator. Twinning not only  gets  students  extroverted  but  also
gets them to take some  responsibility  for  their  fellow  man.  These  are
factors that are sadly lacking in modern permissive education.


    TWINNING VERSUS MODERN PERMISSIVENESS


    With twinning we are cutting right across modern "permissive" teaching.


    The modern tendency is to just let everybody do as they please and  put
their attention on whatever they please. This is the  "think"  of  the  day,
and it is in in most basic school systems and has spread as well  into  many
different fields.


    Probably someone somewhere thought it would be much quicker and  easier
and  require  much  less  confront  to  just  let  a   student   sit   there
permissively, with his attention wandering around in the total  significance
of it all and then claim he had passed the subject when he  had  never  gone
near it.


    It is a symptom of people who can't confront not to  make  anyone  else
confront.


    We don't buy this.  It  is  totally  batty.  The  creeping  disease  of
permissiveness, non confront and spectatorism  is  simply  a  part  of  "the
beautiful world of irresponsible slop."  It  has  no  place  in  Scientology
training.
Real twinning, enforced, effectively pulls the student right up out  of  the
vague permissiveness of modern think and lands him with some  responsibility
right from the start. With that he can be honestly trained.


                              CAUSE AND EFFECT

    A person being trained is mainly working on an inflow basis. Day  after
day it is inflow, inflow, inflow. This tends to put him at effect.


    In twinning, the person can balance his inflow with outflow. This keeps
him from going totally into effect. It puts some cause into the scene.


    A person, when he is expected to apply knowledge or  skills,  must,  of
course, be at cause. When he is trained totally at effect, he can  get  into
what is called a "stuck  flow"  phenomenon  whereby  he  can't  outflow  the
subject. Yet, if he is ever going to apply  it,  he  is  going  to  have  to
outflow it.


    Twinning has the virtue of balancing inflow and  outflow.  It  will  be
found that when the person comes to apply the tech, he is  already  able  to
outflow if he was trained using twinning.

                                WHEN TO TWIN

    It is not necessary to twin  students  on  admin  courses,  nor,  as  a
general rule, on tech theory courses. You ensure  the  student  is  applying
study tech and is not going past misunderstood words and you let him get  on
with it.


    Practical and practical courses are another matter.


                             Mandatory Twinning


    Twinning is mandatory on those courses where the essence of the  course
is to train the student in the  practical  application  of  the  data.  This
would include the TRs Course, any  Upper  Indoc  and  Objectives  Course,  a
specialized E-Meter Drills Course and courses of a similar nature.


    Even though such courses also include theory, the  final  objective  of
such a course is a person trained and drilled in the doingness involved  and
twinning is absolutely essential for this purpose.


    Thus, on such a course, twins are assigned  at  the  beginning  of  the
course and they remain assigned through to the completion  of  that  course.
We call it "assigning twins in concrete." One does not musical chair  twins,
once assigned, nor allow them to drift from one twin to another.


    The whole essence of twinning is to get two students to work  together,
to assist  each  other  and  take  responsibility  for  getting  each  other
successfully through the course.


                  Twinning On Practical Sections Of Courses


    On certain courses  containing  both  theory  and  practical,  such  as
Academy Levels, you would  not  necessarily  twin  students  on  the  theory
section of the course. You would, however, definitely and  mandatorily  twin
them on the practical sections.


    For example, twinning is a must on E-Meter Drills, or such  actions  as
assessment drilling, drilling of special rundown procedures  where  this  is
called  for,  Learning  Drills,   Obnosis   Drills   and   other   practical
applications.


                          Twinning On Word Clearing
One always twins students where  Method  9  Word  Clearing  is  to  be  done
between the students themselves and not by a Word Clearer.

    Similarly, Method 8 Word Clearing is twinned, on exactly the same turn-
about basis as described in Method 9. (Ref: HCOB 30  Jan  73RB  Rev.  1.6.79
Word Clearing Series 46RB METHOD 9 WORD CLEARING THE RIGHT WAY)


    An example of turn-about on Method 8 would be: First twin  clears  word
"a." Second twin then clears word "a" AND word "b." First twin  then  clears
word "b" AND word "c," etc. You do two actions consecutively every time.


    Twins may also be assigned to get each other through other  methods  of
Word Clearing in this way.


    Henceforth, on courses such as the Primary Rundown, where Word Clearing
is the essence of the course, twinning is mandatory.


    Wherever twins are assigned,  whether  for  an  entire  course  or  for
practical sections of a course, the rules of twinning apply.


                               ASSIGNING TWINS

    The Supervisor is responsible for assigning twins.


    He should take care to team up students of comparable  case  level  and
training and abilities inasmuch as possible. In this  way  both  twins  make
the best progress. Twinning a very fast student with a slow  student  should
be avoided, if possible, as it can be  frustrating  and  upsetting  to  both
students. This must never be  used  as  an  excuse  NOT  to  twin  students.
However, ideally, one matches them up according to  their  capabilities  and
twinning goes smoothly and produces best results when this is done.


    In some rare instances it may be necessary to reassign twins  who  have
been incorrectly paired. But it should not be necessary if  care  was  taken
in teaming them up correctly to begin with.


    Otherwise, once assigned, twins work  together  through  to  successful
completion of the course or activity.

                                 TURN-ABOUT

    THE RULE OF TWINNING IS THAT IT IS DONE ON A "TURN-ABOUT" BASIS.


    "Turn-about" is done as follows:


    One student coaches his twin through a drill or a section of  a  drill.
They then turn-about and the second twin does the same drill or  section  of
that drill PLUS the next drill or next section of the drill. They then turn-
about again, with the first student doing the drill his twin has  just  done
PLUS the one following.


    The same system applies in Method 9 or Method 8 Word Clearing. One twin
clears a word or M9s a paragraph or section of  the  text.  They  turn-about
and the second twin clears the word or M9s the  paragraph  or  section  PLUS
the following one. They turn-about again, with the first twin  now  clearing
or M9ing the word or section his twin just cleared PLUS the one following.


    Turn-about is applied as well to starrate  checkouts  where  these  are
called for. It may be done by checking out an entire bulletin on one's  twin
before the turn-about is  done.  Or,  where  a  very  long  text  is  to  be
starrated, the turn-about can be done after each section.
With the  turn-about  system  one  person  is  not  constantly  leading  and
misunderstoods are kept picked up between twins. The twins keep  apace  with
each other, we don't get unbalanced flows and both are kept progressing.


                          THE TWIN'S RESPONSIBILITY

    A TWIN IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SEEING THAT  THE  STUDENT  WITH  WHOM  HE  IS
TWINNED KNOWS AND CAN APPLY THE MATERIAL HE HAS STUDIED .


    Twins must be made aware of this responsibility at  the  onset  of  the
course.


    The twin word clears his fellow student. He listens  to  his  sentences
and sees that they are correct and fit the  definition  of  the  word  being
cleared. He makes sure his twin understands the materials.  If  the  student
doesn't know them cold, the twin helps the student  find  his  misunderstood
words and gets him through any difficulties.


    Twins do practical drills together. They coach each other to  wins  and
certainty in applying the materials 100% correctly.


    If a student flunks a Supervisor checkout on materials he's been passed
on  by  his  twin,  both  students  get  a  flunk.  The  twin  must  have  a
misunderstood himself if he missed the other student's goof.

                            Morale and Production

    MORALE depends on production.


    PRODUCTION, in training,  is  the  evidence  of  the  demonstration  of
competence.


    MORALE IS UP WHEN COMPETENCE IS DEMONSTRATED.


    MORALE IS UP WHEN PRODUCTION IS UP.


    Morale isn't necessarily built by being "nice."  Twinning  actions  are
carried out with good ARC, but being "nice" is not enough.


    A student getting a good stiff  coaching  session  from  his  twin  and
passing-or getting a good, stiff checkout and passing, feels great.  He  has
really accomplished something. He knows that he knows the data or drill.


    A student who gets poor or nonstandard coaching or checkouts feels  and
knows that he has been cheated. If his twin is just being "nice" he  doesn't
win and doesn't appreciate the checkout. His morale will be down.


    One keeps his twin's morale and production high. One  gives  him  tough
standard coaching sessions so he becomes  competent.  One  gives  him  tough
standard checkouts so he KNOWS HE HAS DEMONSTRATED  HIS  COMPETENCE  IN  THE
MATERIALS. It is always done with good ARC.


    It must be real to student and Supervisor alike that twinning is not  a
namby-pamby, brush-off activity.


    One is responsible for getting his twin through the course. If one twin
goes to Review, the other goes to Review. If one twin goes  to  Ethics,  the
other goes to Ethics. If one twin should blow, the other twin  must  go  and
get him. One is responsible for getting his twin through the course.


    There have been cases in the past where one twin worked like mad to get
the other twin through an extensive section right at the end of the  course.
The other twin then
simply went off and would not do the same so the first  student  could  also
finish the course.

    IT IS NOW FIRM POLICY THAT WHERE SUCH AN INSTANCE OCCURS,  THE  STUDENT
WHO ABANDONED HIS TWIN JUST BECAUSE HE  HIMSELF  WAS  FINISHED  MAY  NOT  BE
CERTIFIED


    AND MAY NOT BE GIVEN A COURSE COMPLETION UNTIL HE HAS
    COMPLETED HIS TWIN.


    Twins are responsible for getting each other through the course.


                       THE SUPERVISOR'S RESPONSIBILITY

    It is the Supervisor's  responsibility  to  enforce  twinning  per  the
points in this bulletin.


    He assigns twins, pairing them according to their capabilities.


    He ensures twinning is being done by the book, on a  turn-about  basis,
with both twins making progress.


    He makes sure  twins  are  wearing  their  hats  as  twins  and  taking
responsibility for getting each  other  through,  exactly  as  laid  out  in
course materials.


    A "double flunk" is given when a student flunks a  Supervisor  checkout
on materials his twin has passed him on. "Double flunk"  means  the  student
and his twin are both flunked in such a case, as, if  the  twin  has  missed
the student's goof, he must have misunderstoods of his own.


    The Supervisor maintains high tech standards by adhering firmly to this
system and when he must double flunk he makes sure both  twins  get  handled
on the goof.


    A situation can occur where a student and his twin get  into  a  "games
condition,"  one  with  the  other.  This  gives  a   no-progress,   problem
situation. The students who are twinned are  not  both  working  toward  the
same goal but one is in opposition to the other in some way. This  gives  no
progress, no wins, no  production,  no  demonstration  of  competence  being
permitted and low morale.


    It is the responsibility of the  Supervisor  as  well  as  the  twinned
students to not permit such a situation to occur.  With  any  failure  of  a
twin to be a twin and assume that responsibility, the  Supervisor  gets  the
student checked out  on  this  bulletin  and  any  other  applicable  course
material and ensures the student is fully handled.


    To keep the course morale high, Supervisors must insist  on  production
and on the demonstration of competence on all materials by the  student  and
his twin.


    In a case where a student gets sent to Review or Ethics, the Supervisor
must uphold the rule that his twin always gets  sent  as  well.  He  ensures
that any blown student is recovered by his  twin.  In  all  such  cases  the
Supervisor keeps track of his  students  and  ensures  they're  handled  and
gotten back on course rapidly.


    A Supervisor who understands the WHY of twinning and sees it is carried
out standardly is going to produce causative, responsible graduates who  can
apply what they have learned.

                         EMPHASIS ON NO VERBAL DATA

    All students should be made aware, from the beginning of training, that
the answers to their questions  are  in  their  course  materials  or  other
source references.
The issues on verbal tech, HCOB 9 Feb 79 HOW TO DEFEAT VERBAL TECH and  HCOB
15 Feb 79 VERBAL TECH PENALTIES, should be well-known in the course room.


    Even so, students, particularly when they are new, sometimes  get  into
an exchange of verbal data or opinion while they are twinning. A  Supervisor
must be on the alert for this  and  step  in  to  handle  at  once  when  he
observes it happening. He uses study tech to straighten the  scene  out  and
always refers the students to the above mentioned HCOBs on verbal tech.


    Twinned students, of course, bear a responsibility  for  not  spreading
verbal tech, neither  between  themselves  nor  to  anyone  else,  for  that
matter. A twin always refers his fellow student to source materials.


                          HANDLING BUGS ON TWINNING

    The  main  twinning  bugs  which  could  arise  are  those  which  were
encountered earlier on the Saint Hill  Special  Briefing  Course.  One  twin
would get sent to Ethics or Cramming or Review and the other  one  then  had
no twin. Thus, twinning could get to be a little  bit  unpopular  and  could
block somebody from finishing the course unless these factors are handled.


    The remedy for this sort of thing is to send both twins to Ethics, both
twins to Cramming, both twins to Review and if anybody blows, send his  twin
after him. In other words, we don't buy the idea that everybody  is  totally
irresponsible for everybody else in  this  wonderful  First  Dynamic  world.
This is not a mere expediency. It takes only a good, straight  look  at  the
purpose and WHY of twinning to recognize the value  of  this  system.  Those
who do recognize its value will enforce and maintain it.


    There is another situation which could act as a bug in  twinning.  What
happens when one twin actually does disappear from  the  scene  totally,  in
spite of checkouts and crammings  and  ethics?  What  do  you  do  with  the
remaining twin? Unhandled, it can stop a course for a  student,  so  handled
it must be and with no time wasted.  You  don't  let  the  odd  twin  rattle
around on his own for very long.


    If he's not too far advanced into the course he can be twinned with  an
oncoming student. (A well-run course room  will  always  have  new  students
enrolling.) Every effort is then made to get the  newcomer  caught  up  with
his twin as rapidly as possible.


    But what of the more advanced student who  loses  a  twin?  If  there's
absolutely no other single terminal to team him up with, there  is  still  a
solution far preferable to having him continue on his own. You match him  up
with a set of twins of comparable ability and advancement  to  his  and  you
turn that twinship into a trio. Once formed, you run that  trio  as  tightly
as you would any twinship. The turn-about  system  would  then  need  to  be
adjusted to a "round robin." (Example: A coaches B. B coaches C,  C  coaches
A.) And  it  would  then  reverse.  This  is  more  easily  seen  if  it  is
diagrammed:

    A coaches B on the 1st
    action (drill, definition,
    etc. )  B


    B coaches C on the 1st
    action  C


    C coaches A on the 1st
    action  A


    And then it reverses.


    B C coaches B on the
      2nd action
    A B coaches A on the
      2nd action


    C A coaches C on the
      2nd action
    And now it reverses back.


    A coaches B on the 3rd
    action  B


    B coaches C on the 3rd
    action  C


    C coaches A on the 3rd
    action  A


    And now it would reverse back again (C  coaches  B.  etc.)  and  so  on
through the drill, definition or M9 section.


    All the rules of twinning then apply to these three.  You  "assign  the
trio in concrete" and you ensure they keep advancing. Again, the point  here
is  that  we  operate  on  the  Third  Dynamic  where  one  does  take  some
responsibility for his fellow man.


                  HANDLING BOGGED STUDENTS AND THEIR TWINS

    When a bogged student  cannot  be  handled  in  the  course  room  with
standard Word Clearing and study tech and he is  sent  to  Cramming,  Review
or, where indicated, to Ethics, his twin is also always sent.


    The  idea  is  not  only  to  keep  the  twins  together   and   taking
responsibility for each other but to also correct and repair  both  of  them
as needed.


    In other words, one twin doesn't simply sit there and observe the other
twin being handled. The twin of a bogged student will also require  handling
in Review, Ethics, or Cramming himself. If a student has ended up on  Review
lines, it must be assumed that the  twin  has  goofed  as  a  twin  and  has
misunderstoods on  the  course  materials.  This  must  be  sorted  out  and
resolved by the Dir Review when the twins route through Review.


    The Dir Review determines, by interview, what the trouble is and how it
should be resolved. This is done on an individual basis for each twin.


    For example, the bogged student  may  need  Word  Clearing  or  a  Word
Clearing Correction List and his twin may  need  to  restudy  this  twinning
bulletin or other course materials.


    In Ethics, for example, a student may be involved in some sort of  out-
ethics situation, such as continually being late for course. In  any  ethics
situation one would look for the possibility  of  mutual  rudiments  between
twins. Whether or not mutual ruds exist, the  twin  would  always  be  given
some handling in regard to his responsibility in the situation.


    In the above example, the Ethics Officer might handle the student  with
an amends project. He would then go over with the twin  the  matter  of  his
responsibility and what steps he could take to ensure the  student  gets  to
course on time. The twin would then get the student through his amends,  get
through his own handling, whatever its nature and  the  two  of  them  would
then go back to course.
The twin sees the student through his review, cramming or ethics cycle  and,
whenever possible, is used to help the  student  get  through  it.  He  also
receives appropriate handling himself.


    THE RULE IS: WHEN ONE STUDENT BECOMES BOGGED, HIS TWIN IS  ALWAYS  SENT
WITH HIM TO CRAMMING, REVIEW OR ETHICS.


    In the rare case where a student is going to require extensive handling
in Review or Ethics, such as case handling or suspension from  course  where
such would be truly warranted, the Dir Review or  Ethics  Officer  may  send
the other twin back to course to be retwinned with another student.


    The Supervisor always checks up on any students who  have  been  routed
off  course  temporarily.  He  must  keep  himself  informed  as  to   their
whereabouts and progress on correction lines and see that they are  returned
to course corrected, as rapidly as possible. He does not allow  any  student
or twin to simply drop off his lines with an  incomplete  course,  unhandled
or unaccounted for. Any twin has the responsibility of getting  himself  and
his fellow student back onto the course as well.


    Once students get the idea that their own progress on a course  depends
utterly on the quality of their twinning you will start to  see  some  quite
magical results. They're now out of  the  irresponsibility  of  it  all  and
operating on the Third Dynamic.


    It simply takes standard supervision plus REAL TWINNING.


    That is the winning combination.


    So enforce twinning.


    It will show  up  in  F/Ning  students  and  high  and  genuine  course
completions, which any Supervisor, any org. any graduate can be proud of.


    And I will be proud of you, too.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:gal
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 23 AUGUST 1979
Remimeo     Issue I
Word Clearers
Cram Officers
Supervisors
Estos Word Clearing Series 65
Tech
Qual  Product Debug Series 6


                    CRASHING MUs, BLOCKS TO FINDING THEM

          Ref:    HCOB 17 Jun 79  CRASHING MlS-Us: THE KEY
                  TO COMPLETED CYCLES OF
                  ACTION AND PRODUCTS
            HCOB 8 Sep 64    OVERTS. WHAT LIES BEHIND
                  THEM?
            HCOB 7 Aug 79    FALSE DATA STRIPPING
            HCOB 7 Jul 64    JUSTIFICATIONS
            HCOB 21 Jan 60   JUSTIFICATION
            HCOB 5 Sep 78    ANATOMY OF A SERVICE FAC
                  SIMILE
            HCOB 6 Sep 78II  SERVICE FACSIMILES AND
            ROCK SLAMS
            HCOB 6 Sep 78III ROUTINE THREE SC-A FULL
                  SERVICE FACSIMILE HAND
                  LING UPDATED WITH NEW ERA
                  DIANETICS


    It may occur in Crashing MU finding that no Crashing MU  can  be  found
even though it is obvious from the person's inability to  complete  a  cycle
of action or get out a product that a Crashing MU must exist.


    It is vital, in attempting to find someone's  Crashing  MUs,  that  one
does not abandon the search  simply  because,  on  enquiry,  the  person  is
unable to come up with anything. It may take skill and hard work to  uncover
the Crashing MU but it must be found, no matter how arduous the search.  The
completion of the cycle of action and  the  accomplishment  of  the  product
depend on locating and clearing up the Crashing MU that is  getting  in  the
way.


    Crashing MUs can be buried. They can be buried by


    A)      Other MU words


    B)      Overts or withholds


    C)      False data


    D)      Justifications


    E)      Service facsimiles.

    Any one of A, B. C, D or E above or a combination of these can  prevent
one from finding the Crashing MU. One handles by

    a)      Clearing up the other MUs


    b)      Pulling the overts or withholds
        c) Stripping off the false data


    d)      Getting off the justifications


    e)      Handling the service facsimile or  sending  the  person  to  an
        auditor to get audited on it.

    If the Word Clearer came across the  situation  where  no  Crashing  MU
could be found despite obvious indications that one existed, he would  check
for each of the above blocks in  turn  and  handle  anything  there  was  to
handle on each point. After handling one  of  the  above  blocks,  he  would
recheck for the Crashing MU and if still  not  available  to  be  found  and
cleared, he would proceed to check the  next  block  and  so  on  until  the
Crashing MU was found and cleared. One would check for  the  blocks  in  the
sequence given (A-E) and  only  go  so  far  as  necessary  to  uncover  the
Crashing MU.


                                CRASHING MUs

    The full handling of a Crashing MU itself will be found in:

    HCOB 17 Jun 79     CRASHING MIS-Us: THE  KEY  TO  COMPLETED  CYCLES  OF
                       ACTION AND PRODUCTS
    HCOB 18 Jun 79     THE CRASHING MIS-U REPAIR LIST-LC1
    HCOB 16 Jul 79     THE "ELUSIVE" MIS-U OR CRASHING MIS-U
    HCOB 26 Mar 79RA   MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS AND CYCLES  OF  ACTION-MU  WORDS
                       AND NO PRODUCTS
    HCOB 7 Jul 79      CRASHING MIS-U DEFINITION


                           A. OTHER MISUNDERSTOODS
                          Ref: Word Clearing Series

    The person may have MUs and confusions which are obscuring the Crashing
MU. In attempting to find the Crashing MU one might have to find  and  clear
these other MUs before the person can locate the Crashing MU which has  been
buried by these other MUs and which is hanging up the  cycle  of  action  or
the product.


    A Crashing MU is a MU that crashes a subject and crashes a  person.  It
is straight on the subject-line  that  is  giving  trouble  and  is  totally
blocking the person's comprehension of  the  subject.  This  is  not  to  be
confused with other  MUs.  These  would  include  grammatical  MUs,  MUs  on
disrelated subjects  or  MUs  on  simple  words.  A  Crashing  MU  is  quite
different. It is directly on the subject and it totally blocks the  person's
understanding of the subject and stops any cycles of action or  products  on
that line.


HANDLING:  Other MUs obscuring the  Crashing  MU  are  located  and  cleared
using any of Word Clearing Methods 2-9 or a combination of these. One  might
have to do Method 2 and Method 4 on certain materials, for  example,  before
the Crashing MU can then be  located.  Method  9  is  a  very  thorough  and
fruitful method of word clearing materials. By whatever method, the MUs  are
found and cleared. Any MUs that come  up  during  Crashing  MU  Finding  are
immediately cleared. This does not mean, however, that  one  has  found  the
Crashing MU. One has simply unburdened it.


                           B. OVERTS AND WITHHOLDS
                       Ref: Academy Class II Materials

    As covered in HCOB 8 Sep 64 OVERTS, WHAT LIES BEHIND THEM?, overts  and
withholds can enter in after the person encounters a misunderstood  word  or
symbol on the subject or in  the  area.  Having  committed  the  overt,  the
person may now be withholding so hard that it can become impossible  to  get
his attention onto the MU word that comes earlier in time and is more  basic
than the withhold.
An example of this would be someone who had broken a machine as a result  of
trying to operate it over his MU on  how  it  worked.  His  attention  would
become so caught up with withholding this overt that he might  not  be  able
to confront the area at all, let alone find the underlying Crashing MU.


    The person's withholds on the subject of the area not only prevent  him
from talking about it sensibly to the person trying  to  find  his  Crashing
MUs, but also tend to withhold him from the  subject  itself.  He  won't  be
able  to  think  well  on  that  subject  because  he  is  withholding  data
concerning it.  The  person  might  also  be  frightened  of  punishment  or
discipline if he did reveal his overt.  Therefore,  communication  with  the
Crashing MU finder or the subject, also may  block  up  his  memory  or  his
ability to think on the subject and so a Crashing MU can be  buried  totally
out of sight.

HANDLING:  The handling of O/Ws would depend  on  whether  or  not  one  was
using a meter for the Crashing MU finding.


    In metered Crashing MU finding one would ask:


    "Concerning (subject  under  discussion)  is  there  anything  you  are
withholding?" and if it was reading one would handle per HCOB 11 Aug 78,  I,
RUDIMENTS, DEFINITIONS AND PATTER. Suppress  and  False  could  be  used  as
needed.


    One could also check and handle:

    "Concerning (subject under discussion) have you committed any overt?"


    "Concerning (subject under discussion) has a withhold been missed?"

    In nonmetered Crashing MU finding one could ask the person  if  he  had
any overt or withhold concerning the subject under discussion.  Very  often,
if  one  is  in  good  communication  with  the  person  and  there  is   no
accusativeness or duress, he will say, "Well, actually,  I  didn't  want  to
tell anyone but I lost all the ruddy rods," or whatever  the  withhold  was.
In nonmetered asking for overts or withholds one must get the  person  meter
checked immediately afterwards  to  ensure  nothing  gets  missed.  It  goes
without saying that a person can get very misemotional or blow or  get  very
angry with the Crashing MU finder if you miss a withhold on  him.  So  don't
be surprised if you get a sudden blow-up when you  use  unmetered  overt  or
withhold questions.


                                C. FALSE DATA
                 Ref: HCOB/PL 7 Aug 79 FALSE DATA STRIPPING

    A person who has been given  and  has  accepted  false  data  or  false
definitions on a subject may become convinced  that  he  "knows"  the  words
when in fact the data and definitions may be entirely false. This  may  even
prevent the misunderstoods from reading on the meter. It can certainly  bury
a Crashing MU because the person's certainty that he "knows" the  data  will
prevent him from looking for the Crashing MU  which  is  blocking  him  from
getting products.


HANDLING:  One handles false data by stripping it off exactly per HCOB/PL  7
Aug 79 FALSE DATA STRIPPING. This is a procedure  which  locates  the  false
data and then blows it by recall.  It  is  an  extremely  effective  way  of
getting off the false data which is blocking the person's  understanding  of
a subject by giving him a false understanding.


                              D. JUSTIFICATIONS
                     Ref:   HCOB 21 Jan 60 JUSTIFICATION
                     HCOB 7 Jul 64    JUSTIFICATIONS

    A person can have a defense mechanism whereby  he  justifies  having  a
Crashing MU by giving reasons why it is OK not to understand the subject  or
area. He explains
why he doesn't have to understand and makes others wrong for trying  to  set
him straight on it. Examples of this would be:


    "I'm new and haven't been at it too long."


    "I have to spend so much time on my post, I don't have  time  to  learn
about it."


    "Only a professional could really understand this."


    "No one really knows anything about that subject anyway."


    "They keep changing the terminology so how could I learn it."


HANDLING: The handling of justifications is covered in HCOB 7 Aug  79  FALSE
DATA STRIPPING which has several questions in the section  on  locating  the
false data which are designed to pull off the  person's  justifications  for
failure to understand a  subject  or  inability  to  turn  out  professional
products in an area. Basically the questions ask for anything that makes  it
OK not to know a  particular  subject  or  not  to  get  results  with  that
subject. When the justifications are located they  are  blown  with  recall,
just as with false data in general.


    If there are no justifications present  or  if  the  trouble  does  not
resolve with pulling off justifications, then it will be  handled  with  the
next section-service facsimilies- since  justifications  as  used  here  are
really a specialized kind of self-serving service facsimile.  Justifications
and service facsimiles are actually cousins.




                           E. SERVICE FACSIMILIES
    Ref:    Academy Class IV Materials
      HCOB 5 Sep 78    ANATOMY OF A SERVICE FACSIMILE
      HCOB 6 Sep 78 II      SERVICE FACSIMILES AND ROCK SLAMS
      HCOB 6 Sep 78 III     ROUTINE THREE SC-A FULL SERVICE
            FACSIMILE HANDLING UPDATED WITH
            NEW ERA DIANETICS


    A service facsimile is an idea someone uses to make himself  right  and
others wrong. These ideas are held  in  by  engrams.  For  the  purposes  of
Crashing MU finding, they can be handled by recall.


    If you are trying to find someone's Crashing MU and he  has  a  service
facsimile getting in the way, then his efforts will  be  taken  up  entirely
with trying to make himself right and you and others wrong and you will  not
be able to get to the Crashing MU. He  would  even  feel  made  wrong  if  a
Crashing MU was found.


    One person who was being checked for a Crashing MU in an area in  which
she was goofing could not even see her  goofs,  let  alone  a  Crashing  MU.
Eventually she admitted that she had the idea that she could  not  be  wrong
regarding this particular subject. When this was spotted and cleared up  the
Crashing MU could be located and the whole area straightened out.


HANDLING: If the person is manifesting the symptoms of a  service  facsimile
or if the failure to find a Crashing MU where one obviously  must  exist  is
not resolved with A-D above, then the Word  Clearer  would  ask,  "Is  there
some idea you are using which makes you right and others  wrong?"  and  two-
way comm with him about  it  without  getting  into  listing  for  an  item.
Usually the person will give up the service facsimile and  realize  that  he
has been making himself right and others wrong. He will feel  very  relieved
to have spotted it and will be able to look for and find  his  Crashing  MU.
If, however, the service facsimile does not come up on request  and  two-way
comm, then the person should be sent for handling by an auditor  on  service
facsimiles.




                                  CAUTIONS
The remedies given in this HCOB  must  be  understood  to  be  remedies  for
inability to locate the Crashing MU-they are not  substitutes  for  standard
application of the tech of finding and clearing Crashing MUs.


    One would always begin  with  the  standard  approach  to  finding  the
Crashing MU and, if none was found,  only  then  would  one  check  for  and
handle each of the blocks given above in the sequence given.


    If one found something on any of A-E above, one  would  handle  it  and
then check again for the Crashing MU. One does not automatically  check  all
of A-E. The sole idea is to handle whatever is burying the Crashing  MU  and
as soon as that has been achieved one returns to Crashing MU finding.


    If half way through the False Data Stripping, for example,  the  person
realizes he has had a Crashing MU on , then  that's  it.  You  wouldn't  now
continue the False Data Stripping. You would complete the step you  were  on
and then end off.


    The same goes for any of the remedies. As soon as the  Crashing  MU  is
found or findable, the purpose of the remedy  has  been  achieved  and  that
would be it.


    As it is fatal to miss a withhold on someone, it is very important that
any withhold pulling done is thorough and goes to real VGIs  whether  it  is
metered or unmetered. Withhold pulling off the meter must be followed  by  a
meter check, whether anything is found or not.


    Similarly in asking for a service facsimile it is possible to start the
person listing and if he gets sick or caves in later one  must  assume  that
this has occurred and get the action repaired in session rapidly.


    NOTE: Of course if the person is PTS and dramatizing creating problems,
you may not be able to get anywhere at all until he has  been  run  on  Clay
Table de-PTSing to full EP.


    These cautions are  not  given  here  to  make  it  look  difficult  or
dangerous to do Crashing MU finding. It  is  usually  very  straightforward.
However, if one is going to get results every time, he must be aware of  the
possible errors or barriers that he may run into  and  should  know  how  to
handle them.




                                   SUMMARY


    Sometimes Crashing MU finding draws a blank even though there is plenty
of evidence that a Crashing MU exists.


    Other misunderstoods, overts or withholds, false  data,  justifications
and service facsimiles can bury the Crashing MU.


    If one runs into this situation, one must not abandon the  Crashing  MU
finding as the person will continue to have difficulty and will not get  out
his products.


    The answer is to handle the blocks that are preventing the Crashing  MU
from being found and then find and clear the Crashing MU.


    Then one can get the spectacular results of  this  miracle  tech  every
time.




                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder
LRH:gal
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 23 AUGUST 1979
                                  Issue II
Remimeo
Tech
Qual  Product Debug Series 10
C/Ses

                          PRODUCT DEBUG REPAIR LIST

             Ref:      HCO PL 23 Aug 791      Product Debug Series 1,
                       Esto Series 37
                       DEBUG TECH
                  HCO PL 23 Aug 79 II   Product Debug Series 2,
                       Esto Series 38
                       DEBUG TECH CHECKLIST
                       Product Debug Series


    The purpose of this list is to repair a messed  up  Product  Debug  (as
covered in HCO PL 23 Aug 79 I Product Debug Series 1, Esto Series  37  DEBUG
TECH and HCO PL 23 Aug 79 II Product Debug Series 2, Esto  Series  38  DEBUG
TECH CHECKLIST).


    In the event of somebody getting messed up because of faulty debugging,
use this list to clean up the BPC and then get the person back  to  complete
the debug actions.


    This list is done in session by an auditor and is assessed Method 3.


    Preface each line with: "On your Product Debug handling_____."


    Each reading line is taken to F/N per the instructions.


    Any R/S turned on on this list must  be  immediately  reported  to  the
Ethics Officer.


    Any such assessment sheet as this must be placed  in  the  person's  pc
folder.

PC's NAME:  DATE:_______________

AUDITOR:

SECTION 1

1A.   DID YOU HAVE AN OUT-LIST?   ________
      (Handle per HCOB 11 Apr 77 LIST ERRORS CORRECTION OF, section on  "Use
    of L4BRA.")

1B.   WERE YOU GIVEN A WRONG ITEM?      ________
      (Indicate and handle per HCOB 11 Apr 77 LIST ERRORS CORRECTION OF  and
    C/S Series 78.)

1C.   WERE YOU GIVEN A WRONG WHY?       ________
      (Indicate and handle per HCOB 11 Apr 77 LIST ERRORS CORRECTION OF  and
    C/S Series 78.)

1D.   WERE YOU BEING DEBUGGED ON THE WRONG PRODUCT?      ________
      (Indicate and handle per C/S Series 78.)

1E.   WAS THE WRONG AREA ADDRESSED?     ________
      (Indicate and handle per C/S Series 78.)
    1F.     WERE YOU ASSIGNED A WRONG CONDITION?   ________
      (Indicate and handle as a wrong item.)

SECTION 2

2A.   DID YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK?  ________
      (Fly the ARC break.)

2B.   DID YOU HAVE A PROBLEM?     ________
      (Fly the problem.)

2C.   DID YOU HAVE A WITHHOLD?    ________
      (Pull the withhold.)

2D.   DID YOU HAVE AN OVERT? ________
      (Pull the overt.)

2E.   DID THE PERSON DOING THE DEBUG MISS A WITHHOLD?    ________
      (Pull the withhold.)

2F.   WERE OVERTS OR WITHHOLDS RESTIMULATED BUT NOT BLOWN?    ________
      (Pull the overts or withholds.)

2G. WAS THERE AN OVERT OR WITHHOLD THAT  WAS  GOTTEN  OFF  MORE  THAN  ONCE?
    ________
      (Indicate it and 2WC E/S to F/N.)

2H.   DID SOMEBODY SAY YOU  HAD  AN  OVERT  OR  WITHHOLD  WHEN  YOU  DIDN'T?
    ________
      (Indicate it and 2WC E/S to F/N.)

2I.   WAS THERE SOME OTHER KIND OF OUT-RUD?  ________
      (Find out what and handle.)

2J.   WERE YOU USING THE DEBUG AS AN EXCUSE NOT TO PRODUCE?   ________
      (Handle as a withhold.)

2K.   WAS THERE SOME KIND OF OUT-ETHICS?     ________
      (Handle as a withhold.)

2L.   DID YOU HAVE COUNTER-INTENTION?   ________
      (Handle as a withhold.)

2M.   DID YOU HAVE OTHER-INTENTION?     ________
      (Handle as a withhold.)

2N.   WAS THERE ANY INVALIDATION? ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N.)

2O.   WAS THERE ANY EVALUATION?   ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N.)

2P.   WERE THERE IGNORED ORIGINATIONS?  ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N.)

2Q.   WERE YOU PROTESTING?   ________
      (Indicate and 2WC E/S to F/N.)

2R.   DID YOU HAVE NO INTEREST IN THE ACTION?      ________
      (Find out if it's out-ruds, MUs or past failures and handle.)

2S.   WAS THERE A FAILED PURPOSE?       ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N.)

SECTION 3

3A.   DID YOU RESENT THE DEBUG ACTIONS?      ________
      (Find out why and 2WC E/S to F/N  putting  in  any  out-ruds.  If  the
    debug was unnecessary indicate it and take it E/S to F/N.)

3B.    WAS  THERE  NO  INSPECTION  DONE  TO   DETERMINE   WHAT   TO   DEBUG?
    ________
      (Indicate and 2WC E/S to F/N. Program him to have the inspection  done
    and then a proper debug.)

3C.   WAS THE INSPECTION MISDONE IN SOME WAY?      ________
      (Indicate and 2WC E/S to F/N. Program him to have the inspection  done
    properly and then a proper debug.

3D.   DID YOU FEEL THE PERSON DOING THE DEBUG WAS  ACTING  OUT  OF  REVENGE?
    ________
      (Quad ruds and overts on the terminal.)

3E.   DID YOU FEEL THE PERSON DOING THE DEBUG WAS JUST TRYING  TO  GET  EVEN
    WITH YOU?    ________
      (Quad ruds and overts on the terminal.)

SECTION 4

4A.   DIDN'T YOU UNDERSTAND WHAT WAS BEING DONE?   ________
      (Handle his MUs and questions.)

4B.   WERE THERE WORD CLEARING ERRORS?  ________
      (Assess and handle a WCCL.)

4C.   WAS AN MU FOUND THAT WAS NOT CLEARED?  ________
      (Fully clear the MU to F/N.)

4D.   WAS THE WORD CLEARED NOT REALLY A MISUNDERSTOOD?   ________
      (Indicate and 2WC E/S to F/N.)

4E.   WERE YOU TOLD YOU HAD MUs WHEN YOU DIDN'T?   ________
      (Indicate and 2WC E/S to F/N.)

4F.   WAS YOUR CRASHING MIS-U FINDING MESSED UP?   ________
      (Assess and handle a Crashing Mis-U Repair List.)

4G.   WAS THE CRASHING MIS-U FOUND NOT FULLY CLEARED?    ________
      (Clear it fully to F/N.)

4H.   COULDN'T YOU FIND THE CRASHING MIS-U?  ________
      (Assess and handle the Crashing Mis-U Repair List.)

4I.    WERE  YOU  TOLD  YOU  HAD  A  CRASHING   MIS-U   WHEN   YOU   DIDN'T?
    ________
      (Indicate and take E/S to F/N. Do a  Crashing  Mis-U  Repair  List  if
    necessary. )

4J.   WAS YOUR CRASHING MIS-U FINDING MISDONE?     ________
      (Assess and handle a Crashing Mis-U Repair List.)

4K.   COULDN'T COMPLETE SOME CYCLE OF ACTION?      ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Send to the Word Clearer for handling  with  Crashing
    Mis-U tech.)

SECTION 5

5A.   WAS THERE FALSE DATA?  ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Send to the debugger for False Data Stripping on  the
    area.)

5B.   WAS YOUR FALSE DATA HANDLING MESSED UP?      ________
      (Assess and handle the False Data Stripping Repair List.)

5C.   WAS THE "FALSE DATA" FOUND NOT REALLY FALSE DATA?  ________
      (Indicate it and have him spot this. Take it E/S to F/N.)

5D.   WAS SOME FALSE DATA UNCOVERED BUT NOT BLOWN? ________
      (Handle the false data  to  a  blow  with  the  False  Data  Stripping
    procedure.)

5E.   DID THE PERSON DOING THE DEBUG GIVE YOU FALSE DATA?     ________
      (Indicate and strip off the false data  per  HCOB  7  Aug  79  Product
    Debug Series 8, Esto Series 36 FALSE DATA STRIPPING.)

5F.   WAS THE TRUE OR CORRECT DATA NEVER FOUND?    ________
      (Indicate and 2WC E/S to F/N. Program him to have  this  handled  with
    False Data Stripping.)

5G.   DID SOMEBODY SAY YOU HAD FALSE DATA WHEN YOU DIDN'T?    ________
      (Indicate and 2WC E/S to F/N.)

5H.   HAD THE FALSE DATA ALREADY BEEN HANDLED?     ________
      (Indicate and 2WC E/S to F/N.)

5I.   WERE YOU GIVEN ANY VERBAL DATA?   ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Program this to be handled with the  "How  to  Defeat
    Verbal Tech Checklist.")

5J.   ARE YOU OPERATING OFF FALSE OR VERBAL DATA?  ________
      (Indicate and 2WC E/S to F/N. Program this to be  handled  with  False
    Data Stripping and the "How to Defeat Verbal Tech Checklist.")

5K.   HAVE YOU GIVEN OTHERS FALSE DATA?      ________
      (Pull as a withhold. Then strip off any  false  data  he  has  in  the
    area.)

5L.   HAVE YOU TOLERATED FALSE DATA BEING GIVEN YOU?     ________
      (Pull as a withhold. Then strip off the false data.)

5M.   HAVE YOU CONCLUDED SOMETHING WITHOUT CHECKING IT  OUT  TO  OBTAIN  THE
    FULL FACTS?  ________
      (Handle as a withhold. Then strip off any false data  he  has  on  the
    area. )
    5N.      HAVE  YOU  FAILED  TO  DO  YOUR  HOMEWORK  IN  YOUR   SUBJECT?
    ________
      (Handle as a withhold. Then strip off any false data  he  has  in  the
    area. )

5O.   HAVE YOU JUST HOPED SOMETHING WAS OKAY AND PASSED IT ON AS  OKAY  WHEN
    YOU DIDN'T KNOW?   ________
      (Handle as a withhold. Then strip off any false data  he  has  in  the
    area. )

5P.   HAVE  YOU  PRETENDED  KNOWLEDGE  AND  EXPERIENCE  YOU  DID  NOT  HAVE?
    ________
      (Handle as a withhold.)

5Q.   HAVE YOU GIVEN FALSE DATA TO GET OUT OF SOMETHING?      ________
      (Handle as a withhold.)

5R.   HAVE YOU EVER LIED ABOUT ANYTHING IN THIS AREA?    ________
      (Handle as a withhold.)

SECTION 6

6A.   WAS YOUR ETHICS HANDLING MESSED UP?    ________
      (Indicate it and 2WC E/S to F/N. If necessary, assess the  appropriate
    correction list to handle the BPC.)

6B.   WERE YOU NOT HANDLED  ON  YOUR  ETHICS  WHEN  YOU  SHOULD  HAVE  BEEN?
    ________
      (Indicate and 2WC E/S to F/N. Program  this  ethics  situation  to  be
    handled by the debugger.)

6C.   WERE YOU TOLD YOU WERE OUT-ETHICS WHEN YOU WEREN'T?     ________
      (Indicate and 2WC E/S to F/N.)

6D.    WAS  THERE  SOME  OUT-ETHICS  SITUATION  THAT   WAS   NOT   DETECTED?
    ________
      (Pull this as a withhold. Then program for handling according to  what
    comes up.)

SECTION 7

7A.   WERE YOU TRYING TO JUSTIFY YOUR ACTIONS?     ________
      (2WC the justifications E/S to F/N. Then check for and pull  any  O/Ws
    in the area of the justifications.)

7B.   WERE YOU TRYING TO JUSTIFY AN OVERT?   ________
      (2WC the justifications E/S to F/N. Then pull the overt.)

7C.   WERE YOU TRYING TO LESSEN AN OVERT?    ________
      (2WC this E/S to F/N. Pull the overt.)

7D.   IS THERE SOMETHING THAT MAKES IT OK FOR YOU NOT TO  GET  YOUR  PRODUCT
    OUT?    ________
      (Have  him  tell  you  about  it  E/S  to  F/N.  Then  strip  off  the
    justification per HCOB 7 Aug 79 Product Debug Series 8, Esto Series  36
    FALSE DATA STRIPPING.)

7E.   IS THERE SOME REASON WHY PRODUCING AN  OVERT  PRODUCT  IS  ALL  RIGHT?
    ________
      (2WC it E/S to F/N. Then strip off the justification per HCOB  7  Aug
    79 Product Debug Series 8, Esto Series 36 FALSE DATA STRIPPING. )

7F.   IS THERE SOMETHING THAT MAKES IT OK FOR YOU NOT  TO  BE  COMPETENT  ON
    YOUR POST?   ________
      (2WC it E/S to F/N. Then strip off the justification per  HCOB  7  Aug
    79 Product Debug Series 8, Esto Series 36 FALSE DATA STRIPPING. )

SECTION 8

8A.   IS THERE SOME IDEA YOU WERE USING TO MAKE YOURSELF  RIGHT  AND  OTHERS
    WRONG?  ________
      (2WC him on this and  get  him  to  spot  and  tell  you  the  service
    facsimile without getting into listing for it. What you are  trying  to
    do is get him to find and blow the service facsimile by recall.  If  he
    does not come up with the service facsimile complete the 2WC to F/N and
    program him for full service facsimile handling.)

8B.    WERE  YOU  TRYING  TO  MAKE  YOURSELF   RIGHT   AND   OTHERS   WRONG?
    ________
      (Handle this as in 8A above.)

8C.    IS  THERE  SOMETHING  YOU  ARE  DOING   TO   MAKE   YOURSELF   RIGHT?
    ________
      (Handle as in 8A above.)

8D.   IS THERE A METHOD OF MAKING OTHERS WRONG?    ________
      (Handle as in 8A above.)

8E.   ARE YOU CONCERNED ABOUT BEING RIGHT OR WRONG?      ________
      (2WC  this  E/S  to  F/N.  Program  him  for  full  service  facsimile
    handling. )

8F.   WAS YOUR SERVICE FACSIMILE HANDLING MESSED UP?     ________
      (Determine if it is an L&N error or an  incomplete  list  and  if  so,
    handle per HCOB 11 Apr 77 LIST ERRORS CORRECTION OF and C/S Series  78.
    Otherwise clean up the BPC with an L1C and  program  him  to  have  any
    incomplete handling on service facsimiles completed.)

SECTION 9

9A.   WAS THERE BAD CRAMMING?     ________
      (Assess and handle a Cramming Repair List.)

9B.   WERE YOU NOT CRAMMED WHEN YOU SHOULD HAVE BEEN?    ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Program him to get the needed cramming done.)

9C.   WAS THERE SOMETHING ELSE WRONG WITH YOUR CRAMMING?      ________
      (Assess and handle a Cramming Repair List.)

9D.   FAILED TO LOOK OVER THE MATERIALS OF WHICH YOU HAD FALSE DATA  OR  MUs
    ON AFTER YOU WERE CLEANED UP AND WERE STILL BLANK ON THE
    MATERIALS BECAUSE YOU HADN'T GONE THROUGH THEM AGAIN?     ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Program him to re-cover  and  restudy  the  materials
    and send the Cramming Officer to Ethics.)

9E.   DID THE CRAMMING OFFICER JUST SYMPATHIZE WITH YOU?      ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Send the Cramming Officer to Ethics.)

SECTION 10

10A   WAS THERE SOME PERSONNEL BUG THAT WAS NOT HANDLED? ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Program this to be handled with debug tech.)

10B   WAS THERE SOME SORT OF TROUBLE WITH  PERSONNEL  THAT  WAS  NOT  FOUND?
    ________
      (Indicate and 2WC E/S to F/N. Program for handling according  to  what
    comes up.)

SECTION 11

11A   IS THERE SOME PROBLEM WITH YOUR COMM LINES?  ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Note for further handling with debug tech.)

11B   NO ORDERS? ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Note for handling with debug tech.)

11C   CROSS-ORDERS?    ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Note for handling with debug tech.)

11D   ILLEGAL ORDERS?  ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Note for handling with debug tech.)

11E   SOME OTHER TROUBLE WITH ORDERS?   ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Note for handling with debug tech.)

SECTION 12

12A   ARE YOU UNABLE TO STUDY?    ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Program him for the M8 and M9  program  and  PCRD  if
    necessary.)

12B    WAS  THERE  SOME  DIFFICULTY  WITH  HATTING  THAT  WAS   NOT   FOUND?
    ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Program for handling with debug tech.)

12C   WERE YOU PREVENTED FROM GETTING HATTED?      ________
      (Indicate and 2WC E/S to F/N. Program for handling with debug tech.)

12D   WAS THERE SOME OTHER PROBLEM WITH HATTING OR STUDY?     ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Program for handling with debug tech.)

12E   IS THERE NO HATTING COURSE? ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. See that a hatting course is established and that  he
    studies meanwhile.)

12F   ARE THERE NO HATS?     ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Program him to compile his A-I Hat.)
    SECTION 13

13A   WAS YOUR PRODUCT CLEARING MESSED UP?   ________
      (Assess and handle a Product Clearing Correction List.)

13B   WAS YOUR PRODUCT INVALIDATED?     ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N.)

13C   DIDN'T YOU KNOW WHAT YOUR PRODUCT WAS? ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Program for Product Clearing.)

13D   WAS PRODUCT CLEARING NOT DONE?    ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Program for Product Clearing.)

SECTION 14

14A   WAS YOUR CLAY TABLE PTS HANDLING MESSED UP?  ________
      (Assess and handle the PTS Clay Table Repair List.)

14B    ARE  YOU  CONNECTED  TO  SOMEONE  WHO   IS   ANTAGONISTIC   TO   YOU?
    ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Send him to get routine PTS handling and program  him
    for PTS Clay Table Handling.)

14C   ARE YOU CONNECTED TO SOMEONE OR SOMETHING THAT IS SUPPRESSIVE TO  YOU?
    ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Send him to get routine PTS handling and program  him
    for PTS Clay Table Handling.)

14D   DID SOMEONE SAY YOU WERE PTS WHEN YOU WEREN'T?     ________
      (Indicate and 2WC E/S to F/N.)

14E   ACCIDENTS?       ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Send him to get routine PTS handling and program  him
    for PTS Clay Table Handling.)

14F   ARE THERE LOTS OF PROBLEMS IN YOUR AREA?     ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Program him and any other PTS personnel in  his  area
    for PTS handling including Clay Table De-PTSing.)

SECTION 15

15A    WAS  THERE  SOME   EXTERIOR   INFLUENCE   THAT   WAS   NOT   HANDLED?
    ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Program for handling with debug tech.)

15B   IS THERE SOMETHING STOPPING YOUR  PRODUCTION  WHICH  IS  OUT  OF  YOUR
    CONTROL?     ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Program for handling with debug tech.)

SECTION 16

16A   WAS THERE SOME SORT OF ORGANIZATIONAL PROBLEM?     ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Program for handling with debug tech.)

16B    WAS  THERE  SOME  ORGANIZATIONAL  TROUBLE  THAT  WAS   NOT   LOCATED?
    ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Program for handling with debug tech.)

SECTION 17
    17A     WERE THERE FALSE READS?     ________
      (Indicate and take E/S to F/N.)

17B   WERE THERE MISSED READS?    ________
      (Indicate and take E/S to F/N. Program him  to  get  what  was  missed
    handled with debug tech.)

17C    WERE  YOU  HANDLED  ON   SOMETHING   THAT   DIDN'T   NEED   HANDLING?
    ________
      (Get what and indicate the unnecessary action. Take it E/S to F/N.)

17D   WAS THERE SOMETHING WHICH SHOULD  HAVE  BEEN  TAKEN  UP  THAT  WASN'T?
    ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Program for handling with debug tech.)

17E   WAS SOMETHING QUICKIED?     ________
      (Indicate and 2WC E/S to F/N. Note for handling with debug tech.)

17F   WAS SOMETHING LEFT INCOMPLETE?    ________
      (2WC E/S to F/N. Program this to be completed per debug tech.)

17G   WAS SOME PART OF THE DEBUG OVERRUN?    ________
      (Indicate and rehab to F/N.)

17H   WAS SOMETHING MISSED?  ________
      (Find out what and 2WC E/S to F/N. Pull any M/W/Hs.)

SECTION 18

18A   WAS SOME PART OF THE DEBUG UNNECESSARY?      ________
      (Indicate and 2WC E/S to F/N.)

18B   WERE YOU NOT HAVING ANY TROUBLE  GETTING  OUT  YOUR  PRODUCTS  IN  THE
    FIRST PLACE?       ________
      (If this is actually the case indicate to him  that  trying  to  debug
    his products when he was already getting them out  was  an  unnecessary
    action. If necessary take it E/S to F/N.)

18C   WERE YOUR PRODUCTS ACTUALLY BEING GOTTEN OUT?      ________
      (If this is actually the case indicate to him  that  trying  to  debug
    his products when he was already getting them out  was  an  unnecessary
    action. If necessary take it E/S to F/N.)

SECTION 19

19A   WAS THERE SOMETHING ELSE WRONG?   ________
      (Find out what and handle with the appropriate correction list.)

19B   WERE YOU IN SOME SORT OF CASE TROUBLE?       ________
      (Assess and handle a C/S 53.)


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:gal
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 AUGUST 1979
                                   Issue I
Remimeo
Product Officers
Org Officers
Execs
All Staff
Programs Chiefs
Project Operators
Mission Operators
Missionaires
Assistant Guardians    Product Debug Series 1
Flag Representatives
LRH Communicators
Cramming Officers      Esto Series 37
Review

                                 DEBUG TECH

        Ref:     LRH ED 302 INT   DEBUG TECH BREAKTHROUGH
           HCO PL 23 Aug 79 II    DEBUG TECH CHECKLIST
           HCOB 23 Aug 79 II      PRODUCT DEBUG REPAIR LIST
           HCOB 17 fun 79   URGENT, IMPORTANT-CRASHING
                 MlS-Us: THE KEY TO COMPLETED
                 CYCLES OF ACTION AND PRODUCTS
           HCOB 7 Aug 79    FALSE DATA STRIPPING
           HCO PL 26 Mar 79RA     MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS AND
                 CYCLES OF ACTION-MU
                 WORDS AND NO PRODUCTS
           HCOB 23 Aug 79 I CRASHING Mu's BLOCKS TO
                 FINDING THEM


    When I wrote LRH ED 302 DEBUG TECH BREAKTHROUGH  in  February  of  this
year I promised that there would be a  policy  letter  issued  covering  the
tech more fully. Well, there have been further breakthroughs in the area  of
debugging production. The tech given in that LRH ED has  been  acclaimed  by
hundreds to be miraculous. This policy reissues that tech and brings  it  up
to date with the new discoveries.


                                   HISTORY

    Recently I noticed quite a few programs were not progressing rapidly. I
found many targets bugged. Project Operators did not seem to  know  what  to
do and were getting losses  and  becoming  frustrated.  Their  targets  were
"bugged."


    "Bugged" is slang for snarled up or halted.


    "Debug" means to get the snarls or stops out of something.


    I had always been given to believe somebody had developed  and  written
up debug tech. People would often tell me they had debugged  this  or  that,
so  of  course  I  assumed  that  the  tech  existed  and  that  issues  and
checksheets existed  and  were  in  use.  Yet  here  were  people  operating
projects who couldn't get the targets done by themselves or others.


    I didn't recall ever having written any policy  letter  containing  the
tech of debugging programs or targets.
So I called for the various "Debug  Checksheets"  and  "Debug  Issues"  they
were using and found something very astonishing. None had any real  tech  on
them to  debug  something.  They  just  had  various  quotes  that  did  not
necessarily apply.


    I did a study of the subject based  on  what  people  trying  to  debug
should be doing  and  what  they  were  not  doing  and  developed  a  fast,
relatively simple system.  Some  Project  Operators  were  located  in  very
bugged  areas  which  had  brought  them  to  apathy  and  even   tears   of
frustration. The new debug tech was put  into  their  hands  and  they  came
streaming back in wild excitement. It worked! Their areas were rolling!


    I am releasing this tech to you  as  it  is  vital  that  programs  are
quickly executed and that production occurs.


    This debug tech is tested, fully valid and for immediate use.


    Debug tech is a vital executive tool. Anyone  who  is  responsible  for
getting targets and  programs  executed,  getting  production  out,  turning
insolvency into solvency and generally making a better world  frankly  can't
live without it.


    Debug tech is used to  debug  program  targets,  programs,  a  lack  of
completion of the cycles of action which lead to production  and  in  short,
whenever there is any insufficiency of viable products coming from an  area,
org or individual.


                                  THE TECH

1. INSPECTION

    The first action in debugging an area is an inspection to see  what  is
going on in  terms  of  production.  In  inspecting  the  area  you  do  the
following:

    1.      You look for what products have been gotten out in the past.


    2.      You look for products that are there completed.


    3.      You look for what products can be  attained  in  the  immediate
    future.


    4.      You look for the value of the products produced as compared  to
    the overall cost of the production organization.


    5.       You  look  for  overt  products  or  cycles   where   products
    continuously have to be redone, resulting in no or few products.

    The full volume of data on how to do an investigation is given  in  the
Investigations Checksheet on page 175 of The Volunteer Minister's Handbook.


    When you first inspect an area for products you just look. Policies  on
"Look Don't Listen" apply (HCO PL 16 Mar  72,  Esto  Series  8,  LOOK  DON'T
LISTEN). Don't listen to how they are going to get 150 products,  just  look
and walk around with a clipboard.


    If you don't see 150 products waiting to be shipped or invoices showing
they have been, they don't exist. If you don't see receipts for 150  shipped
products, they don't exist and never have. The product is  either  there  or
there is ample shipping or departure or  finance  evidence  that  they  have
just left or been shipped. Products that are only in  people's  heads  don't
exist.


    Dreams are nice-in fact they are essential in life but they have to  be
materialized into the physical universe before they exist as products.
The most wide trap the debugger can fall into is, "But next week .  .  .  ,"
since experience will  tell  you  that  next  week's  production  may  never
arrive. The definition of product is something that can be exchanged  for  a
valuable product or currency. They have subproducts. These are necessary.  A
subproduct can also be an overt product and block final products.

    When you have done your product inspection,  you  then  look  over  the
period of time from a viewpoint of time and motion. This is  to  answer  the
question, "Are things arranged so that there is no time  wasted  in  useless
motions which are unnecessary?" This includes poor placement of materiel  on
a flow line or tool sheds five miles from the site of work so that  one  has
to go there every time one wants a hammer, out-of-sequence flows or waits.


    One counts  up  the  amount  of  wasted  time  simply  because  of  the
disorganization of a place. It isn't enough to say a place is  disorganized.
How  is  this  disorganization  consuming  time  and  motion  which  is  not
resulting in a higher quantity of production? Examples  of  this  are  quite
gross.


    When you have done this study, during which of  course  you  have  made
notes, you will have the raw materials necessary to make  an  estimation  of
the area.


    If there is not an adequate and even  spectacular  record  of  products
getting out and if products have to be redone or if no products  are  coming
out, you proceed as follows:

II. PERSONAL HANDLING

    Find a product that can be gotten out, any product, and insist that  it
and products like it or similar  cycles  be  gotten  out  flat  out  by  the
existing personnel.


    Do not let this debug act as an excuse for them  not  to  produce.  The
first step of this handling is to demand production.


    When you have gotten them on that, you enter in upon a second stage  of
debug. This consists essentially of finding if the  place  is  knowledgeable
enough and able enough to produce what is  actually  required  and  what  is
actually valuable or being needed from it.


    This is accomplished as follows:


    (Note: You should not attempt to find  Crashing  MUs,  etc.  until  the
above inspection and the Steps A to H below have been done.)


    A.      Where are the orders relating to this  target  (or  project  or
production area)? (Can  include  policies,  directives,  orders,  bulletins,
issues, despatches, tapes, valid texts and previous debugs and any  and  all
files.)


    Handling: Collect up all of the orders  relating  to  this  target  (or
project or production area). This  includes  the  orders  and  policies  the
person is operating off of as well as all those he should be  operating  off
of. At this point you may need to employ the  "How  to  Defeat  Verbal  Tech
Checklist":

    1.      If it isn't written it isn't true.


    2.      If it's written, read it.


    3.      Did the person who wrote it have the authority or know  how  to
    order it?


    4.      If you can't understand it, clarify it.


    5.      If you can't clarify it, clear the MUs.


    6.      If the MUs won't clear, query it.
    7.      Has it been altered from the original?


    8.      Get it validated as a correct, on-channel,  on-policy,  in-tech
    order.


    9.      Only if it holds up this far,  force  others  to  read  it  and
    follow it.


    IF IT CAN'T BE RUN THROUGH AS ABOVE IT'S FALSE! CANCEL IT! And use HCOB
    7 Aug 79 FALSE DATA STRIPPING as needed.


    B.      Have you read the orders?


    Handling: If he has not read them then have him read,  word  clear  and
    starrate them.


    Ca.     Do you have MUs on these orders?


    Handling: Get the orders word cleared using M4, M9 or M2 Word Clearing-
    whatever Word Clearing is needed to fully clear any MUs he has.


    Cb.     Do you have false data on these orders?


    Handling: Strip off the false data per HCOB/PL  7  Aug  79  FALSE  DATA
    STRIPPING .


    Handle this step (Ca and Cb) until the person has duplicated the orders
    and issues relating to this production area.


    D.      Are there financial or logistics problems on them?


    Handling: Debug using HCO PL 14 Mar 72, Issue II, Esto Series 7, FOLLOW
    POLICY AND LINES and Flag Divisional Directive of 25 Aug  76  FINANCIAL
    PLANNING MEMBER HAT CHECKSHEET. Debugging this may require getting  the
    whole FP Committee through the FP pack.


    E.      Are there personnel problems?


    Handling: Debug this using HCO PL 16 Mar 71 Org  Series  25,  Personnel
    Series 19, LINES AND HATS and the Personnel Series,  as  given  in  The
    Management Series.


    It may be necessary  to  do  this  debug  on  the  HAS  or  any  person
    responsible for getting the products of staff members who produce.


    F.      Are there hatting problems?


    Handling: Handle this using full Word Clearing and False Data Stripping
    and get the scene debugged using HCO PL 29 Jul 71 Personnel Series  21,
    Org Series 28, WHY HATTING? and HCO PL 22 Sep 70  Personnel  Series  9,
    Org Series 4, HATS and HCO PL 27 Dec  70,  Personnel  Series  16,  HATS
    PROGRAM PITFALLS .


    Hatting problems may include the total and  utter  lack  of  a  hatting
    course for the staff or a hatting course where WHAT IS A COURSE? PL  is
    flagrantly not in and if you find this you have gotten to the  root  of
    why you are working hard debugging all over the place and it had better
    be handled quick.


    It may also be that the area senior doesn't make sure his staff puts in
    study time off production hours and in this you may find the senior  is
    a failed student himself and this you would also have to handle.


    Note: A person who cannot be hatted at all has false data. The handling
    would be to strip off the false data.
    G.      Is there  exterior  influence  stopping  the  production  which
    cannot be handled in the production area?


    Handling: Handle using HCO PL 31 Jan 72, Data Series 22, THE WHY IS GOD
    and HCO PL 25 May 73 Data Series 27, SUPPLEMENTARY EVALUATIONS and  HCO
    PL 30 Dec 70, Org Series 20, ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL.


    When told that  these  exterior  influences  exist  the  wise  debugger
    immediately verifies. The simplest way to verify is to ask  the  person
    who is supposed to be putting stops on the line if he has  issued  such
    orders. You commonly find out he hasn't. But if he has, then  you  have
    started to locate your area to handle.


    You commonly run into verbal tech at which moment you use the  "How  to
    Defeat Verbal Tech Checklist."


    H.      What other excuses exist?


    Handling: As per HCO PL THE WHY IS GOD, HCO PL 19 May 70,  Data  Series
    8, SANITY, HCO PL 30 Sep 73, Data Series  30,  SITUATION  HANDLING  and
    HCOB 19 Aug 67, THE SUPREME TEST.


    And once  any  obvious  ones  in  the  above  have  been  handled,  and
    production still isn't rolling, you have:


    I.      Routine finding of MUs per Word Clearing Series.


    J.      Crashing MU tech per HCOB 17 Jun 79 CRASHING MIS-Us: THE KEY TO
    COMPLETED CYCLES OF ACTION AND PRODUCTS. Crashing MU  finding  is  done
    exactly per this HCOB. Crashing MUs can  be  buried  or  suppressed  as
    covered in HCOB 23 Aug 79, CRASHING MUs, BLOCKS TO  FINDING  THEM.  The
    factors as listed in that HCOB which can cause a Crashing MU to  remain
    hidden and unknown may have  to  be  handled  before  the  Crashing  MU
    appears.


    K.      Do they have any idea at all that they should  be  getting  out
    any products? Or do they pretend to but don't?


    Handling: Simply two-way comm of why the guy was there. It  might  come
    as a startling realization that he is supposed  to  get  out  products.
    This can be backed up with Exchange by Dynamics, HCO PL 4 Apr 72,  Esto
    Series 14, ETHICS and Short Form Product Clearing, HCO PL  13  Mar  72,
    Esto Series 5, PRODUCTION AND ESTABLISHMENT ORDERS AND PRODUCTS or  HCO
    PL 23 Mar 72, Esto Series 11, FULL PRODUCT CLEARING LONG FORM.


    There is also such a thing as a person who will not complete a cycle of
    action. This is normally true of what we call a "suppressive person" or
    even an insane person.


    Handling: Get the person's case looked into by a competent C/S and also
    by the Ethics Officer for background.


    But as PTS people are in suppressive persons' valences he may  only  be
    PTS.


    Handling: See Section P below for de-PTSing.


    L.      Wrong stat. The person has been given a stat that  has  nothing
    to do with what he is supposed to produce.


    Handling: get the right stat figured out so that it agrees with what he
    is supposed to produce and actually measures his actual production.
    M.      Wrong VFP or wrong product? Do they have the idea of VFP right?
    (or does the org think it's the award rather than the product, i.e.  GI
    rather than an audited paying pc or a trained paying student?).


    It of course can occur, amazingly, that the person or department,  etc.
    is trying to turn out a product that has no exchange  value.  This  can
    occur because what they do produce is so flubby as  to  be  called  "an
    overt product" which nobody can use further on up the line or  even  at
    the end of the line. You handle this by coming down on their  sense  of
    fitness  of  things.  Overt  products  waste  resources  and  time  and
    personnel and are actually more destructive than on first glance.  They
    cannot be exchanged but they also waste resources as well as  lose  any
    expected return. You can remedy this sort of thing by  improving  their
    tech so they do turn out something decent and useful.


    They can also be turning out a type of  product  nobody  wants-such  as
    1819 buggy whips in a Space Age. They may be great buggy whips but they
    won't exchange because nobody wants them.


    They may also be getting out products of excellent  quality  but  never
    tell anybody they have or do them. This can apply as  narrowly  as  one
    worker who doesn't tell anybody he is having or doing them or  a  whole
    organization  which,  with  complete  asininity,   never   markets   or
    advertises their products.


    It is also possible that a combination of all three things above may be
    found.


    It also may be they have all sorts of products they could get  out  but
    they never dreamed of getting them out yet their life blood may  depend
    upon it.


    Handling: HCO PL 24 Jul 78, SUBPRODUCTS, which tells how to  compile  a
    subproducts list and attain VFPs. Exchange by Dynamics per HCO PL 4 Apr
    72, Esto Series 14 ETHICS and Full Product Clearing Long  Form  on  the
    correct and actual VFP (as well as any other  products  the  person  or
    area may have), as well as marketing and PR tech.


    N.      Never figured out what they would have to do to get a product?


    Handling: Handle this using HCO PL 7 Aug 76, Issue I, II and III, Admin
    Know-How Series 33, NAME YOUR PRODUCT, Admin Know-How Series  34,  WANT
    YOUR PRODUCT, Admin Know-How Series 35, TO GET YOU HAVE TO KNOW HOW  TO
    ORGANIZE, HCO PL 24 Jul 78, SUBPRODUCTS and HCO PL 14 Jan 69, OT ORGS.


    O.      Out-ethics?


    Handling: Determine the situation and  handle  with  O/W  write-ups  or
    auditing and ethics conditions or correction of past conditions and the
    ethics policies that apply.


    P.      Is the area  or  individual  creating  problems  and  demanding
    solutions to them?


    Handling: Give the person PTS handling as per ethics policies.  If  and
    when available, get the personnel de-PTSed using Clay  Table  De-PTSing
    as per HCOB CLAY TABLE DE-PTSing-THEORY AND ADMINISTRATION. (Note: Clay
    Table De-PTSing can only be done on someone by a person who has had the
    step himself . )


    Q.      Total organize? (Is the area organizing only?)


    Handling: This is an indicator of  many  misunderstoods  in  the  area,
    especially on the part of its senior. The senior and the  personnel  in
    the area need full Word Clearing  on  the  materials  to  do  with  the
    production area, including Crashing MU
    finding as in J (ref: HCO PL 26 Mar 79RA MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS AND CYCLES
    OF ACTION-MU WORDS AND NO PRODUCTS) off production hours and  meanwhile
    make them produce what they can.


    R.      Organization adequate to get the product?


    Inadequate organization:


    Handling: Debug the organization per HCO PL 13 Sep 70,  Org  Series  1,
    BASIC ORGANIZATION, HCO PL 14 Sep 70, Org Series 2, COPE AND  ORGANIZE,
    HCO PL 14 Sep 70, Org Series 3, HOW TO ORGANIZE AN ORG, HCO  PL  8  Oct
    70, Org Series 8, ORGANIZING AND PRODUCT, HCO PL 29 Oct 70, Org  Series
    10, THE ANALYSIS OF ORGANIZATION BY PRODUCT.


    No organization:


    Handling: This is the situation where someone  does  not  organize  any
    corner of his area or work or organizations or  lines.  This  manifests
    itself by irrational  demands  to  only  produce  and  to  prevent  any
    organization so that production can occur. The handling is to clear the
    misunderstoods (including Crashing MUs) in the  area,  particularly  on
    the purpose of the production and why one is producing.


    Lacking a sense of organization?


    Handling: Lack of a sense of organization lies below the level of  MUs,
    overts and withholds and PTSness-and  you  have  to  go  north  through
    PTSness and overts and withholds to even get to the MUs.


    The handling would be de-PTSing as in Step P. Then  handle  any  overts
    and withholds and then clear  the  MUs  in  the  area  being  addressed
    (including Crashing MUs.)


    Debug tech is laid out as a checklist in HCO PL 23 Aug  79,  Issue  II,
DEBUG TECH CHECKLIST. It is a very useful checklist as the points  of  debug
can be assessed on a meter by an auditor (or any person trained to use an E-
Meter) or be administratively used by anyone wishing to debug an area.


    HCOB 23 Aug 79, Issue IIs PRODUCT DEBUG REPAIR LIST is for  use  by  an
auditor to repair someone who has been  messed  up  by  somebody  trying  to
debug his area. As faulty debugging can mess a person up, this  repair  list
has been written to remedy that, should it occur.


    Normally, in an area that is very bogged and not producing,  the  first
question or two will deliver the reasons right into  your  hands.  They  are
trying to produce blue ruddy rods but the order they finally dig up after  a
fifteen minute search says specifically and directly that  green  finglebums
are what are wanted here and that blue  ruddy  rods  are  forbidden.  It  is
usually outrageous and large. As you go down the  list  you  will  find  out
that you are running into things which open the door  to  justification.  So
you take very good care to notice the justifications which are  being  used.
The handling of justifications is indicated in HCOB  23  Aug  79,  Issue  I,
CRASHING MUs, BLOCKS TO FINDING THEM and the HCOB of JUSTIFICATIONS  21  Jan
AD10.


                               WHAT TO HANDLE

    Handling of course  is  indicated  by  what  you  find  and  the  above
references. But handling must always be in the direction  of  at  least  50%
production. Even while debugging do not go  for  an  all-organize  handling.
Also do not go for an all-production handling.


    A person, once trained on the data as contained in this PL, Crashing MU
tech, False Data Stripping and Product Clearing, will be able to get  almost
any area debugged
and producing. It is important to remember that debug tech applies from  the
very small expected action to the huge expected project.


                               THE EP OF DEBUG

    The above debug actions are never carried on past the point  where  the
target or area or individual or org has been debugged.


    Once production has been debugged and desirable products are now  being
gotten for real in adequate quantity, the debug has been accomplished.


    This could occur at any one of the above steps. And when  it  does  you
let the area get on with  producing  the  products  they  are  now  able  to
produce.


                         EVALUATION AND PROGRAMMING

    There is a whole different technology called Evaluation. The full  tech
on how to execute and program is contained in the Data Series and  the  Data
Series Evaluator's Course and BPL 4 Jul  78  ELEMENTARY  EVALUATOR'S  COURSE
and the Target Series HCO PLs: 14 Jan 69 OT ORGS, 16 Jan 69  TARGETS,  TYPES
OF, 18 Jan 69, Issue II, PLANNING AND TARGETS, 24 Jan 69, TARGET  TYPES,  24
Jan 69, Issue II, PURPOSE AND TARGETS and HCO PL 4 Dec 73, Data  Series  32,
TARGET TROUBLE. One is expected to know how to evaluate. But even after  you
have evaluated, evaluations contain targets. And targets get bugged. So  you
will need debug tech even when you are an accomplished evaluator.


    With the debug tech and the added steps of Crashing MU finding,  overts
and withholds, False' Data Stripping, Product Clearing,  etc.  you  will  be
able to crack the back of the most  resistive  nonproducing  areas  and  get
them into roaring, high-morale production.


    Between February 79 and 23 August 79 I  have  spent  a  great  deal  of
development time on  the  technology  needed  to  completely  debug  people,
projects,  targets  and  production.  A  very  large  number   of   missions
researches and pilots were undertaken to discover and polish up  this  tech.
It can now be considered a completed development cycle.


    The above IS the tech.

    USE IT!


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:kjm
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 AUGUST 1979
                                  Issue II
Remimeo
Tech
Qual
All Execs
Programs Chiefs
Project Operators
Mission Operators
Missionaires
AGs
LRH Comms   Esto Series 38
FRs
                           Product Debug Series 2

                            DEBUG TECH CHECKLIST


        Ref:     HCO PL 23 Aug 79      DEBUG TECH
           Issue I
           HCOB 23 Aug 79   PRODUCT DEBUG REPAIR LIST
           Issue 11
           The Product Debug Series

        (This checklist is clarified by HCO PL 23 August 79, Issue I,
            DEBUG TECH, and is used in conjunction with that PL.)


    Production is the basis of morale. People who don't get  products  have
low morale.


    Executives  and  responsible  people  have  the  task  of  getting  out
products. When they don't get them out, the unit or organization fails.


    It is extremely upsetting and puzzling to a staff  member  and  to  his
seniors when he can't get out the products expected of him. I have  seen  an
executive going around in circles for weeks trying to  guess  why  such  and
such a staff member couldn't get out the products of his post area.  I  have
seen staff members actually in tears because they  were  unable  to  achieve
the products of their post. I have also seen people  busy,  busy,  busy  and
totally unaware of the fact that they were producing absolutely nothing.


    LRH ED 302 was a breakthrough. It has now been written into HCO  PL  10
June 79, DEBUG TECH and contains a considerably  expanded  tech  on  how  to
debug products. People have had very great success in applying it.


    To give them even greater successes, I have rewritten LRH ED 302-1 into
this PL. The whole object of this checklist is to debug a lack  of  products
and accomplishments of an org or post.


    This Debug Checklist is used in conjunction with HCO PL DEBUG TECH.  It
gives the person doing the debug a list of things that could be standing  in
the way of production. The sequence of handling is as laid out in the  debug
tech PL. The first action is an  inspection  of  the  area.  Then  come  the
personal handling steps.


    This sequence must be followed in any debug action.  For  instance,  if
you haven't done the inspection then how would you know what it is  you  are
trying to debug?


    This checklist can be assessed on a meter or be  administratively  used
(off the meter) by Mission Operators, Program Operators, Project  Operators,
evaluators, executives and anyone else needing to debug a  cycle  of  action
or lack of products, including any staff member or student himself.
When assessed on a meter, each reading line would be taken to F/N  by  doing
the handling given for that line.


    When doing this checklist the individual should  have  the  issues  and
references he may need to carry out the handlings along with him.


                               THE EP OF DEBUG

    Debug actions are never carried on past the point where the  target  or
area or individual or org has been debugged.


    Once production has been debugged and desirable products are now  being
gotten for real in adequate quantity, the debug has been accomplished.


    This could occur at any one of the steps. And when it does you let  the
area get on with producing the products they are now able to produce.


                          PRODUCT DEBUG REPAIR LIST

    In case of a bog or trouble on the following checklist use HCOB 23  Aug
79, Issue II, Product Debug Series 10, PRODUCT DEBUG REPAIR LIST  to  repair
the person so he can continue with the debug actions.


                                 INSPECTION

00.   The first action in debugging an area is an inspection to see what  is
    going on in terms of production. In inspecting  the  area  you  do  the
    following:

    1)      You look for what products have been gotten out in the past.


    2)      You look for products that are there completed.


    3)      You look for what products can be  attained  in  the  immediate
        future.


    4)      You look for the value of the products produced as compared  to
        the overall cost of the production organization.


    5)       You  look  for  overt  products  or  cycles   where   products
        continuously have to be redone, resulting in no or few products.

    Full data on how to do this inspection is given in HCO PL  23  Aug  79,
    Issue I, DEBUG TECH.

0.    Find a product that can be gotten out, any product,  and  insist  that
    it and products like it or similar cycles be gotten out flat out by the
    existing personnel.


                                THE CHECKLIST

Section A:

A1.   NO ORDERS?       ________
      (Find out if (a) he's needing orders due to not knowing his hat or  if
    (b) he's not getting any direction or guidance from his senior.  Handle
    (a) by getting him hatted, or  (b)  by  doing  this  checklist  on  his
    senior.)

A2.   NEVER RECEIVED THE ORDERS?  ________
    (Have him get the orders and handle any cut line  that  isn't  relaying
    the orders.)

A3.   CROSS-ORDERS?    ________
      (Find out what and handle per HCO PL 13 Jan AD29, ORDERS, ILLEGAL  AND
    CROSS.)

A4.   ILLEGAL ORDERS?  ________
      (Find out what and handle per HCO PL 13 Jan AD29, ORDERS, ILLEGAL  AND
    CROSS.)

A5.   VERBAL TECH?     ________
      (Find out  what  and  handle  per  the  "How  to  Defeat  Verbal  Tech
    Checklist" and HCO PL 7 Aug 79, FALSE DATA STRIPPING.)

Section B.:

B1.   HASN'T READ THE ORDERS?     ________
      (Have him read, word clear and starrate the orders.)

B2.   AVOIDANCE OR NEGATION OF POLICY?  ________
      (Pull the O/Ws per W/H system. Then clear up his MUs on  the  relevant
    policy.)

B3.   POLICY UNKNOWN?  ________
      (Determine what applicable policy is  unknown  to  him  and  have  him
    read, word clear and starrate it.)

B4.   NO POLICY?       ________
      (Have him work out what  the  policy  should  be  and  submit  it  for
    approval.)

B5.   LACK OF TECH?    ________
      (Have him get familiar with the exact problem  he's  encountering  and
    make him work out a solution that will handle it.)

Section C:

C1.   MISUNDERSTOODS?  ________
      (Find and clear the MUs.)

C2.   MISUNDERSTOODS ON THE ORDERS?     ________
      (Find and clear the MUs.)

C3.   DOESN'T UNDERSTAND THE ORDERS?    ________
      (Handle with Word Clearing and False Data Stripping.)

C4.   FALSE DATA ON THE ORDERS?   ________
      (Handle with HCO PL 7 Aug 79, FALSE DATA STRIPPING.)

C5.   OUT OF AGREEMENT WITH THE ORDERS?      ________
      (Handle any out-ruds. Then handle with Word Clearing  and  False  Data
    Stripping.)

C6.   LACK OF INTEREST?      ________
      (Find out if  it's  out-ruds  or  MUs  or  past  failures  and  handle
    accordingly. )

C7.   NO INTEREST?     ________
      (Find out if  it's  out-ruds  or  MUs  or  past  failures  and  handle
    accordingly. )

    C8.     LACK OF VALUE OF THE CYCLE OF ACTION ITSELF? ________
      (Find his MUs and handle. Have him demo out the cycle of action.)

Section D:

D1.   FINANCE BUGS?    ________
      (Find out what and get it debugged and also if  it  amounts  to  that,
    get the whole FP Committee through the FP pack.)

D2.   LOGISTICS PROBLEMS?    ________
      (Find out what it is and handle with HCO PL 14 Mar 72, Issue II,  Esto
    Series 7, FOLLOW POLICY AND LINES, and any other debug tech needed.)

D3.   NO EQUIPMENT?    ________
      (Find out what is needed, if it is really needed, and if so  debug  it
    per Do and D2 above so it is gotten. Remember that there  are  enormous
    percentages of people who absolutely  have  to  have  before  they  can
    possibly do and use that usually as an excuse not to produce.)

Section E:

E1.   SCARCITY OF PERSONNEL?      ________
      (Indicate it and then investigate and handle HCO which is  usually  up
    to its ears in personnel requests and busy on them instead  of  putting
    an HCO there that properly recruits, hats, and utilizes personnel. This
    may  mean  doing  this  Debug  Checklist  on  the  HAS  or  any  person
    responsible for that division or activity because they  aren't  getting
    the products of staff members who produce . )

E2.   SOME OTHER PROBLEM WITH PERSONNEL?     ________
      (Debug this using HCO PL 16 Mar 71, Org Series  25,  Personnel  Series
    19, LINES AND HATS and the Personnel Series as given in The  Management
    Series. )

Section F.:

F1.   ABSENCE OF HATTING?    ________
      (Find out if it's (a) lack of a hatting course for the  staff,  (b)  a
    hatting course where WHAT IS A COURSE? PL is flagrantly not in, (c) the
    area senior  doesn't  make  sure  his  staff  put  in  study  time  off
    production hours or (d) some other reason why he does not go to  study.
    Handle according to what comes up and HCO PL 23 Aug 79, Issue I,  DEBUG
    TECH.)

F2.   DOESN'T ATTEND STUDY?  ________
      (Find out if it's (a) lack of a hatting course for the  staff,  (b)  a
    hatting course where WHAT IS A COURSE? PL is flagrantly not in, (c) the
    area senior  doesn't  make  sure  his  staff  put  in  study  time  off
    production hours or (d) some other reason why he does not go to  study.
    Handle according to what comes up and HCO PL 23 Aug 79, Issue I,  DEBUG
    TECH.)

F3.   ABSENCE OF DRILLING?   ________
      (Get any needed drilling on equipment and actions done.)

F4.   ABSENCE OF CRAMMING?   ________
      (Get the subject cramming is needed on and send him to Cramming.)

    F5.     FALSE CRAMMING? ________
      (Handle per HCO PL 7 Aug 79, FALSE DATA STRIPPING. Assess  and  handle
    a Cramming Repair List if necessary.)

F6.   A DISASSOCIATION BETWEEN THE DEFINITION  AND  THE  PHYSICAL  UNIVERSE?
    ________
      (Have him demonstrate-in clay if necessary-and give real  examples  of
    the  definition.  Program  him  for  M8  and   M9   program   and   the
    Disassociation Rundown.)

F7.   FALSE DATA ON THE HATTING MATERIALS?   ________
      (Handle with False Data Stripping.)

F8.   LACK OF TECHNICAL KNOW-HOW?       ________
      (Locate the area of technical know-how he is lacking in  and  get  him
    studying and drilling the tech on it.)

F9.   UNABLE TO BE HATTED?   ________
      (Strip off the false data in the area with False Data Stripping.)

Section C:

G1.   EXTERIOR INFLUENCE STOPPING THE PRODUCTION WHICH CANNOT BE HANDLED  IN
    THE PRODUCTION AREA?    ________
      (Handle per Section G of HCO PL 23 Aug 79, Issue I, DEBUG TECH.)

Section H:

H1.   OTHER EVENTS?    ________
      (Find out what and handle per HCO PL 23 Aug 79, Issue I, DEBUG TECH.)

H2.   OTHER REASONS?   ________
      (Find out what and handle per HCO PL 23 Aug 79, Issue I, DEBUG TECH.)

H3.   HUGE PRODUCTION BUG?   ________
      (Find out what and use full debug tech to handle.)

H4.   TIME?      ________
      (Find out if there's just NOT ENOUGH time to do what he has to  do  or
    if he's wasting time by not being organized or  is  being  Dev-Ted  and
    handle.)

H5.   LACK OF PROXIMITY TO THE SCENE?   ________
      (Have him get on the correct comm  lines  and  get  in  ARC  with  the
    scene. Handle ruds if necessary.)

H6.   NO COMM LINES?   ________
      (Determine whether this is from W/Hs or MUs and handle accordingly. )

H7.   INABILITY TO COMMUNICATE?   ________
      (Pull his W/Hs. Make him do Reach  and  Withdraw  on  the  people  and
    objects of his area. Program him for the M8 and M9 program course.)

H8.   ABSENCE OF ALTITUDE?   ________
      (Have him read HCO PL 4 Oct 68, ETHICS PRESENCE and Exec Series 1  and
    2 and have him demo how he can use them.)
    H9.     BAD HEALTH?     ________
      (Send him to the MO on an MO Routing Form and get it handled. Get  any
    needed PTS handling done.)

H10. LUCK?  ________
      (2WC his considerations on it and bring his cause level up by  getting
    him to look at what he can do about it.)

Section I:

I1.   MISUNDERSTOODS IN THE PRODUCTION AREA?       ________
      (Routine Word Clearing per the Word Clearing Series.)

I2.   MISUNDERSTOODS ON WHAT IS SUPPOSED TO BE DONE?     ________
      (Routine Word Clearing per the Word Clearing Series.)

I3.   CONFUSIONS IN THE AREA?     ________
      (Routine Word Clearing per the Word Clearing Series.)

Section J:

J1.   CRASHING MISUNDERSTOOD?     ________
      (Crashing MU finding per HCOB 17 June 79, CRASHING MIS-Us: THE KEY  TO
    COMPLETED CYCLES OF ACTION AND PRODUCTS.)

J2.    TROUBLE  COMPLETING  CYCLES  OF  ACTION  IN  THE   PRODUCTION   AREA?
    ________
      (Crashing MU finding per HCOB 17 June 79 CRASHING MIS-Us: THE  KEY  TO
    COMPLETED CYCLES OF ACTION AND PRODUCTS.)

Section K:

K1.   NO IDEA AT ALL THAT PRODUCTS SHOULD BE GOTTEN OUT?      ________
      (Simple two-way comm of why the guy is  there.  It  might  come  as  a
    startling realization that he is supposed to get out any products. This
    can be backed up by Exchange by Dynamics-HCO PL 4 Apr 72,  Esto  Series
    14, ETHICS and Short Form Product Clearing per HCO PL 13 Mar  72,  Esto
    Series 5, PRODUCTION AND ESTABLISHMENT ORDERS AND PRODUCTS or HCO PL 23
    Mar 72, Esto Series 11, FULL PRODUCT CLEARING LONG FORM.)

K2.   PRETENDING TO KNOW THAT PRODUCTS  SHOULD  BE  GOTTEN  OUT  BUT  DON'T?
    ________
      (Simple two-way comm of why the guy is  there.  It  might  come  as  a
    startling realization that he is supposed to get out any products. This
    can be backed up by Exchange by Dynamics- HCO PL 4 Apr 72, Esto  Series
    14, ETHICS and Short Form Product Clearing per HCO PL 13 Mar  72,  Esto
    Series 5, PRODUCTION AND ESTABLISHMENT ORDERS AND PRODUCTS or HCO PL 23
    Mar 72, Esto Series 11, FULL PRODUCT CLEARING LONG FORM.)

K3.   WON'T COMPLETE A CYCLE OF ACTION?      ________
      (Get the person's case looked into by a competent C/S  and  an  Ethics
    Officer for background. If you are dealing with a suppressive or insane
    person, handle per ethics policies. If it is PTSness, get the person de-
    PTSed.)
    Section L:

L1.   WRONG STAT?      ________
      (Get the right stat figured out so that it  agrees  with  what  he  is
    supposed to produce and actually measures his actual production.)

L2.   DOES THE STAT HAVE NOTHING TO DO WITH WHAT IS  SUPPOSED  TO  BE  BEING
    PRODUCED?    ________
      (Get the right stat figured out so that it  agrees  with  what  he  is
    supposed to produce and actually measures his actual production.)

Section M:

M1.   WRONG VFP?       ________
      (Use HCO PL 24 July 78, SUB PRODUCTS  and  Exchange  by  Dynamics  and
    Full Product Clearing Long Form on the correct and actual  VFP-as  well
    as any other products the person or area might have.)

M2.   WRONG PRODUCT?   ________
      (Use HCO PL 24 July 78, SUBPRODUCTS and Exchange by Dynamics and  Full
    Product Clearing Long Form on the correct and actual VFP-as well as any
    other products the person or area might have.)

M3.   NO IDEA OF THE PRODUCT?     ________
      (Get a complete and accurate statement  of  the  correct  product  and
    Product Clear him on it. See also HCO PL 7 Aug 76, Issue I, Esto Series
    31, PRODUCT/ORG OFFICER SYSTEM, NAME YOUR PRODUCT.)

M4.   UNSURE OF WHAT THE PRODUCT IS?    ________
      (Get a complete and accurate statement  of  the  correct  product  and
    Product Clear him on it. See also HCO PL 7 Aug 76, Issue I, Esto Series
    31, PRODUCT/ORG OFFICER SYSTEM, NAME YOUR PRODUCT.)

M5.   THINKING IT'S THE AWARD RATHER THAN THE PRODUCT?   ________
      (Use HCO PL 24 July 78, SUBPRODUCTS and Exchange by Dynamics and  Full
    Product Clearing Long Form on the correct and actual VFP-as well as any
    other products the person or area might have.)

M6.   DOES THE PRODUCT HAVE NO EXCHANGE VALUE?     ________
      (Use HCO PL 24 July 78, SUB PRODUCTS  and  Exchange  by  Dynamics  and
    Full Product Clearing Long Form on the correct actual  VFP-as  well  as
    any other products the person or area might have, and per HCO PL 23 Aug
    79, Issue I, DEBUG TECH, Section M.)

M7.   OVERT PRODUCTS?  ________
      (Handle any W/Hs connected with this. Then handle  per  HCO  PL  DEBUG
    TECH, Section M.)

M8.   IS THE PRODUCT A PRODUCT THAT NOBODY WANTS?  ________
      (Handle any W/Hs connected with this. Then handle  per  HCO  PL  DEBUG
    TECH, Section M.)

M9.   NO MARKETING OR ADVERTISING OF THE PRODUCT?  ________
      (Handle any W/Hs connected with this. Then handle  per  HCO  PL  DEBUG
    TECH, Section M.
    Section N:

N1.   NEVER FIGURED OUT WHAT WOULD  HAVE  TO  BE  DONE  TO  GET  A  PRODUCT?
    ________
      (Handle per HCO PL DEBUG TECH, Section N.)

Section O:

O1.                         OUT-ETHICS?                             ________


      (Determine the situation and handle with  O/W  write-ups  or  auditing
    and ethics conditions or correction of past ethics conditions  and  the
    ethics policies that apply.)

O2.   ACTIVE COUNTER-INTENTION?   ________
      (Pull the O/Ws and then locate the MUs. Then watch him and remove  him
    if he remains CI.)

O3.   ACTIVE COUNTER-INTENTION ON THE PART OF OTHERS?    ________
      (Find out who. Handle any agreement he has with their  CI  as  a  W/H.
    Get the person or persons who have CI handled on  their  O/Ws  and  get
    their MUs found. Remove if the person or persons remain CI.)

O4.   OTHER- INTENTIONEDNESS?     ________
      (Pull the O/Ws and then locate the MUs. Then watch him and remove  him
    if he remains other-intentioned.)

O5.   OTHER-INTENTIONEDNESS ON THE PART OF OTHERS? ________
      (Find out who. Handle any agreement he has with  their  otherintention
    as a W/H. Get the person or persons who have otherintention handled  on
    their O/Ws and get their MUs found. Remove if  the  person  or  persons
    remain other-intentioned.)

Section P.:

P1.   CREATING PROBLEMS AND DEMANDING SOLUTIONS TO THEM? ________
      (Give the person PTS handling as per  ethics  policies.  If  and  when
    available get the personnel de-PTSed  with  Clay  Table  De-PTSing,  as
    covered  in  HCOB  28  Aug  79,   CLAY   TABLE   DE-PTSING-THEORY   AND
    ADMINISTRATION.)

P2.   LOTS OF UNSOLVABLE PROBLEMS IN THE AREA?     ________
      (Give the person PTS handling as per  ethics  policies.  If  and  when
    available get the personnel de-PTSed  with  Clay  Table  De-PTSing,  as
    covered  in  HCOB  28  Aug  79,   CLAY   TABLE   DE-PTSING-THEORY   AND
    ADMINISTRATION.)

P3.   CONNECTED TO SOMEONE OR SOMETHING ANTAGONISTIC?    ________
      (Give the person PTS handling as per  ethics  policies.  If  and  when
    available get the personnel  de-PTSed  with  Clay  Table  De-PTSing  as
    covered  in  HCOB  28  Aug  79,   CLAY   TABLE   DE-PTSING-THEORY   AND
    ADMINISTRATION.)

P4.   PTS?  ________
      (Give the person PTS handling as per  ethics  policies.  If  and  when
    available get the personnel de-PTSed  with  Clay  Table  De-PTSing,  as
    covered  in  HCOB  28  Aug  79,   CLAY   TABLE   DE-PTSING-THEORY   AND
    ADMINISTRATION.)
    P5.     ACCIDENTS? ________
      (Give the person PTS handling as per  ethics  policies.  If  and  when
    available get the personnel de-PTSed  with  Clay  Table  De-PTSing,  as
    covered  in  HCOB  28  Aug  79,   CLAY   TABLE   DE-PTSING-THEORY   AND
    ADMINISTRATION.)

Section Q:

Q1.   ORGANIZING ONLY?       ________
      (Handle his MUs in the area including any Crashing MUs.)

Q2.   TOTAL ORGANIZATION?    ________
      (Handle his MUs in the area including any Crashing MUs.)

Section R.:

R1.   ORGANIZATION INADEQUATE TO GET THE PRODUCT?  ________
      (Handle per Section R of HCO PL 23 Aug 79, DEBUG TECH.)

R2.   LACK OF ORGANIZATION?  ________
      (Handle per Section R of HCO PL 23 Aug 79, DEBUG TECH.)

R3.   NO ORGANIZING?   ________
      (Clear the misunderstood including Crashing  MUs,  in  the  production
    area, particularly on the purpose of the  production  and  why  one  is
    producing.)

R4.   LACK OF A SENSE OF ORGANIZATION?  ________
      (De-PTSing as covered  in  Section  P.  Then  handle  any  overts  and
    withholds and then clear the MUs in the area, including Crashing MUs.)

R5.   NO GRASP OF THE CONCEPT OF ORGANIZATION?     ________
      (De-PTSing as covered  in  Section  P.  Then  handle  any  overts  and
    withholds and then clear the MUs in the area, including Crashing MUs.)


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:nc
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 23 SEPTEMBER 1979
Remimeo
TR Course   (Also issued as
TR Supervisors   HCO PL 23 Sep 79
Cramming Officers      same title.)
Auditors
C/Ses
                         CANCELLATION OF DESTRUCTIVE
                            BTBs AND BPLs ON TRs


    There are many valid issues on TRs, all of which remain in full force.


    The following issues are hereby canceled for the reasons stated in this
issue:

        BTB 15 Aug 71R      TR COURSE BUGS HANDLING
        Rev. & Reiss. 3.7.74 as BTB
        BTB 16 Aug 71R      BREAKTHROUGH, TR COURSE
        Rev. & Reiss. 31.7.74 as BTB
        BTB 18 Aug 71R      TR COURSE-HOW TO RUN
        Rev. & Reiss. 24.8.74 as BTB
        HCO PL 4 Nov 71 II  ACADEMY PREREQUISITES
        (not by LRH)
        BTB 5 Nov 71R  TR COURSE DEBUG DRILL
        Rev. 24.4.78
        HCO PL 6 Nov 71 III INTERNSHIPS LINEUP, AUDITOR
           INTERNSHIPS
        HCOB 7 Apr 73RA     GRADIENTS IN TRs
        Rev. 22.2.79
        HCOB 8 Dec 74  TR 0-NOTES ON BLINKING
        BTB 8 Mar 75 IV     Cramming Series 5RB
           TRs IN CRAMMING
        BTB 20 Sep 72  TR TRAINING UNDER LRH
        Reiss. 20.9.74 as BTB
        BTB 13 Mar 75R TRs TRAINING BREAKTHROUGH
        Rev. 30.4.75
        FDD 32 DIV IX INT   TRs THE HARD WAY
        7 Jun 71

                          REASONS FOR CANCELLATION

    The only source of technical data is LRH HCOBs, books and tapes.


    The issues listed above have introduced false  data,  verbal  data  and
technical alter-is. See HCOB 23 Oct 75 TECHNICAL QUERIES, HCOB/HCO PL 9  Feb
79 HOW TO DEFEAT VERBAL TECH, HCOB/HCO PL 15 Feb 79 VERBAL TECH PENALTIES.


    The specific points of out-tech introduced by these canceled issues are
given here, so that all will know what the  specific  out-tech  is  that  is
being canceled.

1.    BTB 15 Aug 71R, Rev. &  Reiss.  3.  7.  74  as  BTB,  TR  COURSE  BUGS
    HANDLING.

    This BTB is canceled because it states that if  the  student  reads  on
"overrun?" that he is passed on the TR. This has given rise to false  passes
and the idea that the TR student has a case on course.


    TRs are not processes, they are drills. The student passes the TR  when
he can do it competently.

    2.      BTB 16 Aug 71R, Rev. & Reiss. 31.7.74 as BTB. BREAKTHROUGH,  TR
    COURSE.

    This BTB is canceled because it introduces the idea of a "Major  Stable
Win," stressed that the 2 hour confront had been lifted and not  to  overrun
a person on TRs. It also states "It may take minutes to hours to  a  hundred
hours to achieve the major win."


    Of course wins are gotten on doing TRs. But TRs are drilled  until  the
student does the TR competently and passes. The idea  that  TRs  could  take
"hundreds of hours" to get in is completely false. A  competent  Supervisor,
using LRH tech and not omitting any of it, should be able  to  get  students
through the TR Course in a couple weeks at the most.

3.    BTB 18 Aug 71R. Rev. & Reiss. 24.8.74 as BTB. TR COURSE-HOW TO RUN.

    This BTB gives the  idea  that  wriggling  around,  moving,  fidgeting,
watering red eyes and blinking and swallowing are OK.


    These manifestations show that a person is not confronting, is nervous,
afraid, flinching, or in grief. Of course the coach never insists  that  the
student mustn't blink, nor that he mustn't  ever  swallow.  He  coaches  the
student to do the TRs until he can do them comfortably and  competently,  at
which point those manifestations of nonconfront are  no  longer  present.  A
good auditor can be there comfortably and would never distract a pc.

4.    HCO PL 4 Nov 71 II. ACADEMY PREREQUISITE.

    This issue omitted mention  of  the  Hard  TRs  Course  as  an  Academy
prerequisite, as a result of which the Hard TRs Course was  dropped  out  of
the training for auditors.


    A Hard TRs Course is essential to the ability to audit at any level  of
auditing.


    "Pat-a-cake" (meaning child's game) TRs were originally used in  Div  6
for raw public to get them on a co-audit in London in  the  '50s  and  still
might be of some small value for  raw  public  that  never  intended  to  be
auditors. But they sure won't pass or make a real auditor. In  this  era  of
permissive education, forget the permissiveness.  The  day  we  dropped  out
hard TRs, we entered an era of less case gain for pcs.

5.    BTB 5 Nov OR. Rev. 24.4. 78, TR COURSE DEBUG DRILL.

    This issue stresses the same points covered in No. I and  No.  2  above
and gave rise to false passes and quickying.

6.    HCO PL 6 Nov 71 III, INTERNSHIPS LINEUP. AUDITOR INTERNSHIPS.

    This issue states that interns and auditors do daily TRs and gave  rise
to the false idea that one's TRs could go out overnight and  you'd  have  to
get them in again the next morning!


    Once an auditor's TRs are in, they are IN. The way to get your  TRs  in
is to do the TRs Course. This doesn't mean that you can't do TRs  again;  it
is usual to check an auditor's TRs in Cramming  and  handle  any  outnesses.
But once TRs have been done fully and honestly, they are in! And  they  stay
in from there on out.

7.    HCOB 7 Apr BRA, Rev. 22.2. 79. GRADIENTS IN TRs.

    The earlier system, the one  I  originally  used  was  successful.  The
trouble was that others added in the idea "it takes a  hundred  hours,"  and
actually thought it would take them months to get through a TRs  Course  and
were sticking students in on one TR.
Cycling through  the  TRs  remedies  that  but  one  must  ask  what  it  is
remedying? It's remedying a bunch of knuckle-headedness and invalidation  in
the first place!

    Cycling through the TRs has been given a new definition and action. The
student goes up through the TRs until he or  she  sticks,  and  then  starts
back at the beginning of the TRs. It is a  technical  fact,  that  when  one
cannot do a lower level TR, one is not likely to do an upper level  TR.  Get
the student through the TRs the Hard Way, each one  to  a  pass,  one  at  a
time. If the student hangs up or fails on a later TR, start him or her  from
the beginning of the TRs again.

8.    HCOB 8 Dec 74. TR 0-NOTES ON BLINKING.

    This issue has been misinterpreted by some who figured that because the
coach doesn't flunk the student for a blink, that it was  then  OK  for  the
student to blink excessively  in  a  distracting  manner.  This  issue  also
points out that the person is a thetan and not  a  body,  but  that  doesn't
mean that it is OK for the student to writhe  nervously  in  the  chair  and
call that TR 0.


    The coach does not flunk a person because he blinked, nor does he flunk
the person because  he  breathed!  But  there's  a  big  difference  between
someone who  can't  confront  who  blinks  excessively  and  squirms  around
nervously and an auditor who can comfortably be there without  flinching  or
being distractive in any way to the preclear-which would be an Auditor  Code
break. A good auditor is never distractive to a pc. And  a  person  who  can
confront doesn't have excessive body motion of any kind,  he  can  be  there
comfortably confronting.


    "Blinkless TR 0" needs to be defined. It means that when a person's  TR
0 is in he doesn't  exhibit  any  manifestation  of  inability  to  confront
including blinking nervously, flinchingly or doing anything else that  shows
a nonconfront.


    Automatic body functions don't have anything to do with TRs and are not
taken up by the coach or Supervisor.


    Nor do you do "pat-a-cake" TRs and you never  pass  someone  who  makes
reactive body motions. Get the student able to confront.  Any  good  auditor
or Scientologist takes this ability for granted.


    Totally blinkless wide open staring-eyed TR 0 and TR 0 Bullbait are not
a requirement for pass but any truly competent auditor can do it.

9.    BTB  8 Mar 75 IV. Cramming Series 5RB, TRs IN CRAMMING.

    This issue called for "daily TRs," the same error as is  covered  above
in No. 6.

10.   BTB 20 Sep 72. Reiss. 20. 9. 74 as BTB. TR TRAINING UNDER LRH and  BTB
    13 Mar 75R. Rev. 30.4. 75 TRs TRAINING BREAKTHROUGH.

    Both these issues introduced the false idea that an auditor should make
a question sound like a statement when assessing. This  is  incorrect  as  a
statement   can   be   accusative   or   evaluative.   This   idea   was   a
misinterpretation of the fact that an assessment should have impingement.

    The correct way to  do  assessments  is  covered  in  HCOB  22  Jul  78
ASSESSMENT TRs.

11.   FDD 32 DIV IX INT (7 JUNE 71} TRs THE HARD WAY.

    This issue stated "It may take weeks to get through plain TR  0."  That
false idea gave TR Course students  and  Supervisors  the  idea  that  a  TR
Course could take a long time and set everybody up for a lose.



Honestly, TRs the Hard Way can be done fully, thoroughly and to a result  of
excellent TRs in a very short time. I can get somebody through TRs in  three
days, and often have.

                                   SUMMARY

    False data on TRs, and how "difficult" they are  to  do,  were  entered
into  the  original  tech.  The  tech  then  got  dropped  out  of  use  and
"permissive TRs" crept in and then the TRs Course the Hard Way  got  dropped
out of the training of an auditor. There's no such thing as an  auditor  who
can't  do  TRs.  Excellent  TRs  are  the  hallmark  of  a   good   auditor.
Scientologists are known for their TRs. But an  auditor  can't  get  results
without TRs and a good auditor gets case gain on a pc on his  TRs  and  comm
cycle alone.


    All the tech on TRs and TR training is available. Use it and make  real
professional auditors who get results on every pc, every time.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:dm.gal
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 24 SEPTEMBER 1979

Remimeo
All Tech/Qual
Cramming Hat
                             Cramming Series 19

                           FLYING RUDS IN CRAMMING

       (Ref:     HCOB 15 Oct 74   Cramming Series 15
                 CRAMMING OVER OUT-RUDS
            HCOB 2 Jun 78R   Cramming Series 18R
            Rev. 14.6.78     CRAMMING REPAIR ASSESSMENT LIST)


    Per HCOB 15 Oct 74 CRAMMING OVER OUT-RUDS, a Cramming Officer must  not
try to cram over out-ruds. Despite this, there still have been instances  of
persons being "handled" in cramming without the ruds having been gotten  in,
so no handling got done at all.


                         HOW TO FLY RUDS IN CRAMMING

    TO BEGIN ANY CRAMMING OF ANYONE,  ASSESS  THE  RUDS  INCLUDING  OVERTS,
INVALIDATION AND EVALUATION AND FLY  ANY  THAT  READ.  THEN  WHEN  YOU  HAVE
CLEARED UP THE READS TO F/Ns AND HAVE  AN  F/N,  BEGIN  THE  EXACT  CRAMMING
ORDERS INDICATED.


    You can mimeo a small form on which to  assess  these  and  mark  reads
which will save time. The form would look like this:

        "Do you have ......


        or,


        "On (subject), do you have ......


             an ARC break?"  _____
             a present time problem?"   _____
             a withhold?"    _____
             an overt?"      _____


        "Has there been any ......


             invalidation?"  _____
             evaluation?"    _____

    The Cramming Officer would assess on the form above and clip it to  the
worksheets.

                         PREVIOUSLY MISDONE CRAMMING

    Misdone crammings and failure to fly the ruds in cramming will mess  up
staff members, and undisclosed overts and withholds will prevent  any  gain,
not just in auditing  but  in  Word  Clearing  or  cramming  or  other  Qual
corrective actions.


    Resistance to cramming, protest of cramming or natter  about  cramming,
or other Qual corrective actions  are  indicative  of  out-ruds,  especially
overts and withholds against cramming or Qual or on  the  subject  on  which
the cramming order was written.
These symptoms of resistance or  natter  can  also  stem  from  having  been
crammed over out-ruds in the past, or having been mishandled in cramming.


    The way to handle someone who has been crammed  over  out-ruds  in  the
past is to assess the following and fly each reading line to F/N:


        "Have you been crammed over .....


             an ARC break?"  _____
             a present time problem?"   _____
             a withhold?"    _____
             an overt?"      _____
             any invalidation?"    _____
             any evaluation?"      _____


    If someone is nattery about Cramming, Qual correction actions, or Qual,
use the assessment above on the subject of their complaint. E.g.  you  could
assess: "Have
    you been Word Cleared over    ?"


    If the above does not resolve the matter fully, use the Cramming Repair
Assessment List (HCOB 2 Jun 78R), or other specific list such  as  the  Word
Clearing Correction List (WCCL).


                       CRAMMING OFFICER QUALIFICATIONS

    Because the Cramming Officer is required to do these actions, he or she
must get checked out on how to do them. Possibly a reason why some  did  not
fly the ruds despite HCOB 15 Oct 74 CRAMMING  OVER  OUT-RUDS,  is  that  the
Cramming Officer did not know how to fly ruds and  had  not  gotten  himself
trained to do so, then either didn't fly ruds before he attempted to do  the
cramming order, or did not do the cramming order at all  "because  the  ruds
were out." Both of these  errors  show  an  effect  attitude  that  no  real
Cramming Officer (or Scientologist for that matter),  would  be  guilty  of.
Cramming Officers get tech in and being applied,  staff  members  successful
and winning on their post and are therefore very causative.


    A CRAMMING OFFICER MUST GET CHECKED OUT ON FLYING RUDS  AND  OVERTS  AS
THESE ARE VITAL TECH OF THE CRAMMING HAT. IF A CLASSED AUDITOR, HE MUST  GET
CHECKED OUT  ON  USE  OF  CORRECTION  LISTS  SUCH  AS  THE  CRAMMING  REPAIR
ASSESSMENT LIST, WCCL, ETC. FAILURE TO CHECK OUT ON AND USE THE TECH OF  THE
POST IS AN ETHICS MATTER.

                                 WORKSHEETS

    The worksheets (W/Ses) of all such actions (i.e. ruds,  Word  Clearing,
crammings, Cramming Repair Lists, Product Debug Assessments  and  any  other
Qual corrective action), are put in the pc  folder  and  sent  to  the  Case
Supervisor (C/S). The C/S will correct any  out-tech  or  failure  to  fully
handle, and in the case of no F/N at Exams or other out-tech, red  tags  the
folder, until the matter is fully repaired.


    These worksheets must be complete, accurate and legible. In the case of
a non F/N exam or other bad indicator, these have rush priority and must  be
handled fast. All the rules regarding worksheets apply to cramming  and  any
other Qual corrective actions.


                               IS A C/S NEEDED
                       BEFORE FLYING RUDS IN CRAMMING?


    Someone may wonder if he needs to get a C/S  to  fly  the  ruds  before
doing so in a cramming action. The answer is: no. You do  not  need  to  get
the pc's folder to the C/S
before you fly the ruds in cramming. To do  so  would  make  an  unnecessary
delay, and you don't need a C/S to fly somebody's ruds.


    The C/S (Case Supervisor instruction) is contained in this  issue,  and
that is what you do.

                        FOLDER CHECK BEFORE CRAMMING

    Sometimes a staff member has been known to have  been  started  on  and
left incomplete on several different  actions.  E.g.  the  staff  member  is
started on a cramming order, but before this  is  complete,  someone  starts
doing a Crashing Misunderstood handling on  him,  they  end  for  lunch  and
after lunch someone tries to start yet another action on the  staff  member.
This is a serious situation indeed and it could be enough to spin  somebody.
So it is mandatory that before  starting  an  action,  you  must  check  the
folder first. Cramming orders and flying ruds in  cramming  and  other  Qual
corrective actions do not require C/S OK before doing  them  as  this  would
put an unnecessary and arbitrary delay on the line, and could be used as  an
excuse not to do the action. (E.g.  "I  couldn't  fly  his  ruds  because  I
didn't have a C/S to 'fly the ruds', so I didn't do  anything.")  But  since
one would not start a new cycle in the middle of another  incomplete  cycle,
and would not try to fly  ruds  or  word  clear  over  mutant  or  out-lists
(provided these really were out and not just a false or protest  read),  the
folder must be checked by the person who is going to  do  the  action  (this
only takes a minute to do).


    BEFORE STARTING A CRAMMING OR OTHER QUAL CORRECTIVE ACTION, LOOK IN THE
FOLDER TO ENSURE THE PERSON ISN'T IN THE MIDDLE OF ANOTHER  QUAL  CORRECTIVE
ACTION, OR C/SED TO GET A FLUBBED ACTION REPAIRED.  AFTER  THE  CRAMMING  OR
OTHER QUAL CORRECTIVE ACTION, SEND THE FOLDER TO THE  CASE  SUPERVISOR  WITH
LEGIBLE WORKSHEETS ON WHAT YOU DID AND THE EXAM FORM.


                                   FESing

    If a person has been "crammed" or has had other Qual corrective actions
and has gotten worse, or made no improvement, then get all  Qual  corrective
actions done on the person FESed by the Case Supervisor, and a  program  and
C/S to repair  these,  and  get  that  program  done.  Comm  Ev  anyone  who
interrupts or cross-orders or prevents such a program from  being  done,  as
that would be suppressive. Such a program has the priority  of  repairing  a
flubbed session and the folder is red tagged, until handled.


                                USE THE TECH

    There are several new Qual  corrective  actions  as  well  as  all  the
earlier tools of cramming.  These  produce  spectacular  results  when  done
correctly. Use this tech to make greatly enhanced staff members.


    YOUR CRAMMING WILL BE MANY TIMES MORE EFFECTIVE AND POPULAR IF  YOU  DO
IT WITH THE CORRECT TECH.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


                                             As assisted by
                                             Snr C/S Int




LRH:DM:gal
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HCOB 24.9.79
ATTACHMENT 1


    You can mimeo a small form on which to  assess  these  and  mark  reads
which will save time. The form would look like this:

    "Do you have ......


    or,


    "On (subject) . do you have ......


        an ARC break?" _____


        a present time problem?"  _____


        a withhold?"   _____


        an overt?"     _____


    "Has there been any ......


        invalidation?"      _____


        evaluation?"   _____

    The Cramming Officer would assess on the form above and clip it to  the
worksheets.





HCOB 24.9.79
ATTACHMENT 2


    The way to handle someone who has been crammed  over  out-ruds  in  the
past is to assess the following and fly each reading line to F/N:

    "Have you been crammed over ......


        an ARC break?"      _____


        a present time problem?"  _____


        a withhold?"   _____


        an overt?"     _____


        any invalidation?"  _____


        any evaluation?"    _____

    If someone is nattery about Cramming, Qual Correction actions, or Qual,
use the assessment above on the subject of their complaint. E.g.  you  could
assess: "Have you been word cleared over _____?"


    If the above does not resolve the matter fully, use the Cramming Repair
Assessment List (HCOB 2 Jun 78R), or other specific list such  as  the  Word
Clearing Correction List (WCCL).
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 13 OCTOBER 1979

Remimeo

                           Word Clearing Series 66


                          CONCEPTUAL UNDERSTANDING


    People who have no idea of concept get bogged into terms and mechanics.
They can't operate at the level of concept and are extremely literal.


    If anybody did this he couldn't do otherwise than find himself mixed up
in tanglefoot. It does a  lot  of  good  to  clean  up  his  tanglefoot  and
meanings of words but unless this gets him up to conceptual  thinking  he'll
just continue to get in more and more tanglefoot.


    Understanding is conceptual.  You  could  handle  things,  objects  and
symbols endlessly without  achieving  understanding  or  real  communication
unless one finally was able to graduate up to conceptual comprehension.


    People who are literal rather than  literate  simply  haven't  achieved
conceptual understanding.



                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:gal
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 OCTOBER 1979

Remimeo
Staff Section
Officer
Staff Section
Hat
Quad
All Execs
All Staff


                SSO RESPONSIBILITY FOR STANDARD STAFF COURSES


    (Ref:   HCO PL 7 Feb 65 KEEPING SCIENTOLOGY WORKING
      Reiss. 15.6.70
      HCO PL 22 May 76 STAFF SECTION OFFICER HAT
      HCO PL 30 Nov 76R     ONLY SSO CAN TIP
      Rev. 25.4.79
      HCO PL 2 Aug 71  STUDY TIME
      HCO PL 16 Mar 71R     WHAT IS A COURSE?
      Rev. 29.1.75
      HCO PL 16 Mar 72 WHAT IS A COURSE, HIGH CRIME
      HCO PL 30 Oct 78 COURSES-THEIR IDEAL SCENE
      HCO PL 24 Oct 68 SUPERVISOR KNOW-HOW, RUNNING
            THE CLASS
      HCOB 21 Aug 79   TWINNING
      HCO PL 15 Sep 70R     ETHICS, IMPORTANT, EXECUTIVE
      Rev. 25.4.79     RESPONSIBILITY FOR TRAINING STAFF
      BPL 11 Dec 71 RB 11   HUBBARD MINI COURSE SUPERVISOR
      Rev. 22.9.77     COURSE)


    If staff are to be correctly hatted and trained, standard staff courses
must actually exist in the Staff Section in Qual to get this done


    The purpose of the Staff Section Officer is to help Ron make real staff
members. It is not accomplished haphazardly.


    Therefore, STANDARD STAFF COURSES ARE MANDATORY.


    With this policy letter, it becomes a responsibility of the ED to  make
sure that an SSO (Staff Section Officer) is posted  (whether  full  or  part
time as an additional duty) and it  becomes  a  responsibility  of  any  SSO
already posted or so posted to ensure that:

    1.      Staff courses are provided and running.
    2.      Staff courses are attended.
    3.      WHAT IS A COURSE? PL is in on all staff courses.
    4.      Staff courses must approach an ideal scene, per HCO PL  10  Oct
        78 COURSES -THEIR IDEAL SCENE.

    This requires manning up the Staff Section accordingly and it  requires
getting the necessary study materials there.


    An org that pleads "not enough personnel" to post an SSO  and  a  Staff
Study Supervisor, or "no funds" for course materials is simply not going  to
expand because they won't have  the  trained,  hatted  staff  they  need  to
expand with.
                         PUTTING STAFF COURSES THERE


    It has been demonstrated time and again over  the  years  that  tightly
scheduled, tightly run,  well-supervised  courses  fill  up  and  turn  into
expanding courses. This is as true of staff courses  as  it  is  of  courses
offered to the public.


    Sloppy staff scheduling, no enforcement  of  study  schedules,  missing
course materials, lack of proper supervision are all contributory  to  staff
not studying. Under these conditions staff  members  stay  away  in  droves.
Such conditions provide an excuse for the staff member who  tries  to  avoid
study anyway (due to his misunderstoods) and they make it difficult for  the
staff member who is honestly trying to get through his study TIP.


    There is no valid excuse for any org not providing standard Scientology
study  courses  for  its  staff.  Staff  members  are  the  most  on-purpose
Scientologists  around.  They  need  and  deserve  to  study   on   standard
Scientology courses and by that is meant courses with WHAT IS A  COURSE?  PL
fully in.


    So the order for the SSO to "Put staff courses there" means WHAT  IS  A
COURSE? PL put in, in full force.


    That requires a trained Staff Course Supervisor  in  there  supervising
during scheduled staff study periods and doing it by  the  book.  He  has  a
roll book and he calls  the  roll  for  each  scheduled  course  period.  He
targets his students, he enforces twinning, he ensures  that  misunderstoods
are being picked up and handled, he sees that checkouts get  properly  done,
he directs students with questions to the correct source  reference  and  he
ensures slow or bogged students are debugged and gotten  moving,  using  all
the new and current debugging tech.


    It  requires  that  checksheets  exist  for  staff  courses  with   the
bulletins, policy letters, tapes, mimeo issues and  reference  books  called
for on the checksheet, available in the staff course room.


    It means that materials such as  clay,  tape  players,  routing  forms,
bulletin boards, student files,  stat  graphs,  progress  boards  and  other
items required in a standard course room are there for use and are used.


    For a large staff a Staff Course Admin will be needed.


    And there's got to be space provided so staff courses can  be  put  in.
Ideally this would be in the Staff  Section  in  Qual,  not  mixed  in  with
public courses.


    Schedules are handled by working out three or four regular staff course
periods a day, morning, afternoon and evening.  Each  period  would  be  2/2
hours long, which is the amount of time each staff  member  is  entitled  to
daily. A staff member then gets assigned to the specific period  which  best
fits with his particular post or  post  time.  He  gets  enrolled  for  that
period and he does his study during that period on a standard staff course.


    Day staff would ordinarily study on  Foundation  hours  and  Foundation
staff would study during the day.


                       GETTING STAFF COURSES ATTENDED

    The final and essential part of a course, per WHAT IS A COURSE? PL,  is
STUDENTS .


    The SSO is  responsible  for  seeing  to  it  that  staff  courses  are
attended. One-half this battle is won by putting complete,  standard,  snap-
and-pop  staff  courses  there.  Such  courses  are  inviting  and  students
gravitate to them.
                              EXECUTIVE SUPPORT

    The other half of the battle is won by the SSO getting in firm  liaison
lines with execs and seniors for their support in maintaining regular  staff
study. Executives and  seniors  are  also  responsible  for  ensuring  their
juniors are studying and getting hatted and trained. (Ref:  HCO  PL  15  Sep
70R, Rev. 25.4.79 ETHICS, IMPORTANT, EXECUTIVE RESPONSIBILITY  FOR  TRAINING
STAFF.)


    Any executive worthy of the post will see to  it  that  his  staff  are
being enhanced. That is actually one  of  the  attributes  of  a  successful
executive. Such a person demonstrates that he is aware of what it  takes  to
expand, that he's capable of that much  planning  and  prediction  and  that
he's aware of the consequences of trying to maintain any kind of  production
with untrained staff.


    Too often seniors don't make their juniors study. The common plea  will
be "production demands" or "we need to get this job done now and  staff  can
make up their study time later . . . ," etc., etc. But "later" never  comes.
This is  simply  an  indication  of  out-planning,  out-targetting  and  the
inability to get in routine, organized actions. Such an exec  is  walking  a
downhill road into a deeper and deeper mire of cope. He'll never get out  of
cope with untrained, unhatted staff.


    His only hope is to get in proper planning of the  work  load,  with  a
scheduled study time set up for  each  of  his  juniors  and  that  schedule
enforced.


    And here the SSO can be of real assistance to him.


                           PEOPLE WHO DON'T STUDY

    The  REAL  underlying  reason  for  people  not  studying   is   always
misunderstoods.


    It will be found that executives and seniors who don't  push  study  or
don't  demand  their  juniors  study,  are  very   often   bugged   students
themselves.


    It will also be found that those  areas  where  staff  aren't  studying
regularly are, in most cases, the bugged and non-producing  areas  or  areas
that are having a lot of difficulty .


    These are actually both old known  and  proven  facts  that  have  been
proven time and time again.


    The SSO must get the staff study Sups to debug those  bugged  students,
executives and staff alike, as behind every staff member or any student  who
does not study is solely misunderstood words. It is  not  post  problems  or
other excuses. It will just be  misunderstoods.  Getting  these  cleaned  up
will get the student winning  on  course  and  working  to  get  himself  or
herself to study daily.


    Areas  and  people  that  study  are  in  turn  organized,  upstat  and
productive.


                                SSO AUTHORITY

    With the SSO given the responsibility and  the  job  of  getting  staff
hatted and trained, he or she must also be given the authority to  get  that
responsibility carried out and the job done.


    THEREFORE, WITH THIS POLICY LETTER  THE  SSO  IS  EMPOWERED  TO  ASSIGN
PENALTIES AND TAKE ETHICS ACTION ON ANY EXECUTIVE OR  SENIOR  WHO  DOES  NOT
REGULARLY SEND HIS STAFF TO THE STAFF HATTING COURSE.
Such actions would range from a  beginning  warning  or  caution  to  ethics
chits or the calling of an Executive Court of Ethics on the  offending  exec
or senior. In the latter case, any amends assigned as the result of  such  a
Court would be done for the SSO in the SSO  area  or  in  the  Staff  Course
Section at the discretion of the SSO. In the case of continued  omission  or
refusal to get or support actions to get his  juniors  hatted  and  trained,
the executive or senior is subject to a Committee of Evidence on the  charge
of treasonable neglect. (Ref: HCO  PL  15  Sep  70R,  Rev.  25.4.79  ETHICS,
IMPORTANT, EXECUTIVE RESPONSIBILITY FOR TRAINING STAFF.)


    In situations where it becomes necessary for the SSO to issue chits  or
take other action, per the above, on any executive,  whether  posted  higher
on the org board or not,  the  SSO  must  be  given  ethics  protection.  No
executive or staff member has the right to prevent the SSO  from  doing  his
job, to penalize him for such or to attempt to  intimidate  an  SSO  who  is
validly carrying out the responsibilities of his post.


    In any of the above justice actions initiated by the SSO, upstats would
always be taken into account, per the Justice PLs. An additional  factor  to
be considered. however, is that rising statistics  do  not  continue  rising
for long in the face of neglected hatting and  training.  Even  upstats  are
required to study and enforce study. "Upstats" is no excuse to not study  or
for an exec to not push study.


                            SOME ADVICE FOR SSOs

    If I were an SSO I'd grab this policy letter and run with it. I'd get a
real gung-ho campaign going for staff hatting and training. I'd get  it  all
handled before it became any kind of ethics situation.


    I'd call a meeting of all the execs and Div Heads from the top down and
get their support and solid  agreement  on  getting  staff  courses  in  and
maintained. That would have to include some finance personnel  as  well,  as
their support and assistance and know-how will be needed when  it  comes  to
obtaining the materials needed to comply with WHAT  IS  A  COURSE?  PL.  I'd
make this policy letter as well as WIAC PL well known to each and every  one
of them.


    I'd do a survey on staff and execs and from it work out  the  three  or
four best daily study times of 2t/2 hours each. I'd  dispatch  every  senior
individually and meet with him personally if  needed  to  get  each  of  his
juniors assigned to a specific study period and make sure, from an org  crew
list, that every single staff member was accounted for,  schedule-wise.  And
that every single one of them was there, at the assigned time, studying.


    I'd demand a Staff  Courses  Supervisor  and  get  recruitment  actions
going, recruitment letters being written, to beef-up the Staff Section.


    I'd make  sure  the  Supervisor  ran  tight,  snap-and-pop,  absolutely
standard, intech, on-policy staff courses  and  I'd  be  in  there  checking
routinely to make sure it was happening.


    I'd take a hard,  cold,  honest  look  at  and  inventory  of  training
materials and I'd work out a sound plan for getting the  most  needed  items
first and start accumulating the rest as fast as possible. I'd have  my  POs
in to the FP Committee every week.


    I'd promote training and hatting to the staff loud and clear in the org
newspaper, at musters and make sure they heard  of  staff  course  wins  and
successes at every opportunity.


    I'd just push relentlessly until I had every point of WHAT IS A COURSE?
PL soundly in.


    And if I were an executive in an org I'd back up an SSO who  did  that,
100%.



Before long, staff courses would be humming  along  smoothly  and  routinely
and getting even bigger and better attended with  word  of  mouth  promotion
from satisfied staff members.


    Production will increase, morale will shoot up,  stats  will  rise  and
with that staff pay will be higher and conditions improved. The whole  scene
will be one of bustling, expanding activity, with staff enhanced.


    There's a little work to it. It's not accomplished  haphazardly  or  by
one person alone. But it can be done.


    I'm counting on SSOs to get it done. And I'm counting on the executives
of every org to back up the SSO in getting it done.


    Staff courses are not a luxury. They're  a  vital  ingredient  for  the
sound future of your org.


    So make staff courses well known and well thought of.

    PUT STANDARD STAFF COURSES THERE.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:gal
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 21 DECEMBER 1979
Remimeo
Case Supervisors
Cramming Officers
Ds of P
Ds of T
Dir Correction
Tech/Qual
                               C/S Series 107
                             Cramming Series 20
                   Qual Corrective Actions on OTs Series 1

                        AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICIES,
                        CRAMMING ASSIGNMENT POLICIES

             (Ref: HCOB 23 Jul AD19 AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICIES)


    We have long had the  rule  that  auditor-pc  assignments  must  be  by
comparable grade and class. Reasons for this are given in HCOB 23 Jul  AD19,
which also sets the policy:  "Therefore  it  is  policy  not  to  assign  an
auditor whose grade and class is less than that of the pc."


    This policy becomes even more important when  handling  assignments  on
pre-OTs, because if the auditor were of lower case grade  it  would  prevent
the pre-OT from communicating to the  auditor  and  the  auditor  not  being
aware of or trained on the materials of the level of  case  of  the  pre-OT,
would not be able to audit that pre-OT and would risk disaster for the  pre-
OT as well as himself.


    As Cramming Officers fly ruds in Cramming and as some of  the  Cramming
and Qual corrective actions can get into a person's  case,  this  policy  is
extended to apply to Cramming Officers, as well as auditors.


    Therefore the following policies apply:


1.    IT IS POLICY NOT TO ASSIGN AN AUDITOR WHOSE GRADE AND  CLASS  IS  LESS
    THAN THAT OF THE PC. (HCOB 23 Jul AD19)

2.    IT IS POLICY TO ASSIGN ONLY GOOD PROVEN  AUDITORS  TO  GOOD  AUDITORS.
    (HCOB 23 Jul AD19)

3.    IT IS POLICY NOT TO ASSIGN NON-OT CRAMMING OFFICERS  TO  OTs  AND  THE
    CRAMMING OFFICER MUST NOT BE OF LOWER CASE LEVEL THAN THE OT.

4.    A PERSON WHO HAS BEEN AUDITED ON NED FOR OTs, MAY ONLY BE  AUDITED  OR
    CRAMMED BY A NED FOR OTs AUDITOR.

    The terms "auditor" and "Cramming Officer" in these policies above  are
intended to include anyone acting in the capacity of an auditor or  Cramming
Officer and the fact that  one  is  not  a  trained  or  posted  auditor  or
Cramming Officer does not permit one  to  do  auditing  or  Qual  corrective
actions in violation of the policies above.


    These policies apply to any auditing actions  and  to  Qual  corrective
actions such as Why Finding, metered debug actions,  False  Data  Stripping,
Confessionals (whether done in Qual or HCO), Clay Table auditing  and  these
policies are intended to apply to any new Qual corrective  actions  released
in the future.


    Subjective questions and metered actions which  lead  into  a  person's
case are not OK on OTs. Such actions are not advised on  lower  level  cases
either, unless these have
been C/Sed for and are part of standard tech. Otherwise this type of  action
is only a covert way of auditing the person while not  calling  it  auditing
and is forbidden  in  C/S  Series  29  CASE  ACTIONS,  OFFLINE.  Nonstandard
actions or interviews done by untrained persons whose TRs and  metering  are
out are  especially  forbidden,  as  detrimental  to  cases.  Definition  of
"subjective": "Consultation with the preclear's own universe, with his  mock
ups, and with  his  own  thoughts  and  considerations."  (COHA,  page  167)
"Recall,  think,  remember  or  return  on  the  time  track  processes  are
subjective." (HCOB 2 Nov 57RA)


    There are actions which are OK to do in Cramming. These are not related
to the person's case. They relate to his post  and  performance.  These  are
objective questions or actions. Definition of "objective": "Of or having  to
do with a material object as distinguished from a mental  concept,  idea  or
belief." (Dictionary) "Means here and  now  objects  in  PT  as  opposed  to
'subjective'." (HCOB 2 Nov  57RA)  Questions  or  actions  by  the  Cramming
Officer which are objective and pertain to the person's post, the  materials
which cover his post or that he is studying, clearing  words  misunderstood,
hatting actions and post or Product Debugs  (provided  subjective  questions
are not asked on OTs) are all OK. The most  usual  and  successful  cramming
action is simply to take the materials or text that covers  the  subject  of
the cramming order and word clear and cram those materials. This  is  always
safe and OK to do. (The only other caution is not to give verbal  data,  nor
to evaluate or invalidate or throw the person's ruds  out  while  doing  the
cram!)


    It is not that OTs are difficult to handle. To the contrary OTs are far
easier and faster to handle than non-OTs. But OT cases must  be  handled  as
OT cases or the person doing the handling risks invalidation of  case  level
of the OT and could get into aspects of the case that he/she  knows  nothing
about and is thus incapable of handling or repairing. OTs  when  handled  on
the appropriate auditing and Qual corrective  actions  for  their  state  of
case by auditors, Cramming Officers and C/Ses who are qualified  to  do  so,
make very fast and spectacular gains.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


                                             As assisted by
                                             Senior C/S Int

LRH:DM:kim
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 24 DECEMBER 1979
Remimeo
TR Course
TR Super
visors
Cramming
Officers
Auditors    TRs BASICS RESURRECTED
C/Ses

        Refs:    HCOB 16 Aug 71 II     TRAINING DRILLS REMODERNIZED
           Rev. 5.7.78
           HCOB 23 Sep 79   CANCELLATION OF DESTRUCTIVE
                 BTBs and BPLs ON TRs
           HCOB 5 Apr 73    AXIOM 28 AMENDED
           BOOK: DIANETICS '55!
           Chapter VII:     COMMUNICATION
           BOOK: PROBLEMS OF WORK
           Chapter 6:  AFFINITY, REALITY AND COMMUNICATION
           BOOK: FUNDAMENTALS OF THOUGHT
           Chapter 5:  THE A-R-C TRIANGLE
           HCO PL 7 Aug 79  Product Debug Series 8
                 Esto Series 36
                 FALSE DATA STRIPPING
           HCO PL 9 Feb 79 II     HOW TO DEFEAT VERBAL TECH




    TRs have been under study and pilot for the past year  as,  just  about
this time last year it became all too obvious, through review of the  video-
taped TRs of special corps of auditors as well as  those  from  piloted  TRs
Courses, that students seemed to have  become  incapable  of  mastering  the
TRs.


    This presented a mystery, as I have  always  been  able  to  teach  TRs
effectively in about a week's time, give  or  take  a  few  days.  Once  the
student has his basics in it's done by simply getting the student to DO  it,
as TRs are not a "think" action nor a subjective action.  They're  practical
drills on the comm cycle. There's nothing subjective about them. TRs  are  a
doingness.


    But we suddenly had entire corps of student auditors unable  to  master
these drills.


    What had happened to the teaching of TRs?


    A good many months were spent in isolating exactly what had gone wrong,
and it has now all been boiled down to a very few factors:

    1.      Hard TRs had been dropped out.


    2.      Doing the communication formula in clay had been omitted.

    Those were the two major points of  change  and  when  these  two  were
omitted, that was it. That was the end of anybody being able to do TRs.  One
can't master TRs without familiarity with the comm cycle. One  can't  master
TRs with permissive, pata-cake drilling. TRs are gotten in by drilling  them
HARD.


    It is one thing to try to teach Hard TRs to raw public and it is  quite
another to make an auditor. People studying to become auditors  have  to  be
made into auditors.


    It's all right to teach a mild TRs Course in Division 6 and one should,
but when it comes to making auditors, there is no substitute for Hard TRs.
Somewhere along the line doing the communication  formula  in  clay  as  the
beginning part of the TRs Course was dropped  out.  This  left  the  student
with no slightest concept  of  why  he  was  doing  TRs.  The  communication
formula is a Scientology discovery  and  when  you  omit  teaching  it,  the
student suffers from out-basics. So the omission of doing the  communication
formula in clay on a TRs Course was fatal.


    There  were  also  three  additional  factors  found  to   be   further
influencing the scene:

    3.      Student auditors had no real understanding of the ARC triangle.
        Thus, their Communication was  stuck  because  their  Affinity  and
        Reality and, therefore, their Understanding, were deficient.


    4.      The lack of a bona fide TRs checksheet had opened the  way  for
        all kinds of false data to be entered into the subject.


    5.      Ignorance of the end phenomena of a TRs Course or why they were
        doing TRs.

    The result of this past year's study and piloting and the isolation  of
these factors has now culminated in a full and final TRs Course  which  will
be issued very soon in unalterable book form.


    Meantime, this bulletin is being issued as a  holding  action  to  make
these errors and omissions in the  teaching  and  drilling  of  TRs  broadly
known so that they can be remedied at once wherever auditor  TRs  are  being
taught.


                      OMITTED CHECKSHEET AND FALSE DATA

    Since the cancellation of HCO PL 24 May 71 THE PROFESSIONAL TR  COURSE,
there has  been  no  real  TRs  checksheet,  complete  with  the  basics  of
communication and the theory of communication which underlie the  TRs.  That
was a huge  out-basic  right  there.  TRs  as  drills  appeared  on  various
checksheets, sometimes with several accompanying bulletins, but omitted  was
any thorough preliminary insequence study of the theory upon which  the  TRs
are based.


    Here we had a course without a checksheet, which made it  possible  for
false data to spring in from various quarters. And  so  it  did.  It  wasn't
that people were willfully entering false data  into  the  subject.  It  was
simply that there was no standard checksheet which took the student  through
the true data, and only the  true  data,  on  the  simple  basics  (the  ARC
triangle and the communication formula) underlying the TRs and then the  TRs
drills themselves. With that situation you can get all kinds of  false  data
coming into an area. And that is exactly what was found. Almost one for  one
the students coming onto the special piloted  courses  conducted  this  past
year were ridden with false data,  various  types  of  "think"  and  figure-
figure and alter-is of the tech of the TRs.


    A number of BTBs and BPLs on the subject contributed to this scene  and
actually  perpetrated  out-tech  in  the  area,  and  these  have  now  been
canceled, by specific title, by HCOB 23 Sep 79, CANCELLATION OF  DESTRUCTIVE
BTBs AND BPLs ON TRs, which lists and corrects the  outnesses  these  issues
introduced.


    A  further  handling  is  to  give  the  student  the  true   data   on
communication and TRs, as covered in the chapters  on  ARC  in  Problems  of
Work  and  Fundamentals  of  Thought.  the  chapters  on  communication   in
Dianetics .55!, and HCOB 16 Aug 71R, TRs REMODERNIZED. As he  studies  this,
one then digs up and strips off the false data accumulated  on  the  subject
or drill, using HCO PL 7 Aug 79, FALSE DATA STRIPPING.


    Where false data on a subject exists it hits immediately  and  directly
up against the true data, and until this conflict is  blown  by  False  Data
Stripping the person can be untrainable on the subject.
Thus this brand new tech  tool,  False  Data  Stripping,  is  and  has  been
tremendously  useful  in  correcting  TR  outnesses  and  ensuring   correct
training on the TRs.


    It might be noted in passing that the most false subject on the  planet
at this time is psychology because  the  mission  of  a  psychologist  is  a
government one-to make the population into controllable zombies-the  subject
is being taught earlier and earlier in schools and a lot  of  your  students
and even Supervisors have been subjected to this propaganda and  false  data
about Man and the mind. I recall that the people  it  took  longest  to  get
through TRs Courses were professional psychologists. The basis  of  this  is
false data-they are loaded with  it.  It  is  not  that  psychology  teaches
anything about communication (they never heard of the subject until we  came
along) but that they simply have so many false data  about  life  that  they
actually can't study or drill in a life subject  such  as  Scientology.  And
you may find it necessary to clean this up. This prevents horrible slows  on
TRs Courses. It's not an action  that  would  be  done  in  the  course,  of
course, but would be done in Review.


                      THE COMMUNICATION FORMULA IN CLAY

    The TRs are drills on the various parts of the communication formula.


    This basic datum seems to have become  obscured  in  recent  years.  It
appeared that, to many, TRs were considered to be drills that were done  for
the sake of doing drills, with only some vague accompanying  idea  of  their
actual use or application or how they related to auditing  and  an  auditing
session.


    The truth of the matter is that TRs are simply the drills that enable a
person to polish and perfect his comm cycle.


    But if one doesn't know what the cycle of  communication  is  to  begin
with,  if  one  isn't  totally  familiar  with  the  various  parts  of  the
communication formula, the TRs as drills are not going to  make  much  sense
to him. Drilling becomes a struggle because he doesn't even know what it  is
he's trying to handle.


    So one of the first things a TRs student needs is a sound understanding
of the communication formula.


    The way to learn the communication formula is to do it  in  clay.  That
defines  it,  puts  it  there  in  the  physical  universe   for   him.   By
demonstrating the communication formula, all of its parts, in clay, he  will
actually see how it works. It becomes real to him. Now he knows what  it  is
he's drilling.


    Unfortunately, with the cancellation of the 24 May  71  TRs  Checksheet
the basic action of demonstrating the  communication  formula  in  clay  was
dropped out and with that a  real  understanding  of  the  use  of  TRs  was
obscured for many.


    Representing the comm formula in clay is now  reinstated  firmly  as  a
vital preliminary step to drilling TRs.


                           USE OF THE ARC TRIANGLE

    Even below an understanding  of  the  communication  formula  comes  an
understanding of the ARC triangle. Now we are getting more basic.


    This turned up as a very  interesting  technical  factor  in  reviewing
countless TR video tapes this past year. It was actually a very  interesting
technical bug. I studied and studied these  flunked  video  TR  sessions  to
find the common denominator of all of them, and I finally nailed it. What  I
found was that they were specializing in  "C,"  communication,  on  the  ARC
triangle. They were specializing in "C" but  what  was  out  was  their  "A"
(affinity) and "R" (reality) and their "C" was being pegged-it would  go  up
just so far-because they weren't anywhere up the line on their "A" and "  R.
"
As a result they couldn't understand anything  the  other  guy  was  saying.
Most of the flubs were on this basis. They didn't have any  pc  there,  they
weren't listening to what the pc said, the ARC was out the bottom.


    The person gets stuck without full use of the  ARC  triangle.  You  can
raise the communication level but then you have to  raise  the  reality  and
then you have to raise the affinity and then  you  get  some  understanding.
Only then can you continue to improve each point of the triangle.


    On most of those videos they were stuck with  the  communication  being
raised just a bit, and that was  that,  because  they  weren't  raising  the
affinity and reality levels along with  it.  So  they  did  not  advance  or
improve.


    A handling is to make sure the student gets a very sound  understanding
of the ARC triangle and its use before he tackles the TRs.


    This can be accomplished by having him represent it in clay, using  the
chapters on ARC in Fundamentals of Thought and Problems of Work and  Chapter
VII of Dianetics 55!.


    When he knows how A and R and C interrelate and  how  they're  used  to
bring  about  Understanding,  he's  then  prepared  to  really   grasp   the
communication  formula.  And  when  he  has  a  good  familiarity  with  the
communication  formula  he  can  drill  the  TRs  and  polish  up  his   own
communication cycle and improve with comparative ease.


                              TRs THE HARD WAY

    When TRs the Hard Way slipped out of use and permissive TRs entered the
picture. the results were less competent auditors and  less  case  gain  for
pcs.


    Auditor TRs must be taught rough, tough and hard. This  does  not  mean
invalidative drilling or coaching or supervision. It does mean you  get  the
student to DO the TRs. He's got to drill the TRs, not figure-figure on  them
or dive into his case to avoid them.


    TRs the Hard Way means stringent, spot-on coaching and  supervision  on
the proper gradient. Each button found on the student  is  flattened  before
it is left. Flunks are given when the student flunks. And when he flunks  he
goes right back in again and he drills it until he's got it.


    The TRs are taught and drilled per the 16 Aug  71R  bulletin,  TRAINING
DRILLS REMODERNIZED, and per the advices in HCOB 23 Sep 79, CANCELLATION  OF
DESTRUCTIVE BTBs AND BPLs ON TRs.  The  student  is  coached  to  wins,  not
losses. You make sure he understands the drill and after that it's a  matter
of his DOING it. It's a matter of keeping him at  it,  getting  him  through
it, regardless of what buttons crop up to be flattened, until he's  mastered
each TR and can handle any comm cycle with ease.


    Permissive, namby-pamby, pat-a-cake TRs have no place in  the  training
of an auditor or on a bona fide TRs Course. A student  who  hasn't  mastered
his TRs won't master any of the training  that  follows  them.  The  way  to
master TRs is to drill them the hard way.


    It is Hard TRs that make an auditor. (A more gradient approach  to  TRs
would be taken on the HAS Course where the new Scientologist is getting  his
first taste of  how  to  handle  communication  in  his  everyday  life  and
livingness.)


    Given  sound  training  on  the  basics,  ARCU  and  the   formula   of
communication with any  false  data  stripped  off,  and  the  student  then
drilled on TRs the Hard Way, to perfection, you'll  find  he  comes  through
with flying colors to a smooth, flubless comm cycle. And it doesn't  take  a
year or even months to accomplish it.
                            END PHENOMENON OF TRs

    As the students really had no idea of the communication formula as such
due to the omission of the requirement that they do it  in  clay  and  learn
it, they of course didn't know where they were going.  A  surprising  number
of students were heard making stupid remarks like, "I would  never  use  the
TRs in auditing" which is about the same as saying "I would never  use  food
when I eat."


    Practically no students on TRs Courses had any idea why they were doing
TRs or what had to be achieved in order to be a finished product  on  a  TRs
Course. This unfortunately  included  the  Supervisors  and  of  course  the
coaches. So one got all sorts of silly,  invalidative,  evaluative  teaching
and coaching.


    If they didn't know where they were going and what the  end  phenomenon
of a TRs Course was, of course they couldn't train a student toward  it  and
so TRs Courses which would only involve a week or  two  turned  into  months
and months of floundering around due to miscoaching and  mainly  destructive
criticism which had no purpose.


    Instruction and coaching are not based on opinion. They should be based
on producing the end phenomenon.

    The PRIMARY VALUABLE FINAL PRODUCT of TRs is:


    A professional auditor who with comm  handling  alone  can  keep  a  pc
interested in his own case and willing to talk to the auditor.


    The SECONDARY VALUABLE FINAL PRODUCT of TRs is:


    A person with the session and social presence of a professional auditor
and that presence can be summed up as a being who  can  handle  anyone  with
communication alone and whose communication can stand up faultlessly to  any
session or social situation no matter how rough.


    The END PHENOMENON of TRs is:


    A being who knows he can achieve both of the above flawlessly and  from
here on out.


    That's the EP and that's the direction  all  instruction  and  coaching
must take. Each TR must be in against the standard above.


    As we know the communication formula and as the TRs are  parts  of  it,
the end phenomenon can be achieved relatively rapidly. It is that  we  know,
for the first time in man's history, the communication  formula  that  makes
it possible to drill people on it and  produce  the  above  end  phenomenon.
This was a major point that was being missed-that one was trying to  produce
something. If you don't know what you're  trying  to  produce  it  can  take
forever, can't it?


                                PREREQUISITE

    There is one factor that would effectively block a smooth  run  through
this training, basics or no basics. You're not going to  get  a  person  who
has been loaded up with drugs to grasp this data and come out the other  end
as any kind of product until he's had his drugs handled.


    You now have the  Purification  Rundown  to  handle  that,  along  with
Objectives and the Drug Rundown. With this fantastic new rundown,  which  is
an undercut to all training and processing, we have the means to  make  even
the seemingly untrainable trainable.
                                   SUMMARY

    I wanted to let you know what has been happening in regard to TRs study
and training over the past year, and what  bugs  have  now  been  uncovered.
Each of the points taken up in this bulletin have now been solved. You  will
have a very complete professional TRs Course released in book  form  in  the
near future.


    Meantime, the materials exist and  are  available  on  which  to  train
students in TRs and do so very effectively.


    Therefore, this issue  is  your  license  to  include  on  any  current
checksheet which calls for auditor TRs the  materials  and  actions  covered
herein.


    The data is being given you for your immediate use.


    So I'll expect to see you turning out crops of auditors  with  flawless
TRs!


    It can be accomplished by getting in the five points  covered  in  this
bulletin alone.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:dr
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 30 DECEMBER 1979

Remimeo

                            HOW TO BUILD A SAUNA

        Refs:     HCOB 6 Feb 78RA  THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN
            Rev. 4.12.79     REPLACES THE SWEAT PROGRAM
            HCOB 6 Feb 78RA-1      HE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN-
            Addition of 20.12.79   ERRATA AND ADDITIONS


                ANYONE BUILDING A SAUNA SHOULD BE WARNED THAT
               IT HAS TO BE PROPERLY BUILT SO AS NOT TO CAUSE
                   INJURY OR CASUALTY TO PERSONS USING IT.


    The Purification Rundown is not only the initial necessary  preliminary
undercut to the majority of cases planet-wide, but  orgs  will  find  it  in
great popular demand in the immediate  future  as  news  of  its  remarkable
results have already spread rapidly through word-of-mouth.


    Every org must be able to deliver the Purification Rundown. In order to
deliver the rundown an org will need the use of a sauna,  and  in  order  to
deliver it most efficiently an org would have its own sauna.


    The major part of the 5-hour daily period on the  Purification  Rundown
is spent in the sauna bath, after working up the circulation by a period  of
running.


    Thus, if the sauna bath is  situated  right  on  the  org  premises  or
adjoining or very close to the org premises, and operated  under  the  org's
jurisdiction, it will not only be more  convenient  and  more  workable  but
more economical as well.


    This issue is written to provide the basic data on how an org can equip
itself to deliver the rundown most ideally-via its own sauna bath.




                            SAUNA: DEFINITION OF

    The word "SAUNA" is a Finnish word which describes the  Finnish  custom
of bathing or deep cleansing by intense heat which induces perspiration.


    Technically, the term "sauna bath" refers to  a  specially  constructed
wooden room, properly insulated, and heated to temperatures of between  140�
and 200�F (or approximately 71� to 93�C) to induce profuse sweating.


    It is equipped with wooden benches at different height levels on  which
the bathers sit or recline. As heat rises, the  air  is  hotter  around  the
higher benches and somewhat cooler around the  lower  benches,  so  one  can
take his choice, depending upon his heat tolerance.


    The sauna room is also, necessarily, equipped with its own heat source.


                              BUILDING A SAUNA

    In  building  a  sauna,  the  two  main  factors  to  be   taken   into
consideration are: (a) location of the sauna room and (b) the type  of  heat
source to be used.
The choice of location of the room can depend upon  what  type  of  heat  is
available and most economical, and the location of the main source of heat.


    With these two factors determined, one can  then  get  into  the  other
aspects of sauna installation which include size  of  the  room,  foundation
and flooring, wiring, walls,  ventilation,  insulation,  exterior  finishes,
safety measures and any accessories needed.


    COST ANALYSIS: Before undertaking the building of a sauna, all  of  the
following data will need to be taken into consideration and a cost  analysis
must be done, based on building codes and local prices and accessibility  of
materials and equipment.


    In other words, cost analysis and planning is done first  so  that  all
the aspects of an effective, operational sauna are considered  and  provided
for in advance. A  properly  targetted  construction  program  can  then  be
carried out rapidly.


    In the PAC area a very workable sauna was constructed for approximately
$1600 -$1200 of which was for construction and construction materials,  $400
of which was for sauna unit heaters. With good planning, it is possible  for
any org to equip itself with a standard sauna room, vital  to  the  delivery
of the Purification Rundown. Its construction and  maintenance  should  then
more than pay for itself as the rundown is sold and delivered.

BUILDING CODES AND PERMITS:   It  will  be  necessary  to  check  with  your
building  department  to  determine  what  permits  are  needed  for   sauna
installation, and what the local  building  codes  require  in  the  way  of
structural design and construction materials. Most  building  codes  in  the
United States set standards similar to or based  on  those  of  the  Uniform
Building Code and the National Electric Code for  foundations,  framing  and
wiring.

    Zoning laws may enter into it. However, as  you  will  not  be  in  the
business of operating a commercial sauna and as many home  owners  and  even
business executives now install their own private  home  or  office  saunas,
there should  be  no  difficulty  in  obtaining  the  necessary  permit  for
installation.


    Building codes and building permit requirements must be complied  with,
for both safety and legal reasons.  It  would  be  foolish  for  an  org  to
endanger its tenancy of a building by any infraction of such regulations.

LOCATION OF THE SAUNA: A sauna room can be built  inside  another  room.  In
other words, one  could  use  a  fairly  small  room  for  this  purpose  by
insulating and paneling it properly, or one could partition off a part of  a
large  room,  with  proper  wall  construction,  insulation   and   interior
finishing.

    An ideal selection for a sauna would be a room  with  a  drain  in  the
floor or one where a drain could be easily installed. It should  be  located
near a shower (which may also need to be installed), as cooling showers  may
be necessary for a large majority of people during the hours of  sweat  out.
In any case, a nearby source of running water is a must, as sweaters  should
drink plenty of water  to  prevent  dehydration  and  this  must  be  easily
available. It is also needed for convenience in  taking  salt  or  potassium
gluconate tablets and vitamins.


    Ideally, two showers and two locker rooms, one each for men and  women,
would be located conveniently near the sauna.


    Depending upon the type of heat to be used, it may be  advantageous  to
select a room fairly close to the heat source to prevent the  necessity  for
extensive additional wiring or piping. For example, if steam heat  is  used,
the closer the room is to the steam furnace or boiler the better,  as  steam
pipes, all well and properly insulated, would need to be run from  the  heat
source to the sauna steam heaters. The more such piping is
needed the greater the cost, naturally, and there  is  also  the  additional
factor of it taking longer to get the steam actually coming through  to  the
sauna heaters.


    Choosing a room with the least outside wall or window surface  is  also
desirable.


    This is due to the fact that the more outside  wall  surface  there  is
involved, the more insulation and heat is required to maintain proper  sauna
room temperatures.


    It may be necessary  to  select  the  sauna  room  according  to  local
building code and permit regulations.


    Where an org simply does not have the space for building a sauna  right
on the org premises, it may be necessary  to  rent  or  purchase  additional
space in a nearby or adjoining building for the installation of its sauna.

SIZE OF SAUNA ROOM: A sauna room must not be too  large,  for  the  sake  of
economy. Too large a room is too expensive and too difficult to heat.

    An org. however, will want a sauna room that can accommodate between 10
and 15 people at once, as the traffic will require it. Some suggested  sizes
are: 12 x 10 x 7 feet; 14 x 14 x 7 feet; or 12 x 16 x 9 feet. The height  of
the room is never more than 9 feet, and most often 7  feet  is  best,  as  a
high ceiling simply results in loss of heat, because heat rises. Thus a  low
ceiling prevents the heat from rising into space where it won't be used.


    The size of the room should be determined by the number of  people  you
expect to be using it at any one time. It is usual to allow  65  cubic  feet
of space for each person.


    A rectangular or square-shaped room provides the  optimum  shape  space
for arrangement of the tiered benches.


    It should be kept in mind that the size and power of  the  sauna  stove
required to heat the room will depend directly upon the size of the room.


                               SOURCES OF HEAT

    By far the biggest single factor to  be  taken  into  consideration  in
installing a sauna is the source of heat to be used.


    The types of sauna stoves available are:

    1. Gas


    2.      Electric


    3.      Wood burning (which would not be practical for an org), and


    4.      Steam heaters can also be used, where the org has a  year-round
        supply of steam, such as would  be  routinely  supplied  for  dish-
        washers, laundry or hot water heating. Otherwise,  where  steam  is
        used only for central heating of the building, it would be far  too
        expensive to run a steam boiler in the summer for sauna  use  only.
        Additionally, there would be heat  loss,  even  with  shut-offs  to
        different areas. In a  large  building,  however,  where  steam  is
        required all the time for other purposes, steam would  probably  be
        the most economical. Or, it might be practical to purchase a  small
        steam generator for sauna heating purposes only.

    The choice of the type of heater to be used should be determined by the
most economical heat available to the org. Cost comparisons should  be  made
locally to determine installation costs and  operating  costs  of  different
heating systems.
ELECTRIC STOVES: Electric sauna stoves are by far  the  easiest  to  install
and the  cleanest.  They  are  efficient  but  they  may  not  be  the  most
economical to operate, depending upon the cost of electricity in the area.

    With an electric stove, you will need at least a  220  volt  supply  of
electrical power to the sauna. This is the  same  voltage  that  operates  a
kitchen stove or a clothes  dryer,  but  it  must  be  determined  that  the
existing power supply in the org can safely  support  the  additional  power
required for  the  sauna  heater.  If  not,  you  may  need  to  install  an
additional power supply.


    The size of the stove is important-it must be the correct size,  power-
wise, to produce the required sauna temperatures. The size will depend  upon
the size of the room and the location of the room. Less power, for  example,
would be required for a small room or a room with no outside wall exposure.


    The power of an electric stove is measured by the number  of  kilowatts
needed to  heat  the  stove  elements.  One  kilowatt  (kw)  =  1000  watts.
Prefabricated electric sauna stoves come anywhere from 2.2 kilowatts  to  18
kilowatts in power.


    To compute the size electric stove needed, allow I kilowatt  for  every
45 cubic feet of room space.


    Find the number of cubic feet of room space by multiplying  the  length
by the width by the height of the room.  This  gives  you  the  total  cubic
feet, or volume. of the room.


    Divide the volume by 45 to get the number of kilowatts needed  to  heat
that room.

Example: The volume of a 12 x 10 x 7 foot room = 840 cubic feet.

    840 = 18.44 kilowatts
    45

    18.44 kilowatts is the power required to heat a 12 x 10 x 7  foot  room
    to proper sauna temperatures.

    The above is the formula that would be used in temperate climates. In a
colder climate, a stronger stove would probably be required.


    Prefabricated electric sauna stoves have a control unit that is  always
installed outside  the  sauna  room,  as  the  controls  are  not  built  to
withstand high temperatures. These stoves  usually  also  include  a  safety
device that cuts off the electrical current should there  be  a  malfunction
of any kind.

GAS STOVES: The power of a gas stove is measured by the  number  of  British
Thermal Units (BTUs) of heat the stove generates. (A  British  Thermal  Unit
is the amount of  heat  necessary  to  raise  I  pound  of  water  I  degree
Fahrenheit.) Gas heaters are graded according to the  number  of  BTUs  they
provide in one hour.

    To compute the size gas stove required, allow 1000 BTUs  for  every  15
cubic feet of sauna room volume.

Example:  The volume of a 12 x 10 x 7 foot room = 840 cubic feet.

    840 cubic feet divided by 15 cubic feet ((81450)) = 56.


    Multiply 56 x 1000 BTUs = 56,000 BTUs needed from a gas heater to  heat
    a 12 x 10 x 7 foot sauna room.

    Gas heaters usually cost less to operate than  electric  heaters.  They
are a bit more complicated (but not necessarily more expensive) to  install.
The heater would need to be connected to the building's gas supply  line  by
approved gas piping. Standard
approved galvanized steel pipe with threaded ends  and  standard  galvanized
steel fittings for any bends (elbows) in  the  pipe,  with  approved  thread
sealout,  would  be  required.  Such  piping   would   need   to   be   done
professionally,  possibly  contracted,  or  inspected  professionally   when
completed.


    Old  gas  heaters,  however  well-renovated  they  might  be,  are  not
permitted for this purpose. Modern gas heaters for sauna use are built  with
special safety shut-off valves and safety pilot flame, designed to  cut  the
gas supply off should the pilot light go out. If an org is to use  gas  heat
in the sauna, on/v a  modern  gas  heater  with  these  safety  features  is
permissible for org installation.


    With a modern gas heater, the gas is piped in to a small  burner  in  a
sealed combustion chamber in the stove. Air is drawn into the  chamber  from
outside the sauna and expelled through the flue.


    Gas heaters, especially, require an adequate air  supply  and  suitable
venting.

SOAP BUBBLE TEST FOR LEAKS IN GAS LINES: The following test can be  done  to
detect leaks in a gas pipe line, particularly at the  elbow  joints  or  any
place where two pieces of pipe are spliced together with threaded ends.  Mix
I part liquid detergent with 4 parts water, in a cup or can.

    Pressurize the line by opening the gas line valve. With a  soft  brush,
mix up the soap solution and daub it well around  any  joints  of  pipe.  If
there is the slightest leak, it will show up in big  soap  bubbles.  If  any
such leaks are found, the pipe connections would  need  to  be  redone,  and
then thoroughly reinspected.


    Both gas and electric prefabricated  sauna  stoves  are  metal-encased,
usually with two or  even  three  layers  of  noncorrosive  metal  with  air
between them. The outermost layer of metal, which is  usually  of  stainless
steel or baked enamel, prevents  the  surface  from  becoming  too  hot  and
inhibits the loss of heat from the front and sides of the  stove.  Both  the
gas and electric type stoves are thermostatically controlled.


SAUNA STONES

    Prefabricated sauna stoves are designed with a metal tray at the top to
hold and heat a pile of stones or rocks called  konno  rocks.  Konno  rocks,
technically known as peridotite maim, are  quarried  in  Finland.  They  are
ideal for the sauna as they store heat well, help to distribute a soft  heat
evenly throughout the sauna room and help to  maintain  the  required  sauna
temperature. Another virtue of these stones is that they can withstand  high
temperatures and do not  crack  or  explode  when  subjected  to  high  heat
pressure.


    To allow for good air circulation, the stones should be loosely  packed
in the tray. If one wishes to add steam to the sauna, a  long-handled  ladle
is used to pour water on the hot stones, resulting in bursts of steam  which
fill the sauna room.


    A supply of konno rocks or stones is usually included with the purchase
of a prefabricated sauna stove. The stones will usually  last  through  five
years of routine use. They may also be purchased separately, commercially.

WOOD BURNING STOVES: Although the wood burning stove is in the best  Finnish
sauna tradition, it is highly impractical for  org  use.  It  takes  a  good
quantity of wood to heat a sauna adequately and  routine  stoking  would  be
required, as well as  a  convenient  storage  space  for  the  wood  supply.
Further, the cost of wood as fuel can be high, and there is a wide  variance
in the heat-producing qualities of different woods.  It  takes  considerable
time to heat a sauna room to the required temperature with  a  wood  burning
stove, and the ashes from a wood fire must be removed periodically.

    For all of the above  reasons,  a  wood  burning  sauna  stove  is  not
recommended.

STEAM HEATERS:  Where  steam  is  available  the  year  round,  steam  "unit
heaters" can be used, as was done in the sauna built in  PAC,  and  this  is
probably the most economical method of heating the sauna.

    A unit heater is a combination heater and fan, so arranged that the fan
blows air through the heater, thus speeding the transfer of  heat  from  the
heater to the room air.


    Steam unit heaters are rated according to the number of BTUs they  will
produce when supplied with 60 degree  F.  entering  air  and  2  pounds  per
square inch steam pressure. As entering air becomes hotter, the heater  puts
out fewer BTUs. But by increasing the steam pressure to the unit heater  you
can increase the amount of BTUs it puts out. Check  the  steam  capacity  of
the unit (which is probably 150 pounds per square inch).  By  adjusting  the
pressure reduction valve and so admitting more or  less  steam  pressure  to
the unit heater, you can raise or lower the  temperature  of  the  sauna.  A
safety valve is used to protect the  unit  heater  in  the  event  that  the
pressure reduction valve should fail (though this  is  quite  unusual).  One
should insist on clear instructions on how to mount any  safety  valve  that
is purchased.


    Actually, the unit heater can be heated by electricity, gas,  steam  or
hot water. An electric unit heater is  the  easiest  to  install  (depending
upon the existing voltage supply, as  described  earlier)  but  an  electric
heater will use around 1/3 of a watt to put out one BTU per hour. To heat  a
room 14 x 14 x 9 feet high, this would require upwards of 18,000  watts  per
hour which, depending upon  the  geographical  location,  can  be  quite  an
expensive operation.


    Hot water heaters require high water temperatures, around  180  degrees
F. minimum. Gas or oil heaters, depending upon local availability  of  fuel,
can be fairly inexpensive to purchase and use, but they  require  sufficient
air supply and the proper venting to be safe.


    REMEMBER THAT ANY COMBUSTION INCLUDING ELECTRICAL  COMBUSTION  CONSUMES
OXYGEN AND AS OXYGEN DIMINISHES IT WILL GIVE OFF CARBON MONOXIDE,  WHICH  IS
QUITE A DEADLY POISON.


    Perhaps your best bet, from the standpoint of safety and economy, would
be a  small  steam  generator,  external  to  the  sauna  and  well  vented,
providing steam to a unit heater in the sauna.

SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  STEAM  FITTINGS:  If  steam  is  used,  the   following
specifications might be used as a guide in the selection of steam fittings:

    For Steam Piping, maximum pressure 150  pounds  per  square  inch,  use
    standard weight black steel pipe, ASTM A53 or A-120, Grade A or B.  Use
    screwed fittings of 150 pound black malleable iron. Use unions  of  250
    pound malleable iron, ground iron to bronze seat. Use RP 8  C  shut-off
    valves, 30 ITF, bronze body ball types with Teflon seats. For  pressure
    reduction valves and safety valves use C.M. Bailey.


    For Condensate Return. use seamless copper tubing, drawn  temper,  ASTM
    B88, Type "L," fittings of wrought copper  solder  joint  ASA  B16  22;
    unions wrought copper screwed Nibco No.  633;  shut-off  valves  Nibco-
    Scott S-595-Y bronze body, solder end, ball  type  with  teflon  seats;
    check valves Nibco Y-type brass  body  screwed.  Solder,  Easy  Flo  or
    equivalent with melting point higher than  1000  degrees  F.,  suitable
    flux.

    The basic hook-up is: steam main to higher  elbow  (for  drainage),  to
shut-off valve, to strainer, to  union,  to  pressure  reduction  valve,  to
union, to shut-off valve, to safety valve,  to  elbow,  down  to  union,  to
elbow, to unit heater. From unit heater to  scale  pocket  (a  short  capped
length of vertical pipe same size as exit hole from unit heater  into  which
scale from the heater  can  fall),  to  union,  to  strainer,  to  "Float  &
Thermostatic Trap,"  to  shut-off  valve,  to  check  valve,  to  elbow,  to
condensate return pipe.
Again, the foregoing should be considered  a  guide  only,  as  installation
instructions  for  your  heating  system  should  be  available   from   the
manufacturer.


    The unit  heaters  described  above,  whether  heated  by  steam,  gas,
electricity or hot water, provide a dry heat sauna of a  less  sophisticated
type than  the  specially  designed  prefabricated  gas  or  electric  sauna
stoves.


    You will need to check the various systems and costs  with  your  local
dealer to determine the most suitable sauna heater for your area.


                          CONSTRUCTION OF THE SAUNA

FOUNDATION AND FLOORING: The floor of the room you  are  converting  into  a
sauna serves as the foundation.

    If it's a concrete floor, all you would then need to do would be to add
wooden slats, in a duckboard construction. Duckboards  are  easy  to  remove
for cleaning purposes. Or you could cover the floor with ceramic tile.


    If the original floor is wood, the handling would be to install a  wood
frame, made of 2 by 4 sleepers, add some good  thermal  insulating  material
(not fiberglass), and put down a subfloor of plywood over that, The  plywood
floor could then be covered with ceramic tile or seamless sheet  vinyl,  for
waterproofing.


    Only waterproof adhesives would be used. Ideally  the  floor  would  be
slightly sloped toward a  drain,  as  it  will  need  to  be  scrubbed  down
routinely to be kept clean.


FRAMING: The first walls put up can be sheets of sheet rock.

    The room is then framed with 2 x 4 studs, spaced to permit insertion of
3-inch thick insulation batts. The studs are nailed to  the  wooden  2  x  4
sleepers below the subfloor. If the floor  is  concrete  they  are  attached
with anchor bolts or concrete nails. The  studs  may  be  16  or  24  inches
apart, according to building codes.


    The ceiling, lowered to 7 or 9 feet,  is  constructed  exactly  as  the
walls are, with the rafters spaced for insertion of insulation batts.

NOTE: At this point, although the wall construction  is  not  yet  complete,
any needed holes for conduits  for  electricity  or  other  heat  should  be
drilled in the sheet rock and studs.

INSULATION: Good insulation is important in a sauna, as-it helps retain  the
heat and keeps the cost of heating down. The  best  insulation  is  expanded
polyurethene. The insulation batts, 3 inches thick,  come  in  strips,  with
flanges which can be stapled (do not use glue) to the framing studs. The  3-
inch thick part of the insulation batt is inserted between the studs.

FINISHING OF THE WALLS: With the insulation installed, a vapor  barrier  (of
construction plastic) is then nailed or stapled  to  the  studs.  The  vapor
barrier prevents moisture from collecting inside the walls.

    The same insulation and vapor barrier is also installed in the ceiling.


    Walls and ceiling are then covered with one-half inch gypsum board.


    For the final covering, walls and ceiling are paneled with saw textured
l-inch by 6-inch wood paneling, with the  smooth  face  exposed  inside  the
sauna. Kiln-dried redwood is commonly used for such paneling,  where  it  is
easily available. This and cedar are especially  popular  because  of  their
high insulation factor. They make  the  sauna  easier  to  heat  and  remain
cooler to the touch. Other low-density softwoods which
resist heat can also be used, such as  white  pine,  sugar  pine,  ponderosa
pine, spruce and hemlock.


    Care should be taken to select finished, vertical-grain woods, as  free
of knotholes and resin pockets as possible. Any knotholes or  resin  pockets
must be placed near the floor, never on the ceiling or high  on  the  walls,
as the melting resin could drip and burn the bathers.


    Any nails or staples used  in  the  construction  should  be  of  rust-
resistant, hotdipped galvanized finish.

VENTILATION: The sauna needs to be properly  ventilated  to  provide  enough
oxygen, a free flow of air and an  escape  for  the  bad  air,  while  still
retaining the room heat. Poor ventilation in the sauna can  cause  dizziness
or even asphyxiation.

    Building requirements usually call for a vent area of  1/20  the  floor
area, but not less than 1 1/2 square feet, but this  must  be  checked  with
your building department.


    The intake vent is located near the floor and can  be  approximately  a
1/2-inch slit under the door. The outlet  vent  would  be  on  the  opposite
wall, near the ceiling, and could be a vent of about 4 inches  in  diameter.
With this arrangement, the good air is pulled in low in  the  room  and  can
circulate, while the bad air leaves through the vent near  the  ceiling.  It
is a good idea to provide a slide cover for the outlet vent  so  it  can  be
adjusted to control the amount of air leaving the room.

WIRING: Any wiring to be done will  have  to  meet  very  strict  electrical
standards for complete safety. The installation  of  wiring  and  electrical
circuits to handle an electric stove (should your sauna have  one),  control
panel, thermostat and lighting for the room, will probably  be  required  to
be done professionally. In a sauna wiring must be  used  that  can  hold  up
under 200 degree F. or higher  temperatures  and  also  withstand  moisture.
Also, the wiring must be located in the dry  areas  behind  the  insulation.
All switches and controls are installed outside the sauna, as these  do  not
withstand high heat.

SAUNA DOOR: The recommended door is a solid-core  Philippine  mahogany  slab
door. This is not a true mahogany and should not be too  costly.  It  should
be solidly mounted with 4 hinges and not too tight in the frame, as it  will
expand slightly, (or shrink), with changes in temperature.

    When a solid core door is used, you would also add a frame,  insulation
and paneling to it.

CAUTION: Sauna doors should always open out and must never  be  fitted  with
any type of latch that could get caught or stuck and lock you  in.  Ball  or
roller catches are probably  best  for  this  purpose.  There  is  never  an
outside lock installed on the door.

    Wooden handles must be used on the door, never metal as it becomes  too
hot to touch.


    One should avoid using any  metal  frames  or  hardware  in  the  sauna
wherever possible, for the same reason.  Any  metal  fasteners  or  lighting
fixtures which must be used should be  noncorrosive  and  placed  well  away
from where bathers could touch or brush against them accidentally,  as  they
could cause burns.

SAUNA BENCHES: The sauna benches are preferably made of redwood, 2 x  2  and
2 x 4, as other materials can leak hot pitch or give off  toxic  fumes  when
heated.

    Bench sizes vary but the best approximate size is about 15  3/4  inches
wide, 32 inches high with an 8 inch step. Benches are installed in tiers  at
various levels in the room. The lower benches should be  a  bit  wider  than
the upper ones to provide room for people's feet.



Benches can be located on three sides  of  the  room,  but  would  never  be
placed against the wall where the stove is located.

ADDITIONAL SAFETY MEASURES: Whatever the choice of a sauna  stove,  it  must
be mounted according to building department regulations,  whatever  distance
from the wall is required and with whatever type wall insulation  behind  it
that is required.

    A wooden railing is placed around the front and sides of the stove  for
bathers' protection.

ACCESSORIES: You will need a thermometer that  reads  at  least  up  to  200
degrees Fahrenheit, and you will probably want to install  a  clock  in  the
sauna. These accessories should be of the type  that  are  manufactured  for
sauna use.

CURING THE SAUNA: Curing the sauna means preparing it  for  its  first  use.
When your sauna is complete, sweep down  and  vacuum  all  walls,  ceilings,
floor, benches, corners. Next wipe all walls,  ceiling,  benches,  fixtures,
stove, accessories, etc. with a damp cloth and warm water.  With  the  sauna
door propped open, turn the heater on for about half  an  hour.  (The  stove
may smoke a bit if it is  burning  off  its  protective  coating.)  Finally,
close the sauna door, bring the room temperature up to 200  degrees  F.  for
about 5 or 6 hours. Your sauna will then be ready for use.

HYGIENE: The sauna must be scrubbed down routinely to keep it  sanitary  and
free from perspiration odors. Any duckboards on the floor should be  removed
and scrubbed and then replaced. It is also a good idea  to  routinely  fully
ventilate the room, particularly after heavy use, so wood  surfaces  can  be
given a chance to dry.

HOW  TO  TAKE  A  SAUNA:  Before  going  into  the   sauna,   all   jewelry,
wristwatches, eye glasses or contact lenses  should  be  removed,  as  these
could become uncomfortably hot or be damaged by the heat.

    It is best to shower briefly with warm water just before going into the
sauna and after the running period which has brought up the circulation.


    The period of sweat out in the sauna would then be followed by  another
cleansing shower.


    In an org sauna, used by all, swim  wear  (not  too  tight-fitting)  or
loose shorts and a tank top, for women,  would  be  worn.  Ideally,  an  org
would have two saunas for its public, one for men and  one  for  women.  The
same dress could be worn in this case, if preferred,  or  the  bather  could
simply sauna in a large towel.


    Complete,  prefabricated  saunas  are  available  on  the  market,  and
possibly these should be priced, but an org in any area will  probably  find
it more economical to build its own.


    With careful planning and costing, economical  use  of  materials,  but
without stinting on safety measures, a very workable, pleasant sauna can  be
built for the org's use in delivering the Purification Rundown.


    As saunas are becoming more popular by  the  day,  there  are  numerous
reference books or magazines which  can  be  found  in  the  library  or  on
newsstands which would give you further data on saunas.


    Two of these are:

    HOW TO BUILD A SAUNA. by Carlton  Hollander,  a  Drake  Publication  of
    Sterling Publishing Co., Inc.. New York.


    HOT TUBS. SPAS & HOME SAUNAS. by the  Editors  of  Sunset  Books,  Lane
    Publishing Co., Menlo Park, California.
    And the 3-volume HEATING. VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING. by  James  E.
    Brumbaugh, published by Theodore Audel & Co., a division of  Howard  W.
    Sams & Co.. Inc., 4300 West 62nd Street, Indianapolis, Indiana,  46268"
    (catalog 23227) will provide  valuable  data  on  routine  heating  and
    determining heat requirements.

    With the issue of this bulletin as a guide, each  org  should  now  get
busy and acquire its own sauna in very short order-to  be  able  to  deliver
the Purification Rundown !

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

                                             As assisted by
                                             Captain William B.
                                                 Robertson
                                             George Smith
                                             and
                                             Mats Markowicz
                                             who piloted this
                                             construction in the
                                             PAC area.

LRH:WBR:GS:MM:dr
Copyright � 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                                SUBJECT INDEX
                                  1978-1979


                       agree(ment)(s),
                       A          agreed upon out-ethics, 223
                             group agreement in an out-ethics
course room, 223
A=A=A is the way most people handle data, 326      alcohol,
aberration(s), aberrate(d),       compulsion to still drink,
lessening of, 23
      making others wrong, the most universally present
definition, 74
            aberration, 307       high TA on alcohol case, 22
      no humanoid is free while aberrated in the body cycle,
is included as a drug and receives the same treatment
            12               in auditing, 74
      one would have to de-aberrate a man before his whole
pc not making it in auditing, check for drug or alcohol
            social structure could be de-aberrated, 12
history, 75
      aberree vs. Clear on the meter, 1      pc who has drunk
alcohol, handling, 65
ability, abilities,          prior assessment and, 22
      cycle of deterioration of ability to confront, 311
reason person took up drugs or, 22, 311
      evaluating for pc by asking what his abilities are in
resistive case and, 75
            relation to his mental image pictures, 338
somatic shut-off due to, 22
      inability to think with data, reason for, 368
taking heavy drugs and alcohol because he had with       increasing
the ability of individuals and the human                 holds and
could not confront, 311
            race, 374        Vitamin B1 vs., 171
      judging oneself by one s successes breeds confidence    Alice
in Wonderland, 305
            in one s ability, 15  "All Blend" oil, 169
      why ability to get things done in an area dwindles, 330
allergy, allergies,
Academy, Hard TRs Course as an Academy prerequisite,          run
out by niacin, 173
            418        to a certain antibiotic, handling, 159
accidents, handling person who has, 415      to antibiotics or
other medicines, 74
accusative or challenging attitude, 353 alter~ing~,
aches, standard C/S for, 33       altering the content of HCOBs or
P/Ls, 318
acknowledge(ment)(s); see also TR 2          crime to alter and
pervert tech or procedure to prevent
      confession and, 225, 227               discovery of
withholds, 303
      giving pc an appropriate acknowledgement on his win,
altitude, handling absence of, 412
            258  amends project, 384
      unacknowledged Dianetic Clears, recognition of, 243,
anarchy, war only brings, 14
            256  anemic, Purification Rundown and, 167, 177
      working only to be thanked or admired, 15    Angel Dust,
action(s),       can lodge in the tissues, 165
      indicating an unnecessary action, 81         developed by
crooked gamblers. 267
      low TA caused by incomplete actions, 149, 152           LSD
and Angel Dust are the worst, 74
      major actions; see major actions       remaining in the body,
267
      most important single auditing actions an auditor can
animal, fact which disproved that Man was an, 211
            do, 189    answer(s)(ed),
      offline case actions forbidden, 432          getting one
auditing question answered before you ask
      subjective vs. objective questions or actions, 432
a second question, 248
action, cycle of; see cycle of action        pc volunteers some
answer to an unreading prepared
additives, curing him of his additives, complexities, apa-
      list question, handling, 71
            thy and apparent stupidity on a subject, 370
antagonism, antagonistic; see also hostilities
administration,        definition, 298
      auditor admin; see auditor admin       good roads, good
weather approach to the antagonistic
      orders; see orders                terminal, 290
      responsibilities of leaders, 11        how pc goes the effect
of the antagonistic terminal, 276
      seven things about power, 19           others antagonistic to
what pc is doing, handling, 63
admire(d),       pc connected to someone hostile or antagonistic to
      one is what one is, not what one is admired or hated
      Scientology, handling, 63
            for, 15          sending a copy of What Is Scientology?
 to antagonistic
      working only to be thanked or admired, 15
person, 291
advance; see case gain       Suppressed Person RD handling of an
antagonistic
Advanced Organization(s),               terminal, 276
      always bring your own folder or get it sent to the AO if
antibiotics,
            you are going, 272          administering of, 156
      services given at, 272      allergy to, 74, 159
      set-ups and, 272       blood leveling time and, 156
      Solo Auditors Course and, 272          definition, 156
      where they are located. 272       disease cycles vs., 159
advertising, false data and, 368        getting the temperature
subnormal with, 156
AESPs, Int RD and, 104,199        given too irregularly, 157
affinity,        intestinal bacteria and, 161
      definition, 296        not enough, 157
      importance of knowing how A and R and C interrelate,
oral antibiotics, side effects of, 159
            436        penicillin, 160
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

antibiotics (cont.)    assess(ment)(s),
      penicillin taken orally, 160           asking pc not to say a
word throughout the, 2
      side effects, 159           Auditing by Lists procedure, 70
      stopped too soon, 157       auditor s assessment is dull or
monotonous, handling
      sulfadrugs. 159             306
      temperature and, 157        bad metering giving wrong
assessments, 194
      toxicity, 157          call prepared list questions without
looking at the pc,
      virus diseases respond badly to, 156               70
      Vitamin B1 and, 161         do not take up things that don t
read, 71
      vitamins given before session to person on, 158
F/Ning assessment on C/S 53, procedure, 221
      what antibiotics are effective against, 156        F/Ning
prepared lists, 144, 254
      wrongkind, 157         F/N packs up during assessment of
prepared list,
      yoghurt and, 161            handling, 254
antithesis, definition, 369       getting a suppressed read by not
being able to read
AO; see Advanced Organization                through an F/N, 145
apathy, curing him of his additives, complexities. apathy
Joburg assessment procedure, 3
            and apparent stupidity on a subject, 370
maximum time between questions, 2
application, applying,       Method 3; see Method 3
      exact application depends on complete understanding.
Method 5; see Method 5
            376        mistaking an F/N right swing for a read,
149,152
      how standard tech slips down to some of the tech
nulling and F/Ning prepared lists, 144
            being applied when we can, 223         Prehav Scale
assessment procedure, 2
      how you get auditors who misapply tech, 223        prior
assessment; see prior assessment
      inability to learn and apply, handling, 374        reading
through an F/N, 145, 254
      person backing off from applying data he is studying
Resistive Cases Assessment, 30, 60
            despite standard Word Clearing, handling, 371
slow assessments, reason for, 2
      person must be at cause when he is expected to apply
statement (in assessing) can be accusative or evalua
knowledge or skills, 379                tive, 419
      producing causative, responsible graduates who can
twinning on such actions as assessment drilling, 379
            apply what they have learned, 382            why
assessments are wrong sometimes, 1
      when he can t seem to apply what he has learned,
assignment, auditor-pc assignment policies, 431
            suspect false data, 368     atmospheric poisons, 164
      when person comes to apply the tech, he is already able
attest(s)(ed); see also declare
            to outflow if he was trained using twinning, 379
attempting to attest to Dianetic Clear in order to save
ARC,             money or for status reasons, 256
      books with chapters on, 434, 436       Dianetic Clear
attests, 243
      importance of knowing how A and R and C interrelate,
Dianetic Clear attests-additional data, 256
            436        letting pc attest to a state he achieved,
258
      triangle; see ARC triangle        person has attested to
Dianetic Clear but hasn t made
      TRs and, 435, 436                 it, handling, 257
ARC break(s); see also rudiments        person wanting to attest to
Dianetic Clear but clearly
      ARC broke meter that won t record a read, 7             hasn
t made it, handling, 257
      audited over ARC break, handling, 61         suppressive act
to send pc through to attest to Dianetic
      auditing over ARC break, effect of, 220                 Clear
when he hasn t truly made it, 244
      definition, 297        who can send pc through to attest to
Dianetic Clear,
      L1C used for, 70            244
      only ARC breaks will worsen a case, 276      attitude(s),
      persisting ARC breaks, handling, 69          auditor attitude
and TRs during a Confessional, 250
ARC break long duration, Feel Sad equals, 148, 152
challenging or accusative attitude, 353
ARC broke meter with Bls vs, free needle, 7        drugs changing
the attitude of a person, 164
ARC triangle,    attraction, what obsessive attraction is based on,
93
      communication formula and, 435    audience, what separates a
member of the audience from
      improving each point of the, 436             a professional,
346
      TRs and, 435     audit(ed)(ing),
      TRs Course and, 434         actions; see actions
      use of, 436            ARC break, effect of auditing over an,
220
art,             audited over exterior, symptoms of, 32
      art in its basics, 326      auditing past exterior, effects
of, 34, 43, 98
      fine arts vs, illustrations, 331       auditor-pc assignment
policies, 431
      how the distance between amateured junk and an effec-
becoming inactive as a Scientologist due to being au
            tive product is accomplished, 326                 dited
past Dianetic Clear, 243
      professionals and, 326, 346       bringing the person up to
the level where he is now
      why we follow the rules, 326                 ready for
processing, 179
as-is(ness); see also blowing; erasure       by lists; see Auditing
by Lists
      bringing about an as-isness, 228       cannot audit over
anything else if Int or L & N are out,
      how to get any unwanted persisting thing to vanish,
      334
            228        can't audit a case on anything if Int is
out, 220
      that which is viewed in its own time, place, form and
Confessional done for justice reasons is not auditing,
            event can be as-ised, 228              246
      truth and, 228         consistently not making the expected
gains from his
aspirin, do not audit a pc who has taken, 27
processing, 166
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

audit(ed)(ing) (cont,) audit(ed)(ing) (cont,)
      C/S-1 isn t auditing, 100         why you cannot run anything
not charged (reading),
      Data Series auditing, 56               190
      delivery; see delivery      why you run what reacts on the
meter, 1, 253
      discoveries and advancements in tech in 1978, 266
withhold, effect of auditing over a, 220
      doesn't want auditing, handling, 60    Auditing by List(s),
      do not try to fly ruds or word clear over out-Int or out-
      pc volunteers some answer to an unreading question,
            lists, 423            71
      don t audit things that don t read, 42       procedure, 70
      errors; see errors     auditing room, auditor seated closer
to the door, 246
      general rule of, 228   auditor(s),
      getting one auditing question answered before you ask
assigning only good proven auditors to good auditors,
            a second question, 248                 431
      getting processing cheaply, 271        assignment policies,
431
      has not had auditing, handling, 64           attitude and TRs
during a Confessional, 250
      hours; see hours       audited pc past exterior, correcting
the auditor, 100
      how fast and thorough NED is, 265      backing off from
having to F/N a list, reason, 146, 255
      how to get any unwanted persisting thing to vanish, 228
building pc's confidence in the, 250
      how uncharged areas are run and charged ones are        by
the skill of his auditors you know the C/S, 106
            missed, 155, 254      cannot make a prepared list read,
handling, 145
      husband/wife teams, possible reason they often fail,
can't F/N a C/S 53, handling, 222
            242        can't get results without TRs, 420
      intensive; see intensive          can't smoothly audit Int
RD, handling, 106
      major actions; see major actions       communication formula
done in clay, 433-435
      mental actions do not work in the presence of drugs,
C/S must be very sure auditors are fully checked out
            164              on things they are to run before
running them, 106
      misunderstoods caused pc trouble in auditing, hand-
Dianetic auditors; see Dianetic auditors
                 ling, 69         errors; see errors
      misunderstoods in auditing, handling, 69           evidence
that auditor's eyesight is bad, 145
      most important single auditing actions an auditor can
failing auditors, handling, 309
            do, 189          flubbing auditors, handling, 52
      must be very limited if a list is out, 220         getting an
honest TRs tape passed by competent au
      must not be continued over an unhandled PTS situa-
thority before he audits anybody, 302
            tion, 290        good auditor gets case gain on a pc on
his TRs and
      no auditor may audit in an HGC who has not done a
comm cycle alone, 420
            Hard TRs Course, 302        good auditor is never
distractive to a pc, 419
      offline case actions forbidden, 432          Group Auditors
Handbook, description, 325
      OTs are easier and faster to handle than non-OTs, 432
handling fixed, uncontrolled or unsuitable tone levels
      out-lnt, do not audit over, 190,192, 217, 220, 334
in an, 305
      out-lists and, 220, 334           Hard TRs and, 433
      out-tech to try to audit or rehab in an interview, 333
Hard TRs make an auditor, 436
      overwhelmed by auditing, handling, 62        has more control
over pc s reactive mind than the pc, 2
      pc has been audited in an earlier life, handling, 64
how you get auditors who misapply tech, fail to handle
      pc not making it in auditing, check for drug or alcohol
      their pcs' ethics, give and accept verbal data, have
            history, 75                 nonstandard admin, etc,
etc, 223
      persistent F/N in auditing, handling, 277, 280
mechanical sounding auditor, handling, 306
      power of, 244          missing a withhold, what it stems
from, 242
      preparing the majority of pcs for making optimum
missingwithholds, penaltyfor, 242
            case gain, 164        mood of auditor fixed or chronic,
effects of, 305
      prices; see prices          most important single auditing
actions an auditor can
      problem, effect of auditing over a, 220                 do,
189
      processing or study under the duress of suppression
must be checked out and drilled on new materials, 52
                 will not produce results, 290           no auditor
may audit in an HGC who has not done a
      processing results attained on person who has been on
      Hard TRs Course, 302
                 heavy drugs vs, non-drug person, 165         no
auditor may audit materials or apply HCOBs on
      protesting auditing, 61                which he has not been
starrated, 52
      Purification Rundown is not a substitute for, 164       no
read auditors, reasons for, 145
      Purification Rundown is not done concurrently with,
not required to "drill TRs" in the morning or evening
                 167              as TRs do not fall out, 309
      purpose of, 253        offline case actions forbidden, 432
      reactivity, auditing is aimed at, 253        once an auditor
s TRs are in, they are in, 418
      refusing auditing, handling, 61        once an auditor s TRs
are 'IN ' they don t go out, 302
      rough auditing, handling, 264, 335           out-ethics and,
224
      subjective vs, objective questions or actions, 432      pc
dislikes talking to an auditor, handling, 61
      undercut to all training and processing, 437       pc had
trouble understanding an auditor, handling, 69
      unreading flows or items are not run, 253          placing
his meter in the wrong position, 145
      what happens if you only run the end of incidents, 44
rabbiting, cause of, 145
      what really happens to a thetan who is not salvaged or
requirements before being allowed to do any two-way
                 processed and goes on down the route, 275
      comm, 104
      why the person has to learn to audit himself on OT
requirements to deliver Dianetic Clear Special Inten
auditing, 272                sive, 344
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

auditor(s) (cont,)     biochemistry and fluid balance of the body
probably dis     requirements to do Confessionals, 246
arranged by drugs, 165
      requirements to do Date/Locate, 374    Biolactyl, 161
      requirements to do Int RD, 99,100,189  biophyslcal,
definition, 164
      requirements to do Int RD correction, 80     biophysical
processes, 165
      seated closer to the door, 246    birth, interiorization and,
44
      session and social presence of a professional auditor,  BIs;
see bad indicators
            437  blame, still stuck in the shame, blame and regret
of the
      TRs are out, handling, 302             unconfessed overt or
withhold, handling, 227
      TRs Course before correcting other auditor or admin
blank(ness),
            errors, 309           drug case and blank periods, 74
      TRs should sound live and interested and natural, 305
misunderstood words and, 366
      uneducated pcs require flawless topnotch auditors, 101
person can go blank after he passes a word or symbol
      unusual solutions and, 6               he doesn t understand,
130
      which ones not to let near an Int pc, 197    blink(ing),
      who can handle anyone with communication alone,
blinklessTR0, definition,419
            437        TRs and, 419
      why auditors of lower case level aren t assigned to pre-
blood, running to get the blood circulating, 167
            OTs, 431   blood leveling, definition, 156
      why the C/S can't be the auditor supervisor and pc blood
pressure, Purification Rundown and, 167,177
            interviewer, 7   blow(s)(ing) (as-ising mass); see also
as-is; erasure
      why the individual practitioner breaks down, 7          a
blow (in dating) is accompanied by a BD and F/N,
auditor admin,               230
      Auditing by List procedure and admin, 70           Date to
Blow-Locate to Blow steps, 81
      auditors who have nonstandard admin, how you get
definition, 82, 229
            them, 223        how the earliest session blows the
later sessions, 58
      prepared list remains in the folder stapled to the work-
      no blow on pc giving the date or auditor meter dating
            sheet, 70             it, handling, 231
      reads, TA action, BDs and needle behavior noted    blow(s),
blown (departures),
            clearly in the worksheets, 335         auditing past
exterior as a cause of, 34
      Word Clearing worksheets, contents and handling of,
blown student is recovered by his twin, 381, 382
            140        handling blown students and pcs with C/S 53,
220
Auditor Rundown, what it handles, 270        if one twin should
blow, the other twin must go and
Auditor's Code,              get him, 381
      continuing a process that has ceased to produce change
missing a withhold and, 388
            is a crime, 5         M/W/Hs and, 242
      dirty needle caused by breaking the, 10            overts as
a cause of, 34
      False Data Stripping and, 374     blowdown,
"automatic," moods or emotions are usually, 305          blow (in
dating) is accompanied by a BD and F/N, 230
aware, becoming more aware on the Purification Run-
marking what TA it blew down to, 220
            down, 176  Board Technical Bulletin(s),
axiom(s),        cancellation of destructive BTBs and BPLs on TRs,
      Axiom 30, 228               417
      Axiom 38 excerpt, 228       issuing issues in BTB or BPL form
that contain incor                                 rect and
misleading data, 303
                       body,
                       B          all people have some fatty
tissue, 170
                       biochemistry and fluid balance probably
disarranged
                             by drugs, 165
backtrack; see whole track        cleaning up the fat tissue in
the, 170
bad indicators, free needle vs, 7       drug deposits inside cells,
170
balance, 74, 159       drugs can lodge in the tissues, 165
bank; see reactive mind           drugs staying in the body and
releasing themselves now
basic has to be run for the chain or incident to erase, 44
      and then, 221
basics,          endocrine system and minerals, 174
      art in its basics, 326      exchanging good oil for bad fat
in the, 170
      TRs basics resurrected, 433       flushing poisons and
chemical substances out of the,
      TRs vs, out-basics, 434                168
BD; see blowdown       holding onto something it is short of, 170
be, SPs deny be and enforce unwanted be, 127       LSD lodging in
the tissues, 165
being(s); see also case; individual; Man; preclear; thetan
LSD or Angel Dust remaining in the, 267
      death slide as a, 311       niacin breaks up and unleashes
LSD, marijuana and
      fixed or stuck in a chronic mood, 305              other
drugs and poisons from the tissues and cells,
      half dead as a, 311               172
beliefs, handling pc who has held Eastern beliefs, 66         no
humanoid is free while aberrated in the body cycle,
betterment; see case gain               12
bio, definition, 164         no such thing as a fat cell, 169
biochemical,           nutritional deficiencies created by toxins
and drugs, 171
      definition, 164        pc currently doing body practices,
handling, 66
      restoring the biochemical balance of the body, 179      pc
has body parts missing, handling, 64
biochemical substances,           pc has had body parts removed,
handling, 64
      can prevent case gain, 163, 165        pc has physically
damaged parts, handling, 64
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

body (cont,)
      proof that the individual is not a, 44, 211
      C
      reason we are handling drugs and drug deposits in the,
            165  calcium
      reconstructing itself from the damage done by drugs
creating a deficiency in C by administering B and
            and other biochemical substances, 179
calcium, 174
      removal of life-hostile chemical substances from the,
deficiencyof, 174
            166        has to have an acidic base to operate in,
174
      replenishing body fluids, 168          healing and, 174
      restoring the biochemical balance of the, 179
ineffective and inactive in an alkaline system, 175
      standard C/S for body aches, 33        magnesium and, 174
      tissues; see tissues        nervous system and, 174
      toxic substances in the body causing restimulation,
spasmsand, 174
            166        teeth problems due to Vitamin B1 taken
without cal
      toxic substances tend to lock up mainly in the fat tis-
      cium, 175
            sue, 169         toxicsubstancesand, 174
      TRs and reactive body motions, 419           vinegar and, 175
      weight changes on the Purification Rundown, 170    calcium
gluconate, 175
bog(s),          Cal-Mag,
      handling bogged students and their twins, 383
formula, 175
      primary reasons for case bogs, 189           making it
correctly vs, making it incorrectly, 175
Bolivar, Simon, 11           Purification Rundown dosage, 171
bonded by HCO before given access to confidential Dia-        ratio
of magnesium to calcium, 175
            netic Clear HCOBs, 344           sore muscles prevented
with, 175
B1; seeVitamin B1            stays good for 2 days, 175
bones, pc has broken bones, handling, 63           Vitamin B1
balanced out by, 175
bonuses, when a C/S would have to refund them, 304       what it is
and what it does, 174
books, only source of technical data is LRH HCOBs, can(s),
electrode(s),
            books and tapes, 417        can fiddle can fake or
upset reads, 70
BPC; see bypassed charge          fiddling with cans, how to stop
it, 249
brain, drug damage to the, 178          obtaining maximum skin
contact, 314
bravery, having the bravery needed to trust inferior minds
obtaining the correct can size, 314
            and stand by their often shocking blunders, 15    can
squeeze,
break(s), session break(s),       convulsive or incorrect can
squeeze, effects of, 154
      Int RD and, 41         E-Meter Drill 5RA-Can Squeeze, 312
      physical PTP and, 41        how an incorrect can squeeze
gives an inaccurate,
      students taking unscheduled breaks, 224
unreliable needle reaction, 312
breakthroughs in tech in 1978, 265           how it can be done
incorrectly, 312
Bridge,                how to determine the sensitivity setting,
312
      not moving up the Bridge but remaining parked at        how
to get a pc to do an accurate can squeeze, 312
            some point due to being audited past Dianetic Clear,
      incorrect can squeeze, examples, 313
            243        noting accurately the distance the needle
fell, 315
      pc not continuing up the Bridge on his grades, 166
procedure for setting sensitivity, 319
Bright Think Rundown HCOBs withdrawn, 260          sensitivity is
set for 1/3 of a dial drop on a correct can
BTB; see Board Technical Bulletin            squeeze, 4, 9, 70,
155, 312, 315, 316, 320
Buddhism, Int RD solves the total goal of, 42            what a
correct can squeeze is, 314
bugged,          "can't have," definition, 94, 126
      areas where staff aren t studying regularly are, in most
Can We Ever Be Friends?, use in PTS handling, 291
            cases, the bugged and nonproducing areas, 428
carbon pot vs, wire wound pot, 323
      definition, 400  case(s); see also being; preclear; thetan
Businessman's Intensive, what it handles, 270            appearing
to be no case gain, out-ethics case due to
button(s),             being audited past Dianetic Clear, 243
      ensure nothing was suppressed, invalidated or mis-
becoming inactive as a Scientologist due to being
            understood before leaving an unreading item, flow
      audited past Dianetic Clear, 243
            or question, 253      bogs, primary reasons for, 189
      Int button read on an MU, handling, 79       drug case; see
drug case
      Int buttons list, 46,193          drug, medicine and alcohol
cases, 22
      Int buttons must be assessed before clearing, 103       drug
personality, 164
      Int buttons, no reads on, 79           gain; see case gain
      Invalidate button; see Invalidate button           getting an
estimate of a, 261
      Misunderstood Words button; see Misunderstood
harboring hostilitiesand hatreds, 164
            Words button          manifesting PTSness and illnesses
due to being audited
      Protest; see protest              past Dianetic Clear, 243
      putting in Suppress, Invalidation or Misunderstood      most
thorough way to set up a, 264
            Words on the prepared list, 145        no case gain;
see case gain
      rabbitbuttons, 145          not making it in auditing, check
for drug or alcohol
      Suppress button; see Suppress button               history,
75
bypassed charge,       not moving up the Bridge but remaining
parked at
      changing process while TA shows good motion will
some point due to being audited past Dianetic Clear,
            leave pc with, 319               243
      on improperly done or unnecessary prepared lists or
offline case actions forbidden, 432
            repair actions, handling, 214          only a PTP will
halt the progress of a, 276
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

case(s) (cont,)  case supervising, case supervision, C/Sing (cont,)
      PTS RD remedies case conditions not previously reme-
Dianetic Clear Special Intensive, C/Sing of, 335, 336
            died, 92         Dianetic Clear state unacknowledged,
recognition and
      resistive case; see resistive case                 handling
of, 256
      Resistive Cases Assessment, 30, 60           Dianetic Clear,
who can send pc through to attest to,
      rundown that undercuts every case, 164             244
      still appears resistive after GF, handling, 261
Dianetic pc who has had drug handling omitted, hand      suppressed
physical condition and person on drugs,            ling, 75
            drink or medicine, 22       Dianetics is its own field
of C/Sing, 55
      untangling a, 261           discomfort, standard C/S for, 33
case analysis, C/S 53 and, 221          don t need a C/S to fly
somebody s ruds, 422
case gain, gain(s),          getting an estimate of a case, 261
      appearing to be no case gain, out-ethics case due to
had Qual corrective actions and has gotten worse or
            being audited past Dianetic Clear, 243            made
no improvement, handling, 423
      audit over a problem and pc won t make case gain, 220
headaches, standard C/S for, 33
      biochemical substances vs, 163         heavy pressures,
standard C/S for, 33
      drugs can prevent it, 165         high TA, standard C/S for,
33
      drugs vs, 163,164,165,166         Int Correction Lists have
been done and pc still has
      EXGF 40RD and no change case, 92             headaches or
other Int troubles, 100, 104
      GF or EXGF 40RD handles no or slow case gain, 262
interiorization, when to order a check on it, 39
      good auditor gets case gain on a pc on his TRs and      Int
RD C/Sing, 104
            comm cycle alone, 420       Int RD error is corrected
as a first action, 98
      how suppression results in no gain or deterioration of
Int RD, if reading, is done before review auditing, ruds
            a case, 276                 or anything else, 42
      if pc s case is improving he becomes more independent
Int session bogged, handling, 217
            of the meter, 229           Int troubles persisting,
100,104
      only a PTP will halt the progress of a case, 276
mental actions do not work in the presence of drugs,
      only ARC breaks will worsen a case, 276                 164
      OTs make very fast and spectacular gains, 432           never
let a prepared list not read and not F/N without
      pc consistently not making the expected gains from
findingwhat it is all about, 145
            his processing, 166         no or slow case gain
handled by GF or EXGF 40RD,
      pc not making it in auditing, check for drug or alcohol
      262
            history, 75           no read auditors, reasons for,
145
      pcs who do not hold their gains are PTS, 90        offline
case actions forbidden, 432
      permissive TRs vs, 436      OTs are easier and faster to
handle than non-OTs, 432
      poor case gain due to unacknowledged state of Dia-      out-
Int despite having had Int RD and it has been re
neticClear, 256              paired, handling, 190
      preparing the majority of pcs for making optimum        out-
lnt, handling, 190
            case gain, 164        out-Int, must not audit pc on
anything else if Int is out,
      PTS RD EP is a pc who is getting and keeping case
190, 217, 220
            gains and never again roller-coasters, 292
overrepaired pcs, usual cause of, 255
      Purification RD and, 164          pc continuously not making
the expected gains from
      running Dianetics on a Dianetic Clear gives semblance
      his processing, 166
            of no case gain, 268        pc exteriorizes in session
but hasn t had an Int RD,
      slow gain, handling, 270               handling, 38, 80, 99,
105
      why SP s case doesn t improve, 8       pc not continuing up
the Bridge on his grades, 166
case level, why auditors of lower case level aren t assigned
pc not making it in auditing, check for drug or alcohol
            to pre-OTs, 431             history, 75
case supervising, case supervision, C/Sing,        points a C/S
should always look for in repairing cases,
      audited past Dianetic Clear, manifestations of, 243
      38
      auditing must be very limited if a list is out, 220
preparing the majority of pcs for making optimum
      auditor back-off or protest on F/Ning a list, cause of,
      case gain, 164
            146        programming; see programming
      auditor cannot make a prepared list read, reasons, 145
PTS RD which does not work, handling, 124
      auditor can't F/N a C/S 53, handling, 222
Purification Rundown and, 166, 177
      auditor-pc assignment policies, 431          Purification
Rundown is for anyone, 164
      biophysical processes do not work in the presence of
Quad Dianetics C/Sing, 53, 55
            drugs, 165       repair; see repair
      body aches, standard C/S for, 33       set-ups; see  set-ups
      bringing the person up to the level where he is now
still some other BPC or Bls after Crashing Mis-U
            ready for processing, 179              Repair List
done, handling, 357
      case bogs, primary reasons for, 189          unreading flows
or items are not run, 253
      case still appears resistive after GF, handling, 261
unreading prepared list, handling, 164
      Confessional worksheets, primary thing to inspect, 249
untangling a case, 261
      correcting any adverse reaction to the Power to For-
unusual solutions, cause of, 7
            give Proclamation, 227      Case Supervisor(s),
      C/S Checklist of Int Errors, 217       assessing GF Method 5
and sending to C/S for pro
C/Sing for a level for which he has not been trained,
gramming, 261
            penalties for, 304          bonuses, deprivation of,
304
      Dianetic Clear, adjudication and declare of the state
by the skill of his auditors you know the C/S, 106
            of, 200          calling in suspected Dianetic Clears
for confirmation,
      Dianetic Clear, programming for his next step, 252
257
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

Case Supervisor(s) (cont,)   charge(d) (cont,)
      C/S Checklist of Int Errors, 217       protesty because Int
has been run or repaired when it
      C/Sing for a level for which he has not been trained,
      wasn t charged, 191
            penalties for, 304          read means there is charge
present and available to
      definition, 270             run, 253
      doing the training and cramming because there is no
reality and, 37
            Qual Staff Training Officer or Cramming, 106
things that don t read won t run, 37
      High Crime checkouts and, 375          what charge shows, 37
      Ivory Tower and, 7, 258           why you cannot run anything
not charged (reading), 191
      must be very sure auditors are fully checked out on
why you run what reacts on the meter, 1, 253
            things they are to run before running them, 106
checklist(s),
      Purification Rundown and, 177          C/S Checklist of Int
Errors, 217
      Purification Rundown is always done under C/S super-
Debug Tech Checklist, 408
            vision, 167           How to Defeat Verbal Tech
Checklist, 402
      qualifications, 304    checkout(s), starrate checkout(s),
      requirements to deliver Dianetic Clear Special Inten-
auditors must be checked out and drilled on new
            sive, 344             materials, 52
      unusual solutions and, 7          C/S must be very sure
auditors are fully checked out
      where nearly all a C/S s hard work comes from, 104
on things they are to run before running them, 106
      who can send pc through to attest to Dianetic Clear,
correct way to do a starrate checkout, 103
            244              double flunk defined, 382
      who doesn t get high or low TAs handled at once,        False
Data Stripping, Crashing Mis-U tech, O/W
            handling, 100               handling, and service
facsimile tech must be em
      why the C/S can't be the auditor supervisor and pc
ployed where needed in checkouts, 375
            interviewer, 7        giving tough standard checkouts,
381
      wins, how to have them as a C/S, 106         High Crime
checkouts and Word Clearing, 375
cause, causative,            if a student flunks a Supervisor
checkout on materials
      person must be at cause when he is expected to apply
      he s been passed on by his twin, both students get a
            knowledge or skills, 379               flunk, 382
      producing causative, responsible graduates who can      Int
RD and, 103, 206
            apply what they have learned, 382            no auditor
may audit materials or apply HCOBs on
      putting the PTS person at cause over his situation,
      which he has not been starrated, 52
            290, 296         turn-about system applied to, 380
      training at cause vs, training at effect, 379
checksheets must exist for staff courses, 427
cell(s),         chemical(s),
      drug deposits inside cells, 170        chemical oriented
society, 164
      niacin breaks up and unleashes LSD, marijuana and
definition, 164
            other drugs and poisons from the tissues and cells,
      flushing poisons and chemical substances out of the
            172              body, 168
certificate(s), certified,        removal of life-hostile chemical
substances from the
      certificate expiration if the person has not done the
      body, 166
            internship for the level he is certified for, 309
chemists, belief that all life came from matter, 165
      special certificate for those trained to administer Con-
chicken and egg problem, 128
            fessional procedure, 225    "children should be seen
and not heard, -false data, 368
      student may not be certified and may not be given a
chronic somatics, PTS RD handles, 92
            course completion until he had completed his twin,
circulation,
            381        LSD cuts off circulation, 165
      suspension of certificates for missing a withhold, 242
running increases the, 167
      suspensionofcertificateuntilauditorisretreaded,52
running to work up circulation prior to going into
chain(s); see also engram running; Routine 3RA
sauna, 180
      basic has to be run for the chain or incident to erase,
civilization; see culture
            44   Class IV audltor, Int RD is done by a, 206
      do not end Int RD session with a chain partially run,   Class
IV Orgs, definition, 269
            40   Class VI Org, how the Saint Hill Orgs came about
and
      sickness caused by engram chains, 24               what
services they give, 271
      what happens if you only run incidents late on the, 44  Class
VIII Course, standard tech and, 272
      what has to be run for a chain or incident to erase, 212
Class IX Course, what materials it contains, 272
            word chains, handling, 183  clay demonstratlon(s),
challenging or accusative attitude, 353      communication formula
done in clay, 433-435
change,          Int RD materials and, 103, 206
      Change the Civilization Eval, 307      references, 103
      continuing a process that has ceased to produee change  "clay
table," handling the extensively mistrained glib
            is a crime, 5               student with, 132
      pc anxious about change, handling, 69  Clay Table audlting,
auditor and Cramming assignment
change of characteristic,               policies, 431
      what a change of characteristic question is, 321   Clay Table
De-PTSing,
      when it is followed up, 323       for a person who is PTS and
dramatizing creating
      when it occurs, 320               problems, 390
charge(d),       who can do it, 405
      how uncharged areas are run and charged ones are   clean,
            missed, 155, 254      do not leave prepared list
questions merely clean, 71
      I never run a pc on things that aren't charged, 253
      That's clean or That reads is not said to pc, 70
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

Clear(s); see also Dianetic Clear,      cognition(s) (cont,)
      aberree vs, Clear on the meter, 1      feeding or coaxing a,
200
      a very few thetans have never been anything but Clear,
F/N and, 7, 9
            328        when a pc is cogniting, look at the meter
not the pc, 7
      can be achieved on Dianetics, 200 cold, Vitamin C and, 161
      comm-evable offense to coach pc with data about Clear   comm;
see communication
            in any way, 244  command(s), all Dianetics commands are
used, 54
      comm-evable offense to feed or coax pc to any cogni-
Committee of Evidence; see also penalties
            tion to make a, 200         Confessional for person
refusing to come clean on a,
      C/S 53 reads and, 221             246
      Date/Locate on the point he went Clear, 244        for
coaching pc with data about Clear, 244
      definition of DianeticClear, 200       for continued omission
or refusal to get or support
      Dianetic Clear is a, 200               actions to get juniors
hatted and trained, 428
      Dianetics not run on, 191, 198         for feeding or coaxing
a pc to any cognition to make
      End of Endless Drug Rundowns Repair List and, 187
a Clear, 200
      Expanded Green Form 40RD and, 262      for missing a
withhold, 242
      failing to declare one who has made it is actionable,
offenses Course Supervisor may be comm-eved for, 224
            328  communicate, communication(s), comm,
      Green Formand, 262          being who can handle anyone with
communication
      has drugs reading on C/S 53, handling, 221
alone, 437
      has not had Int RD but Int reads on C/S 53, handling,
communication grade is out, handling, 69
            220        conceptual understanding and, 425
      how fast we are making them, 266       definition, 296
      in last life, 243           formula; see communication
formula
      Int RD and, 32, 43, 79, 191,197, 212         importance of
knowing how A and R and C interrelate,
      Int Rundown Correction List Revised and, 84             436
      inval/eval and the state of Clear, 244       inability to
communicate, handling, 412
      Keyed-Out Clear, there is no such thing as, 200         lack
of the ability to communicate probably underlies
      L3RF reads and, 144, 221               the causes for the
current drug culture, 130
      New Grade IV and, 270       out of communication due to Mis-
Us, 130
      out-lnt and, 213       putting him back into communication
with his fellow
      overrun on the Clearing Course, 256                man, his
family and the world at large, 250
      pc goes Clear on a grade, handling, 252            that can
stand up faultlessly to any session or social
      postulates of a Clear read as a surge, 257
situation no matter how rough, 437
      processes a Clear wouldn t respond to, 256         the true
data on TRs and, 434
      PTS RD and, 91, 291         TRs course brings about ability
to, 307
      someone who has not made Clear will not make it on
twinning puts students into communication, into
            the OT levels, 200               doingness and
participation, 378
      unhandled drugs on a Clear, handling, 262          two-way
comm; see two-way communication
      unresolving Int problems and, 32       when words are
understood, communication can'take
      went Clear before doing the Clearing Course, 256
place, 184
Clear cog, Dianetic Clear Special Intensive Assessment
communication cycle,
            List and, 339, 343          cycle of action and cycle
of communication, 348
clearing,        good auditor gets case gain on a pc on his TRs and
      biochemical substances vs, 163               comm cycle
alone, 420
      drugs vs, 163          Mis-U interrupts cycle of
communication or under
      one would have to de-aberrate a man before his whole
      standing, 348
            social structure could be de-aberrated, 12        TRs
and, 142, 433
      what success in clearing this planet depends upon, 224
communication formula,
clearing commands,           ARC triangle and, 434
      Confessionals and, 246      definition, 297
      pc very upset and words of the Repair Correction List
doing it in clay, 433-435
            have not yet been cleared, handling, 214          how
to learn the, 435
Clearing Course,       TRs and, 435
      Dianetic Clears and, 252, 272          TRs are drills on the
various parts of the, 435
      for those who did not make Dianetic Clear, 272          TRs
Course and, 434
      went Clear before doing the, 256  communication lag, poor or
comm lag TR 2 in a Con
coach(s)(ing),               fessional, effects of, 250
      based on producing the EP not based on opinion, 437
competence,
      giving tough standard coaching sessions, 381       morale is
up when competence is demonstrated, 381
      job of the coach and Supervisor is to make the student
reduced by false data, 374
            right, 143 completion,
      Mood Drills, coach s patter, 305       handling all the
factors that prevent the completion
      TRs and, 143, 418, 419, 436            of cycles of action
and products, 330
      TRs coached to wins, not losses, 436         high and genuine
course completions, 385
co-audit, definition, 269         plummeting HGC Completion
Statistic, 5
codeine, 165           student may not be certified and may not be
given a
cognition(s),                course completion until he has
completed his twin,
      Clear cog and Dianetic Clear Special Intensive Assess-
      381
            ment List, 339, 343   complexity, complexities,
      do not interrupt pc's cognition, 192         curing him of
his additives, complexities, apathy and
      don t be engrossed in looking at the pc during, 9
apparent stupidity on a subject, 370
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

complexity, complexities (cont,)  Confessional(s) (cont,)
      Man is a complex being, 274       statement of forgiveness
used at the end of a, 225
      misunderstoods and, 329           still stuck in the shame,
blame and regret of the un
complicate a subject, why a person has a tendency to, 311
      confessed overt or withhold, handling, 227
conceptual understanding, 133,183, 425       thought of one overt,
but told a different overt, 227
Confessional(s); see also Security Check           tick is always
noted, 246
      acknowledging the confession, 225, 227       trouble,
handling, 248
      adverse reaction to proclamation of forgiveness, hand-
TRs rough or choppy make pc feel accused, 250
            ling, 227        unreading questions, handling, 247
      auditor and Cramming assignment policies, 431           what
a Confessional clears up, 245
      auditor attitude and TRs during, 250         worksheets,
routing of, 249
      auditor requirements, 246   confidence,
      auditors who miss withholds, penalty, 242          as a NED
auditor, 210
      bad Exam Report after, handling, 250         how to build pc
s confidence in the auditor, 250
      clear the words backwards, 246         judging oneself by one
s successes breeds confidence
      command for earlier similar, 248             in one s
ability, 15
      commands for Suppress and Invalidate buttons, 247
confront(ing); see also TR 0
      commands to periodically check for M/W/H, 248
confront tech has to be part of the TR checksheet, 311
      confessing one s overt acts is the first step toward taking
      cycle of deterioration of ability to confront, 311
            responsibility for them, 225           excessive
blinking on TR 0, 419
      C/Sing data, 249       how ability to confront is lessened,
311
      dirty needles are followed up fully, 247           inability
to confront, cause of, 311
      do not take up unreading questions, 247
manifestations that show that a person is not confront
      don't take a rise as a change of characteristic, 247
      ing, 418
      errors that cause an incomplete confession, 227         not
confronting and duplicating in an area due to mis
      ethics presence and, 242, 250                understoods, 330
      every reading question is F/Ned, 246         person cannot be
drilled into confronting, handling,
      falls on his head after a Confessional, handling, 249
      311
      false read, handling, 247         taking heavy drugs and
alcohol because he had with
      false read, indicators of, 247               holds and could
not confront, 311
      F/Ning the original question, 246, 247, 248        the less a
person can confront, the more false data he
      forgiveness and, 225              has accumulated and will
accumulate, 370
      for person refusing to come clean on a Comm Ev,
TRsCoursebringsaboutabilityto, 307
                 B of 1, etc, 246       withholds causing inability
to, 311
      helping person end cycle on the bad things he has
confusion(s),
                 done, 225        misunderstoods and, 329
      high or low TA at start, handling, 246       MUs and
confusions obscuring the Crashing MU,
      if any trouble, check for M/W/Hs, false reads and
handling, 387
                 ARC breaks, in that order, 248    consequences
starting to take on a new meaning during
      if pc not in session you won t get the withholds, 250
      Purification Rundown, 176
      indicator that something has been missed, 227      context,
how to clear a word when you don t know the,
      is auditing and is kept confidential if not done for
      183
            justice reasons, 246  continuous overt(s),
      is not a rote procedure, 247           committing continuous
overts in life, handling, 63
      is not auditing if done for justice reasons, 246
continuously committing overts on Scientology, hand
      LCRC, when to use it, 248, 249               ling, 63
      low responsibility causing person to F/N, 247      control,
auditor has more control over pc s reactive mind
      misdirections of the pc indicate he is withholding, 247
      than the pc, 2
            Now I m supposed to's, 245  correction lists; see
prepared lists
      pc consistently immediately dives whole track on Con-   cost;
see price
            fessional questions, handling, 248     couldn't have,
definition, 94, 126
      pc gives three or four overts at once, handling, 247
counter-, definition, 298
      permits person to again feel a part of his group, 246
counter-Intention, handling, 415
      person not being able to accept forgiveness or still
country, how to bring about a great political reform or
            feeling bad, handling, 227             improve a
failing country, 12
      poor or comm lag TR 2, effects of, 250 course(s); see also
study; training
      power to forgive, 225, 227, 249        application; see
application
      power to forgive proclamation patter, 225, 249
completions; see  completions
      procedure, 245         courses Class IV Orgs teach, 271
      purpose of, 225        Dianetics Course; see Dianetics Course
      reads and, 246         eating or smoking in course room not
allowed, 224
      rechecking the original question, 248        expanding
courses, how to get, 427
      references, 245        failures because twinning had fallen
into misuse or
      religion and, 225                 fallen out completely, 377
      repair list, when to use it, 248, 249        Flag courses,
274
      R-Factor given to person, 246          group agreement in an
out-ethics course room, 223
      rock slams, reporting and noting of, 248           how a
student or Supervisor goes into agreement with
      ruds at the end of a, 249              and contributes to an
out-ethics course room, 223
      Sec Checking, Integrity Processing and Confessionals
how long it takes when I  teach a, 307
            are all the same procedure, 245        ideal scene of,
223
      special certificate for those trained to administer Con-
      incomplete course is not allowed by Supervisors, 385
            fessional procedure, 225         in-ethics course
defined, 223
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

course(s) (cont,)      Course Supervisor(s) (cont,)
      items required in a standard course room, 427           why
the C/S can't be the auditor supervisor and pc
      keeping the course morale high, 382
interviewer, 7
      late for course, 384   Court of Ethics,
      mandatory twinning on all practical courses, 377        for
using verbal tech, 318
      mustering students, 224           SSO empowered to call an
Executive Court of Ethics,
      new TRs Course at the beginning of major courses, 309
      428
      not getting students through their course and gradu-
cramming; see also errors
            ated, penalty for, 224           actions which are not
OK and which are OK to do in
      offenses Course Supervisor may be comm-eved for, 224
      Cramming, 431
      one is responsible for getting his twin through the, 381
      assignment policies, 431
      out-ethics course defined, 223         audited pc past
exterior, correcting the auditor, 100
      permitting persons to come into the course room and
auditor cannot make a prepared list read, reasons, 145
            bother students for any reason is not allowed, 224
      auditor can't F/N a C/S 53, handling, 222
      prices; see prices          checking an auditor's TRs, 418
      reduction in course costs, 269         crammed over out-ruds
in the past, handling, 422
      running it with totally standard tech and in-ethics, 223
      C/S doing the training and cramming because there
      Solo Auditors Course, 272              is no Qual Staff
Training Officer or Cramming, 106
      SSO responsibility for standard staff courses, 426      C/S
who doesn't get high or low TAs handled at once,
      staff courses; see staff courses             handling, 100
      student may not be certified and may not be given a
don't need a C/S to fly somebody's ruds, 422
            course completion until he has completed his twin,
      failing auditors ordered to do a complete modern TRs
            381              Course, 309
      Supervisor checks up on any students who have been
flying ruds in, 421
            routed off course, 385           folder check before,
423
      TRs Course; see TRs Course        gotten worse or made no
improvement after cramming,
      twinning on practical courses, 378                 handling,
423
      twinning on practical sections of courses, 379
handling bogged students and their twins, 384
      twinning reinstated, 377          High Crime checkouts and,
376
      two ways a course can be run, 223      Method 9 Word Clearing
and, 376
      when to twin, 379           natter about, 421
course supervision,          no read auditors, 145
      based on producing the EP not based on opinion, 437
offline case actions forbidden, 432
      TRs the Hard Way, supervision of, 436        OTs are easier
and faster to handle than non-OTs, 432
Course Supervlsor(s),        out-ruds and, 421
      answers to students' questions, 382          protest of, 421
      assigning twins, 379, 382         remedy for auditors who
make errors on the PTS RD,
      checks up on any students who have been routed off
124
            course, 385           resistance to, 421
      directs students with questions to the correct source
subjective vs, objective questions or actions, 432
            reference, 427        TRs Course as the only acceptable
first cramming
      "double flunk" given by the, 382             order, 309
      Drug RD and Grade IV are prerequisites for, 309         TRs
Course before correcting other auditor or admin
      duties of the Staff Course Supervisor, 427
errors, 309
      failure of a twin to be a twin, handling, 382           what
the most usual and successful cramming action
      High Crime checkouts and, 375                is, 432
      how he goes into agreement with and contributes to an
when to retread an auditor, 52
            out-ethics course room, 223      worksheets are put in
pc folder and sent to C/S, 422
      incomplete course is not allowed by, 385     Cramming
Offlcer,
      job of the coach and Supervisor is to make the student
assignment policies, 431
            right, 143       correction lists he must get checked
out on the use of,
      keeping the course morale high, 382                422
      letting students study without dictionaries and demo
must get checked out on flying ruds and overts, 422
            kits, 224        policy not to assign non-OT Cramming
Officers to
      not fully applying study tech and using Word Clearing,
      OTs, 431
            224        qualifications of, 422
      not getting students through their course and gradu-
Crashing Misunderstood(s); see also misunderstood word
            ated, penalty for, 224           all methods of W/Cing
utilized in Crashing Mis-U
      not making all materials available, 224
finding, 349
      offenses he may be comm-eved for, 224        ask for
instances of practical usage from the person
      producing causative, responsible graduates who can
you found a Crashing Mis-U on, 352
            apply what they have learned, 382            blocks to
finding them, 386
      responsibility to enforce twinning, 382            bog or
trouble during Crashing Mis-U finding, 357
      roll book and, 427          cannot be found at all yet it
obviously must be there,
      staff courses, putting them there, 426             handling,
350
      Staff Course Supervisor, 427           can't find a useful
definition, handling, 354
      standing around or sitting at his desk not actively
case histories to show how Crashing Mis-U finding
            handling students who need help, penalty for, 224
      goes, 353
      Teacher or Supervisor Intensive, what it does, 270
cautions for Crashing Mis-U finding, 356
      teaming up students of comparable case level and
cleared to F/N VGIs, 353
            training and abilities, 378      clear this word fully
to VGIs (on the meter it would
      verbal data and, 382              F/N), 349
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

Crashing Misunderstood(s) (cont,) Crashing Misunderstood(s) (cont,)
      commands for finding the, 349, 353           procedure for
finding, 348
      commands for pulling O/Ws, 350, 388          product and,
386, 387
      command to handle service facsimile that is getting in
pulling withholds in nonmetered Crashing Mis-U find
            the way of finding the, 389            ing, 350, 388,
390
      cycle of action and, 347, 386, 387           Reach and
Withdraw run after finding the, 350
      cycle of understanding and, 348        red tagged exam,
handling, 357
      debugging products with Crashing Mis-U tech, 348
references, 330, 361, 387
      debug tech and, 352         remedies for inability to locate
the, 389
      defense mechanism which would make it impossible to
resistance to finding the Mis-U, examples of, 350
            find the, 351         results, how to get them every
time, 390
      definition, 347, 360, 387         service facsimiles and, 389
      detecting if he's got it and if he hasn't got it cleared
      shattered civilizations and, 348
            up, 352          still not getting out his products or
completing cycles
      dynamics and, 360                 of action in his area after
Crashing Mis-U finding,
      effects of, 356             handling, 357
      elusive or Crashing Mis-U, 361         supposing everyone
else has the same Crashing Mis-U,
      EP of Crashing Mis-U finding, 350, 352             356
      example of using a meter to find a, 352            theory,
348
      example sof how to find a, 353         totally blocks
person's understanding of the subject,
      false data burying a Crashing MU, handling, 388
387
      false data handled with two-way comm, 354          24-hour
repair rule for bogged Crashing Mis-U find
      False Data Stripping, Crashing Mis-U tech, O/W
      ing, 356
      handling and service facsimile tech must be em-
unmetered Crashing Mis-U  finding, example, 355
            ployed where needed in checkouts, 375        using the
read to steer him to the area and find the
      finding Crashing Mis-Us is not a substitute for full
            Mis-U, 353
            W/Cing, 347           utilize all methods of W/Cing and
whatever else it
      getting off the track and clearing up a whole subject
      takes to find the, 362
            that has nothing to do with getting out his product,
      what Crashing MUs can be buried by, 386, 390
            356        will not always show up for what it is in
M9ing, 361
      handling, 387          Word Clearer's first action is to
himself look up the
      having to do Method 2 and Method 4 on certain mate-
      definition and derivation of the word, 351
                 rials before the Crashing MU can'then be located,
      you've done full Crashing Mis-U and product debug
                 387              procedure and still haven't
gotten the Crashing
      how Crashing Mis-U finding differs from regular
Mis-U, handling 361
                 W/Cing, 349 Crashing Mis-U Repair List (LC1),
      how it may not even read on the meter, 361         form, 357
      how you can'tell someone has a, 356          Method 3 or
Method 5 used, 357
      importance of the Word Clearer knowing the correct      still
some other BPC or BIs after Crashing Mis-U Re            definition
of the word, 351             pair List done, handling, 357
      is not your ordinary common garden variety of Mis-U,
use of, 357
            361  creating,
      is straight on the subject-line that is giving trouble, 387
      area or individual creating problems and demanding
      it must be found, no matter how arduous the search,
      solutions to them, handling, 405
            386        engaged in creating problems, 347
      justifications and, 388           person PTS and dramatizing
creating problems during
      key to completed cycles of action and products, 347
      Crashing MU finding, 390
      manifestation of a withhold in addition to a, 356  crlme,
drugs and, 164
      marry up routine M9 with Crashing Mis-U finding and
crlmes In Sclentology,
            all of its steps where the person isn't making it
changingorlosingissues, 303
            otherwise, 362        continuing a process that has
ceased to produce change
      may be right there in plain view, 361              is a, 5
      may not be on the subject of the product itself but in
failing to report an unusual sohltion advised or used, 6
            an area related to the subject, 362          issuing
issues in BTB or BPL form that contain incor
      meter check after pulling withholds in nonmetered
rect or misleading data, 303
            Crashing Mis-U finding, 351, 388       posting known
criminals or incompetents to training
      metered and nonmetered Crashing Mis-U finding, 348
posts, 303
      MUs and confusions obscuring the Crashing MU,
references, 303
            handling, 387         suppressive acts, examples of,
303
      no Crashing Mis-Us can be found on a subject yet it
technical perversions, 303
            is obvious they exist, handling, 371, 386, 387
unusual solutions and, 5
      other MUs vs, 387           verbal tech, 303
      overtproductsand,351   criminal, posting known criminals or
incompetents to
      overts and withholds getting in the way of find the, 387
            training posts, 303
      O/W handling in metered and nonmetered Crashing    critical,
M/W/H and, 248
            MU finding, 387  CRMU; see Crashing Misunderstood
      O/W phenomenon during Crashing Mis-U finding, 350  C/S; see
case supervision; Case Supervisor
      O/W pulling during Crashing Mis-U finding, 350, 388     C/S
Checklist of Int Errors, 217
      person giving reasons why it is OK not to understand    C/S
53,
            the subject or area, handling, 388           as next
action after Int RD or End of Endless Int RD,
      person PTS and dramatizing creating problems during
      197
            Crashing MU finding, 390         assessing it and
indicating the largest read, 220
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

C/S 53 (cont,)   cycle of action,
      auditor can't F/N a C/S 53, handling, 222          completed
cycle of action normally results in a prod
      blown students and pcs handled with, 220                uct,
347
      case analysis and, 221      Crashing Mis-U and, 347, 386, 387
      Clears, OTs, Dianetic Clears and, 221        cycle of
communication and, 348
      contains all the elements known to us that bring about
debugging a, 408
            case foul-ups, 221          definition, 347
      contains everything that can be wrong with a mind,
disease cycles of action, 159
            220, 264, 270         handling all the factors that
prevent the completion of,
      determining whether Int is out, 190                330
      drugs reading on a Clear, OT, or Dianetic Clear,
insane person and, 404
            handling, 221         key to completed cycles of action
and products, 347
      "Endless C/S 53s," 222      major reason people don't
complete cycles of action,
      false TA pc and, 222              347
      F/Ning a, 221, 264          Mis-U and, 329, 347, 348
      form (long), 150       SP and, 404
      form (short), 147           still not getting out his
products or completing cycles
      if high or low TA persists use LIX Hi-Lo TA List Re-
      of action in his area after Crashing Mis-U finding,
            vised, 107            handling, 357
      instant F/Ns not taken up, 220         won't complete a cycle
of action, handling, 413
      Int reads, handling, 190, 220     cycle of communication; see
communication cycle
      LIX Hi-Lo TA List Revised vs, 107 cycle of understanding,
Crashing Mis-U and, 348
      long form vs, short form, 147, 150, 220
      major actions and, 264
      Method 5 and, 147, 150, 220, 221
      D
      object of the, 220
      order in which reads are taken up, 149, 150, 153, 220   daily
reports, Purification Rundown and, 177
      pcs bugged by C/S 53s being done on them, handling,     data;
see datum
            222  Data Serles,
      pc who does not require a C/S 53 to F/Ning list, 264
handling a student who cannot grasp or retain the data
      primary purpose of, 221                of the, 56
      programming and handling reads, 220          HC Out-Point-
Plus-Point Lists cancelled, 56
      rough auditing handled with, 335  date(s), dating,
      set-up before major action must include C/S 53RL to
calling the date found back to the pc, 83, 231
            F/Ning list, 264      Date to Blow-Locate to Blow
steps, 81
      set-ups and, 264       definition of dating, 228
      short form questions are less limited, 220         implant
dates vs, actual dates, 230
      2WCing the C/S 53 itself, 222          locating and, 228
      two ways of using a, 220          pc can be made more
dependent or more independent
      uneducated pcs and, 220                of the meter, 229
      use of, 147,150, 220        purpose of, 230
      using it in a D of P interview, 221          theory of, 228
      verifying that you actually have a read on Int, 190
use the system of time measurement that the pc uses,
      why it is written the way it is, 220               230
C/S-1; see Dianetic C/S-1; PTS C/S-1         why you date and
locate, 228
culture(s), civilization(s), society; see also Man       wrong date
for an incident, handling, 228
      Change the Civilization Eval, 307 Date/Locate,
      chemical oriented society, 164         accept the pc's data,
231
      First Dynamic world, 383          auditor must not go past a
blow, 233
      how to bring about a great political reform or improve
auditor requirements before he attempts it, 374
            a failing country, 12       blow defined, 229
      linkage between drugs and breakdown of the social       blow
is accompanied by a BD and F/N, 230
            and industrial culture, 164      bogs, handling, 235
      Man has not necessarily properly defined everything
BPC manifestations, 236
            in his technical sphere or culture, 349
calling back a distance as an indication, 231
      Method 9 is a great civilization saver, 141        calling
the date found back to the pc, 83, 231
      one would have to de-aberrate a man before his whole
calling the location back to the pc, 83
            social structure could be de-aberrated, 12
changing from meter dating and meter locating to
      shattered civilizations and Crashing Mis-Us, 348
accepting and taking the pc's data, 232
      there is no field in all the society where false data is
      correct date will blow, 236
            not rampant, 367      correct location will blow, 236
      we have drifted down in literacy to a point where the
Dating Drill 1, 233
            culture can't read or hear, 128        Dating Drill 2,
233
      what probably underlies the causes for the current
definitionsofdatingand locating, 228
            drug culture, 130           Dianetic Clear Special
Intensive and, 336, 338
      why this technical culture is failing, 128         errors
that result in no blow, 231
cure(s),         essence of, 83, 236
      almost anything which comes later is a cure for some-
False Data Stripping and, 374
            thing earlier, 23           finding the data by
metering, 234
      preassessing the unwanted pains or feelings before the
if you suspect a blow and pc hasn't volunteered this,
            cure, 22              handling, 233
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

Date/Locate (cont,)    death, dead (cont,)
      implant dates vs, actual dates, 230          half dead as a
being, 311
      Int RD correction drill: Date to Blow/Locate to Blow,
proof that Man is a spiritual being, timeless and death   79
      less, 211
      Locating Drill 1, 233  debate, Socratic equation and, 369
      Locating Drill 2, 234  debug, debugging, debug tech,
      locating is not done rotely, 232, 235        applies from the
very small expected action to the huge
      Natural Clear and 338             expected project, 407
      never let pc struggie if he can't find the data, 232
area or individual creating problems and demanding
      never resort to the meter if pc can find and give the
      solutions to them, handling, 405
            data, 232        auditor and Cramming assignment
policies for metered
      never use meter to challenge, 'correct' or invalidate
      debug actions, 431
            pc's data, 232        case histories to show how
Crashing Mis-U finding
      no blow F/N when the full date is found, handling, 234
      goes, 353
      no blow occurs, handling, 81           Crashing Mis-U finding
and, 347, 352
      no blow on locating, handling, 234           Crashing Mis-U
may not be on the subject of the prod
      no blow on pc giving the date or auditor meter dating
      uct itself but in an area related to the subject, 362
            it, handling, 231           Crashing Mis-U tech is used
in debugging products,
      not a rote procedure, 229              348
      not getting a blow on calling the location back to the
debugging a lack of products and accomplishments of
            pc as an indication, 231               an org or post,
408
      not getting a blow on finding the direction and dis-
Debug Tech Checklist, 408
            tance, 231       definition, 400
      on the point he went Dianetic Clear, 244, 256           do
not go for an all-organize or an all-production
      pc can be made more dependent or more independent
handling, 406
            of the meter, 229           EP, 352, 407, 409
      pc is out of PT fixed by both date and location, 236
evaluators and, 407
      preliminary step, 232       executives and, 401
      procedure, 81, 233          false data handled with two-way
comm, 354
      purpose of dating, 230      faulty debugging, handling, 391,
406
      purpose of locating, 231          finding a product that can
be gotten out, 409
      reads of implant dates vs, actual dates, 230       first
action in debugging an area, 401, 409
      reference, 336         getting off the track and clearing up
a whole subject
      R-Factor to give to pc, 232, 233             that has nothing
to do with getting out his product,
      rule on metering, 229             356
      situations that dating and locating handles, 228
gradient approach is used, 352
      summary, 236           hatting problems, debug of, 403
      systems of measurement of distance, 231            history
of, 400
      theory of, 228         how long to continue debugging, 352
      two separate drills for dating and locating, 232
inadequate organization to get the product, handling,
      understanding the mechanics of, 83                 406
      uses of, 228           inspecting his area as regards
products, 349
      use the system of time measurement that the pc uses,
inspecting the area, 401
            230        inspection to see what is going on in terms
of produc
      while locating, pc starts running the incident or gives
      tion, 409
            too much "scene," handling, 236        list of things
that could be standing in the way of pro
      why you date and locate, 228                 duction, 408
datum, data,           marry up routine M9 with Crashing Mis-U
finding and
      A=A=A is the way most people handle data, 326
all of its steps where the person isn't making it
      accept the pc's data during dating, 231
otherwise, 362
      collision of false data and true data, without the person
      nonproducing areas, handling, 407
            knowing which is which, 370      no organization,
handling, 406
      false data, see false data        no products are coming out,
handling, 402
      he cannot think with the data and it does not seem to
orders, debugging of, 402
            apply, handling, 371        overt products, remedy of,
405
      inability to think with data reason for, 368       personnel
problems, debug of, 403
      never resort to the meter if pc can find and give the
procedure, 401
            data (in dating), 232       Product Clearing and, 352
      true data vs, false data, 435          Product Debug Repair
List, 391
      verbal data; see verbal data           Product Debug Repair
List, use of, 406
      why trying to teach a correct datum over a false datum
production and, 400, 401
            on the subject does not work, 369            purpose of
debug tech, 352
dead horse list,       references, 400
      definition, 36         things one might expect to come across
and have to
      don't extend a, 36                handle in order to debug a
cycle or product, 353
      handling, 36           turning insolvency into solvency, 401
deafness, misunderstoods can act as perception shut-
turning out a type of product nobody wants, handling,
            offs, 329             405
death, dead,           use of, 401
      death slide as a being, 311       use the whole debug tech
procedure without trying to
      exteriorization and, 44                short cut it, 352
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

debug, debugging, debug tech (cont,)    deflnltion(s) fcont,)
      wrong stat, debugging a, 404           spending a lot of time
clearing words within definitions
      wrong VFP or wrong product, debugging a, 404            of
words, handling, 183
      you've done full Crashing Mis-U and product debug
substitute definition, 365
            procedure and still haven't gotten the Crashing Mis-
      synonyms, clearing of, 134,182
            U, handling, 361      technical or specialized
definitions, when to clear
Debug Tech Checkllst,             them, 133,182
      EP of debug actions, 409          types of misunderstoods,
129
      form, 408        unsuitable definition, example, 364
      handling a bogortrouble on, 409        verbal hatting is the
main source of false definitions
      use of, 406, 408            and false data, 367
declare(s); see a/so attest       which definition to clear first,
133
      adjudication and declare of the state of Dianetic Clear,
      Word Clearer's first action is to himself look up the
            200              definition and derivation of the word,
351
      Dianetic Clear false declares, 328     delerlum tremens,
Vitamin B1 and, 171
      evaluating for or feeding a pc data to persuade him to
delivery,
            declare Dianetic Clear, 328      Advanced Org services,
272
      false declares and Quickie Grades brought about by      Class
IV Org services, 269
            lack of Word Clearing, 375       Class Vl Org (Saint
Hill) services, 271
defense mechanlsm,           courses Class IV Orgs teach, 271
      Crashing Mis-U finding and, 351        Flag services, 273
      person can have a defense mechanism whereby he jus-
miracle results of Word Clearing make all the differ
            tifies having a Crashing MU, 388             ence in
the world to the quality of technical delivery,
      what it consists of, 351               375
deficiencies,    demo kits, Course Supervisor who lets students
study
      checking for vitamin and mineral deficiencies before
      without dictionaries and, 224
            Purification Rundown, 177   dental therapy, pc had
dental therapy, handling, 65
      nutritional deficiencies, 170     dental treatment, pc has
tooth decay, handling, 64
      why overdosing one vitamin can create a deficiency depravity,
freeing one from, 12
            artificially of another vitamin, 173   derivation,
definition(s),         clearingthe, 133,182
      accurate definition for a word not given in any diction-
      definition, 133,182
            ary, 365         looking up the, 351
      archaic definitions, when to clear them, 134, 182  despair,
Relief RD to handle, 267
      asking "What is the definition of ?", 294    destimulation,
illness and, 24
      can't find a useful definition, handling, 354      devotion,
what it requires, 20
      clearing a word to conceptual understanding, 133,  Dewey,
John, false data and, 368
            183, 425   Dianazene is remarkably workable today, 172
      disassociation between the definition and the physical
Dianetic(s), New Era Dianetics; see also engram running;
            universe, 412               Routine 3RA
      emotional reactions connected with a rejected defini-
all commands are used, 54
            tion, 366        Clear, Dianetic Clear or OT not to be
run on, 191,198
      example of how to clear a word, 182          cost of 1950-
1977 processing compared to NED, 265
      false definition, 349, 363        description of NED, 265,
266
      false definition defined, 363          Dianetic Clear is not
run on, 191,198, 200, 266, 268
      he is rejecting the material he is reading or the defini-
      discoveries and advancements in tech in 1978, 266
            tion of the word he is clearing, handling, 371
"doesn't like Dianetics," handling, 74
      homonymic definition, 129, 364         drugs are handled
first, reason, 75
      how long to use a word in sentences, 182           EP, 48,
203
      how to clear a word, 133, 182          errors must be
repaired with an L3RF, 190
      how to clear a word when you don't know the context,
former therapy handling, 65
            183        Full Flow Dianetics; see Full Flow Dianetics
      idiomshavetobecleared, 134,182         handling somebody
whose "lumbosis" has not sur      importance of the Word Clearer
knowing the correct               rendered to, 26
            definition of the word, 351      how fast and thorough
NED is, 265
      incomplete definition, example, 364          illness
handling, 24
      incorrect definition, example, 363           is its own field
of C/Sing, 55
      invented definition, example, 363      NED rule, 210
      learn the full definition for a word as well as its syno-
      pc run on Dianetics on the Int RD after Dianetic Clear,
            nyms, 365             handling, 191 ,198
      Man has not necessarily properly defined everything
people who don't go past track in Dianetics don't
            in his technical sphere or culture, 349
recover, 91
      missing from the dictionary, 349, 365        power of NED,
266
      misunderstood word or symbol in the definition, hand-
Prepared Assessment Form, what it handles, 267
            ling, 134,183         Quadruple Dianetics; see
Quadruple Dianetics
      no-definition, example, 365       references to study and
demo out what each R3RA
      notes in dictionary on word usage must be cleared,
commanddoes,210
            134,183          remedies all remain in full use, 55
      obsolete definitions, when to clear them, 134, 182
results of NED compared to old Dianetics, 269
      omitted definition, example, 365       results, what you have
to know to get uniformly good
      PTS C/S-1 definitions sheet, 296             results, 210
      rejected definition, example, 366      running past lives as
"imaginary," 91
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

Dianetic(s), New Era Dlaneffcs; (cont,) Dianetic Clear(s) (cont,)
      runningthe missingflowsif reading, 57        individual
thinks he might be Dianetic Clear, hand
      Single Dianetics; see Single Dianetics             ling, 333
      speed that NED pes are aehieving, 265        Int is still out
for some peeuliar reason, handling, 191
      state of Clear ean be aehieved on, 200       Int RD and, 32,
43, 79, 191, 198, 211
      Triple Dianeties; see Triple Dianeties       Int Rundown
Correetion List Revised and, 84
      understanding the funetion and purpose of each of the
invalidation by running certain processes that a Clear
            R3RA commands in a Dianetic session, 210
wouldn't respond to, 256
      unreading questions and items, 36      is a Clear, 200
Dianetic auditor(s),NEDauditor(s),           item stating pc has
gone Dianetic Clear reads on a
      can salvage a person in under 100 hours, 270
correction list, handling, 333
      confidence as a, 210        Keyed-Out Clear vs, 257
      must understand the function and purpose of each of
L3RF reads and, 144, 221
            the R3RA commands in a Dianetic session, 210
manifesting PTSness and illnesses due to being audited
      references to study and demo out what each R3RA
past Dianetic Clear, 243
            command does, 210           meter phenomena on a, 257
      requirements to run Quad Dianetics, 55       NED for OTs can
be given once he is OT III, 200
      what you have to know to get uniformly good results,
not moving up the Bridge but remaining "parked"
            210              at some point due to being audited
past Dianetic
      when to retread a, 52, 54              Clear, 243
Dianetic Clear(s); see also Clear       OT 1 and, 252, 272
      adjudication and declare of the state, 200         out-Int
and, 213
      appearing to be no case gain, out-ethics case due to
Quickie Grades and, 332
            being audited past Dianetic Clear, 243       past life
Dianetic Clears, 243, 266, 268
      attempting to attest in order to save money or for status
      pc originates he has achieved Dianetie Clear, handling, 200
            reasons, 256          pe run on Dianeties on the Int RD
after Dianetie Clear,
      attested to Dianetie Clear and has not had a formal
      handling, 190,192,198
            auditing session toestablish it, handling, 333
person wanting to attest but clearly hasn't made it,
      attests, 243                handling, 257
      attests-additional data, 256           person who has
attested but hasn't made it, handling,
      audited past Dianetic Clear, manifestations of, 243
      257
      auditing the, 332           Power, R6EW, Clearing Course and,
252
      becoming inactive as a Scientologist due to being
programming for his next step, 252
            audited past Dianetic Clear, 243       PTS RD and, 91,
292
      bonded by HCO before given access to confidential
references, 333
            Dianetic Clear HCOBs, 344        rehab of, 272
      calling in suspected Dianetic Clears for confirmation,
R-Factor for person who has attested to but hasn't
            257              attained Dianetic Clear, 257
      checkouts to do before auditing Dianetic Clear or       R3RA
audited over and beyond Dianetic Clear as a
            Natural Clear on the grades, 332             primary
reason for case bogs, 189
      Clearing Course and, 252, 272          running Dianetics on
Dianetic Clear gives semblance
      C/S 53 reads and, 221             of no case gain, 268
      Date/Locate on when the pc went Dianetic Clear, 256
Super Power and, 252, 271
      declare of the state, 200         suppressive act to send pc
through to attest to Dianetic
      declaring a Dianetic Clear "achieved in other prac-
      Clear whenhehasn't truly made it, 244
            tices," penalty for, 328         unacknowledged
Dianetic Clear, handling, 256
      definition, 200        unacknowledged Dianetic Clears,
recognition of, 243,
      Dianetic Clear Repair List and, 244                256
      Dianetics is not run on, 191, 198, 200, 266, 268
unhandled drugs on a Dianetic Clear, handling, 262
      D of P interviews and, 333, 334        went Dianetic Clear
and never attested, 60
      do not try to convince pc he has gone Dianetic Clear,
went Dianetic Clear in his past life, 243
            244        what he can be audited on, 200
      drugs reading on C/S 53, handling, 221       what he is not
run on, 200
            End of Endless Drug Rundowns Repair List and, 187
who can send pc through to attest to, 244
      End of Endless Int Repair RD and, 190        who hasn't truly
made it will not make it on the OT
      establishing for the person who has not yet made Dia-
      levels, 244
            netic Clear that he hasn't, 334        why the state
has to be verified, 272
      ethics trouble, low OCA or poor case gain due to un-
Dianetic Clear Repair List, Dianetic Clear and, 244
            acknowledged state of, 256  Dianetic Clear Routing
Form, use of, 256
      ethics warning, 244    Dianetic Clear Special Intensive,
      evaluating for or feeding a pc data to persuade him to
alternative choices to the, 334
            declare, 328          checking False and then Protest
if necessary, 339
      Expanded Grades and, 270, 332          C/Sing of, 335, 336
      Expanded Green Form 40RD and, 262      Date/Locate step, 336
      false declares, 328         Dianetic Clear Special Intensive
Assessment List and,
      feeding or coaxing pc to any cognition is a comm-evable
      337, 339
            offense, 200          DTS stat for completion of a, 162
      folders must be clearly marked "Dianetic Clear," 200
EP, 337
      Green Form and, 261         establishing for the person who
has not yet made Dia
      incomplete on Grades 0-IV, handling, 252                netic
Clear that he hasn't, 334
      individual not doing well after an attempt to rehab the
evaluating for pc by asking what his abilities are in
            state of Dianetic Clear, handling, 333
relation to his mental image pictures, 338
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

Dianetic Clear Special Intensive (cont,)     dictionary,
dictionaries, (cont,)
      FES is the first action, 334           misunderstood word or
symbol in the definition, hand    floating TA and, 337
ling, 134, 183
      folder study and, 334       notes in dictionary on word usage
must be cleared,
      HCOB on, 333                134, 183
      if he has gone Dianetic Clear and you have to handle
obsolete definitions, when to clear them, 134,182
            Int, lists or repair past auditing before doing the,
      omitted definition, example, 365
            335        Oxford English Dictionary, The, 182
      item stating pc has gone Dianetic Clear reads on a
recommended dictionaries, 182
            correctionlist,handling,333      Shorter Oxford
Dictionary, 182
      messed up Date/Locate, effects and handling of, 338
simpler dictionary, get a, 183
      no interest and didn't go Clear in past auditing, hand-
spending a lot of time clearing words within definitions
            ling, 335             of words, handling, 183
      Paid Completion points for, 162        synonyms, clearing of,
134,182
      person hasn't yet attained Dianetic Clear, handling,
technical or specialized definitions, when to clear them,
            337              133, 182
      procedure, 335         what kinds to have available, 132
      purchase of auditing for the, 334      which definition to
clear first, 133
      references, 333        "word chains," handling, 183
      requirements for C/Ses and auditors delivering the,     diet,
            344        formula for finding the exact and proper
diet, 169
      situations it is designed to handle, 333
Purification Rundown and, 169
      two-way comm and, 335  diet pills, 165
      use of, 334      Director of Processing, auditor-pc
assignment policies,
Dianetic Clear Special Intensive Assessment List,             431
      EP, 339    Director of Revlew, handling bogged students and
their
      form, 339              twins, 384
      Method 3 and, 337, 339 Director of Tech Senlces, stat for
completion of Dianetic
      use of, 337, 339            Clear Special Intensive, 162
      what to do if it shows up that the person didn't actually
dirty needle(s),
            make Dianetic Clear, 339         bad TRs causing, 10
Dianetic C/S-1,        breaking Auditor's Code causing, 10
      done on unindoctrinated pc before Int RD, 100
causes of, 10
      Drug Rundown and, 76        Confessionals and, 247
      isn't auditing, 100         needle goes dirty in a rehab
session, handling, 10
Dianetic Debug and Repair, mention of, 274         persisting, what
it means, 247
Dianeticlst, Clear in last life, 243         R/S vs, 247
Dianetic Item(s\,            will turn into an R/S or will fully
clean, 247
      do not check interest on drug items, 76            withholds
causing, 10
      Full Flow Table; see Full Flow Table   Disability Rundown,
disability handled by, 267
      multiple somatic items, do we Triple or Quad them,
disassociation between the definition and the physical
            58               universe, 412
      unreading items are not run, 253  disciplining them for going
past Mis-Us, 356
      unreading questions and items, 36 discomfort, standard C/S
for, 33
Dianetic List(s),      disconnect or handle, 290
      listing and marking reads in prior assessment, 22  disease,
pc has infectious diseases, handling, 64
      reads and, 36    distance,
      unreading questions and items, 36      calling back a
distance (Date/Locate procedure), 231
Dianetics Course,            is basically a consideration, 231
      NED Course takes 3 weeks for the able student, 266
systems of measurement of, 231
      pc who goes Ext in auditing being made to do the
distractive, good auditor is never distractive to a pc, 419
            Hubbard New Era Dianetic Course before further
Division6, mild TRs Course in, 434
            auditing, 101    divorce, out-ethics and, 224
Dianetics 55!, TRs data and, 434, 436   Dixie, waiting for the
meter to play, 1
Dianetic Student Rescue Intensive, slow students han-    D/L; see
Date/Locate
            dled with, 267   Dn; see Dianetics
diarrhea, Vitamin C causing, 171  DN; see dirty needle
dictionary, dictionaries,    do, doingness, done(s),
      accurate definition for a word not given in any diction-
      not dones and half dones, reason for, 347
            ary, 365         people who have to have before they
can do, 411
      archaic definitions, when to clear them, 134, 182       SPs
deny do and enforce unwanted do, 127
      Course Supervisor who lets students study without       TRs
are adoingness, 433
            dictionaries and demo kits, 224        why ability to
get things done in an area dwindles, 330
      derivation of word is cleared, 182     doesn't want auditing,
handling, 61
      dinky dictionaries and omitted definitions, 365    D of P;
see Director of Processing
      dinky dictionary defined, 132     D of P Interview,
      example of how to clear a word, 182          Dianetic Clears
and, 333
      Funk and Wagnalls Standard English Dictionary, 182
nonstandard actions or interviews forbidden, 432
      how to clear a word, 133, 182          out-tech to try audit
or rehab in an interview, 333
      idioms have to be cleared, 134, 182          using a C/S 53
in a, 221
      missing or false definition in the, 349      "double flunk"
defined, 382
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

DRD; see Drug Rundown  drug(s) (cont,)
dreams are essential in life, 401       preventing widespread
clearing, 163
drill(s\(ed)(ing),           prior assessment and, 22
      auditors must be checked out and drilled on new mate-
Prior Assessment to Drugs is only a partial handling, 75
            rials, 52        processmg results attained on person
who has been on
      dummy drilling Auditing by Lists, 72               heavy
drugs vs, non-drug person, 165
      E-Meter Drill 5RA-Can Squeeze, 312           production
difficulties linked to, 164
      E-Meter Drills, twinning on, 378       program execution
difficulties linked to, 164
      for reading through an F/N, 255        Purification Rundown
mandatory to any person who
      High Crime checkouts and, 375                has been on LSD
or heavy drugs, 166
      Mood Drills procedure, 305        reason person took drugs,
23
      person cannot be drilled into confronting, handling, 311
      reason we are handling drugs and drug deposits in the
      TRs are, 418                body, 165
      TRs are gotten in by drilling them hard, 433       removal of
life-hostile chemical substances from the
      TRs, how they are taught and drilled, 436               body,
166
      twinning on practical sections of courses is manda-
resistivecasesand, 73
            tory, 379        restim of whatever the effects of the
drug or medicine
      two separate drills for dating and locating, 232
were, 175
      when he can't get through a specific drill or exercise in
      restimulation of a full-blown "trip," 168
            his training materials suspect false data, 368
seeking same thrill attained from drugs, handling, 64
      Why Finding Drill-Two, cancellation of, 304        somatic
shut-off due to, 22
drug(s); see also medicine; poison           staying in the body
and releasing themselves now and
      abilities to concentrate or to balance are injured by, 74
            then, 221
      alcohol; see alcohol        sulfa drugs, 159
      Angel Dust; see Angel Dust        taking heavy drugs and
alcohol because he had with antibiotics; see antibiotics
holds and could not confront, 311
      aspirin, do not audit a pc who has taken, 27       wants to
continue to take drugs, handling, 64
      attitudeof apersonchangedby, 164       what probably
underlies the causes for the current
      biochemistry and fluid balance of the body probably
      drug culture, 13()
            disarranged by, 165         whole track drugs m)t asked
for on Drug RD, 76,186
      biophysical processes do not work in the presence of,
whole track pictures turned on by, 74
            165        why drugs are handled first, 75
      breakdown of the social and industrial culture linked
drugcase(s),
            to, 164          afraid of running engrams, 74
      can lodge in the tissues, 165          blank periods and, 74
      case gain prevented by, 163, 164, 165        "can't run
engrams" means a, 92
      Clear, OT or Dianetic Clear reading on drugs on C/S
description, 73
            53, handling, 221           detecting a, 74
      Clear, OT or Dianetic Clear with unhandled drugs,       does
not make stable gains until the condition is han  handling, 262
            dled, 74
      compulsiontostill use drugs, lesseningof, 23       drug
personality secretly harboring hostilities and
      crimeand, 164               hatreds ,164
      curious about drugs, handling, 65      prior assessing and,
22
      damage is only successfully handled by auditing, 74
reason person took up drugs, 23
      damage to the brain or nerves, 178           resistive cases
and, 73, 74
      definition, 74         seldom goes backtrack well, 73
      deposits inside cells, 170        seldom runs on any other
type of engram, 73
      Dianetic pc who has had drug handling omitted, hand-
TRs Course and, 437
            ling, 75   drug personality, 164
      do not audit a pc who has taken aspirin or, 27     Drug
Rundown,
      drug engrams, 74       cost of old DRD compared to NED DRDs,
265
      endocrine system upset by, 174         do not check interest
on drug items, 76
      flushing poisons and chemical substances out of the
endless Drug RD, reason for, 185
            body, 167        end of endless Drug RDs, 185
      handling, 73           End of Endless Drug Rundowns Repair
List and, 185,
      high TA and drug case, 22              187
      high TA caused by drug chain, 54       how fast and thorough
NED is, 265
      learning rate vs, 165       NED Drug RD requires only a few
intensives, 186, 266
      LSD; see LSD           old DRD, getting it handled
terminatedly, 267
      medical drugs are included, 74         prerequisite for
Course Supervisor is Grade IV and,
      medicinal drugs have gone into "restim" years after
      309
            they were taken, 165        prior assessment procedure,
77
memory vs, 165         procedure in full, 75
mental actions do not work in the presence of, 164
references, 73
names of, 74           steps in brief, 186
niacin deficiency created by LSD and street drugs, 171        Sweat
Out Program and, 75
nutritional deficiencies created by, 171           TRs Course and,
437
Objective Processes do not work in the presence of, 165       whole
track drugs not asked for, 76, 186
overwhelm and, 74            who the NED Drug RD is for, 186
pc not making it in auditing, check for drug or alcohol       why
drugs are handled first, 75
            history, 75           why it can't be run flat, 185
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

dull feeling due to Mis-U, 130    E-Meter(s), meter(s) (cont,)
duplicating, duplication,         cans; see cans
      false data standing in the road of, 373            can
squeeze; see can squeeze
      Mis-U keeps a person from duplicating what the writ-
carbon pot vs, wire wound pot, 323
            ten materials actually say, 129        Clear's
postulates read as a surge, 257
      not confronting and duplicating in an area due to mis-
Clear vs, aberree on the, 1
            understoods, 330      Dianetic Clear meter phenomena,
257
      person is not duplicating the material he has studied
do not tell pc what meter is doing, 70
            despite Word Clearing, handling, 371         electrical
resistance of mental mass recorded on the,
dynamic(s); see also various dynamics by number               45
      Conditions and Exchange by Dynamics, what it han-
electrodes; see cans
            dles, 270        false data preventing misunderstoods
from reading on
      Crashing Mis-U crashes something across the, 360
the, 388
                             getting a readable and workable meter,
316
                             how an incorrect can squeeze gives an
inaccurate,
                                  unreliable needle reaction, 312
                       E          how to read through an F/N, 254
                             if pc's case is improving he becomes
more independent
                                  of the, 229
earlier beginning,           is right even when it seems to make
the pc wrong,
      command for R3RA, 48              except when it's a false
read, 323
      High TA and, 44        loose connection in the leads or meter
causing R/S, 321
      why ignoring the earlier beginning of an engram causes
Mark V and Mark VI, 275
            TA to go up, 44       Mark VI E-Meter, why it was
needed, 275
earlier Incident,            meter check after handling O/Ws in
nonmetered Crash       command for asking for earlier incident in
narrative              ing MU finding, 350, 388
            handling on drugs, 76       metering; see metering
      command for R3RA, 48        never resort to the meter if pc
can find and give the
      high TA and, 44             data (in dating), 232
earlier similar,       never tell pc that it read, 71
      asking for an earlier similar in Auditing by Lists, 71
never use meter to challenge, 'correct' or invalidate
      command for False Data Stripping, 372              pc's data
when dating, 232
      command for running Int with R3RA, 48        only the meter
knows, 2
      command for use in Confessionals, 248        person will not
necessarily read on something that he
Earth,                 believes to be true, 371
      psychologist's mission to make the population into
position of, 70,145
            controllable zombies, 435        pulling withholds off
the, 390
      psychology is the most false subject on the planet, 435
reacts only on the reactive mind, 1
      what success in clearing this planet depends upon, 224
read means there is charge present and available to
Eastern beliefs, handling pc who has held or is currently
      run, 253
            holding Eastern beliefs, 66      responds instantly, 2
Eastern rltes, handling pc who has taken part in earlier
sensitivity; see sensitivity
            Eastern rites, 67           speck of dust in the 'pot'
causing R/S, 323
Eastman Kodak, 368           "That's clean" or "That reads" is not
said to pc, 70
eating, students not permitted to eat or smoke in the
unmetered Crashing Mis-U finding, example, 355
            course room, 224      waiting for the meter to play
Dixie, I
EB; see earlier beginning         watching, I
economics, Lord Keynes treatises on, 368           what a read
means, 253
educating, education; see also study; training           when a pc
is cogniting, look at the meter not the pc, 7
      educating the PTS, 293      why a pc can have a broken leg,
yet it might not read,
      effect of having gone past many, many Mis-Us in read-
      37
            ing or education, 130       why assessments are wrong
sometimes, 1
      factors missing in modern permissive education, 378
why you cannot run anything not charged (reading),
      John Dewey and, 368               191
      uneducated pcs and C/S Series 53 Long Form, 220         why
you only run what the meter says, 1
      uneducated pcs require flawless topnotch auditors, 1 01
why you run what reacts on the meter, 1, 253
      why trying to teach a correct datum over a false datum
word not reading on the meter because the person
            on the subject does not work, 369
"thinks he knows," 367
effect,          E-Meter Drill 5RA-Can Squeeze, 312
      how pc goes the effect of the antagonistic terminal,    E-
MeterDrills, twinning on, 378
            276  E-Meter Essentials, errata sheet, 319
      training at cause vs, training at effect, 379
emotion(s),(al),
effectiveness reduced by false data, 374           emotional
reactions connected with a rejected defini
Egyptian priests, 165             tion, 366
electrical reslstance, mental mass and, 45         fixed or stuck
in a chronic mood, 305
electrodes; see cans         Mood Drills procedure, 305
electronic practlces, handling pc who has taken part in       moods
or emotions are usually "automatic," 305
            earlierelectronicpractices, 67         shut-off
emotions reappearing on the Purification
E-Meter(s), meter(s); see also reads               Rundown, 175
      all needle response is reactive, 2     encyclopedia(s),
      ARC Broke meter that won't record a read, 7        Method 9
Word Clearing and, 132
      believe your meter, 71      used to clear up a misunderstood,
366
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

endocrine system,      end phenomena fcont, )
      drugs upsetting the, 174          Expanded Green Form 40RD
EP, 262
      minerals and, 174           False Data Stripping EP, 373
End of Endless Drug Rundowns Repair List,          F/N is one of
the parts of, 322
      Clears, OTs, Dianetic Clears and, 187        GIs always
accompany a real F/N, 71
      form, 187        Green Form EP, 262
      Method 5 and, 187           Int RD EP, 48,195
      old DRD handled terminatedly with, 266, 267        Int RD EP
data, 213
      prerequisite is C/S 53RL, 185, 187           Int RD EP vital
data, 217
      selling it as a rundown on the basis of one intensive, 267
      of each reading flow of each Problems Process on the
      use of, 266, 267            Suppressed Person RD, 278, 280
      what it resolves, 185       prepared list and, 222
      who it is for, 185,187      PTS RD EP, 92, 292
End of Endless Int Repair Rundown,           Purification Rundown
EP, 178
      auditors who should not be let near an, 99         Suppressed
Person RD EP, 276, 277, 278, 280, 292
      cautions and C/S tips, 194        TRs EP, 437
      Clears, OTs, Dianetic Clears and, 79, 212          two-way
comm sessions EP, 41
      commands for running an Int button, 193            when a pc
is cogniting, look at the meter not the pc, 7
      commands (Recall Quad Flows commands for Int       when pc
exteriorizes in session it is the EP for that
            buttons), 203               process or action, 80,
99,105
      C/S 53 as next action after the, 197   enemy, don't leave an
enemy financed and solvent while
      description, 189            you let your friends starve, 14
      Dianetic Clears and, 79, 190, 212 enforced have, definition,
94, 126
      EP, 221    engram(s); see also incident; Routine 3RA
      false read on assessment of the Int buttons, causes of,
"can't run engrams," what it means, 92
            194        chains; see chains
      for Clear or OT who has not had an Int RD, 220
doesn't want to be run on engrams, handling, 74
      Int buttons list, 193       drug engrams, 74
      Int RD and, 189        druggies and, 74
      Int Rundown Correction List Revised and, 84        failing to
erase, handling, 68
      Int Rundown Table and, 191,198         incident; see incident
      is one of the most important single auditing actions an
revivification of an, 259
            auditor can do, 189         service facsimiles and, 389
      Non-lnterference Zone and, 190         sickness caused by
engram chains, 24
      not a substitute for Int RD or Int RD Correction List,
Straightwire overdone can key in underlying engrams,
            190              370
      not to be sold or passed off as a method of exteriorizing
engram running; see also chains; Routine 3RA
            a pc, 105        afraid of running engrams, 74
      one-week wait, reason for, 194         "can't run engrams,"
what it means, 92
      pc has a large cog, F/N, Gls, handling, 192        check an
item and flow for read before running, 37
      pcs it can and can't be run on, 190          Dianetic Clear
is not run on Dianetics, 192, 198, 200,
      person run on End of Endless Int while on OT III,
266, 268
            handling, 190         doesn't want to be run on
engrams, handling, 74
      procedure, 192         Drug Rundown procedure in full, 75
      purpose of, 190        earlier beginning; see earlier
beginning
      reassessment of the buttons after the week wait, 194
earlier incident; see earlier incident
      Recalls, liabilities and advantages of running Recalls
engrams fail to erase, handling, 68
            on Int, 213           erasure; see erasure
      revivification occurring during, 259         Flow Zero, how
to put it in on a Single or Triple pc, 53
      things that could go wrong, 194        former therapy
handling, 65
      uses of, 49,189,190         people who don't go past track in
Dianetics don't
      weak or ill pcs and, 79                recover, 91
      what it handles, 269        sick pc can easily be overwhelmed
with, 92
      when it could be used as a preliminary method for
unreadingflowsarenotrun, 253
            handling Int, 190           what happens if you only
run incidents late on the
      when it is complete, 192               chain, 44
      when to run an, 190         what happens if you only run the
end of incidents, 44
      will not repair flagrant Dianetic errors, 190           what
happens when a flow not run on earlier items is
End of Endless Int Rundown; see End of Endless Int            run
on later items, 57
            Repair Rundown        why ignoring the earlier
beginning of an engram causes
end of session, do not end Int RD session with a chain
TA to go up, 44
            partially run, 40           why we are safer entering
Int RD by running engrams
end phenomena,               to begin with, 213
      clearing a word must end in an F/N and VGIs, 184
enterovioform, 159
      Crashing Mis-U finding EP, 350, 352    environment(s),
      debug tech EP, 352, 407, 409           handle by Suppressed
Person Rundown, 271
      Dianetic Clear Special Intensive Assessment List EP,
pc is restimulated in current environment, handling, 62
            339        restimulation caused by out-ruds plus a
suppressive
      Dianetic Clear Special Intensive EP, 337
environment or situation, 24
      Dianetic EP, 48, 203        rest, quiet and a safe
environment for the PTS Type
      End of Endless Int Repair RD EP, 221               Three, 292
      end result of a well done Method 9,141 EP; see end phenomena
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

equation, Socratic, 369      ethics (cont,)
erasure(s), erase(d); see also as-is; blowing            crimes;
see crimes in Scientology
      basic has to be run for the chain or incident to erase,
disciplining them for going past Mis-Us, 356
            44         ethics trouble due to unacknowledged state
of Dianetic
      engrams failing to erase, handling, 68
Clear, 256
      first of a chain or the first part of an experience or a
      handling bogged students and their twins, 384
            first experience has to be run for the chain or inci-
      how standard tech slips down to "some of the tech
            dent to erase, 212               being applied when we
can," 223
      how as-isness is brought about, 228          how you get a
gradually lowered ethics level, 223
      how to get any unwanted persisting thing to vanish,
if one twin goes to Review or Ethics the other goes,
            228              381, 382, 383, 384
      that which is viewed in its own time, place, form and
in-ethics and out-ethics courses, 223
            event can be as-ised, 228        out-ethics; see out-
ethics
      what happens if you only run incidents late on the
penalty;see penalty
            chain, 44        solution is not to immediately shoot
them for not get
      what happens if you only run the end of incidents, 44
      ting out the product, 356
error(s), flub(s), goof(s), mlstake(s),      when an SP dominates
an area, only ethics actions can
      audited pc past exterior, correcting the auditor, 100
      handle, 8
      auditors who flub, handling, 52   Ethics Hearing for failing
to report on unusual solution
      auditors who miss withholds, penalty, 242
advised or used, 6
      Bolivar's errors, 11   Ethics Officer,
      commonest error in Word Clearing, 366        Comm Ev offense
to allow out-ethics activities in course
      C/S Checklist of Int errors, 217             rooms, 224
      C/S Series 53 Short Form contains every element that
handling bogged students and their twins, 384
            could be wrong with the mind, 220            PTS
handling, 90
      C/S who doesn't get high or low TAs handled at once,
R/S reported to, 391
            handling, 100    ethics presence,
      dating errors which cause no blow, 231       Confessionals
and, 250
      Dianetic errors must be repaired with L3RF, 190         Sec
Checking and, 242
      End of Endless Int RD, things that could go wrong on,
Ethics Repair List,
            194        indicator that something has been missed,
227
      flubsmaranyauditingresult,41           special certificate
for any auditor trained to deliver
      incomplete confession, errors that cause it, 227
the, 226
      Int RD error is corrected as a first action, 98    eucalyptus
oil, 181
      Int RD errors, list of, 51, 98, 99, 217      evaluation (In
management),
      Int RD flubbed, handling, 190          debug tech and, 407
      list errors; see out-lists        programming and, 407
      Manuela Saenz' mistakes, 16,17,18      where the full tech on
how to execute and program is,
      offenses Course Supervisor may be comm-eved for,
407
            224  evaluatlve, statement (in assessing) can be
accusative or
      out-tech- see out-tech            evaluative, 419
      out-TRs, see out-TRs   evaluator, debug tech and, 407
      pc who keeps on goofing, nandling, 63  exchange, product that
has no exchange value, 405
      PTS RD errors, 124     Examiner,
      PTS RD points of breakdown, 91         high TA due to
"audited over exterior," 32
      reason people apparently do not see, hear, notice or
student goes to Examiner at end of M9 session, 134
            handleoutnesses, 329        why the C/S can't be the
auditor supervisor and pc
      remedy for auditors who make errors on the PTS RD,
interviewer, 7
            124  Exam Report, bad Exam Report after Confessional,
      sensitivity errors, 154                handling, 250
      TRs Course before correcting other auditor or admin
Exchange by Dynamics,
            errors, 309           use in debugging an area, 405
      TRs outnesses, handling, 434           what it handles, 270
      unreading and wrong items run or auditor changing  Ex Dn;see
Expanded Dianetics
            pc's item or just deciding what to run on pc, 209
execute, where the full tech on how to execute and pro
      what leads to wild efforts, new processes and anything
      gram is, 407
            but cool standard procedure, 7   executlvels~; see also
leader
      what prevents the EP of getting a prepared list to F/N,
cracking the back of the most resistive nonproducing
            222              areas, 407
      when to retread a Dianetic auditor, 52, 54         debugging
a lack of products and accomplishments of
      when to retread an auditor, 52               an org or post,
408
      Word Clearing errors, 238         debug tech is a vital
executive tool, 401
E/S; see earlier similar          have the task of getting out
products, 408
estimate, getting an estimate of a case, 261       how you get
executives who will operate out-ethics,
ethics; see also justice                off-policy orgs, 223
      any activity cannot be run semi-standardly or with      out-
ethics and, 223
            "pretty much in-ethics," 223           products and,
408
      auditors who fail to handle their pcs' ethics, 223
responsibilities of leaders, 11
      Committee of Evidence; see Committee of Evidence
responsible for ensuring juniors are studying, 428
      Confessional done for justice reasons is not auditing,
senior who doesn't make sure his staff puts in study
            246              time off production hours, 403
      Court of Ethics for using verbal tech, 318         situation
where someone does not organize any corner of
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

executive(s) (cont,)                         F
            his area or work or organization or lines, handling,
406
      successful executive, one of the attributes ot a, 428
failure(s),
      who don't make their juniors study, 428            debugging
a person's failures to produce the products
Executive or Buslnessman's Intensive, 270                required,
356
exercise (physical),         reason for failures to remain a
power's power, 20
      Purification Rundown and, 167     fall follows at once at the
end of the last word of the ques
      sauna and, 180              tion asked, 320
exercises; see practices     false data,
Expanded Dianetics,          buries itself, 373
      improvements in Ex Dn were undertaken in '78, 270       clogs
up ability to think and learn, 374
      PTS RD not restricted to, 92           collision of false
data and true data, without the per
Expanded GF 40RD; see Green Form 40                son knowing
which is which, 370
Expanded Grades; see also grades        competence and
effectiveness reduced by, 374
      Dianetic Clears and, 270, 332          Crashing MU buried by,
388
      out-grades, handling, 69          defense mechanism and, 351
      what they handle, 270       duplication vs, 373
expert, indulging in interpretations and even outright lies
effects of, 388
            to seem wise or expert, 367      examples of false
texts, 368
Ext; see exterior            finding a whole textbook false, 368
extend, don't extend on a list that is getting no item, 36
handling it with two-way comm, 354
exterior, exteriorize(s), exteriorization; see also interiori-
      hits directly up against the true data, 435
            zation; Interiorization Rundown        justifying his
overts by accepting false data, 370
      "audited over exterior," symptoms of, 32
misunderstoods prevented from reading on the meter
      audited pc past exterior, correcting the auditor, 100
      by, 388
      auditing past exterior, effects of, 34, 43, 98
person who cannot be hatted at all has false data, 403
      auditing past exterior, references, 32       prone to
accepting false data, 370
      basics on Ext and Int (reference), 212       psychologists
are loaded with, 435
      beginning of an exteriorization is the interiorization,
psychology is the most false subject on the planet, 435
            45, 212          Socratic thesis-antithesis-synthesis
philosophical equa blows caused by auditing past exterior, 34
      tion, 369
      death and, 44          sources of, 368
      definition, 44, 46, 210           texts and, 368
      fact which disproved that Man was an animal, 211        the
less a person can confront, the more false data he
      high TA due to "audited over exterior," 32              has
accumulated and will accumulate, 370
      Int RD overrun when pc exteriorizes and auditor con-
there is no field in all the society where false data is
            tinues past exterior, 217              not rampant, 367
      is not the EP of Int RD, 195           TRs and, 434
      new pc who exteriorizes on Objectives and has not yet
untrainable on the subject due to false data, 435
            had a Dn C/S-1 or any NED auditing, handling, 190
verbal hatting is the main source of, 367
      pc exteriorizes in session but hasn't had an Int RD,
when to suspect a person has, 368
            handling, 38, 80, 99,105         why getting off false
data on a subject works, 369
      pc goes exterior during Int RD, handling, 48, 195       why
trying to teach a correct datum over a false datum
      pc who goes Ext in auditing being made to do the
on the subject does not work, 369
            Hubbard New Era Dianetics Course before further
won't necessarily read because person believes it to be
            auditing, 101               true, 370
      proof that Man is a spiritual being timeless and death-
word not reading on the meter because the person
            less, 211             "thinks he knows," 367
      proof that the individual is not a body, 44, 211   False Data
Strlpping,
      PTS RD and, 92         auditor and Cramming assignment
policies, 431
      references, 102        Auditor's Code applies to, 374
      "Try not to be three feet back of your head," 212       bogs,
handling, 374
      what happens when you exteriorize somebody who          can
be done on or off the meter, 368
            hasn't had an Int RD, 45         can be repeated as
often as necessary in any specific
      when pc exteriorizes in session it is the EP for that
      area of training, 369
            process or action, 80, 99,105          cautions, 374
      when to order a check on interiorization, 39       command
for earlier similar, 372
      with full perceptions, 274        commands, 371
extroverted, twinning gets students extroverted, 378
Crashing MU buried by false data, handling, 388
eval, Change the Civilization Eval, 307      Date/Locate and, 374
evaluation, evaluate,        definition, 388
      by asking him what his abilities are in relation to his
determining whether or not the person needs this pro  mental image
pictures, 338                cedure, 370
      definition, 39         employed where needed in checkouts,
375
      state of Clear and, 244           EP, 373
event, that which is viewed in its own time, place, form      False
Data Stripping Repair List, use of, 374
            and event can be as-ised, 228          finding a whole
textbook false, handling, 368
evll Intention, R/S and, 321      gradients and, 369
eyeslght,        having a Mis-U just before he received the false
data,
      evidence that auditor's eyesight is bad, 145
handling, 373
      poor eyesight and misunderstoods, 329        if false datum
does not blow on the Recall steps despite
      sight shut off by Mis-U words, 329                 going
earlier similar, handling, 374
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

False Data Stripping (cont, )     floating needle(s), F/N
needle(s), F/N(s)ed(ing),
      inability to learn and apply handled by, 374       any item
that would cause an F/N to "check" will be
      misunderstoods often come up during, 373                hot,
254
      new students to Scientology and, 374         auditor backing
off from having to F/N a list, reason,
      out-ruds handled before you start, 374             146, 255
      overrun, 374           auditor can't F/N a C/S 53, handling,
222
      point past which one would not continue, 373       bad
indicators vs, 7
      procedure, 370         blow (in dating) is accompanied by a
BD and, 230
      recall step, how to avoid overrunning it, 374           can
be more than one F/N per word, 184
      repeated use of, 373        clearing a word must end in an
F/N and VGIs, 184
      rudiments and, 374          cognition and, 7, 9
      solves the problem of inability to hat or train, 368
Confessionals and, 246
      steps, 370       Confessionals, F/Ning the original question,
246, 248
      Straightwire and, 370       C/S 53 to F/Ning list, 221, 264
      summary, 374           definition, 321
      theory, 369            definition of F/Ning a prepared list,
144
      TR outnesses corrected with, 435       drill for reading
through an F/N, 255
      24-hour repair rule, 374          EP and, 322
      use of, 368            ethics chit for overrunning a, 5
      using meter reads to steer the person, 372         failing to
call F/Ns causing high TA, 149,152
      who can do it, 368          floating tone arm defined, 322
      why getting off false data on a subject works, 369      F/N
everything, 70, 72
      Word Clearing and, 373      F/Ning prepared lists, 144, 222,
254
False Data Stripping Repair List, use of, 374            F/Ning
students, 385
false definition, 363        F/N packs up during assessment of
prepared list,
false read(s),               handling, 254
      command to check for a, 247       getting a suppressed read
by not being able to read
      E-Meter is right even when it seems to make the pc
through an F/N, 145, 254
            wrong, except when it's a false read, 323         GIs
always accompany a real F/N, 71
      End of Endless Int Rundown and, 194          how an F/N can
obscure a read, 254
      indicators of, 247          how they can be obscured, 9,
149,152
      "overrepaired" pcs are usually pcs with actual reads
how to get free needles on a pc, 9
            missed andfalsereadstaken up, 255            how you
get a suppressed read in F/Ning prepared
      pc giving false read whenever Int is mentioned due to
      lists, 254
            protest, 191          indicating an, 71
      verifying that you actually have a read on Int, 191
instant F/N and C/S 53, 220
      when to check false and protest during a Dianetic Clear
Int button on the C/S 53, do not just F/N it and go
            Special Intensive Assessment List, 339            on,
191
false TA pcs bugged by C/S 53 being done on them, 222
intending to F/N the list but the pc is on a big win,
family, overwhelmed by family connections, handling, 62
handling, 71
fat,                   low responsibility causing person to F/N,
247
      all people have some fatty tissue, 170       Method 3 used to
F/N a prepared list, 144
      cleaning up the fat tissue in the body, 170        mistaking
an F/N right swing for a read, 149, 152
      exchanging good oil for bad fat in the body, 170        no
free needles show up on a case at all, handling, 7
      no such thing as a fat cell, 169       "nonreading, non-
F/Ning" prepared lists, 144
      toxic substances tend to lock up mainly in the fat
nulling and F/Ning prepared lists, 144
            tissue, 170           overrun and, 5, 7, 9,149,152
fees; see price        overrun grades, rehabbing and, 9
FES; see Folder Error Summary           overrunning F/Ns causing
high TA, 149, 152
FFD: see Full Flow Dianetics      pc protest, upset or apprehension
over extensive repair
FFT; see Full Flow Table                actions or a list having to
be F/Ned, main cause of,
fiberglass, 445                   146
field staff members, why we have them, 7           persistent F/N;
see persistent F/N
finance,               prepared lists that do not read F/N, 145
      don't leave an enemy financed and solvent while you
reading through an, 145, 254
            let your friends starve, 14      reasons a prepared
list does not F/N, 145
      Simon Bolivar and, 13       recognizing a, 7
First Dynamic,         sensitivity too high can cause F/N to be
obscured and
      First Dynamic world, 383               mistaken for a read,
149, 152
      twinning brings people out of their First Dynamic and
sensitivity too high or too low, what it does to F/Ns, 6,
            onto the Third, 378              9, 315
Fixated Person Rundown, what it handles, 271       smooth TRs get
you free needles, 10
Fixed Ideas, handling pc who has, 69         speeds up or slows
down or does different things while
Flag,                        still remaining an F/N, 254
      full case resolution at, 273           things that can
swallow up free needles, 7
      International Training Org and, 274          thinking
beginning F/Ns are reads, 155
      runs on the basis of results or else, 273          wanting to
get one and letting a pc have one, 10
      services given at, 273      when it most often occurs, 7
      top tech org of the world, 273         widening F/N, 322
      what you pay for at, 273          floating TA,
      why Flag lower org services cost more, 273
definition, 322
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

floating TA (cont,)    Folder Error Summary (cont,)
      Dianetic Clear Special Intensive and, 337          name of
the auditor and C/S should be on it, 209
      Int RD and, 49, 195         when to get Qual corrective
actions FESed, 423
flow(s)          food(s),
      checking each flow for a read before running it, 37,
do not audit a pc who has not had sufficient food, 27
            96, 253, 277, 280           fads, 169
      complete any Int RD flow on any reading button in one
junk foods, 169
            session, 40, 48  food presenatives, 164
      definitions of the 4 flows, 58    forgive(ness),
      five flows to run on PTS RD final step, 126        adverse
reaction to proclamation of forgiveness, hand      handling bogged
and missing flows on the FFT, 53             ling, 227
      having pc demonstrate the various flows, 192
Confessionals and, 225
      inflow;seeinflow       person not being able to accept
forgiveness or still
      Int and flows, further data on, 212                feeling
bad after Confessional, handling, 227
      outflow; see outflow        power to forgive, 225, 227
      "reaction flow" and "re-reaction flow," 212        statement
of forgiveness used at the end of a Confes   running the missing
Dianetic flows if reading, 57                sional, 225, 249
      stuck flow; see stuck flow  form, that which is viewed in its
own time, place, form
      unreading flows are not run, 36, 96,126, 253            and
event can be as-ised, 228
      unreading flows, references, 253  former therapy, handling,
65
      unreading questions and items, 36 Four Seasons of Manuela,
The, 11
      what happens when a flow not run on earlier items is
free(ing),
            run on later items, 58           freeing the individual
up spiritually, 163
Flow 0,          from depravity, 12
      bringing all earlier Dianetic items into four flows, 57
no humanoid is free while aberrated in the body cycle,
      definition, 58              12
      effect of suddenly beginning Quad without catching
freeneedle;seefloatingneedle
            the pc up, 53    Freud, Slgmund, false texts on the
mind and, 368
      fourth flow on Int, when it is audited, 54, 57     frlends,
don't leave an enemy financed and solvent while
      is not run for the first time on Int, 47, 54, 57, 103, 201
            you let your friends starve, 14
      putting in Flow Zero, 53, 57      Full Flow Dianetics,
      rule on running Flow Zero, 53          cost and selling of,
59
      what happens when a flow not run on earlier items is
offering the public FFD, 59
            run on later items, 57           results, 59
Flow 1, definition, 58       shadowy remains of somatics blow with
FFD, 59
Flow 2, definition, 58 Full Flow Table,
Flow 3, definition, 58       example, 54, 58
flu symptoms may turn on with niacin, 173          form, 209
flubs; see errors            handling bogged and missing flows on
the, 54
flunk(s),              is done by the auditor in his admin time for
well done
      "double flunk" defined, 382            time credits, 54
      Hard Way TRs and, 436       name of the auditor must be
clearly noted on the, 209
      if a student flunks a Supervisor checkout on materials
what is listed on the, 54
            he's been passed on by his twin, both students get
Fundamentals of Thought, TRs data and, 434, 436
            a flunk, 381     Funk and Wagnalls Standard English
Dictionary, 182,
F/N; see floating needle                364
folder(s),
      always bring your own folder or get it sent to the AO
            if you are going, 272                             G
      assessment sheets must be placed in pc folder, 391
      Dianetic Clear Special Intensive and folder study, 334
      folder check before starting a cramming or other Qual   gain;
see case gain
            corrective action, 423      game(s),
      folder study and FES of the Int RD and any repairs of
all limited games come to end, 19
            Int RD, 190           players fighting amongst
themselves just to have a, 19
      Int Rundown Table, where to keep it in the pc folder,
when the game or the show is over, there must be a
            191,198               new game or a new show, 20
      locating person's last life folder, 268      games
condition(s),
      marking "Dianetic Clear" on them, 200        twins getting
into a, 382
      prepared list remains in the folder stapled to the work-
      withholds and, 245
            sheet, 70  gastroenteritis,
      R/Ses, noting of, 248       definition, 173
Folder Error Summary,        turned on by niacin, 173
      data on unreading and wrong items run or auditor
gephalorldlne, 157
            changing pc's item or just deciding what to run on
germ(s),
            pc must be available, 209        definition, 156
      Dianetic Clear Special Intensives and, 334         virus
infections and germ infections, 156
      folder study and FES of the Int RD and any repairs of
Gerontal, 160
            Int RD, 190      GF; see Green Form
      Int RD botched requires full FES of Int RD, 218    GF 40; see
Green Form 40
      Inttroublesand, 197    glands, minerals and, 174
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

glib(ness), Green Form (cont, )
      handling the extensively mistrained glib student, 132
Method 3 vs, Method 5, 72
      is often trained into students by the current educa-
no or slow case gain handled by, 262
            tional methods used in schools, 131          protest
sending the TA up, 72
      probable basic anatomy of the glib student, 369
Resistive Cases Assessment, 30, 60
      spotting a glib student on M9, 131           ruds won't fly
at start of session, handling with GF,
goals, achievement of one's purposes and, 374                 261
"go do's," 14          Study Green Form, what it does, 270
gonorrhea, cycle of action of, 159           used for general
review, 70
good indlcator(s), very good Indlcator(s),         use of, 27, 261
      clearing a word must end in F/N and VGIs, 184      Green Form
40, Expanded GF 40RD,
      good indicators always accompany a real F/N, 71
checking False and Protest, 262
      withhold pulling must be thorough and go to real
Clears, OTs, DianeticClearsand, 262
            VGIs, 390        EP, 262
goofs; see errors            form, 60
grade(s); see also levels         item reads on Resistive Cases
Assessment but not on
      all grades below Grade VII are subject to overrun, 9
      EXGF 40RD, handling, 261
      audited with prior grades out, handling, 68        Method 5
and, 60
      bypassed wins on grades, handling, 69        no change case
and, 92
      can't rehab a grade that hasn't been run, 10       no or slow
case gain handled by, 262
      checkouts to do before auditing Dianetic Clear or       order
of handling reads on the, 261
            Natural Clear on the, 332        Resistive Cases
Assessment and, 261
      Dianetic Clear incomplete on Grades 0-IV, handling,
resistiveness of pc's case handled with, 262
            252        slow gain handled by, 262, 270
      Dianetic Clears and, 332          unhandled drugs reading on
a Clear, OT or Dianetic
      difficulties on OT levels prevented by pre-OT having
      Clear, handling, 262
            grades really in, 332       use of, 261
      Expanded Grades; see Expanded Grades         what it handles,
270
      must not be delivered over persistent F/N, 332     gross
auditing error, looking expectantly at pc for an
      must not be skimped on in any way, 332             answer to
an uncharged question, flow or item is a,
      out-grades, handling, 69               253
      pc goes Clear on a grade, handling, 252      group,
      pc has failed to attain other grades, handling, 69
Confessional permits person to again feel a part of his
      pc not continuing up the Bridge on his grades, 166
group, 246
      pretending grades not attained, handling, 68       group
agreement in an out-ethics course room, 223
      Quickie Grades; see Quickie Grades     Group Auditors
Handbook, description, 325
      rehabbing earlier grades, importance of, 5   Group
Processing,
      rehabbing overrun grades, 9       after an Intro Lecture, 269
      what Quad Grades and Expanded Grades 0-IV han-          use
of, 269
            dle, 270   guilt, unsticking person from preoccupation
with his
Grade 0, communication grade is out, handling, 69             guilt
for the bad things he has done, 225
Grade I, problems grade is out, handling, 69
Grade II, O/W grade is out, handling, 69
Grade III,                              H
      pc anxious about change, handling, 69
      persisting ARC breaks, handling, 69
Grade IV,        Hagen, Victor W, von, 11
      new Grade IV engran, running part cannot be run    halfdones,
reason for, 347
            on Clears, 270   happiness, achievement of, 374
      pc has service facs, handling, 69 Hard TRs Course; see TRs
Course
      prerequisite for Course Supervisor is Drug RD and, HAS
Course, Hard TRs vs, 436
            309  hat, hatted, hatting,
Grade VII, all grades below Grade Vll are subject to
debugging hatting problems, 403
            overrun, 9       False Data Stripping and hatting, 368
gradient(s),           False Data Stripping solves the problem of
inability to
      debug tech used with gradient approach, 352             hat
or train, 368
      false data comes off in, 369           handling absence of,
411
      HAS Course vs, Hard TRs, 436           person who cannot be
hatted at all has false data, 403
      running and, 167       primary reason people cannot be
hatted, 368
      TRs and, 142           rising statistics do not continue
rising for long in the
graduated, not getting students through their course
face of neglected hatting and training, 429
            and graduated, penalty for, 224        SSO
responsibility for standard staff courses, 426
grammar book, used to clear a word in M9, 137, 138       verbal
hatting is the main source of false definitions
Green Form,            and false data, 367
      assessing GF Method 5 and sending to C/S for pro-  hate(d),
hatred(s),
            gramming, 261         drug personality and, 164
      case still appears resistive after GF, handling, 261
one is what one is, not what one is admired or hated
      Clears, OTs, Dianetic Clears and, 262              for, 15
      EP, 262    have, havingness,
      form, 27         definitions of "can't have," "couldn't have"
and "en Method 5 and, 27, 72, 261            forced have," 94,126
      Method 3 and, 27, 72, 261         people who have to have
before they can do, 411
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

have, havingness (cont,)     hostilities, hostile (cont,)
            out-Int and havingness, 192      drug personality and,
164
            SPs deny Hav and enforce unwanted Hav, 127
removal of life-hostile chemical substances from the
Have You Lived Before This Life? has gone 5X the normal
      body, 166
            best seller, 275 hours,
HCOB; see Hubbard Communications Office Bulletin         cost of
1950-1977 processing compared to NED, 265
HCOPL; see  Hubbard Communications Office Policy         Full Flow
Table is done in auditor's admin time for
            Letter                      well done time credits, 54
HC Out-Point Plus-Point Lists,          NED auditor can salvage a
person in under 100 hours,
      cancelled, 56                     270
      use incorporated as a step of a RD currently under Hubbard,
L, Ron,
            research, 300         discovery of niacin's biochemical
reaction, 172
headache(s),           early discoverer and instigator of vitamin
therapy, 170
      "audited over exterior" and, 32        how long it takes when
I  teach a course, 307
      Int Correction Lists have been done and pc still has
I never run a pc on things that aren't charged, 253
            headaches, handling, 100, 104          what Ron would
do as an SSO, 429
      Int RD and, 80   Hubbard Communications Office Bulletin(s);
see also
      standard C/S for, 33              technology
healing, calcium and, 174         altering the content of, 318
hear(ing),       bonded by HCO before given access to confidential
      Mis-U can prevent a person from understanding the
Dianetic Clear HCOBs, 344
            remainder of what is heard or written, 329, 347
corrupting their intent, 318
      sound shut off by Mis-U words, 329           giving out data
which is contrary to, 318
      we have drifted down in literacy to a point where the
interpreting HCOBs or P/Ls verbally or otherwise for
            culture can't read or hear, 128              another,
318
heart, Purification Rundown and weak heart, 167          new HCOBs
and High Crime checkouts, 375
heat exhaustion, 168         obstructing their use or application,
318
hell, it's an understatement of what really happens, 275      only
source of technical data is LRH HCOBs, books
heroin, can lodge in the tissues, 165              and tapes, 417
HGC; see Hubbard Guidance Center        pretending to quote them
without showing the actual
High Crime, violating designated use of HC Out-Point
issue, 318
            Plus-PointListsisa, 300     Hubbard Communications
Office Policy Letter(s); see
High Crime checkouts,             also policy
      False Data Stripping, Crashing Mis-U tech, O/W
alteringthecontentof, 318
            handling and service facsimile tech must be employed
      corrupting their intent, 318
            where needed in checkouts, 375         giving out data
which is contrary to, 318
      references, 375        interpreting HCOBs or P/Ls verbally or
otherwise for
      Word Clearing and, 375            another, 318
high TA,               obstructing their use or application, 318
      alcohol case and, 22        pretending to quote them without
showing the actual
      auditing past exterior causing, 32, 43, 98
issue, 318
      causes of, 44,149,152  Hubbard Guidance Center,
      C/S Series 53RK has been done and the high or low
cancellation of HCO PL 23 Oct 76, Internship and
            TA persists, handling, 107             HGC, 263
      C/S Series 53 to handle, 147,150       no auditor may audit
in an HGC who has not done a
      detecting all the reasons for, 107                 Hard TRs
Course, 302
      drug case and, 22           plummeting HGC Completion
Statistic, 5
      drug chain causing a, 54          rehabbing earlier grades,
importance of, 5
      earlier beginning and, 44         tech recovery, 5
      failing to call F/Ns causing, 149, 152       why we have
them, 7
      Int trouble is at once suspected, 100, 104   human; see Man
      LIX Hi-Lo TA List Revised and, 107     husband/wife auditing
teams, possible reason they often
      L1C is not used on, 72            fail, 242
      mechanics of, 44 Hylan spaceflight, 231
      medicine case and, 22  hypnotism, handling pc who has taken
part in, 66
      overrun and, 9, 44
      overrunning F/Ns causing, 149,152
      protest sending the TA up, 72                           I
      Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S to handle, 147
      standard C/S for, 33
      unrun or flubbed and unrepaired Int RD causes close     ideal
scene,
            to 100% of reasons for high TA, 99           courses-
their ideal scene, 223
      why ignoring the earlier beginning of an engram causes
professional and, 346
            TA to go up, 44  Identity Rundown, detached people
handled by, 267
      why Int sends the TA up, 195      Idlom(s),
hives may turn on with niacin, 173           definition, 134,182
homonym,         have to be cleared, 134, 182
      definition, 364  Illness, 111; see also injury
      homonymic definition, 129         antibiotics, administering
of, 156
      homonymic misunderstoods, 364          auditing past exterior
causing, 98
hostilities, hostile; see also antagonism          body is ill,
handling, 63
      definition of hostile, 298        broken bones, handling, 63
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

Illness, 111 (cont,)   Individual(s); see also being; case; Man;
preclear; thetan
      cause of sickness, 24       area or individual creating
problems and demanding
      chronically ill person is always PTS, 124
solutions to them, handling, 405
      destimulation and, 24       freeing the individual up
spiritually, 163
      disease cycles of action, 159          handling any
insufficiency of viable products coming
      engram running can easily overwhelm sick pc, 92
from an, 401
      germ infections, 156        proof that the individual is not
a body, 44
      handling a resistive situation, 26     Individuation,
transgression, withholds and, 245
      handling illness in Scientology, 24    Indoctrinations,
handling pc who has taken part in earlier
      handling somebody whose "lumbosis" has not sur-
indoctrinations, 67
            rendered to Dianetics, 26   Industrial culture,
breakdown of, 164
      hidden illness, handling, 64      Infections, germ infections
and virus infections, 156
      manifesting PTSness and illnesses due to being audited
Inflow; see also outflow
            past Dianetic Clear, 243         balancing inflow with
outflow in twinning, 379
      measles is a virus illness, 156        training and, 378
      most illness is precipitated by suppression, 271   Injury;
see also illness
      out-ruds and, 24       broken bones, handling, 63
      pc receiving gains or benefits from being ill or dis-
pc has body parts missing, handling, 64
            abled, handling, 63         pc has had body parts
removed, handling, 64
      PTS RD, currently sick pcs should not be run on it,
pc has physically damaged parts, handling, 64
            92   insane, Insanity,
      rundown for beating an illness to death, 25        curing
insanity with niacin, 172
      seriously physically ill, handling, 63       cycle of action,
insane person normally will not com     somatics; see somatics
            plete a, 404
      Straightwire removed locks and released illnesses with-
"insane people" are seldom wild-eyed maniacs, 303
            out the pc ever having run an engram, 370         quiet
types who have little or nothing to say and speak
      temperature, antibiotics and, 157            softly, 303
      virus infections, 156  Insectbites, 175
Illustrations, fine arts vs, 331  Insecticides, 178
"Imagination," running past lives as, 91     In session, if pc is
not in session you won't get the with
Immortality,                 holds, 250
      key to, 42 Insolvency, turning insolvency into solvency, 401
      proof that Man is a spiritual being timeless and death-
Inspection(s),
            less, 44         debug tech and, 401
Impingement, evidence that auditor has no impingement         first
action in debugging an area is an, 409
            with TR I, 145        how to do an investigation, 401
Implant(ing),          inspecting an area for products, 349
      implant dates vs, actual dates, 230          of products, 401
      pc has taken part in earlier implanting techniques,
seeing what is going on in terms of production, 409
            handling, 67     Instant F/N, C/S 53 and, 220
Incident(s); see also engram; engram running; picture;   Instant
read(s),
            Routine 3RA           change of characteristic is
followed up on a Sec Check
      basic has to be run for the chain or incident to erase,
      if it is instant, 322
            44         definition, 70, 321
      confusion on two incidents, thinking one happened       fall
follows at once at the end of the last word of the
            before the other when it is actually vice versa, 228
            question asked, 320
      earlier incident; see earlier incident       occur instantly
on calling the command, 278
      earlier similar incident; see earlier similar           valid
R/Ses are not always instant reads, 249
      Int is a compound of stuck flows and prior incidents,
Insullin, remaining on it, 74
            212  Int;see interiorization
      pc stuck in a past location, handling, 229   intelllgence,
misunderstood words vs, 130
      stuck in the time of an incident which acts as PT for
Intensive(s),
            him, handling, 228          Dianetic Clear Special
Intensive; see Dianetic Clear
      two incidents collapsed into one, time-wise, handling,
      Special Intensive
            228        Executive or Businessman's Intensive, what
it handles,
      what happens if you only run incidents late on the
270
            chain, 44        Marriage Intensive, what it handles,
270
      what happens if you only run the end of incidents, 44
Money Processing Intensive, what it handles, 271
      what has to be run for a chain or incident to erase, 212
      NED DRD requires only a few intensives, 266
      why you date and locate, 228           Profession Intensive,
what it handles, 271
      wrong date for an incident, handling, 228          Teacher or
Supervisor Intensive, what it handles, 270
      wrong or occluded location or a confusion between two
Intention, definition of a problem is intention versus
            or more locations, handling, 229             intention,
279
Indicator(s),    Interest,
      bad indicators vs, free needle, 7      do not check interest
on drug items, 76
      good indicators; see good indicators         staff members
lack of interest or no interest, handling,
      manifestation of a withhold in addition to a Crashing
      410
            Mis-U, 356 Interiorization; see also exteriorization
      nonoptimum reactions that may show up in M9, 130
basics on Ext and Int (reference), 212
      total organize is an indicator of many misunderstoods
beginning of an exteriorization is an, 45, 212
            in the area, 405      birth and, 45
      when to check false and protest during a Dianetic
cannot audit over anything else if Int or L & N lists are
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

Interiorization (cont,)      Interiorization Rundown (cont,)
      do not try to fly ruds or word clear over out-Int or out-
      EP data, 213
            lists, 423       EP, vital data on, 195, 217
      further data on flows and, 212         errors, 98, 217
      is a compound of stuck flows and prior incidents, 2 1 2
errors (list of), 5 1, 99, 2 1 7
      out-Int and End of Endless Int Rundown, 190        errors
(two major errors), 217
      out-Int despite having had Int RD and it has been re-
exteriorization is not EP of the, 195
            paired, handling, 190       false read whenever Int is
mentioned due to protest,
      out-Int, do not audit over, 190, 192, 217, 220, 334
      191
      pcs on whom Int repeatedly kicks in, handling, 189      FES
is done first if someone is having trouble with Int,
      references, 102             197
      stuck flow of obsessively going in, 212            FES
required for botched Int RD, 218
      using the Recall system to run out-Int, 213        floating
TA and, 49,195
      when to order a check on interiorization, 39       flows and
Int, further data on, 212
      why Int sends the TA up, 195           Flow Zero is not run
for the first time on Int, 47, 54, 57
InteriorizationRundown,                 103, 201
      audited over misunderstoods on the, 98       flubbed Int RD,
handling, 190
      auditing Int RD successfully, 196      flubbing auditors and,
41
      auditor must understand fully the theory and com-
folder study and FES of the Int RD and any repairs of
            mands he is running, 206               Int RD, 190
      auditor requirements, 46, 99, 100,189, 206         headaches,
80
      auditor requirements to do an Int RD correction, 80
Int Correction Lists have been done and pc still has
      auditors who should not be let near an, 99
headaches or other Int troubles, handling, 100, 104
      auditor who can't smoothly audit Int RD, handling,      Int
is a compound of stuck flows and prior incidents,
            106              212
      auditor who should not be let near an Int pc, 197       Int
Rundown Table; see Int Rundown Table
      basics on Ext and Int (reference), 212       is a remedy, 105
      beginning of an exteriorization is the interiorization,
is done, if reading, before review auditing, ruds or
            45, 212               anything else, 42
      breaks, rule regarding, 41        is one of the most
important single auditing actions
      button did not read yet was run, 98                an auditor
can do, 189
      button read on an MU, handling, 79,103       L1C and, 46
      buttons list, 46,193        materials must be checked out
starrate and in clay
      buttons must be assessed before clearing, 103
before C/S permits auditor to run it, 103
      buttons not reading, handling, 47, 79,103          must be
completed in as few sessions as possible, 40,
      cannot audit over anything else if Int or L & N lists are
            48
            out, 334         must not audit a pc on Int if it is
not charged, 190
      Class IV auditor does it, 206          musts, 40
      clay demos that are required (list of), 207        not to be
sold or passed off as a method of exteriorizing
      clearing only the button with the largest valid read, 218
            a pc, 105
      Clear or OT with unresolving Int problems, handling,
"Okay to Audit Int RD," form, 207
            32         "Okay to Audit Int Rundown" is required, 206
      Clears and, 32, 43, 79, 191,197, 212         OTs and, 32, 43,
79, 191,198, 212
      command for going earlier must be given fully with the
out-Int and End of Endless Int Rundown, 190
            item, 206        out-Int as a primary reason for case
bogs, 189
      commands, 47           out-Int despite having had Int RD and
it has been
      commands must be cleared excellently for pc's under-
      repaired, handling, 190
            standing, 206         out-Int, do not audit over out-
Int, 190, 192, 217, 220,
      commands (Quad commands for Int buttons), 201
334
      complete any flow on any reading button in one ses-
out-Int, handling, 191
            sion, 40, 48          overrun, how it occurs, 79,
98,103,194
      completing before all flows are run, example, 196
overrun Int, commonest cause of, 194
      completing the RD on an intensive basis, 40        overrun
when pc exteriorizes and auditor continues
      correct Int RD error as a first action, 98              past
exterior, 217
      correction drill: Date to Blow/Locate to Blow, 79       pc
exteriorizes in session but hasn't had an Int RD,
      correction list, form, 84              handling, 38, 80,
99,105
      C/S Checklist of Int Errors, 217       pc goes exterior
during the RD, handling, 48, 195
      C/S 53 as next action after the, 197         pc run on
Dianetics on the Int RD after Dianetic Clear,
      C/S 53 Int section gets a read, handling, 191, 220
handling, 192,198
      C/Sing Int, 104        pcs on whom Int repeatedly kicks in,
handling, 189
      C/S wins and, 106           pc stuck on the stuck flow of
time, 212
      determining whether Int is out, 190          pcs who can't
move back on the time track more than
      Dianetic Clears and, 32, 43, 79, 212               minutes,
212
      Dianetic Clear with Int still out for some peculiar
persistent F/N, handling, 47
            reason, handling, 191       persisting Int troubles,
handling, 100,104,199
      Dianetic C/S-1 is done on unindoctrinated pc before
preassessment and AESPs are not used on, 104,199
            Int RD, 100           preliminary method for handling
Int on certain pcs, 190
      dissolving the obsessive stuck flow of going in, 213
procedure, 38, 46
      don't run anything else but Int when Int is out, and
protesty because Int has been run or repaired when it
            that includes two-way comm, 217              wasn't
charged, 191
      End of Endless Int RD is not a substitute for the, 190
"reaction flow" and "re-reaction flow," 212
      End of Endless Int Repair Rundown and, 189         reason for
the, 34
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

Interiorization Rundown (cont,)   Interpretation(s), Interpreting,
      Recalls, liabilities and advantages of running Recalls
indulging in interpretations and even outright lies to
            on Int, 213                 seem wise or expert, 367
      references, 51,102          interpreting HCOBs or P/Ls
verbally or othervise for
      Registrar selling unnecessary Int RD, 80, 105
another, 318
      rehabbing the point of completion, 196 Interview; see D of P
interview; PTS interview
      repairing Int RD, clue to, 100    Int RD; see Interiorization
Rundown
      repairing pc run on Int RD by R3R or R3RA when he  Intro
Lecture, Group Processing after an, 269
            was a Dianetic Clear, 190   Int Rundown Correction
List,
      repair, most flagrant cause of, 196          auditors who
should not be let near an, 99
      repair of, 50, 104, 211           Clears, OTs, Dianetic
Clears and, 84
      "repair of repair of repair" of Int, handling, 190      do
not go to another question leaving one that has not
      repair, where much of it stems from, 196
F/Ned, 86
      review auditing vs, 42      End of Endless Int RD is not a
substitute for an, 190
      R-Factor to give pc before doing two-way comm step,
form, 84
            38         Int Correction Lists have been done and pc
still has
      roller-coaster due to bad Int RD or Int repair, 92
headaches or other Int troubles, handling, 100,
      ruds and, 40, 42, 46              104
      rules for Int RD sessions, 40          Int Rundown Table and,
191, 198
      running Int with R3RA, 48         persisting Int troubles,
handling, 100, 104
      shallow running pc, 213           purpose of, 84
      simplicity of doing it, 101       R-Factor to give pc, 85
      starrate checkouts for, 206       use of, 84,190
      starrate with clay demos on the theory and commands
when to end off, 85
            is required, 206 Int Rundown Table,
      stuck flow of "going in" vanishes, 196       form, 198
      stuck flow of obsessively going in, 21 2           out-Int
handling and, 191, 198
      summary, 1 02          where to keep it in the pc folder, 1
91, 1 98
      theory of, 34    Invalidate(s), Invalidated, Invalidation,
      timeitselfcanbeastuckflow,212          by running certain
processes that a Clear wouldn't
      trigger that puts pc into his Int engrams, 212
respond to, 256
      troubles, answerto, 189           never use meter to
challenge, 'correct' or invalidate
      trouble, where it comes from, 106            pc's data when
dating, 232
      trouble with Int, correct action to take first, 197
one should not invalidate having known certain people
      two-way comm and, 38              before, 91
      two-way comm materials that auditor must checkout       past
lives being invalidated, 91
            and drill on, 104           state of Clear and, 244
      two-way comm on Int and Ext, reason for, 33  Invalidate
button,
      two-way comm on Int-Ext, procedure, 38       command for
putting in Invalidate button, 247
      two-way comm session must follow Int RD by not less
commands to put in "Suppress" and "Invalidate," 37
            than a day nor more than a week, 41          ensure
nothing was suppressed, invalidated or mis
      two-way comm session, reason for, 41               understood
before leaving an unreading item, flow
      two-way comm was omitted or not in a separate ses-
or question, 253
            sion, handling, 38          if Suppress or Invalidate
reads, handling, 247
      unnecessary Int RD, 79,103,105         no read after putting
in "Suppress" and "Invalidate,"
      unreading item run, 98            37
      unrun or flubbed and unrepaired Int RD causes close
nulling unrun original items on the list with Suppress
            to 1005'o of reasons for high TA, 99              and
Invalidate buttons, 77
      use of Recalls is ideal in the handling of repair of Int,
      putting in Suppress, Invalidation or Misunderstood
            213              Words on the prepared list, 145
      verifying that you actually have a read on Int, 191
when to put it in, 42
      weak or ill pc and, 190     Investigation, how to do an, 401
      what happens when you exteriorize somebody who
Investigatory procedure, Crashing Mis-U finding is an,
            hasn't had an Int RD, 45               349
      what it does for the pc, 80, 105  IQ Test, Purification
Rundown and, 166, 176
      what it handles, 267   is, one is what one is, not what one
is admired or hated
      what it is designed to do, 105               for, 15
      what must be blown before you're through with Int, 212
item(s),
      what you want to accomplish with it, 49            check
questions, flows or items before running any
      when handling Int you address only Int, nothing else,
      thing, 253
            199        Dianetic item; see Dianetic item
      when to order a check on interiorization, 39       don't
extend on a list that is getting no item, 36
      when to run it, 38, 42, 54        hanging pc with a
wrong/uncharged item, 190
      why Int sends the TA up, 195           item "me" must be
accepted on any S & D list, 237
      why we are safer entering Int RD by running engrams
item "me" must never be represented, 237
            to begin with, 213          never prepcheck an item
that doesn't read, 36
International Tralning Org, training and, 274            original
item; see original item
internship(s),         running item; see running item
      cancellation of HCO PL 23 Oct 76, Internship and
testitemsforreadbeforerunningthem,37
            HGC, 263         unreading items are not run, 253
      certificate expiration if the person has not done the
unreadingquestions and items, 36
            internship for the level he is certified for, 309
what to do when pc lists the item "me," 237
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

Ivory  Tower,    leader(s) (cont )
      Case Supervisor and, 7, 258       tragedy of Manuela Saenz,
16
      reason C/S livesin an, 7          workable formula used
"instinctively" by most suc                              cessful
practical political leaders, 12
                       you can't live in a world where even the
great leaders
                             can't lead, 21
                       J     leads, loose connection causing R/S,
321
                       learn(ed)(ing),
                             drugs vs, learning rate, 165
Joburg assessment procedure, 3          false data clogs up ability
to think and learn, 374
junk foods, 169        inability to learn and apply, handling, 374
Justice;seealsoethics        when he can't seem to apply what he
has "learned,"
      Confessional done for justice reasons is not auditing,
            suspect false data, 368
            246        with the ability to learn comes stability
and the pro      disciplining them for going past Mis-Us, 356
            duction of valuable products, 374
justification(s), Justify(ing),   Learning Drills, twinning on, 379
      Crashing MU and, 388   level(s); see also grades
      defense mechanism and, 351        certificate expiration if
the person has not done the
      handling of, 406                  internship for the level he
is certified for, 309
      justifying his overts by accepting false data, 370
C/Sing for a level for which he has not been trained,
      references, 388                   penalties for, 304
      service facsimiles are cousins to, 389       OT levels; see
OT levels
Justinian II, 17       there are other OT levels above VIII, 269
                             when upper levels above VIII will
probably be re                                     leased, 273
                       Level II, special certificate for those
trained to admin
                       K                ister Confessional
procedure, 226
                       L4BRA used for list errors, 70
Keyed-Out Clear, life, living,
      Dianetic Clear vs, 257      a life form is a combination of
life itself and the physi
      no such thing as, 200             cal universe, 166
Keynes, John Maynard, 368         belief that all life came from
matter, 165
key-out                dreams are essential in, 401
      Recall Processes and, 194         drug residues stop a
person's life, 165
      three to ten day key-out period, 1 94        mechanism of
overrun of life subjects, 9
kidney conditions, Purification Rundown and, 167         once his
TRs are "in" they will stay in for life, 143
know(ing), known,            overwhelmed by life, handling, 62
      collision of false data and true data, without the person
      past life; see past life
            knowing which is which, 370      pretending attalnments
m hfe not really attamed,
      one should not invalidate having known certain people
      handling, 6,8
            before, 91       rehab of llfe sltuations of overrun, 7
      what is wrong with the pc is not known to the pc, 1
removal of life-hostile chemical substances from the
knowledge, person must be at cause when he is expected
body, 166
            to apply knowledge or skills, 379            why the
human race often reacts so oddly to, 272
Kodak, Eastman, 368          you can't live in a world where even
the great leaders
                                  can't lead
                                  life ruds, commands, 25
                                  liquids, Purification Rundown
                             and, 168
                       L     List(s); see also listing and nulling
                             Auditing by Lists, 70
                             correction; see out-lists
Ls, when they can be delivered, 274          correction lists; see
prepared lists
L & N; see listing and nulling          Dianetic lists; see
Dianetic lists
late for course, 384         don't extend on a list that is getting
no item, 36
"latent reads," sensitivity too high causing, 154        errors,
see out-lists
LC1; see Crashing Mis-U Repair List          item "me" on an L & N
list must be accepted as the
LCRC, when to use it, 249 250                item, 237
bader(s); see also executive      out-lists; see out-lists
      Bolivar and, 11        prepared lists; see prepared lists
      don't leave an enemy financed and solvent while you
unreading questions and items, 36
            let your friends starve, 14 Listing and nulling,
      foremost law, if one's ambition is to win, is of course
avoid listing the same question twice on PTS RD, 127
            to win, 18       converting the PTS RD 2wcs for items
into L & N
      frailty of single solutions, 12              questions, 127
      having the bravery needed to trust inferior minds and
errors- see out-lists
            stand by their often shocking blunders, 15        item
"me" must never be represented, 237
      how real powers are developed, 20      never list a listing
question that doesn't read, 36
      how to move off a point of power, 19         unreading items
are not run, 253
      if you have power use it or delegate it, 20        what to do
when pc lists the item "me," 237
      making far too heavy use of a skill simply because it
literacy, we have drifted down in literacy to a point where
            is easy, 12                 the culture can't read or
hear, 128
      responsibilities of, 11     literal rather than literate, 425
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

Livingness Repair is often the first action taken on a per-   L3RF
(cont,)
            son by a professional auditor, 269           Method 3
and, 72
LIX HI-Lo TA List Revised,        requires processes, not E/S to
get an F/N, 72
      C/S 53RK vs, 107 L12, exterior with full perceptions, 274
      form, 107  lungs, eucalyptus oil and, 181
      Method 5 and, 107
      order of handling reads, 107
location, locating; see also Date/Locate
      M
      calling the location back to the pc, 83
      Date to Blow-Locate to Blow steps, 81
      dating and locating, 228    magic, Suppressed Person RD and,
276
      definition of locating, 228 magneslum; see also Cal-Mag
      Locating Drill 1, 233       calcium and , 1 74
      Locating Drill 2, 234       nerves and, 174
      pc out of PT fixed by both date and location, 236  magneslum
carbonate, 1 75
      purpose of locating (Date/Locate), 231 maJor action(s),
      stuck viewpoint of location, handling, 229         C/S 53
and, 264
      systems of measurement of distance, 231            End of
Endless Int Repair RD is a, 190
      that which is viewed in its own time, place, form and
Int RD is a, 49
            event can be as-ised, 228        pc must be set up
before a, 264
      theory of dating and locating, 228           set-ups and, 264
      why you date and locate, 228      Man; see also culture;
individual
      wrong or occluded location or a confusion between two
competence and effectiveness reduced by false data,
            or more locations, handling, 229                  374
locks, Straightwire and, 370      fact which disproved that Man was
an animal, 211
logic, Socratic equation and, 369       false data clogs up his
ability to think and learn, 374
L1C,                   increasing the ability of individuals and
the human
      done if needle goes dirty in a rehab session, 10
      race, 374
      Int RD and, 46         is a complex being, 274
      Method 3 and, 72       no humanoid is free while aberrated in
the body cycle, 12
      not used on high or very low TAs, 72         one would have
to de-aberrate a man before his whole
      used for ARC breaks, 70                      social structure
could be de-aberrated, 12
"Look at me, Who am I?", 61       proof of the existence of a
thetan, 44
look don't listen, 401       proof that Man is a spiritual being,
timeless and death
losses, Relief RD to handle 267                    less, 211
love, what obsessive attraction is based on, 93          taking
responsibility for one's fellow man, 384
low TA,                twinning gets students to take
responsibility for their
      auditing past exterior causing, 98                 fellow
man, 378
      caused by overwhelming TRs and incomplete actions,      why
the human race often reacts so oddly to life, 272
            149, 152   marijuana,
      C/S Series 53RK has been done and the high or low       can
lodge in the tissues, 165
            TA persists, handling, 107       niacin's effect on,
172
      C/S Series53tohandle, 147,150     markets, org which never
markets or advertises their
      detecting all the reasons for, 107                 products,
405
      general cause of, 149,152   marriage(s),
      Int trouble is at once suspected, 100, 104         cheating
on your spouse, 223
      L1C is not used on high omrery low TAs, 72         marital
difficulties, handling, 270
      Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S to handle, 147       out-ethics
and, 223
LSD,             Marriage Intensive, what it handles, 270
      Angel Dust and LSD are the worst, 74   mass(es), mental
mass(es),
      burns up B1 and B Complex, 171         auditing past exterior
causing heavy masses to come
      can stay in the body and release itself now and then,
      in, 98
            221        electrical resistance and mental mass, 45
      circulation cut off by, 165 materlal(s); see also technology
      developed to poison and paralyze whole cities, 267
auditors must be checked out and drilled on new
      giving the person unpredictable "trips," 165
materials, 52
      is basically wheat rust, 165           Course Supervisor not
making all materials available,
      lodging in the tissues, 165            224
      niacin breaks up and unleashes LSD from the tissues
twin always refers his fellow student to source materi
            and cells, 172              als, 383
      niacin deficiency created by, 171      when he can't get
through a specific drill or exercise
      Purification Rundown mandatory to any person who
in his training materials, suspect false data, 368
            has been on LSD, 166  matter,
      remaining in the body, 221, 267        belief that all life
came from, 165
      restimulationand, 165       buildingblocksof, 164
      restimulation of an LSD trip, 168, 175 "me," as an L & N list
item, 237
L7, Method 3 and, 72   mean reputation pcs, 267
L10, Method 6 is an L10 action, 70      measles is a virus illness,
156
L3RF,       media, false data and, 368
      Clears, Dianetic Clears, OTs and, 144, 221   medical doctor,
Purification Rundown and, 167
      Dianetic errors must be repaired with an, 190      Medical
Officer, Purification Rundown and, 167,177
      indicating the read to a Clear, OT or Dianetic Clear,
medical treatment, medical,
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

medical treatment, medical (cont,)      mineralls (cont,)
      pc had medical therapy, handling, 65         multi-minerals
and Purification Rundown, 171
      pc has infectious diseases, handling, 64
Purification Rundown and, 174
medicine(s), medication,          vegetables and, 169
      allergy to, 74   minister, power to forgive, 225, 227
      high TA and medicine case, 23     miracles, Crashing Mis-U
finding and, 356
      medicinal drugs have gone into "restim" years after
misemotional, missing a withhold causing person to be
            they were taken, 165             misemotional or blow,
388
      no medication of a medical nature during Purification
missed wlthhold(s); see also rudiments; withholds
            Rundown, 176          auditor missing a withhold, what
it stems from, 242
      prior assessment and, 22          auditors who miss
withholds, penalty, 242
      Purification Rundown mandatory to any person who        blows
and, 242, 388
            has a heavy medical drug history, 166        commands
to check for M/W/H in Confessional, 248
      reason person took up medicine, 22           critical pc and,
248
      restim of whatever the effects of the drug or medicine
definition, 297
            were, 175        fatal to miss a withhold on someone,
390
      somatic shut-off due to, 22       15 manifestations of
(reference), 248
meditation, handling pc currently practicing, 66
misemotional person and, 388
memory,          mutual out-ruds and, 242
      drugs vs, 165          out-ethics and, 242
      returning on the Purification Rundown, 176         upset
caused by missing a withhold, 351
mental exercises, handling pc currently doing, 66  mistakes; see
errors
mental Image pictures, evaluating for pc by asking what  Mis-U; see
misunderstood
            his abilities are in relation to his mental image pic-
misunderstood(s), mlsunderstood word(s); see also con
            tures, 338            fusions; definitions; Word
Clearing
mentally ill pc, handling, 63           ask for instances of
practical usage from the person
mental mass; see mass             you found a Crashing Mis-U on,
352
meter; see E-Meter           audited over misunderstoods on the Int
RD, 98
metering,        blankness and, 366
      Date/Locate metering rule, 229         can prevent a person
from understanding the remain definition of mismetering, 146
      der of what is heard or written, 329, 347
      how to read through an F/N, 254        can't find a useful
definition, handling, 354
      rabbittingcausedbyout-TRsorshakymetering, 146
clearing a word to conceptual understanding, 133,
      Suppressed Person RD and, 278                183, 425
      wrong assessments due to bad metering, 194         comes
earlier in time and is more basic than the with
Method 3,              hold, 387
      CrashingMis-U RepairListand, 357       complete understanding
depends on freedom from,
      definition, 72              376
      Dianetic Clear Special Intensive Assessment List and,
complexity and, 328
            337, 339         conceptual understanding, 133,183, 425
      F/Ning a prepared list using Method 3,144          confusions
and, 328
      Green Form and, 27, 72, 261       Crashing Mis-U; see
Crashing Misunderstood
      how you handle a list Method 3, 144          Crashing Mis-U
is not your ordinary common garden
      lists that are best done Method 3, 72              variety of
Mis-U, 361
      procedure, 70          Crashing MU obscured by MUs and
confusions, hand Product Debug Repair List and, 391
ling, 387
      Word Clearing Correction List and, 238       cycles of action
and, 329, 347
Method 5,        deafness and, 329
      Crashing Mis-U Repair List and, 357          definition, 363
      C/S 53 and, 147,150, 220, 221          definition of a
cleared word, 183
      definition, 72, 220         definition omitted from
dictionary, example, 365
      End of Endless Drug Rundowns Repair List and, 187
detecting if he has or hasn't got the Crashing Mis-U
      Expanded Green Form 40RD and, 60             cleared up, 352
      Green Form and, 27, 72, 261       disassociation between the
definition and the physical
      LIX Hi-Lo TA List Revised and, 107                 universe,
handling, 412
      Method 3 not Method 5 for F/Ning a list, 144
disciplining them for going past Mis-Us, 356
      protest and, 144       dull feeling and, 130
      Repair Correction List and, 214        effect of having gone
past many, many Mis-Us in
      Resistive Cases Assessment and, 60                 reading or
education, 130
      Word Clearing Correction List and, 238       effects of, 129,
130
Method 6 is an L10 action, 70           elusive or Crashing Mis-U,
361
mind(s),               emotional reactions connected with a
rejected defini
      C/S 53 contains everything that can be wrong with a
      tion, handling, 366
            220, 264, 270         encyclopedia used to clear up a,
366
      having the bravery needed to trust inferior minds and
example of how to clear a word, 182
            stand by their often shocking blunders, 15
example of when you wouldn't ask him for his Mis-U
      reactive mind, see reactive mind             in M9, 140
      Sigmund Freud'stexts on the, 368       examples of student
reactions and correct handlings
mineral(s),            on M9, 135
      checking for vitamin and mineral deficiencies before
false data preventing misunderstoods from reading on
            Purification Rundown, 177              the meter, 388
      endocrine system and, 174         False Data Stripping and,
373
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

misunderstood(s), misunderstood word(s) (cont,)
Misunderstood(s), Misunderstood word(s) (cont,)
      getting a student much more aware of and able to        poor
eyesight and, 329
            find and handle his own misunderstoods, 132       read
caused by an MU, handling, 47,191,198
      getting into a lot of think-think and unnecessary signif-
reason for people not studying is always misunder
icance due to, 330                stoods, 428
      handling MUs on orders, 403       rejected definition,
example, 366
      he is rejecting the material he is reading or the defini-
      resistance to finding the Mis-U, examples of, 350
            tion of the word he is clearing, handling, 371
robot or zombie due to, 130
      homonymic definition, 364         sight, sound and even touch
can be shut off by, 329
      homonymic misunderstoods, 364          student must
discipline himself not to go past mis
      how long to use the word in sentences, 133
understood words, 366
      how to clear a word, 133, 182          substitute definition,
365
      how to clear a word when you don't know the context,
suppressing reactions to, 131
            183        synonyms, clearing of, 134, 183
      if the twin has missed the student's goof, he must have
text book used to clear up a, 366
            misunderstoods of his own, 381         total organize
is an indicator of many misunderstoods
      incomplete definition, example, 364                in the
area, 405
      incorrect definition, example, 363           twin must have a
misunderstood himself if he missed
      indicators of a, 130              the other student's goof,
381
      Int button read on an MU, handling, 79       types of, 129,
363
      intelligence vs, 130        unsuitable definition, example,
364
      interrupts not only the cycle of communication or       using
the read to steer him to the area and find the,
            understanding, but also interrupts the motion or
      353
            action, 348           what happens when the Word
Clearer has misunder
      invented definition, example, 363            stoods on the
material being word cleared, 134
      it is the earlier word or symbol which has caused the
what happens when the word that was misunderstood
            stumble or twitch or blink or omit or mispronuncia-
            is located, 131
            tionorwhathaveyou, 128           where there is a
student reaction, a misunderstood
      keeps a person from duplicating what the written
word will be found, usually just before the point he
            materialsactuallysay, 129              reacted, 140
      lacking a sense of organization lies below the level of
withholds and, 350, 387
            Mis-Us, overts and withholds and PTSness, 330, 406
      Word Clearer's Mis-Us, 134, 351
      learn the full definition for a word as well as its syno-
      word not reading on the meter because the person
            nyms, 365             "thinks he knows," 367
      made to look up words he understood, handling (in
MisunderstoodWordsbutton,
            M9), 140         ensure nothing was suppressed,
invalidated or mis
      Man has not necessarily properly defined everything
      understood before leaving an unreading item, flow
            in his technical sphere or culture, 349
or question, 253
      misunderstood word or symbol in the definition, hand-
getting in Suppress, Invalidate and Misunderstood, 47
            ling, 134        putting in Suppress, Invalidation or
Misunderstood
      M9 brings about ability of student to find and clear
      Words on the prepared list, 145
            his own Mis-Us, 132   M9; see Word Clearing Method 9
      nonoptimum reaction equals Mis-U, 133  Model Session, all
auditing actions except the CCHs are
      nonoptimum reactions that may show up, 130              now
done in, 3
      no organize and, 330   moneg; see price
      no-product situations due to, 329 Money Processing Intensive,
what it handles, 271
      not confronting and duplicating in an area due to, Mood
Drills,
            330        50 Foot Mood Drills, 306
      "not-understood" and, 363         handling if a mood is too
hard for the student to
      "not-understood" word or symbol, example, 365
master, 305
      organize, organize, organize due to, 330           procedure,
305
      out of communiation due to, 130        when they should be
done, 306
      overts and withholds stem from, 350    morale,
      overts, withholds and, 387        achievement of one's
purposes and goals, high morale
      pc had misunderstoods in auditing, handling, 69
and happiness, 374
      pc had trouble in auditing because of misunderstoods,
getting roaring, high-morale production, 407
            handling, 69          is up when competence is
demonstrated, 381
      pc had trouble understanding an auditor, handling,
keepingthe course morale high, 382
            69         low morale, cause of, 408
      pc had trouble understanding what was going on in a
production and, 381
            session, handling, 69       production is the basis of,
408
      people who don't complete cycles of action on certain
shooting morale up, 429
            subjects have a Mis-U on them, 329           twinning
and, 381
      people who have no idea of concept get bogged into motion,
Mis-U interrupts not only the cycle of communi
            terms and mechanics, 425         cation or
understanding, but also interrupts the motion
      perception shut-offs due to, 329             or action, 348
      person can go blank after he passes a word or symbol    MU;
see misunderstood word
            he doesn't understand, 130  multlple somatlc Items, do
we Triple or Quad them, 58
      person is not duplicating the material he has studied
muscles, preventing sore muscles, 175
            despite Word Clearing, handling, 371   muster, Course
Supervisor and, 224
      person will not necessarily read on something that he
mutual rudlmenb between twins, 384
            believes to be true, 371    M/W/H; see missed withhold
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

                       N     not dones, reason for, 347
                       "not-understood," 363
Narconon, Purification Rundown and, 163 novocaine, 165
narrative(s), narrative running,  "Now I'm supposed to's," 245
      Drug Rundown narrative handling on drugs, 76 nulling and
F/Ning prepared lists, 144
      prior assessment and, 22    nutrition(al); see also food;
vitamms
Natural Clear,         body holding on to something it is short of,
170
      a very few thetans have never been anything but Clear,
junk foods, 169
            328        nutritional deficiencies, 170
      checkouts to do before auditing Dianetic Clear or
Purification Rundown and, 169
            Natural Clearon thegrades, 332         why overdosing
one vitamin can create a deficiency
      Date/Locate and, 338                   artificially of
another vitamin, 173
      Quickie Grades and, 332     NVRD; see New Vitality Rundown
      verifying the state of, 338
NED (New Era Dianetics); see Dianetics
NED (Rundown) for OTs,
      auditor and Cramming assignment policies, 431
                       O
      description, 268
      Dianetic Clears and, 200
      for person run on End of Endless Int while on OT III,
Objective(s), Objective Process(es)(ing),
            190        Clear, OT or Dianetic Clear with unhandled
drugs is
      is a prerequisite for OT VIII, 273
handled with Sweat Program and, 262
      OT VIII and, 269, 273       definition of objective, 432
      Second Wall of Fire, 268          do not work in the presence
of drugs, 165
      when it can be given, 269         drug case and, 74
needle; see also various needle reactions by name        Drug
Rundown and, 74, 78
      all needleresponseisreactive, 2        new pc who
exteriorizes on Objectives and has not
      how an incorrect can squee~e gives an inaccurate,
yet had a Dn C/S-1 or any NED auditing, handling,
            unreliable needle reaction, 312              190
      meter responds instantly, 2       Purification Rundown being
followed by, 178, 179
      question or item aione changes the needle pattern, 320
TRs Course and, 437
      question that stops a rising needle, 321           twinning
is mandatory on any Upper Indoc and Objec
nerve(s),              tives Course, 379
      drug damage to the, 178           undercut by Purification
Rundown, 179
      magnesium and, 174     Objective ARC, Drug Rundown and, 74
nervous system, calcium and, 174  Objective Havingness, PTS RD and,
95, 126
New Era Dianetics; see Dianetics  Obnosis Drills, twinning on, 379
newspaper, false data and, 368    obsessive attraction, what it is
based on, 93
New Vitality Rundown, what it handles, 274   OCA Test,
New World Corps,       low due to unacknowledged state of Dianetic
Clear,
      Mark VI E-Meter and, 275               256
      requirements for, 267, 301        Purification Rundown and,
166, 176
niacin,          ohms, definition, 45
      allergies run out by, 173   oil,
      background history, 172           diarrhea because of too
much oil, 170
      breaks up and unleashes LSD, marijuana and other
exchanging good oil for bad fat in the body, 170
            drugs and poisons from the tissues and cells, 172
four essential oils, 169
      caution, 173           polyunsaturated oil, 169
      curinginsanitywith, 172           PurificationRundownand, 169
      deficiency brought about by drugs, 171       quantity needed
on Purification Rundown, 170
      flush turned on by, 172     OK to audit,
      increasing niacin and other vitamin quantities, 173
"Okay to Audit Int RD" form, 207
      Purification Rundown and, 172          starrate checkouts for
"Okay to Audit Int RD," 206
      Purification Rundown dosage, 171  onions, Vitamin C and, 171
      radiation run out by, 172   Operating Thetan(s); see also OT
levels
      skin cancer run out by, 173       are far easier and faster
to handle than non-OTs, 432
      sunburn run out by, 172           C/S 53 reads and, 221
      taken after a meal or with yoghurt or milk, 173
Dianetics is not run on, 191, 198
      theory, 173            drugs reading on C/S 53, handling, 221
      things that it may turn on, 173        End of Endless Drug
Rundowns Repair List and, 187
      upset stomach or a fearful or terrified condition may
Expanded Green Form 40 RD and, 262
            turn on with, 173           Green Form and, 262
      Vitamin C increased in proportion to, 171          has not
had Int RD but Int reads on C/S 53, handling,
      what it does, 172                 220
      what turns it on will turn it off where niacin is con-
Int RD and, 32, 43, 79,191,198, 212
            cerned, 173           Int RD would not be run on an,
191,198
niacinamide is worthless, 172           Int Rundown Correction List
Revised and, 84
nlghtmares, Vitamin B1 and, 171         L3RF and, 144, 221
no case gain; see case gain       make very fast and spectacular
gains, 432
Non-Interference Zone,       Mark VI E-Meter and, 275
      definition, 190        out-Int and, 213
      End of Endless Int Repair RD and, 190        overrun on the
Clearing Course, 256
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

Operating Thetan(s) (cont,)  Original Assessment Sheet, Drug
Rundown and, 75
      policy not to assign non-OT Cramming Officers to   orlglnal
Items, nulling unrun original items on list with
            OTs, 431              Suppress and Invalidate buttons,
77
      pre-OTs; see pre-OTs   OT; see Operating Thetan
      PTS RD and, 91, 292    OT I, Dianetic Clear and, 252, 272
      unhandled drugs on an OT, handling, 262      OT III, person
run on End of Endless Int while on OT
      unresolving Int problems and, 32             III, handling,
190
      why auditors of lower case level aren't assigned to pre-
OT VIII,
            OTs, 431         prerequisite for, 269, 273
Op Pro by Dup, Drug Rundown and, 78          there are other OT
levels above VIII, 269
order(s),              when upper levels above VIII will probably
be released,
      cross orders, handling, 409            273
      debugging orders, 402  other Intentionedness, handling, 415
      How to Defeat Verbal Tech Checklist and, 402 OT level(s),
      if it isn't written it isn't true, 402       Dianetic Clear
who hasn't truly made it will not make
      illegal orders, handling, 410                it on the, 244
      MUs on orders, handling, 403           grades really in
prevents pre-OT difficulties on the,
organization(s), Org(d)                 332
      Advanced Organizations; see Advanced Organizations
someone who has not made Clear will not make it on
      area or individual creating problems and demanding
the, 200
            solutions to them, handling, 405       there are other
OT levels above VIII, 269
      areas where staff aren't studying regularly are, in most
      when upper levels above VIII will probably be re
            cases, the bugged and nonproducing areas, 428
      leased, 273
      building a sauna, 439       why the person has to learn to
audit himself on OT
      Class VI Org (Saint Hill) services, 271
auditing, 272
      courses Class IV Orgs teach, 271  OT Level Debug and Repair,
what it handles, 274
      cracking the back of the most resistive nonproducing    OT TR
0,
            areas, 407       being able to do a faultless 2 hour OT
TR 0,143
      debugging a lack of products and accomplishments of
cycling through TRs, 142
            an org or post, 408   out-ethics; see also ethics
      definition of Class IV Orgs, 269       agreed upon out-
ethics, 223
      delivery; see delivery      appearing to be no case gain, out-
ethics case due to
      down statistic, handling, 8            being audited past
Dianetic Clear, 243
      executives; see executives        definition of in-ethics and
out-ethics course, 223
      handling any insufficiency of viable products coming
divorce and, 223
            from an, 401          group agreement in an out-ethics
course room, 223
      how you get executives who will operate out-ethics,
handling, 405, 415
            off-policy orgs, 224        how you get a gradually
lowered ethics level, 223
      policywhen an SPisdiscoveredand declared in an, 6       how
you get executives who will operate out-ethics,
      primary indicator of the presence of an SP in an, 8
      off-policy orgs, 223
      production; see production        marriages and, 223
      public; see public          M/W/Hs and, 242
      Saint Hill Organizations; see Saint Hill Organizations
O/W write-ups and, 405
      services which Class IV Orgs can give, 271         student
involved in some sort of out-ethics situation,
      situation where someone does not organize any corner
      handling, 384
            of his area or work or organizations or lines, hand-
outflow; see also inflow
            ling, 406        balancing inflow with outflow in
twinning, 379
      staff; see staff       "stuck flow" phenomenon whereby he
can't outflow
      statistics; see statistics             the subject, 378
      which never markets or advertises their products, 405   out-
Int; see interiorization; Interiorization Rundown
organize, organization (as an action),  out-List(s), list errors;
see also wrong item
      counting up the amount of wasted time simply because
auditing must be very limited if a list is out, 220
            of the disorganization of a place, 402       cannot
audit over anything else if Int or L & N lists
      do not go for an all-organize or an all-production
are out, 334
            handling, 406         do not try to fly ruds or word
clear over out-Int or out    inadequate organization to get the
product, handling,                lists 423
            406        L4BRA for list errors, 70
      irrational demands to only produce, 330, 406       roller-
coaster due to, 92
      lacking of a sense of, 406, 416   outnesses, reason people
apparently do not see, hear,
      lack of a sense of organization lies below the level
      notice or handle outnesses, 329
            of MUs, overts and withholds and PTSness, 330,
outofvalence, handling, 68
            406  out-rudiment(s),
      misunderstoods resulting in organize, organize, orga-
audited with ruds out, handling, 61
            nize, 330        crammed over out-ruds in the past,
handling, 422
      no grasp of the concept of, 416        cramming and, 421
      no organization, handling, 406         Cramming Officer must
not try to cram over out-ruds,
      no organize and misunderstoods, 330                421
      overts and withholds which prevent organizing, 330      False
Data Stripping and, 374
      total organize, handling, 405          illness and, 24
      total organize is an indicator of many misunderstoods
mutual out-ruds, 242
            in the area, 405      restimulation caused by, 24
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

out-tech,        overt product(s) (cont,)
      M/W/Hs and, 242        subproduct can be an overt product and
block final
      Quickie Grades and, 332                      products, 402
      trying to audit or rehab in an interview is, 333
overwhelm(ed)(ing),
out-TRs,         by auditing, handling, 62
      idea that one's TRs could go out overnight, 418         by
family connections, handling, 62
      no reads on prepared lists as evidence of, 145          by
life, handling, 62
      rabbiting caused by, 146          drugs and, 74
overrun(s), overrunning,          engram running can easily
overwhelm sick pc, 92
      all grades below Grade VII are subject to, 9       low TA
caused by overwhelming TRs, 149,152
      Clearing Course overrun, 256           on post, handling, 62
      ethics chit for overrunning a free needle, 5 O/Ws,
      False Data Stripping and, 374          commands for handling
O/Ws in metered Crashing
      F/N and, 5, 6, 9,149,152                     MU finding, 350,
388
      free needle vanishing and, 6           Crashing Mis-Us and,
350, 388
      having to find whole track overruns on some pcs in      False
Data Stripping, Crashing Mis-U tech, O/W
            rehabofgrades, 9                 handling and service
facsimile tech must be em
      high TA and, 44                   ployed where needed in
checkouts, 375
      hitting the purpose that was overrun, 7            handling
O/Ws in metered and nonmetered Crashing
      Int overrun, commonest cause of, 194                    MU
finding, 388
      Int RD overrun, how it occurs, 79, 98,103,194           O/W
write-ups, 405, 415
      Int RD overrun when pc exteriorizes and auditor con-
Oxford Capaclty Analysls; see OCA Test
            tinues past exterior, 217   Oxford English Dictionary,
The, 182, 364
      life can be an, 7
      mechanism of overrun of life subjects, 9
      never use a new process to cure an, 10
      P
      policy on rehabilitations, 6
      purpose overrun, 9
      rehabbing overrun grades, 9 Paid Completion Points for
Dianetic Clear Special Inten
      rehab of life situations of overrun, 7             sive, 162
      tackling the highest overrun first, 7  pain pills, 164
      TA going up and, 9     past life, past lives,
      TRs and "overrun?", 417           Clear in last life, 243
overt(s), overt act(s); see also O/Ws; rudiments         Dianetic
Clear in past life, 243, 266, 268
      asking for overts or withholds during nonmetered
invalidation of, 91
            Crashing MU finding, 388         locating person's last
life folder, 268
      audited over an overt, handling, 62          one should not
invalidate having known certain people
      blows caused by, 34               before, 91
      confessing one's overt acts is the first step toward
pc has been audited in an earlier life, handling, 64
            taking responsibility for them, 225          people who
were only famous characters, 91
      continuous overts; see continuous overts           running
them as "imaginary," 91
      Crashing MUs and, 387       using "I knew you when you
were____" for 2D
      definition, 297             advantage, 91
      helping person end cycle on the bad things he has       we
discovered past lives, 275
            done, 225  patch-up; see repair
      justifying his overts by accepting false data, 370 pay,
raising staff pay, 429
      lack of a sense of organization lies below the level of pc;
see preclear
            MUs, overts and withholds and PTSness, 330, 406   pc
folder; see folder
      misunderstood word or symbol and, 387  peace,
      pc gives off another's overt in Confessional, handling,
antagonistic terminal seeking to make peace with the
            247              PTS pc, 276
      pc gives three or four overts at once in Confessional,
what productive peace is,14
            handling, 247    penalty, penaltles,
      person who has overts and withholds on a subject
auditors who miss withholds, penalty, 242
            cannot perform in that area, 311       C/Sing for a
level for which he has not been trained,
      power to forgive and, 225, 227               penalties for,
304
      prone to accepting false data stems from, 370
declaring a Dianetic Clear "achieved in other prac
      stem from Mis-Us, 350             tices," penalty for, 328
      still stuck in the shame, blame and regret of the un-
disciplining them for going past Mis-Us, 356
            confessed overt or withhold, handling, 227
verbal tech penalties, 318
      thought of one overt, but told a different overt, 227
penicillin,
      why he began to commit overts, 311           antibiotics,
administering of, 156
overt product(s),            bloodl eveling time, 157
      Crashing Mis-Us and, 351          is growing less effective,
160
      definition, 405        oral penicillin, workability of, 160
      handling, 414          oral vs, injections, 160
      has no exchange value, 404        procaine penicillin, 160
      looking for overt products, 405        usually no good for
virus infections, 160
      remedy of, 405   perception,
      resources wasted by, 405          difficulties, 329
      sector in which you most frequently get them, 330
misunderstoods can act as perception shut-offs, 329
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

permissiveness, disease of, 378   potential trouble source(s),
PTS(es)(ness); see also PTS
persistent F/N,              Rundown; roller-coaster; Search and
Discovery;
      effect of auditing over a, 280               Suppressed
Person Rundown
      grades must not be delivered over a, 332           accidents
and, 415
      leaving pc off auditing until persistent F/N dies down,
antagonistic terminal handled with Suppressed Per  277
son RD, 276
      on a prepared list, handling, 71       auditing or training
must not be continued over an
persisting, how to get any unwanted persisting thing to
unhandled PTS situation, 290
            vanish, 228           Can We Ever Be Friends? used in
handling PTS situa
personnel; see staff              tions, 291
Peru, Bolivar and, 14        chronically ill person is always PTS,
124
penersions, technical, 303        coaching him along to see how he
himself actually
pesticides, 164,165,178                 precipitated the PTS
condition, 291
philosophlcal, Socratic thesis-antithesis-synthesis philo-
Clay Table De-PTSing; see Clay Table De-PTSing
            sophical equation, 369           C/S-1; see PTS C/S-1
physical Illness; see illness           definition, 90, 299
physical universe,           down statistic caused by SP or PTS
situation, 8
      a life form is a combination of life itself and the, 166
      educating the PTS, 293
      handling disassociation between the definition and
flying ruds and overts Triple or Quad Flow on the
            the, 412              antagonistic terminal, 292
picture(s); see also incident           gains vs, 90
      drugs turning on whole track pictures, 74          good
roads, good weather approach to the antagonistic
      evaluating for pc by asking what his abilities are in
      terminal, 290
            relation to his mental image pictures, 338
handle or disconnect, 290
      stuck picture; see stuck picture       handling PTSness,
first thing you must do, 293
pinch test, procedure, 316        handling PTSness, outline of, 290
planet; see Earth            handling PTSness, references, 291
plant, 256       handling PTSness, three stages of, 90
players fighting amongst themselves just to have a game,
handling the SP person or group and its relationship
            19               in the real universe to the pc, 91
pneumonla, cycle of action of, 159           having known the
person before this life, 91
polson(s), toxin , toxic; see also drugs           how pc goes the
effect of the antagonistic terminal, 276
      calcium and toxic substances, 174      interview; see PTS
interview
      flushing poisons and chemical substances out of the
interview by the Ethics Officer as a PTS handling, 90
            body, 167        issues to be read by the PTS student
or pc, 295
      intake of chemical poisons, 164        lack of a sense of
organization lies below the level of
      nutritional deficiencies created by toxins and drugs,
      MUs, overts and withholds and PTSness, 330, 406
            171        manifesting PTSness and illnesses due to
being audited
      remaining in the body for years, 165               past
Dianetic Clear, 243
      restimulation caused by toxic substances, 166           only
PTS situation that is serious and lasting and can
policy; see also Hubbard Communications Office Policy
cause a roller-coaster, 91
            Letter           pc connected to someone hostile or
antagonistic to
      auditor assignment policies, 431             Scientology,
handling, 63
      Cramming assignment policies, 431      person PTS and
dramatizing creating problems during
political,             Crashing MU finding, 390
      how to bring about a great political reform or improve
person who roller-coasters is always PTS, 124
            a failing country, 12       processing or study under
the duress of suppression
      workable formula used "instinctively" by most suc-
will not produce results, 290
            cessful practical political leaders, 12
program to handle the situation is given to the PTS
polyunsaturated oil, 169                person, 291
post(s),         PTS C/S-1 must be done before any sort of PTS
inter
      debugging a lack of products and accomplishments of
      view, 294
            an org or post, 408         putting him at cause over
the situation, 290, 296
      having difficulty in an area or on a post, suspect false
      references, 291, 293, 296
            data, 368        rest, quiet and a safe environment fot
the PTS Type
      not organizing any corner of his area or work due to
      Three, 292
            misunderstood words, 330         roller-coaster and,
90, 91,124
      pc overwhelmed on post, handling, 62         roller-coaster
caused by, 90
      posting known criminals or incompetents to training
rulesof, 124
            posts, 303       rundown; see PTS Rundown
postulate(s),          temporarily or momentarily PTS, 290
      Clear's postulates read as a surge, 257            What Is
Scientology? book sent to antagonistic per   definition, 297
      son, 291
      mean reputation pcs keep right on being mean until power(s),
            they get the postulate off, 267        abandoning power
utterly is dangerous indeed, 20
      time is basically a postulate or consideration, 230
auditing, power of, 244
'pot,' carbon vs, wire wound, 323       delegating power, 15,18, 20
potassium,       don't ever feel weaker because you work for some
      depletion of, 168,180             body stronger, 20
      Purification Rundown and, 168          failures to remain a
power's power, reason for, 20
      "salt substitute," 168      forgive, power to, 225, 227
potatoes, Vitamin C and, 171      how real powers are developed, 20
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

power(s) (cont,) preclear(s) (cont,)
      how to live in the shadow or employ of a power, 20
leaving pc off auditing until persistent F/N dies down,
      how to move off a point of power, 20               277
      if you have power use it or delegate it, 20        letting pc
have his win, 277
      one cannot hold power and not use it, 15           literal
rather than literate, 425
      push power in the direction of anyone on whose power
low OCA due to unacknowledged state of Dianetic
            you depend, 20              Clear, 256
      seven things about power, 19           mean reputation, 267
Power Process(es)(ing); see also Super Power       not continuing
up the Bridge on his grades, 166
      alternate step to Power specially designed for Dianetic
not making it in auditing, check for drug or alcohol
            Clears, 252                 history, 75
      Dianetic Clears are not run on, 252          originates he
has achieved Dianetic Clear, handling,
      is for those who didn't go Dianetic Clear, 252, 267, 271
            200
      Super Power vs, 267         OTs are easier and faster to
handle than non-OTs, 432
practical,       "overrepaired" pcs, usual cause of, 255
      ask for instances of practical usage from the person
people who don't study, 428
            you found a Crashing Mis-U on, 352           preparing
the majority of pcs for making optimum
      mandatory twinning on all practical courses, 377
case gain, 164
      twinning on practical courses, 378           pretending pc,
handling, 68
      twinning on practical sections of courses, 379
receiving gains or benefits from being ill or disabled,
practices, exercises,             handling, 63
      declaring a Dianetic Clear "achieved in other prac-
running reading items, flows and questions is the only
            tices," penalty for, 328               way to make a pc
better, 253
      earlier practices, handling, 66        set-ups and C/S 53,
264
      handling pc currently doing exercises, 66          shallow
running pc on Int RD, 213
      handling pc doing some exercise between sessions, 67
stuck on the stuck flow of time, 212
      pc has taken part in earlier electronic practices, hand-
      uneducated pcs and C/S Series 53 Long Form, 220
            ling, 67         uneducated pcs require flawless
topnotch auditors, 101
      pc has taken part in earlier exercises, handling, 66
what is wrong with the pc is not known to the pc, I
      pc has taken part in earlier scientific practices, hand-
      when a pc is cogniting, look at the meter not the pc, 7
            ling, 67         who can't move back on the time track
more than
      pc has taken part in earlier spiritual practices, hand-
      minutes, 212
            ling, 67         who does not require a C/S 53 to
F/Ning list, 264
      pc has taken part in earlier thought practices, hand-
who goes Ext in auditing being made to do the Hub
            ling, 67              bard New Era Dianetics Course
before further
practitioner, why the individual practitioner breaks
auditing, 101
            down, 7          why you only run what the meter says,
1
preassessment,   Pre-Havingness Scale (Prehav Scale),
      do not run preassessment or AESPs on Int, 104, 199
assessment procedure, 2
      Drug Rundown preassessment procedure, 76           is a
picture of reactive thought, 1
      prior assessment and, 22          why it is in the order it
is in, 1
preclear(s); see also case; individual; thetan     pre-OT(s),
      accept thepc's data during dating, 231       grades really in
prevents pre-OT difficulties on OT
      asking pc not to say a word throughout the assess-
levels, 332
            ment, 2          why auditors of lower case level
aren't assigned to, 431
      attested to Dianetic Clear but hasn't made it, hand-
Prepared Assessment Form, what it handles, 267
            ling, 257  prepared List(s); see also various prepared
lists by name
      audited in an earlier life, handling, 64           any item
that would cause an F/N to "check" will be
      auditor has more control over pc's reactive mind than
      hot, 254
            the pc, 2        assessment sheets must be placed in pc
folder, 391
      auditor-pc assignment policies, 431          Auditing by List
procedure, 70
      being someone else, handling, 68       auditor back-off or
protest on F/Ning a list, cause of,
      blown pcs, handling with C/S 53, 220               146
      body; see body         auditor indicates when he has finished
with the, 72
      consistently not making the expected gains from his
Bls present on the subject of repair or prepared lists,
            processing, 166             handling, 214
      Dianetic pc who has had drug handling omitted, hand-
BPC on improperly done or unnecessary prepared lists
            ling, 75              or repair actions, handling, 214
      difficult looking pc because of wrong sensitivity set-
calling the list complete when pc has a big win, 71
            tings, 155       call questions without looking at the
pc, 70
      dislikes talking to an auditor, handling, 61       correction
lists Cramming Officer must get checked
      doesn't want auditing, handling, 61                out on use
of, 422
      ethics trouble due to unacknowledged state of Dia-
Crashing Mis-U RepairList, form, 357
            netic Clear, 256      C/S Series 53RL LF, form, 150
      folder; see folder          C/S Series 53RL SF, form, 147
      former therapy, handling, 65           Debug Tech Checklist,
form, 408
      free needles, how to get them on a pc, 9
definition, 144
      goofing, how to handle pc who keeps on goofing, 63
Dianetic Clear Special Intensive Assessment List,
      has not had auditing, handling, 64                 form, 339
      here for reasons not disclosed, handling, 62       do not
leave questions merely "clean," 71
      if pc knows all about it, it isn't wrong with him, I
do not take up things that don't read, 71
      Int repeatedly kicks in, handling, 189       dummy drilling
Auditing by Lists, 72
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

prepared List(s) (cont,)     present time problem(s); see also
problem; rudiments
      earlier similar, asking for an, 71           audited over a
problem, handling, 61
      End of Endless Drug Rundowns Repair List, form, 187
breaks not taken during Int RD unless pc has a physi
      EP of getting a prepared list to F/N, 222               cal
PTP, 41
      errors that prevent the EP of getting a prepared list to
      only a PTP will halt the progress of a case, 276
            F/ N , 222 preservatives, food, 1 64,1 65 ,1 78
      Expanded GF 40RD, form, 60  pressures, standard C/S for heavy
pressures, 33
      F/N can be obscured and mistaken for a read if sensi-
pretending pc, handling, 68
            tivity too high, 149, 152   price(s), pricing,
      F/Ning a prepared list defined, 144          cost and selling
of Full Flow Dianetics, 59
      F/Ning prepared lists, 144, 221, 254         cost of 1950-
1977 processing compared to NED, 265
      F/N packs up during assessment, handling, 254
getting processing cheaply, 271
      getting a suppressed read by not being able to read
reduction in course costs, 269
            through an F/N, 145, 254         Saint Hill services
cost a bit more than Class IV Org
      Green Form, form, 27              services, 271
      Hi-Lo TA List Revised, form, 107       why Flag lower org
services cost more, 273
      how auditor misses charged items and takes up un-  Primary
Rundown, twinningon the, 380
            charged items, 254    Primary  Scale, assessment
procedure, 2
      intending to F/N the list but the pc is on a big win,   prior
assessment,
            handling, 71          harmful "cures" handled by, 23
      Int Rundown Correction List Revised, form, 84           Prior
Assessment to Drugs is only a partial handling,
      LC1, form, 357              75
      lists that are best done Method 3, 72        procedure, 22
      lists that do not read F/N, 145        procedure on Drug
Rundown, 77
      marking reads, procedure, 70           reads and, 22
      maximum time between questions, 2      reads, order of
handling, 22
      Method 3 assessment; see Method 3      when it is done, 22
      Method 3 handlingof a list, 144   problem(s); see also
present time problem; rudiments
      Method 5 assessment; see Method 5      area or individual
creating problems and demanding
      mistaking an F/N right swing for a read, 149, 152
solutions to them, handling, 405
      "nonreading, non-F/Ning" lists, 144          auditing over a
problem, effect of, 220
      nulling and F/Ning prepared lists, 144       consists of two
or more purposes opposed, 279
      pc protests a prepared list or repair action, handling,
definition, 279, 297
            214        engaged in creating problems, 347
      pc protest, upset or apprehension over extensive repair
lots of unsolvable problems in the area, handling, 415
            actions or a list having to be F/Ned, main cause of,
      person creating problems and demanding solutions to
            146              them, handling, 415
      pcs bugged by C/S 53s being done on them, handling,
person PTS and dramati~ing creating problems during
            222              Crashing MU finding, 390
      pc very upset and words of the Repair Correction List
problems grade is out, handling, 69
            have not yet been cleared, handling, 214     Problems
of Work, TRs data and, 434, 436
      pc volunteers some answer to an unreading question,
Problems Process(es),
            handling, 71          commands, 280
      persistent F/N on a prepared list, handling, 71         EP of
each reading flow of each Problems Process on
      procedure for Auditing by Lists, 70                the
Suppressed Person RD, 278, 280
      Product Debug Repair List, form, 391         references, 279
      putting in Suppress, Invalidation or Misunderstood      R1-
11commands,288
            Words on the list, 145           R2-20 commands, 288
      rabbiting from F/Ning a list, 146      R2-71 commands, 284
      reading through an F/N, procedure, 145, 254  process(es); see
also various processes by name
      reasons a list does not F/N, 145       biophysical processes
do not work in the presence of
      remains in the folder stapled to the worksheet, 70
drugs, 165
      RepairCorrectionList,form,214          changing process while
TA shows good motion will
      Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S, form, 147                leave
pc with BPC, 319
      "That's clean" or "That reads" is not said to pc, 70
continuing a process that has ceased to produce change
      unreading questions and items, 36, 71              is a
crime, 5
      what to do if list reveals that more needs to be handled,
      mental actions do not work in the presence of drugs,
            144              165
      what to do when an item stating pc has gone Dianetic
never use a new process to cure an overrun, 10
            Clear reads on a, 333       processes a Clear wouldn't
respond to, 256
      Word Clearing Correction List, form, 238           TRs are
not processes, 418
Prepcheck(ing),        what leads to wild efforts, new processes
and anything
      never prepcheck an item that doesn't read, 36
but cool standard procedure, 7
      S & D and, 25    processing; see  auditing
presence, session and social presence of a professional
product(s);see also production
            auditor, 437          completed cycle of action
normally results in a, 347
present time; see also environment           Crashing Mis-U may not
be on the subject of the prod     Date/Locate to bring the pc to
PT, 83                 uct itself but in an area related to the
subject, 362
      out of present time, handling with Date/Locate, 228
Crashing Mis-U tech is used in debugging products,
      pc out of PT fixed by both date and location, 236
348
      stuck in the time of an incident which acts as PT for
Crashing MU and, 386, 387
            him, handling, 228          debugging a lack of, 408
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

product(s) (cont, )    production, produce, producing (cont,)
      debug tech being used until produets are now rolling,
craeking the baek of the most resistive nonprodueing
            352              areas, 407
      definition, 401        debugging produetion, 400
      executives and, 408         demanding production, 402
      finding a product that can be gotten out, 409           do
not go for an all-organize or an all-production
      getting off the track and clearing up a whole subject
      handling, 406
            that has nothing to do with getting out his product,
      exterior influence stopping production, handling, 404
            356        getting roaring, high-morale production, 407
      gettingout products, 405          if you don't know what
you're trying to produce it
      getting products of the expected quality and quantity,
      can'take forever, 437
            352        increasing production, 429
      getting the person producing the products he wasn't
inspecting an areafor products and, 401
            able to produce before, 350      inspection to see what
is going on in terms of produc    handling all the factors that
prevent the completion of,              tion, 409
            330        irrational demands to only produce, 330, 406
      having no exchange value, handling, 414            is the
basis of morale, 408
      how the distance between amateured junk and an
linkagebetweendrugsandproductiondifficulties, 164
            effective product is accomplished, 326       list of
things that could be standing in the way of, 408
      inadequate organization to get the product, handling,
lots of unsolvable problems in the area, handling, 415
            406        morale and, 408
      inspecting an area for products, 349         morale depends
on production, 381
      inspection of, 401          overt products and, 330
      insufficiency of viable products, handling, 401
people who have to have before they can do, 411
      justifications for failure to understand a subject or in-
      total organize is an indicator of many misunderstoods
            ability to turn out professional products, 389
      in the area, 405
      key to completed cycles of action and, 347         with the
ability to learn comes stability and the produc Mis-Us causing no-
product situations, 329                 tion of valuable products,
374
      no idea at all that products should be gotten out, hand-
      wrong stat, handling, 413
            ling, 413  professional(s),
      no idea of the product, handling, 414        art and, 346
      no products, handling, 329, 348, 357, 402          be a
professional in whatever you do, 327
      no products, reason for, 329, 347      becoming a, 326
      org which never markets or advertises their products,
definition, 346
            405        ideal scene and, 346
      overtproduct;see overtproduct          justifications for
failure to understand a subject or
      people who don't get products have low morale, 408
inability to turn out professional products, 388
      Product Debug Repair List, use of, 406       only thinks in
terms of getting out an actual product,
      professionals and, 346            346
      rules have everything to do with the value of the, 326
product and, 346
      solution is not to immediately shoot them for not get-
rules and, 346
            ting out the, 356           session and social presence
of a professional auditor,
      still not getting out his products or completing cycles
      437
            of action in his area after Crashing Mis-U finding,
      viewpoint of a, 346
            handling, 357         what separates a member of the
audience from a, 346
      subproduct can be an overt product and block final      when
you have a, 326
            products, 402    Profession Intensive, what it handles,
271
      trying to turn out a product that has no exchange value,
program(s), programming (admin),
            405        bugged targets and, 400
      turning out a type of product nobody wants, handling,
debugging programs or targets, 400
            405        evaluation and, 407
      with the ability to learn comes stability and the pro-
linkage between drugs and difficulties with program
            duction of valuable products, 374
execution, 164
      wrong product, handling, 414           where the full tech on
how to execute and program
      wrong VFP, handling, 414               is, 407
      wrong VFP or wrong product, debugging a, 404 program(s),
programming (tech),
Product Clearing,            assessing GF Method 5 and sending to
C/S for pro
      anybody who thinks it's just an odd idea that you just
      gramming, 261
            follow the rules should get Short Form Product
biophysical processes do not work in the presence of
            Clearing, 326               drugs, 165
      debug tech and, 352         bringing the person up to the
level where he is now
Product Debug Repair List,              ready for processing, 179
      form, 391        cannot audit over anything else if Int or L
& N lists
      Method 3 and, 391                 are out, 334
      purpose of, 391        Clear, OT or Dianetic Clear reading on
drugs on C/S
      R/S turning on on the list, 391              53, handling,
221
      use of, 406            C/S 53 as next action after Int RD or
End of Endless
production, produce, producing; see also products             Int
RD, 197
      areas where staff aren't studying regularly are, in most
      C/S 53 reads, programming and handling of, 220, 221
            cases, the bugged and nonproducing areas, 428
Dianetic Clears, what they can be audited on, 200, 252
      busy busy busy and totally unaware of the fact that they
      don't run anything else but Int when Int is out, and
      were producing absolutely nothing, handling, 408
that includes two-way comm, 217
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

program(s), programming (tech) (cont,)  psychologist(s),
      End of Endless Int Repair Rundown, uses of, 190
belief that all life came from matter, 165
      handling a student who cannot grasp or retain the
falsedataand, 435
            data of the Data Series, 56      mission to make the
population into controllable zom
      HC Out-point Plus-point Lists, use of, 300              bies,
435
      Int Correction Lists have been done and pc still has
took longest toget through TRs Course, 435
            headaches or other Int troubles, 100, 104
psychology,
      Int RD error is corrected as a first action, 98
handling pc who had psychology therapy, 65
      Int RD, if reading, is done before review auditing,
most false subject on the planet, 435
            ruds or anything else, 42   PT; see present time
      Int troubles persisting, handling, 100, 104  PTP; see present
time problem
      Livingness Repair is often the first professional audit-
PTS; see potential trouble source
            ing action taken on a person, 269      PTS C/S-1,
      Ls, when they can be delivered, 274          definitions
sheet, 296
      mental actions do not work in the presence of drugs,
must be done before any other PTS handling is begun,
            165              290
      NED Drug RD, who it is for, 186        must be done before
any sort of PTS interview, 294
      NED for OTs, when it can be given, 273       procedure, 294
      Objective Processing after Purification Rundown, 178,
PTS RD includes PTS C/S-1, 124
            179        purpose of, 294
      out-Int despite having had Int RD and it has been re-
R-Factor to give, 294
            paired, handling, 190       study section, 295
      out-Int, do not audit over out-Int, 190, 192, 217, 220,
what it does for the person, 290
            334        who it can be done by, 294
      out-list, auditing must be very limited if a list is out,
PTS Interview,
            220        nonstandard actions or interviews forbidden,
432
      pc exteriorizes in session but hasn't had an Int RD,
PTS C/S-1 must be done before, 294
            handling, 38, 80, 99,105         references, 290
      preparing the majority of pcs for making optimum
SPcannoteasilybefound, handling, 290
            case gain, 164        what to do if difficulty is
encountered, 290
      PTS handling, outlineof, 290      PTS Rundown; see also
Search and Discovery; Sup
      PTS RD, when it is done, 292                 pressed Person
Rundown
      Purification Rundown and, 166, 167           avoid listing
the same question twice, 127
      rundown that undercuts every case, 164       behavior of RD,
92
      set-ups and C/S 53, 264           "can't have" and "enforced
have" defined, 94,126
      substituting Suppressed Person RD for the engram        case
conditions not previously remedied can be reme
            part of the PTS RD, 276                died by, 92
      Suppressed Person RD, when it is done, 277         check each
flow of each process for a read before it is
      Suppressed Person RD, who it can be done on, 278, 292
      run, 96
      TRs Course prerequisite, 437           chronic somatics
handled by, 92
      unreading flows and items are not run, 253         Clears,
OTs, Dianetic Clears and, 91, 291
progress; see case gain           commands, 93
progress board, Purification Rundown and, 176            commands
for final step, 126
project(s),      converting the PTS RD 2WCs for items into L & N
      debugging projects, 407                questions, 127
      debug tech and, 400         currently sick pcs should not be
run on, 92
Project Operators, bugged targets and, 400         development of,
91
promotion of Quad Dianetics, 55         do not run unreading flows,
126
protest(s)(ing),       EP, 92, 292
      auditor back-off or protest on F/Ning a list, cause
errors, 92-93,124
            of, 146          errors in C/Sing and auditing it are
especially rough,
      false read whenever Int is mentioned due to protest,
      92
            191        exteriorization is not the EP, 92
      main cause of pc protest, upset, or apprehension over
final step, 126
            extensive repair actions or a list having to be F/Ned,
      flows, wording of, 92
            146        four points of breakdown of the, 91
      Method 5 and, 144           if pc does not recover, handling,
93
      pc protests a prepared list or repair action, handling,
L & N for places and planets should be restricted to
            214              planets only on VA pcs, 127
      probable main reason for pc upset or protest against
notes, 127
            "overrepair," 255           not restricted to Ex Dn, 92
      protesting auditing, handling, 61      Objective Havingness
and, 127
      TA up on a GF due to, 72          one should not invalidate
having known certain people
      verifying that a read on Int is not a false read or pro-
            before, 91
            test read, 191        only reasons PTS RD does not
work, 124
      when to check False and Protest during a Dianetic       pc
gets ill or roller-coasters after the RD, handling, 97
            Clear Special Intensive Assessment List, 339
prerequisites (for pcs), 92
psychiatrist, belief that all life came from matter, 165
procedure, 93
psychiatry,      re-dos, 93
      desperate measures and, 7         references, 90, 93
      pc had psychiatric therapy, handling, 65           relapse
after PTS RD, handling, 125
      people don't go Clear in garbage eating or, 328
remedies if PTS RD does not work, 124
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

PTS Rundown (cont,)    Purification Rundown (cont,)
      remedy for auditors who make errors on the, 125
length of program, 179
      repair of, 96          letdown occurring after the, 178
      S & Ds and, 90         liquids and, 168
      set-up includes PTS C/S-1, 124         manifestations that
turn up on the, 175
      set-up not complete, 92           Medical Officer okay
required, 177
      substituting Suppressed Person RD for the engram
Medical Officer or medical doctor okay required, 167
            part of the, 276      memory can return on the, 176
      theory, 127            minerals and, 174
      three stages of handling PTSness, 91         multi-minerals
and, 171
      valence shifts and, 92      musters and roll calls, 177
      when to run one, 92, 292          Narconon and, 163
      who does it, 91        niacin and, 172
PTS/SP Detection, Rouffng and Handling Course, study          no
medical recommendations or claims for it, 163
            of the, 294           no medication of a medical nature
during the, 176
PTS Type Three, handling, 292           nutritional deficiencies
and, 170
public,                nutritional failure slowing down the, 174
      Intro Lecture and Group Processing for raw public,
nutrition and, 169
            269        Objective Processing after the , 1 78 ,1 79
      public services which Class IV Orgs can give, 269       OCA
and IQ Test and, 166
      staff courses are not mixed in with public courses, 427
oil and, 169,170
Purification Program In Charge, duties of, 176
overheating in the sauna, 180
Purification Rundown; see also Sweat Program       partner or twin
and, 168
      additions, 180         persons it is mandatory for, 166
      administration of the, 176        potassium depletion,
168,180
      "All Blend" oil and, 169          product of this program,
178
      always done under C/S supervision, 167       programming of,
166, 167
      anemic and, 167,177         progress board and, 176
      becoming more aware on the, 176        properly ordered
personal schedule and, 166,168
      blood pressure and, 1 67,1 77          purpose of, 1 78
      blood pressure test and, 177           release or quit claim
signed, 176
      Cal-Mag and, 174       restimulation of an LSD trip turning
on, 175
      Cal-Magdosage, 171          restimulation of past drugs can
and often does occur,
      case gain and, 164                168
      case supervision of, 166,177           rubberized or vinyl-
type sweat suit, when it is not used,
      Case Supervisor and, 177               180
      circulation and, 167        running is done on a daily basis,
180
      cleaning up the fat tissue in the body, 170        running to
get the blood circulating, 167
      cold showerand, 180         running to work up circulation
prior to going into
      consequences starting to take on a new meaning, 176
      sauna, 180
      C/Sokaytobegintheprogramisrequired, 177            saltand,
168
      daily reports and, 177      salt depletion, 168,180
      definition, 164        "salt substitute," 168
      diarrhea because of too much oil,170         sauna and,
164,168,180
      diets not required, 169           sauna not available,
handling, 180
      done 5 hours a day, 166,168,179        schedule and, 166,168
      drug deposits inside cells, 170        showers and locker
rooms would be located near the
      emotions that have been shut off may start to reappear,
      sauna, 440
            175        sleep and, 168
      EP, 178          solution to any manifestation on the, 176
      errata and additions, 180         steam baths vs, sauna, 181
      eucalyptus oil and, 181           stupidity can be blown
through on the, 176
      exchanging good oil for bad fat in the body, 170
summary, 179
      exercise and, 167,180       supervision of the, 176
      5-hour period is NOT 50% exercising and 50~o sauna,
Sweat Program replaced by, 163
            180        temperature ranges in the sauna, 168
      freeingtheindividualupspiritually, 163       tests continued
periodically as person goes through
      getting too warm or feeling faint in the sauna, 180
      program, 167
      handling anyone not keeping to his schedule, 177        tests
done before the, 176
      having a hard time spending consecutive hours in the
thin people and, 170
            sauna, handling, 180        those who must do a program
of a much lower gradi
      heart conditions and, 167              ent, 167
      heat exhaustion and, 168          trips during the, 176
      high blood pressure and, 167           TRs Course and, 437
      how to build a sauna, 439         twinning up individuals on
the, 177
      idea underlying the original Sweat Program, 165
undercut to all training and processing, 437
      increasing niacin and other vitamin quantities, 173
vegetables and, 169
      insect bites turning on, 175           vitamin and mineral
deficiencies checked for, 177
      is for anyone, 164,166      vitamin rations would have to be
in proportion to one
      is not a substitute for any kind of processing, 164
      another, 174
      is not done concurrently with auditing, 167        vitamins
and dosages to take, 171
      kidney conditions and, 167        vitamins continued after
the, 178
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

Purification Rundown (cont,) question(s) (cont,)
      vitamins taken after meals or with yoghurt, 172
ehange of eharaeteristie question, 320
      warning, 167           eheek questions, flows or items before
running any      water and, 168,169                thing, 253
      weak heart and, 167         fall follows at onee at the end
of the last word of the
      weight ehanges and, 170                question asked, 320
      what it ineludes, 166       getting one auditing question
answered before you ask
      when it is done, 166              a seeond question, 248
purpose(s),      pe volunteers some answer to an unreading prepared
      aehievement of one's purposes and goals, high morale
      list question, handling, 71
            and happiness, 374          question or item aione
ehanges the needle pattern, 320
      hitting the purpose that was overrun, 7            students
with questions, handling, 382, 427
      overrun of, 9          subjeetive vs, objeetive questions or
aetions, 432
      problem consists of two or more purposes opposed, 279
test questions for read before running them, 37
      staff members are the most on-purpose Scientologists
unreading questions and items, 36
            around, 427           unreading questions are not run,
253
                       Quickie Grade(s),
                             brought about by lack of Word
Clearing, 375
                       Q          Dianetic Clear and, 332
                             out-tech and, 332
                       quiet types who have little or nothing to
say and speak
Quadruple Dianetics,              softly, 303
      all commands are used, 54   quit claim, Purification Rundown
and, 176
      bringing all earlier Dianetie items into four flows, 57
      cost and selling of, 59
      C/Sing it, 53, 55                                  R
      effect of suddenly beginning Quad without catching
            the pc up, 53
      Flow Zero is not run for the first time on Int, 47, 54,
rabbit(ing),
            57,103, 201           buttons, 146
      handling bogged and missing flows on the FFT, 54        cause
of rabbiting, 146
      multiple somatic items, do we Triple or Quad them, 58
definition (verb), 145
      offering the public FFD, 59       examples, 146
      promotion of, 55 radiation, niacin and, 172
      putting in Flow Zero, 53    RD; see rundown
      rehab of a flow already run to EP, 53  Reach and Withdraw,
Crashing Mis-U finding and, 350
      requirements for an auditor to run it, 55    reaction(s),
      resultof, 55           examples of student reaetions and
eorreet handlings
      rule on running Flow Zero, 53                on M9, 135
      running the missing flows if reading, 57           nonoptimum
reaetion in M9 equals Mis-U, 133
      shadowy remains of somatics blow with FFD, 59
nonoptimum reactions that may show up in M9, 130
      unreading flows are not run, 253       "reaction flow" and
"re-reaction flow," 212
      use of, 53, 57         suppressing reactions to Mis-Us, 131
      warningaboutchainsthepcsaysaregone, 59       where there is a
student reaetion, a misunderstood
      what happens when a flow not run on earlier items is
      word will be found, usually just before the point he
            run on later items, 58                 reacted, 140
Quadruple Grades,      reactive mind, bank,
      Dianetic Clears and, 332          auditor has more eontrol
over pe's reactive mind than
      what they handle, 270             the pe, 2
Qualifications Division, Qual,          composed of mass, energy,
spaee, time and thought, I
      Cramming assignment polieies, 431      E-Meter reaets only on
the, I
      folder eheek before starting a eramming or other Qual
responds instantly on data a billion years ago, I
            corrective action, 423           there is no time in
the, 2
      had Qual corrective actions and has gotten worse or
reactivity, auditing is aimed at, 253
            made no improvement, handling, 423     read(s), (ing);
see also E-Meter; various E-Meter reads
      High Crime checkouts and, 375                by name
      nattery about Qual correction actions or Qual, hand-
all needle response is reactive, 2
            ling 421         always mark the read an item gave on
the worksheet, 37
      protest of Qual corrective actions, 421            any item
that would cause an F/N to "cheek" will be
      resistanee to Qual eorreetive aetions, 421              hot,
254
      rules regarding worksheets apply to eramming and any
ARC broke meter that won't reeord a, 7
            other Qual eorreetive aetions, 422           auditor
eannot make a prepared list read, reasons for,
      SSO responsibility for standard staff eourses, 426
145
      staff eourses in the Staff Seetion in Qual, 426         can
fiddle can fake or upset reads, 70
      standard staff courses and, 426        change of
characteristic, 320, 323
      teeh reeovery and, 5        eheek an item and flow for read
before running Reealls
      Word Clearing requirements, 375              or engrams, 37
quarrels or upsets on M9, handling, 140      checking each flow for
a read before running it, 37, 96,
query, handling students with questions, 382, 427             253,
277, 280
question(s);see also commands           check questions, flows or
items before running any
      call prepared list questions without looking at the pc,
      thing, 253
            71         Clear's postulates read as a surge, 257
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

read(s), (ing) (cont,) read(s), (ing) (cont,)
      commands to put in "Suppress" and "Invalidate," 37
"tick" or a "stop" is not a, 36
      Confessionals and, 246      too low a sensitivity obscuring
reads, 154
      C/S 53 reads, programming and handling of, 221
unreading flows are not run, 36, 96,126, 253
      definition, 36         unreading flows, references, 253
      Dianetic lists and, 36      unreading prepared list,
handling, 144
      do not take up things that don't read, 71          unreading
questions and items are not run, 36, 253
      do not tell pc what meter is doing, 70       using meter
reads to steer the person in False Data
      don't audit things that don't read, 42             Stripping,
372
      effect of having gone past many, many Mis-Us in         using
the read to steer him to the area and find the
            reading or education, 130              Mis-U, 353
      fall follows at once at the end of the last word of the
verifying that you actually have a read on Int, 191
            question asked, 320         what a read means, 253
      false data preventing misunderstoods from reading on
what is a read, 36
            the meter, 388        why a pc can have a broken leg,
yet it might not read,
      false datum won't necessarily read because person be-
      37
            lieves it tobe true, 370         why you cannot run
anything not charged (reading),
      false reads; see false reads                       190
      F/N can be obscured and mistaken for a read if sensi-
why you only run what the meter says, I
            tivity too high, 149,152         why you run what
reacts-on the meter, 1, 253
      gettingareadableandworkablemeter,316         word not reading
on the meter because the person
      getting a suppressed read by not being able to read
      "thinks he knows," 367
            through an F/N, 145, 254    reading,
      how an F/N can obscure a read, 254           Mis-U can
prevent a person from understanding the
      how an incorrect can squeeze gives an inaccurate,
remainder of what is heard or written, 329, 347
            unreliable needle reaction, 312        nonoptimum
reactions that may show up in M9, 130
      how auditor misses charged items and takes up un-       we
have drifted down in literacy to a point where the
            charged items, 254               culture can't read or
hear, 128
      how to read through an F/N, 145, 254   reality,
      implant dates usually only give small reads, 230
charge and, 37
      indicating L3RF reads to a Clear, OT or Dianetic
definition, 296
            Clear, 221       importance of knowing how A and R and
C interrelate,
      instant read; see instant read               436
      Int button read on an MU, handling, 79,103         reads and,
37
      Int buttons not reading, handling, 103 Recall(s), Recall
Process(es),
      "latent reads" and sensitivity too high, 154       check an
item and flow for read before running, 36
      longest read chosen in Dianetics, 22         False Data
Stripping recall step, how to avoid over
      means there is charge present and available to run, 253
      running it, 374
      meter responds instantly, 2       key-outs and, 194
      Method 9 on common reading materials, 132
liabilities and advantages of running Recalls on Int,
      mistaking an F/N right swing for a, 149,152             213
      misunderstood causing a read, handling, 47, 191, 198
use of Recalls is ideal in the handling of repair of Int,
      never list a listing question that doesn't read, 36
      213
      never prepcheck an item that doesn't read, 36           using
the Recall system to run out-Int, 213
      nevertellpcthatitreadordidn'tread, 72  recover, people who
don't go past track in Dianetics
      "nonreading, non-F/Ning" prepared lists, 144            don't
recover, 91
      no read after putting in "Suppress" and "Invalidate,"
recovery, tech, 5
            37   reform, how to bring about a great political
reform or
      no read auditors, reasons for, 145                 improve a
failing country, 12
      noted clearly in the worksheets, 335   Registrar selling
unnecessary Int RD, 80,105
      order of handling Expanded Green Form 40RD reads,  regret,
still stuck in the shame, blame and regret of the
            261              unconfessed overt or withhold,
handling, 227
      "overrepaired" pcs are usually pcs with actual reads
rehab(s), rehabbed, rehabbing, rehabllltation,
            missed and false reads taken up, 255         are not a
substitute for processes, 10
      pc volunteers some answer to an unreading prepared      can't
rehab a grade that hasn't been run, 10
            list question, handling, 71      Dianetic Clear rehab,
272
      person will not necessarily read on something that he
having to find whole track overruns on some pcs in
            believes to be true, 371               rehab of grades,
9
      prepared lists that do not read F/N, 145           importance
of rehabbing earlier grades, 5
      prior assessment and, 22          Int RD and, 196
      putting in Suppress, Invalidation or Misunderstood      life
situations of overrun, rehab of, 7
            Words on an unreading prepared list, 145
needle goes dirty in a rehab session, handling, 10
      question or item aione changes the needle pattern, 320
never use a new process to cure an overrun, 10
      reality and, 37        no free needles show up on a case at
all, handling, 7
      rings and finger jewelry causing unusual reads, 315
not doing well after an attempt to rehab the state of
      running the missing Dianetic flows if reading, 57
Dianetic Clear, handling, 333
      sensitivity too low or too high obscures reads and F/Ns,
      out-tech to try audit or rehab in an interview, 333
            315        overrun grades and, 9
      test an item for read before prepchecking, 37
policy on rehabilitations, 6
      "That's clean" or "That reads" is not said to pc, 70
rehabbing "from the top down," 7
      things that don't read won't run, 37         tackling the
highest overrun first, 7
      thinking beginning F/Ns are reads, 155       when to rehab a
Dianetic flow already run to EP, 53
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

release signed before doing Purification Rundown, 176    Resistive
Cases Assessment,
Relief Rundown, what it handles, 267         Expanded Green Form
40RD and, 60, 261
religion(s),           Green Form and, 30
      Confessionals and, 225      item reads on Resistive Cases
Assessment but not on
      hell is an understatement of what really happens, 275
      EXGF 40RD, handling, 261
      pc has taken part in earlier religions, handling, 66
resourses, overt products waste resources, 405
remedy, remedles; see also repair responsibility,
      all Dianetic remedies remain in full use, 55       cannot
take responsibility for his withholds and he is
      for inability to locate the Crashing MU, 389            not
benefiting casewise from giving them up, 311
      for PTS RD which does not work, 124          confessing one's
overt acts is the first step toward tak lnt RD is a, 105
ing responsibility for them, 225
Repair; see also prepared lists; remedy      leaders,
responsibilities of, 11
      auditor requirements to do an Int RD, correction, 80
low responsibility causing person to F/N, 247
      BIs present on the subject of repair or prepared lists,
one is responsible for getting his twin through the
            handling, 214               course, 381
      BPC on improperly done or unnecessary prepared lists
SSO responsibility for standard staff courses, 426
            or repair actions, handling, 214       taking
responsibility for one's fellow man, 378, 384
      case who has had rough auditing, handling, 264
twins, responsibility of, 381
      Crashing Mis-U finding, repair of, 356       we don't buy the
idea that everybody is totally irre
      Dianetic Debug and Repair, 274               sponsible for
everybody else, 383
      False Data Stripping and, 374     rest; see also sleep
      faulty debugging, handling, 406        do not audit a pc who
has not had sufficient rest, 27
      folder study and FES of the Int RD and any repairs      PTS
Type Three needs rest, quiet and a safe environ
            of Int RD, 190                   ment, 292
      how auditor misses charged items and takes up un-
restimulate(d), restimulation,
            charged items, 254          cause of, 24
      Int RD error is corrected as a first action, 98         drugs
and, 168
      Int RD, if reading, is done before review auditing, ruds
      LSD and, 165
            or anything else, 42        LSD trip, restimulation of
an, 168,175
      Int RD repair, 49,104       medicinal drugs have gone into
"restim" years after
      Int RD repair, clue to, 100                  they were taken,
165
      Int repair, most flagrant cause of, 196            pc is
restimulated in current environment, handling,
      Int repair, where much of it stems from, 196            62
      OT Level Debug and Repair, 274         toxic substances
causing, 166
      out-Int despite having had Int RD and it has been  result(s),
            repaired, handling, 190          auditor can't get
results without TRs, 420
      "overrepaired" pcs, usual cause of, 255            Crashing
MU finding results, how to get them, 390
      pc protests a prepared list or repair action, handling,
Flag runs on the basis of results or else, 273
            214        flubs mar any auditing result, 41
      pc protest, upset or apprehension over extensive repair
Full Flow Dianetics results, 59
            actions or a list having to be F/Ned, main cause of,
      NED auditor, what he has to know to get uniformly
            146              good results, 210
      pc run on Int RD by R3R or R3RA when he was a           NED
results compared to old results, 269
            Dianetic Clear, handling, 190          permissive TRs,
results of, 436
      points a C/S should always look for in repairing cases,
processing or study under the duress of suppression
            38               will not produce results, 290
      probable main reason for pc upset or protest against
processing results attained on person who has been on
            "overrepair," 255                heavy drugs vs, non-
drug person, 165
      PTS RD repair, 96           Quad Dianetics and, 55
      PTS RD which does not work, remedies, 124          speed that
NED pcs are achieving results, 265
      "repair of repair of repair" of Int, handling, 190
technical results, what they depend on, 376
      roller-coaster due to bad Int repair, 92     retrain, for
auditor who can't smoothly audit Int RD, 106
      24-hour repair rule; see twenty-four repair rule   retread,
      use of Recalls is ideal in the handling of repair of Int,
      cram or retread auditor who can't F/N a C/S 53, 222
            213        when to retread a Dianetic auditor, 52, 54
Repair Comction List,        when to retread an auditor, 52
      form, 214  return,
      Method 5 and, 214           definition, 259
      pc very upset and words of the list have not yet been
revivification differentiated from, 259
            cleared, handling, 214      review(s),
      use of, 214            Green Form is used for general review,
70
represented, item "me" must never be represented, 237         Int
RD vs, review auditing, 42
resistance, Review Section,
      mental mass and, 45         handling bogged students and
their twins, 384
      TA actually measures resistance, 45          if one twin goes
to Review or Ethics the other goes,
resistive case(s),                381, 382, 383, 384
      drug case is one of the, 73 revivification,
      drugs or alcohol make a, 74       definition, 259
      EXGF 40RD handles resistiveness of pc's case, 262       End
of Endless Int Repair Rundown and, 259
      Green Form and, 30          return differentiated from, 259
      still appears resistive after GF, handling, 261    rewards,
payment of, 13
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

R-Factor,   Routine 3RA (cont,)
      Confessionals and, 246      command for asking for earlier
incident in narrative
      for person wanting to attest to Dianetic Clear but
handlingondrugs, 76
            hasn't made it, 257         command for earler
beginning, 48
      for person who attested to Dianetic Clear but hasn't
command for earlier incident, 48
            made it, 257          command (running item list
question for Drug Run
      Int RD Correction List R-Factor, 86                down), 76
      Int RD two-way comm R-Factor, 38       commands for Int RD,
47
      PTS C/S-1 R-Factor, 294           Dianetic Clear,
adjudication and declare of the state
      Suppressed Person Rundown and, 277                 of, 200
      when doing a Date/Locate, 232, 233           Drug Rundown
procedure in full, 75
right,                       earlier beginning; see earlier
beginning
      glowing things right, 12          earlier incident; see
earlier incident
      job of the coach and Supervisor is to make the student
erasure; see erasure
            right, 143       Int running with R3RA, 48
      making himself right and others wrong, 389         narrative
handling on drugs, procedure, 76
      pc concerned about being right or wrong, handling,      NED
auditor must understand the function and pur
            69               pose of each of the R3RA commands in a
Dianetic
ring(s),               session, 210
      R/S and, 321           references to study and demo out what
each R3RA
      unusual reads caused by, 315                 command does,
210
rite(s),         repairing pc run on Int RD by R3R or R3RA when he
      handling pc currently practicing, 66               was a
Dianetic Clear, 190
      pc has taken part in earlier Eastern rites, handling, 67
      R3RA audited over and beyond Dianetic Clear as a
      pc has taken part in earlier rites, handling, 66
primary reason for case bogs, 189
robotic,               understanding the basic laws of the time
track and how
      glib student on M9 sounds and looks robotic when he
      R3RA commands handle and control the time track,
            reads, 131            210
      Mis-Us causing one to become a, 130          what has to be
run for a chain or incident to erase, 212
      never go robotic or rote on M9 procedure, 140      Routine 6
End Words (R6EW),
      student reading like a robot and suppressing every-
definition, 272
            thing, handling, 131        Dianetic Clear is not run
on, 252
rock slam(s),          what it does, 272
      definition, 321  R/S; see rock slam
      dirty needle will turn into an R/S or will fully clean,
rudiment(s), ruds; see also ARC break; missed withhold;
            247              overt; problem; present time problem;
withhold
      evil intention and, 321           commands for life ruds, 25
      loose connection in the leads or meter causing, 321
commands for PTS RD use, 94
      Product Debug Repair List and, 391           commands to fly
ruds in cramming, 421
      reported to Ethics Officer, 391        Confessional end ruds,
249
      reporting and noting of, 248           Cramming Officer must
get checked out on flying ruds
      rings causing, 321                and overts, 422
      speck of dust in the 'pot' causing, 323            do not try
to fly ruds or word clear over out-Int or out valid R/Ses are not
always instant reads, 249               lists, 423
      what it means, 321          don't need a C/S to fly
somebody's ruds, 422
      width of a, 321        False Data Stripping and, 374
Rodriguez, Slmon, 13         flying ruds and overts Triple or Quad
Flow on the
roll book, 427               antagonistic terminal, 292
roller-coaster(s); see also potential trouble source
flying ruds in cramming, 421
      bad Int RD causing, 92      Green Form when ruds won't fly at
start of session,
      bad Int repair causing, 92             261
      BPC causing, 92        Int RD and, 40, 42, 46
      cause of, 90           mutual out-ruds, 242
      causes of (besides PTS), 92       mutual rudiments between
twins, 384
      definition, 90, 298         out-Int and, 192
      out-lists causing, 92       out-ruds; see out-rudiments
      person who roller-coasters is always PTS, 124      rule(s),
      PTS RD EP is a pc who is getting and keeping case       have
everything to do with the value of the product,
            gains and never again roller-coasters, 292
326
Ron's Journal 30, 265, 301        professional knows the, 346
rote,                  why we follow the, 326
      Confessional is not a rote procedure, 247    rundown(s),
      never go robotic or rote on M9 procedure, 140
Auditor Rundown, what it handles, 270
      "round robin," 383          Bright Think Rundown HCOBs
withdrawn, 260
      R1-11, commands, 288        Drug Rundown procedure in full,
75
      R2-20, commands, 288        End of Endless Drug Rundowns
Repair List as a, 185,
      R2-71, commands, 284              187, 266
Routine 3R, repairing a pc run on Int RD by R3R or       End of
Endless Int Repair Rundown, 189
            R3RA when he was a Dianetic Clear, 190       Fixated
Person Rundown, what it handles, 271
Routine 3RA; see also chains; engram; engram running;         for
beating an illness to death, 25
            incident; narrative         New Vitality Rundown, what
it handles, 274
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

rundown(s) (cont, )    saunu (cont,)
      Purification Rundown, 163              size of, 441
      set-up for Flag RDs, what it must include, 264
source of heat to be used, 441
      Student Booster Rundown-a fast study remedy, 273        steam
baths vs, 181
      Suppressed Person RD, 271, 276, 279          stones, 443
      that undercuts every case, 164         sweating in the, 168
running,         sweat suit is never worn in the, 168
      gradient and, 167           temperature range, 168
      partner or twin and, 168          type of heat source to be
used, 439
      Purification Rundown and, 167,180      ventilation, 446
      rubberized or vinyl-type sweat suit and, 180       what to do
when a sauna is not available for the Purifi
running Item(s); see also Dianetic item                  cation
Rundown, 180
      Drug Rundown and, 77        what to wear in the, 447
      running item list question (Drug Rundown), 76
wiring, 446
running things In auditing; see auditing     say or ask, when not
to use it, 339
                       schedule(s),
                             Purification Rundown and, 166,168
                       S          staff study schedules, 427
                       schools, glibness is often trained into
students by the
                             current educational methods used in
schools, 131
sad, "Feel Sad" = ARC break of long duration, 148, 152   Science of
Survival, Theta-MEST theory and, 165
sad effect, auditing over an ARC break puts pc in sad    scientific
practices, pc has taken part in earlier scientific
            effect, 220                      practices, handling,
67
Saenz, Manuela, 11, 16 Scientologist(s),
Saint Hill Organlzation(s),       becoming inactive as a
Scientologist due to being
      how they came about, 271                     audited past
Dianetic Clear, 243
      services cost a bit more than Class IV Org services, 271
      Clear in last life, 243
      services given at, 271      staff members are the most on-
purpose Scientologists
      where they are located, 271                  around, 427
Saint Hill Special Brlefing Course, what happens on it,
Scientology,
            272        discoveries and advancements in tech in
1978, 266
salt,                  handling illness in, 24
      depletion of, 168, 180      organization; see organization
      "salt substitute," 168      primary targets in our technology
for anyone seeking
salvaged, what really happens to a thetan who is not sal-
      to mess it up, 6
            vaged or processed and goes on down the route, 275
      public; see public
S & D; see Search and Discovery         staff; see staff
sauna,           technology; see technology
      additional safety measures, 447        we discovered past
lives, 275
      advisable not to fall asleep in the, 181           we operate
on the Third Dynamic, 384
      benches, 446           What Is Scientology?, 251
      cold shower and, 180        What Is Scientology? answers
questions about, 275
      curing the, 447        what success in clearing this planet
depends upon, 224
      definition, 439        what we're salvaging people from, 275
      door recommended for the, 446     Scn; see Scientology
      dry sauna vs, wet sauna, 168      scurvy,
      eucalyptusoiland, 181       traditionalremedyfor, 171
      exercise and, 180           Vitamin C deficiency and, 171
      finishing of the walls, 445 Search and Discovery; see also
PTS Rundown; Sup
      foundation and flooring, 445                 pressed Person
Rundown
      getting too warm or feeling faint in the, 180
commands, 25
      having a hard time spending consecutive hours in the,
definition, 299
            180        item "me" must be accepted on any S & D
list, 237
      how to build a, 439         prepchecking any item that does
not F/N, 25
      how to take a, 447          procedure for three S & Ds, 25
      hygiene, 447           PTS Rundown and, 90, 93
      insulation, 445        still valid, 90
      jewelry removed before going into the, 447         3 S & Ds
procedure for PTS RD, 95
      location of the, 439, 440   Secondary Scale, assessment
procedure, 2
      one for men and one for women, 447     Second Dynamic,
      overheating in the, 180           cheating on your spouse,
223
      prefabricated saunas, 447         husband/wife auditing
teams, possible reason they
      Purification Rundown and, 164,168,180              often
fail, 242
      reference books giving further data, 447           marriage
and out-ethics, 223
      running and, 167, 180       using "I knew you when you
were_____" for 2D
      running to work up circulation prior to going into
advantage, 91
            sauna, 180       what obsessive attraction is based on,
93
      salt depletion symptoms, 168      Second Wall of Fire, 268
      scrubbing the room at least once, or oftener, daily, 181
Security Check(s)(ing); see also Confessional
      shower before and after, 447           auditors who miss
withholds, penalty, 242
      showers and locker rooms would be located near the,
change of characteristic is followed up if it is instant,
            440              322
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

Security Check(s)(ing) (cont,)    set-up(s) (cont,)
      ethics presence and, 242, 250          C/S 53 and, 264
      Sec Checking, Integrity Processing and Confessionals
major actions and, 264
            are all the same procedure, 245        most thorough
way to set up a case, 264
self-auditing, handling, 64       PTS RD and, 92
selling Full Flow Dianetics, 59         what it consists of, 264
senior(s); see also executive     shallow running pc on Int RD, 213
      responsible for ensuring juniors are studying, 428 shame,
still stuck in the shame, blame and regret of the
      who don't make their juniors study, 428
unconfessed overt or withhold, handling, 227
sensitivity,     shock treatment, pc had electric shock, handling,
65
      convulsive or incorrect can squeeze, effects of, 154
Shorter Oxford Dictionary, 182
      E-Meter Drill 5RA-Can Squeeze, 312     Short Form Product
Clearing; see Product Clearing
      errors, 154      shut-off(s),
      F/N can be obscured and mistaken for a read if sensi-
misunderstoods can act as perception shut-offs, 329
            tivity too high, 149,152         somatic shut-off due
to drugs, medicine or alcohol, 22
      F/Ns and, 6, 9, 149, 152, 154, 315     sickness; see illness
      importance of getting the correct sensitivity setting
sight; see eyesight
            for each pc at each session, 315 significance, getting
into a lot of think-think and unnec
      is different for almost every pc and can change, session
            essary significance, 330
            to session, even for one pc, 154 simplicities, slmple,
      "latent reads" and sensitivity too high, 154       all
fundamental discoveries are essentially simple ones,
      procedurefordeterminingthe, 4, 312, 319                 50
      reads obscured by sensitivity too low, 154, 315         why a
person cannot get down to a subject's basic
      set for 1/3 of a dial drop on the can squeeze, 4, 9, 70,
            simplicities, 311
            155, 312, 315, 316, 320     Single Dianetics,
      setting sensitivity at the beginning of each session, 4
putting in Flow Zero on a Single pc, 53
      there is no set sensitivity for a pc at any grade level, 4
      running the missing flows if reading, 57
      too low vs, too high, 6, 9, 154, 315   sins, power to
forgive, 225, 227
sentences, how long to use the word in, 133, 182   sinuses,
eucalyptus oil and, 181
service(s), skill, making far too heavy use of a skill simply
because
      Advanced Org services, 272             it is easy, 12
      Class IV Org courses, 271   skin cancer, run out by niacin,
173
      Class IV Org services, 269  sleep; see also rest
      Class VI Org (Saint Hill) services, 271            advisable
not to fall asleep in the sauna, 181
      Flag services, 273          Purification Rundown and, 168
      prices; see prices     smoking in the course room, 224
      why Flag lower org services cost more, 273   society; see
culture
service facsimilie(s); see also defense mechanism  Socrates, thesis-
antithesis-synthesis philosophical equa Crashing MU and, 389
      tion, 369
      definition, 389  sodium chloride; see salt
      engrams and, 389 Solo auditing,
      False Data Stripping, Crashing Mis-U tech, O/W          OT
Level Debug and Repair, what it handles, 274
            handling and service facsimile tech must be employed
      why the person has to learn to audit himself on OT
            where needed in checkouts, 375               auditing,
272
      justifications are cousins to, 389     Solo Auditors Course,
      pc has service facs, handling, 69      Advanced Orgs and, 272
      references, 389        taking lower levei professional
auditor courses before
      the most universally present aberration of making
the, 272
            others wrong, 307     solution(s),
session(s),      frailty of single solutions, 12
      auditor seated closer to the door, 246       lots of
unsolvable problems in the area, handling, 415
      breaks; see breaks          unusual solution; see unusual
solution
      common denominator of flunked video TR sessions,   solvency,
solvent,
            435        debug tech and, 401
      complete any Int RD flow on any reading button in       don't
leave an enemy financed and solvent while you
            one session, 40, 48              let your friends
starve, 14
      how the earliest session blows the later sessions, 58
somatic(s),
      Int RD session rules, 40          auditing past exterior
causing, 43
      meter position while Auditing by List, 70          multiple
somatic items, do we Triple or Quad them, 58
      pc doing some exercises between sessions, handling, 67
shadowy remains of somatics blow with FFD, 59
      pc had trouble understanding what was going on in a
shut-off due to drugs, medicine or alcohol, 22
            session, handling, 69 SOP 8C, Drug Rundown and, 78
      sensitivity can change, session to session, even for one
sound shut off by Mis-U words, 329
            pc, 154    source, twin always refers his fellow
student to source
      session and social presence of a professional auditor,
      materials, 383
            437  South Amerlca, Simon Bolivar and, 11
      start of session; see start of session SP; see suppressive
person
      when pc exteriorizes in session it is the EP for that
spaceshlp, Hylan, 231
            process or action, 80, 99, 105   spasms, calcium and,
174
set, readjusting the needle to set, 312 Special Rundown, 274
set-up(s),  spectatorlsm, 378
      Advanced Orgs and, 272 spells, handling pc who has cast
spells, 67
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

spiritually, freeing the individual up spiritually, 163  staff
course(s) (cont,)
spiritual practices, handling pc who has taken part in
getting staffcourses attended, 427
            earlier spiritual practices, 67        putting staff
courses there, 426
spot-checking,         schedules, 427
      definition, 133        SSO responsibility for, 426
      example, 136           standard staff courses are mandatory,
426
squirrel(ing),   Staff Course Admln, 427
      suppressively validating squirrel practices or groups by
Staff Course Supervlsor, 427
            stating they are producing Dianetic Clears, 328   Staff
Section, staff courses in the, 427
      where it stems from, 7 Staff Section Officer,
SSO; see Staff Section Officer          authority of the SSO
regarding staff study, 428
stability, with the ability to learn comes stability and the
getting executive support in maintaining regular staff
            production of valuable products, 374
study, 427
staff (member), personnel,        purpose of, 426
      absence of altitude, handling, 412           responsibility
for standard staff courses, 426
      absence of hatting, handling, 411      responsibility of ED
to make sure that an SSO is
      area or individual creating problems and demanding
posted, 426
            solutions to them, handling, 405       what Ron would
do as an SSO, 429
      areas where staff aren't studying regularly are, in most
standard technology
            cases, the bugged and nonproducing areas, 428
Class VIII Course and, 272
      are the most on-purpose Scientologists around, 427      how
it slips down to "some of the tech being applied
      busy busy busy and totally unaware of the fact that they
            when we can," 223
            were producing absolutely nothing, handling, 408
nonstandard actions or interviews forbidden, 432
      can't get out the products expected of him, handling,
what leads to wild efforts, new processes and any
            408              thing but cool standard procedure, 7
      conditions contributory to staff not studying, 427
Shnlslavsky, Konstantin, 368
      counter-intention, handling, 415  starrate checkout; see
checkout
      creating problems and demanding solutions to them, start of
session,
            handling, 415         Green Form when ruds won't fly at
start of session,
      day staff vs, Foundation staff study schedules, 427
      261
      debugging personnel problems, 403      high TA due to
"audited over exterior," 32
      doesn't attend study, handling, 411          setting
sensitivity at the beginning of each session, 4
      don't ever feel weaker because you work for somebody
state, letting pc attest to a state he achieved, 258
            stronger, 20     statlstlc(s), stat(s),
      how to live in the shadow or employ of a power, 20      down
statistic, handling, 8
      inability to communicate, handling, 412            DTS stat
for completion of Dianetic Clear Special
      lack of interest or no interest, 410               Intensive,
162
      lack of organization, handling, 416          failing to
recover after an SP is spotted in a depart
      lack of technical know-how, handling, 412               ment,
handling, 6
      list of things that could be standing in the way of pro-
      only active suppression can drive a stat down, 8
            duction, 408          plummeting HGC Completion
Statistic, 5
      no idea at all that products should be gotten out,
raisingstats, 429
            handling, 413         rising statistics do not continue
rising for long in the
      no idea of the product, handling, 414              face of
neglected hatting and training, 429
      not organizing any corner of his area or work due to
SPs and, 6, 8
            misunderstood words, 330         "upstats" is no excuse
to not study, 429
      other-intentionedness, handling, 415         wrong stat,
debugging a, 404, 413
      out-ethics, handling, 405   steam bath,
      people who don't get products have low morale, 408
eucalyptus oil and, 181
      people who don't study, 428       sauna vs, 181
      people who have to have before they can do, 411    steer,
      person who cannot be hatted at all has false data, 403
using meter reads to steer the person in False Data
      push power in the direction of anyone on whose power
      Stripping, 372
            you depend, 20        using the read to steer him to
the area and find the
      raising staff pay, 429            Mis-U, 353
      responsibilities of leaders, 11   stomach,
      scarcity of personnel, handling, 411         upset stomach or
a fearful or terrified condition may
      schedules for study, 427               turn on with niacin,
173
      senior who doesn't make sure his staff puts in study
Vitamin C causing stomach problems, 171
            time off production hours, 403         vitamins causing
stomach burn, 172
      situation where someone does not organize any corner    stop
is not a read, 36
            of his area or work or organizations or lines, hand-
Straightwlre,
            ling, 406        False Data Stripping and, 370
      solution is not to immediately shoot them for not get-
locks and, 370
            tingoutthe product, 356          removed locks and
released illnesses without the pc
      SSO responsibility for standard staff courses, 426
ever having run an engram, 370
      staff courses are not mixed in with public courses, 427
when overdone it can key in underlying engrams, 370
      won't complete a cycle of action, handling, 413         why
it is called Straightwire, 370
staff course(s), streptomycin, 157
      are not mixed in with public courses, 427    stuck,
      checksheets must exist for, 427        Date/Locate used to
handle stuck points, 228
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

stuck (cont,)    student(s) (cont,)
      getting the exact "when" and "where" will unstick
talking or goofing off during course hours, 224
            him, 228         teach students to a win, 308, 310
      pc stuck in the time of an incident which acts as PT
teaming up students of comparable case level and
            for him, handling, 228                 ability, 378,
380
      still stuck in the shame, blame and regret of the un-
those who find study difficult, handling, 267
            confessed overt or withhold, handling, 227
training at cause vs, training at effect, 379
      stuck viewpoint in time, handling, 229       twin must have a
misunderstood himself if he missed
      stuck viewpoint of location, handling, 229              the
other student's goof, 381
stuck flow,      twinning on a turn-about basis, 380
      blowing the stuck flow of "going in," 196          twinning,
what it does for students, 378
      dissolving the obsessive stuck flow of going in (on Int
twin word clears his fellow student, 381
            RD), 213         when to twin, 379
      Int is a compound of stuck flows and prior incidents,
where there is a student reaction, a misunderstood
            212              word will be found, usually just
before the point he
      pc stuck on the stuck flow of time, 212
reacted, 140
      "stuck flow" phenomenon whereby he can't outflow
StudentBoosterRundown, a fast study remedy, 273
            the subject, 379 Student Correction List, what it
handles, 270
      time itself can be a, 212   study(ing); see also courses;
student; training
stuck picture(s),            areas where staff aren't studying
regularly are, in most
      handling, 116               cases, the bugged and
nonproducing areas, 428
      having him recall a time before it and recall a time
auditing or training must not be continued over an
            after it, 116               unhandled PTS situation,
290
student(s); see also study; training         conditions
contributory to staff not studying, 427
      abandoning one's twin, 381        courses-their ideal scene,
223
      answers to students' questions, 382          Course
Supervisor who lets students study without
      balancing inflow with outflow, 379
dictionaries and demo kits, 224
      becoming much more aware of and able to find and        day
staff vs, Foundation staff study schedules, 427
            handle his own misunderstoods, 132
dictionaries, names of those recommended, 182
      blown student is recovered by his twin, 381, 382
doesn't attend study, handling, 41 1
      blown students, handling with C/S 53, 220          executive
responsibility for ensuring juniors are study      cannot grasp or
retain the data of the Data Series,                ing, 427
            handling, 56          he cannot think with the data and
it does not seem to
      Course Supervisor who lets students study without dic-
      apply, handling, 371
            tionaries and demo kits, 224           how to clear a
word, 182
      disciplining himself not to go past misunderstood
inability to learn and apply, handling, 374
            words, 366       Mis-U can prevent a person from
understanding the
      examples of student reactions and correct handlings
      remainder of what is heard or written, 329, 347
            on M9, 135       morale and, 381
      F/Ning students, 385        participation and action levels
brought up by twinning,
      glibness; see glibness            378
      handling bogged students and their twins, 384
people who don't study, 428
      handling students with questions, 427        "permissive"
teaching, 378
      handling the extensively mistrained glib student, 132
person backing off from applying data he is studying
      how he goes into agreement with and contributes to
despite standard Word Clearing, handling, 371
            an out-ethics course room, 223         person is not
duplicating the material he has studied
      inability to learn and apply, handling, 374
despite Word Clearing, handling, 371
      late for course, 384        person who has overts and
withholds on a subject can
      may not be certified and may not be given a course
notperforminthatarea, 311
            completion until he has completed his twin, 381
processing or study under the duress of suppression
      morale and production, 381             will not produce
results, 290
      musteringstudents, 224      reason for people not studying is
always misunder
      not getting students through their course and gradu-
      stoods, 428
            ated, penalty for, 224           senior who doesn't
make sure his staff puts in study
      one is responsible for getting his twin through the
      time off production hours, 403
            course, 381           "stuck flow" phenomenon whereby
he can't outflow
      out-ethics situation and, 384                the subject, 379
      participation and action levels brought up by twinning,
subjects; see subjects
            378        texts, choosing of, 368
      permitting persons to come into the course room and
there is no field in all the society where false data is
            bother students for any reason is not allowed, 224
            not rampant, 367
      producing causative, responsible graduates who can
thosewhofind study difficult, handling, 267
            apply what they have learned, 382            turn-about
system described, 380
      reading like a robot and suppressing everything, hand-
twinning on practical sections of course, 379
            ling, 131        twinning reinstated, 377
      responsibility of twins, 381           "upstats" is no excuse
to not study, 429
      slow student, handling, 267       when he can't seem to apply
what he has "learned,"
      "stuck flow" phenomenon whereby he can't outflow
suspect false data, 368
            the subject, 379      when to twin, 379
      Supervisor checks up on any students who have been      why
trying to teach a correct datum over a false datum
            routed off course, 385                 on the subject
does not work, 369
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

Study Green Form, what it does, 270     Supervisor; see Case
Supervisor; Course Supervisor
study tech, Course Supervisor not fully applying study   Supervisor
Intensive, what it handles, 270
            teeh and using Word Clearing, 224
suppress(ed)(ion)(ive),
stupidity,       definition, 298
      curing him of his additives, complexities, apathy and
examples of suppressive acts, 303
            apparent stupidity on a subject, 370         getting a
suppressed read by not being able to read
      Purification Rundown and, 176                through an F/N,
145, 254
subject(s),      how suppression works, 276
      asking for his withhold on the subject during Crashing
Mis-Us, suppressing reaetions to, 131
            Mis-U finding, 350          most illness is
preeipitated by, 271
      ehoosing a text on a, 368         only aetive suppression ean
drive a stat down, 8
      Crashing Mis-U may not be on the subjeet of the         pe
who has been suppressed by another, handling, 63
            produet itself but in an area related to the subject,
      processing or study under the duress of suppression
            362              will not produce results, 290
      Crashing MU is a MU that crashes a subject and
restimulation caused by out-ruds plus a suppressive
            crashes a person, 387            environment or
situation, 24
      Crashing MU totally blocks person's understanding of
student reading like a robot and suppressing every   the subject,
387              thing, handling, 131
      curing him of his additives, complexities, apathy and
suppressed physical condition and person on drugs,
            apparent stupidity on a subject, 370              drink
or medicine, 22
      examples of false texts, 368      Suppress button,
      getting off the track and clearing up a whole subject
command, 37, 247
            that has nothing to do with getting out his product,
      ensure nothing was suppressed, invalidated or mis  356
      understood before leaving an unreading item, flow
      how his thinkingness locks up on the subject, 369
or question, 253
      justifications for failure to understand a subject or
getting a suppressed read by not being able to read
            inability to turn out professional products, 388
      through an F/N, 145, 254
      mechanism of overrun of life subjects, 9           if
Suppress or Invalidate reads, handling, 247
      no Crashing Mis-Us can be found on a subject yet it is
no read after putting in "Suppress" and "Invalidate,"
            obvious they exist, handling, 371, 386, 387
37
      people who don't complete cycles of action on certain
nulling unrun original items on the list with Suppress
            subjects have a Mis-U on them, 329                and
Invalidate buttons, 77
      person giving reasons why it is OK not to understand
putting in Suppress, Invalidation or Misunderstood
            the subject or area, handling, 388                Words
on the prepared list, 145
      person who has overts and withholds on a subject        when
toputitin, 42
            cannot perform in that area, 311 Suppressed Person
Rundown,
      psychology is the most false subject on the planet, 435
all Problems Processes must be run on the antagonistic
      sources of false data on a subject, 368
terminal, 278
      "stuck flow" phenomenon whereby he can't outflow
antagonisticterminal handledwith, 276
            the subject, 379      checking each flow for a read
before running it, 277,
      there is no field in all the society where false data is
            280
            not rampant, 367      commands for Problems Processes,
280
      untrainable on the subject due to false data, 435
dominant operating action of this RD, 279
      why a person cannot get down to a subject's basic       EP,
276, 277, 278, 280, 292
            simplicities, 311           EP of each reading flow of
each Problems Process on
      why a person has a tendency to complicate a subject,
      the RD, 278, 280
            311        first and most vital action to begin the,
279
      why getting off false data on a subject works, 369
handles the other person connected to the pc, 91
      why trying to teach a correct datum over a false datum
HCOB on, 276, 279
            on the subject does not work, 369            how it
works, 276
      withholds on a subject, effects of, 388            how long
it is continued, 276
subjective,      important not to underrun the, 277
      definition, 432        magical new rundown, 276
      TRs are not a "think" action nor a subjective action,
metering and, 278
            433        only time it doesn't work, 277, 278, 280
subproduct(s),         persistent F/N and, 280
      can be an overt product and block final products, 402
procedure, 277
      how to compile a subproducts list, reference, 405
references, 279
successes, judging oneself by one's successes breeds con-
result it produces, 276
            fidence in one's ability, 15           R-Factor given
to pc, 277
sulfadrugs, 159        substituting it for the engram part of the
PTS RD,
sulfathiazole, 160                276
sunburn run out by niacin, 172          target of this RD, 278
Super Power,           what it handles, 271
      description, 267       when the RD is done, 277
      Dianetic Clears and, 252, 271          who it can be done on,
278, 292
      for a student who cannot grasp or retain the data of
suppressive groups, definition, 298
            the Data Series, 56   suppressive person(s),
      New World Corps and, 267          cycle of action and, 404
      Power Processing vs, 267          definition, 298
      requirements for auditors or C/Ses to be trained to
denying do and enforcing unwanted do, 127
            deliver it, 301       denying Hav and enforcing
unwanted Hav, 127
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

suppressive person(s) (cont,)     Teacher or Supervisor Intensive,
what it handles, 270
      handling the SP person or group and its relationship
technology, technical; see also materials
            in the real universe to the pc, 91           all
Dianetic remedies and general technology remain
      offenses that can result in a Course Supervisor being
      in full use, 55
            declared SP, 224      all of it remains very valid, 275
      plummeting statistic and, 8       auditors who misapply tech,
how you get them, 223
      policy when an SP is discovered and declared in an
changing or losing issues, 303
            org, 6           crime to alter and pervert tech or
procedure to prevent
      primary indicator of the presence of an SP in an org, 8
      discovery of withholds, 303
      primary targets in our technology for anyone seeking
debug tech; see debug tech
            to mess it up, 6      discoveries and advancements in
tech in 1978, 266
      PTS Type Three and apparent SPs, 292         exact
application depends on complete understanding,
      references, 293             376
      seeking peace without ever having been contacted, 271
HCOBs; see Hubbard Communications Office Bulle
      statistic failing to recover after an SP is spotted in a
            tins
            department, handling, 6          if it isn't written it
isn't true, 317, 402
      statistics and, 5, 6, 8           issuing issues in BTB or
BPL form that contain in Suppressed Person RD and, 276
correct and misleading data, 303
      suppressive act to send pc through to attest to Dia-
lack of technical know-how, handling, 412
            netic Clear when he hasn't truly made it, 244
Man has not necessarily properly defined everything in
      tech statistic and, 5             his technical sphere or
culture, 349
      when an SP dominates an area, only ethics actions can
only source of technical data is LRH HCOBs, books
            handle, 8             and tapes, 417
      why his case doesn't improve, 8        out-tech; see out-tech
      why SPs are SPs, 127        perversions, 303
suspended certificate until auditor is retreaded, 52
primary targets in our technology for anyone seeking
sweating, sauna and, 168                to mess it up, 6
Sweat Program; see also Purification Rundown       recovery of, 5
      Clear, OT or Dianetic Clear with unhandled drugs is
results, what they depend on, 376
            handled with Objectives and, 262       standard tech;
see standard tech
      Drug Rundown and, 75        verbal tech; see verbal tech
      for Clears, OTs and Dianetic Clears with drugs reading
why this technical culture is failing, 128
            on C/S 53, 221        works when it is applied exactly,
376
      idea underlying the, 165    temperature,
      incompleteonthe, 166        getting the temperature subnormal
with antibiotics,
      Purification Program replaces the, 163             156
      references, 75         glass of water or cigarette before
temperature taking
sweat sult,            gives a false report, 157
      is never worn in the sauna, 168        lowered temperature,
what it means, 157
      rubberized or vinyl-type, 167,180      rising temperature,
what it means, 157
symbol(s),       what normal temperature is, 157
      misunderstood word or symbol and overts and with-  tension,
high, 174
            holds, 387 terminal, how he snaps in and becomes the,
245
      misunderstood word or symbol defined, 363    testing,
Purification Rundown and, 176
      misunderstood word or symbol in the definition, hand-
textbook(s),
            ling, 134,183         examples of false texts, 368
      "not-understood" word or symbol, example, 365           false
data and, 368
synonym(s),      finding a whole textbook false, 368
      clearing of, 134,183        used to clear up a misunderstood,
366
      definition, 129, 365        which ones to choose, 368
      learn the full definition for a word as well as its syno-
therapy,
            nyms, 365        handling former therapy, 65
synthesis, definition, 369        L, Ron Hubbard as an early
discoverer and instigator
syphylis, cure of, 159            of vitamin therapy, 170
                             thesis, definition, 369
                       Theta-MEST theory, Science of Survival and,
165
                       T     thetan(s); see also being; case;
individual; Man; preclear
                             a life form is a combination of life
itself and the physi                               cal universe,
166
TA; see tone arm       a very few thetans have never been anything
but Clear,
talking, pc dislikes talking to an auditor, handling, 61
328
tanglefoot, 425        fact which disproved that Man was an animal,
211
tapes, only source of technical data is LRH HCOBs,       judging
oneself by one's successes breeds confidence
            books and, 417              in one's ability, 15
target(s),             one is what one is, not what one is admired
or hated
      bugged targets, 400               for, 15
      debugging programs or, 400        proof of the existence of
a, 44, 211
teach(ing); see also study; training         proof that Man is a
spiritual being, timeless and death "permissive" teaching, 378
            less, 211
      teach students to a win, 308, 310      toxic substances in
the body causing restimulation, 166
      why trying to teach a correct datum over a false datum
what really happens to a thetan who is not salvaged or
            on the subject does not work, 369
processed and goes on down the route, 275
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

think(ing), thinkingness; see also thought   Touch Assist, out-Int
and, 192
      false data clogs up ability to think and learn, 374
toxin(s), toxic; see poison
      he cannot think with the data and it does not seem to
track; see time track; whole track
            apply, handling, 371  training; see also checkouts;
course; Course Supervisor;
      how thinkingness locks up on a subject, 369
drills; internship; student; study; teaching; TRs
      inability to think with data, reason for, 368
answers to students' questions, 382
      TRs are not a "think" action nor a subjective action,
balancing inflow with outflow, 379
            433        cause vs, effect in training, 379
think-think, misunderstoods and, 330         course failures
because twinning had fallen into mis
Third Dynamic, we operate on the, 384              use or fallen
out completely, 377
thought, pc has taken part in earlier thought practices,
courses Class IV Orgs teach, 271
            handling, 67          courses-their ideal scene, 223,
224
tick(s),               C/S doing the training and cramming because
there
      is always noted, 246              is no Qual Staff Training
Officer or Cramming, 106
      is not a read, 36           factors missing in modern
permissive education, 378
      too low a sensitivity making reads look like, 154       False
Data Stripping and, 368
time,                  False Data Stripping solves the problem of
inability to
      can be a stuck flow, 212               hat or train, 368
      counting up wasted time because of disorganization,
getting training cheaply by taking the training route,
            402              271
      gettingstuckonthestuckflowof,212       how you get executives
who will operate out-ethics,
      is basically a postulate or consideration, 230
off-policy orgs, 224
      no absolute system for measuring time, 230         inability
to learn and apply, handling, 374
      proof that Man is a spiritual being, timeless and death-
      incomplete course is not allowed by Supervisor, 385
            less, 211        inflow and, 379
      stuck in the time of an incident which acts as PT for
late for course, 384
            him, handling, 228          making the seemingly
untrainable trainable, 437
      stuck viewpoint in time, handling, 229       mandatory
twinning on all practical courses, 377
      systems for measuring time, 230        must not be continued
over an unhandled PTS situa
      that which is viewed in its own time, place, form and
      tion, 290
            event can be as-ised, 228        participation and
action levels brought up by twinning,
      there is no time in the reactive mind, 2                378
      two incidents collapsed into one, time-wise, handling,
"permissive" teaching, 378
            228        person must be at cause when he is expected
to apply
time track; see also whole track             knowledge or skills,
379
      pcs who can't move back on the time track more than
posting known criminals or incompetents to training
            minutes, 212                posts, 303
      understanding the basic laws of the time track and
pretendingtraining not attained, handling, 68
            how R3RA commands handle and control the, 210
prices; see prices
tissue(s),             processing or study under the duress of
suppression
      all people have some fatty tissue, 170             will not
produce results, 290
      cleaning up the fat tissue in the body, 170        producing
causative, responsible graduates who can
      drugs can lodge in the, 165            apply what they have
learned, 382
      getting rid of the accumulation of biochemical de-
reduction incoursecosts, 269
            posits, 167           rising statistics do not continue
rising for long in the
      LSD lodging in the, 165                face of neglected
hatting and training, 429
      niacin breaks up and unleashes LSD, marijuana and       SSO
responsibility for standard staff courses, 426
            other drugs and poisons from the tissues and cells,
      "stuck flow" phenomenon whereby he can't outflow
            172              the subject, 379
      toxic substances tend to lock up mainly in the fat
student may not be certified and may not be given a
            tissue, 170                 course completion until he
has completed his twin,
tone arm,              381
      false TA pcs bugged by C/S 53 being done on them,
Supervisor checks up on any students who have been
            222              routed off course, 385
      floating TA; see floating TA           teaming up students of
comparable case level and
      high TA; see high TA              ability, 378
      low TA; see low TA          texts, choosing of, 368
      resistance is measured by, 45          turn-about system
described, 380
tone arm action, tone arm motion,       twinning on practical
courses, 379
      changing process while TA shows good motion will
twinningreinstated, 377
            leave pc with BPC, 319           undercut to all
training and processing, 437
      noted clearly in the worksheets, 335         untrainable on
the subject due to false data, 435
tone level(s),         when he can't get through a specific drill
or exercise
      changing a chronic tone level, 305                 in his
training materials, suspect false data, 368
      handling fixed, uncontrolled or unsuitable tone levels
when person comes to apply the tech, he is already
            in an auditor, 305               able to outflow if he
was trained using twinning,
tooth, teeth,                379
      pc has tooth decay, handling, 64       when to twin, 379
      problems due to Vitamin B1 taken without calcium,       why
trying to teach a correct datum over a false datum
            175              on the subject does not work, 369
      Vitamin C and, 161, 174     tranquilizers, 164
touch shut off by Mis-U words, 329      transgression,
individuation and, 245
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

trip(s),         TRs (cont,)
      during the Purification Rundown, handling, 176          once
an auditor's TRs are in, they are in, 418
      LSD and, 165           once an auditor's TRs are "IN" they
don't go out, 302
      restimulation of an LSD trip, 168, 175       once his TRs are
"in" they will stay in for life, 143
Triple Dianetics,            outnesses, handling, 435
      do we Triple or Quad multiple somatic items, 58         out-
TRs, see out-TRs
      fourth flow is never suddenly introduced on Int if pc
"overrun?" and, 417
            has been run on Triples, 54, 57        "pat-a-cake"
TRs, 418, 419
      putting in Flow Zero on a Triple pc, 53
"permissive TRs," 420
      running the missing flows if reading, 57           permissive
TRs, results of, 436
TRs,                   preliminary step to drilling TRs, 435
      ARC and, 435           procedure, 142, 417-420
      ARC triangle and, 435, 436        reactive body motions and,
419
      are drills on the various parts of the comm formula,
reasonTRsaredone, 142
            435        references, 433
      are not a "think" action nor a subjective action, 433
rough or choppy TRs in Confessional make pc feel
      are not processes, 418            accused, 250
      auditor attitude and TRs during a Confessional, 250
session and social presence of a professional auditor,
      auditor can't get results without TRs, 420              437
      auditors not required to "drill TRs" in the morning
should sound live and interested and natural, 305
            or evening as TRs do not fall out, 309       smooth TRs
get you free needles, 10
      auditors whose TRs are out, handling, 302          student
hangs up or fails on a later TR, handling, 419
      basics resurrected, 433           study of the theory upon
which the TRs are based, 434
      basics underlying the, 434        teaching of, 433, 436
      being able to do a faultless 2 hour TR 0, 143           the
true data on communication and, 435
      being who can handle anyone with communication
twinning is mandatory on any Upper Indoc and Objec
alone, 437             tives Course, 378
      blinking and, 418, 419      understanding the use of, 435
      cancellation of destructive BTBs and BPLs on, 417
valuable final products of, 437
      challenging or accusative attitude, 353            video-
taped TRs, 433
      checking an auditor's TRs in Cramming, 418         way to
master TRs, 436
      coaches and, 418, 419       why TRs are done, 434
      coaching TRs, 143           wins and, 142, 309, 418
      coach to wins, not losses, 436         Word Clearing Method 9
and, 140
      common denominator of flunked video TR sessions,
wriggling around, moving, fidgeting and, 418
            435  TR 0; see also confronting
      communication cycle and, 143, 435      being able to do a
faultless 2 hour TR 0, 143
      communication formula and, 435         "blinkless TR 0,"
definition, 419
      cycling through TRs, 142, 307, 308, 419            cycling
through TRs, 142
      cycling through TRs, new definition, 419           excessive
blinking and, 419
      "dailyTRs," 419        manifestations that show that a person
is not con  definition, 435             fronting, 418
      definition of TRs the Hard Way, 436    TR 1,
      dirty needle caused by bad TRs, 10           cycling through
TRs, 142
      doingness, TRs are a, 433         evidence that auditor has
no impingement with TR 1,
      each button is flattened before it is left, 436
145
      EP, 437          Mood Drills and, 305
      false data and, 434    TR 2; see also acknowledgements
      False Data Stripping to correct TR outnesses, 435
cycling through TRs, 143
      flunks and, 436        poor or comm lag TR 2 in a
Confessional, effects of,
      getting an honest TRs tape passed by competent au-
250
            thority before he audits anybody, 302  TR 3, cycling
through TRs, 143
      good auditor gets case gain on a pc on his TRs and TR 4,
cycling through TRs, 143
            comm cycle aione, 420 TRs Course, Hard TRs Course,
      gotten in by drilling them hard, 433         ability to
confront and communicate are brought about
      gradients in TRs, 142, 418             on the, 307
      Hard TRs Course; see TRs Course        ARC triangle and, 434
      Hard TRs make an auditor, 436          cancellation of
destructive BTBs and BPLs on TRs,
      Hard Way TRs, 419, 420            417
      Hard Way TRs vs, permissive TRs, 436         Change the
Civilization Eval and, 307
      HAS Course vs, Hard TRs, 436           checksheet for the TRs
Course which is studied before
      how long TRs are drilled, 418                the student does
his TRs, 308
      I can get somebody through TRs in three days, 420
communication formula in clay as the beginning part
      idea that interns and auditors do daily TRs, 418
of, 434
      idea that one'sTRs could go out overnight,418
confront tech has to be part of the TR checksheet,
      importance of knowing how A and R and C inter-
311
            relate, 436           definition of TRs the Hard Way,
436
      low TA caused by overwhelming TRs, 149, 152        drug case
and, 74, 437
      "Major Stable Win" and, 418       Drug RD and, 74, 437
      manifestations that show that a person is not con-      EP,
437
            fronting, 418         failing auditors and, 309
      Mood Drills and, 305        fast, successful TRs Courses, 143
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

TRs Course, Hard TRs Course (cont, )    twin(s), twinning (cont, )
      Hard TRs Course as an Academy prerequisite, 418         puts
students into communication, into doingness and
      issued very soon in unalterable book form, 434
      participation, 378
      length of time to do a, 418, 420       reasons for, 378
      mandatory twinning on the, 377         responsibility of
twins, 381
      mild TRs Course in Division 6, 434           "round robin,"
383
      new TRs Course at the beginning of major courses, 309
rule of, 380
      no auditor may audit in an HGC who has not done a
Supervisor's responsibility to enforce twinning, 382
            HardTRsCourse, 302          teaming up students of
comparable case level and
      Objectives and, 437                    ability, 378, 380
      omitted checksheet, 434           turn-about system
described, 380
      out-basics, 434        turning a twinship into a trio, 383
      prerequisite, 437           twin always refers his fellow
student to source materi     preventing horrible slows on, 435
            als, 383
      psychologists took longest to get through, 435
verbal data and, 382
      Purification Rundown and 437           what twinning does,
378
      references on Hard TRs Course, 76      when person comes to
apply the tech, he is already
      time it takes to do one, 437                 able to outflow
if he was trained using twinning, 379
      twinning is mandatory on, 379          when to twin, 379
      when it comes to making auditors, there is no sub-      why
twinning is so vital, 378
            stitute for Hard TRs, 434        Word Clearing and, 379
truth, true,           Word Clearing Method 9 and, 378, 379, 380
      as-isness and, 228     two-way communication(s),
      doesn't bruise very easily 275         auditor requirements
before being allowed to do any
      if it isn't written it isn't true, 317, 402             two-
way comm, 104
      person will not necessarily read on something that he
converting the PTS RD 2WCs for items into L & N
            believes to be true, 371               questions, 127
"Try not to be three feet back of your head," 212        Dianetic
Clear Special Intensive and,335
turn, what turns it on will turn it off, 172       don't run
anything else but Int when Int is out, and
turn-about system, 380            that includes two-way comm, 217
TV, false data and, 368           EP of all two-way comm sessions,
41
twenty-four hour Repair rule,           Int RD two-way comm session
must follow Int RD by
      Crashing Mis-U finding and, 356              not less than a
day nor more than a week, 41
      False Data Stripping and, 374          Int RD two-way comm
was omitted or not in a separate
twin(s), twlnning,                session, handling, 38
      abandoning one's twin, 381        on Int and Ext, 33, 38
      assigning twins, 379, 380         procedure for two-way comm
on Int-Ext, 38
      background, 378        2WCing the C/S 53 itself, 222
      balancing inflow with outflow, 379     2WC; see two-way
communication
      blown student is recovered by his twin, 381, 383
      brings people out of their First Dynamic and onto the
            Third, 378
      bugs on, 383                                 U
      cancellation of issues cancelling twinning, 377
      courses twinning is mandatory on, 379
      definition, 377  undercut,
      done on a "turn-about" basis, 380      rundown that undercuts
every case, 164
      "double flunk," when it is given, 382        to all training
and processing, 437
      E-Meter Drills and, 378, 379      understand(ing),
      essence of, 379        ARC and, 435
      failure of a twin to be a twin, handling, 382
clearing a word to full conceptual understanding, 183
      "games condition" and, 382        complete understanding
depends on freedom from
      gets students extroverted, 378               misunderstood
words, 376
      gets students to take responsibility for their fellow
conceptual understanding, 133,183, 425
            man, 378         Crashing Mis-U and cycle of
understanding, 348
      handling bogged students and their twins, 384
Crashing MU totally blocks person's understanding of
      if one twin goes to Review or Ethics the other goes,
      the subject, 387
            381, 382, 383, 384          cycle of action and cycle
of understanding, 348
      if one twin should blow, the other twin must go and
detecting if he has or hasn't got the Crashing Mis-U
            get him, 381                cleared up, 352
      if the twin has missed the student's goof, he must have
exact application depends on complete understanding,
            misunderstoods of his own, 382               376
      morale and, 381        justifications for failure to
understand a subject or
      mutual rudiments between twins, 384                inability
to turn out professional products, 389
      one does not musical chair twins, 379        misunderstood
words; see misunderstood words
      one is responsible for getting his twin through the
person giving reasons why it is OK not to understand
            course, 381                 the subject or area,
handling, 388
      participation and action levels brought up by, 378      when
words are understood, communication can'take
      permissive teaching vs, 378            place, 184
      practical courses and, 377, 379   universe; see physical
universe
      Primary Rundown and, 380    unusual solution(s),
      Purification Rundown and, 177          Case Supervisor and, 7
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

unusual solution(s) (cont,)  Vitamin B1 (cont,)
      definition, 6          Cal-Mag balaneing out the, 175
      poliey on, 6           delirium tremens and, 171
Upper Indoc, twinning is mandatory on any Upper Indoe         LSD
burns it up, 171
            and Objeetives Course, 379       nightmares and, 171
upset(s),        Purifieation Rundown dosage, 171
      auditing past exterior eausing, 43, 98       teeth problems
due to Vitamin B1 taken without cal
      pc protest, upset or apprehension over extensive repair
      cium, 175
            aetions or a list having to be F/Ned, main eause
VitaminB2forstomaehandboweleomplaints, 161
            of, 146    Vitamin C,
      probable main reason for pe upset or protest against
creating a deficiency in C by administering B and
            "overrepair," 255                calcium, 1 74
      quarrels or upsets on M9, handling, 140
deficiencies result in scurvy, 171
                             deficiency brought about by drugs, 171
                             deficiency characteristies of C, 174
                       V          diarrhea ean be eaused by, 171
                             for helping eolds and infeetions, 161
                             for sore teeth or gums, 161
valence, PTS RD and valenee shifts, 92       inereased in
proportion to the niaein given, 171
valuable final product(s),        "live C" from raw onions or raw
potatoes, 171
      debugging a wrong VFP or wrong produet, 404
Purifieation Rundown dosage, 171
      of TRs, 437            stomaeh problems eaused by, 171
      wrong VFP, handling, 414          teeth and, 161, 174
vegetables, Purification Rundown and, 169          trips during
Purifieation Rundown handled with, 176
verbal data, verbal tech,    Vitamin D, Purifieation Rundown
dosage, 171
      auditors who give and aeeept verbal data, how you get
Vitamin E, Purifieation Rundown dosage, 171
            them, 223
      eategories whieh eonstitute verbal teeh, 318
      Course Supervisor and, 382
      handling, 410                                W
      how to defeat verbal teeh, 317, 402
      How to Defeat Verbal Teeh Cheeklist, 402
      penalties for, 318     war only brings anarehy, 14
      referenees, 382  water, Purifieation Rundown and, 168,169
      teehnieal perversion and, 303     W/Cing; see Word Clearing
      twinning and, 382      welght ehanges on the Purifieation
Rundown, 170
      verbal hatting is the main souree of false definitions  well
done, Full Flow Table is done in auditor's admin
            and false data, 367              time for well done
time eredits, 54
very good Indicators; see good indieators    W/H; see withhold
VFP; see valuable final produet   "What could you say?", 61
video taped TRs, 433   What is Scientology?
viewPoint,       answers questions asked about Seientology, 275
      stuek viewpoint in time, handling, 229       deseription, 251
      stuek viewpoint of loeation, handling, 229         sending a
eopy to antagonistie persons, 291
vinegar,calciumand, 175      what turns it on will turn it off, 173
virus,                 wheat rust, 165
      definition, 156  whole track, backtrack; see also time traek
      germ infeetions and virus infeetions, 156          drug ease
seldom goes baektraek well, 73
      penieillin is usually no good for virus infeetions, 160
drugs turning on whole traek pietures, 74
Vitamin(s); see also nutrition          pc consistently immediately
dives whole track on Con antibiotics and, 158,161
fessional questions, handling, 248
      cheeking for vitamin and mineral deficiencies before
people who don't go past track in Dianetics don't
            Purifieation Rundown, 177              recover, 91
      continued after the Purification Rundown, 178           whole
track drugs not asked for on Drug RD, 186
      increasing niacin and other vitamin quantities, 173
whole track system of measuring distanee, 231
      inproportion to one another, 173  Why Finding, auditor and
Cramming assignment poli
      L. Ron Hubbard as an early discoverer and instigator
      cies, 431
            of vitamin therapy, 170     Why Finding Drill-Two,
cancellation of, 304
      taken after meals or with yoghurt, 172 wife, possible reason
husband/wife auditing teams often
      why overdosing one vitamin can create a deficiency
fail, 242
            artifieiallyofanothervitamin, 173      win(s),
Vitamin A, Purifieation Rundown dosage, 171        bypassed wins on
grades, handling, 69
Vitamin B Complex,           calling the prepared list complete
when pc has a big
      creating a deficiency in C by administering B and
win, 71
            calcium, 174          foremost law, if one's ambition
is to win, is of course
      deficiency brought about by drugs, 171             to win, 18
      LSD burnsitup, 171          giving pc an appropriate
acknowledgement on his
      Purification Rundown dosage, 171             win, 258
      trips during Purification Rundown handled with, 176
how to have them as a C/S, 106
Vitamin B1,      intending to F/N the list but the pc is on a big
win,
      alcohol vs, 171             handling, 71
      antibiotics and, 161        letting pc attest to a state he
achieved, 258
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

win(s) (cont,)   Word Clearing (cont,)
      letting pc have his win, 277           bogs, handling, 238
      teach students to a, 308, 310          can be more than one
F/N per word, 184
      TRs and, 142, 309, 418      can't find a useful definition,
handling, 354
witchcraft, handling pc who has practiced, 67            clearing a
word must end in an F/N and VGIs, 184
withdrawnl Dymptoms, Hard TRs Course and Objectives
clearing a word to full conceptual understanding, 133,
            to handle, 74               188, 425
withhold(d)ing); see also missed withholds; O/Ws         commonest
error in, 366
      audited over a W/H, handling, 62       consequences of no
Word Clearing, 375
      auditing over a withhold, effect of, 220           Course
Supenisor not fully applying study tech and
      auditor missing a withhold, what it stems from, 242
      using Word Clearing, 224
      auditors who miss withholds, penalty, 242          Crashing
Mis-U finding vs, regular W/Cing, 349
      Crashing MUs and, 387       definition of a cleared word, 183
      crime to alter and pervert tech or procedure to prevent
derivation of word is cleared, 182
            discovery of withholds, 303      detecting if he has or
hasn't got the Crashing Mis-U
      definition, 297             cleared up, 352
      dirty needle caused by, 10        dictionaries, names of
those recommended, 182
      effects of withholds on a subject, 388       disassociation
between the definition and the physical
      fatal to miss a withhold on someone, 390
universe, 412
      games conditions and, 245         do not try to fly ruds or
word clear over out-Int or
      if pc not in session you won't get the, 250             out-
lists, 423
      individuation and, 245      emotional reactions connected
with a rejected defini
      lack of a sense of organization lies below the level of
      tion, handling, 366
            MUs, overts and withholds and PTSness, 330, 406
errors, 238
      manifestation of a withhold in addition to a Crashing
example of how to clear a word, 182
            Mis-U, 356       examples of student reactions and
correct handlings
      misdirections of the pc indicate he is withholding,
      on M9, 135
            247-248          False Data Stripping and, 373
      misunderstood word comes earlier in time and is more
false declares brought about by lack of, 375
            basic than the withhold, 387           finding Crashing
Mis-Us is not a substitute for full
      misunderstood word or symbol and, 387              W/Cing,
347
      person who has overts and withholds on a subject
folder check before starting a crammingor other Qual
            cannot perform in that area, 311             corrective
action, 423
      power to forgive, 225, 227        getting a simpler
dictionary, 183
      pulling withholds in nonmetered Crashing Mis-U find-
had Qual corrective actions and has gotten worse or
            ing, 350, 388, 390               made no improvement,
handling, 423
      pulling withholds must be thorough and go to real
handling MUs and confusions which are obscuring the
            VGIs, 390             Crashing MU, 387
      pulling withholds off the meter, 390         he is rejecting
the material he is reading or the defini
      stem from Mis-Us, 350             tion of the word he is
clearing, handling, 371
      still stuck in the shame, blame and regret of the       High
Crime checkouts and, 375
            unconfessed overt or withhold, handling, 227      how
long to use the word in sentences, 133, 182
      taking heavy drugs and alcohol because he had with-
how to clear a word, 133,182
            holds and could not confront, 311            how to
clear a word when you don't know the context,
      upset caused by missing a, 351               183
      what withholds add up to, 245          idioms have to be
cleared, 134,182
word(s); see also misunderstood word         importance of the Word
Clearer knowing the correct
      can be more than one F/N per word, 183             definition
of the word, 351
      clearing a word to conceptual understanding, 133,       learn
the full definition for a word as well as its syno
            183, 425              nyms, 365
      definition of a cleared word, 183      made to look up words
he understood, handling (in
      made to look up words he understood, handling (in
M9), 140
            M9), 140         marry up routine M9 with Crashing Mis-
U finding
      misunderstood word or symbol defined, 363               and
all of its steps where the person isn't making it
      notes in dictionary on word usage must be cleared, 134
      otherwise, 362
      "not-understood" word or symbol, example, 365
Method 9 is probably the top key method of Word
      "word chains," handling, 183                 Clearing today,
375
Word Clearer(s),       miracle results of Word Clearing make all
the differ
      first action is to himself look up the definition and
      ence in the world to the quality of technical delivery,
            derivation of the word, 351            375
      High Crime checkouts and, 376          misunderstood word or
symbol in the definition, hand    importance of the Word Clearer
knowing the correct               ling, 134,183
            definition of the word, 351      nattery about Qual
corrective actions or Qual, hand
      Mis-Us and, 134, 351              ling, 422
      what happens when the Word Clearer has misunder-        notes
in dictionary on word usage must be cleared,
            stoods on the material being word cleared, 134
      134, 183
Word Clearing; see also misunderstood words        obsolete
definitions, when to clear them, 134, 182
      all methods of W/Cing are utilized in Crashing Mis-U
out-Int and, 192, 423
            finding, 349          people who have no idea of
concept get bogged into
      archaic definitions, when to clear them, 134, 182
terms and mechanics, 425
      ask for instances of practical usage from the person
person backing off from applying data he is studying
            you found a Crashing Mis-U on, 352
despite standard Word Clearing, handling, 371
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

Word Clearing (cont,)  Word Clearing Method 9 (cont,)
      person is not duplicating the material he has studied
glib student on M9, spotting him, 131
            despite Word Clearing, handling, 371         grammar
book used to clear a word, 137, 138
      person will not necessarily read on something that he
handling the extensively mistrained glib student, 132
            believes to be true, 371         High Crime checkouts
and, 375
      Qualifications Division and, 375       history of, 128
      Quickie Grades brought about by lack of, 375       how long
to use the word in sentences, 133
      responsibility of twins during, 381          how to clear a
word, 133
      spending a lot of time clearing words within definitions
      how to learn Method 9,129
            of words, handling, 183          is a great
civilization saver, 141
      synonyms, clearing of, 134, 182        is probably the top
key method of W/Cing today, 128,
      technical or specialized definitions, when to clear
      375
            them, 133,182         it is the earlier word or symbol
which has caused the
      twinning on, 379            stumble or twitch or blink or
omit or mispronuncia
      twin word clears his fellow student, 381                tion
or what have you, 128
      using the read to steer him to the area and find the
made to look up words he understood, handling, 140
            Mis-U, 353       marry up routine M9 with Crashing Mis-
U finding and
      utilize all methods of W/Cing and whatever else it
all of its steps where the person isn't making it other       takes
to find the Crashing Mis-U, 362              wise, 362
      what happens when the Word Clearer has misunder-        M8
preceding M9, 129, 132
            stoods on the material being word cleared, 134
meter not required for, 129
      which definition to clear first, 133         Mis-U may be in
an area related to the subject and the
      "word chains," handling, 183                 word itself
doesn't appear in the text you're hand
      word not reading on the meter because the person
ling, 362
            "thinks he knows," 367           M9 Picture Book,
128,141
      worksheets, contents and handling of, 140          never go
robotic or rote on M9 procedure, 140
      you've done full Crashing Mis-U and product debug
nonoptimum reaction equals Mis-U, 133
            procedure and still haven't gotten the Crashing
nonoptimum reactions that may show up, 130
            Mis-U, handling, 361        procedure, 128,132
Word Clearing Correction List,          quarrels or upsets on M9,
handling, 140
      form, 238        right way to do it, 128
      Method 5 and, 238           spot-checking the student during,
133
      Method 3 and, 238           student goes to Examiner at end
of M9 session, 134
      use of, 238            student reading like a robot and
suppressing everyWord Clearing Method 1,                 thing,
handling, 131
      how to clear a word when you don't know the context,
take the materials one paragraph or section at a time
            183              and M9 each other on it, 134
      new Method 1 Word Clearing, 270        teaching M9, 129,140
Word Clearing Method 2, having to do Method 2 and        TRs and,
140
      Method 4 on certain materials before the Crashing
twinning on, 378, 379, 380
            MU can then be located, 387      usefulness of, 129
Word Clearing Method 4, having to do Method 2 and        virtueof,
129
      Method 4 on certain materials before the Crashing       what
happens when the Word Clearer has misunder
            MU can  then be located, 387                 stoods on
the material being word cleared, 134
Word Clearing Method 5, how to clear a word when you          what
happens when the word that was misunderstood
            don't know the context, 183            is located, 131
Word Clearing Method 6, how to clear a word when you          what
is present when M9 doesn't work, 361
            don't know the context, 183      where there is a
student reaction, a misunderstood
Word Cle~ring Method 8,                 word will be found, usually
just before the point he
      how to clear a word when you don't know the context,
      reacted, 140
            183        which definition to clear first, 133
      M9 preceded by, 129, 132          why Method 9 works, 130
      twinning on, 380       why one uses it, 129
Word Clearing Method 9,           you've M9ed the person on his
post materials and he's
      brings about ability of student to find and clear his
      not getting it or making it, handling, 362
            own Mis-Us, 132  work(ing),
      common reading materials, M9 on, 132         don't ever feel
weaker because you work for somebody
      cramming and, 375                 stronger, 20
      Crashing Mis-U will not always show up for what it      not
organizing any corner of his area or work due to
            is in M9ing, 361            misunderstood words, 330
      definition, 129        working only to be thanked or admired,
15
      does not uncover false data, Crashing Mis-Us, overts,
worksheet(s),
            withholds or PTSness, 361        always mark the read
an item gave on the, 37
      done on a turn-about basis by the students themselves,
Confessional worksheets, routing of, 249
            128        definition, 140
      end result of a well done Method 9,141       prepared list
remains in the folder stapled to the, 70
      example of finding a Mis-U with M9, 131            reads, TA
action, BDs and needle behavior noted
      example of when you wouldn't ask him for his Mis-U,
      clearly in the, 335
            140        rules regarding worksheets apply to cramming
and
      examples of student reactions and correct handlings,
      any other Qual corrective actions, 422
            135        Word Clearing worksheets, contents and
handling of,
      first versions of M9 were not correctly written up, 128
      140
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1978/1979

writers, people who go to writing courses in college
            Y
            almost never become writers, 307
written, if it isn't written it isn't true, 317, 402     year,
definition, 230
wrong,           yoga, handling pc currently practicing, 66
      if pc knows all about it, it isn't wrong with him, 1
yoghurt,
      making himself right and others wrong, 389
antibiotics and, 161
      pc concerned about being right or wrong, handling,
niacintakenwith, 173
            69         vitamins taken with, 172
      the most universally present aberration of making
            others wrong, 307                                 Z
      what is wrong with the pc is not known to the pc, 1
wrong Item(s); see also out-lists
      due to failing to test the question for read, 36   Zombie
      hanging pc with a wrong/uncharged item, 190        Mis-Us
causing one to become a, 130
W/S; see worksheet           psychologist's mission to make the
population into
Wundt, Wilhelm, false texts and, 368               controllable
zombies, 435